“Omnes res create sunt divine sapienti et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

human :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’euvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucnner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leycvu,

1767.

oe ee ow ee oe se + Lhe sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adyenturer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

AU, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

ANNOUNCEMENT.

Tue present Number completes the Sixth Series of the

‘Annals,’ and I avail myself of this occasion to pass the

responsible editorship over to my Son, who for some years

past has largely assisted me in the management, and who

is fortunate in retaining the co-operation of the two co-Kditors

whose names appear on the Titlepage, and whose advice has

always been at my service during the twenty years I have

been associated with them.

It is now more than 60 years since, fresh from my studies

at the University of Berlin, I was consulted by Mr. Richard

Taylor as to the probability of such a Journal meeting with

sufficient support. The two Natural History Journals then

existing in this country were Loudon’s, subsequently

Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine,’ and the ‘ Magazine of Zoology

and Botany’ conducted by Sir William Jardine, Dr. Johnston,

and Mr. Selby. This latter Journal was about to be discon-

tinued, and the same fate seemed jikely to result in the

ease of Sir William Jackson Hooker’s ‘ Botanical Companion.’

In these circumstances it was suggested to Mr. Taylor

that by amalgamating the two there would be a greater

chance of success.

The two most important Journals on the Continent at that

time devoted to Natural History were the ‘ Annales des

Sciences Naturelles’ and the ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’

recently founded by my friend and teacher Professor

Wiegmann.

At a meeting arranged by Mr. Taylor, at which Sir W.

- Jardine and Sir W. J. Hooker were present, and which I was

invited to attend, it was considered that a Journal conducted

on lines similar to these Continental Journals would be

welcomed by British Naturalists, and the 120 Volumes

are evidence that the expectation then entertained was well

founded.

Sir W. J. Hooker’s connexion with the ‘Annals’ terminated

with Volume IV., as it was impossible to find room for the

long communications from Botanical ‘Travellers, which,

although very interesting, did not appear to be suitable for

publication in its pages. Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine’ was

absorbed into the Annals’ in 1840.

In the Preface to the First Volume of the Second Series

the Editors acknowledge “ the aid of Dr. W. Francis, as from

the commencement of the work they have had the advantage

of his constant and valuable assistance in its regular produc-

tion;” and in January 1859 my name was added to the list

of Editors.

Although the publication of this Journal has been by no

means a source of any considerable profit, I have been

amply rewarded, as it has procured for me the friendship of

most of the eminent men who have contributed so largely to

the vast progress of Natural History during Her Majesty’s

reien. May I hope that the same good fortune will attend

my successor, and that he will receive the same friendly

assistance from those who are now devoting themselves to

the advancement of those departments of Science for the

promotion of which this Journal was founded.

WILLIAM FRANCIS.

CONTENTS OF VOL, XX.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER CXV.

I. The Actiniarian Family Alicitide. By J. E, Durrven,

A.R.C.Se.(Lond.), Curator of the Museum of the Institute of Jamaica.

CRIBS T.) ccc cece c cece nteeccrssscsccetecccssccccsssccess

II. Ona Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal. By

DP RIPIRTANT Soca codes acncewerssotneestesececscesenvesoas

Ill. Cicadide from the North Chin Hills, Burma. By W. L.

cose cen cere enc sacetsswesanceresessnccenenns :

IV. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—

No. IL. (continued). On a Collection of Diptera from the Lowlands

of the Rio Nautla, in the State of Vera Cruz. LU. By C. H. Tyter

MOWMARND, FES. 5... c cece ccecsecccasseerecesvsscvsvesesves

V. The Species and Subspecies of Zebras. By R. I. Pocock, of

the British Museum of Natural History ...........sececeeevvecs

VI. Aquatic Rhynchota: Descriptions and Notes.—No. I. By

GeORGE W. KIRKALDY ......cscsecccccceresnssenns dis sustaie

VIL. New Cyclostomatous Bryozoa found at Madeira. By James

Prd SOHNEON, OOIr. Mi B.: eer escent eee seesssecnances

VIII. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.

By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., &c.—Part I. Family

Geometride ; Subfamilies Gnochromine, Orthostivine, Larentiine,

Acidaliina, and Geometrin® .iccsseseccsersccerteveneeesesnnes

IX. On new Species of Rhopalocera from Toungoo, Burma, and

the Battak Mountains in Sumatra. By Major J. M. Fawcerr ....

X. Description of a new Rat from China. By OtprreLp THomas

New Book :—Ueber die Palpen der Rhopaloceren. Ein Beitrag zur

Erkenntnis der verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen unter den

Tagfaltern, Von ENz2I0 REUTER ..........sseeeeeeeeeeee

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..sseeeesseneeereeenaees

Page

vi CONTENTS.

NUMBER CXVI.

Page

XI. Notes, Morphological and Systematic, on the Madreporarian

Subfamily Montiporine (Montipora and Anacropora), with an

Account of the Phylogeny of the Madreporide. By H. M. Bernarp,

MoASCantabs = (Plate 2) ac sreterere ence cvs treteinatte ke ais 01s ateRageee 117

XII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—

VI. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Heriades, and a new

Halictus. By T¥. DA, COCKEREMI: g..myete etc tee are 155

XIII. Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias.

By A. G. Borrier, Ph.D., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological

Department, British Musewmy 2 strc. wie eictalete laleloiciste wis,» eh eee eae 143

XIV. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XVIII. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. (Plate II.) 167

XV. On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others. By G.

aewis, FLAS. ..: <00 5 ct. «denier ereer eee ei oie ee 179

XVI. On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transyaal. By

Wi LJDISTANT™ & accindd ede eee n Gee Ce eC eee 197

XVII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Amphidromus. By

Hueu Fuiron.. .(Plate Wi) ye gai. oem see een 211

XVIII. On supposed new Species of Oleacina, Trechomorpha, and

Bulimulus, By HueH Furron. (Plate VI.) ..........0.004, ». 212

XIX. On some small Mammals from Salta, N. Argentina. By

OLDELELD: THOMAS, secemteaies a isia-isle wise Who #0 whe oe «(tana eee 214

XX. Descriptions of Four new South-American Mammals. By

OLDFIELD: THOMAS « <5. cites cece ce rome emilee le nnd ee nn 218

XXI. On the Anatomy of Apera Burnupi, E. A. Smith. By

Water E. Cotiiner, F.Z.8., Assistant Lecturer and Demon-

strator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Mason University

College, Birmingham. (Plate V.) ..000..2.4- 6. «003+ ace ih epee

XXII. Description of a new Papilio from Bali of the nox group.

By LionEL DE NICEVILLE, F.E.S., C.MLZS., &e. 2. ss deel . 225

XXIII. Description of a new Ceratopterine Eagle-Ray from

Jamaica. By G. A. BoULENGER, PVRS. ©... 2... .sleeeeeee 227

XXIV. On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.

By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.8., &.—Part I], Family

Geometride ; Subfamilies Gnochromine, Orthostivine, Larentiine,

Acidaliine, and Geometrine. (Plates VII. & VIII.) ............ 228

Proceedings of the Geological Society .............. =. SReeerarreray aan aee 248

CONTENTS. Vil

NUMBER CXVIL.

XXV. On the Genera and Species of Tropical African Arachnida

of the Order Solifuge, with Notes upon the Taxonomy and Habits

of the Group. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural

GOL suis ses's iewesesviivesssscccctWemenanceace 240

XXVI. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—

No. IL. (continved). On a Collection of Diptera from the Lowlands

of the Rio Nautla, in the State of Vera Cruz. Il. By C.H.Tytrr

EN EGO fiiala wis le pibie,k) oR cv denon ao Sait oy mow sae aes 272

XXVII. Two new aay of the Genus Xanthospilopteryx,

Wallengren. By W. J. Hotztanp, LL.D., F.ES., &. ......eeee 291

XXVIII. On a Collection of Fishes from the Island of Marajo,

eee eer A. BOULENGER, FLRAG. occics cccccaaccccvisen tues 294

XXIX. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical America, By Herpret Deuce, F.LS. &c. .........- 299

XXX. Description of a new Gymnotine Fish of the Genus

Sternopygus. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S, 2... . cc cece ee ee eee 305

XXXII. On the Reptiles of Rotuma Island, Polynesia. By G. A.

PRENSA aor, oc ay «ale aed oe eine ed Od ce bev in dle wre 306

XXXII. On two new Rodents from Van, Kurdistan. By Oxp-

a tie) + tay nee bundads aephclenm kT bas a eghss 308

XXXII, On new Species of Forfieularia. By Maucotm Burr,

NN cediaih coh nigid Hig’ ea Kidwe pied T Sabi! AE tin OTE 08d 057m © 310

XXXIV. On a Collection of small Mammals from Uganda. By

AN I sine Wallon, #.d o's) nce <aleiglw ce ¢ ritis fiw mieieinle bmse © eae 516

XXXYV. On a Collection of Rodents from Angola. By W. E.

MENS Seat atte cicleeca ciate s earva Maw dete yure We (alle dees ve eels 520

XXXVI. On the Excretory Organs and Blood-vascular System of

Tetrastemma graecense, Bohmig. By Dr. L. Bonnie, of Graz .... 824

A new case of Care of the Brood in Holothurians, by Prof. Hubert

WI, OE DOWN oie’ cs ve ieee ds COG a pia He es ap pnp D eo aes 327

NUMBER CXVIII.

XXXVII. On the Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, and the

Indian Archipelago, West and North of Wallace’s Line; with

Bibliography and List of those from Australasia, South and East

of Wallace’s Line. By F. O. Pickarp CampBrince, B.A.

I sas cer seers ene nc esate reeesasccenccsouseges 329

XXXVIII. On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others.

By G. LEWIS, F.LS. 0... ccc cece cece er eee eee cence renteeenens 356

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

XXXIX. Note on some Reptiles and a Frog from Argentina. By

AY. GUN THR MES ERIS. x rele eisievela!orexe aneteloleva sniwieie' 1 iors. 0\v:6 Sinise 365

XL. Descriptions of six Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Cata-

sticta in the Collection of the British Museum. By Arruur G.

MoE, ea) ecer. scmeeeae cs eriae wert cree csi siete siekers («tee 366

XLI. Cicadide from the Malay Archipelago. By W. L.

DV TSTHAINGE ays mitre se esos, eus/oKetiefe lols isles! share «coi. vie sets, wis We jeof-l efelatelelayo oieetar 369

XLII. A List of the Fishes obtained by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner

at Rotuma, South Pacific Ocean. By G. A. BouLtencer, F.R.S,.. 371

XLIII. On some little-known Snakes from Natal. By G. A.

PS OULEN GE, HE AEG S a areretareto le etaliavorete’ «ic elo ere ale e\e/are) Velde) Wieteyoiaiei= tema . 074

XLIV. Note on a new Antelope. By the Hon. WALTER

ROWS C HELD 9 vr Jelevave ocetote ver tdetaradevain nial ois+s a) e's sued, o'slnielsne ores eae 376

XLY. On the Dwarf Mungoose (Helogale) of Somaliland. By

ODUCT ATTONTAB are clera\sueier cetererecatotel 2) eleraloie i+ ole visio uelel= eines Leen

XLVI. The Nomenclature of some European Bats. By Gerrit 8,

INDE AEGR sa ava.a.is rch gous tie, ©, word IG loses a esevele b's cerera, Wie sea Rena ace 379

XLVII. A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to the

Genus Teracolus, Swains. By ArtTHuR G. BuTLer, Ph.D., F.LS.,

LAS hs SACS SS Gon den aceed oadeCd oo NmU do dine ws Gee ieee 2. 389

New Books:—The Life-Histories of the British Marine Food-

Fishes. By Witiiam CarmicuarEL M‘Inrosu, F.R.S., Pro-

fessor, and ARTHUR THOMAS MAsTERMAN, Assistant Professor

of Natural History in the University of St. Andrews.—Eggs of

British Birds, with an Account of their Breeding-habits.—

LTimicole. By Frank Poyntine.—Catalogus Mammalium,

tam Viventium quam Fossilium. By Dr. E. 8. Trovrssart.

Fasciculi I. and I1.—The Geology of the English Lake District,

with Notes on the Minerals. By J. PosttErHwaire, F.G.S.

399-407

NUMBER CXIX.

XLVIII. On a Collection of Land-Shells from New Guinea, By

EpGan A. Smitn. “(Plate EX) 22. sc00%.s:52 ene eee PP oy nc

XLIX. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Mekran Coast,

Persia. By G._A. BoULENGER, E.RS. . 2... <c00 0 cle oe ane 420

L. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Congo.—II. By

GoA BOULENGER,E TSi a iraaiacs ste o(s:ela a, ot uate 422

LI. New Genera and Species of Millipedes of the Family

Platyrrhachide from the Indo- and Austro-Malayan Subregions,

contained in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. I.

| XOCUCLE Bbeaeumean Gun anbacseose. oo 'n's. 5 siete veel oe ee 427

LII. On two new Gammarids from New Zealand. By Grorcr M,

THomson, F.L.S. (Plate X.) ....... v3 6 Saoelotemtene ite x ae ee 446

CONTENTS. ix

LITT. A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to the

Genus Teracolus, Swains. By Artaur G. Butter, Ph.D., F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., eT Si calc viel giurelaioars. xis ai 4:05 AKk Oma maw ae » 15]

LIV. Phenomena of Autotomy observed in the Nymphs of

Monandroptera tnuncans, Sery., and Rhaphiderus scabrosus, Serv.

ERIE Rix clades Weslo 0a s o6 dnt y eels Fe:ne eles 473

LY. Phenomena of Autotomy in Phasmide belonging to the

Genera Monandroptera and Rhaphiderus. By EvMonp Borpaar.. 476

LVI. Diagnosis of a new Subspecies of Gazelle from British East

ERED TIELD PHOMAS gcc cn pace nce piswcbnvernovecns 479

New Books:—A Dictionary of Birds. By Atrrep Newron,

assisted by Hans Gapow; with Contributions from R. Lyp-

EKKER, C. S. Roy, and R. W. Suureipt.—Trouessart’s

‘Catalogus Mammalium.’ Fasciculus III. ............ 479—482

Note on the Dates of ‘‘ The Zoology of the ‘ Beagle,’” by C. Davies

Sherborn; White Ants, with some Account of their Habits

and Depredations, by Walter W. Froggatt, New South Wales

Government Entomologist; Care of the Brood in Psolus ant-

arcticus, by Prof. Hubert Ludwig, of Bonn ............ 483—487

NUMBER CXx,.

LVII. Notes on Sunaristes paguri, Hesse, and some other rare

Crustacea. By Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery

Board for Scotland, and ANDREW Scort, Fisheries Assistant, Uni-

versity College, Liverpool. (Plates XI. & XII.) ................ 489

LVIII. A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to the

Genus Teracolus, Swains. By ArrHur G. BuriEr, Ph.D., F.L.S.,

MRE Perino irae wee eld ve be ie etc Oh ee nese es bs vvess 495

LIX. On the Tetrameric Regeneration of the Tarsus in Phasmide.

By EpmMonp BorRDAGE .............. eed cents srt Air tect Wt a 8 Bs 507

LX. New Insects from Embudo, New Mexico. By T. D. A.

CockERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricultural Experi-

RoR REN ar dinteeta pats areisvate Die. iV a eiSe's vioter< a sGes «als a oa eos v0.08 8 510

LXI. Descriptions of further new Species of Butterflies from the

Pacific Islands. By H. Grosr-Smirn, B.A., F.ELS., F.Z.8. ...... 515

LXII. On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from

Rotuma Island. By Epcar A. Sire ..... as dow vx «sbimgere eee sty 519

LXIII. Description of a new Snake from the Andes of Colombia.

By G. A. Boutenaer, F.RS. .......- 0500. Pie oat oe Meety as . 523

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. b

x CONTENTS.

Page

LXIV. Descriptions of Two new Mammals from West Africa.

Ey -W BLADE: WINTDOM 0.1.8 esheets otic rte lels tie oe eles Soci cov one 524

LXV. On the Change and Form of the Teeth in the Centetide,

a Malagasy Family of Insectivora. By C. 1. ForsyrH Masor.... 525

LXVI. Descriptions of new Bats and Rodents from America.

By VOLDETREI THOMAB Sr stik cle mes ce ss oe oe ee one ee 544

LXVII. Description of a new Scarabeus from East Africa. By

Cranes’ ©. Warermousn, PIES. os 6% cect eee ee ee 553

New Book :—A Memoir of William Pengelly, of Torquay, F.R.S.,

Geologist, with a Selection from his Correspondence. Edited

by his Daughter Hester PENGELLY ; with a Summary of his

Scientitic Work, by the Rev. Professor Bonney, F.R.S., F.G.S.,

Fon. Canon of, Manchester: »:........ .....,. « .\e.4s 2s 1a ee 554

PILATES EN, VOks Sox,

Pratr I. Bunodeopsis antilliensis and B. strumosa.

II. Morphology of the Montiporine.

III. New Annelids.

IV. New Cteniform Spiders.

V. Anatomy of Apera Burnupi.

VI. New Mollusca.

VII.

VIII.

IX. New Land-Shelis from New Guinea.

X. New Gammarids from New Zealand.

XT. . : ; ini

XU Sunaristes paguri and Diaptomus laciniatus.

Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea.

—_-~—

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(SIXTH SERIES. }

Me i cegubaccusicasees per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

NV. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl. 1.

No. 115. JULY 1897.

I.—The Actiniarian Family Aliciide. By J. E. DuerDEN,

A.R.C.Sc. (Lond.), Curator of the Museum of the Institute

of Jamaica.

[Plate I.]

In a paper “ On the Genus Alicéa,” published in this Journal

(1895, xv. pp. 213-218), it was shown that an anatomical

study of that genus and of the genus Cystdactis demanded

their separation from the family Bunodide, where they had

usually been placed, and the erection of a new family—

Aliciidee—for their reception.

The primary investigations were carried out upon Alicia

coste, Pane. (A. mirabilis, J. Y. Johnson, being the type of

the genus), and upon Cysttactis tuberculosa, Quoy & Gaim.

It was further suggested that the family might possibly

include other genera, such as Bunodeopsis, of which but only

a single species B. strumosa, Andr., was then known.

I have since been fortunate in obtaining, through the

courtesy of Mr. J. Y. Johnson, of Madeira, an authentic speci-

men of his A. mirabilis, while removal to another hemisphere

has brought me into contact with a second species of the genus

Bunodeopsis ; further, through the help of the Naples Biolo-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 1

2 Mr. J. E. Duerden on

gical Station I have been enabled to compare the Jamaican

species with the type, B. strumosa. Histological examination

shows the first to agree very closely with the previously

investigated A. coste, and the two latter species confirm the

original suggestion that the genus should be placed under the

family Aliciide. A description of the three species studied is

given below.

With a few unimportant alterations the family was defined

as follows in the paper referred to :—

Family Aliciide.

Hexactiniw with a large, flat, contractile base. ‘Tentacles

simple, subulate, and entacmezous. Column with simple or

compound hollow outgrowths or vesicles over more or less of

its surface, arranged mostly in vertical rows. No cinclides. »

Sphincter muscle endodermal and diffuse, variable in amount

of development. Perfect mesenteries few or numerous. No

acontia.

Besides the genera Alicia and Cystiactis, originally con-

stituting the family, it is shown in a recently published paper

by Prof. A. C. Haddon and myself (1896) that the genus

Thaumactis, erected by Dr. G. H. Fowler (1889), is certainly

a member of the family Aliciide, and now the previously

doubtful genus Bunodeopsis is definitely included. The

family thus consists of the genera Alicia, Cystiactis, Buno-

deopsis, and Thaumactis.

Genus Aurora, J. Y. Johnson.

Actinia (pars), Dana, 1846.

Alicia, J. Y. Johnson, 1861.

Cladactis, Panceri, 1868.

Cladactis, Verrill, 1869.

Cladactis, Andres, 1883.

Alicia, Haddon and Shackleton, 1893.

Alicia, Duerden, 1895.

Alicia, Haddon and Duerden, 1896.

Tissues very delicate. Tentacles elongate, more or less

retractile. Column long, beset nearly throughout with

pedunculated or sessile, compound or simple vesicles; sphincter

muscle feebly developed. Six pairs of perfect mesenteries,

two pairs of which are directives.

The definition has been slightly modified, for purposes of

comparison with the genus Bunodeopsis, from that given in

1895.

the Actiniarian Family Aliciide.

Alicia mirabilis, J. Y. Johnson.

Alicia mirabilis, Johnson, 1861, p. 303 ; 1862, p. 182.

Cladactis miralilis, Andres, 18838, p. 445.

Form *,—Base very broad and usually adherent, capable

of changing its position and of becoming free and floating

upwardly at the surface of the water, may undergo great

dilatation, undulate, much larger in diameter than the

column, thin-walled and transparent, mesenterial lines form

ridges and furrows, margin deeply crenate.

Ginn erect, somewhat cylindrical, enlarging above and

below ; beset, except towards the apex, with simple or

branched pedunculated vesicular outgrowths of the coelenteron,

which, in contraction, entirely hide the column-wall, but in

extension allow it to be seen; column-wall thin, pellucid,

marked with slight longitudinal furrows corresponding with

those on the base. Vesicles small proximally, nearly sessile,

bear at their summit a single thickening or wart of hemi-

spherical outline; become larger above, may have stalks

half an inch high and three-tenths of an inch in diameter,

which divide and redivide very closely into as many as sixty

parts, each crowned with a wart; the appearance of the

vesicles when half contracted bears some resemblance to a

head of cauliflower or to a strawberry ; capable of consider-

able contraction and inflation, but non-adherent.

Tentacles simple, éntacmzous, numerous, subulate, elon-

gate, rather slender, thin-walled, transparent, filamentous at

apex, often coiled and overhanging, completely but not readily

retractile, arranged in three (or four) rows near the margin of

the disk, beset with minute urticating areas.

Disk slightly depressed or may be inflated, not larger than

the diameter of the column, pellucid; twelve radiating

furrows correspond with the six pairs of perfect mesenteries.

Mouth large; lips usually distended and divided by deep

furrows into six longitudinal ribs on each side; no gonidial

grooves distinguishable.

Colour.—Base uniformly pale brown or impure white;

column very pale brown; peduncle of the vesicles mostly

opaque white, but may be orange or a pale chestnut; warts

on smal] appendages a dull purple or grey surrounded by a

ring of white; apex sometimes divided by a white line into

two grey areas or by cross-lines into four areas; disk pale

* The description of the external characters is founded upon those

originally published by Mr. Johnson and upon notes accompanying his

later specimen.

4 Mr. J. E. Duerden on

brown ; cesophagus brown; tentacles brown, paler distally,

minutely spotted with darker brown.

Dimensions.—Diameter of base 12 centim.; height and

diameter of column when fully expanded 63 centim.; length

of peduncle of largest vesicles 1:25 centim., diameter

0°8 centim. ; mouth 1°25 centim. across.

The individual dissected was much contracted and flattened.

Its length was 2°5 centim., the longer diameter of the base

1°5 centim., and the shorter 0°7 centim.

Locality—TVhree specimens only have been obtained at

Madeira by Mr. J. Y. Johnson. The first and finest was

the one from which his original description was taken, and

was said to have been obtained at a depth of a few fathoms

from a fish-basket sunk in the Bay of Funchal. It was

destroyed in an attempt to take it to England. A second

was sent in spirit to the British Museum, and the third was

very generously placed at my disposal by Mr. Johnson.

The specimen was much contracted and flattened, and the

tentacles not infolded *. The vesicles were pressed against

the column-wall. It was roughly triangular in outline, the

lower part being much wider than the upper. The base was

radiately and concentrically folded to a small degree, the

margin being crenate. Although not in a good state of

preservation for histological purposes, sufficient could be

distinguished to allow of a determination of the most distinc-

tive characters. :

Activities.—The polyps frequently change their position in

confinement and may even float base upwards. The upper

part is generally in slow constant motion. The tentacles,

usually more or less displayed, may be completely retracted.

The urticating powers of the tentacles and vesicles are con-

siderable. Specimens bear confinement well.

Column-wall.—The ectoderm is well developed in the

capitular region and richly supplied with nematocysts ; these

are, however, of a different character from those in the

* The tentacles are evidently not readily infolded in most members of

the genus. Verrill (1869, p. 472) likewise mentions that most of his

specimens of C. grandis preserved in alcohol have the tentacles more or

less extended and the disk exposed.

In a later paragraph of the same paper (p. 473) Verrill states that the

Anthopleura granulifera of Duchassaing and Michelotti (Actinia granu-

lifera, Les.) appears to belong to the genus Cladactis (Alicia), since it is

said to be imperforate and tuberculated. I have lately obtained the

species in abundance from Jamaican waters, and it may be here men-

tioned that an anatomical investigation shows it isan undoubted Bunodes,

possessing a well-developed, circumscribed, endodermal muscle.

the Actiniarian Family Aliciide. 5

vesicles, being smaller and showing a long spiral thread

coiled up inside. They are mostly limited to the upper

naked part of the column. The mesoglcea is thrown into

deep plaitings to support a strong endodermal muscle,

The vesicles have a broad ectoderm, which, in limited

places, evidently corresponding with the thickenings at the

tips, is crowded with enormous nematocysts rounded at each

end. These are clear or contain granular matter, and have

only a very short spiral thread; nearer the origin of the

vesicles—that is, on the peduncle—they are smaller and have

a long spiral thread as in the column-wall. Numerous

strongly staining elongated bodies occur in the deeper part of

the ectoderm, evidently developing nematocysts*. The

mesoglcea is thin, and the endoderm, now decomposed, contains

much granular pigment matter.

Sphincter muscle-—The sphincter muscle is of the same

character as that found in Alicta coste, i. e. endodermal,

diffuse, and elongated. The plaitings of the mesoglcea are,

however, better developed than in that species, becoming

more dendriform and thinning out for some distance. ‘The

material does not admit of a determination of the exact limits

of the muscle, but it appears to commence just below the

tentacles and to extend into the region of the vesicles, being

merely a concentration of the circular endodermal muscle

occurring throughout the column-wall.

Tentacles.—The ectoderm of the tentacles is thick and

richly supplied with nematocysts like those of the column-

wall and arranged at right angles to and close to the surface.

An occasional larger one, similar to the vesicular form, may

be met with. The mesoglea is broad, and forms small

dendriform outgrowths on its internal border for the support

of the strong circular endodermal muscle.

(@sophagus.—The ectoderm of the cesophagus is a deep

layer’and much folded. It contains numerous elongated

stinging-cells and many large cells with pigmented granular

contents, arranged in a nearly central zone.

The mesoglea is narrow and supports a weak ectodermal

and endodermal musculature.

Mesenteries.—'T wenty-four pairs of mesenteries are present,

similar in arrangement to those of A. costw, viz.: six perfect

pairs, two pairs being directives; six pairs forming a second

cycle, alternating with the first; and twelve pairs in a third

* In the description of A. coste it is stated (‘ Annals,’ 1895, xv. p. 216)

that the vesicles are not batteries of nematocysts. A re-examination of

the sections in the light of other forms shows that they must be so regarded,

the so-called gland-cells being developing stinging-cells.

6 Mr. J. E. Duerden on

cycle. hey further resemble those of A. coste in structure,

especially in the form of the mesoglceal plaitings, which are,

however, a little more pronounced in the present species.

Mesenterial filaments are well developed, crowding the

ceelenteron; abundant granules and large stinging-cells are

in connexion with them. The endoderm of the mesenteries

has small nematocysts.

Gonads.—No reproductive cells could be distinguished in

the single specimen examined.

Genus BuNODEOPSIS, Andres.

Bunodeopsis, Andres, 1880.

Bunodeopsis, Andres, 1883.

Bunodeopis, Haddon and Duerden, 1896.

Tissues very delicate. Tentacles elongate, readily retrac-

tile. Column short, beset proximally with pedunculate or

sessile vesicles, the vesicular area much broader than the

capitulum. Sphincter muscle feebly developed. More than

six pairs of perfect mesenteries.

The genus Bunodeopsis was established by Andres (1880)

to include a form of which the distinguishing characters are

that the column is short and thick, protruding here and there

in hollow prominences, and with a collar developed like a

capitulum. Previous to the present communication only one

species—B. strumosa, Andr.—was known. Andres states

that it closely resembles in appearance and habit the Cystvactis

Eugenia of Duchassaing and Michelotti, found in the West

Indies, differmg from it only by the possession of the well-

developed capitulum, and that whenever it is proved that this

also possesses a similar capitulum, then the genus Bunode-

opsis must be merged into Cystiactis, and its single species will

become Cystiactis strumosa. The latter genusis thusdefiried by

Milne-Edwards (1857, p. 276) :—‘‘ Corps entiérement couvert

de tubercules subtentaculiformes ou offrant l’aspect de grosses

phlycténes trés-saillantes.” I was in hopes of rediscovering

Duchassaing and Michelotti’s C. Eugenia around Jamaica, but

so far have not been successful, unless the present undoubted

Bunodeopsis be the same as that meant by these two authors.

Considering the close similarity which has been already

ascertained to exist amongst the species of Actiniarians from

the various West-Indian Islands, there is a little proba-

bility in this position; but when we compare the figure and

description of C. Eugenia with that of Bunodeopsis, it seems

far preferable to await further researches and for the present

the Actiniarian Family Aliciide. 7

to regard the two as distinct. It is not likely that the

two distinguished zoophytologists would have neglected the

elongated capitulum had it been present in their form.

Bunodeopsis antilliensis, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs, 1-4.)

Form (PI. I. figs. 1, 2).—Base adherent, rarely free, irre-

gular in outline, generally oval-shaped, thin-walled, and

transparent, so that the mesenteries and internal organs can

be seen through, margin crenate, surface thrown into ridges

and grooves corresponding with the attachment of the perfect

and imperfect mesenteries.

Proximal part of column covered with pedunculate irregu-

larly arranged outgrowths or vesicles of various sizes com-

municating with the ccelenteron ; most are large, compound,

and shortly clavate, having a narrow peduncle; others are

spheroidal or papillate; the larger may bear digitiform out-

growths, others are merely tuberculate, and others again have

only thickened ridges. ‘These may almost disappear when the

vesicles are fully inflated, the surface being then nearly

smooth, the ridges and tubercles showing as slightly thickened

more opaque bands. ‘The tubercles and bands on microscopic

examination are seen to be batteries of large nematocysts.

Column-wall expanded and short proximally, not readily seen

owing to the presence of the abundant vesicles; upper part

or capitulum only visible when the animal is extended, long,

cylindrical, and smooth, much less in diameter than the

vesicular area, but enlarging towards the disk; walls ex-

tremely thin throughout, pellucid, the darker coloured

cesophagus clearly seen through.

Tentacles completely and readily retractile, elongate,

smooth, entacmzous, subulate, thin-walled, transparent,

variable in number, arranged in several cycles according to

the formula 6, 6, 12, 24. Examples with 12, 18, 24, 30, 36,

48, and higher numbers are met with; outer arise directly

from the margin of the disk ; capable of great extension ; over-

hang the column-wall; covered with minute urticating spots.

In full extension they are very delicate structures, readily

detaching when handled. Disk larger in diameter than the

capitulum, very thin-walled, the attachment of the mesenteries

showing through ; peristome generally elevated into a cone

with the oral aperture at the apex; mouth oval-shaped, six

well-marked ridges and grooves on each side; no gonidial

groove. The disk, tentacles, and naked portion of the column-

wall are usually completely infolded, so that no external

indication of them is left.

8 Mr. J. E. Duerden on

Colour.—The colour of the polyps when retracted is deter-

mined by that of the vesicles, and may be light blue or light

brown ; the vesicles, when not fully extended, are generally

pale blue in colour, the thickened bands and papille a dull

white, when inflated to their utmost are a pale brown. In

extension the capitulum, tentacles, and disk are nearly

colourless, but a slight brown tint can be distinguished ; the

column-wall in the vesicular region, as well as the pedal disk,

is brown ; the lips white.

Dyimensions.—The dimensions are very variable, according

to the state of retraction or extension. The diameter of the

base may be as much as 3°5 centim.; an average diameter

of specimens retracted in formalin is 1:8 centim.; height of

retracted specimens about 0°5 centim.; length of extended

inner tentacles 3°5 centim.; vesicles when inflated may be

0-7 centim. in diameter and 1 centim. in length.

Locality—The species is met with sparingly throughout

Kingston Harbour, Jamaica, attached to weedsin shallow water.

Around the shores of the canal behind Port Royal, and at

certain other places in the harbour, it occurs in abundance.

Activities—The usual condition presented by the animal

is that of a flattened extended group of bluish-white or pale

brown vesicles towards the free end of elongated marine

plants, such as Thalassia, to which the colours offer a marked

contrast. The polyps are elongated along the length of the

weed, or partially folded round it, and generally exhibit no

appearance of disk, tentacles, or column-wall. They well

bear out Andres’s statement of resemblance to Nudibranchs.

They occur near the surface in shallow water around the

shores, and occasionally detach themselves and move to new

positions, or, more rarely, may float on the surface of the

water with the base upwards. Less commonly they are fully

extended, the elongated tentacles in constant motion or grace-

fully overhanging. The vesicles are very changeable in size

and appearance according to the amount of inflation; in the

same polyp some may be inflated and others not at the same

time ; often they and the tentacles are quite limp. The urti-

cating powers are considerable, being sufficient to pierce the

skin of the hand. Itisa very delicate and sensitive species, not

bearing confinement well. An asexual method of reproduc-

tion is effected by the detachment of fragments of the body-

wall from around the margin of the base and column.

Base (Pl. J. fig. 3)—The three layers of the base are

clearly distinguishable. The nuclei of the ectoderm are

arranged mostly in a narrow zone a little below the surface,

the tissue nearer the mesogloea not staining so deeply. The

the Actiniarian Family Aliciide. 9

latter layer is very thin. The endoderm is narrow and

contains zooxanthelle.

In several specimens sectionized the endoderm is divisible

into two portions—a proximal, which is largely reticular in

character, and a more internal part crowded with nuclei and

zooxanthelle (figs. 3, 4). The separation of this reticular

layer, sometimes on the endodermal side and sometimes on

the ectodermal side of the mesogloea, is a well-marked feature

of some examples and is found practically throughout the

whole polyp. ‘The reticulum appears to be formed of the

nervous and perhaps muscular and mesoglceal elements,

probably separated more distinctly by the unequal contraction

of the mesoglea and the two other layers, but is not a con-

stant feature of the species, being evidently partly dependent

upon the method of preservation. In vertical sections of the

base the mesoglcea borders directly on the ectoderm, and the

reticulum is on the endodermal side, whereas in the tentacles

it is on the ectodermal side.

Column-wall.—The column-wall is very delicate and much

broken up below by the outgrowths forming the vesicles.

The nuclei in the ectoderm are uniformly distributed ; nemato-

cysts apparently do not occur, except a few, similar to those

of the tentacles, in the capitulum. An ectodermal muscle on

small mesoglceal plaitings can be distinguished. ‘The meso-

gloea is thicker than at the base and contains a few isolated

cells. The endoderm has abundant nuclei and zooxanthellae.

The vesicles are hollow outgrowths of the body-wall, but

their structure differs somewhat. The thickenings and

tubercles seen externally are shown in sections to be batteries

of nematocysts. The stinging-cells are very long, extending

across the ectoderm, and are limited to the enlarged areas.

Many cysts present a fine internal beaded character, due to the

spiral thread seen in optical section, while others, mostly in

the deeper parts, show no thread and may have the contents

staining deeply, being evidently only in process of development.

Small oval nuclei are, more particularly in the thickened

regions, arranged in a narrow belt just below the surface.

The remaining area is much vacuolated in places. ‘The ecto-

derm of the vesicles where devoid of nematocysts is very thin.

The mesogloea is narrow. The endoderm contains zooxan-

thelle, but not pigment granules such as are abundant in A. coste

and A. mirabilis. A slight endodermal muscle can be distin-

guished. In the difference in the characters of the nemato-

cysts in the vesicles and those of the column-wall and tentacles

Bunodeopsis agrees with the two species of Alicia examined.

‘Lhey are, however, larger in the latter genus.

Sphincter muscle.—The sphincter muscle is of the diffuse

10 Mr. J. E. Duerden on

endodermal type and weak. ‘The muscle-cells line simple or

slightly branched mesoglceal plaitings, which extend from a

little below the base of the outermost tentacles to near the

commencement of the vesicles, ¢. e. along the capitular portion

of the column.

Tentacles (Pl. I. fig. 4).—The ectoderm of the tentacles

is a thick layer, with numerous closely packed nematocysts,

uniformly arranged in a zone at right angles to the surface.

They are smaller than those in the vesicles, and all show

the spiral thread distinctly. Below the nematocyst band

is a zone of small nuclei. The ectodermal muscle-cells are

strong and arranged on well-developed plaitings of the

mesoglea. The mesogloea is thick compared with other

regions. ‘The endoderm has numerous zooxanthellae, and an

oblique muscle occurs on smaller mesoglceal plaitings. The

endodermal cells vary much in length, the whole layer

presenting a very irregular internal boundary. The portion

figured is from one of the specimens showing an ectodermal

reticular or nervous layer very distinctly.

Disk.—The disk is an extremely thin structure, showing

no important characters.

Gisophagus.—The ectoderm of the cesophagus is much

folded in both longitudinal and transverse sections, but no

cesophageal groove is indicated. Abundant deeply staining

nuclei are arranged a little below the surface. It is richly

ciliated all round; medium-sized nematocysts crowd the

layer, and pigment-granules occur in the deeper parts ; a weak

ectodermal muscle is present. ‘The mesogloea and endoderm

are very thin, and not folded to the same degree as is the

ectoderm. ‘lhe endoderm contains many zooxanthellae. A

weak endodermal muscle is met with.

Mesenteries.—The mesenteries are in numerous pairs, but,

owing to the flatness of the specimens when retracted and

the crowded condition of the ccelenteron, their arrangement

cannot always be readily made out. ‘They are somewhat vari-

able in number, and in the alternation of perfect and imper-

fect pairs. In one specimen eight pairs of perfect mesenteries

were present, of which only one pair were directives. In

another example twenty pairs were counted in the cesophageal

region. ‘The retractor muscle on the face of the mesenteries

extends for some distance from the body-wall, and the meso-

gleea is thrown into long narrow plaits to support it. The

muscle extends completely round the smaller imperfect

mesenteries. ‘The mesenteries branch much below, nearly

filling the ccelenteron. Mesenterial filaments, continuous with

the ectoderm ot the cesophagus and containing nematocysts,

the Actiniarian Family Aliciide. LL

occur at the termination of each branch; the endoderm

becomes much thickened and contains granular matter.

Gonads.—In one specimen dissected developing ova were

found in great numbers extending almost the whole length

of the mesentery, and in places giving rise to considerable

enlargements.

Bunodeopsis strumosa, Andres. (PI. I. fig. 5.)

Bunodeopsis strumosa, Andres, 1880, p. 315.

Bunodeopsis strumosa, Andres, 1883, p. 444, pl. vi. fig. 1, pl. xiii. fig. 5.

Form*.—Base adherent, usually large and oval, but variable

in size and shape. Column short, delicate, very extensible,

protruding here and there in irregular outgrowths or vesicles,

the latter varying in size and simple or compound, apparently

sessile, and having only very slight tubercular and annular

superficial thickenings ; capitulum much developed, smooth,

delicate, regular, cylindrical, or caliciform. Disk medium,

wider than capitulum, rounded, either flat, concave, or promi-

nent, without gonidial marks. Tentacles retractile ft, not

very numerous (48), tricyclic, 12 [6, 6?], 12, 24, entacmzous,

large, marginal, erect or bent outwardly, subulate, very

flexible, covered with urticating spots. Peristome variable,

with radiating lines; mouth sometimes with reversed lips,

but not a special character; gonidial grooves wanting.

Colour. — Base whitish-brownish-yellow. Column _ yel-

lowish, with yellow-brownish-ochre bands. Capitulum dirty

white, uniform, transparent. ‘Tentacles transparent, whitish.

Peristome whitish.

Dimensions—Small ; basal diameter 1°5 to 2 centim. ;

length of tentacles 2 centim.

Locality— Habitat on the leaves of Cymodocea cequorea

(Phycagrostis minor), uprooted, floating on the surface, or else

on Posidonia, Zostera, &c. Also on stones and rocks.

Varieties.—(a) badia. As above.

(8) cana. Entirely white; most frequently found on the

shores of Lake Fusaro, Naples; more delicate and small.

Base.—The layers of the base are well developed, being

much thicker than in the vesicular portion of the column-wall.

‘The ectoderm is covered with -a layer of short closely-set

cilia; elongated nuclei are arranged in a narrow peripheral

* The description of the external characters is practically a translation

of that given by Andres in ‘ Le Attinie.’

+ A curious instance of extreme retraction was met with in one

specimen; the tentacles had been withdrawn into the ccelenteron, and

alterwards one was forced into the interior of a distended vesicle.

1b Mr. J. E. Duerden on

band, and rounded nuclei more sparingly in a broad zone

below ; circular or oval-shaped vacuolar spaces are present at

intervals. The mesoglea is thin. The endoderm bears

zooxanthelle and forms a weak muscle.

Column-wall.—The column-wall is extremely delicate in

the region of the vesicles, but is thicker at the capitulum.

The ectoderm in the latter is a regular even layer, showing

elongated nuclei; the longitudinal muscle is developed on

small mesogloeal foldings; nematocysts are not present,

except near the vesicles. The mesoglea is narrow and

slightly folded both internally and externally; it thickens

distally and becomes finely plaited to support the weak ecto-

dermal muscle. ‘The endoderm contains zooxanthelle; the

circular muscle is extremely weak.

The vesicles are very thin-walled, except at the parts

corresponding with the opaque bands seen externally. The

ectoderm is here thickened and shows abundant large nemato-

cysts narrowing at each end. ‘The spiral thread of the

stinging-cells is not obvious. They are arranged mostly at

right angles to the surface, but in places are longer than the

ectoderm is broad, and become obliquely arranged. Different

stages in their development are seen, the earlier ones staining

deeply. The nuclei in the thickened areas are mostly in a

narrow peripheral zone; elsewhere the ectoderm is a very

thin layer devoid of nematocysts; oval or rounded vacuolar

spaces are numerous. ‘The mesogloea is very thin. The

endoderm is a narrow regular layer of cells containing abun-

dant zooxanthelle. A weak ectodermal and endodermal

musculature is present.

Sphincter muscle (Pl. I. fig. 5).—The sphincter muscle is

an extremely weak form of the diffuse endodermal type. It

occurs in the capitular region as a slight concentration of the

ordinary circular endodermal muscle-fibres. The mesogloea

is only a little plaited.

‘The sphincter is scarcely more strongly developed than the

endodermal muscle of the tentacles or of the peripheral portion

of the disk, and, except in position, is barely distinguishable

from them.

Tentacles.—The nuclei in the tentacles are small and, in

sections, more restricted to the periphery, where also a zone

of long narrow nematocysts showing the spiral thread occurs,

and occasionally much larger examples not exhibiting any

spiral thread. A broad band of the ectoderm next the meso-

gleea is nearly devoid of nuclei, and does not stain with

carmine; a well-developed longitudinal ectodermal muscle is

present. ‘The mesogloea is somewhat thick in places, and, with

the Actiniarian Family Aliciide. 13

the exception of an occasional isolated cell, is homogeneous

in structure. It is plaited a little on both the ectodermal

and endodermal borders for the support of the musculature.

The endoderm-cells are often very long in section, the layer

having irregular internal boundaries. Zooxanthelle are

present.

Disk.—The ectoderm is thick and ciliated; elongated

nematocysts are present; the mesoglcea and endoderm are

the same as in the tentacles. An endodermal musculature is

seen.

@sophagus.—The cesophageal walls are much folded, but

there is no indication of any special groove; the ectoderm and

endoderm are much thicker than the mesogloea.

The ectoderm is richly ciliated, and, in addition to the

outer zone of narrow nematocysts, contains abundant irregu-

larly distributed large stinging-cysts. The nuclei are arranged

in a broad zone; a very weak ectodermal muscle is seen in

transverse sections, and a similar endodermal muscle in longi-

tudinal sections.

Mesenteries.—In the region of the cesophagus twelve pairs

of perfect mesenteries, including two pairs of directives, are

present, and pairs of very short imperfect mesenteries alternate.

They are broad towards the column-wall, but narrow towards

the cesophagus ; zooxanthelle are sparingly present in the

endoderm. ‘The longitudinal retractor muscles are well

developed for some distance on one side and the mesoglea is

thrown into supporting folds. Below the esophagus the

mesenteries branch, the endoderm becoming much thickened ;

each division is terminated by a rounded mesenterial filament

bearing abundant nematocysts, and continuous with the

ectoderm of the cesophagus.

Gonads.—No reproductive cells were present in any of the

examples sectionized.

The distinctions between these two species are, in several

respects, those of degree rather than of kind. Practically all

the characters strongly marked in the first appear to be

present in the second, but developed to a less extent. The

average dimensions of the Antillean representative are two or

three times those of the Mediterranean specimens received.

Of a score of specimens received from Naples, preserved in

4 per cent. formalin, none exceeded 0°4 centim. in diameter

across the base, while an average diameter of the Jamaican

forms is 1*3 centim. The colour distinctions may be of some

moment. ‘The column in Andres’s species has yellowish-

brown-ochre bands; these are never met with in the new

14 On the Actintarian Family Aliciide.

species. In this latter the vesicles, when not fully inflated,

usually have a bluish tinge, not noticed in the former.

It seems likely that the specimens received by me are the

var. cana, which is white, more delicate, and smaller than

the var. badia.

The vesicles appear sessile in B. strumosa, and do not

exhibit pronounced tubercles or digitiform processes. Similar

microscopic elements, however, are present in both. Again,

the musculature of the two is developed along the same lines ;

but, whereas in strumosa the mesoglcea is only folded or very

slightly plaited for its support, in anédlliensis the plaits are

comparatively large and numerous. In minute histological

details, such as the forms of the stinging-cysts and the struc-

ture of the body-wall, they resemble one another.

I am much indebted to Prot. A. C. Haddon for assistance

willingly rendered in the preparation of the paper and during

its publication in England.

References.

1846.—Dana, J.D. “ Report on Zoophytes.” U.S. Explor. Exped.

1838-1842. Philadelphia.

1857.—Mitne-Epwarps, H. “ Histoire naturelle des Coralliaires, ou

Polypes proprement dits.” I. Paris.

1861.—Jounson, J. Y. ‘Notes on the Sea-Anemones of Madeira,

with Descriptions of new Species.” Proc. Zool. Soc.; Ann,

& Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) ix. (1862).

1864.—Ducuassaine, P., and Micuenorri, J. “Supplément au

Mémoire sur les Coralliaires des Antilles.” Mee Reale

Accad. Sci. Turin, (2) xxiii.

1868.—PancERI, P. ‘ Nuovo genere di polipi Actiniart (Cladactis).”

Rend. d. R. Accad. d. Se. Napoli.

1869.—VERRILL, A. E. “ Notes on Radiata.—Review of the Corals

and Polyps of the West Coast of America.” Trans. Connect.

Acad. i. (1868-1870).

1880.—AnprREs, A. “ Prod. neapol. actin. faune.’’ Mitt. zool. Stat.

Neapel, ii.

1883.—AnpREs, A. “Le Attinie.” Att. del. R. Accad. d. Lincei, xiv.

1889.—Fowzrr, G. H. “Two new Types of Actiniaria.” Quart.

Journ, Mier. Se. xxix.

1898.—Happon, A. C., and SHackieton, A. M. “ Description of

some new Species of Actiniaria from Torres Straits.” Proc.

Roy. Dubl. Soe. vol. viii. (n. s.) part i.

1895.—DusErRpeEN, J. E. “On the Genus Alicia (Cladactis), with an

Anatomical Description of A. coste, Panc.” Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xv.

1896.—Happon, A. C., and DurrpEN, J. E. “On some Actiniaria

from Australia and other Districts.” Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soc.

vol. vi. ser. 2.

On Heterocera from the Transvaal. 15

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Reference letters.

div. Partial division between the mem. Nematocysts.

ceelenteronand the tentacular mnuc. Nuclei.

cavity. r.lay. Reticular or nervous layer.

ect. Ectoderm. sph.m. Sphincter muscle.

ect.m. Ectodermal muscle. ten. Tentacle.

end. Endoderm. zoox. Zooxanthella.

mes. Mesogloa.

Fig. 1. Bunodeopsis antilliensis, sp.n. Expanded polyp, nat. size. la,

1b, 1e, 1d. Vesicles,

Fig. 2. Ditto. Retracted polyp, nat. size.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Vertical section through a portion of the base, x 200,

Fig. 4. Ditto. Transverse section through a portion of atentacle, x 209.

Fig. 5. Bunodeopsis strumosa, Andres. Vertical section through capit-

ulum and a portion of one side of a tentacle, x 200.

Biological Laboratory,

Museum, Institute of Jamaica,

Kingston,

March 29, 1897.

I1.—On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal.

By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Zygenida.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Neurosymploca agria, Dist. Pretoria.

concinna, Dalm. Pretoria.

Zutulba Zelleri, Wallengr. Zoutpansberg.

Crameria cleckneria, Stoll. Pretoria.

Syntomis Kuhlweinu, Lef. Zoutpansberg (Kessner),

sirius, sp.n. Pienaars River (W. LZ. D.), Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Rendall, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Parasyntomis ethiops, sp.n. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Thyretes caffra, Wallengr. Pretoria.

Eressa fulvescens, Walk. Pretoria, Zoutpansberg.

Euchromia africana, Butl. Pretoria.

Species obtained in Natal.

Zitulba ampla, Walk. Durban.

Syntomis Kuhlweini, Lef. Durban.

Euchromia africana, Butl. Durban.

Folletix, Gray. Durban.

Unless otherwise specified, the captures were my own.

Syntomis sirtus, sp. n.

Body, legs, and antenne black.

16 On Heterocera from the Transvaal.

Wings black ; anterior wings with five large white spots,

situate, one in cell, and one beneath it, one at extremity of

cell, and two close together beneath extremity of cell ;

posterior wings with a large basal ochraceous spot, between

which and apex is a smaller white spot.

Exp. wings 20-21 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner).

Syntomts Rendall, sp. n.

Body, legs, and antenne black; pronotum with the

humeral margins white; a lateral spot on both the meso- and

metasternum, a series of lateral abdominal spots, and two

dorsal abdominal spots—one at base and the other at about

one third from apex—white.

Wings black or brownish black: anterior wings with six

white spots, of which the first is smaller and subbasal,

second in cell, and third beneath and a little before it, fourth

near end of cell, fifth and sixth contiguous a little beneath

and beyond lower extremity of cell; posterior wings with

two white spots, the first largest and near base, the second

smaller and discal.

Exp. wings 20-22 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

From the description of S. caryocatactes, Wallengr., that

Species appears to be the nearest allied to S. Rendalli. The

one I now describe may be distinguished from Wallengren’s

species by the sternal spots, the second abdominal dorsal spot,

somewhat smaller size, &c.

Parasyntomis ? cethiops, sp. n.

Body, antenne, and legs black; proboscis and apex of

abdomen ochraceous.

Wings black: anterior wings with two whitish spots, one

in and near end of cell, and the other almost immediately

beneath it; posterior wings with the basal abdominal area

pale hyaline divided by the dark veins.

Exp. wings 30 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

I am informed by Sir G. F. Hampson, who has examined

my typical specimen, that the species may be placed provision-

ally in his MS. genus Parasyntomis, from which it differs by

ee the veins 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 from cell, instead of 8, 9, 10

stalked.

On Cicadidee from the North Chin Hills, Burma. 17

Pyralidz.

I take this opportunity to describe a very beautiful species

belonging to this group of Moths, which may for the present

be placed in the genus Macna, from which it differs by the

shorter palpi and the rounded outer margins of the anterior

wings.

Macna Hampsoni, sp. n.

Body, antenne, and legs purplish brown; head above, a

large central triangular spot to pronotum, basal segment of

abdomen, and a spot at anterior coxe pale olivaceous green.

Anterior wings pale olivaceous green, with the base, a large

patch on inner margin reaching cell and connected with costa

by a narrow and much-waved fascia, outer margin preceded

by a linear waved fascia, purplish brown; the inner patch

contains two pale olivaceous spots. Posterior wings purplish

brown, with a transverse series of pale olivaceous spots

extending about one third across wing from abdominal

margin, and a more obscure spot nearer base. Wings

beneath purplish brown: anterior wings with a large sub-

triangular apical pale olivaceous patch; posterior wings as

above, with a small darker discal spot.

Exp. wings 50 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton District.

IlI.—Cicadide from the North Chin Iills, Burma.

By W. L. Distant.

I Am indebted to the kindness of Capt. E. Y. Watson, of the

Indian Staff Corps, for a small collection of these Homoptera

made at the above little-visited and less entomologically

worked locality. The specimens had been awaiting my return

from South Africa for two or three years, which, I regret to

say, had not improved their condition, and made them very

difficult to set out. However, I was able to identify them,

and the following is a list of the species :—

Peecilopsaltria Watsoni, sp. n. Pomponia cuneata, sp. n.

Cosmopsaltria radha, Dist. Terpnosia maculipes, Walk.

—— velitaris, sp. n. Calcagninus marginatus, sp. n.

Pomponia evyanescens, Walk.

Terpnosia maculipes is a very rare species in collections.

The type in the British Museum was collected in “ N. Bengal”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 2

18 On Cicadidex from the North Chin Hills, Burma.

by Miss Campbell. Calcagninus marginatus is the third

described species of the genus, and, as the other two were

received from the Neelgiri Hills, Caleagninus may prove to be

a mountain genus.

Pecilopsaltria Watsont, sp. nu.

2. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum brownish ochraceous ;

head with a transverse margin to front, a spot above base of

antenne, the area of the ocelli, and a transverse fascia con-

necting same with eyes black ; pronotum with the incisures

and two central fascie directed outwardly towards anterior

margin black ; mesonotum with four obconical spots on ante-

rior margin, the central two shortest; a lanceolate central

discal fascia and a small spot in front of each anterior angle

of the basal cruciform elevation black. Abdomen thickly

covered with yellowish pile, the segments blackish at base

and pale ochraceous at apical margins; a faint longitudinal

central black fascia, broadest at ‘base. Sternum and legs

brownish ochraceous ; face with a central longitudinal black

fascia ; abdomen beneath without the yellowish pile.

Tegmina tale-like and obscure creamy white, brownish at

base, and with three irregular brown transverse fascia en-

closing rounded creamy spots, the first crossing radial area,

the second just beyond radial area, and the third at junction

of apical and ulnar areas; a double row of outer marginal

spots situate on the longitudinal veins of apical areas. Wings

stramineous, the apical margin and a transverse fascia before

apex dark castaneous: these castaneous markings enclose a

large subapical stramineous spot.

‘The rostrum reaches the apex of the second abdominal

segment.

Long. excl. tegm., 9 22 millim.; exp. tegm. 62 millim.

Allied to P. hilpa, Walk.

Cosmopsaltria velitaris, sp. n.

In colour and markings very closely allied to C. nicomache,

Walk., but larger, and differing also trom that species by the

greater length of the rostrum, which considerably passes the

posterior Coxe, and not only just extending beyond their apex

as in Walker’s species ; the abdomen also is longer and the

opercula proportionally to same being much shorter. ‘The

principal colour difference is in the dorsal surface of the

abdomen, which is more castaneous and less black.

Long. excl. tegm., g 27 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim.

On Diptera from Vera Cruz. 19

C. nicomache appears to be confined to North-east Conti-

nental India, and the species here described is its near

Burmese congener.

Pomponia cuneata, sp. n.

Head black, some marginal testaceous streaks to front and

the same at base; eyes brownish ochraceous; pronotum

ochraceous, with two central longitudinal fasciw and the

incisures black ; two castaneous spots on outer basal margin ;

mesonotum ochraceous, with a central fascia, four obconical

spots—the outermost largest—and a spot in front of each

anterior angle of the basal cruciform elevation black ; abdo-

men above castaneous, the three basal segments posteriorly

narrowly ochraceous at the lateral margins. Sternum and

opercula pale ochraceous; face, legs, and abdomen beneath

brownish ochraceous.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation either

ochraceous or castaneous, the tegmina with the transverse

veins at the bases of the second and third apical areas darkly

infuscated.

The opereula are somewhat acutely triangular, their

narrowed apex reaching the second abdominal segment; the

rostrum just passes the apex of the intermediate coxe.

Long. excl. tegm. 25 millim.; exp. tegm. 66 millim.

This species may be placed near P. scctula, Dist.

Calcagninus marginatus, sp. 0.

Body and legs ochraceous ; apex of the abdomen black.

Tegmina pale ochraceous hyaline, the outer margin some-

what broadly infuscated. Wings paler hyaline, their apical

margins narrowly and obscurely infuscated.

Opercula short, subquadrangular ; rostrum about reaching

the base of the posterior coxe.

Long. excl. tegm. 15 millim.; exp. tegm. 38 millim.

1V.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.

—No Il. (continued). On a Collection of Diptera from

the Lowlands of the Rio Nautla, in the State of Vera Cruz.

Il.* By C. H. Tyter Townsenp, F.E.S.

Psychodide.

23. Psychoda punctatella, sp. n.

One male, Paso de Telaya, March 30.

Lengih 1 millim., of wing 1°5 millim.

* Section I. appeared in Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix

pp. 16-34. Be

20 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

A very distinct species, which approaches in structure

P. angustipennis, Will. (Dipt. St. Vincent, p. 284), but the

wings, while quite as narrow, are not so acutely pointed at

tip. Brownish or greyish brown, the thorax clothed with a

thick tuft of white hair. A smaller thick tuft of white hair

at base of abdomen; rest of abdomen with short hair, appearing

brownish when viewed from above and white when viewed

obliquely. Head with some blackish hair. Legs greyish

brown. Wings nearly three times as long as greatest width,

quite thickly clothed with white or yellowish-white hair,

forming a thick fringe on border, which is of even and only

moderate length on whole anterior border of wing, but grows

gradually longer from tip to base on posterior margin, until

at base it lacks but little of being as long as greatest width of

wing. ‘The hairs of this longest fringe are directed straight

backward at a right angle to long axis of wing. Hight small

black spots on margin of wing as follows:—One on front

margin at extreme base ; two faint linear central ones on base

of wing, indistinctly separated; a large elongate one opposite

on inner margin; two smaller distinct ones opposite each

other on margin, one on front, the other on hind margin a

little- beyond middle of wing ; a somewhat less distinct one on

extreme tip, and a still less distinct one on hind margin

between the apical one and the middle hind-marginal one.

The wing-spots are seen-with the compound microscope to

touch only the veins, the basal spots appearing as a basal

fascia to the wing. Outline of the wing bilaterally sym-

metrical, not elongate-pointed at tip, but the margins evenly

curved on each side to meet in an acute angle, the curves of

apical portion being nearly the same as those of basal portion.

Antenne much longer than thorax, reaching to or beyond

middle of abdomen, comparatively stout, thickly clothed with

white hair.

This species seems allied to the Huropean P. albipennis,

Zett., the description of which is strikingly similar in some

points. But yunctatella differs abundantly, not only in other

characters but particularly in the spotted wings, the wings of

albipennis being without spots. It may belong in the albz-

pennies group, as would seem to be indicated by the description

of the latter in the characters of the elongate antenne, elongate

wings, hair and fringe of. wings, small size, and general

coloration—I may mention here that I have identified

P. albipunctata, Will., in specimens taken at Frontera,

Tabasco.

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 21

Rhyphide.

24. Olbiogaster teniatus, Bell.

Rhyphus teniatus, Bellardi, Sagg. Ditt. Mess. Append. p. 5, pl. fig. 15.

One male, San Rafael, June 26. In sweepings.

Length about 74 millim., measuring the curve of the

abdomen.

Agrees perfectly with Bellardi’s description and figure,

except that the middle femora are mostly yellowish. It also

agrees perfectly with Osten Sacken’s description of the genus

Olbiogaster, and bears out his remarks on the genus at the end

of the description (see Biol. C.-A., Dipt. i. pp. 20-21).

Osten Sacken has there pointed out that 2. teniatus, Bell., is

an Olbiogaster. This is the first record of the finding of this

species since Bellardi described it in 1862.

This very curious dipteron exactly resembles at first sight

some of the smaller Hymenoptera, the general form, aided by

the markings of the abdomen and the long slender antenna,

giving the appearance presented by some of the small

Ichneumonide.

Tabanide.

25. Tabanus mexicanus, var. limonus, n. var.

One male, on flowers of the Cordia sp., San Rafael,

July 17.

Length 113 millim., not including antenne ; wing 10 millim.

Entirely of a tawny lemon-yellow colour, including the

narrow costa of wings on basal two thirds. yes in life

wholly pale yellowish olive, abruptly more glassy on lower

one third; in the dried specimen rich brown. Antenna,

palpi, and legs with a slightly deepened tawny tinge. Second

antennal joint one half as long as first; first as long as its

apical breadth ; second shorter than wide, with an anteriorly-

directed apical spur on upper edge ; third joint about twice as

long as first and second together, with a well-marked acute

process on base above, the process ending in an acute angle

but not produced; this process makes the basal width of joint

about one third greater than width of first and second joints,

Annulate portion of third joint rather slender and pointed.

Face, palpi, breast, thorax, trochanters, and abdomen rather

thickly clothed with brassy-yellow hair, that on the thorax

and breast being longest and that on abdomen the shortest,

the hinder two thirds of abdomen being rather sparsely clothed

above. ‘Tarsi and ends of tibiz slightly tinged with brownish,

most pronounced on tips of tarsi. Proboscis tinged with

22 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

brown, the labella shining dark brown. Face, thorax, and

scutellum brassy-yellow pollinose ; abdomen shining tawny

yellow, the apical portion (in the dried specimen) slightly

tinged with brownish, but yellow in life. Knobs of halteres

greenish: yellow. Eyes bare, contiguous from the small

tubercle-like yellow vertex to near base of antenne, leaving

a small, bare, brassy-yellow pollinose frontal triangle, the

upper angle abruptly tapered and acute. Anterior branch of

third vein with a long stump at its basal angle, the stump

being three times or more the length of basal section of branch.

Wings, except costal border above mentioned, pure hyaline,

wholly without sign of spots; veins yellow. The yellow of

costa reaches from the elongate slightly oblique stigma, which

is more deeply yellow, to base of wing, filling out the portion

basad of the basal cells with a tinge of the yellow. Posterior

cells all open, none of them narrowed, except that fourth is

narrowed a little on border from its greatest width in middle.

Difference in size of facets of eye marked, abrupt; the small

facets extend up to a little short of the anterior or inner angle

of eye, but the line of separation extends backward from this

point at a slight upward angle off the horizontal. In life this

specimen had little of the green tinge, except on the eyes as

described.

I give this full description of this very handsome variety

of a well-known species, because existing descriptions of the

species are lacking in detail. The points of difference

between this variety and the typical form, as well as several

other varieties of mextcanus, are given in the table below.

A considerable number of forms of this group have been

described by various early authors—Fabricius, Meigen, De

Geer, Beauvois, Macquart, and Walker—and classed as

synonyms of mexicanus (see Osten Sacken, Cat. p. 59). The

typical form has the wings spotted with brown. Only one of

the others has the wings absolutely unspotted, namely,

inanis, Fabr., which JI consider a good variety on this

character. It is at once distinguished from Umonus by the

tomentum being wholly cinereous instead of yellow. These

forms should be separated as follows :—

Table of Tabanus mexicanus and Varieties.

ds) Wangsispottedy. fist. 2 Oe as Ak ic fade ten

Wings wholly without spots ...... eee 4,

2. Spots only on cross-veins and bifurcation

OL Shird “Vein 5 ii. sate Ganeck eee eee

Spots also on margin of wing at ends of

longitudinal veitis -; 74 4/) eee ee olivaceus, De G.

(S. America.)

Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 23

3. Tomentum yellow or greenish yellow .... mexicanus,L. Typ. form.

(Mexico, Florida, &c.)

Tomentum cinereous ............202005, punctatus, Fabr.

(Cayenne.)

4. Tomentum yellow to lemon or greenish

tas ie ny Ad netividseneceess limonus, Towns.

(Mexico.)

PREETI GITIOTOOUS ..... 000 cccccccness inanis, Fabr.

Bellardi described the female of var. imonus (Ditt. Mess.

i. p. 59), but gave it no distinctive name. The meaicanus

group will be distinguished from 7. luteoflavus, Bell., and the

group of 7. fulvus, Meig. (Europe), by the process of third

antennal joint being only moderately developed, not deeply

excised and strongly angulate as in 7’. luteoflavus.

Asilida.

26. Leptogaster pictipes, Loew.

One female, San Rafael, June 21. In sweepings.

Length 7 millim.

I am quite confident that this is the same species as the

male specimen described by Loew from Illinois. Loew’s

L. varipes, described from a female specimen, is doubtless the

same species, probably not even constituting a variety. Both

are very similar to Z. cubensis, Bigot, but, I believe, distinct

from the latter in the colouring of the legs (see von Roeder,

Dipt. Porto Rico, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1885, p. 340). Yet it is

quite possible that pictipes may have to be considered but a

variety of cubensis.

In my specimen the antenne are blackish, the knob of

halteres as well as stalk yellowish, and the posterior femora

whitish on proximal two thirds, with all the metatarsi whitish.

The wings are almost insensibly tinged with fuscous.

The species from Durango, mentioned by Osten Sacken in

the ‘ Biol. C.-A., Dipt.’ (i. p. 167), is probably pzctipes or a

variety of it peculiar to the tableland.

Syrphide.

NAUSIGASTER.

In Section I. of this paper I described as new a neotropical

species of this genus, VV. meridionalis, Towns. (no. 5), long

suspected to be distinct, but not heretofore separated from

N. punctulata, Will. Since then I have taken further

specimens of this genus in New Mexico and Texas, in the

latter case securing abundant material. From a careful study

of this material I am convinced that there are several distinct

24 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

species of Naustgaster occurring in North America, three of

which Dr. Williston had before him when writing his

‘ Synopsis of Syrphide.’ These are mentioned on pages 21-

22 under the name of NV. punctulata. Dr. Williston has been

loth to separate the forms as distinct, on the picture of the

wings alone; but when material from several widely separated

localities shows a constant pattern for each locality, supple-

mented by differences in the thoracic vitte, I think they may

properly be separated and accepted as good species. In con-

nection with N. meridionalis from the Rio Nautla, therefore,

I wish to present here the following notes on the separation

of the forms of Nausigaster, although three of the species

concerned belong to the fauna of Texas, New Mexico, and

California.

The single female from New Mexico, from which Williston’s

description of punctulata was drawn, is the only specimen of

that species so far recorded. I have seen another from

Rincon, N.M., taken by Cockerell on flowers of Chilopsis

linearis (Cav.), DC., July 5, which agrees with Williston’s

description in the wing picture.

The five males from California, together with the additional

males and females from the same place (see Will., Synop.),

constitute another well-marked species, the specimens all

agreeing with each other. For this species I propose the

name unimaculata. It is distinguished by the single spot of

the wings and the five thoracic vitte.

The male from the Isthmus of Tehuantepec forms a third

species, which I have considered to be the same as meridio-

nalis. It should be stated that I have not seen the Tehu-

antepec specimen nor the Brazilian specimens referred by

Williston to the same species, but that I refer them to

meridionalis on the statements of Williston regarding the

picture of the wings. .

A fourth species from Texas I describe below. These

four species may be separated as follows :—

Table of Species of Nausigaster.

1. A single spot on the wings; five thoracic

WiLL. oi aie SEL AR letra eee eee unimaculata, sp. n.

(California. )

Two spots on the wings, the spots not con-

fluent ; only two thoracic vitte .......... punctulata, Will.

(New Mexico.)

The two wing-spots confluent, forming a more

or less well-defined and extensive picture ;

four thoracic yittee. (Lowlands of Texas to

SEM ATO) ions cin seer -

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz.

2. The second basal cell mostly filled with the

a ale dn pick dale <oivie st oxides meridionalis, Towns.

(Vera Cruz, Tehuantepec, Brazil.)

The second basal cell almost wholly hyaline .. geminata, sp. n.

(Texas lowlands.)

27. Nausigaster geminata, sp. n.

Twenty-seven specimens, male and female, Beeville and

Kenedy, Texas. All taken on flowers of Parthenium hystero-

pherus, L. (det. Wooton), August 30 to Sept. 14.

Length 5 to 6 millim. (rarely 7 millim., female), the male

being the smaller.

Differs from Williston’s description of punctulata, female

(Syn. pp. 21-22), as follows :—On mesonotum there are four

distinct less pollinose stripes. There is also the beginning of

a narrower one just above base of wings. The two median

ones are narrowly separated, and sometimes appear as one

owing to the effacing of the pollinose line which normally

separates them. Lower part of face same colour as antenne

(yellowish red), only a shade or two lighter. The two black

spots of wing are united, filling all of submarginal cell except

distal end. ‘There is also a blackish cloud on the cross-veins

at distal end of second basal cell, and a slightly yellowish

infuscation in first and second costal cells and base of marginal

cell. Legs are yellowish red; femora as in punctulata ; tarsi

all more or less brownish, especially hind pair. Scutellum in

both sexes, and abdomen in male, more or less tinged with

yellowish red (fresh specimens).

Described from 20 males and 7 females, as follows :—

Beeville, Texas, 1 male and 1 female, Aug. 30; 3 males and

2 females, Aug. 31: Kenedy, Texas, 1 female, Sept. 11;

and 16 males and 3 females, Sept. 14. These numerous

specimens are all constant in the wing picture, with the

single exception of the female taken Sept. 11, in which the

two spots are very faintly but still perceptibly united. The

second basal cell in all shows a tendency toward a very slight

fuscous-yellow tinge, but is not enough to appreciably affect

its hyaline appearance when held up to the light. Only two

of the specimens (both females) measure 7 millim., the others

all being from 5 to 6 millim. This species differs from

meridionalis not only in theless extensive picture of the

wings, but in the smaller size, the very distinct thoracic

vitte, &e.

Volucellas of the amethystina Group.

There are six species of Volucella, taken on the flowers of

the Cordia sp. at San Rafael, which by their general metallic

26 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Dipiera

colouring and closely similar form show that they all belong,

with one exception, to the same group. One of them possesses

no prescutellar row of bristles, and further differs in being

pronounced metallic green including head, with coppery on

abdomen and showing but little if any violet. It inclines

to the obesa group. The others belong to the group of

V. amethystina, Bigot, which also includes comastes, Will.,

chetophora, Will., &c. To the last-named species I refer

one of the six above mentioned, while the other five are new.

These species may be distinguished by the following table.

They are all distinct from Volucella, n. sp. ?, Will., Synop.

p- 150.

1. No prescutellar row of bristles present; thorax

and scutellum bright metallic green; abdomen

COPPOLY. <i-:< ,-. 2208s 0.0) aR IRE e eee viridana, sp. n.

Prescutellar row of bristles present; metallic

colouring bluish, dark green, or violet........ 2.

2. Wings hyaline, with only a milk tinge in oblique

Tights. < is:,1;.c sate ee eee ee cee chetophora, Will.

Wings strongly shaded with brown and

yellowish... c's jase caters cese seers Sam rae 3.

3. Scutellum metallic, nearly or quite the colour of

the thorax “. fem. Ree eee eee tse ci eeee 4,

Scutellum wholly (dull or clear) brownish yellow,

contrasted in colour with the thorax; face and

Cheeksawith, Stripes: . cic cn.e pues seuss seein 5.

4, Face and cheeks without stripes, abdomen without

yellow incase ebee ces acres ets eras Aictesete sine opalina, sp. n.

Face and cheeks with pronounced stripes ;

abdomen yellow at base 4...) «cfewe adele cleo we rafaelana, sp. 0.

. Second abdominal segment in most part the same

colour as the scutellum; rest of abdomen

without yellowish or with but a trace on

anterior corners of third segment ............ cordi@, sp. 0.

Second and third abdominal segments same

colour as scutellum in a nearly equal sub-

triangular patch on anterior corners, with a

smaller patch usually distinct on anterior

corners OL fourth pees cae ees tee at nautlana, sp. 0.

I have no specimens of amethystina, Big., and therefore do

not include it in the table. It is described by Bigot as

having the scutellum the same metallic violet as the thorax,

the cheeks with a stripe, but facial stripe apparently absent,

and with differences in the abdomen and wings which preclude

my referring any of the present species to it. It may be

added that all of these species have the second vein regular

and the margin of scutellum with bristles.

28. Volucella chetophora, Will.

Two females, San Rafael, July 7 and 10. On flowers of

the Cordia sp.

Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 27

Length 9 and 12 millim.

I cannot separate these two specimens satisfactorily. The

larger one has no whitish hair on front, while the other has

the hair of front all whitish except at vertex. I cannot

believe that these differences are of specific value in this case,

though they may be considered varietal. Without more

specimens of both forms, however, I hesitate to define the

variety. The larger specimen also seems to differ in the

wings being more distinctly dilute brownish at base. The

third antennal joint in the larger one is a little longer and

more abruptly narrowed on middle.

The specimens differ but little from Williston’s description

of chetophora (Syn. pp. 149-150, and Biol. C.-A., Dipt. iii.

p- 52). I should call the third antennal joint somewhat

emarginate. The antenne are brownish yellow, with most of

third joint brown. ‘Two median vitte on thorax are con-

spicuous by the hair being darker, subappressed, and directed

backward, while the rest is white, suberect, and directed a

little forward. Scutellum with coppery reflections; thorax

with only blue, green, and purple reflections. Legs black.

Abdomen bluish black; the anterior half of segments 3 to 5,

above and below, with white pubescence, the posterior halt

with black. This is even to be noticed on the sixth segment

in the larger specimen.

29. Volucella cordia, sp. n.

Fourteen female specimens, San Rafael, June 30 to July 13.

All on flowers of the Cordia sp.

Length 9 to 12 millim.

Thorax behind with a prescutellar row of bristles. Wings

fuscous brown on outer distal half, becoming dilute fuscous

toward internal border extending to alula, yellowish on basal

portion. Scutellum wholly clear brownish yellow, second

abdominal segment same, except narrow hind border and

wide median vitta ; rest of abdomen metallic purplish black,

with blue, green, and violet reflections. In some specimens

there is a faint yellow shade, more or less distinct, on anterior

corners of third segment. Anterior half or less of fourth

segment, anterior third or more of third segment, and anterior

two-thirds of second segment. with short white pubescence ;

rest of abdomen with black pubescence. Venter with about

same proportions of white and black hair, but longer, with

hair of second segment nearly all white. Face and cheeks

with well-developed stripes, but facial stripe usually narrower

than that of cheeks. Legs black or brown, paler at knees

and tips of tibie. Antenne pale brown; third joint narrowed

28 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

on apical third to about half its basal width. Arista longer

than antenne, thickly plumose. Face brownish yellow,

silvery pollinose on sides, black-hairy on region of tubercle,

with some white hairs on sides. . Front shining greenish

black, with yellowish hair except some black at vertex,

yellowish pollinose on each side in front, with a black patch

next antennss in middle. Thorax dark bluish or greenish,

with coppery or violet reflections and more or less of a milky

tone over all, this tone sometimes wanting, leaving the disk

shining dark green ; clothed with quite thick, short, yellow,

anteriorly-directed pubescence ; a pair of median vitte, more

distinct in front, formed by longer finer pubescence directed

backward. Pleure with yellow hairs. Six strong bristles on

scutellum, apical pair rather distant, also a smaller bristle on

each side near anterior corners. In some specimens there are

four nearly equal bristles on each side beside the weaker one.

Scutellum clothed with yellow hair, with some rather incon-

spicuous black hairs on posterior half of dorsum.

30. Volucella rafuelana, sp. n.

One female, San Rafael, July 1. On flowers of the Corda

sp.

Length 11 millim.

Differs from V. cordie as follows :—Scutellum without

yellow, wholly opalescent-cupreous with a faint bluish-milky

tinge like that of thorax. Scutellum with black hair on disk,

yellow hair confined to the edges. ‘Third abdominal segment

laterally pale yellow on anterior margin. Wings nearly

hyaline basally instead of yellow, and less fuscous on internal

border, with the first and second posterior cells largely

hyaline.

This is at least a good variety of cordie, if not distinct as

a species.

31. Volucella nautlana, sp. n.

Six males, San Rafael, June 28 toJuly 7. All on flowers

of the Cordia sp.

Length 10 to 11 millim.

Differs from V. cordie as follows :—Antenne somewhat

shorter, third joint proportionately not so much narrowed,

Frontal triangle black, shining anteriorly in middle, a little

yellow-pollinose on sides, with thick black hair. Thorax

with the longer posteriorly-directed hairs black, thickly

clothing whole dorsum, seen above the shorter anteriorly-

directed thick golden-yellow vestiture. Scutellum not so

clear brownish yellow, more of a flesh tinge, with a slightly

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 29

opalescent cupreous reflection, but still entirely contrasted in

colour with the thorax; clothed with yellow hair only on

base and edges, with black hair on whole dorsum. Second

and third abdominal segments ‘broadly dull brownish yellow

on anterior corners, in a triangular form on second but little

separated from hind margin, in a subquadrangular form on

third confined to anterior half. Fourth segment with a

smaller less distinct triangle of same colour on anterior

corners. Pubescence of abdomen somewhat longer and

thicker, that of the light parts being yellow.

32. Volucella opalina, sp. n.

Three female and five male specimens, San Rafael. The

males, one each, July 6, 7, and 9, and two, July 10. The

females, two July 9 and one July 17. All on flowers of the

Cordia sp.

Length nearly 10 to 113 millim.

Differs from V. cordiw as follows:—Face and cheeks

entirely without stripes. Front shining brighter greenish,

with silvery pollen on each side, extending in narrow border

along orbital margin to vertex. Frontal triangle of male as

in nautlana. Antenne in both sexes considerably smaller,

the third joint not so much narrowed apically. Pubescence

of thorax of male as described for nautlana, with the black

pubescence more conspicuous than the shorter yellowish or

whitish ; in the female the yellow pubescence is, if anything,

more conspicuous than the black, being exactly the same as

in male of nautlana. In two of the females the short

pubescence is whitish and the longer black is much less con-

spicuous, but is seen to be present; these same females differ

further from the other in hair of front being whitish, and they

may be considered to constitute a variety. Scutellum as in

nautlana, both as to colour and pubescence, but even more

nearly concolorous with thorax, with greenish, cupreous, and

violet reflections. Abdomen wholly without yellowish ; with

brilliant green, violet, and purple reflections, especially on

third and fourth segments. Underside of second and third

segments with mostly black hair in male, the white hair

being confined to basal edge, but the white more extensive in

female. Wings often with the yellow invading and tinging

the brown, and with some of the cells hyaline in the centre.

Var. splendens, var. n.

I propose this name to distinguish the two females (both

July 9) above mentioned as having the hair of front white.

30 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

This character must be taken as indicating varietal rank,

since the hair of front in the other female is wholly black

like that of the males.

33. Volucella viridana, sp. n.

One male, San Rafael, July 7. On flowers of the Cordia sp.

Length 93 millim.

Front, face, thorax, scutellum, pleure, and base of

abdomen brilliant shining green, with slight cupreous

reflections on the thorax. Antenne brownish yellow,

reaching about two thirds way to summit of tubercle, third

joint scarcely wider at base. Face strongly concave above

tubercle, and strongly produced downward below. Cheeks

with a black stripe, behind which is a triangular yellowish

area. No facial stripe, thin pubescence of face whitish.

Frontal triangle with whitish hairs, mixed with dark ones

behind. Thorax without prescutellar row of bristles, with

the golden vestiture and longer blackish hairs as described

for nautlana, but the black hairs not so conspicuous behind.

Scutellum clothed with yellow hairs, with ten weak bristles

on border, the apical pair more approximated than in the

preceding four species. Abdomen shining cupreous violaceous

brown, blended in with the bright green on second segment,

so that latter appears mostly bright green from before and

wholly brownish cupreous from above. Pubescence of

abdomen white on first segment and anterior portions of

second, yellow on rest of second and all of third, and black

on fourth. Bright green of pectus extending over first and

second segments of venter. Legs black; femora shining

dark green on underside; tarsi brownish. Wings with

whole anterior or outer half fuscous yellow, inner half more

nearly hyaline.

This species belongs to the obesa group by its coloration

and absence of prescutellar bristles, but approaches in form

the amethystina group.

Phasiide.

34. Hyalomyta ecitonis, sp. n.

Nine males and seven females. Paso de Telaya, March 29.

All taken hovering over the front ranks of a moving army of

Eciton Forel’, in company with the Stylogasters as described

in Section I. of this paper (p. 23).

Length of males 6 to 7 millim., of females 5 to 6 millim.

3. Front equilateral, not trigonal. Frontal bristles rather

From the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. dL

strong and thick, decussate; vibrisse moderately strong and

decussate. Wings very broad at base, 3 millim. broad in

the larger specimens by about 5 millim. long, rather strongly

but irregularly yellowish fuscous on costal. half, whitish on

inner portion, rather blunt and rounded at tip. The costal

fuscous area contains three whitish or hyaline streaks, the

darkest fuscous being in vicinity of stigma and containing

but one streak of hyaline. ‘The other two streaks are in

second costal cell and tip of submarginal. Third vein bowed

inward on apical portion, so that the long petiole of apical

cell forms a right angle with apical cross vein, Hind cross

vein distinctly but not strongly sinuate, distinctly nearer to

bend of fourth vein than to small cross vein, the bend of

fourth being sharply or abruptly rounded, with the two

sections running from the bend at right angles and of equal

length. The petiole of apical cell ends well behind the

actual centre of wing’s tip, owing to its bending posteriorly

out of a straight line on apical portion. The hind cross vein

is oblique, and with its peculiar curvature, aided by the

curvature of fourth and fifth veins, gives the discal cell a

shape very similar to that of a gunstock.

Front about as wide as eyes anteriorly, hardly or but

slightly narrower posteriorly, with a wide velvet-black vitta

slightly wider behind. Orbital margins of front and whole

of face silvery white, the orbits with a slight golden shade,

especially on front. Antenne blackish, reaching but little

more than halfway to oral margin ; third joint hardly twice as

long as first. Palpi brownish, slender, clubbed at the end.

Occiput and pleure brassy-silvery pollinose. Thorax shining

black, so marked with pollinose as to show on prescutum five

silvery and four rust-black or deep black vitta, the three silvery

and two black median ones being the most clearly defined,

and the lateral silvery ones terminating in the humeri. The

silvery vittee are sometimes golden-tinged. ‘These vitte are

more or less distinctly continued on mesoscutum behind

suture, the scutellum showing some silvery pollen apically

when not discoloured. Abdomen blackish or brownish,

elongate-oval, flattened, the whole with more or less of a

metallic purplish tinge, with more or less of a thin coating of

very fine pale brassy or ashy pollen, with first two segments

more or less pale subtranslucent brownish yellowish, except

a median vitta which is continued indistinctly on other

segments. ‘The yellowish colour is often faint, sometimes

obsolete ; when present it leaves normally a narrow posterior

margin of brown on second segment. Legs black or brownish

black, the knees, tibiz, and tarsi sometimes varying to lighter

32 On Diptera from Vera Cruz.

brownish or pale. Claws and pulvilli elongate. Tegule

large, translucent smoky-yellowish, halteres yellow.

@. Differs in front being about one fourth width of head,

frontal stripe and orbital margins in consequence narrower,

the silvery of orbits with less of a golden sheen; wings not

so broadened or large, evenly fuscous hyaline, without patch

of dark fuscous on costa. Abdomen without purplish reflec-

tion, shining black or with slight greenish reflection, the

brassy-ashy pollen much more conspicuous, forming more or

less distinctly a pair of triangular spots on anterior part of

second, third, and fourth segments, leaving the median vitta

apparent. ‘The pollen varies in its intensity and shade of

brassy. It is, together with the thoracic vitte, sometimes

obscure and indistinct in both sexes. Foot-claws and pulvilli

moderately short, about as long as last tarsal joint.

Although these two forms (male and female) are in general

facies so different, the fact that they were all taken together

over the ants, without a single specimen of any other Hyalo-

myia being present, one series being all males while the other

is all females, convinces me that they are the two sexes of

one species.

It seems probable, from the circumstances under which this

Hyalomyia was found, that it also, as well as the Stylogasters,

is parasitic on ants (genus Lezton). In all my collecting

in this locality, I met with no other specimens of Hyalomyia

than the above, excepting only the single specimen next

described.

35. L[Hyalomyia violascens, sp. n.

One male, San Rafael, June 26,

Length 43 millim.

Belongs in the group with punctigera, Towns., purpur-

ascens, 'lowns., &c., in which the front is trigonal, the eyes

of male moderately or closely approximated, and those of

female nearly or quite contiguous. Differs from my de-

scription of purpurascens, g (Pr. Ent. Soc. Wash. 11. p. 137),

as tollows:—Orbits silvery pollinose, face subsilvery ; eyes

closely approximated in front of ocelli, nearly obliterating the

narrow brownish frontal vitta, which is thus elongate-

triangular in front and narrowed to a line behind. Frontal

bristles weak, Antenne black, third joint oval, a little

longer and wider than first, silvery in some lights, Palpi

very small, filiform, brownish. Thorax silvery only on

humeri and pleure. The apical pair of scutellar bristles

decussate. Abdomen wholly very polished deep violet-

black, reticulations of the ashy pollen showing faintly in

The Spectes and Subspecies of Zebras, 33

seattered places behind. ‘Tegule large, pure white; the

wings whitish hyaline, well tinged with tawny fuscous on

basal half or third.

This may prove to be conspecific with purpurascens, but it

will at least form a good variety of that species.

Neither of the above species belongs to any of Wulp’s

Mexican Hyalomyias.

[To be continued, }

V.—The Species and Subspecies of Zebras. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural Uistory.

Part I.—Introductory Remarks.

For some years past, during periodical visits to the museum

at Bristol, my attention has been attracted by a stuffed speci-

men of a zebra-like animal, which, in addition to being labelled

“ Quagga,” possessed special interest, inasmuch as it differed

strikingly in the character of its markings from all the zebras

in the collection of the British Museum and from all that I

had seen in menageries and elsewhere. ‘The true Quagga, as

is now admitted on all hands, is extinct, and only a few speci-

mens have been preserved in the various museums of Kurope.

Consequently the example in question, if correctly named,

would be of great zoological interest and of very considerable

value as a museum possession. I therefore undertook, with

the consent of Mr. Edward Wilson, F.G.S., the curator, who

kindly gave me every facility in the way of examining and

sketching the specimen, to identify it, if possible, and

ascertain as nearly as might be its affinities with regard to

the known forms of zebras. As is explained later on, the

specimen, though of considerable interest, proved to have no

proper claim to the title of quagga. But the task of identi-

fication entailed the looking up of a deal of the literature

published on the subject by both naturalists and sportsmen

and an examination of all the skins and living specimens to

which access could be obtained ; and since during the inves-

tigation a few structural points camé to light which have

apparently escaped notice until now, and since, with the

exception of Dr. Paul Matschie’s paper alluded to below, no

paper dealing comprehensively with all the species has been

published of late years, 1 have ventured to hope that the notes

and observations contained in the following pages, though

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xx. 3

34 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

necessarily sketchy and far from exhausting even the syste-

matic aspect of the question, may prove of some use to those

who are interested in becoming acquainted with the different

species and subspecies that have been established.

It must be understood, however, that the statements that

have been made have been derived, owing to the scarcity of

material, from the examination of a relatively small number

of skins, and that extended observations may prove hereafter

that some of the conclusions are unjustifiable. For example,

in the appended synopsis of species it is asserted that the

presence of a longitudinal ventral stripe is distinctive of the

zebras as compared with the asses, the assertion resting on

its presence in all the zebras and its absence in the asses of

the species hemionus, teniopus, and somaliensis * that I have

been able to see. Personally 1 venture to doubt whether it is

ever absent in the zebras, though it must not be forgotten

that Gray described the belly of Burchell’s zebra as being

without stripes, that Sir William Flower states that in the

common zebra the belly often has a longitudinal stripe (‘ The

Horse,’ p. 86), and that, according to Noack (Zool. Garten,

xxxiv. p. 293), the belly of the quagga frequently has a

middle band, the qualifying adverb of time in each sentence

clearly suggesting the occasional absence of the stripe in the

species mentioned.

Concerning the specific characters of the mountain zebra

and Grévy’s zebra nothing by way of introduction need here

be said ; but touching Burchell’s zebra and its subdivisions a

few words of explanation may not be out of place.

There seems to be a widespread misconception on the part

of sportsmen in South Africa as to the identity of the genuine

Burchell’s zebra, for, with the exception of the two well-

marked species mentioned above, the name “ Burchell’s”’ is

applied indiscriminately to all the zebras that range over East

and South Africa from Masailand to the Orange and Vaal

Rivers. For example, Dr. Donaldson Smith (‘ Through

Unknown African Countries,’ p. 255, 1897) speaks of the

occurrence of Burchell’s zebra near Lake Stephanie ; yet it is

tolerably certain that no zebra resembling the typical

Burchell’s occurs to the north of the Zambesi, and even to the

south of this river the name is loosely assigned to animals

distinguishable at a glance from the principal form. Why

the characters of the principal form should have been so

completely forgotten is hard to understand, unless, indeed, it

be partly due to the circumstance that for many years past a

* Noack, Zool. Garten, April 1884, p. 101 (=somalicus, Sclater, P. Z. 8.

Nov. 1884, p. 540).

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 35

zebra from Zululand has been exhibited in the British

Museum, and labelled, though quite erroneously, “ Burchell’s

zebra, typical variety.”” As a matter of fact, a glance at the

original figure will show that the specimen in question is

very different from the type as figured and described by

Gray ; or, perhaps—and this seems the more likely explana-

tion—the wide application that is given to the name is attri-

butable to the existence of intermediate forms, which renders

an accurate recognition of the different kinds of Burchell’s

zebra a task of no little difficulty. That a great number

of these “ kinds” exist is beyond dispute. Moreover, just as

the right and left sides of a zebra are seldom, if, indeed, ever,

marked in the same way, so, too, are no two members of a

herd exactly alike. And yet at the same time an examina-

tion of skins from different parts of the vast area, with its

varied climate and geographical features, over which the so-

called Burchell’s zebra roams, forces home the conviction on

the mind of the observer that the extreme variations in colora-

tion that occur are not, so to speak, fortuitous sports, but that

they are distinctly correlated with geographical distribution.

For example, the available evidence shows that the weakly

striped type of zebra from Zululand, as exemplified by the

specimen in the British Museum, does not occur in Mashuna-

land *, where a strongly striped type prevails ; nor does the

Mashunaland zebra seem to be met with in Zululand. The

types, in fact, are perfectly distinct when considered apart

from other forms. It is true, however, that the animal

which always passes in this country as Chapman’s zebra

presents characters nearly, if not quite, intermediate in their

nature between those distinctive of the local races mentioned

above, and that Wahlberg’s zebra from Zululand similarly

constitutes a kind of link between Chapman’s and the typical

Burchell’s. In other words, these forms are not recognizable

as distinct species, as Dr. Paul Matschie holds, but must

rather take the rank of subspecies, the use of this word im-

plying on the part of the describer a belief, firstly, that the

forms named are geographical races or incipient species, and,

secondly, that intermediate types exist.

The actual naming of such subspecies is, of course, open to

the objection that it is not possible to assign a definite name

to an absolutely annectant form. But against the opposite

course—the course that is usually adopted because it entails

no serious trouble—namely, that of neglecting subspecific

* Mr. J. ffolliott Darling informs me that the zebra characteristic of

Mashunaland is the form here named Se/owsiz, and that he has never met

with Wahlberg: in the country.

36 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

groups and stating in a general kind of way that Burchell’s

zebra is an exceedingly variable species, the far more im-

portant objection may be alleged that it leads to an ignoring

of the variations as of no significance and to a total disregard

of the highly important but as yet unintelligible fact that in

a particular locality a particular form prevails. It is the

interpretation of this fact, the recollection of which is greatly

assisted by the judicious use of nomenclature, that with the

cooperation of the sportsman or collector should be the ultimate

object of the systematist.

In the present paper seven such subspecies or local races

of Burchell’s zebra have been recognized, two of them being

forms that have not previously been named. It must be

understood, however, that scarcity of properly localized

material renders some of the conclusions with regard to these

forms more or less tentative, and that skins of zebras of

different ages from all localities, wherewith to test the con-

stancy of markings, are indispensable for the satisfactory

settlement of the questions; and now that the need for

practical evidence of this nature is known, it is hoped that

sportsmen will endeavour to obtain it before the advance of

civilization has either exterminated these beautiful animals or

placed them under the artificial conditions of preservation—a

contingency that is certain to follow if we may judge from

the fate that has befallen two formerly abundant South-

African species, namely the quagga and the so-called common

or mountain zebra.

Part I].—Descriptions of the Species,

(1) EHquus zebra, Linn.

Equus zebra, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 74 (1758).

Equus montanus, Burchell, Travels &e. i. p. 189 (1822).

This species was originally based upon figures and deserip-

tions apparently representing three distinct species. ‘Two of

these are from Edwards’s ‘ Gleanings of Natural History,’ v.

pls. cexxiil. and cexxiil., the first of which is the form which

now bears the name, the second being the quagga, while the

others, though very inaccurate, appear to have been taken

from examples of one of the subspecies of Burchelli (see

Aldrovandi, Quadrup. i. p. 417, pl. vill., and Johnston,

Quadrup. pl. v. fig. 1). The specific name zebra, however,

has been definitely assigned to the species depicted on

pl. cexxil. of Edwards’s work, the said figure being drawn

from an example (the type) then preserved in the museum of

the College of Physicians, London.

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 37

Most of the distinctive characters of this species are well

known.

The head, neck, body, and legs are closely covered with

broad black stripes, which are considerably broader than the

pale interspaces. Except for the longitudinal ventral band,

the belly is white, the flank-stripes stopping short of the

belly as in the quagga, Burchell’s zebra, and Grévy’s zebra.

The spinal stripe is scarcely noticeable on the back, but

broadens on the rump and is continued on to the tail, which

has a black tip but is without distinct lateral markings. The

legs are strongly striped to the hoof, the lower part of the

pastern being quite black, and on the inner side are orna-

mented from above the knees and hocks. On the rump the

space between the spinal stripe and the stripe that runs to the

root of the tail is entirely covered with transverse bars, forming

a continuous series with the upper ends of the flank-stripes,

and becoming shorter and shorter towards the root of the

tail. This constitutes the so-called “ gridiron pattern”

characteristic of this species. A similar pattern, however,

though on a smaller scale, is not unfrequently noticeable in

subspecies of 4. Burchell’; but in the latter the aforesaid

transverse bars do not reach the stripe that runs to the base of

the tail, but the uppermost of the rump-stripes that passes

backwards from the flanks and lies adjacent to the spinal

stripe. ‘The quarters are banded with arched longitudinal

stripes, but only the lower or front ends of the two upper-

most of these extend on to the belly. On the face in front of

the eyes and on the forehead the stripes are tan-coloured and

pass into the large nostril-patches of the same tint, the muzzle

itself being black.

The ears are long and asinine, the feet narrow and fitted

for rocky country ; and, lastly, there is one curious structural

feature in which this species differs not only from the other

zebras but from all the species of Equidee—this is the reversal

in direction of the hair along the spine between the rump and

withers.

Vhough formerly abundant in the mountainous districts of

Cape Colony, this species is now verging on extinction.

Happily, however, the artificial preservation of herds has

postponed, at all events for a time, this inevitable result of

the encroachment of civilization.

(2) Equus quagga, Gmelin.

Equus quagga, Gmelin’s edition of Linné’s Syst. Nat. i, Mammalia,

p- 213 (1788).

? Equus isabellinus, H. Smith, Naturalist’s Library, Horses, p. 332

pl. xxv. (1841).

38 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

For the type of this species may be selected the specimen,

belonging to the then Prince of Wales, which was figured and

described as the female of the mountain zebra by Edwards

in his ‘Gleanings of Natural History,’ v. pl. ecxxut. The

other references cited by Gmelin are to a description given by

Pennant in his ‘ History,’ p. 14. no. 3, to the mention of the

species by Masson (Phil. Trans. (Acta Angl.) Ixvi. p. 297),

and to a figure published by Buffon (Hist. Nat. xu. p. 1,

pl. ii.) which unmistakably represents an example of LZ. zebra,

Linn.

Edwards’s figure and description make perfectly clear the

essential characters of the type of this now extinct species,

The ground-colour of the body and head were a pale chest-

nut, the belly, legs, and tail, including the tuft, being white.

The muzzle was darker than the face, being of a brownish

hue, but not so black as in Burchell’s zebra; the head, neck,

and fore part of the body, however, were strongly marked

with black stripes, apparently exactly as in that species.

Moreover, on the hinder part of the flanks and upper part of

the quarters the stripes dorsally take a backward bend

assuming an obliquely longitudinal direction, but, instead of

being continuous, they were broken up into a series of blotches

or large spots; and a row of similar spots was observable on -

each side of the spinal stripe between the withers and rump,

these spots representing the upper ends of the flank-stripes.

The spinal stripe was continued on to the tail, and there was

a median ventral stripe, the rest of the belly, like the whole

of the lower part of the quarters and legs, being free from

stripes.

The specimen figured and described by H. Smith as

Li. isabellinus is said by Gray to be the young of LH. quagga.

Unfortunately the type, once in the British Museum, appears

to be no longer in existence. It differed from all known

zebras, and resembled the asses, in having the muzzle white

and the mane unstriped.

The example identified as the quagga contained in the

collection of the British Museum differs strikingly from the

specimen figured by Edwards in the indistinctness and

indefiniteness of the stripes not only on the body, but also on

the head and neck. Instead of the well-defined black stripes

noticeable in the original figure, all the stripes are reddish

brown, and on the head are only distinct on the area that lies

between the eyes and ears, on the cheek, and on the nose to a

point halfway between the eye and the nostril. ‘The neck is

marked with irregular broad brown double stripes separated

by narrow yellowish-white interspaces; the withers are

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 39

striped, but the shoulder is practically unstriped. Along the

sides of the spinal stripe dark brown patches representing the

dorsal extremities of the flank-stripes are traceable as far as

the rump; but the posterior part of the flanks is very indis-

tinctly banded, presenting a mottled appearance. It is

evident, however, that towards the quarters the stripes were

arranged in an obliquely longitudinal direction. It may be

added that the specimen under notice is certainly faded; but,

taking these facts into consideration, there is no doubt that

it was originally very different from the example seen by

Edwards.

The figure of this species published by Gray in the

‘Knowsley Menagerie,’ from which those given by Noack

(Zool. Garten, xxxiv. p. 290) have been adapted, show the

backward extension of the stripes as far as the quarters

and their breaking up into spots, as in the type; whereas

in the coloured drawing of the species in Harris’s ‘Game

Animals of South Africa,’ as well as in Hamilton Smith’s

volume on the horse, the dark stripes, though black and well

defined over the head and neck, scarcely extend past the

withers. According to Matschie, too (Zool. Garten, xxxv.

p- 38), the ground-colour, possibly from exposure to light,

varies from dark brown to a much paler tint.

It is sometimes stated that the tail of the quagga is more

thickly hairy than in the other zebras, and approaches that of

domestic horses. No evidence of this fact, however, is

supplied by Edwards’s figure nor by the specimen in the

British Museum, nor by the specimen of which there is a

photogravure in Sir William Flower’s book on the horse

(see p. 90). It is noticeable, however, that in the Museum

example the hair on the fetlocks is longer than in any zebra

that 1 have seen.

This species was formerly abundant on the flats of Cape

Colony to the south of the Orange River.

(3) Equus Burchelli (Gray).

Asinus Burchellii, J. E. Gray, Zool. Journ. i. p. 247, pl. iv. (1825).

Equus zebroides, Lesson, Manuel de Mammalogie, p. 346 (1827).

Equus festivus, Wagner, in Schreber’s Saugethiere, vi. p. 216,

pl. ecexvii. B. (1834).

Hippotigris campestris, H. Smith, Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library,

Horses, p. 329 (1841).

The above synonymy needs no justification, seeing that

the three names zebroides, festivus, and campestris were pro-

posed by their authors to replace the older name Burchelli,

apparently for no better reason than the imaginary inappro-

priateness of the latter title.

40 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

This species was apparently first met with, by the traveller

whose name it bears, across the Vaal River in British

Bechuanaland. The exact locality of the type specimen

seems to have been unrecorded, Gray contenting himself with

the statement that the species occurs on the flats near the

Cape. Burchell, however, tells us that he fell in with this

species at several localities—to wit, Klaarwater, Kuruman,

Littaku, &c. Matschie, indeed (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 66,

1894), believes that it extends eastwards as far as Zululand,

basing his opinion apparently upon the assertion by Buckley

that Burchell’s zebra is common in that country. It seems

evident, however, that Buckley was speaking, not of the

typical Burchelli, nor of the form recognized by Matschie as

Burchell, in which there are no stripes on the legs, fore or

hind, and only the merest traces of them on the flanks, but

of either the form termed Chapmanni or that named

Wahlberg?, in which, as explained below, the stripes reach

below the hocks or even to the hoofs.

According to Gray, the body of the type was white and

marked with alternate broad stripes of black and narrow ones

of brown, the latter nearly filling up the intervals between

the former. Moreover, the ‘ shadow-stripes,” as stated in the

description and clearly shown in the figure, were visible not

only on the shoulder but right up the neck almost as far as

the head. In other words, it may be briefly said that every

broad black stripe on the neck and body was accompanied by

its corresponding shadow-stripe ; and, lastly, none of the body-

stripes pass beneath the belly, and only the upper part of the

flank is ornamented with them, the lower part of this region,

the belly, legs, and tail being quite white, and, according to

Gray, without stripes, though probably this assertion must

not be considered to include the median belly-stripe and the

spinal stripe, which in all other known zebras spreads on to

the root of the tail.

The form figured and described by Matschie (Zool. Garten,

xxxv. p. 66, 1894) as Burchell’s zebra, though showing the

same distribution of stripes as in Gray’ s type, appears to

differ from it in the entire absence of shadow-stripes. None,

at least, are mentioned in the description and none appear on

the figure taken from a living specimen, from an unstated

locality, in the Zoological Gardens at Berlin.

But though differing from the type, this specimen seems

to resemble the left-hand fizure of the plate depicting

Burchell’s zebras published by Gray in the ‘ Knowsley

Menagerie,’ the drawing on the right representing an animal

closely approaching the typical form, and distinguishable trom

—_

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 41

the other by its paler colour and the presence of shadow-

stripes *.

It is the specimen represented in the left-hand figure that

the two examples that I have seen mostly resemble. One of

these is in the Rothschild Museum at ‘Tring and the other in

the City Museum at Bristol. ‘These examples, however, are

not exactly alike, and for neither, unfortunately, is there, L

believe, any exact locality known.

In the Bristol specimen the head and neck are whitish

and normally marked with brownish-black stripes. The

upper part of the body and the quarters, on the contrary, are

clothed with dark ruddy greyish-brown hair, the dark stripes

* Mr. J. ffolliott Darling tells me that there is a specimen of this sub-

species in the Dublin Museum. It has the shadow-stripes extending

halfway along the neck as in the type; but there are faint bars upon the

hocks and two of the flank-stripes pass beneath the belly to Join the

ventral stripe.

42 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

being less distinctly defined than on the neck and more or

less losing themselves in the brownish colour of the inter-

vening spaces. The lower half of the quarters and of the

shoulder, as well as the belly, are whitish, the pale tint of

the latter region being rather sharply defined from the dusky

tint of the flanks. The belly-stripe is distinct, but the legs

are without stripes, though the knees and shins of the fore

legs and the pasterns and fetlocks of fore and hind legs are

distinctly brownish. There are no shadow-stripes in any

way comparable in extent and distinctness to those which

were visible in the specimen described by Gray, there being

none visible upon the neck and those on the flanks and

quarters being merely represented by indistinct patches or

blotches. And, lastly, it may be mentioned that the spinal

stripe 1s separated from the upper ends of the flank-stripes,

but is touched on each side on the rump by a short branch

from the adjacent stripe. The nostril-patches are black.

The example in the Tring Museum, so far as could be

judged from a cursory examination, differs from the one just

described in two respects—namely, the upward extension of

the flank-stripes to touch the spinal stripe and the presence of

bars upon the knees and hocks.

On account of the prevalent misconception as to the

characters of the true Burchell’s zebra, a sketch taken from

the specimen in the Bristol Museum has been published on

p- 41 of this paper.

There is no specimen of this zebra in the British Museum,

and it appears to be scarce in the menageries and museums

of this country ; and on account of the general application of

the term Burchell to any or all of its subspecies, we are in

ignorance of the exact area that it now occupies in §. Africa.

Subspecies antéquorum (H. Smith).

Hippotigris antiquorum, H. Smith, in Jardine’s Naturalist’s Library,

Horses, p. 527, pl. xxii. (1841).

Equus antiquorum, Matschie, Zool. Garten, xxxy. p. 68, fig. (1894),

According to the figures published by Hamilton Smith and

Matschie, and to the description given by the latter author,

the zebra that received the name antiquorum, on the suppo-

sition that it was specifically identical with the one seen in

the early days of African travel in the Congo region by

Pigafetta, differs from Burchell’s zebra in having the stripes

extending over the quarters almost down to the hock and

from the shoulder to the knee, while those on the flanks,

instead of stopping short where the white of the belly begins,

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 43

pass on to the lower surface of the belly, though without

coming into contact with the ventral stripe. Shadow-stripes

are visible over the quarters and flanks almost up to the

withers, the tail is laterally banded, and the nostril-patches

are reddish brown.

Hamilton Smith calls this form the Congo Dauw, though

there is no evidence that the example he figured and described

came from that region. Matschie, on the other hand, speaks

of it as the Damaraland zebra on the evidence afforded by a

specimen in the Berlin Museum from the southern border of

the Kalahari desert and from a reference to a zebra with

white legs said by Chapman to inhabit Damaraland.

I have had no opportunity of examining a specimen of this

subspecies.

Subspecies Chapmanni, Layard.

Equus Chapmanni, Layard, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 417.

When Layard established this species he was apparently

alike unsuspicious of its near relationship to Z. Burchell’ and

unaware of the existence of /. antiquorum, since the emphatic

terms in which he speaks of its distinctness apply to it only

as compared with the mountain zebra (Z. zebra). From

this point of view L. Chapmanni is, of course, a well-marked

form, but from antiquorum it seems to differ only in characters

of subspecific importance. There is, however, unfortunately

no type specimen and no figure, so far as I am aware, of any

of the original examples from which the description was

drawn up. But provisionally, at all events, the name may

be attached to the form figured by Dr. Sclater as Chapmanni

(P. Z. 8. 1865, pl. xxii.), a drawing of apparently the same

subspecies being published in Sir William Flower’s book on

the Horse, p. 87. From the account given by Layard it

may be gathered that Chapmanni may be recognized from

antiquorum at all events in the union of the lower ends of

the body-stripes with the ventral stripe. The legs, too, are

marked, though sometimes only faintly, to the hoof. Baines,

indeed (/. c. p. 419), comparing Chapmanni with what he calls

Burchell’s zebra, though probably not referring to the typical

Burchelli, mentions the extension of the leg-stripes to the

hoof in Chapman’s zebra as compared with the stopping

short of these marks at the hocks and knees in Burchell’s

species as the chief distinguishing feature between the two.

Nevertheless it is questionable what value is to be attached

to this character in comparing Chapmanni with antiquorum,

since H. Smith, in his diagnosis of the latter, states that the

44 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

legs are at times marked to the fetlocks. It is clear, however,

that the author may have confounded the two subspecies.

One other feature mentioned by Chapman may be noticed—

namely, that on the thighs the stripes are alternately pale

brown and dark brown (/. ¢. p. 418).

I have seen no zebra skin that exactly fits this descrip-

tion, but at the present time there are several specimens

living in the Zoological Gardens in London that precisely

coincide with it. The legs are marked to the hoof, though

not strongly striped thereto; shadow-stripes are visible on

the quarters, and the muzzle-patches are almost black.

Lastly, these zebras seem to be identical in all particulars

with the one living in the Zoological Gardens in Berlin

which Matschie has figured (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 70, 1894)

to illustrate the distinctive features of the species he has

named Béhmi. See also fig. 52, p. 95, ‘ Die Siugethiere Ost-

Afrikas,’ Berlin, 1895.

Chapman fell in with the zebra which bears his name in

the country lying between Damaraland and Matabeleland,

the animal, according to Layard, being first met with

200 miles inland of Walvisch Bay, that is to say, in Damara-

land, where it doubtless encroaches upon the territory of

E. antiquorum and probably blends with it.

Subspecies Wahlberg, nov.

This subspecies is based upon a stuffed specimen obtained

in Zululand by Wahlberg, and now exhibited in the Mamma-

lian Gallery of the Natural History Museum (B.M. no.

46.6.2.76).

The stripes are a deep chocolate-brown in colour; those

on the flanks are wider than the intervening spaces, but on

the quarters the principal stripes are narrow, being only a

little wider than the shadow-stripes, which are very distinct

on this region and are traceable up to the withers. It is also

noticeable that the first principal stripe below the one that

runs to the root of the tail is almost as pale as the shadow-

stripes. On the lower half of the quarters and shoulder the

stripes begin to die away, becoming gradually thinner and

more widely spaced, but are stronger on the knees and hocks

than immediately above and below these joints. They

extend to a point about halfway between the hocks or knees

and fetlocks, the fetlocks, pasterns, and inner side of the legs

being without markings. he lower ends of the flank-stripes

meet the ventral stripe. The tail is laterally spotted, its tuft

being almost entirely white, with only a few black hairs at

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 45

the tip. The nostril-patches dull tan-coloured (possibly

faded).

In the character of its markings this zebra resembles in a

general way the West-African 2. ant/quorum, but appears to

differ at least in the fusion of the flank-stripes with the ventral

stripe. Moreover, judging by the figure that Matschie has

published, the body-stripes in antiquorum are narrower than

the intervening spaces, not broader as in Wahlberg, and the

principal stripes across the quarters are much broader and

stronger as compared with the shadow-stripes than in the

Zululand form.

Unfortunately too little is known about Chapmanni to

make a close comparison between it and Wahlbergi possible.

It is stated, however, that the legs were marked to the hoof,

and there is every reason for concluding that in a fairly

strongly striped form, such as Chapmanni seems to be, the

stripes upon the quarters exhibit no such indications of dying

away as are observable in Wah/bergi.

In the Rothschild Museum at Tring there is also an

example of this subspecies from Zululand. It differs from

the type in the breaking up of the stripes on the lower half of

the quarters and shoulder into an irregularly reticulated

pattern.

Subspecies Selousi?, nov.

This subspecies is based upon a specimen shot by Mr. F. C,

Selous on the Manyami River in Mashunaland, and now

exhibited in the Mammalian Gallery of the Natural History

Museum (B.M. no. 83.7.28.9).

The body and neck are covered with broad brownish-black

stripes, which are considerably wider than the intervening

yellowish-white spaces, and the principal stripes on the

quarters form broad black bands more than half the width of

the pale spaces. ‘These spaces are marked by narrow and

faint shadow-stripes, much thinner than the principal stripes ;

faint traces of similar shadow-stripes are just discernible on

the flanks. The tail is strongly banded, the stripes meeting

the caudal continuation of the spinal stripe ; the tuft is black,

with only a few long white hairs at its base. On the legs

the stripes show no signs of diminution either in thickness or

intensity, being black and nearly as broad as the intervening

white bands, while over the fetlocks and pasterns they become

more or less fused together, the lower part of the pastern

being quite black. The inner side of the pasterns and fetlocks

of all the limbs are as strongly striped as the outer side; the

knees and hocks are also banded on the inner side, and on the

46 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

hind leg there are stripes on the inner side of the cannon-

bone; but for the rest the inner surfaces of the legs are

unstriped, though the ends of the stripes of the outer side

extend round the front and back of the limbs. The nostril-

patches are coffee-brown.

‘This form seems to be an exaggeration of the type known

as Chapmannt, but appears to be separable from it by strength

of the leg-markings and the much blacker fetlocks and

pasterns. From Wahlberg? it is strikingly different, not only

in the striping of the legs but also in that of the body and

quarters, the principal stripes being noticeably wider as

compared with the pale interspaces and the shadow-stripes

very much fainter.

A second specimen of this subspecies that I have seen was

also obtained in Mashunaland by Mr. Selous, and forms part

of the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild at Tring. It

substantially agrees with the type, but has the shadow-stripes

more conspicuous on the flanks.

Subspecies Crawshay?, de Winton.

Equus Burcheili Crawshaii, de Winton, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

xvii. p. 319 (1896).

Of this subspecies, which inhabits the highlands of British

Central Africa to the west and south of Lake Nyasa, the

British Museum possesses three skins—one (the type) from

Henga (Crawshay), a second from British Central Africa

(A. Sharpe), and the third (a foal) from Mount Zomba, also

obtained by the last-named collector.

In general appearance Crawshayz most nearly approaches

the Mashunaland form Se/ousiz, but is quite distinct from the

latter, as from all the other subspecies of burchelli, as

Crawshay (Proc. Zool. foc. 1895, p. 689) originally sup-

posed. In the first place, there is no trace of shadow-stripes

even on the quarters, where the stripes, black, as in other

parts of the body, are as broad or even broader than the

intervening spaces. ‘Lhe tail is not decidedly striped laterally,

but strongly spotted, with the tuft black. The legs are, if

anything, even more strongly striped than in Selouszi, the

pasterns being black above the hoof and the inner surface

barred from the knees and hocks downwards. And, lastly,

the nostril-patches are bright tan in colour. It may be

added, moreover, that there is a strong tendency in this form

for the upper quarter stripes to break up into a network of

bars which presents a superficial resemblance to the so-called

gridiron pattern of the mountain zebra. Similar variations,

however, are not infrequent in zebras of the Chapmanni type.

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 47

The foal from Zomba, mentioned above, is interesting,

inasmuch as it differs from the typical form in having the

nostril-patches black and six complete bands and one short

one between the shoulder-stripe and the first flank-stripe

that dorsally takes a backward bend on to the summit of the

quarters, there being but four of these stripes in the type,

four or five being the number in the various forms of Burchelli,

as already pointed out by Prof. Ewart (‘ The Veterinarian,’

Noy. 1896, p. 11, author’s copy).

Subspecies Granti?, De Winton.

Equus Burchelli Granti, de Winton, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii.

p. 319 (1896).

In the collection of the British Museum there are three

more or less imperfect skins of this subspecies, which may be

comprehensively spoken of as the Masailand zebra. One of

these was shot by Mr. J. Thomson at Uganda (see Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 413, fig.) ; the others were obtained by

Dr. Gregory, one at Lake Baringo and the other on the Theca

Theca River, upper Tana River (type).

It resembles the Nyasaland form Crawshay? in the entire

absence of shadow-stripes, but may be readily distinguished

by the deep chocolate-brown colour of the stripes, which are

even wider than in Crawshay’s zebra, those on the quarters

being very noticeably broader than the intervening spaces,

and by the black nostril-patches. ‘he tail, too, is more

decidedly striped at the sides, the tuft being black. The

skin of the lower half of the legs is unfortunately cut away,

but these appendages were probably striped to the hoof.

On geographical grounds it might be supposed that this

subspecies would prove identical with Hquus Béhmi, based

upon a skin alleged to have been brought from Kilima Njaro

and described by Matschie (SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1892,

p- 131) as being distinguished by its whitish-yellow colour,

broader stripes, legs banded though not strongly to the hoof,

and shadow-stripes visible only on the quarters, the absence of

any reddish-brown nostril-patches being subsequently added

as a differential character (Zool. Garten, xxxv. p. 70). As

has been observed, however (supra, p. 44), there is nothing

in this diagnosis that serves to distinguish Bdsm? trom

specimens, said to be South-African, now living at the

Zoological Gardens in London, and ascribed, not without

justification, to L. Chapmanni, Layard. At all events the

presence of the shadow-stripes stamps Ldhmi as belonging

to the type of Burchell’s zebra that is characteristic of the

area to the south of the Zambesi, and differentiates it at

48 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

once from both of the Hast-African forms established by

Mr. de Winton.

(4) Equus Grevy7, Oustalet.

Equus Grevyt, Oustalet, ‘La Nature,’ x. p. 12, 1882.

This species, the most northerly of the zebras inhabiting

Abyssinia and Somaliland, is strikingly different from the

rest of the group (see figures in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 721,

and 1890, p. 413). The flanks and quarters are covered with

a great number of narrow deep brown stripes separated by

still narrower interspaces. The belly is free from transverse

stripes as in the mountain zebra (. zebra) ; but upon the

quarters there are no broad obliquely longitudinal stripes,

such as are seen in the last-named species and the various

forms of £. Burchelli, the bands upon the upper half of this

area being vertical (transverse), resembling both in size and

direction those of the flanks; on the lower half of the quarters

they assume a longitudinal direction, and are continued thence

on to the hind legs, which, like the fore pair, are closely

striped to the hoof inside and outside. Again, the spinal

stripe, narrow behind the withers, is very broad over the

saddle and rump, but broader on the saddle, where it fuses

with the flank-stripes, than on the rump, where it is separated

by a very wide space on each side from the upper ends of the

quarter-stripes. The tail is not striped at the sides, but

spotted, and its tuft is composed ot black and white hairs.

Connected with the markings on the head there are two pecu-

liarities :—Firstly, the muzzle is not black, as in the other

species (?the quagga), but greyish, and not many shades

darker than the pale ground-colour of the rest of the head ;

and, secondly, the stripes continued from the forehead on to

the nose usually fail to meet the muzzle-patches, being at

most connected with them by very fine limes. Lastly, the

nostril-patches are not black, as stated by Matschie (Zool.

Garten, xxxv. p. 71), but tan-coloured,

So far as structural features are concerned, in addition to

the greater length of the face and ears as compared with the

other zebras, this species is quite peculiar for the minate size

of those bare patches of skin above the knee on the fore legs,

which in England are spoken of as warts or chestnuts.

The British Museum has skins and heads of this species

from Berbera and from Durhi, Ogardain, 3000 feet alt., in

Somaliland (Capt. Swayne), as well as a mounted specimen

shot by Col. Paget in this same country.

The subjoined table gives a summary of the chief characters

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 49

and conclusions mentioned in the foregoing pages. The

species have been arranged in accordance with my views as to

their affinities. In my opinion Grévy’s zebra stands apart

from all the rest, the common mountain zebra having less

affinity with it than with those of the Burchell type, although

helping in part to bridge over the interval between the two.

There seems, however, to be but little evidence to show to

which of the fully-striped subspecies of Burchell’s the common

zebra is most related, though for choice one would suggest

one of those that occur to the north of the Zambesi—perhaps

Crawshayi—in which there are no shadow-stripes. It is inter-

esting to note in connexion with the subspecies of Burchell’s

zebra that from north to south there is a gradual lessen-

ing of the stripes both in intensity and extension, the gradation

from Crawshayt to Selousii and thence through Chapmannt

and Wahlbergi or antiquorum to Burchelli being very striking,

the culminating point being reached by the quagga, which

resembles the true Burchelli in many points both of colour

and structure.

a. Head, neck, and body, with the exception of

the spinal and sometimes the shoulder-stripe,

unstriped ; no longitudinal _ belly-stripe ;

muzzle white, without patches above the

nostrils, contrasting sharply with the darker

RE RE TORE ewig: Lei ele wale! Weleda Wg sid Assrs. (Central Asia

to Somaliland.)

b. Head, neck, and, at all events, the fore part of

the body distinctly striped; a longitudinal

belly-stripe present; muzzle usually black,

at all events not lighter than the ground-

colour of the face, with a conspicuous blotch

of dark-coloured hair above the nostrils .... ZEBRAS. (Abyssinia

and Somaliland to

Cape Colony.)

a’. Warts on the fore legs very small; stripes

on body and quarters narrow ; none of those

on the flanks bent backwards dorsally to

extend on to the quarters, the upper half of

which is covered with vertical stripes

arranged concentrically and almost semi-

circularly around the root of the tail ; spinal

stripe very broad, broadest on the middle of

the back ; muzzle of a greyish tint ; stripes

on the nose practically stopping short of

tHe Hoeiril-patches! x.). i. 4. shivers ieee « Grevyt. (Abyssinia

and Somaliland.)

b'. Warts on fore legs large; stripes broader ;

quarters marked with obliquely longitu-

dinal stripes, the upper of which arise from

the posterior end of the body, where the

upper extremities of the stripes are bent

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. it

Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

backwards towards the root of the tail; no

concentric arrangement of stripes round

the root of the tail; muzzle dark, usually

black; the stripes on the nose continuous

with the nostril-patches............... . (Masailand to Cape

Colony.)

a®. Hairs along the spine between the rump

and the withers reversed in direction of

growth; ears longer, hoofs narrower,

tail-tuft more scanty; all the body-

stripes, with the exception of two which

pass on to the rump and quarters, running

up to meet the spinal stripe and cutting

it at right angles; the area which lies

over the rump between the spinal stripe

and the uppermost haunch-stripe which

runs to the root of the tail not longitu-

dinally striped, but covered with the so-

called gridiron pattern of transverse bars. zebra, Linn. (Moun-

tainous parts of

Cape Colony.)

b?, Hairs on spine not reversed in direction ;

ears shorter, hoofs broader, tail-tuft

fuller; the upper ends of some five or

six of the stripes in the posterior half of

the body bent backwards in a direction

parallel to the spinal stripe; the area

between the stripe then runs to the root

of the tail, and the spinal stripe on the

rump not covered with transverse bars,

but crossed longitudinally by the back-

wardly extending upper extremity of at

least one of the body-stripes (not true of

quagga in every particular) .......... (Plains and tablelands

of East and South

Africa.)

a®, Ground-colour of neck, body, and quar-

ters mostly pale ochre-yellow, some-

times almost white, not chestnut; the

stripes, which extend back as far as

the rump and quarters, complete, and

showing but slight indications of

breaking up into spots ............ (Burchell’s zebra sensu

latissimo.)

a*. Quarters marked with strong com-

plete stripes below the long stripe

that runs to the root of the tail;

legs striped at least as far as the

hocks and knees; body-stripes ex-

tending on to the belly and (except

in antiqguorum) touching the belly-

stripe; tail spotted or striped laterally

a’. No trace of shadow-stripes between

the principal stripes either on the

body or quarters ; principal stripes

on the quarters broader, or at

Species and Subspecies of Zebras. 51

least as broad, as the intervening

DighG GpAOOD viii cements cess 0.0

a®, Stripes brown, broad; nostril-

patches Diack: (cay clea eto .esie rs

b°. Stripes blacker, narrower ;

nostril-patches yellowish brown

(ATL) ar gia'as d sinteattid © 40 oes so:

6°. Shadow-stripes traceable between

the principal stripes at least on

the quarters; principal stripes on

the quarters as a rule narrower

(E. Africa, north of

the Zambesi. )

Grantii, de Winton.

(Masailand.)

Crawshayi,de Winton.

(Nyasaland.)

than the intervening spaces .... (South of the Zam-

a’, Body-stripes passing beneath the

belly and meeting the ventral

stripe.

a*, Shadow-stripes on quarters

faint and narrow, much nar-

rower than the _ principal

stripes; legs mottled or

striped to hoof.

a’, Outer side of legs strongly

striped to hoof; fetlocks

and pasterns completely

striped both externally and

internally ; lower half of

pastern black from the fu-

sion of stripes, as in Craw-

PRIOR ORE terake PARE

6°. Stripes on lower half of legs

showing a distinct ten-

dency to become obliterated

and break up into irregular

brown spots; lower part

of pastern not continuously

[ie aoe ere sues siplaaa

b*. Shadow-stripes on quarters

strong and distinct, not very

much narrower than the

principal stripes, which are

themselves very narrow, far

narrower than the interven-

ing spaces that contain the

shadow-stripes (fetlocks and

pasterns without stripes or

BPGUA) <6 wet ee ai ees ele

besi.)

Selousit, nov. (Ma-

shunaland. )

Chapmanni, Layard *.

(Between Damara-

land and Matabele-

land.)

W ahlbergi, nov.

(Zululand.)

* Including also Béhmi, Matschie, judging from figures and descrip-

tions.

52 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota.

b7. Lower ends of body-stripes on

belly not meeting ventral stripe ;

principal stripes on quarters

broad ; legs not or hardly striped

below knees and hocks ...... antiquorum, H, Smith.

(Damaraland.)

6+ Quarters with only a few abbreviated

stripes below the long stripe that

runs to the root of the tail; body-

stripes stopping short above the

belly as in FE. zebra, E. quagga, and

E. Grevyi; legs without stripes,

except sometimes on the knees and

hocks; tail usually without lateral

Spots ’or BiTIpes .\. ices vvkee ee © Burchelli, Gray (sensu

stricto). (British

Bechuanaland.)

6°. Ground-colour yellowish red or chest-

nut, with the exception of the belly

and legs, which are pale and without

stripes asin E£. Burchelli ; body-stripes

showing a strong tendency to die away

on the posterior part of the flanks,

when reaching the quarters broken up

Into BpOts; Meee eas te as Pade ss quagga,Gmelin. (Cape

Colony, south of

Orange River.)

VI.—Aquatie Rhynchota: Descriptions and Notes.—No. I.

By Georce W. KIrKapy.

Fam. Corixide.

DIAPREPOCORIS, gen. nov.

Corixinarum genus, scutelle magno parapleurisque minutis in-

structis ; ovalis, depressus ; capite magno, basi supra thoracem

producto. Pronoto transversissimo, non rastrato. Scutello hemi-

elytrisque non rastratis. Rostro unisegmentato. Palis bi-

segmentatis. Pedibus intermediis posticisque Coriaw, Geoff.,

similibus.

Oval, depressed, dull; head large (very convex at the

vertex), overlapping the very transverse non-rastrate pro-

notum. Scutellum very large, not rastrate; parapleura

minute. Hemielytra not rastrate.

Rostrum unisegmentate. Pale bisegmentate.

Intermediate and posterior pedes as in Corizxa, Geoff.

This utterly distinct genus is readily distinguished by the

very transverse pronotum and by the large scutellum; the

parapleura and the unisegmentate rostrum will further sepa-

Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 53

rate it from Sigara, Fabr., and the comparatively short

posterior pedes from the long-legged Nychia, Stal. It

appears to be most closely related to Coriza, and perhaps is

intermediate between that genus and Nychia,

1. Diaprepocoris barycephala, sp. n.

Caput subquadratum, basi concava, cum oculis hemispheroideum,

oculorum marginibus Jateralibus interioribus fere parallelis, fere

perpendicularibus capitis ad basin, verticem versus leviter diver-

gentibus, basi quam oculorum utrorumvis basi latiore (a super.

vis.). Pronotum circiter quadruplum latius quam longius, rugu-

losum. Sceutellum isoscele, non acuminatum. Hemielytra

pubescente curtissima instructa, membrane lobis subsequalibus.

Tarsi intermedii unguiculis longiores, tarsi tibiaeque subequales,

Femora anteriora apicem versus calcare subtruncato instructa.

od mihi ignotus.

Q. Palarum segmentum 1" (a latere vis.) angustum, sublunatum ;

subtus concavum; segmentum 2°" angustissimum, convexiuscu-

lum, subcylindricum. Capitis frons longitudinaliter mediatim

subcarinata.

Head flavous, wider basally (seen from above) than either

of the eyes, dorsal surface roughly square, interior lateral

margins of the eyes nearly parallel and almost perpendicular

to the base of the head, slightly diverging from the base;

base of head concave, slightly sinuate. Head with eyes (seen

from above) hemispheroidal ; eyes fuscous. Pronotum about

four times as wide as long, very finely rugose, brownish black

anteriorly (pale where covered by the head), flavescent poste-

riorly, lateral margins widely luteous.

Scutellum flavescent, infuscated, isosceles triangular, very

large, lateral margins narrowly black.

Hemielytra sordid yellowish (slightly infuscated near the

base of the clavus, on the basal half of the corium, and more

or less of the apical half of the membrane), without guttulate

or vermiculate markings ; scutellum and hemielytra furnished

with short black pubescence. Lobes of membrane subequal.

Anterior half of emboliwm luteous.

Metanotum black ; dorsal surface of abdomen dark fuscous

(varying) ; connexivum dark fuscous anteriorly, paler poste-

riorly. Pedes, including wnguiculz, luteo-testaceous ; anterior

femora armed with a blunt spur near the apex ; intermediate

tibia and tarsi subequal, unguiculi shorter; intermediate

femora with short golden hairs ; posterior tibiz and tarsi

armed with short concolorous spines.

Whole ventral surface flavescent testaceous, with very fine

short pale yellow pubescence.

54 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota.

The female apparently has no facial impression.

Head very convex, frons with a longitudinal median carina.

Pale: first segment sublunate; second segment short, very

narrow, slightly convex, subcylindrical.

N.B.—This second segment appears to be a genuine second

tarsal segment, not a single claw. The “ Klaue” of the

pale of various Corive mentioned and figured by Fieber (Bull.

Soc. Impér. Moscou, xxi. (1° partie) tab. x. fig. 9 &., 1848)

seems to me to be only a rather stiff palal bristle.

Long. 6:2-7°3 millim.; lat. pronot. 2°4-3 millim.; lat.

max. hemiel. 3°5 millim.

Launceston (Tasmania) and Melbourne (Victoria) : British

Museum.

CorrxA, Geoff.

2. Cortixa eurynome, sp. n.

Corixe atomarie, Mliger, remote affinis; capite fere rectangulari,

oculorum marginibus lateralibus interioribus fere perpendiculari-

bus capitis ad basin; pronoto hemielytrisque non rastratis,

punctatissimis; pronoto subacutangulato; tiblis unguiculisque

intermediis subeequalibus, tarsis longioribus.

6. Faciei impressione fere ad verticem attingente; palis anguste

cultratis. Strigili minutissima, subquadrata, dentium seriebus

latis quattuor instructis.

@. Haciei impressione labioque ovoidem formantibus; palis an-

guste cultratis.

Very different from any other described Cortxa, in appear-

ance not unlike C. atomaria, Llliger, superficially.

Shining ; fead almost rectangular, pale testaceous, interior

lateral margins of the eyes almost perpendicular to the base

of the head.

Pronotal angles rounded, subacute.

Pronotum and hemielytra sordid testaceous, more or less

infuscated, densely furnished with black punctuations, not

rastrate ; no pronotal or hemielytral guttulate or vermiculate

lineations, although the regular and dense punctuation gives

the appearance of narrow black lines; hemielytra paler at the

base (owing to absence of punctuation), covered with short

pale hairs.

Meso- and metanotum black ; mesosternum medianly black.

Ventral aspect of abdomen and pedes (including coxa)

flavo-testaceous ; intermediate tibie rather longer than

unguiculi, which are much longer than the tarsi.

3. facial impression reaching almost to the vertex;

dorsal aspect of head rather longer than in female, not longi-

Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 55

tudinally medianly carinate; pale rather stouter than in

female. yes sordid pinkish.

Striyil exceedingly minute, bluish black, subquadrate, with

four broad rows of “ teeth.”

¢. Head very convex, facial tmpression and labium

forming an ovoid, the base of which is continued slightly

beyond the apical margins of the eyes; the impression is

covered with short, dense, pale golden hairs.

Head medianly longitudinally carinate. yes greenish.

Long. 8°5-9 millim.

Adelaide River, South Australia: British Museum.

I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Kirby, F'.L.5., for permission

to describe the two preceding species.

3. Corixa australis, Fieber.

Corixva australis, Fieber, Abh. k. béhm. Ges. Wiss. (5) vii. p. 282,

pl. i. fig. 15 (1851).

Head punctate. Width of base less than that of either

eye (as seen from above).

Pronotum obtuse-angled, very rastrate.

Pedes: intermediate ‘tibies rather longer than the unguiculi,

which are much longer than the tarsi.

3. Strigil comparatively large, suboval, truncated at both

ends, bluish black, furnished with five or six rows of “ teeth,”

the fourth or fifth being broken up into two or three dextro-

laterally.

Facial impression obovate, very large and deep, extending

almost to the vertex; base of the interior impression curved,

its lowest point in a line with the apical margins of the eyes.

The female has not yet been described.

1 have not seen the type of this species, but two males

from Tasmania in the British Museum accord with Fieber’s

description and his figure of the male pale.

lam acquainted with only three Australian Corive, all

very different:—C. australis, Fieber, apparently belonging

to the “limitata, Fieber,” group; C. eurynome, described

above; and a species allied to striata, Linn., of which I have

seen a single specimen. ‘I'wo species are also recorded from

New Zealand :—0. ar guta, Buch. White (dnt. Month. Mag.

xv. p. 161, 1878), ath C. zealandica (figure, but no descrip-

tion), Hudson (Element. Man. Insects N. Z., 1892).

There are doubtless very many species yet to be recorded

from those countries.

Notes.

Corixa subjacens, Walker, in Tennant’s Ceylon, i. (2nd ed.)

56 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota.

1859, p. 293, and Motschulsky, Bull. Soc. Moscou, xxxvi.

(pt. 2) p. 94 (1863), appears to be merely a list name (as is

also Nepa minor, Walk.), and I am not aware of any pub-

lished descriptions; the same remarks probably apply to

CO. lacustris and rivalis, Stephens (Syst. Catal. Brit. Ins. i.

p- 354, 1829), Puton, Catal. Hém. faune paléarct. éd. 3

(1886), p. 66. nos, 54 and 55.

[Even if published, Walker’s Nepa minor could not stand,

as it is preoccupied by Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. rec. Afr. et

Amér., 1803. ]

Coriva cognata, D. & 8. (Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 246,

1870), is preoccupied by Fieber (Europ. Hem. p. 99, 1861)

[whose species equals carinata, C. R. Sahlberg], and therefore

requires anew name. It seems to be a bug of exceedingly

limited range, and restricted to Scotland; and as the researches

of Thomson, Wallengren, the Sahlbergs, and Reuter have

not revealed its presence in Northern Europe, I have no hesi-

tation in proposing the name

4, “ caledonica.”

Fam. Notonectide.

5. Notonecta Montandont, sp. n.

NV. triguttate, Motschulsky, affinis, convexa; capitis vertice quam

basi duplo latiore; oculoruam marginibus lateralibus interioribus

magis rectis quam apud triguttatam; pronoto anteriore subcon-

stricto; tibiarum intermediarum calcari minuto; hemielytris

punctatis.

Allied to WV. triguttata, Motschulsky, and chinensis, Fallou

(to the former in structure, to the latter in appearance and, in

a less degree, structure), but larger and more robust ante-

riorly ; head much broader and shorter; vertex a trifle more

than twice as wide as the narrowest part of the head (near

the base).

Head and pronotum sordid testaceous ; eyes crimson; pro-

notum finely but deeply punctate posteriorly, superficially

rugose anteriorly ; scutellum black ; hemielytra punctate, with

sparse pale pubescence ; dark crimson-lake, irregularly marked

with black; as a rule the membrane is entirely, or almost

entirely, black; in some specimens there are scarcely any

spots at all on the clavus and corium, in others a broad undu-

latory band runs across the corium ; embolium either entirely

concolorous with the ground-colour of the hemielytra or

blotched with black.

Pedes fusco-testaceous ; intermediate tibial spur very small.

Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 57

Ventral surface entirely black, except the connexivum, which

is sordid testaceous, the junctures of the segments narrowly

black.

Long. 16-16°7 millim. ; lat. pronot. 6 millim.

Ngan Hoei, Ho-Chan (China): Montandon’s collection

and mine (kindly presented by Prof. Montandon). N. China:

British Museum.

The species of the family Notonectide are exceedingly

difficult to diagnose satisfactorily separately ; the structural

characters are very obscure and not always constant ; more-

over, such characters as the punctuation of the head and

pronotum (which, in conjunction with others, are used so

extensively in other families of the Rhynchota) appear to be

quite valueless here. The coloration of the hemielytra as a

diagnostic character is here not only valueless, but even

misleading. Almost the only satisfactory method left is the

comparative, and that ceases to be satisfactory when one does

not possess the other species necessary for comparison !

Montandoni is structurally very close to both triguttata

and chinensis; the hemielytra of the two latter, however,

appear to be somewhat laterally sinuate and slightly dilated

at the lateral margins of the corium, about one third of its

length from its own apex; there is not the slightest trace of

this in Montandont.

In chinensis the head is very much narrower towards the

base ; from the base the lateral interior margins of the eyes

keep almost parallel for a little space, then diverge (but not

much) ; the vertex in this species is more than three times as

wide as the narrowest part of the head (close to the base) ; in

triguttata the head is wider basally than in chinensis and is

not so widely divergent, the above-mentioned margins of the

eyes are sensibly curved, and the vertex is a trifle more than

two and a half times as wide as the narrowest part of the

head; in Montandoni the head is wider both at the vertex

and base, and the interior margins of the eyes are much

straighter.

From the above notes it may perhaps appear that JMon-

tandoni is intermediate between triguttata and chinensis ;

but, from an exhaustive examination of a number of specimens

of all three species, I am convinced that such is not the case ;

although Montandoni and chinensis are so similar in colour,

it is rather ¢r7guttata that is the intermediate species.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this large and hand-

some species to my learned colleague Professor Montandon,

who has helped in such a great degree, from his wide expe-

rience and extensive labours, to increase our knowledge of

58 Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota.

the neglected aquatic Rhynchota. I am also indebted to

Dr: Bergroth for kindly lending me the type of NV. chinensis.

6. Notonecta lactitans, sp. n.

Gracilis, capitis vertice quam basi circiter quarto latiore, oculorum

marginibus lateralibus interioribus fere parallelis; pronoto fere

duplo latiore quam longiore.

Long and narrow ; vertex about a fourth wider than the

base of the head, interior lateral margins of the eyes almost

parallel; head longitudinally subcarinate at the base; head

and prothorax sordid testaceous 3; pronotum not quite twice as

wide as long, punctate posteriorly, rugulose anteriorly ; eyes

brown. Scutellum black. Metanotum and dorsal aspect of

abdomen shining black ; genital segments blackish fuscous,

margined with green. Hemielytra present a zebra-like ap-

pearance ; clavus yellowish brown ; corium yellowish brown,

with a broad dark brown band along the base; membrane

basally dark brown, apically yellowish brown; the exterior

margin of the hemielytra is very narrowly pale.

Pedes apparently destitute of bristles, dark testaceous.

Venter black.

Connexivum greenish.

In the specimen from Gaboon the left interior lobe is trans-

lucent, sordid white, and the scutellar and sutural margin of

the clavus narrowly blackish brown.

Long. 12-12°5 millim.; lat. pronot. 4—8°4 millim.

Guinea: my collection. Gaboon: coll. Signoret, Hof-

museum in Wien). Africa (Burchell) : British Museum.

The specimens in the British Museum are labelled “ dacti-

tans, Burchell.” J have searched through the whole of the

two vols. of Burchell’s ‘ Travels’ and through his other works,

and can find no trace of any such name; I have therefore

treated it as MS., but have used the name to prevent possible

future confusion.

This species has no very close affinities with any other

Notonecta ; its long and slender form will at once distinguish

it, aided by its curious zebra-colour ; the structure of the head

will place it in the neighbourhood of the American J. insu-

lata, W. Kirby.

7. Notonecta Uhlert, sp. n.

Gracilis, angusta; capite parvo; oculis magnis, prominentibus,

fere contiguis basin versus, marginibus lateralibus interioribus

curyatis, late divergentibus verticem versus, capitis vertice 6—8plo

latiore quam basi.

Somewhat of the size and form of N. americana, Fabr.,

Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on Aquatic Rhynchota. 59

but flatter and not so robust, narrower at the base of the

hemielytra, the eyes much larger and more prominent, and

the head smaller.

Eyes almost contiguous at their postero-interior angles, their

interior lateral margins very curved, widely diverging towards

the vertex, where the head is from six to eight times as wide

as between the postero-interior ocular angles. Head and pro-

notum smooth, shining, pale rufo-testaceous; eyes reddish

chestnut, irregularly bordered with black. Antenne: two

basal segments madder-brown, two apical segments rufo-

testaceous.

Pronotum anteriorly somewhat rugose, with superficial

spherical depressions, posteriorly very finely punctate;

humeral angles acute, accentuated; lateral margins sinuate,

curved posteriorly below the humeral angles, forming almost

a continuous line with the lateral margins of the scutellum;

lateral margins distinctly and widely flattened anteriorly, the

whole posterior half of the pronotum being elevated ; poste-

rior margin not sinuate.

Scutellum black, not pubescent; lateral margins very

sinuate.

Connexivum (1) rufo-testaceous, each segment narrowly

black at the apex, or (2) entirely green.

Hemielytra dark brick-red (or rich orange-yellow), with

short, sparse, golden-yellow pubescence; a large irregular

black blotch at the base of the corium and embolium ex-

tending transversely and non-acuminately from the apex of

the clavus to the golden-yellow lateral submargin of the

embolium ; membrane dark red-brown, apical half black, this

tint encroaching more or less upon the basal half.

Pedes ruto-testaceous or greenish ; coxe blackish, posterior

tarsal fringe blackish and golden pink; all the spines and

spurs on the legs black ; unguiculi black; spur on inter-

mediate tibiz blunt, subcylindrical, two or three rudimentary

spurs nearer the base; tibiz and tarsi with four or five long,

black, stiff hairs inferiorly ; posterior femora with a double

row of short spines inferiorly ; tibiae with short spines supe-

riorly and inferiorly.

Ventral surface: frons emerald-green, anteriorly suffused

with rose; apical segment of rostrum black, remainder rufo-

testaceous, marginally darker.

Abdomen ruto-testaceous, densely furnished with blackish-

green hairs; sternal hair-tufts golden pink.

Long., § 11-11°4 millim., lat. 3-5-4 millim.

Long., 2 12 millim., lat. 4 millim.

60 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on new

The female is larger and apparently more robust than the

male, as is the case with some other species of Notonecta.

Massachusetts and Florida: coll. Uhler. Massachusetts:

British Museum. Massachusetts: Montandon’s coll.

I have great pleasure in dedicating this handsome and

remarkable species to the illustrious American Rhynchotist,

to whose labours for the past forty years we are indebted in

such large measure for our knowledge of, amongst other

things, the North-American aquatic Rhynchota.

N. Uhiert is at once distinguished by the very peculiar

form of the head and eyes, as above described ; it is doubtless

not uncommon over a large area of the United States.

N.B.—In connexion with the above descriptions it may be

as well to remark that, contrary, perhaps, to the usage of

some entomologists, I have used the word “ transverse” in

the sense of being wider than long: some rhynchotists, also,

appear to use the word ‘‘vertex”’ as the equivalent of the

whole dorsal surface of the head (excluding the eyes) ; I have

restricted the term to the appurent (as seen from above) apical

margin of the head; the head, moreover, will be found to be

narrowest in most Notonecte not at the base, but a trifle above

it, between the postero-interior ocular angles in fact.

Summary.

Diaprepocoris, gen. nov.

D., barycephala, sp.n. Australia.

Corixa eurynome, sp. nu. Australia.

australis, Fieb. Additional description.

subjacens, Walker.

lacustris, Stephens.

rivalis, Stephens.

Nepa minor, Walker.

Corixa caledonica, nom, nov. for C. cognata, D. & 8. (preoccupied).

Notonecta Montandoni, sp. n. China.

lactitans, sp. nu. West Central Africa.

— Uhleri, sp.n. North America.

Probably MSS. names.

VII.—New Cyclostomatous Bryozoa found at Madeira.

By James YATE JouNson, Corr.M.Z.58.

Tubuliporida.

Alecto simplex, J. Y. Johnson.

A very slender adnate thread, from the upperside of which

rise the erect elongate cells in a single series. The adnate

Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Madeira. 61

stem is scarcely wider than the erect cells; it rarely divides

dichotomously at the point where a cell arises, and it has not

been seen to anastomose. The cells taper slightly upwards,

are wrinkled transversely, and their mouths are circular.

They are sometimes further apart, sometimes nearer each

other, than the distance between them. Surface with white

scattered granules. Ocecium not observed.

This form seems to differ from A. granulata, H. M.-Edw.,

of which a figure is given in Mr, Busk’s Cat. Cyclost. Pol.

B. M. pl. xxxii. fig. 1, where the adnate stem is represented

as much thicker than the cells.

Horneride.

Hornera pectinata, Bk.

This rare bryozoon was shortly described by Mr. Busk in

the Micr. Journ, for Jan. 1861, vol. i. (n.s.) p. 79, pl. xxxiii.

figs. 4-6, and again in his Cat. of the Cyclost. Polyzoa B. M.

from a specimen sent by me to him many years ago. A

few perfect specimens having since occurred, I am able

to give a fuller account of the species and to describe the

ocecium, not hitherto known.

Colour greyish. Base spreading, trunk usually short and

thick; branches terete, strong, extending fan-like, sub-

pinnately, or irregularly ; ultimate branches tapering. Ante-

rior surface pierced by numerous oval pores, which are sunk

in depressions and have slightly raised borders. Between

the pores the surface is irregularly ridged. ‘The pores on the

dorsal surface are larger and are partially filled up inside.

The ridges are here more distinctly pronounced, and are

sinuous, meeting and separating so as to form a reticulation.

The peristome is minutely dentate. The ocecia are dorsal,

brownish, semiglobular, and the surface is thickly set with

warts, each of which has a depression at the top with a

perforation therein.

Three specimens were found on calcareous worm-cases

attached to a Lithistid sponge (MacAndrewia or Corallistes).

The largest specimen had a height of 21 millim. and a spread

of 26 millim.

Diastoporidz.

Diastopora catillus, J. Y. Johnson.

Zoarium circular or elliptical, seated on a thin calcareous

base; the margin vertical. Centre cupped, the younger

deeply so, with scarcely any free area ; surtace finely granular.

62 Mr. J. Y. Johnson on new

The radiating series of connate or partially free uniserial

tubular cells are of different lengths ; some begin at the centre

and extend to the top of the vertical marginal wall, others

are irregularly shorter. The innermost cells are very short,

with oblique elliptical mouths, and some of them are free.

The higher cells towards the margin have circular horizontal

simple mouths. The walls of the cells and the spaces between

them are transversely rugose. The margin of the zoarium

rises steeply from the basal plate, and this boundary wall is

entirely composed of the mouths of immersed cells to the

number of four in a vertical series. Ocecia not observed.

This species is common on shells from deep water. The

longer axis of the largest specimen I have seen measures

7 millim., excluding the basal plate, but the majority of my

specimens are much smaller. In colour the younger ones are

white, the older brownish.

Diastopora pulchella, J. Y. Johnson.

Cells distinct, erect, highest at the centre, gradually shorter

towards the margin, which is low and thin; disposed quin-

cuncially ; mouths round, horizontal, simple. No adven-

titious tubules. Ocecia large, embracing several cells, in-

flated, semiglobular, finely granular, and punctate. Zoarium

white hyaline.

The largest of my few specimens has a diameter of

3°5 millim. Three of them in beautiful condition are inside

the valve of a Lima; others are on seaweed. _

Lichenoporide.

(Discoporellide, Bk.)

Lichenopora spinata, J. Y. Jolson.

Zoarium circular, on a thin calcareous base, elevated,

almost cylindrical, slightly concave at the centre. Cells

distinct, uniserial, higher at the inner end, in radiating some-

what irregular series, long and short, four to six in a series.

Mouths with four or five spines. In the vertical exterior

wall are seen the mouths of about six immersed cells piled

one above another. Central area studded with numerous

spines and pierced by circular or suboval pores, the latter

round at one end, angular at the other, the larger pores often

partially filled up within. Surface of central area finely

granular and punctate. One or two spines project hori-

zontally from the lower part of some of the inner cells.

Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Madeira. 63

Between the radiating series of cells are one or two rows of

pores.

A few examples of this small species were found upon a

halichondrine sponge (Petrosta) which came from deep water

off Madeira. ‘The largest had a diameter of no more than

3 millim. Its place seems to be near Lichenopora (Disco-

porella) fimbriata, Bk. (Cat. Cyclost. Pol. B. M. p. 32,

pl. xxvii.).

Radiopora irregularis, J. Y. Johnson.

White or brown, seated on a thin calcareous lamina, The

zoarium usually consists of a central portion, around which

extend subtriangular lobes, irregular as to their directions and

relative sizes, but frequently giving to the whole something

of the appearance of a starfish, such as Asterina, with short

broad rays.

The central portion of the zoarium is raised and cupped,

and the circumambient ridge is crossed by radiating series of

upright connate cells. A depression runs along the middle of

each exterior lobe, but stops short of the margin of the

zoarium. Numerous series of cells are arranged at right

angles to the median depression, and at the distal end of the

lobe the series of cells radiate from the end of the furrow

towards the margin.

The cells are upright, connate, and invariably form a single

series. ‘They are highest near the central cup and the depres-

sions of the lobes; they gradually fall in height until they

become immersed, and their mouths alone are shown at the

margin of the zoarium. ‘The mouth of the upright cells is

prolonged into a mucro on the distal side, and sometimes on

the opposite side also when the upper part of the cell is

distinct. Round or oval pores varying in size occupy the

central area and the lateral furrows. Between the series of

cells there are two or three rows of pores.

There is much irregularity both as regards the outline and

the superficies of this species: for instance, there are some-

times more intramarginal cups than one; at others there is

no central cup at all; in some cases the central cup contains

a short detached series of erect cells; a series of cells occa-

sionally throws off a branch series or more than one.

The largest specimen I have seen has a diameter of

10 millim. This species has been found on seaweed and on

Pinna shells, but the best examples were attached to the

outside of a wine-bottle dredged in Funchal Bay.

From the above description it seems that Mr. Busk’s

definition of the genus (Cat. Cyclost. Polyzoa Brit. Mus.

64 On new Cyclostomatous Bryozoa from Madeira.

p- 34) needs a little modification by the addition of the

following clause at the end :—“ or in lines extending at right

angles to the direction of their elongate lateral troughs.”

Frondiporide.

Frondipora maderensis, J. Y. Johnson.

Shortly stipitate, irregularly ramose; branches sometimes

upright, usually spreading laterally and curving retrorsely,

rarely meeting and uniting. The ultimate branches (tertiary

or quaternary) are short and lobe-like.

The fasciculate cells open at the truncate ends of the

upright branches and lobes; the orifices extend along the

upperside of the lobes, but are not continued upon the

branches. The orifices are pentagonal, and smaller ones are

intermixed. The smallest lobes have only from one to three

orifices ; on others the orifices are seen in two connate series.

The branches are subtriquetrous, ¢. e. they are broader

at the front than at the back. ‘The anterior surface is

obscurely granular; the posterior surface is faintly wrinkled

transversely and is finely punctate reticulately. When fresh

from the sea the zoarium is coloured a pale yellow, which

fades to white.

The largest of the specimens rises vertically but a short

distance above its base, and then spreads laterally 39 millim.

in one direction and 27 millim. at right angles thereto. All

the specimens, which have been many years in my possession,

were either attached to dead individuals of the coral Madracis

asperula, M.-E. & H., or were seated on sponges so attached.

This coral is found in deep water off the coast of Madeira.

Reference may be made to Mr. Busk’s figures of Vrondi-

pora palmata, Bk. (Cat. Cyclost. Pol. B. M. pl. xx. figs. 4, 5).

The describer was not certain as to the locality from which

his specimens came, but he believed they were brought from

Australia.

‘The species now described differs from /’. palmata in these

respects:—(1) the fasciculi of orifices are not continuous

along the branches, but are confined to the ultimate lobes ;

(2) the orifices do not open upon a raised portion of the

horizontal branch or lobe, but open at once on the front of

the lobe or at the ends of the upright branches; (3) Mr. Busk’s

fig. 5 represents the branch between the lobes with a pitted

surface. In the new species no part of the branch is visible

between the lobes, the front of the branches and lobes being,

as stated above, broader in front than behind. No part of

the zoarium has a pitted surface.

On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &e. 65

If this species is admitted into the genus Frondipora,

Mr. Busk’s definition of that genus should be modified thus :—

Zoarium pedunculate ramose ; fasciculi opening only on one

side, or at the ends, of the branches.

VIII.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and

Corea. By Joun Henry Lecco, B.A., F.L.S, F.Z.S., &e.

—Part Il. Family Geometride ; Subfamilies inochromine,

Orthostixine, Larentiine, Acidaliine, and Geometrine.

(Continued from vol. xix. p. 679.]

Genus KUPITHECIA.

(Curtis, Brit. Entom. vi. pl. lxiv. (1825).)

Eupithecia proterva.

Eupithecia proterva, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. liv. fig. 1 (1879).

A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Eupithecia signigera.

Eupithecia signigera, Buti. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 442 (1879),

Specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s collection.

Hab, Japan.

Eupithecia caliginea.

Eupithecia caliginea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. liv. fig 2 (1879).

Eupithecia xbellinata, Christ. Bull. Mose. lv. (2) p. 117 (1881).

Tephroclystis xibellinata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 66.

There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Amur; Japan.

Eupithecia castigata.

Geometra castigata, Hibn. Geom. fig. 456.

Tephroelystis castigata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 66.

There were four specimens (one male, three females) in

Pryer’s Japanese collection. My native collector obtained

the species at Nikko, and I have received it from Pu-tsu-fong,

where specimens were taken in June.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Western China.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xx. 5)

66 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Eupithecia consortaria, sp. n.

Primaries greyish, with a faint brownish tinge and marked

with darker on the costa; there are two or three obscure

dusky transverse lines before the conspicuous black discal

spot, and a double line (rather more clearly defined and angu-

lated below costa) beyond the spot; submarginal line whitish,

interrupted and bordered with dusky. Secondaries rather

paler, with a blackish discal dot and an obscure dusky central

band. Fringes greyish, marked with darker. Under

surface pale fuscous grey; all the wings have a blackish

discal dot, a dusky central band, and an obscure line beyond.

A male specimen from Moupin, July.

Hab. Western China,

Allied to L. castigata.

Eupithecia coronata.

Geometra coronata, Hubn. Geom. pl. Ixxii. figs. 372, 375.

Eupithecia lucinda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, (5) iv. p. 442 (1879) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. 1x. pl. clxx. fig. 11 (1893).

Chloroclystis lucinda, Hampson, Fauna brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 396

(1895).

Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Eupithecia excisa.

Eupithecia excisa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 1. p. 445 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. lui. fig. 11 (1879).

Chloroclystis palpata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 891

(1895).

Specimens from Yokohama, Gifu, and Yesso in Pryer’s

collection.

Hab. Japan and Yesso.

Eupithecia minuta.

Collix minuta, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 421.

Three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

This species appears to be closely allied to E. rectangu-

data, Linn.

Eupithecia Julia.

Lobophora Julia, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 446 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 53, pl. liv. fig. 4 (1879).

Chloroclystis palpata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 391

(1895).

From China, Japan, and Corea. 67

There were specimens from Oiwake, Yokohama, Gifu, and

Yesso in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan and Yesso.

Probably an Eastern Asian representative of Z. rectangu-

lata, L.

Eupithecia consueta.

Eupithecia consueta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 442

(1879).

Five specimens from Yokohama and one from Yesso in

Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan and Yesso.

Eupithecia Pryeriaria, sp. n.

Male.—Pale whity brown. Primaries traversed by several

pale brown, transverse lines, but these are only distinct on

the costa; there is a pale brownish mark on the basal third of

costa and a short oblique dash below it on the inner margin ;

discal dot black ; outer marginal area of all the wings pale

brown, traversed by a whitish wavy line. Under surface

slightly suffused with fuscous; all the wings have a dusky

border on outer margin.

Female.—Rather browner, and the transverse lines are

more distinct.

Expanse 24 millim.

Three examples of each sex in Pryer’s collection from

Yokohama and Yesso.

Hab. Japan and Yesso.

Eupithecia fuscicostata.

Eupithecia fuscicostata, Christ. Rom. sur Lép. iii. p. 11, pl. i. fig. 6

(1887).

Eupithecia fuscostigma, Alph. op. cit. vi. p. 80 (1892).

Alphéraky records an example of each sex of this species

from the province of Kan-sou, taken in July. He states

that the specimens are paler and that there are fewer brownish

markings on the disk of the wings.

Distribution. Transcaucasia ; Western China.

Eupithecia Sophia.

Eupithecia Sophia, Butl, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 444 (1878)

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii, p. 61, pl. liii. fig. 9 (1879).

Butler describes this species from Yokohama; there were

no specimens in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

68 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Eupithecia invisa.

Eupithecia invis , Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 444 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 51, pl. liii. fig. 10 (1879).

Butler’s type was from Hakodate; Pryer did not meet

with it, and I failed to obtain it in any part of Japan that I

collected in.

Hab, Japan.

Probably a form of Z. castigata, Hiibn.

Eupithecia sinicaria, sp. n.

Primaries brownish, darker along the costa; the basal area

is whitish, limited by a wavy whitish band, which is clearly

defined on the dark costal area and is intersected transversely

by a wavy dark line; there is another similar whitish band

beyond the black discal dot, but this does not proceed below

the middle of the wing; these bands are connected by an

irregular whitish patch below the dark costal area; third

band whitish, intersected by a dark line on costa, but hardly

traceable below, except as white points on the nervules, sub-

marginal line dusky. Secondaries greyish, traversed by

five wavy whitish bands, the third and fourth of which are

most distinct. Under surface fuscous grey ; primaries with

a black discal dot and indications of dusky transverse bands;

secondaries with whitish bands as above.

Expanse 24 millim.

A male specimen from Che-tou, Western China: July.

Allied to H. succentureata, Linn., from Europe.

Lupithecia rufescens.

Eupithecia rufescens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 445 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 52, pl. lili. fig. 12 (1879).

Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took

the species in Satsuma in May.

Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.

Eupithecia niphonaria, sp. n.

Primaries brownish, with some darker marks on the costa ;

discal dot black ; submarginal line whitish, serrated to inner

margin; there is a small white spot on it just above the

inner margin. Secondaries rather paler, with a_ blackish

discal dot and dusky indented central line. Fringes greyish,

very broad, and preceded by a blackish line, which has pale

dots on it at the ends of the nervules. Under surface paler

from China, Japan, and Corea. 69

than above; primaries are slightly suffused with fuscous on

the basal and outer marginal areas; the secondaries have two

fuscous transverse lines, and all the wings have a blackish

discal dot.

Expanse 22 millim.

A temale specimen in Pryer’s collection from Japan.

Allied to 2. absinthiata, Cl., from Europe.

Eupithecta carearia, sp. n.

Pale brown. Primaries with a broad darker central band

enclosing the blackish discal spot ; the costal portion of the

band above the discal spot is much darker than the remainder ;

there are indications of an interrupted pale submarginal line ;

this is preceded and followed on the costa by brownish clouds,

and edged inwardly with the same colour above the middle

and towards inner margin. Secondaries have a black discal

dot. Fringes pale brown, preceded by an interrupted blackish

line. Under surface paler than above, with blackish discal

dots and faint traces of dusky transverse markings.

Expanse 25 millim.

Two male specimens in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Allied to £. indigata, Hiibn., from Europe.

Eupithecia costimacularia, sp. n.

Whitish. Primaries have four brownish spots on the

costa, the first representing the upper portion of a basal patch,

the second and third are near together, and the fourth is

preceded by the whitish wavy line, which is inwardly

bordered with brownish, especially towards inner margin;

there are some brownish marks on the middle of the inner

margin and the discal spot is elongate and black. Second-

aries have a blackish discal dot; some brownish clouds on

abdominal margin, from which there are indications of dusky

bands across the wings. Fringes whitish, marked with

brownish and preceded by a blackish line. Under surface

whitish; primaries have the markings of upper surface

faintly reproduced, except on inner margin ; secondaries have

a larger discal mark and two dusky transverse lines.

Expanse 24 millim.

One female specimen from Japan, probably from Yokohama.

Hab. Japan.

Allied to 2. oblongata, Thnb., from Europe.

70 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Lupithecia obliquaria, sp. n.

Primaries pale brown, basal and outer marginal areasclouded

with blackish; there is an inwardly oblique and slightly

angulated dark brown or blackish band about the middle of

the wing; this is joined by an outwardly oblique streak on

costal area; beyond the central band is a fine wavy blackish

line, originating at costal extremity of central line and termi-

nating in a spot on inner margin; submarginal line whitish

and interrupted. Secondaries greyish; abdominal area pale

brownish, barred with blackish. Fringes agree with the

wings, preceded by a blackish line. Under surface greyish,

suffused with fuliginous on primaries ; secondaries have three

dusky transverse lines ; primaries have an elongate blackish

discal mark and a spot of the same colour beyond it on costa.

Expanse 28 millim.

T'wo male specimens from Ta-chien-lu: May and June.

Hab. Western China.

Allied to EZ. pheniceata, Ramb., from Europe.

Eupithecia brevifasctaria, sp. n.

Primaries brownish; basal patch slightly darker, limited

by a blackish line; central fascia indicated by blackish lines

from costa to inner margin, the space between them blackish

towards costa, forming a quadrate patch; beyond fascia is a

pale band, whitish on costal portion, but suffused with the

ground-colour below ; outer marginal area with a blackish

cloud on costa before apex, another below apex, and one at

inner angle; these clouds are intersected by a whitish serrated

submarginal line; there is a pale streak from apex to fascia.

Secondaries whitish; the basal area is traversed by four

blackish or fuscous bands, the outer one transversely inter-

sected by a wavy line paler than ground-colour; outer

marginal area fuscous, intersected by two whitish waved lines ;

the central space is paler than the ground, its outer edge

erenulate. Fringes brown. Under surface whitish, tinged

with fuscous ; basal area traversed by diffuse fuscous lines

and limited by a blackish line, angled at the middle; outer

marginal area traversed by a fuscous line and limited by

another line—the latter is marked with darker on neuration

and is slightly curved on primaries and angled on second-

aries ; the intervening space on both wings, a spot about middle

of outer margin of primaries, and a marginal band on

secondaries paler than the ground-colour.

Expanse 28 millim.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 71

One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa: May.

Hab. Western China.

Allied to #. pulchellata, Steph.

Eupithecia mandarinaria, sp. n.

Primaries pale brown, suffused and clouded with darker,

and traversed by three black lines, each of which originates

in a black mark on costa, and externally edged with whitish

throughout its course; the inner is slightly curved, the outer

is sharply dentate, and the median one is twice angled, the

upper angle almost touching a dentation of the outer line ;

submarginal line wavy, whitish ; discal spot black, encircled

with whitish, large and conspicuous. Secondaries whity

brown, dark brown on outer marginal area; there are two

dusky transverse lines before the middle and a_blackish-

edged whitish dentate line beyond the middle, but this latter

only extends from abdominal margin to third median nervule ;

submarginal line wavy, whitish. Fringes brown, marked

with whitish and preceded by a whitish line. Under surface

whitish, suffused with darker on the outer marginal area;

primaries have a black discal spot, a black mark on costa

beyond, and the transverse lines of upper surface are faintly

indicated ; secondaries have a black discal spot, some dusky

transverse lines, and a series of blackish marks on the

nervules,

Expanse 30-38 millim.

Fitteen specimens from Ta-chien-lu, Wa-shan, and Pu-tsu-

fong, June; and one female example from Kiukiang.

Hab. Central and Western China.

In the Kiukiang example the transverse lines of primaries

are very faint, but the black line beyond middle of secondaries

is very conspicuous.

Allied to £. togata, Hiibn.

Genus MIcROLOBA.

(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 405 (1895).)

Microloba bella.

Melanippe bella, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 448 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 55, pl. liv. fig. 10 (1879); Oberth. Etud.

d’Entom. y. p. 53, pl. iv. fig. 11 (1830).

Tyloptera eburneata, Christ. Bull, Soc. Nat. Mose. lv. (2) p. 116 (1880).

Microloba bella, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 405 (1895).

There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-

tion. I obtained the species at Gensan in July and at Hako-

date in August, and my native collector met with it in the

72 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

island of Kiushiu. Examples have also been received from

Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-fong, Chia-ting-fu, and Chang-yang:

June and July.

Distribution. Amur; Askold; Corea; Japan; Yesso;

Kiushiu ; Western and Central China.

Genus BRABIRA.

(Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 271 (1888).)

Brabira artemidora.

Melanippe artemidora, Oherth. Etud. d’Ent. x. p. 33, pl.i. fig. 6 (1884).

Brabira pallida, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 271, pl. vii. fig. 12 (1887).

Brabira artemidora, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 406

(1895).

Mr. Smith took two specimens at Hakone in August, and

there were two in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson) ; Askold; Japan.

Brabira plicataria, sp. n.

Cinnamon-brown. Primaries have two short blackish

streaks on costa before the broad central fascia, which has a

darker patch on its middle; there are traces of a submarginal

band, especially towards costa; these bands are continued on

the secondaries; all the wings have a black discal dot.

Fringes of the ground-colour, preceded by a series of black

dots. Under surface tinged with fuscous, with bands of

upper surface reproduced.

In the male the abdominal margin of secondaries is deeply

folded.

Expanse, ¢ 27, 2 30 millim.

Two male specimens from Omei-shan and one female from

Moupin: July.

Hab. Western China.

Superficially this species resembles Venusca dharmsale,

Butl.

Genus BESSOPHORA.

(Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 63.)

Bessophora Staudinger.

Ptychoptera Staudinger, Christ. Bull. Mose. lv. (2) p. 83 (1881).

Bessophora Staudingeri, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 63.

I took two specimens at Gensan in June.

Distribution. Amur ; Corea.

Ptychoptera being preoccupied in Diptera, Meyrick has

changed the name ot this genus to Bessophora.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 73

Genus LOBOPHORA.

(Curtis, Brit. Ent. ii. p. 81.)

Lobophora halterata.

Phalena halterata, Hufn, Berl. Mag. iv. 608 (1769).

Geometra hexapteruta, Schitt. Wien. Verz. 109 (1776); Hiibn. Geom.

fig. 232.

Trichopteryx hevapterata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 323.

Lobophora hexapterata, Steph. Ul. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 278; Guen.

Phal. ii. p. 307.

Lobophora halterata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 62.

A few specimens from Yesso in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Kurope; Amur; Yesso.

Genus TRICHOPTERIGIA.

(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 403 (1895).)

Trichopterigia costipunctaria, sp. n.

Primaries pale brown, dotted with black on the costa;

there is a blackish spot on the median nervure near the base ;

beyond there are two reddish spots, representing the first

transverse band; central band reddish brown, interrupted

between median nervure and costa, and intersected by some

blackish marks on the nervules; submarginal band inter-

rupted, reddish above inner margin. Secondaries whitish,

Fringes agree in colour with the wings, preceded on primaries

by aseries of black dots (two at the extremity of each nervule).

Under surface similar to above, but the markings of primaries

are fuscous in colour.

Exnanse 40 millim.

One male specimen and one female from Gifu in Pryer’s

collection.

Hab. Japan.

Genus TRICHOPTERYX.

(Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 61.)

Trichopteryx volitans.

Lobophora volitans, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 446 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 53, pl. liv. fig, 5 (1879).

A nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

74 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Trichopteryx hemana.

Larentia hemana, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 444 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 51, pl. lili. fig. 8 (1879).

There was a nice series in Pryer’s collection from Yoko-

hama, and my native collector obtained the species in the

island of Kiushiu.

Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.

Trichopteryx choaspitis.

Lobophora choaspitis, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. x. p. 33, pl. i. fig. 10

(1884).

There was a specimen from Gifu in Pryer’s collection that

I consider to be referable to this species. Oberthiir’s type

was from the isle of Askold.

Distribution. Askold; Japan.

Trichopteryx grisearia,

Lobophora grisearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 54 (May 1891).

Five males and three females, probably from Yokohama,

in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Trichopteryx terranea.

Lobophora terranea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 446 (1878) ;

Il. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 53, pl. liv. fig. 6 (1879).

Five specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Trichopteryx misera.

Lobophora misera, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 443 (1879).

There were nine specimens from Yokohama and one from

Gifu in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Trichopteryx bellaria.

Lobophora bellaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 54 (May 1891).

A male specimen from Yokohama and a female from Gifu

in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Trichopteryx viretata.

Geometra viretata, Hiibn. Geom. pl. xliv. fig. 230,

Trichopteryx viretata, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 828; Hampson, Fauna

Brit. Ind., Moths, 1. p. 405 ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892,

p- 62.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 75

Lobophora viretata, Steph. Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 278; Guen.

Phal. ii. p. 368.

One female specimen from Ta-chien-lu, taken in May.

Distribution. Europe ; Ural; Western China, Dharmsila ;

Sikhim ; Khdsis ({/ampson).

Trichopteryx consobrinaria.

Lobophora consobrinaria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 54 (May 1891).

One male specimen from Gifu in Pryer’s collection.

This species is closely allied to LZ. viretata, Hiibn.

Hab. Japan.

Trichopteryx obscuraria.

Lobophora obscuraria, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 55 (May 1891).

Several male specimens from Loochoo and Yokohama in

Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan and Loochoo.

Trichopteryx olivaria, sp. n.

Primaries olivaceous grey ; costa marked with black; first

line blackish, almost straight, and near the base of the wing ;

central band indicated by two black lines, connected below

the middle by black bars on the nervules; the outer line is

intersected by black bars on the neuration above the middle,

bordered throughout its course with fuliginous, and terminates

in a black patch, enclosing a white spot, on inner margin;

submarginal band interrupted, blackish, followed by a wav

whitish line. Secondaries fuscous grey, with blackish discal

dot. Fringes agree with the wings in colour, preceded by

an interrupted black line. Under surface brownish grey on

basal two thirds ; outer marginal third paler, traversed by a

dusky submarginal band ; discal spot black, obliquely linear

on primaries.

Expanse 35 millim.

One female specimen in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Trichopteryx muscigera.

Lobophora muscigera, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 421.

Pryer refers to this species in his Catalogue (564,

Fujisan), but there were no specimens in his collection, and I

have not seen any example other than the type in the

National Collection at South Kensington.

Hab. Japan.

76 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Genus SAuRIS.

(Guen.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 408 (1895).)

Sauris nigrilinearia, sp. n.

Primaries ochreous, with a faint greenish tinge; there are

three black marks on the costa, and from each of these there

are traces of transverse lines, the outer double and most

distinct; on the outer marginal area there are two black

transverse lines, the first curved and recurved and the

second more or less interrupted; the space enclosed by

these lines, from inner margin to above middle, fuscous

grey, clouded with blackish; discal dot black, elongate ;

fringes greyish, darker at base, and preceded by a series of

black dots. Secondaries fuscous grey. Under surface pale

brown, with a pinkish tinge; outer marginal area of primaries

suffused with dusky.

Expanse 34 millim.

One male specimen in Pryer’s collection without locality

ticket.

Hab. Japan.

Sauris nanaria, sp. n.

Primaries whitish, suffused with dusky on basal and costal

areas, the latter tinged with ochreous; beyond the middle

there is a broad, fuscous, transverse band—this is represented

by a few scales only between the second median nervule and

inner margin, and is edged outwardly on the costal area with

whitish ; outer marginal area blackish, interrupted exteriorly

towards inner margin, and traversed by a thin line of the

eround-colour ; fringes greyish, preceded by a series of black

dots. Secondaries fuscous grey. Under surface whitish,

suffused with dusky on costal and outer marginal areas of

primaries.

Expanse 20 millim.

One male specimen in Pryer’s collection; locality not

indicated.

Hab. Japan.

Genus DISCOLOXIA.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 105 (1895).)

Discoloxia megaspilata.

Discoloxia megaspilata, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 105 (1895).

Warren describes this species from Japan. There was a

nice series from Gifu in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

from China, Japan, and Corea.

Genus HyDRELIA.

(Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 412 (1895).)

Hydrelia sylvata,

Geometra sylvata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 231,

Phalena testaceata, Donovy. Brit. Ins. xiy. pl. eecelxxxvii. fig. 1 (1810).

Hydrelia sylvata, Hiibn, Verz. Schmett. p. 322.

Asthena sylvata, Guen, Phal. i. p. 437.

Eucheca sylvata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74.

Three specimens from Oiwake and two from Yokohama in

Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan.

Hydrelia plenaria, sp. n.

Whitish grey. Primaries have a darker greyish band

beyond the middle, transversely intersected by an interrupted

line of the ground-colour, followed by a double greyish wavy

line. Secondaries have six wavy greyish lines, but those on

basal half are less distinct than those on outer half. Fringes

greyish, preceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under

surface whitish ; primaries suffused with fuscous; all the

wings have two dusky, wavy, transverse lines,

Expanse 21 millim.

‘Two male specimens from Chang-yang: June and August,

Hab. Central China.

Hydrelia phasma.

Emmelesia phasma, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p.441 (1879).

Acidalia latsaria, Oberth. Etud, d’Entom, xviii. p. 382, pl. iii. fig, 35

(1893).

Hydrelia phasma, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 412 (1895),

I took the species at Hakodate in August, and my native

collector obtained it at Gensan in August and also in the

island of Kiushiu. Eight specimens from Gifu, one from

Yokohama, and one from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

Oberthiir records the species from T'a-chien-lu.

Distribution. Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Western China;

Corea.

Hydrelia nisaria.

Acidalia nisaria, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. 2, p. 49 (1881).

A fine series in Pryer’s collection. ‘The specimens are

from Yokohama, Oiwake, and Gifu. I obtained the species

at Gensan in July and at Hakodate in August.

Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea.

78 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Hydrelia Blomert.

Melanippe Blomert, Curtis, Brit. Ent. pl. eceexvi. (1832).

Emmelesia Blomeri, Steph. Ul. Brit. Ent., Haust. iv. p. 393.

Acidalia pulchraria, Eversm. Bull. Mose. 1842, iii. p. 557.

Eucheca Blomeri, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74.

One male specimen in Pryer’s collection.

In this example the only character that shows up at all

prominently is the short brownish fascia.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan.

Hydrelia marmoraria, sp. n.

Primaries ashy grey; subbasal line black, followed by a

diffuse brownish band; beyond this there is a black line

shaded inwardly with brownish ; this is angled to the black

linear discal mark, and again towards inner margin, where it

meets an elbow of a fascia composed of three black lines;

the outermost of these lines has a bidentate projection; the

whole of the apical area is clouded with reddish brown; sub-

marginal line wavy, curved and recurved, blackish towards

inner margin and outwardly edged with black about the

middle. Secondaries brownish grey, with some dark trans-

verse lines and whitish bands, but, with the exception of the

interrupted outer white band, these are only clearly defined on

abdominal area. Fringes whitish, preceded by a series of

black spots. Under surface fuscous grey, with some of the

black lines of upper surface reproduced. Secondaries whitish,

with a blackish central line and a fuscous submarginal band ;

all the wings have a blackish discal dot.

Expanse 26 millim.

One male specimen from Chang-yang: August.

Hab. Central China.

Hydrelia luteata,

Geometra luteata, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 110.

Geometra lutearia, Hibn. Geom. fig. 103.

Asthena lutearia, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 310; Guen. Phal. i. p, 485.

Eucheca luteata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 74.

There were two specimens, probably from Yokohama, in

Pryer’s collection; these are paler than the European

examples in my collection.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Askold; Japan.

Hydrelia ochrearia, sp. n.

Pale ochreous; all the wings have indications of subbasal,

from China, Japan, and Corea. 79

central, and submarginal brownish lines, most conspicuous on

the costa ; the primaries have a brownish dot on costa between

central and submarginal lines, and the secondaries have a

brownish discal spot. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded

by a series’ of minute black dots. Under surface whitish

ochreous ; primaries suffused with fuscous brown on costal

portion of basal half; costa beyond tinged with darker

ochreous.

Expanse 27 millim.

One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong: June or Jaly.

Hab, Western China.

Hydrelia straminearia, sp. n.

Pale stramineous. Primaries with four and the secondaries

with three transverse dusky lines, the outer two in each case

wavy and double; on the primaries there is a blackish dot

at the costal extremity of the second and third lines; all the

wings have a blackish discal dot. Under surface whitish ;

primaries tinged with stramineous on the apical and outer

marginal areas, and clouded with fuscous on costal portion of

basal area; there is an angulated and sinuous fuscous central

line, and a double wavy line beyond also fuscous : secondaries

have indications of two fuscous transverse lines; discal dots

as above.

Expanse 33 millim.

One male specimen from Wa-shan: June.

Hab. Western China.

Hydrelia albidaria, sp. n.

White, with slight creamy tinge. Primaries have a black

discal dot and four dusky, wavy, transverse lines, the third

double; secondaries have three such lines, the middle one

double. Under surface white; primaries fuscous on costal

portion of basal area and traversed by three wavy fuscous

lines, the central one well defined; secondaries have two

fuscous lines ; all the wings have a black discal dot, and the

fringes are preceded by an interrupted blackish line.

Expanse 30-32 miilim.

One male specimen from Chia-kou-ho, a female from Chia-

ting-fu and one from Wa-shan: June and July.

1 have described the female from Chia-ting-fu, as the

markings are more distinct in this particular specimen than

in either of the others.

Hab. Western China.

80 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Hydrelia distinctaria, sp. n.

Whitish. Primaries traversed by five dark grey lines, the

fourth double ; costa has a broad ochreous streak, increasing

in width towards outer margin; there is a blackish-grey mark at

the base of costa and five others beyond, from the third, fourth,

and fifth of which the second, third, and fourth transverse lines

commence; the costal half of the double fourth line is clouded

with blackish grey, and there are two spots of the same colour

towards costa beyond fifth line and one on costa just before

apex ; discal spot black. Secondaries have three dark grey

transverse lines, the second double; discal dot black. Fringes

silky, preceded by blackish-grey dots towards apex of pri-

maries and about the middle of secondaries. Under surtace

whitish ; primaries have an elongate blackish patch at base

and two irregular blackish bands beyond, extending from

costa to second median nervule, whence they are continued as

lines to inner margin: secondaries have lines of upper surface

faintly reproduced.

Expanse 32 millim.

T'wo male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and one from Wa-

shan: June.

Hab. Western China.

Hydrelia recurvilineata.

Agnibesa recurvilineata, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 256 (1887).

Hydrelia recurvilineata, Wampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 415

(1895).

I received a male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in July,

and one from Chang-yang, taken in August.

Distribution. Sikhim (Hampson); Central and Western

China.

Hydrelia punctilinearia, sp. n.

Somewhat similar to 4. recurvilineata, but the orange

markings are more restricted, the transverse lines of primaries

are more clearly defined, and all the wings have a distinct

submarginal line, macular or interrupted. ‘he three lines on

secondaries are finer, wider apart, and the two outer ones are

dotted with black on the nervules.

Expanse 32-34 millim.

One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa, taken in June, and

one from Kia-ting-fu, taken in July.

Hab. Western China.

from China, Japan, and Corea, 81

Hydrelia pictaria.

Somatina (?) pictaria, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 645.

Agnibesa pictaria, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 256 (1887).

Hydrelia pictaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii, p. 415 (1895),

I received two male specimens from Ta-chien-lu and a

female from Wa-shan, all taken in July.

Distribution. Sikhim (f/ampson) ; Western China.

Hydrelia electaria, sp. n.

Pale straw-yellow, traversed by obscure irregular lines.

Basal area and costal portion of median third of primaries

purplish, tinged with greyish; the basal area limited by a

blackish curved line, edged with ferruginous, encloses an

irregular patch of the ground-colour, and is traversed by an

angulated blackish line; the costa beyond the limits of the

basal patch is of the ground-colour, partially suffused with

purplish ; outer third ferruginous, merging into yellowish on

apical area and towards inner margin, is limited by a lunu-

lated blackish line and traversed by an obscure purplish-grey

band ; submarginal line represented by some blackish lunules,

preceded by yellowish dots towards costa; a conspicuous black

spot between the second and third median nervules and a

smaller one in the space below. Secondaries have the abdo-

minal margin tinged with ferruginous; outer third, which is

of the ground-colour, merging into ferruginous towards the

lunulated blackish limiting line, encloses a transverse series

of greyish-ringed spots of the ground-colour, and is traversed

by a tapered purplish-grey band; discal dot black. Fringes

of the ground-colour with a brownish line at their base.

Under surface pale whity brown: primaries have some fuscous

marks on basal area and a conspicuous patch of the same

colour on costal portion of median third; beyond there is a

diffuse, fuscous, transverse band, followed by a blackish spot

near apex, and a larger one between second and third median

nervules: secondaries have a black discal dot, a fuscous

transverse line, and a fuscous band, the latter traversed by a

diffuse line of the ground-colour.

Expanse 35 millim. :

One female specimen from Moupin: July.

Hab. Western China.

Hydrelia obliterata.

Geometra obliterata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 608 (1767),

Geometra hepararia, Hiibn. Geom, pl. xi. fig. 58.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xx. 6

82 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Eucheca hepararia, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. i. p. 298.

Eupisteria hepararia, Boisd. Ind. p. 192.

Eucheca obliterata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 74.

There was a male specimen from Fujisan in Pryer’s

collection.

Distribution. Europe ; Japan.

Hydrelia angularia, sp. n.

Outer margin of all the wings angulated about middle.

Pale brown, suffused with darker brown on primaries, espe-

cially towards base. Primaries have a purplish-brown curved

and recurved line on outer marginal area, the portions of the

outer margin below apex and above outer angle limited by

this line are whitish brown. Secondaries have a fuscous

transverse line, followed by a dusky shade before the middle

and a brownish diffuse line beyond—the latter is followed by

a series of blackish dots on the nervules; submarginal line

purplish brown, very near to margin, and continued only

from abdominal margin to third median nervule; all the

wings have a black discal dot. Fringes pale brown, preceded

by a blackish line, which is dentate on primaries and sharply

so towards middle of secondaries. Under surface whitish,

with blackish discal dots: primaries have a diffuse dusky

subbasal band, a dusky band before the middle not extending

to inner margin, and an angulated series of blackish dots on

the nervules: secondaries have two interrupted dusky lines.

Expanse 34 millim.

Nine specimens from Gifu in Pryer’s collection and one

taken by myself at Nagasaki in May.

Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.

Genus VENUSIA.

(Curtis, Brit. Ent. vi. pl. declix (1839).)

Venusia cambrica.

Venusta cambrica, Curtis, Brit. Ent. pl. cceexvi.; Meyrick, Trans, Ent.

Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 75.

Venusia cambricaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 440,

One female specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Europe ; Japan.

Venusia tchraria.

Venusia tchraria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 29, pl. iii. fig. 32

(1893). .

From China, Japan, and Corea. 83

Four male specimens were received from Pu-tsu-fong and

one from Chow-pin-sa: June.

Oberthiir’s types were from Ta-chien-lu.

Hab. Western China.

Venusia kioudjrouaria.

Venusia kioudjrouaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom, xviii. p. 31, pl. iii.

fig. 46 (1893).

Oberthiir describes this species from Ta-chien-lu. [ have

four female specimens taken in the province of How-Kow in

July.

Hab. Western China and Thibet.

Venusia laria.

Venusia lara, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xviii. p. 30, pl. iii. fig. 34

(1893).

_Oberthiir’s types were from Ta-chien-lu. My collectors

did not meet with the species.

Hab, Western China.

Venusia undularia, sp. n.

Primaries grey ; basal area with four serrated brownish-

grey transverse lines; beyond the blackish discal spot there

are two undulated, serrated, brownish-grey lines, enclosing a

band of the same colour; the nervules passing through this

band are marked with black, and there is a black bar on the

band above the third median branch ; submarginal line agrees

with the others in colour and contour, but increases in width

towards the costa; between the last line and the outer margin

there is an indistinct dusky line. Secondaries whitish ; the

discal dot is placed on or near a dark grey transverse shade,

and there are four or five dark grey crenulated lines beyond.

Fringes whitish grey, preceded by a series of blackish dots.

Under surface of primaries fuscous, with the transverse lines

beyond the discal spot faintly shown; of secondaries as above.

Expanse, g 30, 2 33 millim.

One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong, Western

China: June.

This species is allied to V. daria, Oberth.

Genus ASTHENA.

(Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 417 (1895).)

Asthena candidata.

Geometra candidata, Schiff. S. V. p. 110; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 101.

Asthena candidata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. pact p: 74.

84 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

I received seven specimens, including both sexes, from

Chang-yang, taken in July, and I took the species at Ningpo

in April and at Gensan in June. My native collector obtained

it at Hakodate also in June.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea;

Central and North-east China.

Asthena corculina.

Asthena corculina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 400 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. fig. 8 (1879).

Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

I took the species at Nagasaki in May.

Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.

Asthena ochrifasciaria, sp. n.

White, with ochreous transverse markings. Median band

of primaries broad, bifurcate towards costa, its outer edge

sinuous and its termination on inner margin clouded with

blackish ; this is preceded by three more or less curved

narrow bands; outer marginal area traversed by a wavy

double line; discal spot black. Secondaries with three ill-

defined wavy bands. Fringes silky white. Under surface

white ; basal two thirds of primaries suffused with ochreous

tinged with fuscous, limited by a darker sinuous line; outer

marginal area traversed by two interrupted bands, which are

intersected by the ochreous nervules: secondaries have four

ill-defined bands ; all the wings have a blackish discal dot.

Expanse 24 millim.

Six specimens, including both sexes, from Oiwake and

Yokohama, in Pryev’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Asthena albostrigaria.

Cidaria albostrigaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 85, pl. vii. fig. 13; Alph.

Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 79 (1892).

Cabera eliella, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 403 (1878); TL.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 45, pl. li. fig. 9 (1879).

Hydriomena albostrigaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 73.

Specimens in Pryer’s collection from Nikko, Oiwake, and

Yesso.

I took the species at Gensan in July, and my native

collector at Hakodate in June and July. It appears to be

common in Western China. Alphéraky records it from the

province of Kan-sou, taken in July.

Distribution. Hi. Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea ;

Western China.

Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 85

Asthena plurilinearia.

Somatina plurilinearia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1867, p. 645.

Acidalia unistirpis, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxxvii. fig. 7

(1878) ; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54 (1892).

Camptogramma unistirpis, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. v. p. 54 (1880).

Asthena plurilinearia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 417,

fig. 194 (1895).

Hydriomena plurilinearia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1892, p. 73.

There was a nice series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

I obtained specimens at Gensan in July and at Hakodate in

August.

My collectors met with the species in all the localities in

Western China that they visited, and also at Chang-yang :

June and July. Alphéraky records it from the province of

Szechuen, taken in August.

In some of the specimens from Wa-shan and Che-tou the

white markings are very narrow, and there is an entire

absence of dark lines or patches.

Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim; Khésis (Hamp-

son); Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Askold; Central and

Western China.

Asthena conditaria, sp. n.

Primaries pale brown, with darker transverse lines ; basal

area limited by a broad whitish band, which is elbowed below

costa; between the central and outer marginal areas there is

a broad whitish band, interrupted above the middle; a series

of submarginal white dots placed on the nervules, discal spot

black. Secondaries whitish, with traces of three waved

transverse lines, most distinct on abdominal area. Fringes

pale brown, chequered with darker. Under surface sordid

white; basal two thirds of primaries suffused with fuscous ;

there is a pale brownish cloud before apex: secondaries have

the markings more pronounced.

Hight specimens from Ta-chien-lu: May and June.

Expanse 38 millim.

Hab. Western China.

Asthena (?) octomacularia, sp. n.

Silky white. Primaries have an irregular and diffuse

ochreous band beyond the middle, the inner edge limited by

an interrupted blackish line, which forms an 8-like mark

about the middle. Secondaries have the basal two thirds

ochreous, transversely interrupted by an ill-defined band of

the ground-colour; on the outer marginal area there is a

86 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

narrow ochreous wavy band and indications of a submarginal

line; discal dot blackish. Fringes silky white, preceded by

three blackish dots towards apex. Under surface silky white :

primaries have three dusky lines, each angled below the

middle: secondaries have a minute discal dot and a dusky

central shade.

Expanse 26 millim.

A male specimen from Chang-yang, August.

Hab. Central China.

Genus ESCHATARCHIA.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 395 (1894).)

Eschatarchia lineata.

Eschatarchia lineata, Warren, /. c.

I have been unable to see the type of this species, which

Warren describes from Japan.

Genus MINOA.

(Treit. Schm. vi. 2, p. 248; Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv.

p. 1048 (1862).)

Minoa murinata.

Phalena murinata, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 229 (1763).

Minoa euphorbiata, Treit. Schmett. v1. 2, p. 249 (1828).

Asthena murinata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1892, p. 74.

One male specimen of the var. cyparissarta, Mann, from

Oiwake, in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Europe ; Japan.

Genus ZOLA.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 893 (1894).)

Zola terranea.

Ozola terranea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 441 (1879).

Zola terranea, Warren, Noyit. Zool. i. p. 893 (1894).

A fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Genus PSEUDOSTEGANIA.

(Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p, 416.)

Pseudostegania chrysidia.

Pseudostegania chrysidia, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 417.

I took two specimens at Gensan in July, and Mr. Smith

from China, Japan, and Corea. 87

one at Hakone in August. There was one example in

Pryer’s collection, and I have received one from Mr. Manley,

of Yokohama.

Butler’s type was from Tokio.

Hab. Japan and Corea.

Genus HASTINA.

(Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 260 (1888).)

Hastina azela.

Erosia azela, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 403 (1878); Il.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 42, pl. li. fig. 6 (1879).

A nice series from Ohoyama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collec-

tion. I also received eight specimens from Mr. Manley, of

Yokohama.

Hab, Japan.

Genus STAMNODES.

(Guen. Phal. ii, p. 515 (1857).)

Stamnodes depeculata.

Cidaria depeculata, Led. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xiii. pp. 40, 50, pl. ii.

fig. 6, ¢ (1870).

Hydriomena depeculata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 72.

Stamnodes depeculata, Led., var. thibetaria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xi.

p. 35, pl. vi. fig. 44 (1886).

Occurs in most of the localities in Western China visited

by my collectors.

Distribution. Armenia; Western China.

Genus CAMBOGIA.

(Guen. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 419 (1895).)

Cambogia pulchella.

Hyria pulchella, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. viii. p. 124, pl. cliii.

fie, 22 (1891).

Cambogia pulchella, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 420 (1895).

One female specimen in Pryer’s collection, probably from

Yokohama. du ee

Distribution. Sikhim; Khéasis; Nilgiris (Hampson) ;

Japan.

Cambogia pictaria.

Emmelesia pictaria, Moore, Lep. Atk. p. 267 (1887).

Cambogia pictaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 420 (1895),

88 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

One female specimen, taken by my native collector at

Gensan in July.

Distribution. Sikhim ; Khédsis; Ceylon (Hampson) ;

Corea. :

Cambogia phenicosoma.

Chrysocraspeda pheenicosoma, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi.

p. 204 (1895).

Cambogia pheenicosoma, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iv. p. 561

(1896).

There were twelve specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s

collection.

The type was from Cherra Punji. In the Japanese

examples the band of primaries is paler than in typical

examples.

IMNstribution. Cherra Punji; Japan.

Cambogia conspicuaria, sp. n.

Primaries pale purplish-brown, costa and marginal area

pale stramineous; from the stramineous discal mark a

brownish line proceeds to inner margin, and beyond this

there are two leaden transverse wavy lines; the purplish

portion of the wing is limited by a brownish bidentate line ;

submarginal line dusky. Secondaries pale purplish brown,

suffused with ochreous on basal two thirds; pale stramineous

beyond and at extreme base; there is a stramineous patch

with a bifurcate black mark cn it near the centre of the wing,

and the purplish portion is traversed by two brownish lines

and a pale one; submarginal line dusky. Fringes whitish,

preceded by some brownish dots on the upper portion of the

outer margin of each wing. Under surface fuscous grey,

marginal areas whitish ; limits of fuscous portion as above ;

the primaries have a pale discal mark centred with black, and

the secondaries have a bifurcate black discal mark.

Expanse 28 millim.

One female specimen from Omei-shan, July.

Hab. Western China.

Genus BApTRIA.

(Hiibn. ; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 80.)

Baptria brephos.

Odezia brephos, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. ix. p. 22, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1884).

Occurred in all localities in Western China visited by my

collectors, and also at How-Kow and Chang-yang: June and

-July.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 89

The How-Kow specimens, two in number, are rather

paler than any of the others in the series ; the white band on

primaries is narrower and is traceable to inner margin.

Distribution. Central and Western China; Thibet.

Baptria nigrilinearia, sp. n.

Primaries greyish brown, traversed by three blackish lines,

the first not well defined, the second interrupted below the

middle, the third angulated below costa and lobed at the

middle, thence wavy to inner margin; the internal edge of

the third line is broadly bordered with blackish, and the

external edge bordered with whitish from costa to the lobe,

and thence with greyish brown to inner margin; the area

beyond is blackish, traversed by a wavy pale submarginal

line, which unites with the third lineat the lobe. Secondaries

reddish orange, with three transverse black lines, all of which

are interrupted towards costa; submarginal line indicated by

a black spot on costa, and another, linear in shape, on abdo-

minal margin ; outer margin bordered with black. Fringes

chequered whitish and blackish. Under surface pale reddish

orange: primaries have the apex and outer margin black,

separated on the costal area from a black transverse elbowed

fascia by a short white band; on the basal half there are

indications of two black transverse lines: secondaries have

indications of two black lines on basal area, and beyond there

is a black angulated fascia; the outer margin is black and

between it and the fascia there is a short black bar from

abdominal margin.

Expanse 32 millim.

Two male specimens and one female from Omei-shan,

Western China: July.

Allied to B. brephos, Oberth.

Baptria discothyrata.

Erateina (?) discothyrata, Pouj, Aun. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 315, pl. vii.

fig. 21.

Poujade records one male specimen from Moupin. My

collectors did not meet with this species.

Hab. Western China.

Genus INuROIS.

(Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 445 (1879).)

Inurois tenuis.

Znurois tenuis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 445 (1879).

There was a series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

90 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

TInurotis membranaria.

Antsopteryx membranaria, Christ. Bull. Mose. lv. 2, p. 73 (1881).

Erannis membranaria, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 81.

Of this species there was a series from Yokohama in Pryer’s

collection. It is no. 509 of his catalogue. The male is

larger in size and paler in colour than the same sex of

I. tenwis, and the discal spot on all the wings is more con-

spicuous.

Distribution. Amur; Japan.

Genus ANISOPTERYX.

(Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 151 (1829).)

| Anisopteryx primigena.

eee primigena, Staud., Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892,

. 80.

Adaptors primigena, Staud. Deutsche entom. Zeitschr., Lep. vii.

p. 291 (1894).

Anisopteryx japonensis, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 374 (1894).

Two male specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Meyrick, who erected the genus Phthorarcha for the species,

finds that primigena differs from the species included in

Anisopteryx, Steph. (Hrannis, Hiibn., Meyrick), in being

destitute of the middle pair of spurs on hind tibia and in

vein 5 of secondaries being wholly absent. In both my

specimens the fifth vein of secondaries is distinctly in evidence,

but the middle spurs are not present on hind tibie.

Mistribution. Samarkand; Japan.

Subfamily Aorpazir 2.

Genus ACIDALIA.

(Treit. Eur. Schmett. v. 2, p. 438 (1825).)

Section I, (CRAsPpEDIA, Hampson).

Acidalia ornata.

Phalena ornata, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 219 (1763).

Leptomeris ornata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89.

Craspedia ornata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 426 (1895),

Six specimens in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan.

The blotches on outer area of the wings are less distinct in

Japanese than in European specimens.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 91

Acidalia propinquaria, sp. n.

White, dusted with brownish. All the wings have a

blackish discal dot and a brown central line; outer marginal

area brownish, limited by a wavy blackish line and trans-

versely intersected by a wavy line of the ground-colour; this

line is rather diffuse above the middle and towards outer

angle. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by a blackish

lunulated line. Under surface white, suffused with fuscous

on primaries, discal dot and outer line as above.

Expanse 25 millim.

Occurs at Moupin, Omei-shan, and in the province of Kwei-

chow ; also at Ichang and Chang-yang: June and July.

I took a female specimen at Gensan in July, and my native

collector four males at Ningpo in the same month.

There is an unnamed example of the species from Hong-

Kong in the National Collection at South Kensington.

Hab. Western, Central, and North-eastern China; Corea.

Acidalia satsumaria, sp. n.

White. Primaries have a faint fuscous band before the

middle, marked with blackish on the inner margin, and a

blackish angulated line beyond the middle; the latter be-

comes fuscous towards costa and is partly bordered outwardly

with pale ochreous brown and blackish. Secondaries have a

fuscous line beyond the middle, merging into black on abdo-

minal margin, and dusky central shade ; all the wings have a

black discal dot. Fringes pale greyish white, with some

fuscous dots at their base on primaries and towards outer

angle of secondaries. Under surface whitish, with the

markings of upper surface faintly reproduced.

Expanse 22 millim.

Two male specimens and one female taken by myself in

Satsuma, May 1886.

Hab. Kiushiu.

Superficially resembles A. trigeminata, Haw.

Acidalia acutaria, sp. n.

Outer margin of secondaries distinctly angled about the

middle.

Whity brown. Primaries have three transverse brownish

lines : the first is not clearly defined, but has three black dots

upon it; the second is oblique, indented towards the costa

and again towards the inner margin; the third has a black

mark upon it at inner margin and is dotted with black thence

92 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

to costa, where it is angled; submarginal line indistinct.

Secondaries have two transverse lines, the outer one dotted with

black ; submarginal line indistinct; all the wings have a

black discal dot. Fringes’ slightly darker than the ground-

colour, preceded by black dots at the extremities of the

nervules. Under surface: primaries irrorated with fuscous

on basal half; second and third transverse lines distinct, the

third dotted with black, but without black mark upon it:

secondaries have the outer line as above, but the inner one is

indistinct ; discal spots as above.

Expanse 36-38 millim. ;

Four male specimens from Chang-yang and one example

from each of the following localities :—Ichang, Kwei-chow,

and Omei-shan: June.

Hab. Central and Western China.

Acidalia bimacularia, sp. n.

Whity brown. Primaries are traversed by five dusky

wavy lines; the third of these passes through two dark brown

marks, one on the inner margin and the other above third

median nervule; the fourth and fifth lines are diffuse.

Secondaries are traversed by a dusky diffuse central line; a -

wavy outer line and two dusky dentate bands beyond. All

the wings have a brownish discal dot, that of secondaries

placed on the central line. Fringes rather darker than the

ground-colour, and preceded by a series of black dots con-

nected by a fine dusky line. Under surface: primaries

suffused with dusky ; beyond the discal spot, which is linear,

there is a faint blackish line and indented band: secondaries

whitish, with a black discal dot and a blackish and wavy

submarginal line.

Expanse 36 millim.

One example of each sex from Chow-pin-sa and a pair

from Pu-tsu-fong: June.

Hab. Western China.

This species is closely allied to C. Walkerz, Butl.

Acidalia Walkert.

Idea Walkeri, Buti. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 170.

Idea extimaria, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 455, pl. cciv. fig. 5 (1887).

Craspedia Walkeri, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p, 427

(1895).

I have specimens from Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan,

Chang-yang, and Ichang: taken in June and July.

Distribution. Nilgiris; Ceylon; Khdsis; Shan States

(Hampson) ; Central and Western China.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 93

Acidalia rivularia, sp. n.

Pale brown, finely irrorated with blackish. Primaries

have three wavy dark transverse lines, the second diffuse

and the third blackish, outwardly bordered with fuscous ;

discal spot annular, fuscous. Secondaries have two dark

wavy transverse lines, the first diffuse and angled about the

middle, the second blackish and bordered as on primaries ;

discal spot black. Fringes rather darker than the ground-

colour and preceded by a series of black dots. Under surface

paler than above ; first line of primaries absent, but the other

transverse lines are present, although not so well defined

except as regards the outer blackish line on all the wings;

discal spots black.

Expanse 40-42 millim.

Several specimens from Chang-yang and Moupin: July.

Hab. Central and Western China.

Acidalia proximaria, sp. n.

Pale whity brown. Primaries traversed by three darker

lines, the first curved, the second wavy, the third elbowed

below costa and edged inwardly with blackish above middle

and towards inner margin, the area beyond third line suffused

with greyish brown. Secondaries have two wavy transverse

lines, the area beyond the second line greyish brown; all the

wings have a discal dot, that on secondaries blackish.

Fringes of the ground-colour, preceded by a blackish line.

Under surface whitish ; all the wings have two wavy dusky

lines ; basal area of primaries suffused with dusky.

Expanse 28 millim.

Three male specimens from Ichang, June and July.

Hab. Central China.

Somewhat similar to A. bimacularia, but much smaller;

the outer margin of secondaries is hardly angled, and there is

a central line on under surface of primaries.

Acidalia strigilaria.

Geometra strigilaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 109.

“wae striguata, Dup. Lép. viii. pl. clxxvii. fig. 1; Guen. Phal. i.

p- . ;

Leptomeris strigilaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p, 89.

Acidalia strigiaria, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54 (1892).

A common species in Japan; I captured it in various

places from April to August. There were specimens from

Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. Occurs at Ningpo, Gensan,

the island of Kiushiu, and at most of the places in China

94 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

visited by my collectors. Alphéraky records two specimens

from the province of Kan-sou, taken in July.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Kiushiu; Corea;

Central, Western, and Northern China.

Acidalia modicaria, sp. n.

Somewhat similar to A. strégtlaria, Hiibn., but the oblique

line of primaries terminates on the inner margin beyond the

middle, and the outer marginal area of all the wings is dusky

and is traversed by a conspicuous pale wavy line. The

outer margins of secondaries are less angled.

Expanse 32 millim.

I took a male specimen at Foochau in April and have

received one example of each sex from Omei-shan, taken in

July, and a male from Kwei-chow, taken in August.

Hab. Eastern and Western China.

Acidalia falsaria, sp. n.

Whitish, powdered with greyish. Primaries have an

indistinct discal dot and three transverse greyish-brown bands ;

the first is narrow, subbasal, and does not extend to costa, the

second is angulated below costa, and the third is preceded by a

darker wavy line and followed by a whitish one. Secondaries

marked similar to the primaries, but the black discal dot is on

the first band, which appears to be a continuation of the

second of primaries. Fringes greyish, preceded by a blackish

line. Under surface whitish, tinged with dusky on primaries ;

all the wings have a dusky submarginal line and obscure

discal dot.

Expanse 32 millim.

I have specimens of this species from 'Ta-chien-lu, Chia-

ting-fu, Pu-tsu-fong, and Chow-pin-sa: they were taken in

June and July.

Hab. Western China.

Allied to A. strigilaria, Hiibn.

Acidalia remotata.

Acidalia remotata, Guen. Phal. i. p. 458 (1857).

Acidalia attentata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 754 (1861).

Acidalia absconditaria, Walk. op. cit. xxiii. p. 757 (1861); Butl. Il.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 12 (1879).

Craspedia remotata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 483

(1895).

This species occurred throughout the region here dealt with

from April to September.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 95

There is considerable variation in expanse, colour, and

markings; the various forms are ected by intergrades.

Distribution. Formosa; throughout India, Ceylon, and

Burma; Andamans; Borneo (//ampson); China; Japan ;

Corea.

Acidalia fumata.

Acidalia fumata, Steph. Il. Brit. Ent., Haust. iii. p. 312 (1835).

Leptomeris fumata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89.

One female specimen in Pryer’s collection appears to be

referable to this species.

Greser (Berl. ent. Zeit. 1888, p. 389) records the species

from Amurland.

Distribution. Europe ; Amur; Japan.

Acidalia remutaria.

Geometra remutaria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 98.

Leptomeris remutaria, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p, 89.

One female specimen in Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Europe ; Amur ; Japan.

Acidalia arenaria, sp. n.

Pale sandy brown, sparingly dusted with fuscous. Pri-

maries have three transverse lines similar to those of A. remu-

taria, but they are less wavy and the first is placed midway

between the base of the wing and the second line. Second-

aries have two transverse lines. Fringes silky, preceded by

a thin dusky line, upon which there is a black spot (some-

times two spots) just below apex. Under surface similar to

that of A. remutaria, but the markings, especially on the

secondaries, are less distinct.

Expanse 21-28 millim.

I took this species at Ningpo in April and at Nagasaki in

May ; my native collector obtained it at Gensan in July and

also in the island of Kiushiu.

Several specimens received from Chang-yang, June.

Allied to A. remutaria, but the outer margin of primaries

is rounder.

Distribution. Central and Northern China; Kiushiu;

Corea. ;

Acidalia Beckeraria.

Acidalia Beckeraria, Led. Gen. p. 94 (1853); Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi.

p- 54 (1892).

Alphéraky records a male specimen from Yan-mine-Guagne,

in the province of Chan-Si, captured in June.

Distribution, Western and Central Asia; Western China.

96 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Acidalia nemoraria.

Acidalia nemoraria, Hiibn., var.?; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54

(1892).

Alphéraky records a male specimen from Ou-pin in the

province of Kan-sou: July. He states that the wings are

very white, and that the ochreous bands are more distinct,

especially on the secondaries, than in the European type.

Distribution. Central and Eastern Europe; Amur;

Western China.

Acidalia nivearia, sp. n.

Male.—White. Primaries have three oblique pale ochreous

transverse lines; the first of these is not well defined, but

the second and third are parallel and near together; the costa

of primaries and outer marginal area of all the wings sparingly

sprinkled with minute black specks (only discernible under a

lens). Secondaries have two almost parallel pale ochreous

transverse lines and a black discal dot. Under surface white :

primaries suffused with fuscous on costal portion of basal half ;

parallel transverse lines pale brown: secondaries have a pale

brown transverse line beyond the middle and a minute black

discal dot.

Female.—White, with minute black specks on costa of

primaries and outer marginal area of all the wings as in the

male; the wings appear to be without transverse markings.

Expanse, g 22, 9 18 millim.

One example of each sex in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Acidalia strigaria.

Geometra strigaria, Hibn. Geom. pl. xvii. fig. 95.

Acidalia strigaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 497.

Leptomeris strigaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89.

There were some specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collec-

tion, and I took a nice series at Gensan in June and July.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan.

Acidalia majoraria, sp. n.

Male.— Allied to A. umbelaria, Hiibn. Whitish, powdered

with fuscous scales. Primaries have four pale brown trans-

verse lines, the first of which is elbowed below costa, the

second is oblique, the third and fourth (which are near to-

gether) are oblique and slightly wavy. Secondaries have

three transverse lines, which appear to be continuations of

the second, third, and fourth of primaries. ['ringes whitish,

from China, Japan, and Corea, 97

silky and rather long. Under surface whitish: primaries

heavily powdered with fuscous except on inner margin; costa

tinged with ochreous; second, third, and fourth transverse

lines indicated: secondaries sparingly powdered with fuscous,

transverse lines hardly indicated; discal dot sometimes

present, but never clearly defined.

Female.—Transverse lines rather broader and more distinct,

otherwise agreeing with the male.

Expanse 40-42 millim.

Seven male specimens and two females from Oiwake in

Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan.

Acidalia umbelaria.

Geometra umbelaria, Hiibn. Geom. figs. 437, 438.

‘apa umbelaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 310; Meyrick, Trans.

nt. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 89.

Acidalia umbelaria, Guen, Phal. i. p. 502; Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi.

p. 54 (1892),

Five male specimens from Ta-chien-lu and two females

from Moupin, taken in June. Alphéraky records two speci-

mens from Yan-mine-Guagne in the province of Chan-Si,

taken in June.

Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Western China.

Acidalia sedataria, sp. n.

Male.— White. Primaries have three brownish-grey oblique

transverse lines, one before and two beyond the middle.

Secondaries also have three transverse lines, the first and

second appearing to be continuations of the second and third

of primaries. Under surface white: primaries suffused and

dusted with fuscous on basal two thirds, and with two parallel

fuscous transverse lines beyond the middle: secondaries have

one fuscous transverse line beyond the middle ; all the wings

have a minute black discal dot.

Female.—Powdered and slightly suffused with brownish

grey, and the transverse lines are diffuse.

Expanse, d 32, 2 28 millim.

Allied to A. umbelaria.

Five male specimens and one female from Ta-chien-lu, one

male from Chia-ting-fu aud one from Pu-tsu-fong: June.

Hab. Western China.

Acidalia pudicaria.

Cabera pudicaria, Motsch. Bull. Mosc. 1860, p. 36.

There was a series from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. (4

98 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

collection. I obtained the species at Gensan in July, and my

native collector took specimens at Hakodate in the same

month.

I have received examplés from Chang-yang and Chia-kou-

ho.

Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central and

Western China.

Acidalia superior.

Asthena superior, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. lL. fig. 9 (1879).

A series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

[captured specimens at Ningpo in April, at Tsuruga and

Gensan in July. My native collector took the species at

Ningpo in June and also in the isle of Kiushiu. I have

received specimens from Chang-yang, Ichang, and Omei-

shan, where they were taken in June and August.

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central, Western,

and Northern China.

Acidalia nupta.

Asthena nupta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 401 (1878); Il.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. fig. 6 (1879).

There were some specimens in Pryer’s collection. I

obtained the species at Fusan in June, and my native collector

met with it in the island of Kiushiu.

Distribution. Japan, Kiushiu, and Corea.

Acidalia pulveraria, sp. n.

White, powdered with greyish. Primaries have an oblique

dusky diffuse line just beyond the middle and a more distinct

dusky waved line parallel with the outer margin; the space

between these lines is less powdered with greyish than the

rest of the wing; submarginal line white and wavy. Second-

aries with markings as on primaries. Tringes greyish, pre-

ceded by an interrupted blackish line. Under surface

whitish: primaries suffused with fuscous, except on inner

and outer margin, dusky lines as above: secondaries have a

black discal dot and an obscure dusky transverse line beyond

the middle.

Expanse 22-30 millim.

One example of each sex from the island of Kiushiu, taken

in June, and I took seven specimens in Satsuma in May.

There were two males in Pryer’s collection.

Hab. Japan and Kiushiu.

Allied to A. (Idea) peralba, Swinh.

from China, Japan, and Corea, 99

Acidalia marcidaria, sp. n.

Whitish. Primaries suffused with pale ochreous brown on

basal half; beyond the middle there is a wavy transverse

line limiting the outer marginal area, which is ochreous

brown, traversed by an interrupted band of the ground-colour.

Secondaries have subbasal and median ochreous-brown bands ;

outer marginal area as on primaries. All the wings have a

‘black discal dot. Fringes rather paler than the markings,

preceded by wavy whitish line. Under surface whitish:

primaries freckled and suffused with fuscous on basal and

outer marginal areas; there is a dusky, wavy, transverse line

beyond the middle, which is continued on the secondaries.

Expanse 28-33 millim.

Five male specimens and one female from Wa-shan, three

males from Chia-ting-fu and one from Ta-chien-lu: June

and July.

Hab. Western China.

In some examples the basal area of primaries is limited by

a darker line and in others the wing is not suffused within

this line.

Acidalia lutearia, sp. n.

Pale ochreous, finely powdered with fuscous. Primaries

have a subbasal and two median wavy dusky lines, the space

between the latter not powdered with fuscous; submarginal

band wavy, of the ground-colour, free from fuscous powdering.

Secondaries with lines and bands similar to those of primaries.

Fringes of the ground-colour, with some black dots at their

base towards apex of primaries. Under surface whitish:

primaries have the outer third fuscous grey, limited by a

serrated darker line, and traversed by a wavy pale band;

there is a central transverse fuscous-grey shade, enclosing the

pale-ringed black discal dot: secondaries have an obscure

transverse subbasal band, a dark wavy central line, and an

ill-defined dusky submarginal band; fringes of all the wings

pale brown, preceded by a series of black dots.

Expanse 34 millim.

Eight male specimens and one female from Ichang and

Chang-yang: June.

Hab. Central China.

Acidalia confusa.

Asthena confusa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 400 (1878); Il.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 39, pl. 1. tig. 7 (1879).

I took this species at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May;

100 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

my native collector obtained it at Gensan in July, and also at

Nikko and in the island of Kiushiu. ‘There was a specimen

from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection, and I have received one

from Mr. Manley taken at Yokohama. The latter locality is

also given for the species by Pryer in his ‘ Catalogue.’

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea.

Acidalia plumbearia.

Acidalia plumbearia, Leech, Entom., Suppl. p. 55 (May 1891).

I took a male specimen in Satsuma in May and a female

specimen at Nagasaki in June.

Hab. Kiushiu.

Acidalia mendicaria, sp. n.

Leaden grey. Primaries have three more or less wavy

darker transverse lines; submarginal line paler; all the

wings have a dusky discal mark. Fringes rather paler than

the ground-colour. Under surface paler than above, the only

making is an indistinct dusky submarginal line on each wing.

Antenne fasciculate, vertex of head conspicuously white.

expanse 33 millim.

One male and two female specimens from Chang-yang and

one male from Moupin: July.

Hab. Central and Western China.

Allied to A. plumbearia and also to A. (C.) mecysma, Swinh.

Acidalia centrofasciaria, sp. 0.

Pale ochreous brown. Primaries have two transverse lines

and a median band ; the inner line dusky, angulated below

the middle; outer line wavy, pale ferruginous.; the median

band is diffuse and purplish brown in colour, this band and

also outer line are continued on the secondaries; all the wings

have a blackish discal spot, obscured by the band on second-

aries. Under surface paler than above, with all markings

faintly reproduced, and the costal portion of basal area of

primaries tinged with purplish grey.

Expanse 32 millim.

One female specimen from Chang-yang, June.

Hab. Central China.

Acidalia farinaria, sp. n.

Whitish, irrorated with greyish brown. Primaries have

three and the secondaries two wavy, dusky, transverse lines ;

all the wings have an indistinct discal dot and whitish sub-

from China, Japan, and Corea. 101

marginal line. Fringes whitish, preceded by a series of

small blackish lunules. Under surface whitish: the primaries

are suffused with greyish brown and are traversed by two

dusky wavy lines beyond the discal mark: the secondaries

also have two transverse lines, but the inner one is not well

defined,

Expanse 32 millim.

One female specimen from Chia-ting-fu, July.

Hab. Western China.

Acidalia gnophosaria, sp. n.

Primaries pale ochreous brown, traversed by three wavy

fuscous lines, each expanding into a blotch on costa; the

marginal area beyond the third line is leaden grey, traversed

by an undulated pale band. Secondaries leaden grey, heavily

powdered with fuscous and traversed by two dusky lines;

outer marginal area as on primaries. All the wings have a

black discal dot. Fringes pale ochreous brown, preceded by

a black Junulated line. Abdomen fuscous, ringed with pale

brown. Under surface leaden grey ; fringes pale brown.

Expanse 36 millim.

One male specimen from How-Kow, Thibet: July.

Allied to A. marginepunctaria from Europe.

Acidalia hanna.

Acidalia hanna, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 401 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 11 (1879).

There were specimens in Pryer’s collection. I obtained

two examples at Fusan in June.

Hab. Japan and Corea.

Acidalia impersonata.

Acidalia impersonata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 758 (1861).

There were some specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s

collection. I took the species in Satsuma and at Nagasaki

in May and at Gensan in July, and I have received specimens

taken in August at Ichang. “China” is the locality given

by Walker for the type. .

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central and Northern

China.

Acidalia infuscaria, sp. n.

Male.—Dusky brown. Primaries have four darker trans-

verse wavy lines, the third and fourth outwardly bordered

with paler. Secondaries have transverse lines as on pri-

102 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

maries. Under surface similar to above, but suffused with

fuscous.

Expanse 24 millim.

Female.—Pale ochreous brown, transverse lines indistinct.

Allied to A. rubiginata, Hufn.

Several specimens in Pryer’s collection, some of which are

from Yesso; my collector obtained one female at Ningpo in

July. J received one male from Chang-yang, taken in June.

One of the Japanese examples is almost unicolorous dark

brown, with a slight purple tinge.

Distribution. Japan ; Yesso; North and Central China.

Acidalia obfuscaria, sp. n.

Fuliginous brown on both surfaces, with rather lighter

fringes ; all the wings have faint traces of darker transverse

lines beyond the middle. Body agrees with the wings in

colour, but the tip of the abdomen is lighter.

Expanse 24 millim.

_ Two male specimens taken by my native collector at Ningpo

in June.

Hab. Novth-eastern China.

Acidalia tectaria, sp. n.

Pale ochreous. Primaries have three and the secondaries

two slightly darker irregular transverse lines. Fringes silky.

Under surface : primaries pale ochreous, with lines of upper

surface indicated : secondaries paler, with two obscure trans-

verse lines.

Expanse 24-28 millim.

Ten specimens, mostly males, from Chang-yang: June, I

obtained two examples at Gensan in July.

Distribution. Central China; Corea.

Acidalia cineraria, sp. n.

Ashy grey, powdered with dak grey. Primaries have

three transverse dark grey bands; the first is narrow and

indented before reaching inner margin, the second is waved

and broad below the blackish discal spet, the third is broad,

wavy, and limited inwardly by a blackish line. Secondaries

have a dark grey band before the blackish discal spot, and

another, preceded by a blackish line, beyond; the first is

angled about the middle and the second is dentate on its outer

edge. Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by an inter-

rupted black line. Under surface whitish grey, suffused with

darker grey on basal and outer marginal areas.

Expanse 24-26 millim.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 103

The first and second bands of primaries are not always

clearly defined, and in some specimens the markings are

almost obsolete.

I took a series at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May and a

single example at Fusan in June, and one at Gensan. [have

also received the species from Yokohama, taken by Mr. Manley.

Allied to A. accurataria, Christ.

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea.

Acidalia macescens.

Acidalia macescens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 439 (1879),

A series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

I obtained the species at Nagasaki and in Satsuma in May.

My native collector took specimens at Gensan in July, and |

have received others from Chang-yang, captured in June and

July, and from Ichang, taken in August.

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu ; Corea; Central China.

Acidalia emissaria.

Acidalia emissaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 751 (1861).

Lycauges lactea, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 378 (1879).

Craspedia emissaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 485

(1895).

I obtained this species at Foochau and Ningpo in April,

and there was a series of specimens from Yokohama in

Pryer’s collection.

Distribution. Dharmsdla; Moulmein ; Ganjam (Hampson) ;

Japan ; Northern China.

Acidalia steganioides.

Acidalia steganioides, Butl. Tl. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxxvii.

fig. 8 (1878).

There was a fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-

tion; I met with specimens at Gensan in July, and my

native collector obtained the species in the island of Kiushiu.

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea.

Some examples are almost uniformly dark brown, with

the markings obsolescent.

Acidalia (?) tchratchraria.

Acidalia tchratchraria, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom., xviii. p, 32, pl. iv.

fic. GO (1893).

Oberthiir’s type was from Ta-Tsien-Loa@. My collectors

did not meet with the species.

Hab. Western China.

104 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Section II. (Kors, Meyrick).

Acidalia muricata.

Phalena muricata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. p. 606 (1769) ; Rott. Naturf.

Xi. p. OL.

Geometra auroraria, Bork. Eur. Schmett. v. p. 477 (1794) ; Hiibn. Geom,

fie. 63.

Evis muricata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87.

There was a nice series from Yokohama, Oiwake, and

Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I took the species in Satsuma

in May and at Fusan in June. I have also received specimens

from Chang-yang and Ichang, where they were taken in June

and August.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Japan; Kiushiu; Corea;

Central China.

Acidalia sinicata.

Hyria sinicata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 668 (1861); Butl. Ill.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 41, pl. li. fig. 3 (1879).

Walker describes this species from ‘‘ China (7. Laye),” but

the exact locality is not indicated.

Acidalia contiguaria.

Geometra contiguaria, Hiibn. Geom. pl. xx. fig. 105,

Acidalia contiyuaria, Dup. Lép. v. 59, pl. clxxiy. tig. 1.

Eois contiguaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87.

This species occurs in Corea and at Chang-yang and Chow-

pin-sa.

Distribution. Europe; Corea; Central and Western

China.

Acidalia impexa.

Acidalia impexa, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 488 (1879).

There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-

tion. I obtained the species in Satsuma in May and my

native collector at Gensan in July.

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea.

Acidalia latimarginata.

Eois latimarginata, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 95 (1895).

One specimen from Ichang, June.

Warren’s type is recorded from Japan.

Distribution. Japan; Western China.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 105

Acidalia roseolimbata,

Acidalia roseolimbata, Pouj. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 310, pl. vi.

fig. 9.

Poujade’s type was from Moupin. I have received speci-

mens trom Wa-shan, Ni-tou, ‘Ta-chien-lu, and Pu-tsu-tong,

taken in June and July.

Hab. Western China.

Acidalia jakima.

Acidalia jakima, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 401 (1878);

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 40, pl. 1. fig. 10 (1879).

Specimens in Pryer’s collection. I have received examples

from Yokohama, Gensan, and Chang-yang.

Var. obliteraria, nov.

Transverse lines on upper surface obsolete, outer margins

bordered with rosy ; on the under surface the transverse lines

are as in type, but less clearly defined.

One female specimen taken by myself in Satsuma, May.

Distribution. Japan ; Kiushiu; Corea; Central China.

Acidalia fadata.

Acidalia feduta, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 489 (1879).

Acidaliu salutaria, Christ. Bull. Mose. ly. (2) p. 51 (1881).

Lois salutaria, Meyrick, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87.

Several specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s

collection. I took the species at Shimonoseki and ‘I'suruga

in July, and have received it from Ichang, where it was

taken in August, and also from Gensan and Hakodate.

Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Corea; Central

China.

Acidalia promiscuaria, sp. n.

Whitish, powdered on costal area with darker, and faintly

iridescent. All the wings have a dusky central band, but

this is not well defined, and there are other transverse

markings beyond, but these are still more obscure. Under

_ surface coloured as above: primaries have a dusky discal

mark,

Expanse 28 millim.

I obtained a female specimen at Fusan in June.

Hab. Corea.

106 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Acidalia obtectaria, sp. n.

Pale ochreous, with irregular darker transverse markings,

a band beyond middle of primaries being the most promi-

nent. Fringes of the ground-colour. Under surface paler

than above and the markings more obscure.

Expanse 19-21 millim. ©

Allied to A. bisetata, Hutn., but more ochreous in colour,

and the markings more confused.

Five specimens in Pryer’s collection.

Both sexes are represented, but the above description is

taken from a female example, as it is in better condition than

the other specimens.

Hab. Japan.

Acidalia bisetata.

Phalena bisetata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iv. 618 (1769).

Geometra bisetata, Bork. v. 524 (1794).

_ Acidalia bisetata, Guen. Phal. i, p. 462 (1857).

Eois bisetata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 87.

Several specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s

collection. I obtained the species at Ningpo in April, at

Nagasaki in May, and my native collector at Gensan in July.

Specimens were received from Chang-yang and Moupin,

taken in July.

Distribution. Europe; E. Siberia; Amur; Kiushiu ;

Corea ; Central, Western, and North-eastern China.

Acidalia auricruda.

Asthena auricruda, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. p. 488

(1879).

A series in Pryer’s collection from Nikko and Yesso.

My native collector obtained examples at Gensan in July.

Hab. Japan, Yesso, and Corea.

Acidalia invalida.

Acidalia invalida, Butl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 489 (1879).

Specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

1 took the species at Fusan in June, and I have received

it from Chang-yang. ’

Distribution. Japan; Corea; Central China.

Genus CHRYSOCRASPEDA.

(Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 448 (1895).)

Chrysocraspeda proximaria, sp. 0.

Pale buff. Primaries have a black discal dot, with a dusky

from China, Japan, and Corea. 107

cloud below it and a blackish, dotted, curved, and recurved

line beyond the middle; the costa is edged with purplish

brown. Secondaries have a black discal dot and a curved

series of blackish dots beyond the middle. Fringes darker

brown, preceded by a rather broad purplish-brown line.

Under surfave slightly paler than above; transverse lines

more distinct ; line before fringes narrower and paler.

Expanse 25 millim.

Two male specimens from Moupin, July.

Hab. Western China.

Allied to C. ({/yria) marginata, Swinh., but larger, and the

primaries are more pointed.

Genus NINODES.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. i, p. 465 (1894).)

Ninodes splendens.

Ephyra splendens, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxxvii. fig. 1

(1878).

Ninodes splendens, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 465 (1894).

A very fine series from Oiwake and Yokohama in Pryer’s

collection. I obtained the species at Nagasaki in May, and

have received it from Ichang and Ta-chien-lu.

Distribution. Japan ; Kiushiu ; Central and Western China,

Genus Epuyra.

(Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 445 (1895).)

Ephyra brunnearia, sp. n.

Pale brown, with a slight vinous tinge on the outer

marginal area of all the wings. Primaries have a subbasal

line indicated by black dots on the nervures; a dusky curved

and recurved central band and a wavy submarginal line, also

dusky and dotted with black on the neuration; discal spot

brownish. Secondaries have a white discal spot encircled

with black and seated on a dusky transverse band; submar-

ginal line as on primaries. Fringes concolorous with the

wings and finely dotted with. black at ends of the nervules.

Under surface similar to above, but the discal spot of primaries

has a pale centre and that of the secondaries is less distinct.

Expanse 34-36 millim.

Five male specimens and one female from Chow-pin-sa,

Wa-ssu-kow, Ni-tou, Kia-ting-fu: June.

Hab. Western China.

108 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Genus TANAOTRICHIA.

(Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 361.)

Tanaotrichia trilineata.

Tanaotrichia trilineata, Warr. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 361,

pl. xxxii. fig. 2.

One male specimen from Che-tou, taken in July or August.

Distribution. Western China; Sikhim.

Hampson considers this to be a form of Erythrolophus

prasonartus, Swinh, (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 455).

Genus RHODOSTROPHIA.

(Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 455 (1895).)

Rhodostrophia pelloniaria.

Phyletis pelloniaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 169 (1857).

Rhodostrophia pelloniaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii.

p. 456 (1895).

Several specimens from Pu-tsu-fong and Chow-pin-sa,

taken in June.

Distribution. Murree; Thundidni; Khdsis (Hampson) ;

Western China.

Rhodostrophia vinacearia.

Anisodes (?) vinacearia, Moore, Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867, p. 642.

Rhodostrophia stigmatica, Butl. Ll. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 110,

pl. exxxvi. figs. 19, 20 (1889).

Rhodostrophia vinacearia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 455

(1895).

Several specimens received from Chang-yang and Moupin.

Distribution. Murree; Dharmsdéla; Sikhim; Khéasis

(Hampson) ; Central and Western China.

Rhodostrophia philolaches.

Gnophos philolaches, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. xv. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 26

(1891).

Eusarca tibetaria, Staud. Iris, viii. p. 231 (1895).

A long series, comprising both sexes, from Ta-chien-lu,

one example from Moupin, and one from Ni-tou: June and

July.

Hab. Western China and Thibet.

Rhodostrophia (?) stnuosaria, sp. n.

Whity brown. Primaries have a thin, curved, blackish

subbasal line, spotted with black below costa and on the

from China, Japan, and Corea. 109

median and submedian nervures; a triangular black discal

spot and a sinuous black line, dotted with black on the vena-

tion, beyond; submarginal line pale, wavy, but not clearly

defined. Secondaries have a black discal dot and a dotted

sinuous line beyond; this line is bordered outwardly with

fuscous, as also is the corresponding line on primaries.

Fringes of the ground-colour preceded by a series of black

dots. Under surface whity brown: primaries suffused with

fuscous from base to just beyond the linear discal spot;

transverse lines on all the wings as above, but fainter, espe-

cially on primaries.

Expanse 42 millim.

‘l'wo inale specimens from Pu-tsu-fong: June.

Hab. Western China.

Genus TIMANDRA.

(Dup.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 458 (1895).)

Timandra amataria.

Geometra amata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 524 (1758).

Calothysanis amataria, Wibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 311; Meyrick, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. 18:2, p. 91.

Timandra amataria, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. exlviii. fig.3 ; Hampson, Fauna

Brit. Ind., Moths, ili. p. 458 (1895).

Timandra comptaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1615; Butl. Ill.

Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. li. fig. 2 (1879).

Very variable and generally distributed throughout Japan.

The species was also met with by my collectors in most of

the localities that they visited in Central and Western China.

Distribution. Europe and Eastern Asia.

Timandra extremaria.

Timandra extremaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 811 (1861); Butl.

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. li. fig. 1 (1879).

This species appears to be generally distributed in Central

and Western China. It also occurs at Ningpo.

The specimens in my series range in expanse from

34 millim. to 44 millim. and exhibit a good deal of variation

in the width of the oblique line.

Hab. China.

Genus PROBLEPSIS.

(Led. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 461 (1895).)

Problepsis delphiaria.

Argyris delphiaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 14 (1857).

- Problepsis delphiaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p, 462

(1895).

110 On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China &e.

One example from Moupin, Western China: July.

Distribution. Hong Kong; throughout India, Ceylon, and

Burma (/Zampson) ; Western China.

Problepsis deliaria.

Argyris deliaria, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 13 (1857).

Problepsis deliaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ili. p. 462 (1895).

I took a male specimen in May in Satsuma and have

received other specimens of the species from Chang-yang and

Kiukiang, Chia-ting-fu, the province of Kwei-chow, and also

from Ningpo.

Distribution. Throughout India, Ceylon, and Burma

(Hampson) ; China and Kiushiu.

Problepsis superans.

Argyris superans, Butl. Cist. Ent. iii. p. 122 (1885).

Problepsis discophora, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép. iii. p. 848, pl. xv. fig. 4

(1887).

There was a female specimen from Yesso in Pryer’s collec-

tion. I took a female at Gensan in July, and have received

specimens from Kia-ting-fu, Omei-shan, and Chang-yang.

Independent of other differences, this species may be at

once separated from P. deliaria, Guen., by the space between

the antenne being white. In expanse it ranges from 40 to

60 millim.

' Distribution. Japan; Corea; Western and Central China.

Genus DITHALAMA.

(Meyrick, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2) ii. p. 840 (1887);

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 80.)

! Dithalama indicataria.

Argyris indicataria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 809 (1861) ; Butl.

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 43, pl. li. fig. 8 (1879).

Dithalama indicataria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 91.

This species seems to occur throughout Japan from May to

July. Jalso met with it at Gensan in June.

I have received it from Ichang and Chang-yang, and

Walker records it from North China.

Distribution. Amur; Corea; Japan; Kiushiu; Central

and Northern China.

| To be continued. }

Errata (Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xix.).

Pp. 188, 189, for Oberthiiria (nom. preoe.) read Parabravas.

P. 646, for Genus Emmecosmia read Genus Emmesomia, and tor Emme-

cosmia bilinearia, sp. n., read Emmesomia parailelaria, sp. 0.

On new Species of Rhopalocera from Burma. L11

IX.—On new Species of Rhopalocera from Toungoo, Burma,

and the Battak Mountains in Sumatra. By Major J. M.

FAWCETT.

Ragadia simplex, sp. n.

Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra: June 1896.

Description.— Male. Upperside pale fuliginous brown,

crossed by two darker fuscous bands running parallel to one

another from the costa of the fore wing to the inner margin

of the hind wing, the outer being much broadened on the

hind wing. ‘There is also a shorter band proximal to the

body, which, starting parallel to the others on the fore wing

costa, ends at the origin of the submedian of the fore wing.

From the apex of the fore wing to the inner angle of the

hind wing runs a submarginal row of small indistinct fuscous

spots, one in each interspace. The wing-margins are nar-

rowly fuscous, the colour being bounded by a narrow sub-

marginal band looped on the fore wing and on the hind wing

parallel to the margin.

Underside similar in markings to the upper, but the

ground-colour pale buff and the row of spots silver instead of

fuscous.

The antenne, head, thorax, abdomen, and legs like those of

hk. crisia, Hiibner, from which this species differs in its

generally pale ground-colour, and in the ocellate band of

erisia being reduced to mere pupils of silver below and fuscous

above.

Cynthia circe, sp. n.

Hab. Toungoo, Burma (March to June); Beeling, Te-

nasserim.

Description.—TVhe species is allied to C. erota, Fabr., and

pura, Swinhoe, from Cherra Punji. The male has exactly

the colour of that sex of pura, Swinhoe, and only differs in

the greater irregularity of the dark line crossing the wings

from the middle of the costa of the fore wings to the anal

angle of the hind wings and in the slightly more produced

tail at the third median vein of the hind wings. The dark

wing-markings tend to be a little more distinct.

Female. Upperside differs from that sex of C. erota in the

white band of both wings being much broader, extending

decreasingly in breadth to the anal angle of the hind wing,

and the submarginal area beyond the white band being golden

112 On new Species of Rhopalocera from Burma.

brown instead of bluish fuscous. Underside no purple

suffusion.

A character common to both sexes is the almost complete

absence of the discal zigzag fuscous fascia which crosses the

middle of both wings in typical C. erota, the white band in

the female and the lighter band in the male of Cynthia circe

being almost immaculate. I have a series of males from

Burma which present absolutely no variation in the characters

described above, and I possess but one female from Toungoo,

Burma, which is exactly matched by a female in the British

Museum from Beeling, ‘Tenasserim. If the C. asela of

Moore, from Ceylon, is recognized as a species distinct from

C. erota (Fabricius), this species must also be regarded as

distinct, as the Ceylon form is much nearer C. erota (typical)

in both sexes.

Charaxes ajax, sp. n.

Hab. Battak Mountains, Sumatra: June, July.

Description.—Male. Allied to C. coraa, Felder, from which

it differs in the ground-colour of upper and underside being

darker, the outer black band on the upperside of the fore wing

being slightly broader and extending broadly black to the

anal angle of the fore wing, its inner “edge straighter, as the

crescentic markings are Rane detached in the intermedian

spaces ; two fulvous spots, the upper displaced outwards

between the radial, and the lower in the following interspace,

continuing the series of fulvous lunules formed by the black

crescents and the border.

The submarginal black spots on the hind wing are larger

and more triangular, their inner edges irrorated with black

atoms, and the first four from the anal angle tipped with a

minute white spot. ‘The underside is of a rich glaucous colour,

in some lights inclining to purplish, much darker than any

corax, more resembling * some of the darker specimens of baya,

Moore. The light violaceous antemarginal line is present in

the fore wing, and within it are indistinct greenish lunules.

In the hind wing a broad antemarginal band of olivaceous

green, sinuated in each interspace, is bounded anteriorly by a

narrow brownish ? rder.

The disk is crossed by the usual dark lines, the outermost

bounded by olivaceous green irrorations, which are wanting

in corax.

Poritia geta, sp. n.

Hab. Toun,00, Burma: March.

Deseripion Male Allied to P. pleurata, Hew., and

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Lat from China. 113

P. Hewitsoni, Moore. The blue area as large as in the

former, occupying the entire discoidal cell of the fore wing,

and in the submedian interspace all but reaching the outer

margin. ‘There are two blue apical spots as in Hewitsont,

but no black spot in the submedian interspace as in most

specimens of that species, nor even the black line on the sub-

median vein as in typical p/eurata. In the hind wing the

blue area occupies*the discoidal cell and extends a little above

the radial. The outer margin of the hind wing is narrowly

black, and there are, as in pleurata, traces of marginal and

submarginal rows of black markings.

Below, the markings much resemble those of pleurata, but

are more indistinct, more parallel, and on a pale ground.

X.—Deseription of a new Rat from China.

By OLpFieLp THOMAS.

AMONG a collection made at Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, and

presented to the National Museum by Messrs. J. de La Touche

and C. B. Rickett, there occur three specimens of a fine large

rat as large as Mus EHdwardsi, Thos., found at the same

locality, but quite different from that and more nearly allied

to the Burmese Mus Bowersi, And. It is, however, clearly

distinct, and may be called

Mus Latouchei, sp. n.

Size very large. Upper surface uniformly clear grizzled

grey, without tinge of yellow; the fur composed of grey

hairs intermixed with slender, flattened, white, brown-tipped

spines, not numerous or stiff enough to make the fur feel

really spinous. Under surface pure white or yellowish white

throughout, the line of demarcation of sides not very sharply

defined. ars large, evenly rounded. Hands white above,

the fingers almost naked. Feet greyish proximally, white on

the digits. ‘Tail about as long as the head and body, its

scales averaging about ten to the centimetre, very thinly

haired, uniformly brown above and belo’, the extreme tip

white.

Skull, in proportion to the size of the animal, rather lightly

built. Compared to that of Mus Bowers? the nasals are more

square-ended behind, the line of the fronto-pr>maxillary and

fronto-nasal sutures runs straight across froy, side to side

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. s 8

114 Bibliographical Notice.

instead of being bowed backwards ; the supraorbital rims are

more developed (though still small for so large an animal),

and are continued along the parietals to the outer corners of

the intermaxillary. Anterior edge of anteorbital plate more

slanting. Posterior nares wider and more open than in the

allied form. Incisors broad, pale yellowish, finely but irregu-

larly striated in front.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :—

Head and body (probably stretched) 310 millim. ; tail 290;

hind foot (moistened) 60 *.

Skull: basal length 51°33; greatest breadth 27:4; nasals

23 x 5°6 ; interorbital breadth 8°2; breadth of brain-case 21°3 ;

interparietal 7x16:2; palate length from henselion 26;

diastema 17; anterior palatine foramina 10°6 x 45 length of

upper molar series 9-1.

Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien.

Lipe> va. Nieno..9t40:622:

This fine rat is evidently very closely allied to Mus

Govwerst, which is a native of Burma and Tenasserim, and is

therefore widely distinct from it geographically. It differs,

however, by its rather larger size, especially its longer hind

feet, and by the various cranial differences above enumerated.

It is named in honour of Mr. J. de La Touche, of Foochow,

to whom, in conjunction with Mr. Rickett, the British

Museum is indebted for a considerable number of valuable

Chinese mammals. Among these may be specially mentioned

examples of the rare Typhlomys cinereus, M.-EKdw., specimens

which have enabled me for the first time to show the proper

position of this interesting genus f.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Ueber die Palpen der Rhopaloceren. Kin Beitrag zur Erkenntnis

der Verwandschaftlichen Beziehungen unter den Tagfaltern. Von

Enzio Reuter. (Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennice, tom. xxii.

No. 1.) (Helsingfors, 1896.)

Tue early writers on insects used to complain that the Order

Lepidoptera was one of the most difficult of all to classify, on account

of the deficiency of characters. But with the increase of our know-

* The two other specimens have hind feet 57°5 and 58 millim. long.

Three spirit-specimens of M. Lowers: in the Fea collection have feet

respectively 51, 51, and 52 millim, in length,

tT P. Z. 5. 1896, p. 1016.

Bibliographical Notice. 115

ledge we find that characters abound, and it is now rather a

question of the real value to be attached to the structure of different

organs than a matter of complaint that characters cannot be found.

Nor shall we arrive at a really satisfactory system of classification

of Lepidoptera until the structure of the principal organs has been

worked out in all the various stages of the insects; and this is a

lifelong study for a great number of observers.

The author of the present treatise has directed his attention

chiefly to the structure of the palpi in butterflies, paying special

attention (1) to the outward structure and form, (2) to the hairy or

scaly clothing of the palpi, and (3) to the basal spot, which is a bare

space on the inner side of the basal joint, which is striated, pitted,

and set with numerous conical hair-scales. For the purposes of the

present work 3557 palpi have been examined, belonging to 670

species and 302 genera, the result of this long and patient study

being embodied in the elaborate treatise before us. It is illustrated

by 6 plates, the first five representing structural details and the

sixth containing a genealogical tree of the evolution of the

Lepidoptera. The Hesperiide are regarded as a distinct suborder

from the Rhopalocera, under the name of Grypocera, which is

certainly an improvement on the more usual course of treating them

as an aberrant family of the latter.

The first portion of the work consists of a description of the

general form and clothing of the palpi under the various genera,

and especially of the basal spot; the description of the latter some-

times exceeds in length that of all other structures noticed. Having

concluded this, the author generalizes his results, and discusses the

comparative relations of the various families and smaller subdivisions

which he admits. Here his observations are not confined to the

palpi, but extend to the neuration and other morphological characters

of the insects; and he shows himself to be thoroughly acquainted

with the extensive and not always easily accessible literature of the

Order Lepidoptera, and compares his own conclusions with those of

other writers to great advantage.

This is followed by general observations on the origin and

classification of the Lepidoptera, not without reference to palzonto-

logical considerations ; and by an extensive Bibliography, filling 11

closely printed pages.

We congratulate the author on the completion of a valuable and

meritorious work, which marks an epoch in the study of the particular

structures to which it is devoted. Much good work has previously

been accomplished in Finland in other orders of insects; and the

Finns are fully entitled to claim as high a rank as entomologists as

they have long occupied as philologists.

116 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

March 24, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

to}

1. ‘On the Association of Sigillaria and Glossopteris in South

Africa.’ By A. C. Seward, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., University Lecturer

in Botany, Cambridge.

In this paper the Author describes in detail several specimens of

fossil plants submitted to him by Mr. David Draper of Johannesburg.

His conclusions as to tne geological age of the plant-bearing beds

differ from those arrived at by Mr. Draper from stratigraphical

evidence ; the plants point to an horizon which may be referred to

what is now termed the Permo-Carboniferous age. The diffieulty

of distinguishing between various forms of Glossopéeris-leaves is

discussed at some length: and the opinion expressed that it is

practically impossible to separate the Indian, Australian, and

African forms of G@. Browniana, G. indica, and others. ‘The chief

interest as regards the plants centres round the specimens of

Sigillaria; these are fairly well preserved impressions, and are

referred to the well-known species, S. Brardi. In addition to

various forms of the genus Glossopteris and the specimens of

Sigillaria, the following plants are recorded :—WNoeygerathiopsis

Hislopi, Gangamopteris eyclopteroides, Phyllotheca, Conites sp.,

Cardiocarpus sp., and Sphenoptercs sp.

The paper concludes with some general remarks on botanical

provinces in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, and the

relation of the Glossopteris-flora to the Coal-Measure vegetation

of Europe.

2. ‘Notes on the Occurrence of Sigillaria, Glossopteris, and

other Plant-remains in the Triassic Rocks of South Africa.’ By

David Draper, Esq., F.G.S.

The Author gives a brief description of the geology of four

localities, within a comparatively short distance from Johannesburg,

from which several fossil plants have recently been obtained. He

considers the plant-bearing beds to belong to the Lower Stormberg

Series of Dunn, and to the horizon known as the Molteno Beds.

The most important locality described in these notes is that of

Vereeniging, 30 miles south of Johannesburg, where the Author

found several specimens of Stgillaria associated with Glossopteris

and other plants in iron-stained sandstones. The significance of

this discovery of Sigillaria is briefly discussed. The several species

of plants have been described by Mr. A. C. Seward in a paper

recently sent to the Society.

JED. del.

Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.6 Vol XX.PUL.

iS age » (B23 Uta | ese ;

Vintern Bros Jith.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 116. AUGUST 1897.

XI.—Notes, Morphological and Systematic, on the Madre-

porarian Subfamily Montiporine: (Montipora and Anacro-

pora), with an Account of the Phylogeny of the Madreporide.

By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab.

[Plate IL]

IN continuation of the work of cataloguing the National

Collection of Corals, I have devoted nearly two years to the

study of the genus Montipora. I propose in this paper to

give a short summary of the morphological results arrived at.

Before doing so, however, I should like to take this oppor-

tunity of expressing my gratitude to the Director, Sir William

Flower, F.R.S., for the friendly interest he has taken in the

progress of the work, and also to my friend Prof. F. Jeffrey

Bell, who has charge of the coral collection, not only for

valuable advice and criticism, but also for much active and

willing help.

The first volume of the official catalogue dealt with the

genus Madrepora, and was written by the late George Brook ;

the second volume, containing two smaller genera— Turbinaria

and Astrewopora—is the work of the present writer. The

morphological results arrived at during the preparation of

that volume will be found in its introductory chapters and in

two papers in this Magazine *. The present study of the

Montiporine, which, with Madrepora, Turbinaria, and

* Vol. xv. 1895, p. 499, and vol. xvi. p. 273.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 9

118 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

Astreopora, form the family Madreporide, enables me to

summarize the conclusions arrived at as to the inter-relation-

ships of these genera. That summary will constitute the

concluding part of this paper.

The Genus Montipora.

This genus differs in many remarkable points from either

Madrepora, Turbinaria, or Astrewopora, and doubts as to its

affinities are, as we shall see, very prominent in the works of

former students. Though founded by Quoy and Gaimard,

the name appeared first in print in de Blainville’s ‘ Diction-

naire des Sciences naturelles,’ t. 1x. (1830), the author having

seen it in MS. He placed the new genus between Gemmi-

pora (= Turbinaria) and Madrepora and among a number of

other genera, including Porites.

In 1834 Ehrenberg* suppressed the genus, distributing

the species among the Porites. Dana, in 1848, re-established

and greatly enlarged the genus, but changed its name to

Manopora. He objected that the word Montipora referred to

the coenenchymatous elevations of the surface, which were

not universally present. He thought that the genus Mano-

pora was closely allied to Madrepora, and, in fact, could be

deduced from it by the degeneration of the protuberant

calicles.

In 1849 Milne-Edwards and Haime removed it from the

Madreporide and placed it among the Poritide, and to this

arrangement they kept in their monograph of the Poritide in

18511}; they there noted, however, that Montipora showed

certain structural resemblances (‘‘ quelques rapports de forme”’)

with the Madrepores.

Prof. Verrill at first adopted Milne-Edwards’s arrangement,

but eventually followed Dana in placing the genus among

the Madreporide.

Briggemann apparently came to no conclusion. In two

papers which appeared after his death the genus is variously

laced. In one the Montiporide followed the Madreporide

and Poritide ; in the other Montipora occurs with Porites,

Turbinaria, &c. under the Madreporide.

Prof. Studer, in 1878, followed Milne-Edwards, but in

1880 adopted Dana’s classification so far as to class Monti-

pora with Madrepora. Klunzinger also foliows Dana in this

respect.

t Ann. d. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, xvi. p. 21,

Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 119

In 1884 Ridley * denied the close relationship between

Montipora and Madrepora claimed by Dana. The forms of

the latter which, owing to the obscuration of the apical polyp,

Dana thought might constitute a connecting-link between the

two, lent, according to Ridley, no support to such a con-

clusion, inasmuch as the apical polyps in these types are not

really absent, but only inconspicuous owing to their multi-

plication. Further, it was claimed that a far-reaching

difference in the method of budding separated the two. In

Madrepora the budding is said to be centrifugal, the fresh

buds forming below the central apical polyp, while in J/onti-

pora undifferentiated ccenenchyma takes the lead and the

fresh polyps appear above one another. I shall endeavour

to estimate later on to what extent this is a true diagnosis

of the morphological difference between Madrepora and

Montipora.

Duncan, in 1884, in his revision of the Milne-Edwards

and Haime system, followed these authors in placing Monti-

pora with Porites.

Quelch, in 1886, in his description of the ‘Challenger’

Reef Corals, placed Montipora among Madreporide, as does

Miss Ogilvie in her recent ‘ Microscopic and Systematic

Study of Madreporarian Types of Corals” t.

Lastly, in 1889 Dr. Ortmann §, after following Dana in

1888, classed the Montiporide with the Madreporide, Pori-

tide, Turbinariide, &c. as independent families of the Madre-

poracea.

The conclusion here arrived at on this point, viz. that the

Montipora belong unmistakably to the Madreporide, is based

upon a study and comparison of nearly 400 specimens,

divisible into some 120 types, of which more than half are

new.

The youngest colony that I found is contained in a small

oval epithecal saucer, 3:5 millim. long diameter (Pl. II.

figs. 1, 2). This saucer is filled with a spongy ccenenchyma.

One polyp, about °25 millim. in diameter, opens in the

highest part of the coenenchyma and near the centre, while

a few smaller ones open between it and the epitheca. It

seems to me that there is no escape from the conclusion that

this largest and most central polyp is the parent polyp of the

colony, and that the ccenenchyma stretching from it to the

epitheca in which the other polyps open is, or more correctly

was, before the other polyps appeared, its thick porous wall.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 284.

+ Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xviii.

} Phil. Trans. vol. clxxxvii. (1896).

§ Zool. Jahrb, vols, iii. and iv. (syst.).

120 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

It will, perhaps, be remembered that I found just such a

young colony of Astrwopora, and, further, I concluded that

the morphological differences between Turbinaria and Madre-

pora could be best explained by postulating such a young

colony in each case; in Madrepora the central polyp grew up

with tiers of daughters springing from its side, while in

Turbinaria the ring of daughters shot ahead and formed a

cup.

We are then, I think, justified in deducing Montipora from

a parent polyp opening in a mass of spongy ccenenchyma,

@. e. with a very thick porous wall, contained in a saucer-like

epitheca. In JMontipora, unlike the Madreporide just men-

tioned, the parent polyp formed no projecting cone, but

opened level with the upper flattened surface of its thick wall.

Similarly the young polyps, opening laterally, do not form

protuberant cones; they appear as mere openings in the

ceenenchyma, often in contact with the epitheca, in which

case the latter may form part of their outer walls.

The ccoenenchyma in the young specimen actually examined

consists, as seen from the surface, of jagged flakes, which may

be twisted in all directions, but which tend to lie horizontally ;

the apertures of the polyp-cavities are bounded by the edges

of two or more such flakes: in this particular instance the

ccenenchyma has been secondarily specialized. From the

edges of the flakes points project into the polyp-cavity and

form vertical series of spines. ‘These series of spines are, in

many types, the only remains of the septal apparatus.

Examination of all the types, however, shows that the septa

were originally lamellate, as in the other Madreporide. The

large directives are often continuously laminate, and here and

there some of the other primaries also; while, again, what

appear to be traces of laminate coste can be found in the

coenenchyma of very many types. ‘lo these important points,

as also to the cause of the widespread degeneration of the

septal apparatus, we shall return.

Starting, then, from such a young colony, with its

parent polyp surrounded by a ring of daughters all immersed

in a mass of spongy reticulum contained in an epithecal

saucer, the stock may develop along different lines. But

while in the other Madreporide the calicles lead and the

canenchyma fills up the interstices, in Montipora the caenen-

chyma takes the lead in the formation of the corallum. I am

aware that these expressions may, at first sight, appear very

loose; they are, however, sufficiently useful to render their

employment justifiable, provided we are quite clear as to

what they really mean. We must clearly recognize that the

Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 121

term ccenenchyma applies, in the Madreporide, to the fused

orous walls of the individual polyps forming the colony.

i using the expressions “ the calicles lead”’ and “ the ccenen-

chyma fills up the interstices,” what is really meant is that

the walls of the individual polyps are distinguishable as such

above the level of fusion; where the walls fuse together to

form the ccenenchyma they cease to be distinguishable.

While, then, in the other Madreporide the walls of individual

polyps are typically recognizable in so far as they keep above

the level of their fusion, in the genus Montipora as soon as

the parent polyp has budded to forma colony, no matter how

small, we can no longer speak of any porous walls except

theoretically, for, fusing right up to the level of their aper-

tures, they together form an expanding mass of coenenchyma.

It was this last-mentioned fact that struck Ridley as presenting

such a contrast to the method of growth in Madrepora; but

the true explanation of the difference is not to be found in

his “centrifugal” and “ centripetal’ methods of budding,

for it is obvious that any generalization affecting a genus

which leaves all the more primitive explanate growths out of

the reckoning must be unreliable. The true significance of

these comparisons will be still further discussed in the section

on the affinities of the genus, as will also the fact that the

coenenchymatous edge of the rim of the cup in Turbinaria is

closely comparable with the coenenchymatous edge of a foliate

Montipore.

In view, then, of this great development of the coenenchyma

and of its prime importance in building up the Montiporan

coralla, we have, it seems, no choice but to utilize the variations

presented by the ccenenchyma as the basis of our classification.

In so doing we emphasize the fact that the Montipore are

ccenenchymatouscorals par excellence, that, whereas the coenen-

chyma of the Madreporide is primarily merely the tissue

arising by the more or less limited fusion of the porous walls

of adjoining polyps to form a mutual support, in Montipora it

ismore than this. Resulting from the complete fusion of the

walls, it has in many cases taken on other functions as well

as that of a supporting and cementing tissue, for, rising above

the level of the polyp-cavities, it is specialized in various

ways for their protection.

A study of the variations which the ccenenchyma presents

supports this assumption of its taxonomic importance. The

specimens admit of being divided in the most natural way

according to the specialization of the coenenchyma. We also

have the additional satisfaction of finding that transition

forms reveal the lines along which the leading specializations

122 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

have travelled. Hence, although one would never have

selected a tissue like the coenenchyma, which all experience

shows to be dangerously variable, as a basis for classification,

there is in the present case really no choice, ¢. e. if our mor-

phological diagnosis is correct. Hitherto the variations of

the surface ccenenchyma—very superficially handled—have

been accorded only a secondary place. Dana, deducing Monti-

pora (Manopora) from Madrepora by the degeneration of the

calicles, classified its species accordingly into those in which the

protuberant calicles persisted and those in which they had

quite disappeared, the latter group being further subdivided

according to the form of the corallum and the character of

the surface. Milne-Edwards and Haime divided the Monti-

pore primarily according to the form of the corallum. We may

at once dismiss this latter classification as purely artificial.

Returning, however, to Dana, it must be noted that there

is no evidence whatever to make us believe that Monti-

pora is deducible from Madrepora by gradual degeneration of

protuberant calicles. The only Montiporan forms which

Dana adduced as transitional hardly support his contention :

one—M. gemmulata—has been removed by Verrill to the

Turbinarians, while the protuberant calicles in the other—

M. caliculata—are not true calicles in Dana’s sense, but a

peculiar specialization of the interstitial coenenchyma which

will be referred to again.

We have, then, no choice but to accept the variations in

that tissue, the specializations of which are essentially the

peculiarity of the genus, as the basis of classification. Be-

neath all its baffling superficial variations the laws of its

growth can be made out and the main lines along which

it has diverged can be traced. ‘This serves to divide the

genus into groups which have some claim to be natural.

Uncertainty, however, comes in when, in further subdividing

these groups, we come within range of the superficial varia-

bility due to accidents of position and nutrition. It must

therefore be at once confessed that many of the assumed

specific variations are not to be relied upon. ‘The “ species ”

established are in many cases only descriptions of individual

specimens the surface characters of which give no clue as to

their affinities with other specimens. Of course in many

cases there are other characters sufficiently striking to justify

us in confidently claiming new and distinct types.

The following analysis of the development of the coenen-

chyma was only very gradually arrived at after studying

series of sections revealed by fractured specimens. It will be

best understood if we reverse the process of its discovery,

Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 123

and, assuming our conclusions to be correct, start from the

hypothetical parent-polyp of the genus.

This polyp, as we have seen, differed from that of

Madrepora, Turbinaria, and Astreopora in that the porous

theca did not rise up into a cone, but was low and thick,

filling up, but probably not much overtopping, the rim of the

epithecal saucer. Primarily the porous walls consisted of

radial lamine joined together by synapticule *, so that the

ecenenchyma surrounding this parent polyp may be said to

radiate outwards towards the edge of the epitheca. When

the first ring of buds appeared just within the edge of the

epitheca their walls would also radiate outwards, either con-

tinuing to be supported by an extension of the primitive

epitheca or shooting out freely beyond its edge. From this

initial stage in the development of Montipora we should

expect to find the coenenchyma consisting of laminate plates

standing at right angles to the epitheca and radiating out-

wards on all sides. We should expect to find this because

the coenenchyma is nothing but the resultant of fusion of the

porous walls of the component polyps, and their laminate

coste would necessarily be arranged in the manner described.

Now this initial stage in the growth of the Montiporan

corallum is traceable in almost every type. A surface of

fracture through any explanate Montiporan will almost inva-

riably reveal a thin basal layer streaming outwards towards

the growing edge. While this basal ‘ streaming layer”

is of fairly uniform thickness and the direction of its fibres

is always outwards—7. e. in the line of growth—its texture

may vary. (1) It may be composed of ribbon-like bands

running outwards more or less at right angles to the epitheca,

but so united as to form a system of flat canals apparently

freely communicating with one another. ‘This laminate reti-

culum, occurring as it invariably does in the ‘streaming layer,”

may, | think, safely be regarded as a vestige of the primitive

laminate coste which were once the most important element

in the calicle walls. (2) The primitive band-reticulum may,

owing to the extensive perforation of the amine, have lost

this character and have become a filamentous reticulum. In

this case also the direction of the threads is typically very

pronounced, streaming outwards towards the growing edge.

There are, lastly, a few cases in which the reticulum shows

no special streaming; these would appear to have been

secondarily modified. Here it should be remarked that only

* T use this term generally for all outgrowths from the faces of septa

for their mutual support, irrespective of their form and position.

124 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

fractures in the direction of growth at any time show the

appearance here called streaming; all sections across the

streaming show what might be called, in contradistinction, a

“* stationary ” reticulum.

In the figures 3 and 4d (PI. II.) the artist—Mr. Percy

Highly—has well shown by dots the usual appearance of the

streaming layer. If these dots are thought of as pores in

radial (septo-costal) plates lying in the plane of the paper,

the reader will get a fair idea of what I believe to have been

the origin of the streaming layer. The relative thickness of

the streaming and of the thickening layer in figs. 3 a, 36, 3¢

should be reversed. ‘The thinness of the streaming layer is

probably indicative of the very early budding of the polyps.

We have, then, in all Montiporans (with a few secondary

modifications) a basal layer of reticulum streaming outwards

(no matter how large or small the colony may be) and forming

the growing edge, with or without the supporting epitheca.

This streaming layer, which expands the corallum, for some

reason or other cannot, as such, thicken it, and the new

formation of ccenenchyma for this purpose is in most cases

sharply marked off from the streaming layer. An explanation

of this thickening layer, shown in figures 3a, 36, 3c, as

compared with 4 d, will be suggested later on.

The thickening layer, wherever the epitheca accompanies

the growing edge, is confined to the upper surface ; but if the

growing edge is free, thickening layers may be added to both

upper and under surfaces. ‘These layers are derived from the

threads or jagged edges of the surfaces of the streaming layer.

On the upper surface they grow upwards at right angles to

the direction of the streaming, and, uniting among themselves,

form a filamentous reticulum. Similarly a layer of reticulum

developed from points of the streaming layer bent down at

right angles to that layer may cover the under surface.

Whereas the upper layer may develop to almost any thick-

ness and give rise to a very great variety of beautiful surfaces,

the lower layer seldom thickens much; the individual threads

soon tend to thicken, and thus to form a very dense reticu-

lum, and sooner or later the epitheca grows out, covering

over the calicles and leading to the more or less complete

solidification of the lower surface.

This description of the thickening and solidification of the

lower surface does not apply to erect leaves or to branches

which may be regarded as thick rounded leaves. In these

cases the thickening layer may develop evenly on both sides

of the leaf or all round the branches, and show all the surface

specializations which in the horizontally growing specimens

Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 125

are confined to the upper surface. In the case of the branched

gai the tips of the branches which correspond with

the growing edge of the explanate forms consist entirely of

the streaming layer, and this may be seen forming the axis

ofallthestems. ‘The cortical layer, which gradually thickens

the branches, can in most cases be seen to be formed of

threads bending outwards at right angles to the direction of

the axial streaming layer.

Leaving, then, the primitive basal streaming layer, we

have to consider the variations presented by the upper thick-

ening layer just described :—

(1) It may merely thicken the streaming layer gradually

as a filamentous reticulum, the surface in which the calicles

open remaining all the time smooth. In reference to the

level surface, 1 have called this group ‘ glabrous,” and under

it I have arranged some thirty different types (fig. 3a).

(2) The thickening reticulum may grow faster than the

ealicles, causing the interstices to swell up into ramparts

surrounding pits, in the bases of which the calicles open. I

have called this the “ foveolate” group, after the most

extreme type, M/. foveolata of Dana.

Between these two come specimens which are foveolate

while in rapid growth, but eventually become smooth ; these

I have called “ glabro-foveolate.” I have found some twelve

foveolate types and five glabro-foveolate.

One specialization of these ramparts has a curious resem-

blance to true protuberant calicles. This appears to have

misled Dana in his ascription of true calicles to IW. caliculata.

(3) The thickening reticulum shoots up into papille which

rise up above the general surface. There are several more or

less distinct variations of the “papillate”’ specialization,

which at the moment of writing is shown by at least thirty-

three types (fig. 30).

The leading differences are as follows:—(a) reticular

uprisings froth up the interstices over irregular patches of

different sizes; (4) the papille are always in some relation to

ealicles, forming hoods or mounds, on the outer faces of

which calicles open; (c) the papille run together to form

either nearly parallel series in the direction of growth, or

else more or less gyrating ridges; (d) lastly, as the extreme

type, the papillz rise as nipple- or nearly symmetrically

dome-shaped processes scattered more or less thickly over

the surface, but not arranged in radial series (fig. 30).

(4) ‘The thickening reticulum undergoes a change in its

texture ; the threads which bend up vertically become differen-

tiated from the rest of the elements of the reticulum and

126 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

become stout solid trabeculae. The rest of the reticulum

merely forms the cross pieces which support these trabecule.

Every stage in the gradual differentiation of these trabecule.

can be traced. In many cases the more vertical elements of

the thickening reticulum run in nearly straight lines, but

without thickening. Comparison of specimens shows that

the thickening was due to the rising up of the tips of these

vertical threads above the surface, perhaps at first as echinule.

These became stouter and stronger, probably for protective

purposes, and thus, as they sank beneath the rising surface,

became thick trabeculee (fig. 3c).

This group, showing the rising of stout trabecule above

the surface to form protective ‘“ tubercles,” is very large and

contains more than forty types. The distribution and shapes

of the tubercles are very varied: they may be densely

crowded as minute rounded granules or tall and lancet-

shaped; they may be grouped in rings round calicles, or,

again, they may run together to form thin keels or ridges.

This group is called the “‘ tubereulate ” group.

We thus have four main divisions of the genus—glabrous,

foveolate, papillate, and tuberculate—each term having refer-

ence solely to a peculiar specialization of the ccenenchyma,

While the first three of these terms need no comment, the

last requires justification.

In all the earlier descriptions of Montiporan types the terms

papillae and tubercle seem to have been used indiscriminately.

It is often impossible to tell whether a writer was describing a

specimen belonging to group 3 or to group 4. The most

important use of the word tubercle occurs in Lamarck’s

description of the specimen Porttes tuberculosa, Lk. (= Monti-

pora tuberculosa). In fixing the use of the word tubercles to

mean the small solid tips of individual trabecule: when they

project above the surface, I have been led to do so by the

conviction that these were Lamarck’s “ tubercles”’ as seen on

his type “ tuberculosa.” Certain expressions in Lamarck’s

text point clearly to this. In describing P. tuberculosa* he

speaks of “les tubercules dont la surface est parsemée” as

being “ graniformes ou columniformes ;”’ and, again, on the

next page he speaks of interstices being “ hérissés de tuber-

cules.” Both these expressions are quite inapplicable to the

much larger swollen reticular knobs here called papilla.

One other remark on these tubercles with their trabecula-

like sunken portions. It was the presence of these trabecule

which appears to have misled Milne-Edwards. He compared

* ¢Animaux sans Vertébres,’ ii. 1816, p. 272.

Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 127

them with the entirely different trabecule of Porites, and

accordingly placed Montipora among the Poritide. So far

as my own observation goes, the two are morphologically

distinct ; the trabecule in Porites are primitive structures,

rising straight up from the epitheca, while in MJontipora they

are, as we have seen, quite secondary.

Turning from the ccenenchyma to the polyps, polyp-

cavities, method of budding, and to the forms of the corallum,

points which are, as a rule, of prime importance, we find that

the special development of the ccenenchyma has, as it were,

overshadowed them. With regard to the last-named, we

find all the typical methods of growth in each of the four chief

divisions based upon the specializations of the coenenchyma.

The polyps themselves are minute and their tentacles are

little more than papille or crenulations of the edge of the oral

disk. The polyp-cavities are also very small and the septal

apparatus as a rule degenerated into mere vertical rows of

projecting spines. The largest or directive septum with a

tew of the larger primaries may be more or less interruptedly

laminate. I look upon these as survivals of a primitive lami-

nate condition of the septa and coste in the thick porous walls.

The cause of this degeneration of polyps and septal apparatus

may perhaps be correlated with the great development of

the ccenenchyma, the production of which must be a strain on

the resources of the living organism, leading to the fixation of

the polyp at a very undeveloped stage. In contradistinction

to this extreme we may cite in support of our suggestion the

cases of the Alcyonarta and Actinia, in which the polyps

reach a very high level of development, while the skeletal

matter deposited is either scanty or altogether absent.

The character of the budding, as also a few further points

on the degeneration of the septal apparatus, will be referred

to in the concluding section on the interrelationships of the

Madreporide. In that connexion such matters can be more

advantageously discussed comparatively. We shall there also

summarize the description of the genus above given, and in

that way emphasize the arguments in favour of classing

Montipora with the Madreporide.

The Genus Anacropora.

This genus, founded by Ridley in 1884 (/. c.) to contain a

branched coral from Keeling Island, was said to be distin-

guished from Madrepora by the method of budding and from

Montipora by its protuberant calicles,

The method of budding in Madrepora, in which smaller

128 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

daughters appear from the sides of larger parent (“ apical’)

polyps, was described as centrifugal, while that in Anacro-

pora, in which an apex ‘of undifferentiated coenenchyma takes

the lead and the young polyps appear in it as it grows, was

ealled centripetal. The distinction was thought to be funda-

mental. On the other hand, the new genus came very near

Montipora, differing from it chiefly in the fact that the calicles

in Montipora are typically immersed, while in Anacropora

they bulge up the surfaces of the branches into mounds or

eminences.

The new genus was accepted at once by Duncan in his

revision of Milne-Edwards and Haime’s system, and he

allied it with Montipora.

The ‘ Challenger’ expedition brought home two new types,

which Quelch classed under Ridley’s genus, and in 1892

Rehberg * added another specimen and type, bringing the

number up to four. The following notes are based upon the

study of the specimens and fragments (twenty-two in all) in

the National Collection. These include all the existing types

except that of Rehberg (A. spinosa), which is in the Ham-

burg Museum. The examination has resulted in the

establishment of two new types, one being represented only

by fragments, the bulk of the specimens being in the Vienna

Museum. Full details will appear in the official catalogue,

which is in the press.

I was for some time quite uncertain as to the validity of

the distinction made by Ridley between Anacropora and

Montipora. Slight mounds or elevations on which the calicles

opened might and do, indeed, occur in Montipora, wherever

the corallum is very thin, while, on the other hand, we have

in Anacropora the streaming axial layer leading the growth,

and forming, as in Montipora, the tips of branches, and a

further cortical layer formed just as in Montipora. It seemed

to me, therefore, that while the fundamental identity in the

structure of the colonial skeleton showed that Anacropore

were really Montipores, the presence of protuberant calicles,

which might be a slight return to primitive conditions, hardly

justified the establishing of a new genus. Comparison with

other types and with the undescribed material in the collec-

tion has, however, revealed other characters which are

important enough to warrant our retaining the genus, but

uniting it with Montipora under a subfamily Montiporine.

While, then, the fundamental identity in the structure of

the ccoenenchyma shows that Anacropora has branched off

* Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb. xii. p. 46.

Madreporarian Subfamily Montiporine. 129

from Montipora, we may assume that the protuberant calicles,

which may, in some cases, be even tall and conical, suggest

that this branching off took place at a very early stage in the

development of that genus. ‘That these protuberances are

primitive, and not secondary returns to primitive conditions,

may, perhaps, be gathered from the very important fact that

the primary septa in the more protuberant calicles are

laminate, and, further, that these laminate radial structures

may even project down the outer wall of the protuberance as

costal ridges (PI. II. fig. 5). It is specially worthy of note that

the less protuberant calicles, or those which open flush with the

surface, have the degenerated septal apparatus characteristic

of Montipora, while those which grow taller and _ slightly

larger develop radial skeletal laminz, septa and costae.

While it is of course quite possible that this is a secondary

return to primitive conditions, there is no reason why we

should not assume it to be the persistence of such conditions.

The burden of proof, 1 think, rests with those who prefer the

former suggestion.

I have been much struck by noting that many of the pro-

tuberant calicles with costal ridges running down their sides

show the tendency to a spiral twisting of the whole calicle

which I have already referred to in Zurbinaria and Madre-

pora. ‘This fact, again, seems to me to suggest that the

protuberance of the calicles is primitive and not atavistic.

Hence, then, we conclude that Anacropora branched off

from Montipora before the degeneration of the calicles and of

their laminate radial skeleton had gone as far as it now has

in the latter genus.

In this connexion it is worth noting that the axial streaming

layer is typically laminate or band-like, and that, in those

cases In which it appears most filamentous, examination

shows that this is a secondary condition due to the formation

of large perforations in the primitive longitudinal bands.

This band-reticulum, as we have seen above, can be best

traced to the outward streaming of the primitive laminate

radial structures composing the chief portion of the thick

walls of the parent and daughter polyps in the earlier stages

of colony formation.

In addition to this important laminate structure of the

walls of the more protuberant calicles, the method of branching

is quite peculiar, All the known types are composed of

rather thin cylindrical stems more or less knotted (by the

protuberant calicles) like a thorn-stick. While the stems

are generally slightly curved, the branches come off suddenly

at rather wide angles, the stem at the same time bending

130 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

away from the branch. It is, in reality, a kind of forking,

only the stem remains the more important and less diverging

prong. ‘The result of repeated branchings with free fusions

between parts that touch is to form a rather closely matted

tangle low down near the ground, the meshes in the tangle

being more or less angular. This angular character of the

meshes is, however, frequently obscured by curvings of the

branches. Broken fragments falling down into the tangle

freely fuse on again, and help to make the net thicker. In

claiming this very peculiar method of growth as characteristic

of the genus I am aware that it is not immediately evident

in all the types. It is very marked in Ridley’s original type

(A. Forbest), in Quelch’s types (A. gracilis and A. solida),

and in one of the new types (A. echinulata *), whereas it is

not so marked though traceable in A. erecta *, and apparently

least visible in Rehberg’s type (A. spinosa). In these last

two forms the branching does not come off at such a wide

angle, and hence the whole corallum is more symmetrically

arborescent. But in A. erecta, so far as I remember the

photographs shown me by Dr. Marenzeller, the larger clumps

were very close tangles of thin knotted stems, and Rehberg’s

figure of A. spinosa (1. c.) appears to show distinct traces of

a tendency to sudden angular bendings of the stems and

branches.

These points, then, the protuberant calicles, showing

distinct lamination of their radial structures, and the peculiar

character of the branching, serve, I think, to separate Anacro-

pora from Montipora, with which genus it is, however, funda-

mentally associated in the structure of the ccenenchyma and

in the presence of calicles with degenerate septal apparatus

exactly like those of Montipora.

Interrelationships of the Madreporide.

As we have above seen, the only argument for allying

Montipora with Porites, as was done by Milne-Edwards and

Haime, and later by Duncan, falls to the ground as soon as

the secondary character of the trabecule is established +.

Hence we have no hesitation in claiming the genus with its

ally Anacropora as together forming a subfamily of the

Madreporide. I shall now endeavour to show that the

remaining three accepted genera—Madrepora, Turbinaria,

* Full descriptions of these are given in the Museum Catalogue,

+ In 1889 Dr. Ortmann suggested, without going into details, that

Montipora might be deduced from Porites through Alveopora (Zool,

Jahrb. (syst.) iv. p, 584).

Interrelationships of the Madreporide. 131

and Astrwopora—can be usefully united in a second sub-

family ; so that, for the future, the Madreporide will consist,

so far as we at present know, of two subfamilies—the Madre-

poring, comprising three genera, and the Montiporine,

comprising two genera.

The strongest argument in favour of this classification lies

in the fact that the five genera can be deduced from a

common ancestral form. In describing this form we are, for

obvious reasons, confined to a consideration of its parent polyp,

and not of its colony. Every colony starts from a parent

polyp, and, indeed, receives its chief characteristic from the

structure, growth, and method of budding of this individual,

directly developed from the attached larva. Hence it is enough

if we can trace any group of colony formations back to a

common ancestral parent polyp.

Reference to the analyses already given in this and in the

earlier papers on Turbinaria and Astreopora shows that this

common parent polyp possessed the following leading charac-

teristics :—(1) a porous wall, with laminate radial structures ;

(2) a well-developed saucer-shaped epitheca; (3) the habit

of very early budding while the parent polyp was still very

small; (4) the production of true buds, starting from the

smallest beginnings out of the sides of the polyp, and forming

their skeletons, at least in the first stages, upon and with

some slight modification of the radial symmetry of the porous

wall of the parent polyp*.

From such a form we may deduce the genera under dis-

cussion along the following lines of specialization :—

Madrepora.—The skeleton of the parent polyp grew in

height, and consequently somewhat in size, shooting upwards

in a tall cone with thickening base (fig.4a). The buds grewout

in tiers from its sides, remaining comparatively small. The

radial structures persist as lamine, and those septa of the

buds would be largest which could start at once upon, and in

the same plane with, one of the radial laminate structures

(costee) of the parent; hence the “ directive” septa of the

buds are typically radially symmetrical with those of the

parent. The epitheca is left behind.

Lurbinaria.—A ring of buds shoots up round and from

the sides of the parent polyp, together forming acup, the wall

of each bud rising up as a distinct cone above the level of the

fusion of their walls to form the common ccenenchyma (fig. 46).

* For Miss Ogilvie’s alternative derivation of the Madreporide see

Phil. ‘Trans. vol. clxxxvii., 1696. This has been criticized by me in the

Geological Mag. vol. iv. 1897, p, 170.

132 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

The parent polyp dies away, and its primitive protuberant

cone is immersed under the ccenenchyma formed from the

fusion of the walls of a ring of daughters. These daughters

carry on the colony, the budding of the daughters being

limited to their free or outer sides, 7. e. to the sides turned

away from the axis of the cup. Hence the fact referred to

above, that in Turb¢énaria as well as in Montipora the young

buds appear in the undifferentiated coenenchyma which forms

the growing edge of the cup. This edge represents morpho-

logically the outer sides of the combined porous walls of the

last-formed ring of polyps, and differs from the porous wall

of the parent polyp mainly in the facts, (1) that the laminate

radial structures are more or less obscured, and (2) that the

epitheca has been left behind. The polyps forming the

Turbinarian colony develop equally, and there is no such

disparity in size as is seen between the axial polyp of Madre-

pora and its daughters. Principal or directive septa occur

and can be accounted for in the same way as in Madrepora.

Astreopora.—The budding is promiscuous; a new bud

develops wherever there is room for it, each one typically

carrying up its wall into a protuberant cone (fig. 4¢). Asa

result of this crowding the known forms are, without exception,

thick encrusting, or massive. The costal radial structures of

the original parent ceased to be laminate, but broke up into

radial series of spines, the tips of which formed protective

echinule. One apparently natural consequence of this was

a considerable degeneration of the septal apparatus in the

daughters of the colony.

Montiporine.—The original parent polyp was distinguished

by great thickness of its porous walls, which apparently

early arrested the development of the polyp, and by a

tendency of the whole skeleton to be low, and even perhaps

disk-like, and not to rise up into a cone as in the last

three genera (fig. 4d). In the modern Montipores this has

reached its extreme limit, but in Anacropora the habit of

forming conical walls is not yet lost. The synapticular con-

nexions between the radial structures reached far in towards

the centre, so that the visible septal apparatus tended to

be limited to rows of septal spines; when the calicles protrude

(Anacropora), and hence grow a little in size, laminate septa

appear. The tendency to enormous thickness of porous

wall was inherited by the daughter polyps. Hence the two

chief characteristics of the genus—(1) minuteness of the

polyp-cavities, (2) great richness of coenenchyma, which is

nothing but the result of fusion of the greatly thickened

porous walls of the individuals of the colony. The budding

Interrelationships of the Madreporide. 133

of the daughters seems, as a rule, to be limited to their free

or outer sides ; the fresh buds turn upwards if the growing

— is accompanied by an epitheca, but may turn up or down

indifferently if the growing edge is free. In the diagrams

the former case is, for the sake of simplicity, alone illustrated.

In Montipora we have almost all possible growth-formations

resulting from this aggregation of small thick-walled polyps,

aided by the secondary additions of tissue, above described as

the “thickening layers.” These begin to form at varying

distances from the growing edges or apices, 7. e. after the

budding of the polyps has ceased. May not this fresh

ee be correlated with the very early budding of the

ontiporan polyps and their subsequent continued but limited

growth—limited, that is, by the abundant secretion of skeletal

matter—which is the characteristic feature of the genus ?

In Anacropora the growth-form is highly specialized. We

may thus look upon Anacropora as a survival of a special

growth-form of some more primitive Montipore, 7. e. of some

Montipore in which the degeneration of the protuberant

conical wall had not gone so far as it has in the modern

representatives of the genus. While in Montipora the lami-

nate radial elements of the calyx have almost entirely disap-

peared, being only occasionally found ina few large primaries,

directives and others, and, again, in the streaming layer of

the coenenchyma, in Anacropora laminate septa and coste

appear in the more protuberant calicles in addition to the

lamination of the streaming axial layer. It is further worth

noting that not only does the occasional presence of laminate

directives support the deduction of Montipora from an ances-

tral polyp with laminate radial skeleton, but the mere presence

of directives points also that way, that is, if the explanation

of the rise of directives above given is correct. The primi-

tive epitheca, which is lost in Anacropora, persists and plays

a great part in the formation of many Montiporan coralla.

In these different ways all the genera which are at present

included in the Madreporidz can be deduced from a common

parent. The two last mentioned are associated by the pecu-

liar structure of the ccenenchyma, which, as we have seen, is

traceable to the great thickness of the porous walls of the

individual polyps. These, then, form the subfamily Monti-

porine. The remaining three genera are also united by one

character in common, viz. the typical upgrowth of the polyp-

walls into freely protuberant calicles, their basal portions

alone being fused together to form a ccenenchyma. I can

see no reason why this character should not unite Madrepora,

Turbinaria, and Astreopora into a second subfamily—the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 10

134 = On the Interrelationships of the Madreporide.

Madreporine. The chief objection to this rests in the

specialized character of the laminate radial structures of

Astreopora, which ought, perhaps, to separate that genus

from Madrepora and Turbinaria. In the meantime, how-

ever, they can be usefully united in the manner suggested.

I therefore suggest the following arrangement of the

family :—

Family Madreporide.

vf SS

ye i

Subfamilies: I. MApREPORIN™®.

TI. MonTIPORINZ.

vfs \

/ \

Genera: Madrepora, Turbinaria. Astreopora. Montipora. Anacropora.

A serious objection may be raised to this description of the

phylogeny of the Madreporide, viz. that it is apparently

based exclusively upon study of the five genera dealt with.

It is true that such a limitation of one’s survey makes all

generalizations hazardous. I am, however, encouraged to

state the conclusions I have arrived at with regard to these

genera even at this early stage because they are not based

solely upon study of the five genera concerned. Most of the

other Madreporarian genera—at least, the better known of

them—have been studied and compared again and again for

the express purpose of arriving at some clear insight into the

different lines along which the stony corals have been diffe-

rentiated. I am aware that this does not appear from

anything said in this paper. I have, however, here pur-

posely abstained from making any definite morphological

statement about any genus which I have not studied syste-

matically. ‘The survey of a few specimens of any particular

genus may give reliable hints for guidance towards a better

understanding of the genera which are at the time the object

of close study, but cannot be exact enough to admit of definite

assertion. It is, indeed, quite possible that when all the

available specimens of the genus Porites have been under

review, the purposely very limited reference to the morphology

of that genus given above may have to be qualified,

On Bees from New Mexico. 135

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Figs. 1,2. Youngest colony of Montipora found, 3°5 millim. in long dia-

meter: pp, the largest and tallest calicle, presumably that of the

arent polyp of the colony. The saucer-shaped epitheca has

aoe turned in, and the outward growth at @ has been hindered ;

hence the initial symmetry has been destroyed, the young stock

having expanded chiefly in the direction of b.

Fig. 3. Diagrams showing the building up of the Montiporan corallum.

The budding of the thick-walled polyps is shown by lines; the

originally laminate septa and costee lying in the plane of the

paper are covered with curved dotted lines, to represent the

ordinary appearance of the basal streaming layer in sections at

right angles to the growing edge. The tissue which secondarily

thickens the corallum is :—

(a) A reticulum which does not rise above the level of the

calicles.

(4) A reticulum which surges up to form spongy ramparts or

papille.

(ce) A reticulum of which the more vertical elements are

straightened and thickened and project above the surface ag

tubercles. In these figures the streaming layer has been drawn

very thick for the sake of clearness. In reality the relative

thicknesses of the layers should be reversed, the streaming layer

being, in many cases at least, the thinner.

Fig. 4. Diagrams to show the different specializations in form and

method of budding of the parent polyp, which will explain the

leading characters of the four chief Madreporidan genera:—

(a) Madrepora, (b) Turbinaria, (c) Astreopora, (a) Montipora.

Fig. 5. A protuberant calicle of Anacropora gracilis (X ca. 20), showing

the laminate septa and the edges of the coste running down the

outer walls,

XIJ.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.

—VI. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Heriades, and a

new Halictus. By T. D. A. COCKERELL.

THE bees herein described all fall under Herzades in the broad

sense, but they present considerable differences, which might

be considered of subgeneric or even generic value.

A. Legs partly red.

a. Smaller species, the red confined to the front legs.

Heriades asteris, sp. 0.

3g. Length about 5 millim. som

Black, with the anterior femora in front and within and

the broadened anterior tibize behind ferruginous. The whole

insect very coarsely sculptured, the punctures of the vertex

and mesothorax extremely large, producing a subcancellate

10*

136 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

effect, just as in FH. carinata. Head rounded, not particu-

larly swollen behind the eyes ; cheeks beneath and anterior

margin of clypeus each with a large and dense brush of

white hairs ; anterior margins of eyes, up to a distance above

the level of the antenne equal to the length of the scape,

bordered by a conspicuous white hair-band; vertex and the

rest of the face almost free from hairs, but some scattered

pubescence above the level of the antenne ; antenne long,

flagellum brownish beneath, its first two joints about equal,

the third somewhat longer; clypeus much more finely punc-

tured than the face above. In another specimen the clypeus

is covered with white hair and the face is more hairy. Thorax

very little hairy, the white pubescence most noticeable about

tubercles and along the hind margin of scutellum, but dense

on the ventral surface between the legs. Tegule shining

piceous. Wings rather short, rather dusky, especially along

the costa beyond the stigma, beautifully iridescent ; nervures

and stigma piceous, stigma moderately well developed, first

recurrent nervure reaching second submarginal cell only just

beyond the origin of the first transverse cubital. Abdomen

with distinct but narrow white hair-bands, its dorsal surface

with very large punctures. It does not end in four projec-

tions, but is similar in general structure to that of 1. carinata.

Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., on Aster spinosus, August (Ckll.

4626), and on Solidago canadensis, Sept. 3 (CkIL. 4748).

b. Larger species, the red practically confined to the four

hindmost legs.

Heriades bigelovie, sp. n.

&. Length about 5} millim.

More bulky than the last, the head quite large, though not

notably extended behind the eyes. Black, with the middle

and hind femora and the hind tibiz and tarsi bright ferru-

ginous. Pubescence white, tolerably abundant, quite covering

the face up to a little below the middle ocellus, dense on the

cheeks beneath and along margins of mesothorax, scutellum,

metathorax, and pleura; the disk of the meso- and meta-

thorax nude, not so the pleura; abdominal segments with

very distinct apical hair-bands, snow-white, the first much

broadened at the side; legs more or less white-hairy. Pune-

tuation of vertex, thoracic dorsum, and abdomen strong and

tolerably close, but not nearly so large or coarse as in the

carinata group. Basal enclosure of metathorax smooth,

shining, impunctate. ‘Tegule testaceous, pubescent. Wings

perfectiy hyaline, nervures and stigma piceous. Stigma

Bees from New Mexico. 137

very little developed, first recurrent nervure joining second

submarginal cell at a distance from the origin of the first

transverso-cubital nervure greater than half the length of

the latter, Abdomen suboval, without a subbasal ventral

projection ; apex with four approximately equidistant teeth,

the median ones not broadened.

?. Similar to the male, with a white ventral scopa. Ven-

tral base of abdomen with a short tooth-like projection.

Antenne shorter.

Hab. Las Cruces, N. M., on Bigelovia Wrightii, Sept. 23,

amale. Alsoa male, June 16, on Aster spinosus (CkIl. 3036).

A female was taken as early as April 27 on the occasion of a

meeting of the Agricultural College Field Club.

This species belongs to an entirely different group from

asteris &c.

B. Legs entirely black.

a. First recurrent nervure uniting with first transverso-cubital.

Fleriades cructfera, sp. n.

¢. Length about or slightly over 6 millim.

In appearance, structure and punctuation, &c. this is like

the male of carinata, but it differs as follows :—

crucifera 3. earinata 3.

First recurrent nervure uniting

with the first transverso-cubital.

First ventral segment of abdo-

men shovel-shaped, viewed late-

rally not unlike the head of the

snake Heterodon nasicus upside

down.

Face a little narrower; clypeus

only fringed with white hair.

First recurrent nervure not so

uniting.

First ventral segment of abdo-

men produced into a large blunt

tooth, erect and a little excavated

posteriorly,

Face a little broader; clypeus

covered with white hair.

Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., July 18 (CkIll. 1546).

b. First recurrent nervure reaching second submarginal cell at a point

distant from the origin of the first transverso-cubital less than half

the length of the latter.

Thorax usually very coarsely sculptured.

Stigma distinct. Wings smoky at apex.

Heriades carinata, Cresson, 1864.

I have an [Illinois specimen from Mr. Robertson, and it

agrees with the insect as found in New Mexico.

Females

are before me from the following places:—(1) Santa Fé,

N.M., Aug. 2 and 3, at flowers of Grindelia squarrosa, three ;

138 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

(2) Santa Fé, Aug. 3, one on Solidago canadensis ; (3) So-

corro, N. M., June_29, one on a species of Composite ;

(4) Las Cruces, N. M., Sept. 3, one on Solidago canadensis ;

(5) Las Cruces, June 16, on Aster spinosus ; (6) Mesilla,

N. M., Aug. 15, one on Solidago canadensis; (7) Mesilla,

Aug. 29, on Bigelovia Wrightii; (8) Colorado Springs, Col.,

middle of July. Thespecimens from Santa Fé and Colorado

Springs seem to average larger than those from the Mesilla

Valley. Of the male I have three examples from Ruidoso

Creek, collected by Prof. E. O. Wooton, one on Veronica,

sp., July 1; one on Lrysimum, at 6600 feet, July 38; one on

Rhus, at 6600 feet, July 10. It will be noted that the

females were all taken on Composite, but not so the males.

The species apparently does not fly earlier than about the

middle of June.

Heriades gracilior, sp. n.

@. Length 8 millim. or slightly over.

Black; abdomen long and rather slender, with parallel

sides. Pubescence dirty white, scanty and inconspicuous on

head and thorax, most abundant about tubercles, hind border

of scutellum, and round the antenne. Punctuation strong

and moderately dense, but not nearly so coarse or dense as in

carinata; the shining surface of the mesothorax is plainly

evident between the punctures, and still more is that of the

abdomen. Head longitudinally broad-oval ; clypeus strongly

punctured, bulging, with more or less of a central ridge;

mandibles very broad, with a conspicuous prominence on the

outer side not far from the base; antenne entirely dark ;

flagellum slightly inclined to be flattened. Metathorax

obliquely truncate, the upper edge of the truncation shining.

Teegule shining piceous. Wings smoky hyaline, darkest in

and just beyond the marginal cell. Venation as in carinata,

except that the marginal cell is relatively longer and narrower.

Legs sparsely hairy. Abdomen with very distinct but very

narrow white hair-bands. Ventral scopa white, not very

abundant.

Hab. At flowers of Opuntia with HH. opuntie, Soledad

Cafion, Organ Mountains, N. M., May 22 (C%&il.).

A considerably larger insect than 4. carinata ; it is of the

same group, though it exhibits a style of punctuation more

common in the next group.

Bees from New Mexico 139

e. First recurrent nervure reaching second submarginal cell at a point

distant from the origin of the first transverso-cubital more than half

the length of the latter. Stigma small or subobsolete. Wings not

smoky at apex.

i. Large species, tegule dark ferruginous.

Heriades opuntic, sp. n.

9. Length about 10 millim.

Black, with white pubescence. Punctuation throughout

strong, but fine and close, yet not close enough to prevent

the surface from shining. Pubescence conspicuous only

round antenne, at sides of face, on cheeks beneath, on and

above tubercles, on anterior part of mesothorax, along margins

of pleura, in a line above the wings, continuous along hind

margin of scutellum, along lateral edges of metathorax, on

cox, femora beneath, tibiz and tarsi rather thinly in front,

and in the abdominal scopa and the five white narrow bands

above. All this is white, but the tarsi on the inner side are

clothed with orange-rufous hairs. Head very large, sub-

quadrate, seen from in front as large as the lateral view of

the thorax, broad behind the eyes, closely punctured on the

vertex and cheeks, but with larger much sparser punctures

on the shining clypeus. Antenne short, flagellum faintly

brownish towards the end. Mandibles very broad, the long

oblique inner edge ornamented with appressed ferruginous

hairs, and presenting a tooth about its middle. There is no

sort of prominence on the outer side. yes bicoloured, black

in front, sage-green behind. ‘Tegule shining dark ferrugi-

nous. Wings clear, nervures and stigma black, stigma ex-

tremely small. The anterior margin of the clypeus is perfectly

straight, and beneath it are some very bright orange-ferruginous

hairs. The base of the metathorax is smooth and shining.

The tibial spurs, which are pale yellowish brown in //. gracilior,

are so only on the front legs of opuntiw, on the others being

black. ‘he four anterior tibiz in gracilior come to a decided

point at the end on the outer side at an angle of perhaps 50° ;

but in opuntie they exhibit at the same place a short but

slender spine, slightly curved upwards. The hind tibie are

slightly nodulose on the outer side in gracilior, not so in

opunti@.

Hab. At flowers of Opuntia, Soledad Cafion, N. M.,

May 22 (Ckll.). At one time I| took this for H. rotundiceps,

Cresson; but on comparing it closely with Cresson’s descrip-

tion, it is evidently distinct.

140 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

ii. Smaller, tegule black or piceous.

Heriades prosopidis, sp. n.

@. Long. 5 millim.

Black, of the usual form; abdomen with narrow white

hair-bands. Head large, subquadrate; vertex shining, with

large extremely close punctures ; face somewhat hairy, sides

of face covered with white plumose hairs, forming very con-

spicuous patches ; clypeus punctured, more or less clothed

with silvery hairs; mandibles dark, grooved without; an-

tenne short, wholly dark ; eyes sage-green, except the anterior

two-fifths, which are intense black. Thorax shining, strongly

and closely but not confluently punctured ; pubescence scanty

over most of the surface, but forming patches in front of and

above wings and at sides of metathorax, the pleura also being

margined with white hairs. Tegule shining piceous. Wings

iridescent, perfectly hyaline; nervures and stigma black,

stigma quite small. Legs black, sparsely hairy, the four

hindmost tarsi clothed within with ferruginous hairs. Abdo-

men rather shiny, strongly and rather closely punctured, with

four conspicuous but very narrow white hair-bands. Apical

segment thinly clothed above with short silvery hairs.

Ventral scopa white. First ventral segment with a thorn-

like prominence. Mandibles broad and tridentulate at apex.

Hab. Mesilla, New Mexico, three at flowers of mesquite

(Prosopis), in company with Prosopis mesille, P. asininus,

and Perdita exclamans, May 7, 1896.

I have also a single male, taken at Jas Cruces, N. M.,

June 16, on Aster spinosus flowers ; it is like the female, but

somewhat smaller, with a more densely pubescent face, longer

antenne, and the tip of the abdomen exhibits four short teeth.

This little species could be taken for ZH. variolosa, Cresson,

but the punctures of the third abdominal segment are no

larger than those of the second.

Heriades cactorum, sp. 0.

2. Length about 6 millim.

Uniformly larger than H. prosopidis, but very similar to it.

‘Phe pubescence of the face forms two very conspicuous white

bands at the sides and is fairly abundant about the antenne ;

it does not at all conceal the surface of the clypeus. The

punctuation of the pleura is somewhat closer than in proso-

ptdis, and the stigma is perhaps rather smaller. The flagellum

becomes tinged perceptibly with dark brown. ‘The eyes are

Bees from New Mexico, 141

bicoloured, as in prosopidis. ‘he second and third segments

of the abdomen are punctured alike.

Hab. Santa Fé, N. M., July 10, three at flowers of Cactus

radiosus, var. neomexicanus (Eng.), in Mr. Boyle’s garden ;

they burrowed deeply down among the anthers. One at

Colorado Springs, Colorado, middle of July.

This species does not appreciably differ from H. prosopidis,

at least in the female, except in the characters given above;

yet I believe it is certainly a different species. I have a

series of each, and the differences are constant; the bees also

occur on different kinds of flowers in different life-zones.

Heriades meliloti, sp. n.

dé. Length about 64 millim.

Stoutly built; head large, seen from in front almost exactly

circular ; eyes bicoloured green and black, face covered with

white hairs; vertex with very sparse silvery hairs, shining,

strongly but only moderately densely punctured; antenne

not very long, flagellum only very feebly brown; mandibles

deeply bifid at ends, the two teeth sharp, no indication of a

third; thorax not densely but quite copiously white-hairy ;

mesothorax with strong quite close punctures, similar punc-

tures on scutellum not so close; tegule shining piceous;

nervures and stigma black; wings hyaline; base of meta-

thorax smooth and shining; small joints of tarsi rufescent ;

abdomen with strong and tolerably close punctures, similar on

the second and third segments ; the narrow white hair-bands

very distinct ; apex with four equidistant teeth, of which the

two middle are the larger, but are not broadened. Venter

with two white hair-bands ; subbasal projection not very large,

hairy.

Hab. Four in the Mesilla Valley, N. M., near Las Cruces.

One was on Melilotus indica, on the College Farm, early in

May ; two were on the College campus, Sept. 10, at the same

spot as a lot of Plenoculus Cockerellit, Fox *.

Hi. meliloti differs from the male of H. prosopidis at once

in its considerably larger size, the much larger head, and

relatively shorter antenna. It is a somewhat larger insect

than even the female of cactorwm, so it is not likely to be its

male, especially since it was found in a quite different locality.

The male of HZ. osmotdes, Cresson, which I took at Colorado

* The P. Cockerellii were flying rapidly over the sand only a few

inches above the surface and burrowing in it. I saw two making a great

fuss, and found they were struggling for the possession of a small cater-

pillar.

142 On Bees from New Mexico.

Springs, Colorado, at the middle of July, is distinguished

from meliloti by its considerably larger size and the fact that

the two middle teeth at the end of the abdomen are con-

siderably broader than long.

I have a single female from Soledad Caiion, in the Organ

Mountains, which I think must belong to me/iloti. It was

collected by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend on Aug. 15 on Melam-

podium cinereum, DC. (det. E. O. Wooton) ; it is extremely

like Sta. Fé cactorum, but larger, about 64 millim. long, and

has a noticeably larger head and broader face.

Halictus ruidosensis, sp. n.

2. Length 6 millim.

Head and thorax very dark Prussian green, abdomen and

legs black. Head ordinary, face broad; eyes converging

above and below, so that the inner orbital margin is noticeably

curved ; face and front rough from the strong and extremely

close punctuation, dark blue-green; except the clypeus and

supraclypeal area, which are olive-green with a coppery

lustre, the anterior margin of the clypeus broadly black.

The punctuation of the lower parts of the face is also much

less close than that above, and the clypeus and supraclypeal

area are minutely roughened with strong but quite sparse

punctures. Mandibles dark rufescent at ends; antennz

wholly very dark brown. Pubescence throughout dirty

white, with a faint yellowish tint, sparse on head and thorax,

but conspicuous in certain lights, not at all concealing surface

of face. Thorax dark blue-green, metathorax perhaps a little

bluer than the parts in front of it; mesothorax minutely

granular and strongly and quite closely punctured; a distinct

median impressed line ; with a strong lens in a good light the

postscutellum and hind part of scutellum appear quite an

olive-green and the metathorax deep blue-black, strongly

contrasting; metathorax minutely granular, rather shining,

truncate, the distinct crescent-shaped basal area bounded only

by a rounded edge ; basal portion of enclosure finely rugose-

plicate. Tegule shining piceous, not punctured. Wings

hyaline, iridescent, slightly dusky towards apex; nervures

and stigma piceous. Legs black, tibial spurs rufous, hind

legs quite densely pubescent. Abdomen moderately broad,

brown-black ; first segment sparsely and feebly punctured,

remaining segments more closely but still feebly punctured ;

hind margins of segments so narrowly and feebly testaceous

that it is not readily noticeable; no hair-bands, but sides of

first three segments, and dorsum of hind part of third and all

On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 143

fourth and fifth pruinose from a fine pubescence, which on

the lateral bases of the second and third segments tends to

form triangular marks.

@. Like the female, abdomen narrower.

Hab. Ruidoso Creek, New Mexico; six collected by

Prof. E. O. Wooton, viz. :—(1) no. 21, at 6600 fect, July 3,

on Hrysimum ; (2) no. 49, a variety with the clypeus and

supraclypeal area concolorous with the rest of the face, at

7500 feet, July 6; (3) no. 24, July 3, on Mimulus luteus ;

(4) no. 142, at 6600 feet, July 10, on Rhus; (5) no. 171,

at 6600 feet, July 10, on Rhus; (6) no. 170, also on Rhus

with the last.

La Tenaja, near Santa Fé, N. M., collected by Miss Myrtle

Boyle.

Santa Fé, N. M., seven, as follows:—(1) CkIl. 1141, the

only male I have, unfortunately without its head, on alfalfa,

Andrews orchard, June 27; (2) Ckll. 3468, on Linum

Lewisit in garden, July 12; (3) Ckll. 1407, July 10, Boyle

coll. ; (4) Ckll. 4242, Aug. 5; (5) CkIl. 4055, Aug. 2, on

Clematis ligusticifolia; (6) Ckll. 4044 and 4046, Aug. 2, on

Solidago canadensis.

Las Cruces, N. M., March 31, 1896, on Sisymbrium.

This is a species of the transition-zone, though a single

specimen was taken at Las Cruces, in the Upper Sonoran.

Ordinarily it is known especially by the dark nervures and

stigma, not at all metallic abdomen, and contrasting colour of

the clypeus and supraclypeal area. The stigma may be

slightly pallid, a sort of rather dilute sepia, but never honey-

ellow ; in one example only, apparently conspecific (Wooton’s

no. 49), did the character of the clypeal coloration fail.

H, ruidosensis is very similar to [/. Ashmeadit, Rob., from

Florida, but the latter will at once be distinguished by the

narrower face and the lively reddish-brown colour of the

tegule; the second submarginal cell in Ashmeadit is much

narrowed above, but in ruddosensis it is very little narrowed.

Mesilla, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

May 9, 1897.

XII.—Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias.

By A. G. Burier, Ph.D. &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

As recently as 1893 Ritter von Mitis essayed a revision of

this genus in the German ‘ Iris,’ pp. 100-153; he, however,

overlooked two or three described forms, and his material

evidently was far from rich enough to enable him to form a

144 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

just estimate as to the value of the characters upon which

species had been based.

At the present time the collection of the Natural History

Museum, though still far from perfect, possesses long series

of the commoner species, and is chiefly weak in those of the

Solomon Islands which have been described during the last

few years. The generosity of Messrs. Godman and Salvin,

whose collection of these butterflies is now incorporated with

the National series, has filled up several blanks and greatly

improved the representation of some of the more beautiful and

rarer species. ‘Therefore, as ] have been asked to bring the

account of this genus up to date while fresh from its study, I

will try to do my best, reducing the synonymy as much as

possible.

1. Delias eucharis.

Papilio eucharis, Drury, Tl. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. x. figs. 5, 6 (1773).

Pieris epicharis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 153 (1819).

Fifty-two examples, of which twenty-four are from the

Godman and Salvin collection. Seven other examples are in

the Hewitson series. India and Burma generally. B. M.

This widely distributed and common species seems to vary

very little.

2. Delias ethira.

Delias ethira, Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. iv. p. 262 (1886).

Berhampore, Ganjam and Khasia Hills (nine examples).

B. M.

Although most nearly related to D. hierte, this species may

be regarded as tending to link the latter to D. eucharts.

3. Delias hierte.

Delias hierte, Hubner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. figs. 77, 78 (1818).

Var. Thyca indica, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. iv.

p. 351 (1867).

Aberr. 2. Thyca devaca, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 566.

Forty-three specimens, of which twenty-one are from G. &

S. coll.; also five in coll. Hewitson. India, Burma, and

Siam. B. M.

This species is very variable on both surfaces, but espe-

cially on the under surface of the secondaries; the scarlet

submarginal spots are always large and seven in number,

but they are very well developed in some examples; the

yellow colouring on these wings also varies from lemon to

saffron, sometimes even tinged with scarlet on the abdominal

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 145

border, whilst Moore’s 7. sanaca (a full-coloured female) has

the subcostal area and cell of secondaries red ; this, however,

I believe to be a mere accidental discoloration, such as one

sometimes sees in Pierine butterflies, and due perhaps to

staining through the chance dropping of meconium from

above as the insect rested below a twig; but at best a mere

aberration. In some examples, especially where the yellow

is deep in tint, it is confined to the inner half of the wing

and partly divided from the scarlet submarginal spots by

white crescents; in others these crescents are wanting; fre-

quently the yellow covers nearly the whole of the paler

portion of the wing, and (rarely) it entirely obliterates every

vestige of white. In the sport to which Wallace gave the

name of Thyca indica the black suffusion on the upper

surface at apex of primaries is weakly defined and the black

veins on the under surface of the secondaries are expanded

by a bordering of black scales at the inner edge of the scarlet

spots. None of these varieties are limited to any locality,

excepting, perhaps, the variety without white on the under-

side of the secondaries, of which we only possess a female

from Toungoo; a male from Rangoon has almost lost all

trace of white, so that it is just possible that this variety may

be confined to Burma.

4. Delias metarete.

Delias metarete, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) i. p. 550 (1879).

Malacca, Penang, Borneo, Sumatra. B. M. Sumatra,

coll. Hewitson.

This is a Malayan representative of D. hierte, approaching

nearest to the var. indica, but the much more uniformly grey

apical area of the primaries above, the more restricted and

sharply defined limitation of the yellow area on the under

surface of the secondaries, and development of the black inner

bordering of the scarlet spots constantly distinguish it. Our

series consists of eight examples, two of which are from the

Godman and Salvin collection, also one in the Hewitson

collection.

5. Delias hemorrhea.

Pieris hemorrhea, V ollenhoyen, Mon. Pier. p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1865).

Three examples, Banca. ¢ 2, B. M.

The more dusky bordering of the secondaries above, the

orange instead of yellow colouring below, and restriction of

the scarlet spots to three in number, readily separate this

insular form from the preceding.

146 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

6. Delias niasana.

Delias niasana, Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. 35, pl. iv. figs. 22, 23 (1884).

Var. amarilla, ibid. t. e.

Nias. Three examples. B. M.

Two of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

collection. ‘The species is a well-marked one, having the

yellow on the under surface of the secondaries of a bright

primrose tint, the submarginal scarlet spots almost enclosed

in black and with pale edges; it approaches more nearly to

D. hyparete, but is quite easily separated from that species

by the form, pale edging, and number of the scarlet spots.

7. Delias hyparete.

Papilio hyparete, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 247 (1764),

Papilio autonoe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clxxxvui. C, D (1779).

Assam, Penang, Borneo, Sumatra, and Java. B. M.

Thirty-four examples, of which thirteen are from the God-

man and Salvin collection. The species varies chiefly in the

size of the submarginal scarlet spots on under surface of

secondaries, but not to any great extent.

8. Delias luzonensis.

Pieris luzonensis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 285 (1862).

Var. Delias palawanica, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 24 (1889).

Vars. Delias mindanaensis, Mitis, Ivis, vi. p. 159, pl. ii. figs. 4, 5 (1893).

Philippine Islands and Formosa. B. M.

Eighteen examples, of which twelve were received from

the Godman and Salvin collection. Hewitson also had four

other specimens.

In its typical form D. luzonensis nearly resembles the

darker examples of ). hyparete from Java (D. autonoe), but

is at once seen to differ in the greater obliquity of the inner

edge of the blackish apical patch, owing to its being carried

backwards to the end of the discoidal cell; also (on the

under surface) in the broader black border of secondaries,

which completely encloses the scarlet submarginal spots, and

the much greater extent of yellow on these wings. The

species is very variable, easily divided into five forms, as

follows :—

1. Typical form, with blackish apical patch to primaries

streaked above with grey between the veins; secondaries

below with six scarlet spots—Luzon, Manilla, and Formosa.

2. Secondaries below with the second and third spots

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 147

whitish and small (female figured by von Mitis, Taf. ii. fig. 5,

as D. mindanaensis 2 ).—Luzon.

8. Secondaries with fewer scarlet spots—two to three in

male, three large and two very small in female (male D. min-

danaensis, fig. 4).—Mindanao.

4, Apex of primaries above crossed by more or less con-

fluent broad white streaks, forming a belt crossed by black

veins; secondaries below with six scarlet spots—D. pala-

wanica, Palawan.

5. Secondaries below with second and third spots small

and whitish.— Mindoro.

That any of these forms is constant to locality may be

doubted.

9. Delias lucina.

Delias lucina, Distant, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 270

(1887).

Delias joloana, Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 24 (1889).

Sulu Archipelago. Two males from G. & 8. coll.

10. Delias simplex, sp. n.

3. Upperside resembling D. Stollizi (autonoe, Stoll, not

Cramer), but even less varied with black: wings below

white, with black veins slightly expanded on the outer border

of the primaries, and so much so on the secondaries as to

form a continuous narrow sinuated border; internal third of

secondaries pale chrome-yellow ; no red submarginal spots.

Expanse of wings 82 millim.

Sumatra (Sachs). From G. & §. coll.

11. Delias Stollit.

Delias Stollii, Butler, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 32.

Papilio autonce, Stoll (not Cramer), Pap. Exot. pl. xxxiii. figs. 2,26

(1790).

China. B. M.

Six examples, of which two were in the Godman and Salvin

collection ; the species is easily recognizable by the second-

aries on the under surface being almost wholly yellow,

combined with very small scarlet submarginal spots, bordered

externally by a yellow edging, which separates them from

the black of the outer border.

12. Delias Rosenbergit.

Pieris Rosenbergit, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 11, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1865).

Delius chrysoleuca, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 138 (1893).

Macassar. ‘Three specimens. B. M.

One example from the Godman and Salvin collection.

148 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

Var. Delias Lorquinit.

Var. Delias Lorquinti, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p, 159, pl. xxiv.

figs. 9, 10 (1865).

Delias catamelas, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 77 (1891).

Menado. Four examples. B. M.

Also four specimens in Hewitson’s collection.

Three of the examples of this variety or local race are

from the Godman and Salvin collection ; it chiefly differs from

typical D. Rosenbergit in the black suffusion towards base of

secondaries on the under surface, and was figured by Vollen-

hoven (pl. iii. fig. 1) as the female of that species; and he

mentions both as coming from Macassar. The following

may be a further development of the same species, the colour

of the secondaries being variable.

13. Delias Mitisi.

Delias Mitisi, Stavdinger, Ivis, vii. p. 352 (1894).

Sula Islands.

Differs in having the basal half of secondaries below black,

without yellow basal patch; the discal area white, only

tinted with yellow at inner margin; submarginal scarlet

spots larger.

14. Delias melusina.

Delias melusina, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 76 (1891), iii. pl. ili. fig. 5.

Celebes.

Seems nearly allied to D. zebuda, but with very melanic

upper surface and yellow subapical spots on under surface of

primaries,

15. Delias zebuda.

Pieris zebuda, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Pier. pl. vii. figs. 49, 50 (1862).

Menado and Ternate. Six examples. B. M.

Four of the specimens from the Godman and Salvin collec-

tion. Inthe Hewitsoncollection there are four more specimens

from Menado and Tondano.

16. Delias Descombesi.

Pieris Descombest, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 465 (1836).

Darjiling, Nepal, Assam, Silhet, Moulmein, ‘Toungoo,

Tilin Yaw, Poungudaw, Pegu. B.M.

Twenty-eight examples, thirteen of which are from the

Godman and Salvin collection. This species varies very little,

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 149

excepting in the ground-colour of the secondaries below,

which, in the females, varies from buffish yellow to whitish.

Five examples in the Hewitson collection.

17. Deltas oraia.

Delias oraia, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1x. p. 189 (1891); Grose

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 10, Del. pl. ii. figs. 5, 6 (1898).

Sumbawa Island (ex coll. G.& 8.). 6 2, B. M.

A well-marked local representative of D. Descombest, the

female being very distinct in character.

18. Delias splendida,

Delias splendida, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 661 (1894); Smith &

Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Ded. pl. vi. figs. 4-6 (1895),

Timor.

A very fine and distinct species of the D. Descombest

group.

19. Delias belisama.

Papilio belisama, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eclviii. A, B (1782).

Var. Delias nakula, Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Pier. i., Deé.

pl. i, figs. 1-4 (1889).

Var. Delias aurantia, Doherty, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. lx. p. 189 (1891).

Delias belisar, Staudinger, Iris, iv. p. 78 (1891) ; Grose Smith & Kirby,

Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 6, Ded. pl. ii. figs. 6, 7 (1893).

Var. Delias vestalina, Staudinger (=nakula), Iris, iv. p. 79 (1891).

Var. Delias erubéscens, Staudinger, ¢. c. p. 80.

Java. Twenty-six specimens. B. M.

Six examples are in the Hewitson collection. Eight of

the specimens in the general series are from the Godman and

Salvin collection.

Attempts have been made to show that the variations of

this species are localized, but it is certain that Dr. Horsfield

bred the typical form, D. nakula and D. aurantia, and there is

no reason for supposing that he collected his larve in different

parts of the island. JD. belisar has been regarded asa variety

identical with D. aurantia; it, however, differs in the greater

width of the outer border of the secondaries in the male; the

female does not differ: it is said to occur at Malang, ana

may possibly be a localized sport of the species. D. eru-

bescens is probably a rare aberration; we have a small female

of a very deep rosy orange colonr (formerly in the Kaden

collection). Intergrades occur between typical D. belisama

and D. aurantia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. il

150 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

20. Delias glauce.

3. Pieris glauce, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 431, pl. xxv. fig. 2.

Borneo. Type, B. M.

This species chiefly differs from the preceding in the

absence of the subapical yellow markings from the under

surface of the primaries. It is said to be common in Sumatra.

21. Delias inferna.

Delias inferna, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 63, pl. xxiv. fig. 6 (1871) ; Grose

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Del. pl. 11. figs. 3-6.

Type N.W. Australia ; two males and two females, Cape

York and Port Moresby. B. M.

Twelve examples, of which ten are from the Godman and

Salvin collection. Hewitson also possessed a pair which he

mixed up with D. aruna.

22. Delias aruna.

¢. Pieris aruna, Boisduval, Voy. de lAstr., Lép. p. 48 (1832); Hewit-

son, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. iii. figs. 20-22 (1861).

2. Pieris bajura, Boisduyal, /. ec.

Two males and one female, Humboldt Bay; male, Bat-

chian; male, Waigiou. B. M.

From the Godman and Salvin collection; there are also two

males and a female in the Hewitson collection from Batchian

and Waigiou.

23. Delias Honrathi.

@. Delias Honrathi, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 134, pl. iii. fig. 1 (1893).

Ralum, New Pomerania.

This may turn out to be only a dimorphic form of the

female of D. madetes, from which it principally differs in the

white instead of yellow ground-colour of the upper surface

and in having most of the spots on the under surface of the

primaries white.

24, Delias madetes.

Pieris madetes, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 733.

Male and female, types (coll. G. & 8.) ; male and female,

New Ireland. B. M.

25. Delias diaphana.

Delias diaphana, Semper, Verh. Hamb. iii. p. 114 (1878); Reis. Phil.

v.p 228, pl. xxxiv. figs. 3-6 (1890).

Mindanao and Davao. B. M.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 151

Fourteen examples, of which twelve are from the Godman

and Salvin collection.

The three following species stand out distinct from all the

other forms of the genus, but combine characters of those

which precede and those which follow them in this arrange-

ment of the genus.

26. Delias aganippe.

Papilio aganippe, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pl. xxix. (1805).

Adelaide, Sydney, Moreton Bay, &c. B. M.

Thirteen examples, of which seven are from the Godman

and Salvin collection. Four other specimens in the Hewitson

series.

27. Delias harpalyce.

Papilio harpalyce, Donovan, Ins, New Holland, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1805).

Papilio Lewint, Thon, Entom. Arch. i. p. 38, pl. iii. fig. 10 (1828).

Australia, Sydney. B. M.

Nine examples, three of which are from the Godman and

Salvin collection. Also three specimens in the Hewitson

erles.

28. Delias nigrina.

Papilio nigrina, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775); Donovan, Ins.

New Holl. pl. xix. fig. 1 (1805).

Sydney, Moreton Bay, Richmond River. B. M.

Ten specimens, four of which are from the Godman and

Salvin collection. Four other specimens in Hewitson’s

collection.

29. Delias funerea.

Delias funerea, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894).

Delias Plateni, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 355 (1894).

Gilolo.

In some respects this species resembles D. témorensis, but

it is more nearly related to D. duris, from which it differs in

the white under surface of primaries, with whitish subapical

spots on a black area; the secondaries below are also quite

black, with the scarlet markings more vivid than in D. duris.

30. Delias duris.

Pieris duris, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. v. fig. 34 (1861).

Ceram. ‘Type coll. Hewitson.

Intermediate between the preceding species and D. ceeneus,

152 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

31. Delias ceeneus.

Papilio ceneus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 271 (1764). 4

Papilio pleraris, Donovan, Ins. New Holland, pl. xviii. fig. 2 (1805).

Cathemia anthyparete, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 92 (1816).

Pieris philyra, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 150 (1819).

Amboina, Ceram. B. M.

Nineteen examples, of which nine are from the Godman and

Salvin collection.

32. Delias philotis.

Thyca philotis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 357, pl. viil.

fic, 4 (1867).

Bourou. Types coll. Hewitson.

Hewitson united this species to D. cwneus, from which it

may be readily distinguished by the oblique inner edge of

the blackish area of primaries on the underside, leaving a

large white patch from median vein to inner margin.

33. Delias argenthona.

Papilio argenthona, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 200 (1793).

9. Pieris protocharis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 457 (1836).

Queensland, Port Denison, Richmond River, Moreton

Bay. B. M.

Fourteen examples, eight of which are from the Godman

and Salvin collection. ‘The Hewitson collection contains six

specimens.

The specimen figured by me as Delias fragalactea (Lep.

Exot. pl. xxiv. fig. 7) is only a small example of this species ;

the white spot at end of discoidal cell in primaries on the

under surface is frequently confluent with the white of the

ground-colour in this species, and therefore cannot be

regarded as one of the distinguishing characters of D. fraga-

lactea.

34. Delias fragalactea.

Thyca fragalactea, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p. 243 (1869), but not of Lep. Exot.

N. Australia. Two examples. Type B. M.

It is possible that this may eventually be linked to D. ar-

genthona; but the greater depth of the pale basal area on the

under surface of the secondaries, which encloses the red spot

and extends to the end of the cell, as also the heavier black

bordering of these wings on the upper surface, readily distin-

guish it at present from that species. Apparently the hind

wings are comparatively longer than in D. argenthona, there

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 153

being little, if any, difference in the width of the black area

pete the scarlet spots ; but this is due to the latter being

ess elongated than usual.

35. Delias peribea.

Prerts pertbea, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 154 (1819).

Delias Wallacei, Rothschild, Ivis, v. p. 441, pl. v. fig. 2 (1892).

Three female examples. Java, from Godman and Salvin

collection. ;

The absence of the scarlet spot at the end of the cell, upon

which Mr. Rothschild relied, proves to be an unstable cha-

racter; indeed, it is not really scarlet, but orange in the

female, and in one of our specimens it is indistinct.

36. Delias Schénbergi.

Delias Schéinbergi, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 161, pl. viii. figs. 6, 7

(1895).

Bougainville Island, Solomon group.

This is one of the handsomest species of the D. argenthona

group.

37. Delias sambawana.

Delias sambawana, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894); Smith &

Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Ded. pl. vi. figs. 2, 3 (1895).

Sambawa Island. Three specimens, from the Godman and

Salvin collection.

38. Delias fasciata.

Delias fasciata, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 662 (1894); 2, Smith &

Kirby, Rhop, Exot. ii., Del. pl. vi. tig. 1 (1895).

Sumba.

The submarginal spots on the under surface are yellow

splashed with red.

39. Delias sthenobea.

Pieris sthenobea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 466 (1836).

Moluccas.

Said to resemble J. Descombesiz, but with the wings paler

and no red patch at base of secondaries on the under surface ;

the submarginal spots are yellow.

40, Delias Dohertyt.

Delias Dohertyt, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 661 (1894); Smith &

Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii., Ded. pl. vi. figs. 7, 8 (1895).

‘Timor.

154 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

It isa curiotis thing that in the same year when the above

was described M. Oberthiir described a Pieris Dohertyt from

New Guinea. The latter, however, appears to me to be

allied to P. ornytion of Godman and Salvin, in which case it

is not a Delias (although P. ornytion has erroneously been

referred to this genus by von Mitis).

41. Delias bagoe.

Pieris bagoe, Boisduval, Voy. de l’Astr., Lép. p. 49 (1832).

Pieris eurygania, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 734.

New Ireland. Seven examples. B. M.

Five of the specimens, including the types of 2. eurygania,

are from the Godman and Salvin collection.

42, Delias Salvini.

Delias Salvini, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 163

(1882).

New Britain. Type, B. M.

43. Delias echo.

Thyca echo, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 358, pl. viii.

fig. 3 (1867).

Bourou. Types, coll. Hewitson.

Allied to the following, but very distinct.

44, Delias isse.

Papilio isse, Cramer, Pap. Exot.i. pl. lv. E, F (1779).

Amboina and Ceram. Sixteen examples. B. M.

Ten of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin col-

lection. The Hewitson series consists of four specimens.

45, Delias Ribbet.

Delias Ribbei, Rober, Iris, i. p. 46, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4 (1886).

Aru Islands.

Also allied to D. isse.

46. Delias candida.

¢. Pieris candida, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 11, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1865).

2. Pieris herodias, Vollenhoven, /. c.

_ Batchian, four specimens from Godman and Salvin collec-

tion.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 155

47. Delias chrysomelena.

Pieris chrysomelena, Vollenhoyen, Tijd. Ent. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 57, pl. i.

figs. 1, 2 (1866).

Batchian, three specimens from Godman and Salvin collec-

tion.

The female above resembles that of D. candida.

48, Delias echidna.

Pieris echidna, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. v. figs. 35, 36 (1861).

Ceram. ‘Type, coll. Hewitson.

49, Delias dorylea.

2. Pieris dorylea, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 182 (1865);

? Mitis, Iris, vi. pl. iii. fig. 2.

6. Thyca hippodamia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 359,

pl. viii. fig. 1 (1867).

Aru. , Wallace’s type, coll. Hewitson.

50. Delias dorimene.

Papilio dorimene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceclxxxvii. C, D (1782).

Papilio fuliginosus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5, p. 2261 (1788-91).

Pieris ageleis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 147 (1819).

Amboina and Ceram. Fourteen examples. B. M.

Eight of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

collection ; there are also four others in the Hewitson collection.

51. Delias altivaga.

Delias altivaga, Frihstorfer, Ent. Nachr. xix. p. 333 (1893); Stett.

ent. Zeit. lv. p. 121, pl. iv. fig. 8 (1894).

Java.

Nearly allied to D. geraldina and D. gabia.

52. Delias geraldina.

Delias geraldina, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 585 (1894); Rhop.

Exot, ii., Del. pl. v. figs. 1-3 (1895).

New Guinea.

53. Delias gabia.

3. Pieris gabia, Boisduval, Voy. de l’Astr., Lép. p. 49 (1882).

New Guinea. Male, B. M.

156 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

54. Delias Kuhnt.

Delias Kuhni, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 295, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1886).

Var, Delias sulana, Staudinger, Iris, vii. p. 354 (1894).

Male, Bangkai, Celebes, from Godman and Salvin collection.

Near to D. themis; primaries below black ; secondaries

with about three bright yellow submarginal spots.

55. Delias themis.

Pieris themis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii., Pier. pl. v. figs. 31, 32 (1861).

S.E. Mindanao, Philippines. Two pairs. B. M.

Three of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

collection.

56. Deltas singhapura.

Thyca singhapura, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 353,

pl. vii. fig. 2 (1867).

Sandakan, Labuan, Sarawak. Four males. B. M.

Two of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

_ eollection. In Hewitson’s collection there are three males

and a female (including Wallace’s types).

57. Delias agoranis.

Delias agoranis, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx.

p. 266 (1887) ; Rhop. Exot., Del. pl. i. figs. 7, 8.

Mergui. Three males. B. M.

58. Deltas cathara.

Delias cathara, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii.

p. 34 (1893); Rhop. Exot. ii., Del. pl. v. figs. 7, 8 (1895).

Kina Balu, N. Borneo.

Allied to D. stnghapura and to the following species.

59. Delias baracasa.

Delias baracasa, Semper; Reis. Phil. ii. v. p. 230, pl. xxxiv. fig. 2

(1890).

S.E. Mindanao.

Von Mitis says that this “is most certainly nothing more

than an aberration of D. mindanaénsis, in which the whole

of the marginal spots on the under surface of the hind wings

have become white.” If this is correct, J). cathara must be

a parallel form of D. hyparete; but, to my mind, there is no

certainty in the matter. Both insects are considerably

smaller than the red-spotted species, and fall naturally into

the D. stnghapura group.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 157

60. Delias danala.

Delias danala, De Nicéville, Journ. Bom. Soe. viii. p. 51, pl. 1. fig. 9

(1893).

Delias karo, Hagen, Iris, vii. p. 33, pl. i. fig. 4 (1894).

Sumatra.

Allied to D. baracasa and distantly related to D. agostina.

61. Deltas enniana.

¢. Pieris enniana, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xv. p, 481, pl. iv.

fig. 8 (1879-80).

Q. Thyca ennia, part., Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 355,

pl. vii. fig. 4, Q (1867).

Delias dorothea 2 , Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 146, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1893).

Male, Waigiou, from Godman and Salvin collection.

Wallace’s type of the female is in the Hewitson collection.

62. Delias dice.

2. Pieris dice, Vollenhoyen, Mon. Pier. p. 39, pl. iv. fig. 7 (1865).

New Guinea.

Allied to the preceding species.

63. Delias nigidius.

2. Delias nigidius, Miskin, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p.93; Grose Smith

& Kirby, Rhop. Exot. ii. p. 9, Del. pl. iii, figs. 3, 4 (1893).

3. Pieris jobiana, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xix. p. 7, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1894).

Port Moresby. Three males from the Godman and Salvin

collection.

64. Delias ennia.

3. Thyca ennia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 355, pl. vii.

fic. 4, ¢ (1867).

@. Delias dorothea 3, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 146, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1898).

Waigiou. ‘Type in coll. Hewitson.

65. Delias georgiana.

Delias georgiana, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv.

p. 228 (1895).

Two males and two females, New Britain. Five examples

from the Godman and Salvin collection.

This must not be confounded with D. georgina of Felder,

to which it is in no respect nearly related.

158 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

66. Deltas vishnu.

3. Pieris vishnu, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. Comp. i. p. 83, pl. 2a, fig. 5

(1857).

Male, Java. Type, B. M.

Also a very large male and ordinary female, said to be from

Timor, in the Hewitson collection.

67. Delias

6. Pieris timorensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i, p. 459 (1836);

Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 368, pl. xxxviil. fig. 6.

Two males, Larat, Timor-laut, and ‘Tenimber.

timorensis.

B. M.

The Tenimber specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

collection.

68. Delias aruensts.

Delias aruensis, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 110 (1895).

Thyca bagoe, Wallace (not Boisd.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iii. vol. iv.

p- 355, pl. vii. figs. 8, 3 @ (1867).

Male and female, Aru. ‘Types in coll. Hewitson.

69. Delias pecilea.

Pieris pecilea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 13, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1866).

Batchian. Three males, from Godman and Salvin collec-

tion.

70. Delias sacha.

Delias sacha, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 75 (1895).

Obi Island.

Possibly more nearly allied to D. candida, but I have no

seen the species.

71. Delias euphemia.

Delias euphemia, Grose Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 384, pl. xii. figs. 1,

(1894).

Biak, N.E. New Guinea.

Allied to D. lara and D. mysis.

72. Delias mysis.

Papilio mysis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 475 (1775) ; Donovan, Ins. New

Holl. pl. xxi. fig. 1 (1805).

Queensland, Rockingham Bay, Cape Bowen. Hight

examples. B. M.

One male is from the Godman and Salvin collection. In

the Hewitson collection there are two others.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 159

73. Delias estiva, sp. n.?

Possibly only a dry-season form of the preceding, but little

or nothing appears to be known regarding the seasonal

changes in this genus: it differs from ). mysis in its gene-

rally inferior size, narrower black apical border of primaries

continued as a slender line to the external angle; the yellow

on the under surface of the secondaries is brighter, more

restricted, and more sharply defined, and the scarlet stripe is

considerably narrower, more as in /), témorensis.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 60-70, 2 60 millim.

Port Darwin and Port Essington. Fiveexamples. B.M.

One male was in the Godman and Salvin collection.

74. Delias cruentata.

Pieris cruentata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 455, pl. xxvi. fig. 2.

Male (type), Mysol; male, Waigiou (coll. G. & 8.). B. M.

75. Deltas lara.

Pieris lara, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 461 (1836),

Var. Delias intermedia, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 149 (1893).

Two males and one female, Port Moresby; male, var. cn-

termedia, Port Moresby. B. M.

Seven specimens, all from the Godman and Salvin collec-

tion. Iam inclined to think that D. cntermedia will prove

to be the dry-season form of this species and D. cruentata a

nearly allied species ; on the other hand, the latter may prove

to be the dry-season form and J), ¢ntermedia a form occurring

at the change of the seasons. At present, however, we have

no data to go upon.

76. Delias agostina.

Pieris agostina, Hewitson, Exot, Butt. i., Pier. pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1852).

Darjiling, Nepal, Assam, East Pegu. LHighteen examples.

B. M.

Thirteen of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

collection. In the Hewitson collection are seven other

specimens.

The following species is so remarkably variable that it has

been split up into numerous named forms. In my opinion

the Indian and Chinese forms represent modifications of one

widely distributed species, the Indian variations ranging

from almost white to almost black, the Chinese varying less

160 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

in ground-colour but with the markings more or less run

together into streaks. The LD). Horsfieldii form occurs both

in India and China, as also does typical D. belladonna. The

more or less development of yellow patches on the upper

surface of the secondaries is certainly an unreliable character

and not of specific value; otherwise both D. dthiela and

D. patrua would have claims to separation. I shall consider

this species under its varieties.

77. Delias belladonna.

Papilio belladonna, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 180 (1793) ; Donovan,

Nat. Rep. i. pl. xxxv. (1823).

Var. Pieris Horsfieldii, Gray, Zool. Miscell. p, 32 (1851); Herrich-

Schiffer, Ausl. Schmett. figs. 15, 14 (1850).

Var. Pieris sanaca, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Comp. i. p. 79 (1857) ;

P. Z, S. 1857, p. 103, pl. xliv. fig. 4.

Pieris chrysorrhea, Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 6, pl. ii. fig. 4 (1865).

Var. Thyca ithiela, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p- 242 (1869); Lep. Exot. p. 62, pl. xxiv. fig. 1 (1871).

Var. Thyca berinda, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 566; Waterhouse, Aid,

i, pl. xii. (1881).

Var. Delias flavalba, Marshall, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 759.

Var. Delias Boylei, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv.

p. 58 (1885).

Var. Delias Hearsayi, Butler, 1. c.

Var. Delias patrua, Leech, Entom. xxiii. p. 46 (1890); Butt. China,

pl. xxxvii. figs. 1, 2 (1893).

Var. Delias lativitta, Leech, Butt. China, pl. xxxv. fig. 1 (1893).

Var. Delias adelma, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 150; Leech, @. c. pl. xxxvii.

figs. 5, 6 (1893).

Var. Delias subnubila, Leech, /. c. figs. 7, 8 (1893).

Var. Delias zelima, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 131 (1893).

Var. Delias surya, Mitis, t. c. p. 182 (1895).

Var. Delias amarantha, Mitis, t. c. p. 135, pl. 11. fig. 3 (1893).

Sixty-six specimens in B. M. and coll. Hewitson as

follows :—

Var. 1. D. flavalba.

Darjiling. Threein B. M. Three (not labelled) in coll.

Hewitson. Two of our specimens from the Godman and

Salvin collection. One of Hewitson’s examples is almost

wholly white above, the white spots running completely

together almost to the outer border, and therefore more

aberrant than in the following :—

Var. 2. D. lativitta.

Ta-chien-lu, Moupin, Bernardmyo in Burma (Leech).

Not in the Museum series at present.

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias. 161

Var. 3, LD). sanaca=chrysorrhea.

Six specimens, including the type, in B. M. from Danrjiling

and Kulu, one of which is from the Godman and Salvin col-

lection ; also two without locality in coll. Hewitson.

Var. 4. D, Hearsay.

Four specimens, Kulu, Landoor; type, Barrackpore, in

B. M. Two of these from the Godman and Salvin collec-

tion. The type has the basal spot orange, doubtless from

discoloration.

Var. 5. D. Boyle¢=amarantha.

Four specimens: male (type), Darjiling; two males and

one female, Sikhim.

The type of this species differs a little from the others, the

whitish spots being less defined and streaky, the basal spot

red instead of yellow, the anal patch dull saffron-yellow ; the

figure by von Mitis is very like it, but is from a slightly less

discoloured example.

Var. 6. D. subnubila.

Moupin, Huang-mu-chang, and Pu-tsu-fong, Western

China (Leech).

Var. 7. D. belladonna (typical).

Male, N.W. Himalayas; female, “ Ind. orient.” One pair

only. B. M.

The female is an old and somewhat discoloured specimen,

the yellow patches having become faded and reddish; it,

however, agrees well in pattern with Donovan’s figure. I

believe the female figured by Leech (pl. xxxvii. fig. 4) should

be referred to this variety, but the male (fig. 3) to D. Hors-

fieldii. However, it is of no great consequence, as all these

forms grade into one another in a hopelessly inconsiderate

manner,

Var. 8. D. Horsfieldit,=surya and zelima.

Thirteen examples varying in size, elongation of wing, and

size of discal spots in secondaries; also five intergrades

between this variety and the next. Kali valley, N.W. India;

Kulu, Darjiling, Bhutan, Nepal, and Burma.

Of the eighteen examples, twelve were received from

Messrs. Godman and Salvin, including all the connecting

links between typical D. Horsfieldii and D. ithiela.

162 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

Var. 9. D. ithiela @,=D. berinda ¢.

Nineteen specimens from Darjiling (including the type),

from the Khasia and Naga Hills and Assam ; thirteen of

these were received from Messrs. Godman and Salvin. Also

one example in the Hewitson collection.

D. berinda agrees with our solitary female.

Var. 10. D. adelma.

Chang-Yang, Central China (Leech).

This form is even blacker than D. cthiela, the white discal

spots being replaced by grey streaks; the yellow at anal

angle and on abdominal area of secondaries has, however,

reappeared.

Var. 11. D. patrua.

Chang-Yang, Central China (Leech).

Only differs from the preceding variety in the reduction of

the yellow patch at base of secondaries above and of all the

yellow markings below. It was most inconsistent on the

part of my excellent friend Mr. Leech to regard it as a

distinct species, and one of these days he will doubtless admit

as much. It may be supposed that my present action is also

inconsistent with that formerly taken by me; but this is not

so. I have always followed the plan of regarding differently

marked types, especially if they did not agree in form and

had been received from different localities, as distinct species ;

but whenever I have obtained series of intergrades which

proved their identity, I have at once admitted the impossi-

bility of keeping them separate. A very small difference in

pattern may be of specific value, but a mere variation in the

size of spots between two specimens taken in the same

locality is most unlikely to be of importance.

78. Delias aglaia.

Papilio aglaia, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 465 (1758).

Papilio pasithoe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 755 (1767) ; Donovan,

Ins. China, pl. xxx. fig. 2 (1799).

Papilio dione, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. viii. figs. 3, 4 (1773).

Papilio porsenna, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1, pl. xliii. D, E (1776).

Darjiling, Assam, Silhet, Nepal, Tenasserim, Burma,

China. Thirty-four examples. B. M.

Fifteen of the specimens were received from Messrs. God-

man and Salvin; there are also four others in the Hewitson

collection. This species varies a good deal as regards the

amount of creamy yellow on the upper surface of the

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias, 163

secondaries ; in some examples from Burma it almost fills

the area included between the first and second median

branches, leaving only four diffused spots between it and the

costa; in others it is limited by the first median branch,

leaving five diffused spots ; but all kinds of links between the

two types also occur.

79. Delias parthenope.

Thyca parthenope, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347

(1867).

Thyca ninus, Wallace, J. ¢. pl. vii. fig. 1.

Elephant Island, Malacca, Borneo. B.M. Sumatra

(G. & §. coll.).

The type from Malacca is in the Hewitson collection mixed

with the preceding species.

80. Delias pandecta.

Delias pandecta, Staudinger, Iris, 1889, p. 23.

Two males and one female, Palawan. Four examples

(Godman and Salvin coll.).

We have a female from Nias which resembles this species

in colouring, but differs above in having the greyish-white

macular belt on the upper surface of the primaries across the

end of the cell, so that it touches the white spot. This may

possibly be nearer to D. aglaia, but without the male it is

impossible to decide.

81. Delias pandemia.

Thyca pandemia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser, 3, vol.iv. p. 346, pl. vi.

fies, 4,4 a (1869).

Palawan, Labuan, and Sarawak. B. M.

Fourteen examples, of which twelve are from the Godman

and Salvin collection. Wallace’s type is in the Hewitson

collection.

82. Delias henningia.

Pontia henningia, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 214, pl. ix.

figs. 20 a, b (1821).

Var. Thyca lucerna, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p. 248 (1869); Lep. Exot. p. 62, pl. xxiv. figs. 2, 5 (1871).

Var. Thyca ochreopicta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv.

p. 244 (1869); Lep. Exot. p. 63, pl. xxiv. figs. 3 (2 ),4(¢) (1871) *.

Twenty-six examples, of which fifteen are from the Godman

and Salvin collection. They separate into the following

forms :—

* I transposed the sexes of the two variations of this species,

164 Dr. A. G. Butler on the

1. D. ochreopicta.

Six examples. Luzon and Mindanao. (Three, G. & S,

coll.)

2. D. ochreopicta, var.

Eight examples. Mindoro, Guimaras, Luzon. (Seven,

G. & S. coll.)

In some respects much nearer to D. lucerna and henningia.

3. D. henningia.

Nine examples. ‘ China,” Mindoro, Manilla, Luzon.

(Three, G. & 8. coll.)

Barely distinct from the following.

4, D. lucerna.

Three examples. Philippines; no special locality noted.

(Two, G. & S. coll.)

Chiefly differs from the preceding variety in the greater

expanse of deep yellow on the secondaries,

Of the above forms J). ochreopicta is the best marked,

inasmuch as it nearly approaches J). pandemia in both sexes,

chiefly differing from it in the broad grey-and-white belt

across the primaries. Hewitson’s collection contains a male

of var. 1, a pair of var. 3, and a female of var. 4.

83. Deltas ottonia.

Delias ottonia, Semper, Reis. Phil. ii. v. p, 285, pl. xxxiy. figs. 7-9

(1890).

Davao and Mindanao (g ?, coll. G. & 8.3 g, B. M.).

84. Delias egqialea.

Papilio egialea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. clxxxix. D, E (1779).

Delias tyche and apriata, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p, 91 (1816).

Hight examples. Java (two from G. & 8. coll.). B.M.

Two females in the Hewitson collection.

85. Delias crithoe.

Pieris crithoe, Boisduval, Guérin & Percheron, Gen. Ins. (1885) ;

Vollenhoven, Mon. Pier. p. 7 (1865).

Java. One female, G. & 8. coll.; three males, B. M.

A pair also in the Hewitson collection,

Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias, 165

86. Delias bromo.

3. Delias bromo, Friihstorfer, Ent. Nachr. xix. p, 335 (1893).

2. Delias dymas, De Nicéville, Journ. A. S. Beng. Ixiii. pl. v. fig. 7

p. 44 (1894).

wares, do, B. M.

87. Delias tobahana.

2. Delias tobahana, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii.

p- 571 (1892).

3d. Delias derceto, De Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Soe. viii. p. 51, pl. 1.

fig. 4 (1893).

Sumatra.

Not in the Museum series.

88. Delias parthenia.

Delias parthenia, Staudinger, Iris, v. p. 449 (1892).

Male, Kina Balu. B. M.

89. Delias ninus.

Thyca ninus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. ser. 3. vol. iv. p. 347

(1867).

Thyca parthenope, Wallace, /. c. pl. vi. figs. 5, 5 a (1867),

Penang. Two males. B. M.

The type (from Malacca) is in the Hewitson collection.

90. Delias pyramus.

Thyca pyramus, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 347 (1867).

Pieris thisbe, Gray, es Ins. Nep. pl. vii. fig. 1 (1846).

Var. Delias scandha, Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. ly. 2,

p. 262 (1886).

Darjiling, Nepal, Bhutan, Hast Pegu. Fourteen examples.

B. M.

Nine of the specimens are from the Godman and Salvin

collection. The Hewitson collection contains five others.

91. Delias thysbe.

2. Papilio thysbe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexxxiii, C (1782).

Pieris acalis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 148 (1819).

China.

This species appears chiefly to differ from the female of

D. pyramus in the grey colouring and heavy black border of

the secondaries. [ have never seen the species, and

Mr. Leech’s work on the butterflies of China does not include

any of the species of Delias excepting D. belladonna and its

varieties.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 12

1€6 On the Pierine Butterflies of the Genus Delias.

92. Delias blanca.

Pieris blanca, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. vi. p. 284 (1862); Reise der

Nov., Lep. ii. p. 160, pl. xxiv. figs. 6, 7 (1865).

Luzon.

93. Delias orphne.

Thyca orpkne, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 361, pl. viii.

fig. 2 (1867).

Malacca. Two examples, including the type in coll.

Hewitson.

94. Delias georgina.

Pieris georgina, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. v. p. 298 (1861); Reise der

Nov , Lep. ii. p. 160, pl. xxiv. figs. 4, 5 (1865).

Luzon.

95. Delias ctnerascens.

Delias cinerascens, Mitis, Iris, vi. p. 126, pl. ii. fig. 2, 2 (1893).

Kina Balu.

96. Delias simanabum.

Delias simanabum, Hagen, Iris, vii. p. 34, pl. i. fig. 3 (1894).

Sumatra.

97. Delias momea.

Pieris momea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 477 (1836).

Delias Hageni, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlii. p. 572

(1892).

Delias datames, De Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Soc. viii. p. 53, pl. 1. fig. 8

(1893).

Java. .¢, BM.

A female example is in the Hewitson collection. Occurs

also in Sumatra; but I fail to understand why de Nicéville

considers D). simanabum to be the same species. It appears

to me to be widely distinct, not even belonging to the same

group of species.

98. Delias nysa.

Papilio nysa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775).

Q. Papilio endora, Donovan, Ins. New Holl. pl. xx. fig. 2 (1805).

Moreton Bay, Sydney, Queensland. Twelve examples.

B. M.

Five specimens are from the Godman and Salvin collegtion.

The Hewitson collection also contains five specimens.

The following species may or may not belong to this

genus: I have never seen a specimen :—

Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. 167

99. Delias? d’ Albertisi.

3. Pieris d Albertisi, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xv. p. 480,

pl. iv. fig. 4 (1879-80).

2. Delias discus, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 130, pl. iv. fig. 4

(1882).

New Guinea.

A curiously coloured species, vaguely resembling Tenaris

and Dyctis.

Since the completion of this Revision Mr. Grose Smith

has described three additional species in the Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. for April, 1897, p. 403.

XIV.—WNotes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

—No. XVIII. By Prof. M‘Intoso, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S.

[Plate II.]

1. On the Phosphorescence of Gattyana (Nychia) cirrosa, Pallas.

2. On a new Evarne (£. atlantica) from Rockall.

3. On the British Species of Pholoé.

4. On a Collection of Annelids made by Canon Nerman in Norway.

—Part L. New Evarne and Two Species of Sthenelais.

1. On the Phosphorescence of Gattyana (Nychia) cirrosa,

Pallas.

The alteration of the generic name of this not uncommon

species, as Dr. Merle Norman has shown in a carefully prepared

manuscript on the subject, which I have had the privilege of

perusing, is necessary, since the name Nychza, given to it by

Malmgren in 1865, had already been used by Stal for one of

the Hemiptera.

G. cirrosa has long been knownas a commensalistic Polynoid

in the tubes of Chetopterus. Hitherto, however, the specimens

of this annelid on the East Coast have chiefly been procured

after storms or from deep water. Lately they have been

frequently found as commensalistic forms in the tubes of

Amphitrite debilis, Dalyell (Johnston, Mgrn.), and of compa-

ratively large size. The fact that such species as Polynoé

scolopendrina, habitually found in the tubes of Terebelle, are

phosphorescent suggested experiment in the present instance,

with the result that G. czrrosa was also found to possess this

property. Irritation in the dark causes the scales to gleam

1i2*

168 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

with a pale yellowish light, often extremely faint, and thus

in contrast with Harmothoé cmbricata and Polynoé scolo-

pendrina, in which the phosphorescence is more vivid. Asa

rule Gatiyana occupies a position close to the mouth of the

long tube of the Amphitrite beneath large stones near low-

water mark, so that it is well protected from marauders, even

supposing they were attracted by its light. In the same way

its opportunities for alluring other animals are curtailed ; so

that the remarks formerly made in this connexion still hold.

2. On a new Evarne (E. atlantica) from Rockall.

A fragment of about fifteen segments of the anterior end

was dredged at Station III. A by the Royal Irish Academy’s

expedition on 15th June, 1896.

The head resembles that of 2. ¢mpar, Johnst., in general

outline, but differs in having somewhat smaller eyes. The

tentacles and palpi also are similar, though the cilia on the

former and the minute papille on the latter are less bold.

The cirri generally are a little more slender.

The body is thicker and more massive than in &. impar

of the same size, and both dorsally and ventrally in the

preparation has a pinkish skin-colour. The arrangement of

the bristles at the side of the body is more trim. No

nephridial papilla is observable, though the eminence is

distinct. In this respect it agrees with HL. impar of the same

size, in which the papilla only becomes noticeable about the

twelfth bristled foot. In large examples it is evident on the

seventh bristled foot.

The first foot (bearing the tentacular cirri) has a few short

bristles conforming to the dorsal type, though with somewhat

closer rows of spines. In the second foot the dorsal bristles

are longer and less curved than in #. impar, and while there

may be room for doubt concerning the proportionate distances

of the spinous rows, there can be none about the length of the

smooth portion at the tip, which is diagnostic of this form

and also of Evarne Normant. The present species differs

from the latter again in the more tapering extremities of these

bristles and in the closer rows of spines (cf figs. 11 and 13,

P]. Il1.). The spinous tips of the ventral series are some-

what longer than in &. impar, and in this respect approach

EF, Normani.

In the typical foot the lower lobe is more pointed and the

ventral cirrus longer than in 4. ¢mpar, so that it projects as

far as the tip of the foot. The translucent dorsal bristles

(Pl. Ill. fig. 11) are considerably longer and less curved

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 169

than in the typical species and their rows of spines much

closer, and the latter character also distinguishes them

from £, Normani. The ventral bristles (Pl. III. fig. 12)

approach those of the latter species more closely than those of

Evarne Johnston, being somewhat shorter than those of

£. Normani, which, again, have stronger tips than those of

E. Johnstoni.

No scales are present. In all probability they approach

those of 2. Normant.

By the lengthening of the tips of the ventral bristles and

their general slenderness this species and 2. Johnstoni come

near Antinoé and allied forms.

3. On the British Species of Pholoé.

To judge from the literature at present available, three

species of Pholoé seem to be found in Britain, viz. P. minuta,

Fabr., P. nornata, and P. eximia, G. Johnston. As indi-

cated for many years, however, it would appear that the two

latter merit only the position of varieties of the former.

In the typical British example the head is somewhat

rounded and bears a subulate median tentacle with a few

papillz on its surface. Two (connate) eyes occur on each

side, the anterior being the larger. Two short tentacular

cirri, also with minute papillae on the surface, are placed

laterally. Two prominent papille project behind the eyes

and sometimes overlap them. ‘The palpi are rather massive

tapering organs with a smooth surface. The body is small,

composed oi 45 to 70 segments, and reaching about ? inch in

length as a maximum *. Posteriorly are two slender caudal

styles. It is more tapering posteriorly than anteriorly in

small specimens. The dorsum is slightly convex, the ventral

surface flattened, with a median groove in the preparations.

In life the dorsum is of a pale pinkish colour, grained with

brownish on some of the scales. A reddish mark occurs in

front with a dark greyish patch behind. As Dr. Johnston

observes, some, are of a yellowish-brown colour, dusky along

the sides. ‘The scales are ovate or reniform, with a series of

cilia having moniliform tips along the outer border, and more

sparsely along the posterior edge, while the tissue, especially

at the inner region, is areolated.. The dorsal lobe of the foot

forms a prominent process, with a convex margin externally

for the dense tuft of bristles, which are slender, tapering, and

spinous. Ventral lobe an oblique cone, with numerous

* De Quatrefages mentions one of 68 segments and 45 pairs of scales,

170 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

papilla over the surface. The stout shafts of the bristles

have numerous spikes on the distal convexity. The terminal

piece is short and falcate and the edge is spinous. The

ventral cirrus is short and tapering.

The proboscis forms a short muscular organ, with teeth, as

in the Sigalionide, biting to the left, and nine short but

distinct papillae along each arch. Moreover, in extrusion two

papille are situated just behind the lateral furrow separating

the dorsal and ventral arches. A median and two lateral

elevations are also present in the basal region dorsally.

Thus far there are few divergencies; but when we come to

the condition of the scales in the several races, such variations

occur as have been thought worthy of specific distinction by

several authors. Yet the gradations from the Arctic to the

southern form appear to be of such a nature that it is deemed

prudent to adhere to the decision already mentioned, viz. to

make only one species.

In the variety cnornata of Dr. George Johnston the first

pair of scales are somewhat rounded, as if an isosceles triangle

had its corners smoothly removed. ‘The scar for the elytro-

phore is situated nearer the posterior than the anterior border.

The latter has numerous short clavate cilia along its edge to

the number of about 15, while the posterior margin has about

9 larger cilia, somewhat moniliform in outline—trom constric-

tions. The surface of the scale anteriorly has also a row of

cilia running within those on the border, and, besides, a few

are scattered over the area in front of the scar. All the

cilia have traces of palpocils at the tip. Only the inner

border of the scale is thus smooth.

Jn contrast with the first scale of the typical Pholoé minuta,

Fabr., from Greenland, the foregoing has fewer cilia. ‘Thus

there are upwards of 40 along the anterior border of the

Arctic form and 12 proportionally shorter cilia than in the

var. inornata along the posterior edge. Moreover, these

organs are more numerous on the surface in front of the scar.

The shape in the second pair in var. cnornaia becomes

transversely elongated, with an anterior incurvation. ‘The

moniliform cilia along the posterior edge are more numerous,

while the smaller cilia on the outer edge are fewer, and the

same may be said of those on the surface.

The succeeding scales are irregularly rounded and have a

somewhat straight external border, which has moniliform cilia,

while those along the posterior border are few and widely

separated. The scale is areolated, especially towards its

inner border, which, along with the anterior edge, is smooth.

In comparing the large broad anterior scales with those

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 171

from Greenland and Canada (P. minuta, Fabr.), compara-

tively little difference is observed, both having from 18 to 23

moniliform cilia externally.

The posterior scales in var. ¢nornata become still more

elongated transversely, have only about 6 of the larger

moniliform cilia on the abbreviated external border as well as

the posterior edge.

On the whole, therefore, the study of the scales supports

the view that P. minuta, Fabr., and Dr. Johnston’s P. cnornata

are the same species.

In the variety exinia of Dr. Johnston the first pair of

seales are similar in shape to the foregoing, though from the

smaller size of the examples they are considerably less. The

outer border has a series of longer cilia, fewer in number, but

similar in structure. ‘They encroach somewhat on the ante-

rior border, or, rather, a few of the isolated cilia scattered

over the surface project beyond the edge. None of the

smaller clavate cilia so characteristic of the two foregoing

varieties are present on this edge. ‘The large isolated cilia

occur both externally and posteriorly to the scar for the

elytrophore. ‘The second pair of scales are distinguished by

the greater length of the cilia on the outer border. A few

also occur along the posterior edge.

The succeeding scales of the anterior third do not differ

much in shape from those of P. minuta, but the cilia are

much longer and stand stiffly out on the external margin and

the outer half of the posterior edge. ‘They are less numerous

than in the large examples of P. cnornata, but agree with the

smaller in this respect. The posterior scales have abont the

same number of cilia as P. inornata, but they are stiffer and

longer. LP. eximia is distinguished externally from P. ¢n-

ornata in spirit by the olive spot with a pale centre in each

scale at the scar for the elytrophore. Occasionally in certain

forms of eimia, e. g. from Lochmaddy, North Uist, the cilia

on the scales are fewer, longer, and without the terminal

enlargement.

The second foot (first bristled) in P. ¢nornata is bifid, with

two well-developed spines. ‘The dorsal lobe forms a rounded

eminence with a smooth surface, from which project the com-

paratively short, slender, minutely spinous bristles, with a

very fine hair-like tip. The inner forms taper more abruptly

than the outer, and the tips are often bent nearly at right

angles to the base. The ventral lobe is longer, bluntly

conical, and with numerous small papillon its surface. The

ventral bristles have stout shafts, dilated at the tip, and with

numerous rows of spines on the convex margin, thus differing

172 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

from those of the Arctic examples, in which they are fewer.

The falcate distal region forms an elongate process, hooked

at the tip, and with a series of spines along the ventral edge.

The corresponding bristles of P. minuta show a more robust

and proportionally shorter tip.

In the typical foot the dorsal lobe presents a prominent

process and a broad slightly convex margin externally for the

bristles, the spine piercing the apex of the convexity. The

bristles form a dense tuft directed outwards and downwards,

are slender, tapering, and with well-marked spinous rows.

The ventral lobe, again, forms an oblique cone, with the spine

issuing from the apex and the surface covered with numerous

papille. The shafts of the bristles are somewhat shorter and

stouter than in the northern form (P. m¢nuta), and the convex

edge of the tip has more numerous spikes than in the latter

form. ‘The falcate tip in the Arctic examples is shorter, more

curved—that is, the hook is more pronounced—and the spines

along the edge are often absent. Posteriorly the dorsal

bristles have finer spines and the ventral have fewer spikes on

the convex distal region of the shaft, while the terminal

falcate portion is proportionally longer and more slender.

The papille on the surface of the ventral division are less

numerous and somewhat longer. ‘The ventral cirrus is short

and tapering, with a few short clavate cilia on its surface.

In considering these several forms, therefore, it is clear that

no reliable specific distinction can be drawn from the structure

of the bristles, and this is probably more important than the

condition of the cilia on the scales. It is true that the con-

vexity of the end of the shaft is most spimous—that is, has a

longer series of spines from above downwards—that the dorsal

bristles are more distinctly spinous, and the ventral warts or

papilla more conspicuous in P. ¢nornata ; but the characters

are not new and only vary in degree, and may be due to the

surroundings, with which, perhaps, we are not fully acquainted.

The steps ‘from var. extmta to var. tnornata, and thence to

the typical mznuta, are easy both as regards scales and bristles.

4. On a Collection of Annelids made by Canon Norman in

Norway.—Part I. New Hvarne and Two Species of

Sthenelais.

Seme years ago Dr. Merle Norman kindly sent for exam-

ination a series of Norwegian Annelids which he had procured

in 1879 by dredging at the following localities, viz. :—

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 173

Stations 28 and 31.—Off Sponholmene, Lervig, 130 fath.

y 29.—Ibid., 100 fath,

y 980.—Lervig Bay, 3-25 fath.

» 32.—Between Valeddin and Hidle, Lervig, 110 fath.

» 33 and 34.—Off Lervig, 150-180 and 210 fath.

” ba taetes point, Huglin Island, Hardanger Fjord,

O fath.

y 37.—Off Hidle Island, Hardanger Fjord, 40-50 fath.

» 38.—Off Sponholmene, Lervig, 40-100 fath.

» 40.—Between Huglin and Halsené, Hardanger Fjord, 120-

190 fath.

» 40*°*.—Ibid., 2 fath.

» 41.—Stoksund, Hardanger Fjord, 80-100 fath.

», 42.—Stoksund (mid-channel), Hardanger Fjord, 40-80 fath.

» 44.—Of Drobik, Christiania Fjord, 30-100 fath.

», 45.—Dead Lophohelia ground, Drobiik, 6-14 fath.

The Norwegian fjords have long been classic grounds to

the investigator of the Annelids, chiefly from the labours of

the elder and younger Sars, but also of Hansen, Appelléf,

and others; and accordingly the collection possessed great

interest, especially by way of contrast with those of the

British seas. Amongst other features of note is the compara-

tive frequence of Kuphrosyne cirrata, Sars, and E. armadillo,

Sars, both of which seem to frequent the deeper water of the

fjords, whereas the common British form is found most

abundantly between tide-marks in the Channel Islands.

Only small examples of Aphrodita aculeata and Letmatonice

filicornis, Kinberg, occur, probably because the area of the

larger forms had been untouched. In the same way the small

size of the specimens of the ubiquitous Lepidonotus squamatus,

L., contrasted with the large tidal forms of the east coast of

Scotland. No more characteristic inhabitants of the fjords

could be procured than Dasylepis asperrima, Sars, and

Eucrante villosa, Mgrn., both of which were in fine condition

and apparently by no means rare. The former has hitherto

been found in Britain only in the Clyde district (Dr. David

Robertson), while the latter is unknown in our seas. The

frequency of Lagisca antennata, Grube, and of the British

Evarne Johnstoni, McI., merit notice, for the latter is one of

the rarest forms from deep water in our country. Moreover,

by the aid of additional specimens it became evident that

another form procured along with the foregoing in the

‘Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 merits special notice, if not

specitie distinction. In Evarne Johnstoni, McI.*, the eyes

are distinctly smaller than in £. dmpar, Johnst., and the

* Trans, Zool. Soc, ix. p. 398,

174 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

anterior pair are usually so situated that they are invisible

from the dorsum until the head is placed obliquely, whereas

in £. impar both are visible from the dorsum. The deep

brownish purple of the dorsum and the longer dorsal bristles

are also diagnostic.

The form above mentioned, a fragment of which occurred

with #. Johnstoné at 690 fathoms in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expe-

dition of 1870, is considerably larger and is distinguished by

the very large eyes, both of which are conspicuous from the

dorsum, and by the firm outwardly directed peaks in front.

The dorsal bristles are longer and stronger, are less

curved, more acutely pointed at the tip, and with a distinct

bare portion, while the rows of spikes are narrow, all these

characters differing from those of £. Johnston. ‘The ventral

bristles, again, have more robust shafts and longer spikes

in the rows on the tips. That these characters are not due

to age is clear by comparing specimens of the same size,

the stronger dorsal bristles with their pointed tips being

marked in the smallest example of the new form, on the

bristles of which an elongated Loxosoma iscommon. We do

not yet know the sexual changes in these forms, but, so far

as observed in others, e. g. in Hvarne impar, no such modifi-

cations of the eyes and bristles occur.

Only one of the specimens had scales, and unfortunately

they had been dried. The surface is striolated with minute

conical spines, which are best developed externally and poste-

riorly, and, moreover, there are moderately long cilia along

the external and posterior border. The inner anterior edge

is free from the spines or cilia. The scales thus closely

resemble those of H. Johnstoni.

A comparatively frequent species in the collection is Sthene-

lais limicola, Ehlers, but this is a very widely distributed

form. The size agrees with that of the British examples.

Two additional species of Sthenelais appear to be fairly abun-

dant, viz. Sthenelais Sarsi*, from the Hardanger Fjord at

depths varying from 40 to 190 fathoms. It is a compara-

tively small species, probably between 2 and 3 inches, rather

less than S. lémicola, but, like it, inhabiting mud or muddy

sand.

The head is rounded, with a slender median tentacle arising

anteriorly, shorter than in iS. démicola, and with a ctenidium

at each sidé of the basal region (‘‘ ceratophore,” Pruvot and

Racovitza). The eyes are prominent, the larger anterior pair

rounded and looking forward, the posterior semicircular or

* Named after the late Prof. M. Sars of Christiania.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 175

moon-shaped. ‘They are smaller than those of S. limicola,

and the pairs on each side nearer each other. The palpi are

very long and slender. The first pair of feet and the parts

amalgamated with them agree with the typical form.

The body is slender and elongated, tapering to the vent on

the tip of the tail dorsally. The only complete example had

about 80 bristled segments, and in spirit measured an inch

and a half. ‘The feet are prominent, but the nephridial

eminence is indistinct and devoid of a papilla. The scales

are thin, somewhat translucent, and entirely cover the dorsum

—indeed, they overlap considerably. ‘The first pair are small,

ovate in outline, and have the margin surrounded by a series

of short clavate cilia, while the surface is studded with small

conical papille. The typical scale (Pl. ILL. fig. 5) is more

or less reniform, and, with the exception of “the anterior

portion of the inner border and the anterior margin, the

circumference has a close series of clavate cilia, which are

largest on the external border and diminish before disappearing

from the inner edge. The entire surface of the scale is dotted

with the minute conical papilla. Posteriorly the chief changes

are the diminution in the size of the scale, its shorter and

broader reniform outline, its greater translucency, the reduc-

tion in number and size of the cilia on the external and poste-

rior border, and the paucity of the conical papille on the

surface. ‘The scales thus differ from those of known species.

The first foot has a single spine, and bears the dense tufts

of bristles conforming to the dorsal type, but somewhat

stronger than those of the typical foot. ‘The second foot has

curved dorsal bristles springing from a division a little less

prominent than the ventral, and with several lobulated papillee

(“‘stylodes,” Pruvot and Racovitea) at its tip, each bristled with

stout clavate cilia. ‘The ventral lobe is massive, with several

blunt clavate papilla. The upper bristles have numerous

rows of spines on the convexity at the end of the shaft, and

long, slender, six- or seven-jointed distal pieces with a

minutely bifid tip, such bristles thus conforming to the inferior

ventral series in the typical foot. The stronger bristles in

the middle of the foot have distal pieces of two joints, while

inferiorly the bristles again become slender and the terminal

pieces longer, while the rows of spikes on the end of the

shaft are fewer. ‘The ventral ‘cirrus is subulate and smooth.

In the typical foot the dorsal curve bears three top-shaped

ctenidia, and a group of clavate papille bristled with minute

clavate cilia project from the tip of the dorsal division. The

bristles are long, tapering, and slender, their tips extending

beyond those of the inferior division. ‘The ventral lobe like-

176 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

wise has several clavate papille similarly ciliated (Pl. ILI.

fig. 1), and its bristles.are characterized by their strength and

the shortness of the terminal pieces. The shafts of the

bristles, moreover, diminish in strength from above down-

wards, as seen by contrasting the second upper bristle (Pl. IIT.

fig. 2) and the adjoining series (PI. IlI. fig. 3) with that

from the inferior series (Pl. III. fig. 4), those at the

ventral edge being less than half the diameter of the upper.

The rows of spikes on the distal convexity of the shafts like-

wise decrease in number from above downwards. ‘The stout

superior bristles have terminal pieces of two or three divisions

and a well-marked claw and secondary process at the tip.

Towards the inferior edge the terminal pieces lengthen, and

three divisions are present, the tips of all being bifid.

The specimens, which were captured in July, were laden

with large ova.

In his list of the Annelids of the ‘ Osterfjorden” Dr. Ap-

pelléf * includes Sthenelats atlantica, McI.t ; but this species,

while approaching the Norwegian in regard to the scales,

wholly diverges, for instance, in the minute structure of the

bristles in the ventral division of the foot.

The other species—Sthenelats heterocheta—has a similar

range in depth, viz. from 40 to 180 fathoms.

The head is somewhat rounded, with prominent lateral

lobes separated by an a-shaped central region, eyeless in the

preparations. ‘The median tentacle arises from the anterior

border, is proportionally larger and longer than in Sthenelais

limicola, and ends in a filiform tip. ‘The lateral tentacles are

considerably shorter, but also have an attenuate tip. The

superior tentacular cirrus is about the length of the median

tentacle, but the ventral is considerably shorter. The ciliated

process (cuilleron,” Pruvot and facovitza) is tongue-

shaped. The palpi are even longer and more tapered than

in S. limicola. The first foot (having the foregoing pro-

cesses) presents a prominent ctenidium dorsally.

The body is larger than in S. dimicola and apparently

longer, but no example is complete, though more than 100

segments are present in the most perfect, which wants a con-

siderable portion of the tail. It is rounded dorsally, flattened

ventrally, and is covered by the translucent scales and

gently tapered towards the posterior end. <A nephridial

eminence is present, but no papilla. The proboscis has two

oblique dorsal ridges starting from within outwards at the

commencement of the distal fourth, and traces of similar

* Bergens Museum Aarbog, no, xiii. p. 10,

+ Trans, Zool. Soc. ix. p. 405.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 177

elevations ventrally. Eleven papille occur along its free

edge in extrusion, and besides a pair at each lateral angle.

The upper teeth bite to the left of the lower. The first pair

of scales are rounded, the rest more or less reniform, the ante-

rior four being more or less rounded (PI. III. fig. 6). Their

surface is smooth and they are thin. Along their external

margin are ten or twelve long slightly tapered cilia, the shorter

forms being anterior. In the posterior scales the cilia diminish

to two or three, those left being near the anterior border,

They may even disappear in the terminal scales.

The typical feet bear the branchial process superiorly and

three top-shaped ctenidia along the upper edge. The dorsal

lobe is somewhat clavate, bevelled at the tip superiorly, with

three terminal and two adjacent papilla (stylodes). The long

dorsal bristles form a dense group, slender and finely tapered.

They constitute a series of pencils, curved boldly upwards on

each side. ‘They are very finely serrated, as in S, Jeffreysit.

The ventral division of the foot is somewhat conical at the

tip and has two smooth papillee—one springing from a broad

process—near the point of the spine. The upper ventral

bristles (Pl. III. fig. 7) are two or three in number, the distal

end of the shaft having nine or ten rows of spines, and a

terminal piece tapering to a hair-like point and possessing

nearly a dozen pseudo-articulations. ‘These tips are much

shorter than the next in succession, which form a dense group

of bristles with long shafts slightly enlarged at the end, and

with a few (two or three) serrations in the upper examples,

the rest being smooth. ‘The tips are all very long (eighteen

to twenty pseudo-articulations) and with a hair-like extremity.

The next series possess a stronger and more distinctly curved

shaft and a terminal piece of a single articulation, bifid at

the tip and with a secondary piece, like a bird’s beak (PI. III.

fig. 8). The terminal pieces increase in length inferiorly,

the last showing an indication of a second articulation towards

the tip. It is in this row that the greatest divergence is

noticed when contrasted with the Irish form (Sthenelais

Jeffreysii, Mcl.), since several in the latter present three

distinct articulations in the terminal piece. A membranous

flap and a long papilla mark the next series, which have

similar shafts, but their tips are tapering articulated processes

ending in a hair-like extremity as in Leanira. Each

(Pl. LIL. fig. 9) has more thana dozen articulations. Lastly,

from the special area ventrally spring a series with more

slender shafts and five- to six-jointed terminal pieces ending

in a minutely bifid tip (Pl. LIL. fig. 10). Internal to the

subulate ventral cirrus is a top-shaped ctenidium.

178 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

This species closely approaches Sthenelais Jeffreysiz, MclL.,

but the marked characters of the bristles of the ventral

division of the foot distinguish it, and once more demon-

strate, what some are so slow to admit, the value of a careful

study of these organs along with other characters. Step by

step the differentiation is thus made clear. Dr. Appelléf

probably refers to this species in the list before mentioned

under the name S. Jeffreysit, and, indeed, it would have

been difficult for him to distinguish them.

Euphrosyne cirrata, Sars. Stations 29, 33, 40, 41.

armadillo, Sars. Station 36.

Aphrodita aculeata, L.

Letmotonice filicornis, Kbe.

Lepidonotus squamatus, L. Stations 30, 36.

Gattyana (Nychia) cirrosa, Pall. Station 32.

Dasylepis asperrima, Sars. Stations 29, 30, 45.

Lagisca floccosa, Sav. Station 45.

antennata, Grube. Stations 32, 36, 41.

Harmothoé imbricata, L. Station 40**.

Evarne impar, Johnst. Stations 30, 44, 45.

Johnstoni, Mcl. Stations 30, 32, 33, 34, 41, 44.

Normani, sp.n. Ibid.

Antinoé Sarsi, Khe.

Eucrante villosa, Mgrn. Stations 33, 34, 44.

Sthenelais limicola, Khlers. Stations 30, 44.

Sarst, sp. 0.

—— /heterocheta, sp. n.

Leanira tetragona, (rst.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL.

Fig. 1. Papille with clavate cilia at the tip from the upper region of

the ventral division of the foot of Sthenelais Sarsi, sp. n.

x 350.

Fig. 2. Bristle of the upper ventral series of the same. X 350.

Fig. 3. Bristle of the adjoining series (immediately beneath). X 550.

Fig. 4. Bristle from the inferior ventral series of the same. X 350.

Fig. 5. Scale of the foregoing species. X 24.

Fig. 6. Anterior (and therefore more rounded) scale of Sthenelais hetero-

cheta. X 24.

Fig. 7. Superior ventral bristle of the same. xX 350.

Fig. 8. Median ventral bristle, with a single terminal segment. X 350.

Fig. 9. Bristle of the group following the former, and after the pattern

of those in Leanwra. x 350.

Fig. 10. More slender bifid bristle from the ventral edge. Xx 3550,

Fig. 11. Dorsal bristle of Zvarne atlantica,sp.n. X 550.

Fig. 12. Median (below spine) ventral bristle of the same. X 550,

Fig. 13. Tip of a dorsal bristle of Evarne Norman. xX 350.

On new Species of Histeride. 179

XV.—On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others.

By G. Lewrs, F.L.S.

I HAVE lately received some very interesting species of

Histeride from Cameroon, on the West-African coast, and also

avery good collection made by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall in

South Africa. Mr. Marshall’s collection was accompanied with

noteson the habitats of his captures, whichenable me to record, I

believe for the first time, that the genus Pachycrerus consists of

species attached to timber, as four or five species are registered

as being found “under bark” and “in rotten logs.” These

species are doubtless entomophagous, but they are not, like

the Tryponei, specially suited for traversing very narrow or

cylindrical passages. ‘The habit also of Paratropus (Phyllo-

scelis) has been noticed by Mr. Marshall: the species seek their

prey in fungi. ‘The larger species of Hister—H. validus, Ev.,

and H. fortis, Sch.—are associated with stercoraceous insects

or feed on carrion. It will be observed also by the present

paper that the genus Pachycrerus is partly made up of very

curious species, with heads almost wholly excavated, and

their bodies short and cylindrical ; the insects are probably

attached to wood-boring beetles, such as Hylesinus, F., or

some tropical forms similar to Sperotrypes, Blandford, species

with short elytra, which enables them to turn round in a

very small space.

List of Species.

Phylloma hirtipes.

Anaglymma consobrina. — Marshalli.

Pachycreerus striaticeps. —— latistrius, Lew,

frater. rubricatus.

meridianus. Coproxenus Marshalli.

spatiosus. opacipennis.

cariniceps. Paratropus fungorum.

tenuistriatus. Triballus agrestis, Mars.

—— cavifrons. Pygoccelis africanus.

brevipennis. duplicatus,

sulcicollis. Trypobius pinguis.

mimicus. zethiops.

Hister intrepidus. —— cylindraceus,

Hister rivalis.

Phylloma hirtipes, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatum, complanatum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte impressa,

tenuissime punctulata, obsolete bistriata; pronoto lateribus

punctato, punctis aliquando confluentibus ; abdomine segmentis

3-4 utrinque prominulis,

L, 8-84 mill.

180 Mr. G. Lewis on

Oblong-ovate, very flat, black, shining; the head im-

pressed anteriorly, with two very faint frontal striz, surface

faintly punctulate; the thorax arched at the sides, with a

very fine marginal stria and a lateral border of clear but

somewhat confluent punctures; the elytra with only one

short stria visible at the base, which has an apical appendage

of its own length; the propygidium with two apical impres-

sions and sparsely encircled with large and small punctures ;

the pygidium is folded underneath and only the base is

narrowly seen from above, smooth at the base, apex punctured

transversely in the middle, and carinate on either edge before

the apex; the fourth and fifth abdominal segments are swollen

at their lateral edges, especially the fourth, which can be seen,

when viewed from above, projecting beyond the propygidium ;

the prosternum widens out at the base in a hatchet-shaped

outline, but the mesosternum can hardly be said to be sinuous ;

the anterior tibie are 3-dentate, and all the tarsi are hirsute

beneath.

The abdominal segments in the above species project on a

somewhat similar plan to those of Trypeticus cinctipygus,

Mars.

Hab. Surinam (Ellacombe) ; Cayenne (Deyrolle).

Anaglymma consobrina, sp. n.

A. afre persimilis, sed differt thorace sparse punctulato haud dense

punctato-strigoso.

L. 3 mill.

This species is extremely like A. afra, Lew., but the differ-

ences above are that the head is clearly, not densely punctured,

the punctures being round and clearly separate one from

another, fairly thickly but not densely set; the thorax is

somewhat sparsely punctured at the sides and but micro-

scopically strigose, and on the disk the punctuation becomes

evanescent; the fifth dorsal stria is apical, punctiform, and

almost obsolete. In A. afra, Lew., the sculpture on the head

and anterior area of the thorax is so dense that it gives the

appearance of opacity. The pygidium in A, consobrina has

larger punctures, which are therefore clearer and more distinct.

Beneath, the anterior lobe of the prosternum in A. consobrina

is very distinctly punctured, in A. afra the punctuation is

somewhat obscure. I do not see any other differences; both

species agree in size, colour, and dorsal strie.

Hab. Cameroon.

new Species of Histeride. 181

Pachycrerus striaticeps, sp. Ds

Oblongo-ovalis, supra conyexus, niger, nitidus; capite antice ex-

cavato, stria late sinuata; pronoto angulis anticis subfoveolatis ;

elytris striis 1-3 subhumeralique integris, 4 basi abbreviata, 5

apicali, suturali integra.

L. 34 mill.

Oblong-oval, convex above, black, shining; the head

deeply excavated in front and on theepistoma; frontal stria very

fine and widely sinuous, the sinuosity bending towards the

neck, near the base of the head between the eyes is a second

well-marked transverse stria, surface feebly and irregularly

punctured, some points being small and others larger; the

thorax, anterior angles subfoveolate and somewhat closely

punctured, and the punctures on the disk are rather sparse

and clearly composed of small and larger points, the lateral

stria is sinuous and continued behind the neck; the elytra,

striz 1-3 and inner subhumeral complete, 4 rather fine and

shortened before the base, 5 apical and nearly half the length

of the fourth, sutural complete; the propygidium punctate

(very similar to P. cyanescens, Er.) ; the pygidium with the

punctures fine and more scattered; the prosternum has a micro-

scopic strigose sculpture and a few punctures on the anterior

lobe, the strize start from the base and gradually meet ante-

riorly, there are a few punctures on the keel; the mesosternum,

stria very fine and does not quite meet in front; the lateral

strie of the metasternum do not widen out like those of

P. cyanescens ; the anterior tibia has three rather large teeth

coequal in size and one small at the base; the legs obscure

reddish brown.

The species is rather more oblong in outline than P. cyan-

escens, Kr., and P. congonis, Sch.

Note-—Iin P. diversicollis, Sch., and others, the frontal

stria is carried in a semicircular form at the back of the head

behind the eyes. In P. striaticeps the stria is straight and

detached and lies between the eyes.

Hab, Cameroon.

Pachycrerus frater, sp. n.

Cylindrieus, subconyexus, nigro-piceus, nitidus; clypeo depresso,

stria frontali integra ; pronoto parum fortiter punctato; elytris,

striis subhumerali, 1—5 dorsalibus, suturalique integris; prosterno

bistriato, striis parallelis.

L, 38-32 mill.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 13

182 Mr. G. Lewis on

This species was taken by M. Raffray many years ago,

and named P. Bocandet for me by Marseul and it stands in

several collections under that name. But lately I have

received the true P. Bocande?, Mars., from the Congo River

and Senegal region and find that it differs from those taken by

Raffray. P. Bovande?, Mars., has the clypeus deeply exca-

vated, the thorax wider anteriorly and more coarsely punctate,

but, above all, the prosternal striz in P. frater are parallel to

each other, while in P. Bocandei the striz through the whole

of their course incline towards each other. P. Bocandet also

is the larger species and has the anterior thoracic angles more

prominent.

Hab. Abyssinia and Zanzibar (Raffray).

Pachycrerus meridianus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, parum cylindricus, niger, nitidus; capite stria

antice interrupta ; pronoto punctulato, parcis punctis intermixtis ;

elytris, striis 1-4 suturalique integris, 5 abbreviata; prosterno

bistriato, striis haud conjunctis; mesosterno stria marginali

integra, stria transversa crenulata.

L. 24 mill.

Oblong-oval, somewhat cylindrical, black, shining; the

head not impressed or excavated, not closely punctulate,

points varying in size, stria angulate at the eyes, but the

transverse portion is wanting; the thorax evenly, not very

closely punctate, with small points intermixed, the larger

punctures are larger than those on the head, marginal stria

ceases behind the neck; the elytra—strie, external sub-

humeral very fine and complete, internal faint and dimidiate,

1-4 and sutural complete, 5 punctiform and extending just

beyond the middle, near the apices are scattered punctures ;

the propygidium is sparsely punctured ; the pygidium much

more finely punctured ; the prosternum bistriate, strie diver-

ging at the base, not joing anteriorly, but diverging very

slightly ; the mesosternum is irregularly punctured and the

stria complete, and rather closely behind it is a very distinct

transverse, crenulate, arched stria; it appears to be in front

of the metasternal suture, which is only very faintly visible.

There is a superficial similarity between this species and

P. facetus, Mars., but it is smaller, and the prosternal striz

and other characters serve easily to separate it.

Hal, Cameroon,

new Species of Histeride. 183

Pachycrerus spatiosus, sp. 0.

Ovalis, parum depressus, niger, nitidus ; elytris obscure weneo-nigris ;

capite impresso, stria integra ; pronoto stria marginali late inter-

rupta,

L. 4 mill.

Oval, rather depressed, black, shining, with the elytra

feebly zneous; the head is rather narrower than in P. cyan-

escens, Er., but the form of the stria and the frontal impres-

sion are similar allowing for the width, the punctuation is

slightly closer; the thorax is also like Krichson’s species in

punctuation and in the lateral stria ceasing behind the eye ;

the elytra, strie 1-3 complete, 4-5 coequal, apical and about

of elytral length, sutural very short, terminating anteriorly

in a line with the fourth and fifth, subhumeral external

dimidiate ; the propygidium and pygidium are punctured

somewhat similarly to P. cyanescens, but the punctures are of

a slightly smaller grade and the segments are flatter; the

prosternum is wide and the strie are parallel to each other

and terminate at the suture behind the anterior lobe; the

keel is as wide again as that in P. cyanescens, and with the

lobe is punctulate ; the mesosternum, marginal stria complete,

but very fine at the space behind the keel ; the anterior tibie

are somewhat slender and have three or four small teeth.

The species in some of its characters is intermediate

between P. cyanescens and P. latus, Lew.

Hab, Cameroon.

Pachycrerus cariniceps, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus, obscure rufo-brunneus; capite

punctulato, stria carinata ; pronoto utrinque sinuato, stria laterali

carinata, angulis anticis subfoveolatis; celytris, striis 1-4 et

suturali completis, 5 apicali.

L. 2? mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex above, obscure reddish brown,

shining ; the head obscurely and sparsely punctulate, frontal

stria complete and cariniform, the carina is the least strong on

the middle of the anterior edge, the clypeus is transversely

concave at the base, with a strong ridge dividing the concave

part from the anterior portion; the thorax subfoveolate at the

anterior angle, distinctly sinuous laterally before the base,

the lateral stria cariniform, carina strongest at the sinuosity,

stria complete but fine and crenulate behind the head, surface

somewhat sparsely and finely punctulate; the elytra—strie,

13*

184 Mr. G. Lewis on

subhumeral internal dimidiate, 1-4 complete, 5apical, not quite

reaching the middle, 6 complete and hamate near the scutel-

lum; the propygidium clearly punctured; the pygidium

much more finely punctured ; the prosternum, lateral striz

gradually meet and join anteriorly ; the mesosternum, stria

complete and sinuous in front ; the anterior tibize with three

equidistant teeth and another smaller at the base.

In general outline this species is most similar to P. facetus,

Mars.

Hab. Cameroon.

Pachycrerus tenuistriatus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, supra seneus ; capite haud excavato, stria fronte inter-

rupta, ante oculos utrinque foveolato; pronoto stria antice inter-

rupta, ante scutellum impresso; elytris, striis 1-3 integris, 4

breyi, 5 nulla, suturali ante basin abbreviata.

L. 23 mill.

Cylindrical, brassy above, black beneath, shining; the

head not excavated nor impressed, microscopically punctured

and strigose, stria angulate at the anterior edge of the eye,

turning obliquely past a lobe-like fovea, and ceasing beyond

it (z. e. the transverse portion of the stria is obliterated) ; the

lateral stria continues round the base of the head in a line

with the hinder edge of the eye, the anterior edge of the

clypeus is transverse and clothed with brownish hairs (perhaps

in one sex only); the thorax rather sparsely punctulate,

punctures of various sizes, lateral stria ceases behind the eye,

in front of the scutellum is an impression more or less semi-

circular, and near it a few punctures; the elytra—strize, sub-

humeral external fine and complete, internal dimidiate, 1-3

complete (3 in one example only visible at the base), 4 short,

basal and slightly oblique, sutural crenulate, straight and

shortened before the base, the apices sparsely punctured ; the

propygidium clearly and sparsely punctured with a micro-

scopic punctuation interspersed; the pygidium finely and

sparsely punctulate; the prosternum microscopically strigose,

with a few fine punctures, bistriate, striz barely reaching the

base and diverging from one another at both ends; the meso-

sternum sculptured like the prosternum, anterior edge without

a stria, across near the base is a well-defined crenulate arched

stria and beyond it the metasternal suture is faintly visible ;

the anterior tibiw 4- or 5-dentate.

Hab. Cameroon,

new Species of Histeridee. 185

Pachycrerus cavifrons, sp. n.

Cylindricus, brevis, viridi-zeneus, nitidus; capite antice clypeoque

profunde excavatis ; pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta ;

elytris, striis 1 basali dimidiata, 2-3 brevibus, suturali apice

abbreviata ; prosterno angustato, bicarinato ; mesosterno utrinque

striato ; tibiis anticis 9-dentatis.

L. 2§ mill.

Cylindrical, short, truncateanteriorly, brassy green, shining;

the head in front of the eyes and epistoma widely and deeply

excavated, base of the excavation vertical ; the epistoma is

wide and transverse, with anterior edge sinuous, mandibles

large, with outer edges raised, frontal stria obsolete, surface

microscopically strigose, with small and larger punctures

interspersed ; eyes large and transverse; the thorax sculp-

tured like the head, wider than long, lateral stria ceases at

the anterior angle, which is somewhat impressed and angular ;

the elytra—strie, external subhumeral complete, internal

dimidiate, 1 dorsal, basal, and dimidiate, 2 basal, half length of

first, 8 basal and very short, sutural commences near the

middle of the dorsum and nearly touches the base, and for

half its length turns a little away from the suture; the pro-

pygidium and pygidium are sculptured like the head; the

prosternum, anterior lobe is large and transverse, the keel

short, narrow, and straight, and built up from its base, its

narrowness brings the anterior cox into proximity ; the edges

of the keel are carinate, the carine exactly parallel to one

another; the mesosternum is rather wide and the acumina-

tion robust, striate at the sides only; all the sternal plates

are sculptured like the head; the anterior tibiz have nine

coequal and equidistant teeth, the thighs are reddish, tibize

obscurely reddish brown.

This remarkable species has the superficies of a species of

Teretriosoma, but I see no reason for not assigning it to the

genus Pachycrerus.

Hab, Cameroon.

Pachycrerus brevipennis, sp. n.

Cylindricus, parum elongatus, supra niger, nitidus, subtus obscure

rufo-brunneus, undique punctulatus; capite autice clypeoque

profunde excayatis; pronoto stria marginali antice interrupta ;

elytris striis basalibus 1-3 abbreviatis, 4 brevissima, suturali

pone medium abbreviata; prosterno antice arcuato, margine

laterali carinato ; tibiis anticis 6-7-dentatis, ;

L. 2 mill.

Cylindrical, rather elongate, black above, beneath rather

186 Mr. G. Lewis on

dark reddish brown, wholly punctured above and below; the

head in front of the eyes and epistoma widely and deeply

excavated, the base of the excavation is vertical, epistoma

transverse, with anterior rim raised, frontal ridge at posterior

limit of the excavation emarginate in the middle; the thorax

nearly as broad as long, lateral rim raised and continued as a

stria along the base; anteriorly there is no marginal stria ;

the elytra are not quite so long as the thorax (best seen in a

side view)—strie, subhumeral external complete, internal

dimidiate, 1-3 short and basal, each about a third of the

elytral length, and posteriorly breaking up into punctures, 4

very short, 5 wanting, sutural longer than the first, all the

striz are transversely connected at the base; the prosternum,

anterior lobe very wide, clearly punctured, and microscopi-

cally strigose, keel narrow, but relatively less so than that in

P. cavifrons, with two lateral carine straight and parallel,

interstice punctate; the mesosternum is arch-shaped, the

shape is rendered conspicuous by the marginal stria being

complete and cariniform; metasternal suture well-marked

and straight; the anterior tibia are 6- (or 7-) dentate.

I see no reason at present why this curious species should

not also be included in Pachycrerus. In outline it resembles

a small species of Cis.

Hab, Cameroon.

Pachycrerus sulcicollis, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, depressus, niger, nitidus; capite concavo, stria

valida antice recta; pronoto utrinque sulcato, stria antice et

postice integra ; elytris striis subhumerali externa et 1-6 integris ;

propygidio postice prominulo.

L, 32 mill.

Oblong, parallel, depressed, black, shining; the head, face

concave, surface rather uneven, with various-sized punctures,

stria complete, cariniform, and straight anteriorly ; the thorax

wider than long, densely sculptured, surface minutely rugose

with large, irregular, and sometimes confluent punctures,

mixed with small points; the lateral edge is carinate and

continued as a stria behind the head, but the stria is almost

obliterated by the rough surface-sculpture ; the stria is also

continued round the base of the thorax in a rough crenulate

form, within the lateral carina the thorax is sulcate, sulcus

widest near the middle; the elytra—stria, external sub-

humeral complete, internal wanting, 1-6 all complete, the

sutural and fifth joining at the base; the propygidium is

remarkable, it is irregularly punctured, chiefly at the base,

new Species of Histeride, 187

and the posterior edge is thickened and somewhat overhangs

the pygidium, the latter punctate; the prosternum is narrow

and bistriate, strie parallel until they join in front just before

the suture ; the mesosternum, acumination minute, stria well-

marked and slightly bent in front, surface (and also that of

the metasternum) punctulate ; the anterior tibize 5-dentate.

This is another very remarkable species, but evidently a

species of Pachycrerus.

Hab. Cameroon.

Pachycrerus mimicus, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, subcylindricus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus ; capite

excavato, stria integra; thorace quadrato, punctulato, stria in-

tegra, ante scutellum foveolato; elytris, striis subhumerali, 1-4

et suturali integris, 5 dimidiata; prosterno bistriato, striis an-

ticis et posticis conjunctis.

L. 33 mill.

Oblong, parallel, subcylindrical, reddish brown, shining ;

the head, face excavated as in the last species, surface with

various-sized punctures, not closely set, striacomplete, straight

anteriorly, and continuing along the base of the head, clypeus

pointed in front ; the thorax quadrate, with an antescutellar

fovea, lateral stria complete and continued finely in front,

surface somewhat closely and a little irregularly punctured ;

the elytra—strix, subhumeral external complete, internal very

short and basal, 1-4 and sutural complete, 5 dimidiate, the

sutural at the base turns away from the scutellum ; the pro-

pygidium and pygidium are punctured like the thorax and

the latter is convex above; the prosternum, keel narrow and

straight, widening out only at the base, the striz join at the

base and in front, at the base they widen out a little, ante-

riorly they run nearly parallel until they join before the

suture; the mesosternum is feebly produced in front and

rounded off in the middle, sinuate on either side, the stria is

fine and continues round the anterior angles, and is then lost

in two transverse impressions which are seen on the anterior

edge on either side; all the sternal plates are punctulate;

the tibiz, anterior pair 4-dentate.

Superficially this species resembles one of the cylindrical

Platysome. .

Hab. Cameroon.

Hister intrepidus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte levi, stria

integra antice recta ; pronoto ciliato, stria interna parallela, antice

188 Mr. G. Lewis on

haud interrupta ; elytris, striis 1-3 integris, suturali basi abbre-

viata; propygidio pygidioque tenuissime punctulatis; meso-

sterno late sinuato, marginato.

L. 103 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather, convex, black, shining; the head

smooth, stria complete, straight anteriorly, not deeply im-

pressed ; the thorax ciliate on the outer edges, lateral strie

complete and parallel to each other, inner stria continued

behind the neck and feebly angulate behind eyes ; the elytra,

strie 1-3 and the inner subhumeral complete, 4 and 5 absent,

sutural rather fine, not quite reaching the apex and shortened

anteriorly by one third of the elytral length; the propygidium

and pygidium are very finely punctulate and somewhat opaque,

apical margin of the latter is smooth and without a margin;

the mesosternum is somewhat widely sinuous, stria rather

fine and complete; the anterior tibizw have three robust teeth.

This species belongs to Marseul’s first section; it is

smaller, but in some respects similar to //. fortis, Sch. The

latter species is remarkable in having the thoracic stria inter-

rupted behind the neck.

Hab. Natal (Marshall).

Hister rivalis, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, supra convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte punctulata,

stria integra antice recta; pronoto, striis lateralibus integris

interstitiis latis, tenuissime punctulato ; elytris, striis 1-4 integris,

latis, crenulatis, 5 in medio, suturali ante abbreviatis; propygidio

pygidioque grosse punctatis ; prosterno haud striato; mesosterno

late sinuato, stria integra antice recta.

L. 9 mill.

The species is larger than, but in form similar to, H. longi-

collis, Mars., and differs in having the interstices between the

lateral thoracic striz more than as wide again, in being with-

out the thoracic punctures and scratches, in the wider elytral

strie, in the middle of the propygidium being longitudinally

reebly raised, and in the anterior edge of the mesosternum being

widely and distinctly sinuous. In other respects it agrees

with H. longicollis, a common species at the Cape of Good

Hope and Natal.

Hab. Lukolela, Congo River (A. J. Clark).

Hister Marshalli, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria

carinata antice recta; pronoto lateralibus conspicue punctato,

new Species of Histeride. 189

bistriato et margine elevato; elytris, striis 1-3 et subhumerali

integris, 4 dimidiata, 5 subobsoleta, suturali utrinque abbreviata ;

propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis.

L. 43-5 mill.

Shortly oval, convex above, black, shining; the head

wholly but irregularly punctured, stria complete, cariniform,

and straight anteriorly, with two somewhat feeble impressions

behind the stria ; the apex of the epistoma is transverse and

the anterior edge is reflexed; the thorax narrowest at the

anterior angles, then widening to the base, anterior angles

depressed and somewhat produced, the external lateral edge

is narrowly carinate and within it are two complete cariniform

striz ; the interstice between the marginal rim and the outer

carinate stria is of the same breadth as that between the outer

and inner carinate stria, the interstices mentioned are irregu-

larly punctured; the innermost lateral stria is continued

(somewhat finely and crenulate) behind the neck, the one

next the outer rim terminates behind the eye, the lateral

margins within the striz are broadly strigose-punctate, some-

what resembling the sculpture seen in LH. longicollis, Mars.,

but less strigose, the punctures spread out along the anterior

margin, but almost disappear behind the middle of the neck ;

the elytra, strie 1-4 and inner subhumeral equally complete

and distinct and very obscurely crenulate, the internal sub-

humeral at its base turns towards the first dorsal stria, the

fourth stria is apical and scarcely reaches the middle (it is

broken and punctiform), the fifth is similar but more feeble,

the sutural is fine, shortened before the apex, and extends a

little only beyond the middle of the dorsum ; the propygidium

is somewhat closely and clearly punctured, punctures mostly

oval; the pygidium punctures less oval and more dense.

This peculiar species may be placed near H. longicollis,

Mars.

Hab. Gadzima (alt. 4200 feet) and Salisbury (5000 feet),

in Mashonaland (Marshall). Found in dung.

Hister latistrius, Lew.

Hister latistrius, Lewis, Ent. Month. Mag. (2) ii. p. 106 (1891)

‘Vhis remarkable species is more circular in outline and flatter

than H. cwnosus, Er. ; the prosternum is without striz, irregu-

larly punctured with a microscopic strigose sculpture, and the

anterior lobe is clearly marginate; the mesosternum is emar-

ginate and the marginal stria sinuous and complete. The

elytral subhumeral stria is complete.

Hab. Mexico (Flohr).

190 Mr. G. Lewis on

The late Mr. Julius Flohr, I believe, left his collections to

the National Museum in Berlin, and therefore I presume

there is an example of this species there. But on some oceasions

Mr. Flohr kindly gave me his unique specimens.

Hister rubricatus, sp. n.

Late ovalis, convexiusculus, nitidus, elytris apicalibus late rufis ;

fronte stria integra medio retro-acuminata; pronoto bifoveolato,

stria laterali basi abbreviata ; elytris striis 1-5 integris, suturali

ante medium abbreviata.

L. 34 mill.

Oval, little convex, black, with the apical portion of the

elytra broadly red; the head, frontal stria complete and in

the middle drawn back to a sharp point; the thorax with a

fovea and stria like those of H. bimaculatus, L., but the

latter is more abbreviated ; the elytra, striz 1-5 complete, also

internal subhumeral, sutural apical and occupying two thirds

of the elytral length, the fifth stria at the base turns towards

the scutellum much more conspicuously than the corresponding

stria in H. bimaculatus; the propygidium and pygidium have

a few scattered and fine punctures; the sternal plates are

much wider than those of H. bimaculatus, otherwise they are

similar. The anterior tibia has one large and wide apical

tooth and four little ones behind it.

The great differences between this and the Linnean species

bimaculatus lie in its short and broad-oval form, the form of

the frontal stria, and the more markedly inturned fifth dorsal

stria.

Hab, Cameroon.

COPROXENUS, gen. nov.

Body rather convex, broadly or shortly oval; head small,

retractile, forehead impressed, clypeus transverse, mandibles

equal and dentate; antenne, the club is oval and its fossa

deep and in the anterior angle; the thorax is transverse, at

the sides narrowing from the hind to the fore angle; the

scutellum small and triangular; the elytra strongly carinate

on the lateral edge (this carina takes the place of the usual

external subhumeral stria), the internal subhumeral is also sub-

stituted by a carina less strong; the dorsal striz are strong,

and, in the two species known, complete, except the fifth ;

the pygidia are formed like those in Pelorurus ; the proster-

num is incised at the base, keel more or less wide, bistriate ;

the mesosternum anteriorly acuminate, with a strong marginal

stria and a transverse crenulate one; the metasternum late-

new Species of Histeride. 191

rally bistriate; the tibiew rather narrow, anterior thighs

grooved for their whole length to receive the tibie *, tarsal

groove open exteriorly, tarsi short and rather stout, with

two claws.

Coproaenus Marshalli, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, obscure rufo-brunneus, nitidus ;

capite punctulato, stria integra; elytris utrinque bicarinatis, striis

1-4 et suturali integris, 5 basi abbreviata; prosterno bistriato,

interstitio parum lato.

L. 3 mill.

Shortly oval, little convex, obscure reddish brown, shining ;

the head, frontal stria complete, strong in the ocular region,

feebler in front, not closely punctured, but the surface has a

microscopic sculpture, slightly impressed anteriorly; the

thorax sculptured like the head, stria complete and continuing

in front, anterior angles a little prominent, obtuse, and a

little raised within; the elytra, margin (equivalent of sub-

humeral external stria) carinate, carina not so robust as that

of C. opacipennis, and within, the channel is smooth and even

(without bosses) ; the next carina is complete, with a rough-

ened edge ; striz formed as in C. opacipennis, but less distinct,

owing to the interstices being convex and somewhat closely

punctulate ; the propygidium is clearly and not closely punc-

tulate, the punctuation of the pygidium is less distinct ; the

prosternum with a microscopic surface strigosity and a few

large punctures on the anterior lobe, keel rather wide, with 4

or 5 punctures set quite irregularly, bistriate, strie straight,

leaning to each other from the base and meeting anteriorly ;

the mesosternum, striz complete, leaving a somewhat raised

margin which has an ill-defined stria on either side; the trans-

verse stria is roughly crenulate and bowed; the metasternum

is strongly bistriate at the sides and the interstices are wide ;

the inner stria meets the mesosternal transverse stria, surface

with large irregular punctures chiefly distributed in the middle

of the plate on either side of a longitudinal median line; the

first segment of the abdomen has a wide lateral stria and

similar punctures to those on the metasternum, but on the

anterior edge the points are regular and in a row.

I have much pleasure in naming this very curious species

after Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, who is the first entomologist

who has sent home any considerable collection of Histeridz

from South Africa accompanied with notes on their habits.

Hab. Natal (no. 8598). ‘Taken in cow-dung ” (Marshall).

* This character exists in Pelorurus, but is not noticed by Marseul.

192 Mr. G. Lewis on

Coprowenus opactpennis, sp. 0.

Lato-ovatus, parum convexus, obscure rufo-brunneis; elytris opacis,

utringue bicarinatis, interstitiis planis, striis 1-4 et suturali in-

tegris, 5 basi abbreviata ; prosterno angustato, bistriato.

L. 3 mill.

Broadly oval, pitchy brown or dark reddish brown, shining,

elytra opaque; the head smooth and shining, frontal striz

complete, narrowly straight in front, with the space behind

deeply impressed; the thorax clearly, not closely punctured,

lateral stria continued behind the neck, anterior angle some-

what acute; the elytra are somewhat parallel between the

shoulders until before the apex, the edge is a thick raised

keel rounded off before and behind, within this keel there is a

sulcus, and in the sulcus eight smooth little red bosses,

within the bosses is a second carina (corresponding to a com-

plete subhumeral internal stria) which is broken in four or

five places, striae 1-4 and sutural are complete, sutural and 4

joining at base, the strie are rather wide, with minutely crenu-

late edges, 5 is shortened before the base, the interstices are

flat and opaque; epipleure bistriate; the propygidium is

clearly and not densely punctulate, the punctuation of the

pygidium is less distinct; the prosternum, lobe with scattered

and fine points, keel narrow, striae meet in front and widen

out slightly at the base, each stria has a regular row of about

a dozen punctures along its course, interstice narrow; the

mesosternum, stria strong and complete, but without the

second stria on the margin, transverse stria as in the last

species ; the metasternal striz are also similar to those of

C. Marshalli, but they are regularly and conspicuously punc-

tate, the surface is opaque, with a microscopic sculpture, and

there is a series of irregular punctures on either side of the

median line.

The remarkable row of little red bosses between the two

lateral carinee of the elytra is a character seen in no other

known Histerid.

Hab. Cameroon.

Paratropus fungorum, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, supra niger, nitidus, subtus obscure rufo-brunneus,

pedibus rufis, antennis clava testacea; fronte, stria integra

utrinque biangulata; pronoto parce et minutissime punctulato,

punctis grossis intermixtis ; elytris stris 1—4 suturalique integris,

5 basi abbreviata; prosterno striis posticis et anticis diver-

gentibus.

243-23 mill.

new Species of Histeride. 193

Short-oval, black above, dark reddish brown beneath, legs

red; the head rather feebly punctured with points of varying

sizes, frontal stria complete, angulate on the anterior ocular edge

and then passing obliquely to the front, it is short and straight

behind the clypeus, within the anterior part of the stria there

is a faint impression seen only in certain lights, the clypeus

is transverse and convex on the anterior edge; the thorax

narrowly carinate laterally, carina continued as a stria behind

the head, surface irregularly punctured, points dispersed and

of varying sizes, the largest are arranged chiefly along the

base ; the elytra—striz, subhumeral external is represented

by a well-marked complete marginal carina, internal absent,

1-4 and sutural complete and crenulate, fourth and sutural

joined at the base, 5 shortened at the base to the width of an

interstice ; the propygidium, the punctuation is similar to the

head, except that the larger punctures are close and more

numerous ; the pygidium, punctuation much less conspicuous ;

the prosternum bistriate, strie diverging at both ends, more

widely at the base, which they touch; the mesosternum

acutely pointed, marginal stria strong and complete, with a

second very fine stria between it and the anterior edge, the

last scarcely meets in the middle, transverse stria is feebly

bent and crenulate; the metasternum has a cluster of large

punctures at either posterior angle, and the first abdominal

segment has a row along its anterior edge.

This species is shorter (more approaching a circular form)

than P. meridianus, Lew., and the fifth dorsal stria is longer

and the colour different. P. nigrella, Sch., is also evidently

similar, but Schmidt’s species has a deep frontal impression.

Hab. Salisbury (alt. 5000 feet), Mashonaland. ‘Taken in

Fungi by Mr. Marshall.

Triballus agrestis, Marseul.

I have two specimens from Cameroon which I think are of

this species, but they are not the species so named by Marseul

and taken by Rafiray at Zanzibar, and distributed many

years ago by me as 7’. agrestis. In his description of

LT’. agrestis Marseul says nothing about the mesosternal trans-

verse stria. Inthe Cameroon species the mesosternal stria is

bent and crenulate and consists of thirteen or fourteen crenu-

lations; the Zanzibar species is similar, but has sixteen or

seventeen crenulations. Marseul, in his description, not

mentioning this stria, the question of specific identity can

only be decided by a comparison with the type, which is in

Paris. In 7. corpulentus, Lew., the stria is straight, as

194 Mr. G. Lewis on

stated in the Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxviii. p. 216 (1894),

and it has twenty-four very small crenulations.

PYGOCGLIS, gen. nov.

Type P. africanus, Lew.

This genus is established to receive certain African species

allied to Trypeticus. The head is recumbent and the forehead

declivous ; the pygidium wholly concave; the prosternum

twice as long as wide, widest anteriorly ; the mesosternum,

the anterior outline is feebly and rather widely arched and

sinuous on either side. ‘The prosternum in Jrypeticus (type

T. gilolous, Mars.) is “nearly square” and slightly widest

at the base.

Pygocelis africanus, Lewis.

The specimen from which the original description was

drawn is somewhat immature; the examples before me now

are dark, almost black ; the prosternum is punctured and the

surface rough; the punctures of the mesosternum are elon-

gate and subaciculate. In six examples I fail to find any

sexual characters such as those seen in T'ryponeus and

Trypeticus.

Flab. Vogoland and Cameroon.

Pygocelis duplicatus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, niger, nitidus ; fronte minute strigosa, capite vertice

punctato, punctis haud densis; pronoto punctato, stria laterali

carinata, antice tenuiter impressa minute crenulata; prosterno

antice striato, stria laterali antice abbreviata.

L. 3 mill.

Cylindrical, black, shining; the head, face minutely stri-

gose, vertex punctured, punctures not close, evenly placed ;

the thorax rather longer than broad, depressed behind the

eyes, anterior angles somewhat rounded off, surface punctured,

punctures shallow, not very dense but evenly set, marginal

stria carinate laterally, complete anteriorly and minutely

crenulate ; the elytra punctured like the thorax; the pro-

pygidium clearly and rather thickly punctured ; the pygidium,

punctures much larger and proportionally close; the pro-

sternum as long again as wide, with a marginal (obsoletely

crenulate) stria in front; laterally there is no stria anteriorly,

but for about two thirds from the base there is a fine irregular

stria, and in the lateral median region there is a longitudinal

shallow furrow or impression, surface microscopically strigose,

new Species of Histeride. 195

with evenly scattered elongate or aciculate punctures; the

mesosternum sculptured like the prosternum, but the punc-

tures are all aciculate, arched anteriorly, very feebly sinuous

on either side, sulcate on either side, but with no marginal

stria anteriorly; the metasternum furrowed in the middle,

punctures aciculate near the furrow, oval nearer the sides,

margined along the base; the abdominal segments have

round punctures somewhat closely set; the anterior tibie

5-dentate.

Hab. Cameroon.

Trypobius pinguis, sp. n.

Elongatus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus; capite convexo, clypeo bi-

sinuato; pronoto pone oculos depresso, stria laterali valida ;

prosterno margine (basi excepta) subelevato ; mesosterno utrinque

sulcato.

L. 44 mill.

Elongate, cylindrical, robust, black, shining; the head,

face convex, very polished, clypeus apically bisinuous, surface

with small scattered punctures, and one large puncture on the

vertex between the eyes; the thorax, lateral stria very strong

and markedly sinuous, terminating at the anterior angle,

behind the eye there isa distinct depression, surface distinctly

punctured but not very densely, there is no median line; the

elytra with a narrow smooth basal margin, punctured like

the thorax, and so also are the propygidium and pygidium;

the prosternum slightly incised at the base, parallel at the

sides, lateral stria deep and straight and continued along the

anterior margin, feebly punctulate, margin (except at the

base) somewhat raised ; the mesosternum obtusely acuminate

in front, broadly sulcate on either side, the punctures and

those of the metasternum are not so thickly set as the dorsal

ones, the metasternum has a median channel; the anterior

tibiz are 5-dentate.

All the known species of this genus have a single notable

puncture on the vertex of the head.

Hab, Cameroon.

Trypobius athiops, sp. n.

Elongatus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus; capite convexo, pone oculos

impresso ; pronoto, stria laterali valida, profunde sinuato, lateral-

ibus post medium prominulis ; prosterno antice haud recto, basi

tenuiter inciso; propygidio pygidioque vix dense punctatis,

L, 33 mill.

196 On new Species of Histeride.

Elongate, cylindrical, black, shining; the head, face con-

VEX, sparingly punctured, with a strigose sculpture at the

anterior edge of the eye, the vertical puncture is small; the

thorax, lateral stria is wide, deep, and more deeply sinuous

than that of 7. pinguis, and the edge of the thorax is also

deeply sinuous, the sinuosity ending abruptly behind the

middle forms an obtusely dentate projection behind it;

before the scutellum the punctures leave a narrow irregular

smooth space not well defined, behind the eye is a distinct

impression ; the elytra very narrowly smooth at the base,

and the pygidia are more clearly punctured than those of the

last species, especially the pygidium ; the prosternum is not

straight in front, but feebly cut out in a bow-shaped outline

from “angle to angle, feebly incised at the base, stria complete

at the sides and. front, margin slightly raised ; the meso-

sternum is suleate at the sides, obtusely pointed anteriorly ;

all the sternal plates are evenly punctured, the punctures

well separated from each other ; the anterior tibie 5-dentate,

teeth not prominent.

Hab. Cameroon.

Trypobius cylindraceus, sp. n.

Elongatus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus; capite convexo; thorace

antice haud foveolato ; prosterno antice late emarginato; meso-

sterno utrinque sulcato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 3 mill.

Elongate, cylindrical, black, shining; the head, face convex,

very polished, minutely strigose at the eyes, rather sparsely

punctured, vertical puncture very small; clypeus bisinuous ;

the thorax much more densely punctured than the last species,

with a narrow sinuous impression behind the eye, lateral stria

deep, sinuous, but the prominent angle is not conspicuous like

that of 7. ethiops ; the elytra not quite so densely punctured

as the thorax; the propygidium and pygidium are densely

punctured ; the prosternum is entirely emarginate in front,

feebly incised at the base, widest in front, narrowed behind,

lateral stria straight and transversely joining in front; the

mesosternum is obtuse anteriorly, the metasternum canalicu-

late in the middle, all the sternal plates similarly punctured ;

the anterior tibiz 5-dentate.

This is the smallest and narrowest species of this series.

Hab, Cameroon.

On Heterocera from the Transvaal. 197

XVI.—On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal.

By W. L. Distant.

THis paper concludes the enumeration of my Transvaal

Heterocera — Sphinges and Bombyces—as included in

Mr. Kirby’s first volume of his ‘Synonymic Catalogue of

Lepidoptera Heterocera.’ <A few Sesiidw have still to be re-

corded, and then the Noctuide and Geometride will be worked

out. Sir G. F. Hampson has kindly promised to undertake

the description of the Pyralide, and my Tineide, by the

favour of Lord Walsingham, will receive the efficient treat-

ment afforded these moths at his Merton Museum.

In the constitution of the families I have followed the

excellent “ keys” afforded by Hampson in his standard and

almost generally followed work on Heterocera in the ‘ Fauna

of British India,’ and have sought to locate the African

genera in the same system of family arrangement as he has

laid down for the Oriental moths. The grouping of these

families has, for the sake of general convenience, more or less

followed the arrangement in Mr. Kirby’s Catalogue. The

last matter is still a somewhat open question, and will

probably see much fluctuation before finality is obtained.

I hope eventually to figure all the new species described,

both in this and other orders, in a future work.

Where not otherwise specified the captures were my own.

Fam. Agaristida.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Xanthospilopteryx superba, Butl. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

4Eyocera fervida, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Ovios capensis, Herr.-Schaff. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Pais decora, Linn. Pretoria.

Fam. Arctiide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Pelochyta madagascariensis, Boisd., Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Apisa canescens, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Decimia bicolora, Walk. Volksrust. .

Anace lateritia, Herr.-Schiff. Heidelberg, Pretoria.

Metarctia rufescens, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Rhodogastria amasis, Cram. Pretoria.

Spilosoma dissimilis, sp. n. Pretoria.

Senura flava, Wallengr. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Leucaloa eugraphica, Walk. Pretoria.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 14

198 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Eyralpenus testaceus, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Serrarctia trivitta, Walk. Pretoria.

Phissama lutescens, Walk. Pretoria.

scortillum, Wallengr. Pretoria.

Teracotona submacula, Walk. Pretoria.

Diaphone sylviana, Stoll. Pretoria.

Lacydes linea, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka), Pretoria.

Eutenia scapulosa, Wallengr. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Callimorpha bellatrix, Dalm. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

Senura flava, Wallengr. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 162. n. 9

(1860) ,= Luchetes madagascariensis, Butl. Cist. Ent. iil.

p- 3 (1882).

Spilosoma dissimilis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum golden yellow ; antennz fuscous ; abdo-

men above ochraceous, with three longitudinal series of black

spots (one central and one on each lateral margin) ; body

beneath with legs fuscous.

Anterior wings golden yellow, with a small obscure

brownish spot at end of cell; posterior wings dark purplish

brown, with the inner and outer margins golden yellow, and

with a small discal spot of the same colour. Anterior wings

beneath as above; posterior wings beneath with the whole

basal area yellowish.

Exp. wings 33 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Fam. Lithosiide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Bizone pretorie, sp.n. Pretoria.

Gnophria (?) argentata, sp. n. Pretoria.

Manulea fumeola, Walk. Pretoria.

Utetheisa pulchella, Linn. Pretoria.

Siccia caffra, Walk. Pretoria.

Petovia marginata, Walk. Pretoria.

dichroaria, Herr.-Schaff. Pretoria.

Secusio strigata, Walk. Zoutpansberg (Kessner).

Nyctemera apicals, Walk. Barberton.

Species obtained in Natal.

Aletis hbyssa, Hopff. Durban.

Nyctemera apicalis, Walk. Durban.

Bizone pretorie, sp. n.

Body above creamy white ; pronotum with four sanguineous

spots ; antenne and legs dull ochraceous ; apices of the tarsi

black.

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 199

Wings pale creamy white ; anterior wings with four trans-

verse sanguineous fascie—one near base not reaching inner

margin, second and third completely crossing wing, fourth

short and not reaching costal margin, near apex; between

the second and third fascize are two black spots situate in and

at end of cell.

Exp. wings 32-33 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to B. delicata, Walk., from Sierra Leone, but can

be separated alone by the position of the two black spots on

the anterior wing, which are placed horizontally, and not

vertically as in Walker’s species.

Gnophria (?) argentata, sp. n.

Head golden yellow; antenne brownish ochraceous; pro-

notum silvery white, with a submarginal anterior fascia and

the apices of the lateral plumes yellow; abdomen golden

yellow, with transverse brownish segmental fascia; legs

yellow, tibie and tarsi with brown annulations.

Anterior wings silvery white ; costal margin and two waved

transverse fascie# on apical half, the outermost of which is

looped near apex, black, inner margin and fringe of outer

margin yellow: posterior wings golden yellow, the costal

area (broadest at apex) fuscous. Anterior wings beneath

dark fuscous, the margins yellow; posterior wings beneath

golden yellow, with a cellular streak and an outer submar-

ginal fascia fuscous.

Exp. wings 37 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to @.(?) furcifasciata, Butl., from British Central

Africa.

Fam. Hypside.

Pseudhypsa subretracta, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Egybolis Vaillantina, Stoll. Natal, Durban; Delagoa Bay.

Fam. Lymantriida.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Lelia municipalis, sp.n. Pretoria.

Creagra adspersa, Herr.-Schaff. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Lacipa gemmata, sp.n. Pretoria.

diffusa, sp.n. Pienaars River.

—— serpunctata, sp.n. Pretoria.

14*

200 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Euproctis torrida, sp. n. Barberton (Dr, P. Renaall), Zoutpansberg

(Kessner), Pretoria.

stellata, sp. n. Pretoria.

Aroa perculta, sp.n. Pretoria.

Lymantria tessellata, sp. n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Polymona rufifemur, Walk. Pretoria.

Dasychira extatura, sp.n. Pretoria.

extorta, sp.n. Pretoria.

Rendalli, sp n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Psalis securis, Hibn. Pretoria.

Notolophus qguadripunctatus, Wallengr. Pretoria.

Cimola opalina, Walk. Natal, Durban.

Lelia municipalis, sp. n.

Head, antenne, and pronotum pale tawny ; abdomen pale

shining ochraceous.

Anterior wings very pale tawny, minutely and irregularly

speckled with fuscous, rather darker at base and at end of

cell, with an outer submarginal series of small black spots

and a very obscure discal series of yellow spots beneath and

at end of cell; posterior wings still paler tawny, slightly

darker at apical area. Wings beneath much as above, but

anterior wings lacking the black and yellow spots.

Exp. wings 35 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Lacipa gemmata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and base of abdomen silvery white;

abdomen (excluding base) more or less ochraceous, with its

extreme apex black ; antennee, body beneath, and legs more

or less ochraceous. Wings silvery white: anterior wings

with the costal margin (excluding base) golden yellow, four

transverse series of similarly coloured spots, one at base

slightly curved outwardly, the others directed obliquely

inwardly from costa, second crossing cell, third beyond cell,

and fourth submarginal ; in the third series, and just beyond

cell, two of the spots are almost entirely black. Anterior

wings beneath with the markings paler; posterior wings

beneath with the costal (broadly) and the outer margin (nar-

rowly) ochraceous.

Exp. wings 31-83 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Lacipa diffusa, sp. n.

Body, legs, and antennz very pale ochraceous.

Wings creamy white, with the costal margin narrowly pale

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 201

ochraceous, its whole area sparingly, irregularly, and minutely

flecked with black ; the speckles form a cluster in and near

end of cell, and are arranged somewhat in three series beyond

it; an outer marginal series of small black spots. Anterior

wings beneath with the black markings very indistinct;

posterior wings beneath with the costal (broadly) and the

outer margin (narrowly) ochraceous.

Exp. wings 35 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Pienaars River (Distant).

Lacipa sexpunctata, sp. n.

Head and pronotum silvery white; antenne and humeral

angles of pronotum ochraceous ; abdomen and legs more or

less very pale ochraceous.

Wings above silvery white; anterior wings with a small

black spot beneath base of cell, six similar spots at end of

cell (four in and above and two beneath), and an outer sub-

marginal series of black spots; three slightly waved and

disconnected yellow fascie, one close to base, the second

crossing cell, and the third placed beyond it, the third

oblique, the second somewhat curved. Wings beneath with

the markings paler than above.

Exp. wings 26 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to L. guadripunctata, Dewitz.

Aroa perculta, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous ; tibiz and tarsi streaked with

fuscous; antennal branches fuscous.

Wings ochraceous ; anterior wings with the apical portion

of costal margin and the whole of outer margin blackish, most

of the veins on the apical third also distinctly blackish ;

posterior wings with the outer margin blackish, close to

which the veins are also infuscated. Wings beneath with

the black markings less pronounced than above.

Exp. wings 26-30 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Lymaniria tessellata, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous, tinged with black; antenne

black, with the branches brown.

Anterior wings creamy white, much mottled with black,

the vein closing cell reddish ochraceous ; the black markings

are largest and most suffused on cellular and apical areas,

202 Mr. W. L. Distant on

beyond cell they form a narrow waved transverse fascia and

along inner margin a double series of spots ; posterior wings

creamy white, marked with black at abdominal and apical

angles. Wings beneath as above, but posterior wings with

black costal markings.

Exp. wings 35 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Euproetis torrida, sp. n.

Body, legs, and antenne pale ochraceous, the abdomen

somewhat darker in hue and with the apex sometimes

blackish.

Anterior wings very pale ochraceous, ornamented with a

number of black speckles, which form a broad oblique fascia

from end of cell to about middle of inner margin, two small

and irregular clusters in and near end of cell, and some still

smaller submarginal clusters near apex and inner angle; the

oblique fascia is margined with golden yellow, which colour

is continued in another direction to costa: posterior wings

pale golden yellow. Wings beneath uniform golden yellow,

with scarcely a trace of the black markings on the upperside.

Exp. wings 34—42 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall) ; Zoutpans-

berg (Kessner) ; Pretoria (Distant).

Euproctis stellata, sp. n.

Body and legs pale ochraceous, the abdomen somewhat

darker in hue and with the apex dark fuscous.

Anterior wings very pale ochraceous, with a small reddish

spot near end of cell and with some black speckles forming a

short obscure fascia from a little beneath cell to about middle

of inner margin; posterior wings pale golden yellow, with

the fringe stramineous. Wings beneath golden yellow, the

anterior wings exhibiting the reddish spot, but not the black

markings.

Exp. wings 35-38 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Jistant).

Dasychira extatura, sp. n.

Body dark greyish, mottled with black; pronotum with

the anterior margin, the lateral plumes, and the base pale

brownish, the last two speckled with black, sometimes bluish

metallic; abdominal anal tuft pale greyish brown ; tibiz and

tarsi ochraceous, the last annulated with castaneous.

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 203

¢. Anterior wings greyish brown, very thickly speckled,

and crossed by four linear dark fascie, the first much angu-

lated at base, the second straightest at one third from base,

the third very much waved and angulated beyond cell, the

fourth undulating and submarginal; between the first and

second are some groups of black speckles, between the second

and third a looped lineate fascia across cell, and between

third and fourth a dark lineate costal spot: posterior wings

pale creamy white, with a small fuscous marginal spot at

apical angle. Wings beneath creamy white ; anterior wings

with the costal, cellular, and apical areas infuscated ; poste-

rior wings besides the apical marginal spot also possessing a

spot at extremity of cel) and another near outer margin.

@. The anterior wings clouded with black, especially at

base and at the area of the third transverse fascia ; posterior

wings with faint indications of a dark submarginal fascia

and beneath with a more strongly indicated transverse discal

fascia.

Exp. wings, g 35, 2 43 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Dasychira extorta, sp. n.

6. Body above brownish ochraceous, beneath with legs

and antenne pale ochraceous.

Anterior wings brownish ochraceous, mottled and shaded

with blackish brown ; these dark markings are more promi-

nent and continuous at base and apex, where they occupy the

basal and apical thirds of wing; in the intervening space is a

costal spot extending about one third across wing: posterior

wings pale ochraceous. Wings beneath pale ochraceous:

anterior wings exhibiting a spot at end of cell, a submarginal

fascia and costal infuscation; posterior wings similarly

marked.

Exp. wings 35 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Dasychira Rendalli, sp. n.

¢@. Head and pronotum dark brownish; abdomen, body

beneath, legs, and antenne paler in hue.

Anterior wings dark brownish, crossed by five waved dark

fascie—first near base, second crossing cell, third beyond

cell and very much contorted, fourth a little beyond third,

and fifth submarginal ; between the first and second there is

an irregular discal spot: posterior wings pale ochraceous.

Wings beneath paler than above and dusky ; anterior wings

204 Mr. W. L. Distant on

exhibiting a transverse oblique fascia a little beyond cell, and

posterior wings with a similar but transverse fascia; both

wings somewhat thickly speckled with brownish.

Exp. wings 32 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Fam. Limacodide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Crothema decorata, Dist. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pretoria.

Cenobasis amena, Feld, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Parasa etitis, Wallengr. Pretoria, Pienaars River.

latistriga, Walk. Pretoria.

Apluda invitabilis, Wallengr. Pretoria.

— similis, sp. n. Waterberg (Wilde).

Apluda similis, sp. n.

Head above, pronotum, and base of abdomen silvery

white ; anterior margin and under surface of head, antenna,

abdomen (excluding base), and legs dark ochraceous ; legs

annulated with dark castaneous.

Wings silvery white: anterior wings with the costal

margin and two thirds of inner margin, attached by two trans-

verse and oblique fasciz twice connected (thus enclosing four

white spots), pale castaneous ; outer margins of both wings

narrowly of the same colour. Wings beneath as above, but

anterior wings with the oblique fascie imperfectly seen, but

the costal area and apical veins dark castaneous.

Exp. wings 25 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Waterberg (Wilde).

Fam. Notodontida.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Desmeocrera hierax, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria.

vernalis, sp.u. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Anaphe reticulata, Walk. Pretoria.

Rigema Woerdeni, Snell. Pretoria.

ornata, Walk. Waterberg ( Wilde), Pretoria.

Antheua simplex, Walk. Pretoria.

Desmeocrera hierax, sp. n.

Body and legs griseous.

¢@. Anterior wings hoary, minutely speckled with fuscous,

basal third distinctly darker; a dark oblique spot from near

apex to a little beyond end of cell; a spot at inner angle ;

Heterocera Jrom the Transvaal. 205

outer marginal area obscurely infuscated: posterior wings

dull white, outer margin narrowly and a spot at anal angle

fuscous. Anterior wings beneath fuscous, unicolorous ;_ poste-

rior wings beneath as above, but with the costal area speckled

and containing two obscure fuscous spots.

@. Anterior wings with the basal third, a small spot at

end of cell, and a broad irregular submarginal fascia pale

fuscous; posterior wings thickly and finely speckled with

brown and containing an obscure transverse discal fascia.

Exp. wings, g 35, 9 40 millim.

Hab. 'Yransvaal, Pretoria (Distant); Lydenburg District

(Zutrzenka).

Desmeocrera vernalis, sp. n.

Head and pronotum pale greenish; abdomen and body

beneath greenish ochraceous.

g. Anterior wings pale greenish, obscurely speckled with

brownish ; indications of an oblique brownish fascia near

base and a more regular linear waved outer submarginal

fascia of the same colour: posterior wings very pale ochra-

ceous. Wings beneath paler than above.

Exp. wings, ¢, 37 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Fam. Eupterotide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Jana edulis, Boisd. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

eurymas, Herr.-Schaff. Pretoria.

— rhodoptera, Gerst. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

— (?) subrosea, Auriv. Pretoria.

Phyllalia concolor, Walk. Barberton (J. R. Harrison).

Phiala costipunctata, Herr.-Schatt. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Pre-

toria, Pienaars River.

incana, sp. n. Pretoria.

polita, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Sangatissa pretoria, Dist. Pretoria.

Stenoglene obtusa, Walk. Pretoria.

isabellina, Auriv. Pretoria.

—— bicolor, sp.n. Pienaars River, Pretoria.

Rhabdosia paragarda, Wallengr. (?). Pretoria.

Phiala incana, sp. n.

Head, antenne, abdomen, body beneath, and legs ochra-

ceous ; pronotum milky white; tarsi annulated with blackish.

Wings milky white ; anterior wings obscurely, sparingly,

and irregularly speckled with dark fuscous; posterior wings

206 Mr. W. L. Distant on

with a few scattered discal speckles of dark fuscous. Wings

beneath unicolorous.

Exp. wings, ¢, 44 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Apparently allied to P. dasypoda, Wallengr., but separated

at once by the yellow abdomen.

Phiala polita, sp. n.

Body, legs, and wings pale bright ochraceous. .

Anterior wings speckled with black obliquely beneath cell,

near centre of inner margin, and near posterior half of outer

margin; posterior wings with two or three speckles near

outer margin. Both wings beneath somewhat thickly

speckled with pale brownish.

Exp. wings, ¢, 40 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Allied to P. flavipennis, Wallengr.

Stenoglene (Chrysopoloma) isabellina, Auriv. Ent. Tidskr. xvi.

p. 119 (1895). 5 ,=S. (C.)similes, Auriv. tb5) oe

Stenoglene bicolor, sp. n.

Head, abdomen, body beneath, and legs ochraceous; pro-

notum fawn-colour, with its anterior margin moderately

ochraceous ; legs and antenne black.

Anterior wings pale fawn-colour, posterior wings ochra-

ceous. Wings beneath pale fawn-colour, with a yellowish

tinge, the anterior wings ochraceous at base and costal area.

Exp. wings 47 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria, and Pienaars River (Distant).

Apparently allied to S. bithynia, Druce.

Fam. Lasiocampide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Sarothropyga rhodopepla, Feld. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Dendrolimus cuneata, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria.

gemmata, sp.v. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Lenodora (?) nigrolineata, Auriv. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Bombycomorpha pallida, sp.n. Pretoria.

Beralade perobliqua, Walk. Pretoria.

fumosa, sp.n. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Waterberg ( Wilde).

Concedes carinata, Wallengr. _ Pretoria.

Nadiasa levenna, Wallengr. Heidelberg.

Chilena prompta, Walk. Pienaars River.

Odontocheilopteryx myxa, Wallengr. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka),

Pretoria.

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 207

Taragama mirabilis, sp. n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Caphara fulvida, sp.n. Pretoria.

Gonometa postica, Walk. Pretoria.

cuprea, sp.n. Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Braura ligniclusa, Walk. Barberton (J. 2. Harrison), Lydenburg

District (Zutrzenka).

Dendrolimus cuneata, sp. n.

Head and pronotum griseous brown, the last with two

large castaneous lateral spots; abdomen, body beneath, and

legs pale castaneous, apex of abdomen paler in hue; antennz

castaneous, with the branches ochraceous.

Anterior wings greyish brown, castaneous at base, black

at base of costal margin, with a large wedge-shaped greyish

patch on inner margin, and crossed by two linear fuscous and

grey fascize directed inwardly from costa; an obscure waved

submarginal castaneous line, the fringe, and outer two thirds

of costa greyish ochraceous: posterior wings very pale casta-

neous, darker on basal area. Wings beneath pale castaneous,

the anterior wings just exhibiting the outer dark linear fascia.

Exp. wings, ¢, 38-50 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka), Pretoria

(Distant).

This species is allied to D. aculeata, Walk., from which it

may be separated at once by the different direction of the

postmedial linear fascia of the anterior wings:

Dendrolimus gemmata, sp. n.

Body and legs pale ochraceous ; abdomen above somewhat

darker, with the segmental margins black.

Wings pale greenish ochraceous: anterior wings with a

small black spot at end of cell, beyond which they are crossed

by three narrow greyish fascie—the first and second oblique,

the third near margin very much bent inwardly ; extreme

outer margin with greyish spots: posterior wings with a

small black spot at end of cell, and the outer margin broadly

greyish, with some green shadings. Wings beneath as above,

but paler, and with the greyish fasciz less distinct.

oe wings, ¢, 43 millim.

Hab. 'Vransvaal, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Most nearly allied to D. protracta, Herr.-Schiiff.

Bombycomorpha pallida, sp. n.

Body milky white, legs and antenna ochraceous.

Wings milky white; anterior wings with a reddish-brown

208 Mr. W. L. Distant on

spot at end of cell, Wings beneath as above, but anterior

wings with the costal area brownish ochraceous.

Exp. wings, ¢, 35-38 millim.

Hab. Yransvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Allied to B. bifascia, Walk.

Beralade fumosa, sp. n.

3 ¢- Body mouse-colour, antenne and legs ochraceous,

tarsi annulated with black.

Wings mouse-colour; anterior wings with the costal

margin ochraceous and with two oblique narrow macular

fuscous fascie extending from near apex to inner margin—in

the male the outermost of these fasciz is extremely indistinct.

Wings beneath darker than above and without fascia.

Exp. wings 45 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall), Waterberg

(Wilde).

Much larger and of a different hue to B. perobligua, Walk.,

the only other described species of the genus.

Taragama mirabilis, sp. n.

@. Head and pronotum fawn-colour; abdomen above

ochraceous, fawn-colour towards apex, which is castaneous ;

body beneath and legs pale castaneous, centre of abdomen

fawn-colour, tarsi annulated with ochraceous; antenne

brownish ochraceous.

Anterior wings pale brownish, crossed about middle by two

slightly waved narrow fuscous fascie, between which and the

base the colour is more reddish ochraceous ; posterior wings

bright ochraceous, paler towards apex. Wings beneath

paler than above: anterior wings shaded with ochraceous and

without fascia ; posterior wings with the costal area brownish.

2. Body and legs bright reddish brown ; abdomen above

somewhat paler; antenne black, with the branches ochra-

ceous.

Wings above uniform bright reddish brown, the transverse

fascie to the anterior wings (as in the male) very indistinct.

Wings beneath rather paler than above and unicolorous.

Exp. wings, ¢ 56, 2 60 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

I have little doubt of these two differently coloured moths

being the sexes of one species. ‘hey were caught by the

same collector and on the same excursion.

Heterocera from the Transvaal. 209

Caphara fulvida, sp. n.

Head and pronotum dark mouse-colour; abdomen, an-

tenn, body beneath, and legs more or less ochraceous, tarsi

speckled with greyish.

Anterior wings dark mouse-colour, thickly speckled with

grey, the venation ochraceous, and with two dark waved

linear outer submarginal fascie; inner basal angles dull

ochraceous: posterior wings dull ochraceous, semihyaline,

the outer area infuscated. Both wings beneath dull obscure

ochraceous, with their outer areas infuscated.

Exp. wings 60 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria.

Allied to C. marginata, Walk., differing by the different

colour of the posterior wings, absence of “ black discal mark ”’

to the anterior wings, &c.

Gonometa cuprea, sp. 0.

?. Body and legs more or less castaneous ; abdomen above

pale brownish ; antenne black, with the branches ochraceous.

Anterior wings above greyish brown, with reddish and

fuscous suffusions ; a bent, narrow, elongate reddish spot at

end of cell, and a broken waved reddish submarginal fascia ;

the basal inner margin is blackish: posterior wings pale

reddish brown. Wings beneath paler than above, almost

uniform reddish ochraceous.

Exp. wings, ?, 85 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (Zutrzenka).

Fam. Arbelide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Arbela tegula, sp. n. Pretoria.

Salagena tessellata, sp. n. Pretoria.

Arbela tegula, sp. n.

Body greyish white, slightly tinged with pale ochraceous ;

pronotum and antennz ochraceous.

Anterior wings shining greyish white, somewhat closely

crossed by transverse ochraceous fasciz, which are much

darker on the inner area; a reddish ochraceous spot at end of

cell: posterior wings shining greyish white, suffused with

pale ochraceous. Wings beneath very pale ochraceous, uni-

colorous.

Exp. wings 36 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

210 On Heterocera from the Transvaal.

Salagena tessellata, sp. n.

Body very pale ochraceous, with silvery suffusions ; eyes

black; antenne ochraceous.

Anterior wings milky white, somewhat thickly sprinkled

with short black and ochraceous strige, of which the black

are much more numerous; posterior wings pale shining

ochraceous. Anterior wings beneath much paler than above ;

posterior wings beneath as above.

lixp. wings 26 millim.

Hab. ‘Transvaal, Pretoria (Distant).

Fam. Cossida.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Zeuzera asylas, Cram. Pretoria (7. Donovan).

Ayleutes capensis, Walk. Barberton (Dr. P. Rendall).

Chrysotypus Dawsont, sp. n. Barberton District (Dawson).

Chrysotypus Dawson, sp. n.

Body and legs pale ochraceous ; head, antennz, and ante-

rior margin of pronotum darker in hue.

Anterior wings brownish ochraceous, crossed by six dark

linear fascie—the first three near base and more or less

distinctly forked near costa; fourth a little beyond cell,

forked above, but not reaching beyond the altitude of the

subcostal nervure ; fifth forked beneath at outer angle; sixth

at apex and forked beneath: between these linear fascie

are numerous strige of the same colour. Posterior wings

crossed by corresponding linear fascie and strige. Wings

beneath as above.

Exp. wings 40 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Barberton District (W. E. Dawson).

Somewhat closely allied to the type and hitherto sole

representative of the genus, C. dives, Butl., from Madagascar.

Fam. Hepialide.

Species obtained in the Transvaal.

Dalaca ibex, Wallengr. Pretoria.

nomaqua, Walk. Pretoria.

cretata, sp.n. Pretoria.

Gorgopis libania, Stoll. Pretoria.

caffra, Walk, (?). Zoutpansberg (Kessner), Pretoria.

Mr. H. Fulton on new Species of Amphidromus. 211

Dalaca cretata, sp. n.

Body and legs brown ; antennz brownish ochraceous.

Wings pale brown; anterior wings with a large milky-

white curved fascia, commencing at base, extending longitu-

dinally about two thirds across wing, and then abruptly

curved upwardly, and terminating before apex at the altitude

of the cell. Wings beneath brown, with scarcely a trace of

the white fascia above.

Exp. wings 22 millim.

Hab, Transvaal, Pretoria.

XVII.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Amphidromus.

By Huau Futron.

[Plate VI.]

Amphidromus floresianus, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.)

Shell sinistral, solid, imperforate, oblong-conic ; whorls 7,

moderately convex, apex dark brown, second and third whorls

flesh-coloured, remainder whitish above to yellow below, orna-

mented on middle whorls by twospiral rows of irregular squarish

brown spots, lower whorls either plain yellow or with from

one to ten brown spiral lines, which are sometimes continuous,

sometimes interrupted; lip and lower part of columella almost

black, polished, and connected by a rather thick, reddish,

transparent callus; lip moderately expanded and reflected,

columella almost straight, having rather an angular appear-

ance at lower part, where it joins the lip.

Long. 44 millim., maj. diam. 20.

Type in British Museum.

Loe. South Flores (Everett).

Like nearly all other species of Amphidromus this varies

somewhat in form and much in coloration; some specimens

are broader and shorter than the type and others more elon-

gated. In one or two specimens collected by Mr. Everett the

last whorl is almost covered by oblique stripes of a reddish-

brown colour. ‘The most prominent distinguishing feature

of this species is its black lip, which appears to be constant.

Amphidromus consobrinus, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.)

Shell sinistral, oblong-conic, slightly perforate; whorls 6,

convex, yellow below fading to dirty white above, first three

212 Mr. H. Fulton on supposed

whorls of a semitransparent flesh-colour, tipped at the apex

with dark brown, last whorl obsoletely keeled at the periphery ;

there is a narrow greyish-blue band just above the umbilical

area, which is continued spirally upon the parietal wall; lip

and columella pale purple, connected by a thin reddish-brown

callus; lip slightly expanded and reflected; interior of aper-

ture white.

Long. 32 millim., maj. diam. 15 millim.

Type in British Museum.

Loc. South Flores Island (Everett) ; Sumba Island.

Some specimens have an additional narrow spiral band just

below the periphery. This species is very closely allied to

my A. sumbaensis, but can easily be distinguished by its

different coloration.

XVIII.— On supposed new Species of Oleacina, Trochomorpha,

and Bulimulus. By Huau Futon.

[Plate VI.]

Oleacina Underwoodi, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 9.)

Shell ovate-conic, moderately thin, dark reddish brown,

polished, almost smooth, growth-lines showing more distinctly

at and below the suture, which is very narrowly but distinctly

filleted ; whorls 53, slightly convex; apex obtuse; aperture

ovate, a little less than half the length of the shell; lip

simple, scarcely thickened; columella incurved, truncate.

Long. 21 millim., maj. diam. 11 millim.

Type in British Museum.

Loc. Asaha Centago, Costa Rica (C. F. Underwood).

The nearest species to this is aurantiaca, Angas, but that

species is of a much more elongate form and lighter colour.

Trochomorpha (Videna) andamanica, sp. n. (Nevill, MS.).

(Pl. VI. figs. 4, 4a, 40.)

Shell subcireular, light yellowish brown ; umbilicus wide,

funnel-shaped and sharply angled; whorls 63, slowly in-

creasing, suture bordered with a depressed and well-defined

narrow margin, obliquely striated by growth-lines above and

below, last whorl compressed at the margin and acutely

keeled ; aperture very oblique, lip slightly thickened.

Maj. diam. 14 millim., height 44 millim., width of umbili-

cus 5 millim.

Type specimen in British Museum.

Loc. Port Blair, Andaman Islands.

new Species of Oleacina kc. 213

Distinguished from sanis, Bens., by its less rapidly in-

creasing whorls and its angular funnel-shaped umbilicus ;

pseudosanis is not quite so flat, generally smaller, and has

not so wide an umbilicus.

Trochomorpha (Videna) pseudosanis, sp. n. (Nevill, MS.).

(Pl. VI. figs. 5, 5a, 53.)

Shell openly umbilicate, dark brown, obliquely striated

above and below; whorls 54, slowly increasing, suture with

a narrow well-defined margin, last whorl sharply keeled ;

aperture oblique; peristome scarcely thickened.

Maj. diam. 13 millim., height 5 millim., width of umbili-

cus 4 millim.

Type in British Museum.

Loc. Port Blair, Andaman Islands.

This species is allied to andamanica, but is generally

smaller, has a slightly more conical spire, a whorl less, and

the umbilicus is narrower and not so sharply angled at the

margin.

Bulimulus (Drymeus) Baroni, sp. n.

(Pl. VI. figs. 8, Sa, 86.)

Shell slightly umbilicate and broadly rimate, solid, either

light brown with a narrow whitish spiral band at the suture

or dirty white with spiral bands of a light brown colour; the

fine longitudinal strie or lines of growth are irregularly

microscopically wrinkled ; apex blunt, apical whorls whitish,

with close-set minute thimble-like punctures ; whorls 61-63,

convex, the last rather suddenly deflected, giving the umbili-

cal area a rimose character; aperture ovate, dark brown

within, one half to three fifths the length of shell; lip

broadly expanded, outer margins white; parietal callus very

thin.

Long. 34 millim., maj. diam. 22 millim.

” 6 ” ” 21,

» 3 ” ” 19

Type specimens (three) in British Museum.

Loc. Rio Yonan, Peru, 4000 feet (C. T. Baron).

Resembles D. proteus, Brod., in its variableness of form

and coloration, but has not the characteristic granular sculp-

ture of that species. It is closely allied to cora, d’Orb., but

is smaller, with more conical spire, and of a more solid

growth.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 15

214 Mr. O. Thomas on some small

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.*

Fig. 1. Amphidromus sumbaensis *.

Fug. 2. Jloresianus.

Fig. 3. consobrinus.

Figs. 4,4 a, 46. Trochomorpha andamanica,

Figs. 5, 5a, 5b. pseudosanis.

Fig. 6. Porphyrobaphe approximata*.

Figs. 7, 7a. Helix (Xenothauma) Baroni Ft.

Fig. 7 6. Ditto *. Nucleus.

Figs. 8, 8a, 8b. Bulimulus Baroni.

Lig. 9. Oleacina Underwoodi.

XIX.—On some small Mammals from Salta, N. Argentina.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Dr. C. SPEGAZZINI, the well-known fungologist of La Plata,

has been good enough to present for division between the

Buenos Ayres and British Museums a small collection of

Bats and Rodents made by him in Salta during the last

southern summer season (Dec. 1896—Feb. 1897).

Among these specimens there are representatives of two

new mice, now described, while the other species obtained

also deserve some mention.

1. Vespertilio, sp.

a-c. Upper Cachi.

d. Vina.

e, f. Pampa Grande.

This fawn-coloured Vespertilio I can identify with no

species contained in Dobson’s Catalogue ; but it may perhaps

prove to be one of Azara’s species, and I do not therefore

care to describe it as new.

A full identification of Azara’s bats and murines is very

much needed before Argentine specimens, whether from the

north or south, can be satisfactorily determined. Thanks to

the collections made by Messrs. Perrens, Borelli, Spegazzini,

and others, I hope soon to be in a position to publish an

identification of all the species described by the Spanish author

referred to.

* I take this opportunity of figuring some of the species described by

me in this Magazine (ser. 6, vol. xviii., July 1896).

+ Dr. Kobelt, in the Conch. Cab. ed. i1., Helix, p. 848, pl. xxviii.

figs. 4-6, places this species in the subgenus Bostryx; he evidently did

not read the original description or examine his specimen with a lens, as

he makes no mention of the remarkable sculpture of the nucleus of

X. Baroni, which separates it from Bostryx and other genera.

Mammals from Salta, N. Argentina. 215

2. Nyctinomus brasiliensis, Geoff.

a-c. Cafayati, Salta.

It seems probable that this common bat is Azara’s “ Petite

Chauve-souris obscure ” (Chauve-souris neuviéme), to which,

fortunately, Geoffroy did not give a special name, referring it

(wrongly) to his own Molossus obscurus. ‘That Azara’s bat

was a Nyctinomus is clear from his statement that “ La lévre

supérieure a des plis verticaux.”

3. Phyllotis griseoflavus, Waterh.

a. Upper Cachi, Salta.

b. Lower Cachi.

This handsome rat was first recorded from the north

(Jujuy) by Matschie, who was, however, naturally doubtful

of its identity with a species described from such a distant

locality as Rio Negro, Patagonia, the type locality of

Waterhouse’s animals. After the most careful comparison of

these Salta examples withthe type, and with a skin from

Catamarca in the Museum collection, I am still of the opinion

I expressed when Dr. Matschie’s specimen was sent to

London for examination, that the northern and southern

forms cannot be separated.

Moreover, the examination of several recent collections

shows that there is a most remarkable affinity between the

faunas of the extreme north-west part of Argentina, including °

the neighbouring parts of Bolivia, even up to considerable

altitudes, and that of North-eastern Patagonia, so far at least

as Bahia Blanca and the Rio Negro are concerned. Thus I

have lately seen a small collection from Bahia Blanca, and

among them is a cavy which I cannot distinguish from

Cavia boliviensis, Waterh., first described from the high land

between Cochabamba and La Paz, Bolivia, while there is

in the same collection an example of Oryzomys laucha, Desm.,

whose typical locality is Paraguay, but specimens of which

were obtained by Dr. Borelli at Tala, Salta, and other

localities in the present region. ‘The Museum possesses both

the cavy and the Phyllotis from Catamarca, and the Laucha

has been taken all down the Parana to its mouth, where, at

La Plata, I have found it abundant.

It would seem therefore that many of the Pampas animals

extend north and south for a very great distance without

any appreciable modification, ascending in the north to

latitudes at which they no doubt find a very similar

climate to that of the lowlands in the southern parts of their

range. For this reason, when working out specimens coming

from Bolivia, Argentina, or Patagonia, it must not be too

» OTLB

216 Mr. O. Thomas on some small

readily presumed that specimens from one end of the district

are distinct as a matter of course from those described from

the other—a presumption which, allowing for the great

difference in altitude and position, would in other parts of

America generally be quite justifiable.

4, Akodon Spegazzinii, sp. n.

a, 6. Lower Cachi.

c. Pampa Grande.

A medium-sized Akodon of a generally fulvous colour,

above and below.

Size rather smaller than A. olivaceus. Fur fairly long,

soft and woolly ; the underfur about 10 mm. long on the back.

General colour dull grizzled fulvous rufous, quite unlike that

of the greyish Akodons of the olivaceus group. Longer hairs

as usual black. Fulvous body-colour clearer on sides, and

passing almost unaltered on to the belly, which is scarcely

lighter than the flanks ; hairs round the anal region brighter

fulvous. Throughout, above and below, the basal three

fourths of the hairs are dark slate-coloured. Lars fairly

large, rounded, laid forward in a spirit-specimen they reach

about 2 millim. short of the posterior canthus; well clothed

with short fulvous hairs. Hands and feet pale whitish

fulvous above; claws long and strong, but not exaggerated as

*in the A. megalonyx group. Palms and soles naked, with the

pads 5-6 as usual; fifth hind toe without claw reaching to

the end of the first phalanx of the fourth, Mamme 2—2=8.

Tail rather long for an Akodon, finely haired, blackish above,

yellowish white on the sides and below.

Skull strongly built, though the zygomata are not very

widely expanded. Nasals long, rather narrow. Interorbital

region smooth, slightly convex, its edges square but not

ridged. Interparietal very small, narrow from before back-

wards, almost as broad laterally as in the middle line.

Palatine foramina large and open, reaching backwards past

the middle of m*. Posterior narial fossa narrow, the palatal

edge nearly a millimetre belind m’.

Incisors dark orange above, pale yellowish below. Molars

strictly Akodont.

Dimensions of the type, measured in spirit before skinning

(female) :—

Head and body 92 millim.; tail 71; hind foot, without

claws, 20; ears 14. (The inclusion of the claws would increase

the hind foot measurement by about 2°5 millim.)

Skull: basal length 22°5, basilar length from henselion

20°5; nasals 9°63; interorbital breadth 4:5; interparietal

7x14; palate length from henselion 11:3; diastema 7°2;

Mammals from Salta, N, Argentina. 217

palatine foramina 5°8x2*1; length of upper molar series

Type. B.M. no. 97.5.5.14, from Lower Cachi.

I can find no described species to which this mouse could

be referred. In general colour it is more like one of the

fulvous Oryzomys than an Akodon, but its teeth and pro-

portions clearly show it to be a member of the latter group.

5. Akodon albiventer, sp. n.

a, Lower Cachi.

A medium-sized Akodon of a pale greyish colour, with a

white belly.

Size rather less than in A. Spegazzinii. Fur little woolly,

about 7 or 8 millim. long on the back. General colour pale

grizzled greyish, the tips of the darker hairs brown, and of

the paler ones whitish buff, all slaty grey basally. Under

surface snowy white from chin to anus, fairly sharply

separated from the dark of the upper surface, but the basal

halves of the hairs are still slaty grey, although this colour

is hidden by the white ends. Eyes with whitish rims. ars

rather shorter than in the last species, the anterior half of

their outer side grizzled grey, the posterior half whitish ;

there are also a few whitish hairs forming an indistinct spot

just behind them. Forearms, hands, and feet pure white;

claws rather long, as in A. Spegazzini?; hind feet broad and

heavy, the soles naked, with 6 elevated pads. Mamma

2—2=8. Tail about as long as the body without the head,

well-haired, brown above, white on the sides and below.

Skull not very unlike that of A. Spegazzinii. Nasals

rather broader ; interparietals still narrower, but markedly

broader in the centre than at the sides; palatal foramina not

extending to the middle of m', posterior nares broader, the

palatal edge opposite the back of m*.

Dimensions of the type, measured in spirit before skinning

(female) :—

Head and body 87 millim.; tail 67; hind foot 19:2; ear

12°5.

Skull: basal length 21°6; basilar length 20; greatest

breadth 12°5; nasals 8°6x3°5; interorbital breadth 4:6;

interparietal 61:2; palate length from hensilion 10°6;

diastema 6°8; palatal foramina 5'4x1°8; length of upper

molar series 4°3.

Type. B.M. no. 97.5.5.17.

This pretty little mouse may be readily distinguished

from any of its allies, and especially from its neighbour

A. Spegazzinit, by its pale grey back and snowy belly. In

fact the colour-contrasts between these two species afford

218 Mr, O. Thomas on

an instance of the theory of “ repulsion”’ (described P. Z.S.

1894, p. 144), by which when two allied species live together

in the same place, and can gain no advantage by mutual

resemblance (‘‘ mimicry”), they often intensify their colour

differences to the greatest possible extent, in order probably

that their members shall be enabled to distinguish comrades

from rivals as readily as possible.

XX.—Descriptions of Four new South-American Mammals.

By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS.

Oxymycterus lanosus, sp. n.

General appearance exceedingly like that of Akodon xan-

thorhinus, Waterh. Fur very soft, thick, and woolly, the

wool hairs about 9 millim. long on the back, and the longer

straight hairs forming a thick fringe 5 or 6 millim. beyond

the wool hairs. General colour deep yellowish olive all over

above, the sides brighter yellow along the junction with the

belly. Under surface slaty grey, the tips of the hairs buffy

white. Ears small, not projecting above the fur, well haired.

Upper surface of hands and feet shining white ; pollex with

a blunt claw, hardly long enough to be called a true claw,

but longer and more compressed than a “nail.” Fifth hind

toe reaching to the middle of the basal phalanx of the fourth.

Tail about as long as the body without the head, well haired,

blackish brown above, yellowish white below and on the

sides.

Skull with a narrow slender muzzle and a very large

rounded brain-case. Nasals narrow, pointed, concave above

when viewed in profile. Interorbital region broad, smoothly

rounded, convex above, without ridges. Brain-case broad,

flattened, rounded. Interparietal small. Anterior zygoma-

root very narrow, slanted forwards. Anterior palatine fora-

mina reaching back one third of the length of m*; hinder

edge of palate opposite back of m’.

Incisors narrow, slender, very pale yellow above and

white below. Molars as usual.

Dimensions of the type, in skin, male :—

Head and body (c.) 80 millim. ; tail 51; hind foot (moist-

ened) 20°6.

Skull: basilar length 18-4, greatest breadth (across brain-

case) 12°4; nasals 9:3 x 2°8; interorbital breadth 4°8;

palate length from henselion 9:9; diastema 6:1; palatal

foramina 5:3 x 2 ; length of upper molar series 4.

Hab. Monteith Bay, Straits of Magellan.

Type. B.M. 80.7.28.11. Collected and presented by Dr. R.

W. Coppinger, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

Four new South-American Mammals. 219

The skin on which this species is founded is that men-

tioned under “ Hesperomys (Habrothrix) xanthorhinus” in

my account of the ‘ Alert’ collections (P.Z.S. 1881, p. 5).

That determination was based mainly on the spirit-specimen

referred to at the same time, which is undoubtedly a true

Akodon (= Habrothrix). A comparison of the skulls now

shows not only that the two, like as they are externally, are

different as species, but that the Monteith Bay skin belongs

to the Oxymycterus group, as is especially shown by its

narrow slanting zygoma-root, slender muzzle, and broad

brain-case. In that group no species as yet described bears

any resemblance to it.

Dasyprocta Kalinowskii, sp. n.

Size rather large. Fur ringed with black and yellowish

rufous, the elongated hairs of the rump white with black

tips, contrasting markedly with the rest of the body. Area

round the root of tail black, abruptly defined from the white

crest-hairs. Under surface yellowish, grizzled with brown.

Feet blackish. Tail about an inch in length, naked.

Skull elongate, not unlike that of D. vartegata and fuli-

gtnosa, but with the muzzle rather broader. and more trumpet-

shaped.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male :—

Head and body (measured in flesh by collector) 6°30

millim. ; hind foot 125.

Skull: basilar length 89, greatest breadth 54; nasals

46x 22; interorbital breadth 33°5; diastema 30; upper

molar series 20°5.

Hab. Idma, Valley of Santa Ana, Cuzco, Peru. Alt.

4600 ft. Coll. J. Kalinowski, Nov. 2, 1894.

This handsome Aguti may be readily distinguished from

any species hitherto described by the peculiar coloration of

its long rump-hairs, which, white with black tips, are quite

unlike those of any other species.

It was obtained by, and is named in honour of, Mr. J.

Kalinowski, the well-known Polish collector, to whom

science is already indebted for the discovery of so many

interesting Peruvian mammals.

Peramys adustus, sp. n.

Size small. Fur close and short, only about 4 millim. long

on the back. Colour all over above uniform finely grizzled

brown, with a slight yellowish tinge; tip of muzzle blackish.

Under surface coloured about as in Mus musculus ; line of

demarcation on sides little marked. Lars very short, prac-

tically naked. Hands and feet greyish brown, digits naked.

Tail practically naked, its few fine hairs black.

220 On Four new South-American Mammals.

Skull low and flattened. Nasals much expanded behind.

Posterior lower premolar slightly smaller than the middle

one.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body 100 millim. ; tail 53; hind foot (moist-

ened) 15; ear (above head) (c.) 3.

Skull: basal length (c.) 25; nasals 12°5x 45; interorbital

breadth 6; breadth of brain-case 11; palate length 15; com-

bined length of m’* 5:1. Lower jaw, condyle to tip of

incisors 20°5 ; front of canine to back of m, 12.

Hab. W. Cundinamarca, in the low-lying hot regions.

Type. BoM Ofaa 2.0:

This species has most resemblance in colour to P. domes-

ticus, Wagn., but differs by its much smaller size and

smaller ears. From the known species of its own size it is

readily distinguishable by its uniform brownish coloration.

Ichthyomys trichotis, sp. n.

Size smaller than in the other species. Colour dark

smoky or slaty grey all over above and below, with the ex-

ception of the chest and centre line of the belly, which are

white. Ears short and narrow, their conch only standing

up about 4 millim. above the crown, thickly clothed with hairs

similar in colour and texture to those on the head, and of an

equal length to that of the conch itself; as a result the ears

are quite lost among the general furof the head. Upper

surface of hands silvery white, of feet rather more brownish ;

hind toes apparently rather less broadly webbed than in the

other species, and the pads smaller and more distinctly

defined. ‘Tail about as long as the body without the head,

well haired, blackish throughout except at the extreme tip,

which, as in J. hydrobates and Séderstrémi, is white.

Skull unfortunately too much broken in the only speci-

men to be described, and it can only be noted that the

incisors, both above and below, are much thinner and

narrower transversely and antero-posteriorly, and that the

molars are of about the same size and proportions as those

of 1. hydrobates, or m* may be a little smaller.

Dimensions of the type, in skin :—

Head and body 130 millim.; tail 114; hind foot 28°5;

ear, above head, 4.

Skull: length of upper molar series 4°8, of lower molar

series 4°9. Lower jaw, bone only, 13°55 to incisor tip 16°3.

Hab. W. Cundinamarca, in low country near to Magda-

lena R.

Type. B.M. 97.7.2.2.

This species resembles J. hydrobates, and, if really different,

On the Anatomy of Apera Burnupi, 2. A. Smith, 221

I. Séderstrémi, in the colour of its tail, but differs both from

these and J. Stolzmannt by the extreme hairiness of its ears,

the restriction of the white of the under surface to the chest

and centre of belly, and by the slenderness of its incisors.

XXI.—On the Anatomy of Apera Burnupi, Z. A. Smith.

By Watter E. Counce, F.Z.S., Assistant Lecturer

and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

Mason University College, Birmingham.

[Plate V.]

Tue genus of slugs known as Apera was originally con-

stituted by Binney (2) in 1879 under the term Chlamy-

dephorus. Heynemann (6), however, suggested the term

Apera, on the ground that Binney’s name indicated a false

characteristic, viz. the presence of a mantle-lobe. Later,

Mr. Edgar A. Smith (8) pointed out that Agassiz (1) had

employed the term Chlamydophorus, which is practically the

same as that used by Binney, for a group of mammals, a

fact which Heynemann does not seem to have been aware of.

There are only two known species of this genus, namely,

A. Gibbonsi, W. G. Binney, from Natal (2), and A. Burnupi,

E. A. Smith, from Natal (8).

My best thanks are due to M. Edgar A. Smith, for his

kindness in supplying me with the material upon which these

observations on the anatomy have been made.

The specimen from which all the figures were drawn

measured 49 millim. in length. It corresponded in all

external features to the original description (8). Mr. Edgar

A. Smith has pointed out that the carine are doubtless much

accentuated in alcoholic specimens ; this I can confirm, for on

being immersed in very weak alcohol they were much less

conspicuous, the dorsum being more convex. Mr. Smith has

since sent me a note of some observations he made upon a

living example, in which he points out that the keels are

visible but less acute than in the contracted state. In

Heynemann’s figures (6, T. 2. figs. 5 & 6) of A. Gibbonsi

the keel which limits the back is not shown. This same

author (6, p. 19), although only acquainted with the external

features of A. Gibbonsi, suggested that the genus Apera

belonged to the Testacellide; on p. 19 he writes :—* Dann

springt uns sofort die nahe Verwandtschaft mit Testacella in

die Augen, die gemeinsame allgemeine Gestalt (s. Fig. von

Gibbons), die gemeinsame Lage der Genital-, Athem- und

After6finung, die thnliche strahlige Konnelung um diese

K6rpeioffnung herum, die ahnliche Runzelung iber die

Lange des Kiickens (s. Figur von Gibbons und seine

222 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the

Beschreibung: ‘ Dorsum finely sulcato-striate from head to

orifice. A row of small regular tubercles runs along medial

line from head to prominence’), die Seltenheit des Vorkom-

mens, die wohl in der gemeinsamen unterirdischen Lebens-

weise begriindet ist, und dergl. mehr.”

That Apera has affinities with the Testacellide there can

be little doubt, but there is a wide gap between it and either

Testacella or Daudebardia.

In the generalized character of the generative organs

Apera resembles in some ways the genus Schizoglossa, but

until we have a more detailed account of the anatomy of this

last-named genus it will be difficult to rightly classify it.

There is a still wider gap between Apera and Schizoglossa

than between Apera and either Testacella or Daudebardia.

Godwin-Austen (4, p. 8) has placed Schizoglossa with Atlea

and Paryphanta in a new subfamily Paryphantine, on the

following grounds:—‘ In the form of the buccal mass this

new subgenus (Schizoglossa) shows best the close relation-

ship which it has with Paryphanta, both in the rounded form

of the basal end and in the unification of the salivary glands,

neither of which characters are to be seen in Testacella

halictidea which I have examined... In the generative

organs we find this difference, the vas deferens in Testa-

cella joins the male organ near the attachment of the retractor

muscle at the posterior end, whereas in Paryphanta and

Schizoglossa it is peculiarly short and joins the male organ

very low down just above the generative aperture.”

Judging from Hedley’s description and figure of the

generative organs of Schizoglossa it would appear that we

have here a mollusk in which numerous modifications have

taken place. The absence of any receptaculum and the

generalized character and feeble development of the male

organs certainly make it difficult to rightly assign it to any

family of mollusks where these are predominant features.

There are not a few points in which it shows an affinity to

Apera, and through this genus to Zestacella and Daudebardia ;

at the same time there are many points of difference.

Anatomy.

The Alimentary Canal (Pl. V. fig. 2).—There is a wide

buccal cavity from which passes a long thin-walled ceso-

phagus; at the junction of the cesophagus with the crop is a

large bilobed salivary gland, which pours its secretion into

the postero-dorsal portion of the buccal cavity by a single

duct. In Testacella there are two salivary glands and two

ducts, lying on each side of the crop and opening laterally

Anatomy of Apera Burnupi, Z. A. Smith. 223

into the anterior portion of the cesophagus. The crop is a

wide thin-walled sac, rather longer than the cesophagus ; the

stomach, which forms the terminal portion of this sac, is a

small bilobed cavity hidden in the substance of the liver. In

Schizoglossa, Hedley (5, p. 390) remarks “ that the pharynx

is enormous, occupying almost the whole length of the

visceral cavity, “i nearly equalling in size the remainder

of the viscera.” I take it that what | am terming cesophagus

and crop correspond to what Hedley terms pharynx; if so, the

two forms closely agree in this feature. The intestine in

Schizoglossa is short, while in Apera it makes two loops in

the lobes of the liver, and terminates as a slightly wider

tube, the rectum. In Testacella the intestine forms a single

loop.

The Pedal Gland.—Opening beneath the mouth and

occupying the floor of the visceral cavity for the whole length

of the animal is a large thick-walled convoluted body, the

pedal gland. It is wound from right to left, as shown in

figure 3 (Pl. V.), and slightly indented on its upperside. It

was of a yellowish brown in colour, its free end being much

lighter and more glandular; to this there was a long muscle

attached. In transverse section it appeared as shown in

figure 4 (Pl. V.), viz. a small lumen on the underside, and

in the mass of connective tissue &c. there were present a

large series of microscopic chitinous (?) dart-like bodies.

These had a broad and slightly convex plate-like form at the

one end, tapering at the opposite end into a long fine point

(Pl. V. fig. 5). The whole tube must contain many

thousands of these bodies. I should have been glad to

investigate the minute structure of this organ in greater

detail had I possessed the material. In this example the gland

had become exceedingly hard, almost brittle, with being in

alcohol, and it was only after soaking in water for two or

three days that I was able to make out the few features

mentioned above.

Lacaze-Duthiers (7, p. 522) has described and figured the

pedal gland in Testacel/a; it is simple in structure, much

longer than in Apera, and exhibits the same zigzag form.

In Testacella it is enclosed in a sheath of connective tissue,

which I do not find in Apera. The cells of the gland are filled

with granules ; these probably represent what in AperaI have

described as minute dart-like bodies. From the contracted

state of the gland in the specimen I had, figure 4 probably

only very incorrectly represents the actual appearance.

Lhe Generative Organs.—There is a small vagina into

which the penis opens, ‘This latter organ is a narrow tube,

slightly globose at the lower portion (Pl. V. fig. 6, p.), and a

224 On the Anatomy of Apera Burnupi, EL. A. Smith.

short thin tube above (v.d.), which probably represents the

vas deferens. In Schizoglossa, according to Hedley (5, p. 390),

the penis is ‘‘ represented by a slight bulbous swelling near

the orifice, a vas deferens arising therefrom, and a short

muscle attaches this swelling to the nearest point of the body-

wall.” In Apera there is a large and peculiarly shaped

receptaculum seminis ; its lower portion, forming the recepta-

cular duct, opens into the vagina as a wide sac, above this it

becomes narrowed, the receptaculum seminis here commencing

and forming a large hook-shaped body (PI. V. fig. 6, 7.s.).

The free oviduct is about the same length as the penis and

vas deferens together, only slightly wider ; it forms the direct

continuation of the vagina (Pl. V. fig. 6, fov.). The common

duct is of considerable length, much convoluted and folded

upon itself. The albumen-gland is pyriform in shape and of

median size. ‘The hermaphrodite duct is a long tube slightly

coiled in its upper portion. The hermaphrodite gland

consists of a series of glandular clusters, the outer portions of

which are villous (Pl. V. fig. 6, h.gl.).

References.

1. Agassiz, L. Nomenclator Zoologicus (Mammals), 1842.

2. Bryney, W.G. “On the Jaw and Lingual Dentition of certain

Terrestrial Mollusks,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Camb., U.S.A.,

1879, p. 331.

3. Cottince, WALTER E. “The Morphology of the Generative

System in the Genus Testacella.”” Ann. & Mag. N, H. 1893,

vol, xii. pp. 21-25, pl. i.

4. Gopwin-AustTEN, H. H. “On the Molluscan Genus Paryphanta,

and on the Anatomy of P. Hochstettert, Pfr.” Proc. Malac.

Soc. 1893, vol. 1. pp. 5-9, pl. i.

5. Hepitey, CuHarues. “ Schizoglossa: a new Genus of Carnivorous

Snails.” Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S. W. 1892, vol. vii. pp. 887-392,

l. ix.

: eee D. F. “Ueber Chlamydephorus, Binney.” Jahrb.

d. d. malak. Gesell. 1885, Jh. xii. pp. 17-20, T. 2.

. LacazrE-Duruiers, H. pr. “ Histoire de la Testacelle.” Arch,

Zool. exp. et gén. 1887, t. v. pp. 458-596, pls. xxix.—xl.

. SmirH, Epaar A. “ Description of a New Species of Slug from

South Africa.” Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1892, vol. x. pp. 465-466.

. WaeneR, A. J. ‘Die Arten des Genus Daudebardia, Hartmann,

in Europa und Westasien.” Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1896,

Bad. lxii. pp. 609-626, 5 pls.

Wey (oy ICS. fon)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. View of posterior portion of the dorsum of Apera Burnupi,

E. A. 8., showing dorsal opening.

Fig. 2. The alimentary canal, &c.

Fig. 3. The pedal gland, viewed from above.

Fig. 4. Transverse section of the same.

On a new Papilio from Bali. 225

Fig. 5. Dart-like chitinous (?) bodies found in the walls of the pedal

gland.

Fig. 6. The generative organs.

Lettering.

alb.gl. Albumen gland. p. Penis.

b.c. Buecal cavity. pr. Prostate.

ec. Crop. r.d. Receptacular duct.

J.ov. Free oviduct. rect, Rectum.

h.d. Hermaphrodite duct. r.s. Receptaculum seminis.

A.gl. Hermaphrodite gland. s.d. Salivary duct.

int. Intestine. s.gl. Salivary gland.

m. Muscle. st, Stomach. *

@. (Esophagus. v.d. Vas deferens.

ov, Oviduct. vg. Vagina.

XXII.— Description of a new Papilio from Bali of the nox

group. By LIONEL DE NIckVILLE, F.E.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

THE butterfly described below comes into Section B of the

nox group of Papilios as defined by the Hon. Walter Roth-

schild in ‘ Novitates Zoologice,’ vol. ii. p. 258 (1895),

which is characterized by the margin of the abdominal fold

of the hind wing in the male, when fully expanded, having

a fringe of long hairs*; the basal partition of the subcostal

nervure of the same wing in both sexes is short; and the

abdomen in both sexes black, or red only at the apex. All

the females of this section (except the species described

below, which was unknown to Mr. Rothschild) are said by

that writer to have the upperside of the fore wing “ brown”’;

but P. erebus, Wallace, which I have from Sumatra only (it

occurs also in the Malay Peninsula and in Borneo), cer-

tainly is dark blue-black as in P. nyx, and Westwood says

the female of P. erebus is “ black above”’; while the latter

eminent entomologist says also that his P. strix, which is the

female of his P. noctula, is “ black” above. I would recon-

struct Mr. Rothschild’s key to the females of the group

(including P. nyx) as follows, adding that I have not seen

specimens of P. noctis and P. noctula:—

A. Ge SEES both wings brown.

a. Upperside, hind wing uniform brown.

1. P. nox, Swainson: Java. |

6, Upperside, hind wing with a band of dirty white near the outer

margin.

2. P. noctis, Hewitson: Borneo.

* Mr. Rothschild says his Section A also has a fringe of long hairs.

This, however, is a clerical error; all the species in the Section lack

these hairs.

226 On a new Papilio from Bali.

B. Upperside, both wings blue-black.

a. Upperside, hind wing strongly marked with longitudinal cream-

coloured stripes on either side of the longitudinal black veins.

3. P. noctula, Westwood: Borneo,

b. Upperside, hind wing uniform blue-black.

a’, Hind wing broad, “deeply indented on the outer margin between

the veins, with broad creamy-white cilia.

4, P. nyx, de Nicéville: Bali.

b'. Hind wing narrow, shallowly indented on the outer margin

between the veins; the cilia just touched with white in the

middle of the internervular indentations.

5. P. erebus, Wallace: Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

* Papilio (Pangerana) nyx, sp. 0.

Hab. Bali.

Expanse, 2, 5:0 inches.

Female,— Upperside: both wings black, with a very slight

blue gloss. Fore wing with the apex white, this white area

bounded anteriorly by the second subcostal nervule, ex-

tending slightly into the anterior outer end of the discoidal

cell, not reaching the apex and outer margin, and ending

posteriorly about the third median nervule; this white area

bears narrow streaks of the ground-colour between the veins ;

cilia creamy white. Hind wing unmarked; cilia broadly

creamy white, this colour extending slightly on to the wing

in the internervular indentations. Underside: both wings

fuscous, without gloss. Fore wing with the white area more

extensive, bounded anteriorly by the first subcostal nervule,

and reaching nearer to the apex and outer margin; an

obscure reddish streak on the middle of the costa anterior to

the costal nervure; cilia creamy white. Hind wing un-

marked; cilia creamy white, that colour extending much

more broadly on to the wing than on the upperside, especially

so on either side of the apices of the veins. Palpi, head

and thorax at the sides, and abdomen at the apex crimson.

This species differs from the same sex of P. erebus, Wallace,

in having the fore wing broader, the apical white area larger,

the cilia creamy white instead of black, and the ground-

colour less blue. The hind wing is markedly broader, the

incisures much deeper, and the cilia broadly creamy white ;

in P. erebus the cilia are only just touched with white between

the veins, otherwise black.

This interesting species was captured by Mr. William

Doherty in March 1896, at 2000-4000 feet, in the island of

Bali, which is only separated from Java on the east by a

narrow strait. JI am indebted to Mr. H. J. Elwes for the

gift of the specimen described. He has doubtless other

specimens in his collection.

Indian Museum, Calcutta,

May 22nd, 1897.

On a new Ceratopterine Eagle-Ray. 227

XXIII.— Description of a new Ceratopterine Eagle-Ray from

Jamaica. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

AmonG some Fishes brought home from Jamaica by the

Rey. J. Seed Roberts, who for many years has been paying

special attention to the fish fauna of that colony, there was a

Ceratopterine Ray which neither Mr. Roberts nor myself

id in identifying. It has much in common with

Bancroft’s Cephalopterus hypostomus, described from Jamaica

in 1830, but is at once distinguished by the absence of teeth

in the lower jaw, which precludes our referring it to the

genus Dicerobatis, in which teeth are present in both jaws.

The allied genus Ceratoptera agrees in this, that teeth are

developed in one of the jaws only, but it is the lower instead

of the upper that bears them; and, besides, the position of

the mouth and the shape of the pectoral fin are entirely

different. I therefore find myself compelled to propose a

new genus for the reception of the Ray, with which I wish to

associate the name of its discoverer.

CERATOBATIS, gen. nov.

Like Dicerobatis, Blainv., but teeth restricted to the upper

jaw.

Ceratobatis Robertsi7, sp. n.

The band of teeth occupying only half the width of the

mouth, its width 10 times in its length; teeth tessellated,

hexagonal, 2 to 3 times as broad as long, rugose with nume-

rous obtuse ridges. Mouth inferior, wide. Pupil vertically

elliptic. Body smooth; pectoral fins with nearly straight,

slightly convex anterior and slightly concave posterior border.

Cepbalic fins measuring a little less than the width of the

mouth ; spiracles behind the eyes. The space between the

last branchial clefts one fourth that between the first.

Dorsal fin between the ventrals. Tail slender, without spine,

nearly twice as long as the body.

millim

Length of disk, without cephalic appendages........ 350

Se plemaaaaeg recat Lia a eae 780

Ee ie ok cialis en Aig op hn to bee ieee 90

SPAMMERS LETT OU UINE ska lae, sic :s) W/SretCLAREN ste:¢.4 0.0.0: 5.01610) elas 105

ERE RLU vied oveiig én oki mya + vi «0 etje ns n0'8 9 12

PERUSAL) oh 22). eNO s) chitic cc es vicvs,» eves es 2 002 70

Tail Peeves eereert eerste oereeseerteeeeereseeseeeree 620

228 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Black above, white beneath.

This Ray grows to a very large size; but specimens are

almost impossible to obtain, owing to the superstitious fear

of thefishermen. The single specimen secured by Mr. Roberts,

the dimensions of which are recorded above, is a young one,

and is now deposited in the British Museum.

XXIV.—On Lepidoptera Heterocera from China, Japan, and

Corea. By Joun Henry LeEecu, B.A., F.L.S , F.Z.8., &e.

—Part II. Family Geometride; Subfamilies Ginochromine,

Orthostixine, Larentiine, Acidaliine, and Geometrine.

[Continued from p. 110.]}

[Plates VII. & VIII.]

Subfamily Grouerriz.

Genus PSEUDOTERPNA.

(Hiibn. Verz. p. 284; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii.

p- 472.)

Pseudoterpna superans.

Hypochroma superans, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 1. p. 398

(1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii, p. 36, pl. xlix. fig. 12 (1879).

There were some specimens from Nikko, Oiwake, and

Yesso in Pryer’s collection, and I took a few examples at

Hakodate in August.

Hab. Japan and Yesso.

Pseudoterpna alba.

Pingasa alba, Swinh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 491, pl. xix.

fig. 6.

Pseudoterpna alba, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 474 (1895).

Six specimens from Gifu and one from Ningpo, the latter

taken by a native collector in July.

Distribution. Khasis (Hampson) ; Japan; N. China.

Except that the ground-colour is tinged with ochreous, the

Japanese and Chinese examples are identical with Indian

specimens in the National Collection at South Kensington.

Pseudoterpna pseudoterpnaria.

Hypochroma pseudoterpnaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 276 (1857).

Hypochroma Pryeri, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 1. p. 898 (1878) ;

fll. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 35, pl. xlix. fig. 9 (1879).

There were some fine specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s

Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 229

collection, and I obtained the species at Nagasaki in June.

I have also received it from Chia-kow-ho and the province of

Kwei-chow.

Distribution. Japan; Western China.

Pseudoterpna pruinata.

Phalena pruinata, Hufn. Berl. Mag. iy. pp. 5, 520 (1767).

Geometra cytisaria, Esp. Schmett. v. p. 242, pl. xliv. figs. 1-4; Hiibn.

Geom. pl. i. fig. 2.

Pseudoterpna pruinata, var. simplex, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 54

(1892).

Alphéraky records a form of this species from N.W. China

under the varietal name simplex. He describes it briefly as

a large greenish-white form without markings.

Distribution. Europe; Armenia; Western China.

Pseudoterpna sinapiaria.

Lhyrochroma sinapiaria, Pouj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 309, pl. vi.

fig. 5.

Poujade records a female specimen from Moupin.

Hab. Western China.

Pseudoterpna Davidaria.

Pachyodes Davidaria, Ponj. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 310, pl. vii.

figs. 16, 16a.

One female specimen from Moupin (Poujade).

Hab. Western China.

Pseudoterpna arenaria.

Pachyodes urenaria, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 144, pl. ix.

fig. 12.

One female specimen from Kiukiang, taken in June.

Hab. Central China.

Pseudoterpna dorsocristata.

Terpna dorsocristata, Pouj. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr, 1895, p. 313, pl. vii.

figs. 18, 18 a.

Poujade’s type (a female) was from Moupin.

I received a male specimen from Chang-yang, taken in

July.

Hab. Central and Western China.

The male antenne are slightly serrated.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 16

230 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Genus AC TENOCHROMA.

(Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 350.)

Actenochroma virescens.

Bylazora virescens, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 398 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 35, pl. xlix. fig. 8 (1879).

There was one example of each sex from Gifu in Pryer’s

collection. Butler’s type was from Hakodate.

Hab. Japan and Yesso.

Genus ARCH ZOPSEUSTES.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 380 (1894).)

Archeopseustes umplificata.

Abraxas amplificata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1124 (1862).

Archeopseustes ampliticata, Warr. Novit. Zool. i. p. 880 (1894).

I received two male specimens and a female from Kiukiang,

two males from Ichang, and one male from Omei-shan:

June and July.

Walker’s type was from N. China.

Hab. North, Central, and Western China.

Archeopseustes leucomelanaria.

Pachyodes leucomelanaria, Pouj. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 311, pl. vii.

fig. 17.

Poujade’s type was from Moupin. I have a male speci-

men, taken in July, from the same locality.

Hab. Western China.

Genus LIMBATOCHLAMYS.

(Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 540 (1894).)

Limbatochlamys Rosthorni.

Limbatochlamys Rosthorni, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. 1. p. 540, pl. xii.

fig. 9 (1894).

I have one male specimen from Chang-yang and one from

Moupin: July.

The type is referred to as from “ Interior of China (probably

districts west of Ichang).”

Hab. Central and Western China.

Genus CHLORODONTOPERA.

(Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 351.)

Chlorodontopera robustaria.

Hemithea robustaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 385 (1857).

Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 231

Thalassodes macruraria, Walk. Oat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1561 (1862).

Chlorodontopera robustaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii.

p. 484 (1895).

Specimens in Pryer’s collection without locality. I cap-

tured examples at Gensan in July and [ received a female

specimen from Wa-shan, taken in June.

Distribution. Japan ; Corea; Western China.

Chlorodontopera mandarinata.

Odontoptera mandarinata, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1839, p. 141,

pl. ix. fig. 13.

One example from Kiukiang, May.

flab. Central China.

Genus AGATHIA.

(Guen. Phal. i. p. 380 (1857).)

Agathia letata.

Agathia carissima, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 50, pl. xxxvi. fig. 7

(1878).

Agathia lacunaria, Hedem. Hore Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 512, pl. iii. fig. 4

(1879).

Agathia letata, Fabr., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 487

(1895).

There was a specimen from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-

tion, and my native collector obtained one in the island of

Kiushiu. I took the species at Gensan in July, at Sakata

and Hakodate in August, and I have received examples from

Ichang, Moupin, Ni-tou, Huang-mu-chang, and Chia-kou-

ho, all taken in July.

Distribution. Askold; Siberia ; throughout India, Ceylon,

and Burma; Borneo; New Guinea; Australia (Hampson) ;

Corea; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Central and Western

China. ;

Agathia lycenaria.

Geometra lycenaria, Koll. Kasch. iv. p. 486 (1848).

Agathia lycenaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 380 (1857) ; Hampson, Fauna

Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 485 (1895).

One specimen from Huang-mu-chang, July.

Distribution. Throughout India, Ceylon, and Borneo;

Penang ; Java (Hampson) ; Western China.

Genus ULIOCNEMIS.

(Warr. Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1893, p. 555.)

Uliocnemis cassidara.

Phorodesma cassidara, Guen. Phal. i. p. 870 (1857). ia

232 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Comibena biplagiata, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 435 (1887); Hampson,

Ill. Het. ix. p. 145, pl. elxxvi. fig. 18 (larva).

Uliocnemis cassidara, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 488

(1895).

One specimen from Huang-mu-chang, July.

Distribution. Ceylon (Hampson) ; Western China.

Uliocnemis albimarginata.

Uliocnemis albimarginata, Warren, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1893, p. 353

Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 489 (1895).

Distribution. Sikhim ; Japan (Hampson).

Warren described this species from Sikhim. I do not

know the Japanese form of it.

Uliocnemis venata.

Thalera venata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 487 (1879).

There were three specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s

collection.

Hab. Japan.

Genus HEMITHEA.

(Dup.; Hampson Fauna Brit, Ind., Moths, iii. p. 490 (1895),)

Hemithea strigata.

Geometra strigata, Mill, Fauna Ins. Friedr. p. 51 (1864).

Geometra estivaria, Esp. v. pl. ii. figs. 1-3; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 9; Treit.

Schmett. v. 1, 117.

Hemithea estivaria, Dup. Lép. vii. pl. cli. fig. 6.

Hemithea thymiaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 384.

Nemoria strigata, Meyrick, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 94.

I took specimens in Satsuma in May, at Fusan and Gensan

in July, and my native collector at Hakodate in August.

Distribution. Europe; Amur; Corea; Japan; Yesso;

Kiushiu.

Hemithea unilinearia, sp. n.

Bluish green, costa of primaries marked with blackish.

All the wings have a fine whitish transverse line beyond the

middle; this line is more wavy on the secondaries than on

primaries: primaries have a black discal dot.

greyish green. Under surface whitish green.

EXxpanse 38 millim.

One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, July.

Hab, Western China.

Fringes

from China, Japan, and Corea. 233

Hemithea obliterata.

Nemoria obliterata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1558 (1862).

Lodis ussuriaria, Brem, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 77, pl. vi. fig. 24 (1864).

Nemoria ussuriaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent, Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 94.

One male specimen from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.

Walker’s type was from Shanghai.

Distribution. E. Siberia; Amur; Japan; Eastern China.

Hemithea mundaria, sp. n.

Light yellowish green. Primaries have two whitish trans-

verse lines on the central area of the wing, the first outwardly

edged with green of a darker shade than the ground-colour

and curved below costa, the second inwardly edged with the

darker colour and more or less undulated. Secondaries have

a discal mark agreeing in colour with the edgings of the

transverse lines and a continuation of the second line of

primaries. Under surface greenish white.

Expanse 26 millim.

4 Two male specimens and one female from Ta-chien-lu,

une.

Hab. Western China.

Hemithea marina.

Thalassodes marina, But]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i. p. 399 (1878) ;

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 87, pl. 1. tig. 1 (1879).

Euchloris putata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1892, p. 95.

A series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

I obtained specimens at T’suruga and Gensan in July.

Pryer considered this species to be identical with Jodis

lactearia from Europe.

Distribution. Corea; Japan.

Genus TANAORRHINUS.

(Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 38 (1879).)

Tanaorrhinus reciprocatus.

Geometra reciprocata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 515 (1861).

Geometra confuciaria, Walk. l. c. p. 522.

Tanaorhinus confuciaria, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 38, pl. 1.

fig. 4 (1879). .

Tanaorrhinus reciprecatus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p.493

(1895).

A few specimens from Tokio and Kanosan in Pryet’s

collection.

I captured the species at Nagasaki in May, and Mr. Smith

obtained it at Hakone in August.

234 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

I have also received examples from Chang-yang, Kiu-

kiang, and the Province of Kwei-chow, taken in July.

Distribution. Simla; Dharmsala; Sikhim; Khdsis (Hamp-

son) ; North, Central, and Western China ; ‘Japan.

Tanaorrhinus vittatus.

Geometra vittata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond, 1867, p. 636 ; Water-

house, Aid, pl. cli. fig. 5 (1884).

Tanaorrhinus prasinus, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 488

(1879).

Tanaorrhinus vittatus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 494

(1895).

Some specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

I met with the species at Nagasaki in May, and Mr. Smith

obtained it at Hakone in Aucust.

I have received examples feet Omei-shan and the Province

of Kwei-chow.

Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Sikhim ; Khdsis (//amp-

son) ; Japan; Kiushiu; Western China.

Genus GEOMETRA.

(Linn. Syst. Nat.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,

iii. p. 495 (1895).)

Geometra paptlionaria.

Phal. Geometra papilionaria, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 522.

Geometra papilionaria, Esp. v. pl. vi. figs. 1-4; Hiibn. Geom. fig. 6.

Holothalassis papilionaria, Hibn. Verz. “Schmett. p. 285.

Some fine specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s

collection. I took the species at Hakodate in July.

Distribution. Europe; Siberia; Amur; Japan; Yesso.

Geometra flavifrontaria.

Jemoria flavifrontaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 846 (1857).

Loxochila mutans, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 615.

Geometra flavifr ontar ia, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., "Moths, ill. p. 496

(1895).

One example from Ichang, June.

Distribution. N.W. Himalayas; Central China.

Genus ARACIMA.

(Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 50 (1878).)

Aracima muscosa.

Aracima muscosa, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 51, pl. xxxvi. fig. 8

(1878).

Geometra (?) vestita, Helem. Hore Ross. xiv. p. 508, pl. iii. fig. 3

(1879).

Geometra muscosa, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 96.

Jrom China, Japan, and Corea, 235

Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

Mr. Smith took the species at Hakone in August, and

I captured some examples at T'suruga in July and at Nikko

in September.

A fairly constant species, but the discal markings of all

the wings and the marginal border of secondaries are subject

to modification.

Distribution. Amur; Japan.

Genus MEGALOCHLORA.

(Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1892, p. 95.)

Megalochlora sponsaria.

Chlorochroma sponsaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 77, pl. vi. fig. 25 (1864).

Megalochlora sponsaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 95,

Specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s col-

lection.

Distribution. E. Siberia; Amur; Japan.

Geometra viridescentaria, Motsch., is probably identical

with this species.

Megalochlora albovenaria.

Geometra albovenaria, Brem, Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 75, pl. vi. fig. 21 (1864).

Megalochlora albovenaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 95.

Geometra valida, Feld. Reise Nov. vy. pl. exxvii. fig. 87 (1875).

Geometra dioptasaria, Christ. Bull. Mosc. 1880, p. 9.

There were some examples from Yokohama in Pryer’s

collection. I obtained specimens at Gensan in June and

July ; and have received specimens from Omei-shan, Wa-shan,

and Che-tou, taken in June and July.

Distribution. E. Siberia; Amur; Japan; Corea; Western

China.

Megalochlora mandarinaria, sp. n.

Pale bluish green. Primaries, which are slightly concave

below apex, have two transverse whitish lines, the first

curved below costa and the second broad and slightly oblique ;

there is a whitish line at end of the cell. Secondaries, which

are angled in middle of outer margin, have a broad oblique

whitish line. Fringes whitish. Under surface whitish,

strongly tinged with green on primaries; the broad trans-

verse lines of upper surface are reproduced.

Expanse 54 millim.

One male specimen from Chow-pin-sa, taken in June.

Hab. Western China.

This species is somewhat similar to M. albovenaria, Brem.,

but the outer margins are not crenulate.

236 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Megalochlora glaucaria.

Geometra glaucaria, Mén. Bull. de PAcad. xvii. p. 220; Schrk. Amur-

Reis. p. 65, pl. v. fig. 8 (1859). Se

Geometra usitata, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 49, pl. xxxvi. fig. 3

(1878).

Megalochlora glaucaria, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1892, p. 95.

Some specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s

collection.

Distribution. Amur; Japan.

Genus EUCHLORIS.

(Hiibn.; Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 94.)

Euchloris insolitaria, sp. n.

Male.—Bluish green; all the wings have a whitish trans-

verse line beyond the middle, that on primaries is almost

straight and that on secondaries slightly angled about the

middle. Fringes whitish chequered with brown. Under

surface whitish tinged with green.

Expanse 43 millim.

One male specimen taken by myself in the Province of

Satsuma in May, and a female from Chang-yang, Central

China, captured in June.

The female has plain fringes, but otherwise agrees with

the male.

Distribution. Kiushiu; Central China.

Euchloris difficta.

Comibena difficta, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 576 (1861); Butl.

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 87, pl. 1. fig. 8 (1879).

Ochrognesia difficta, Warren, Novit. Zool. 1. p. 891 (1894).

There were specimens from Ohoyama and Nikko in Pryer’s

collection, and my native collector took a few examples at

Gensan in July; [ have two from Chang-yang and one from

Ichang, taken in July.

Warren considers ‘‘ Phorodesma”’ gratiosaria, Brem., from

East Siberia to be identical with L. difficta.

Distribution. North and Central China; Japan; Corea;

East Siberia.

Euchloris albocostaria.

Euchloris albocostaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 76, pl. vi. fig. 22 (1864).

There were specimens from Nikko in Pryer’s collection.

I obtained the species at Gensan in July and have received

it from Ichang.

Jrom China, Japan, and Corea. 237

Distribution, EK. Siberia; Amur; Japan; Corea; Central

China.

Euchloris procumbaria.

Euchloris procumbaria, Pryer (W. B.), Cist. Ent, ii. p, 232, pl. iv. fig. 2

(1877).

Comibena vaga, Butl. Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 410,

One female specimen from Nikko in Pryer’s collection ;

and a male from Omei-shan, taken in June. Butler’s type

was from Tokio and that of Pryer from Shanghai.

Distribution. Japan ; Western China.

Euchloris argentataria, sp. n.

Bright green. Primaries have two silvery-white lines, the

first forming a double curve, the second dentate towards

costa and expanding into a broad dentate mark above inner

margin; the marginal area is washed with silvery white and

there is a patch of purplish grey enclosing two black dots on

the inner marginal portion; discal dot encircled with white.

Secondaries have an elongate purplish discal mark and a

silvery-white marginal line, this latter is inwardly deutate

above the middle, arcuate towards the purplish-grey outer

angle, and expands into a purplish-grey marked blotch at

analangle. Fringes silvery white, mixed with purplish grey

on the secondaries. Under surface: primaries green as

above, marked with silvery white on inner marginal area

and on the outer margin ; outer line and discal dot as above :

secondaries silvery white, with a blackish patch at outer

angle, a blackish discal dot, and a fuscous wavy line beyond.

Expanse 28 millim.

Two male specimens were taken by my native collector at

Gensan in July, and he also obtained one example in the

island of Kiushiu. Mr. Smith captured a male at Hakone

in August, and I have received one from Chang-yang that

was taken in May.

Distribution, Corea; Kiushiu; Central China.

Euchloris nigromacularia, sp. n.

Bright green. Primaries have the costa white and two

white angulated transverse lines; the second line is followed

on the inner margin by a ferruginous more or less quadrate

patch ; submarginal line white, interrupted. Secondaries

have a blackish patch at outer angle extending along margin

to third median nervule, this is limited by a white line which

becomes broader below third median nervule and expands

238 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

into a pale ferruginous tinged patch at anal angle. Fringes

pale greyish preceded by a series of black dots, these dots

are largest on the secondaries and at inner angle of primaries ;

all the wings have a black discal dot. Under surface white,

tinged with green on the primaries: secondaries have a black

patch on outer margin interrupted by the nervules; discal

dots as above.

Expanse 40 millim.

One female specimen from Chow-pin-sa, taken in June ;

and there was an example of the same sex in Pryer’s col-

lection, probably from Yokohama.

Distribution. Western China; Japan.

Euchloris ornataria, sp. n.

Bright green, striated with silvery white. Primaries have

two silvery-white transverse lines, the first 1s slightly curved

and the second is oblique and slightly undulated; there is a

short upright violet bar on inner margin before angle, and a

patch of the same colour at anal angle of secondaries; all

the wings have a black discal dot. I ringes: of primaries

whitish tinged with greenish, except at inner angle where

they are violet ; of secondaries violet, preceded by a blackish

line below outer angle, thence by black dots on the nervules.

Under surface whitish, tinged with green, especially on pri-

maries; discal dots as above; violet markings faintly

reproduced.

Expanse 32 millim.

Six male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June.

Hab. Western China.

Euchloris obsoletaria, sp. n.

Green. Primaries have the costa white and two obscure

whitish transverse lines, the first slightly curved and the

second elbowed below the costa and indented above inner

margin; all the wings have a blackish discal dot. Fringes

whitish grey, preceded by a violet-brown line. Under

surface: of primaries green, washed with whitish on the

inner marginal area, with black discal dot and pale central

line; of secondaries whitish, with a black discal dot and

dusky greenish central line.

Expanse 32 millim.

One female specimen from the island of Kiushiu, and one

taken by myself at Nagasaki in June,

Hab. Kiushiu.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 239

Euchloris incomptaria, sp. n.

Pale bluish green without transverse lines. Primaries

whitish on costa; there is a short upright violet-grey bar at

inner angle and a patch of the same colour on outer angle of

secondaries ; outer marginal line of all the wings violet-

grey. Under surface whitish with a faint greenish tinge;

violet-grey markings faintly reproduced.

Expanse 33 millim. .

One male specimen, without fringes to the wings, from

Waz-shan, taken in July.

Hab. Western China.

Euchloris chlorophyllaria.

Phorodesma chlorophyllaria, Hedem. Hori Soc. Ent. Ross. xiv. p. 510,

pl. iii. fig. 7 (1878); Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 58 (1892).

Phorodesma jankowskiaria, Mill.; Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. y. p. 47,

pl. iv. fig. 7 (1880).

Alphéraky records this species from the Province of Kan-

sou, July.

I received a male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in

June or July.

Distribution. Amur; Askold; Western China.

Euchloris simplictaria, sp. n.

Pale bluish green, with whitish fringes and a dusky discal

dot on all the wings; the fringes are preceded by a dark

line. Under surface whitish tinged with greenish, discal

dots as above.

Expanse 30 millim.

One female specimen from Chang-yang, taken in August.

ITab, Central China.

Euchloris striataria, sp. n.

Pale green, striated with silvery white ; costa of primaries

whitish. Fringes whitish. Under surface whitish, slightly

tinged with fuliginous on basal portion of costa.

Expanse 31 millim.

One female specimen from Che-tou, taken in July.

Hab. Western China.

Euchloris subtiliaria.

Euchloris subtiiaria, Brem. Lep. Ost-Sib. p. 76, pl. vi. fig. 23 (1864).

Racheospila nympha, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 411.

Several specimens from Yokohama, Gifu, and Yesso in

Pryer’s collection.

240 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

I met with this species at Nikko in September, and my

native collector obtained it in June at Ningpo and also in

the island of Kiushiu.

I received examples from Moupin, Wa-ssu-kow, Chow-

pin-sa, Wa-shan, and Che-tou, taken in June and July.

Distribution. Dharmsdla; Sikhim; Nilgiris; Ceylon;

Australia (Hampson); Amur (Greser) ; EK. Siberia; Japan;

Yesso; Kiushiu; Western China.

Euchloris radiata.

Thetidea (?) radiata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1567 (1862).

Euchloris radiata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 498 (1895).

One female specimen from Huang-mu-chang, taken in

July.

Distribution. Kulu; Dharmséla (Hampson); Western

China.

Genus COLUTOCERAS.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 88 (1895).)

Colutoceras diluta.

Colutoceras diluta, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 88 (1895).

Warren describes one male specimen from Kiushiu.

The insect I have described as Euchloris obsoletaria may

possibly be the female of this.

Genus NeMorIA.

(Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 501 (1895).)

Nemoria viridaria.

Phal. Geometra viridata, Linn. Fauna Suec. 330.

Geometra viridata, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 11; Treit. Schmett. vi. 1, 167;

Dup. Lép. vii. pl. cli. fig. 4.

Nemoria viridaria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 285; Guen. Phal. i. p, 846 ;

Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 94.

I took one specimen at Gensan in July, and I have re-

ceived specimens from Chang-yang and Moupin which

appear referable to this species.

Distribution. Europe; Altai; Amur; Corea; Central and

Western China.

Nemoria gelida.

Nemoria gelida, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. vii. p. 104, pl. exxxvi. fig. 5 (1889).

One specimen from Huang-mu-chang, July.

Distribution. Dalhousie; Kulu; Dharmséla (Hampson) ;

Western China.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 241

Nemoria rectilinearia, sp. n.

Whitish green. Primaries have an almost straight whitish

transverse line before the middle and an oblique one beyond

the middle ; the latter is continued on the se hart Fringes

whitish, tinged with greenish, Under surface whitish, tinged

with green; area beyond the whitish transverse line paler.

Expanse 24 millim.

Several examples of each sex from Huang-mu-chang, July.

Hab, Western China.

Allied to N. indecretata, Walk., but the line on secondaries

is straighter and terminates nearer the anal angle, and the

costa of primaries is pale brown.

Genus T'HALASSODES.

(Guen. Phal. i. p. 359; Meyrick, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,

p- 507 (1895).)

Thalassodes gavissima.

Comibena gavissima, Walk, Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 575 (1861).

Berta gavissima, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. ili. p. 435, pl. exevi. fig. 6 (1887).

Thalassodes gavissima, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 510

(1895).

One specimen from Wa-shan, June.

Distribution. Simla; Sikhim; Ceylon (Hampson) ;

Western China.

Thalassodes vallata.

Thalassodes vallata, Butl. Il. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 50, pl. xxxvi. fig. 9

(1878) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 514 (1895).

Several specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.

I met with this species at Nagasaki in May, Fushiki and

Gensan in July, and at Hakodate in August.

Distribution. Sikhim ; Khéasis (Hampson) ; Japan;

Kiushiu; Yesso ; Corea.

Thalassodes parallelaria, sp. n.

Similar to 7. vallata, Butl., but rather lighter green in

colour. The first line of primaries approaches the second on

the inner margin, and the latter is parallel with outer margin ;

both lines are white and without inward shading ; the costa

is narrowly whitish and immaculate. The transverse line of

secondaries is also white and terminates nearer the middle

of abdominal margin than the anal angle, Fringes white,

242 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

marked with rufous brown at angle of secondaries, and not

preceded by a brown line.

Expanse 36 millim.

One male specimen from Moupin and one from Ni-tou,

July.

Hab. Western China.

Thalassodes inconcinnaria, sp. n.

Green; all the wings have two obscure, wavy, whitish trans-

verse lines, that on primaries beyond the middle is rather

oblique. Fringes whitish tinged with green. Under surface

paler than above and without transverse lines.

Eixpanse 33 millim.

One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu and one from Pu-

tsu-fong, both taken in June.

Hab. Western China.

Thalassodes submacularia, sp. n.

Darkish olive-green, costa of primaries brownish marked

with darker. All the wings have a darker, wavy, transverse

line beyond the middle, and a dusky discal mark; the line

on secondaries has a bidentate projection below the middle.

Fringes of primaries brown, and those of secondaries pale

brown dotted with darker above the angle, which is strongly

produced. Under surface greenish white, with a large

blackish patch at inner angle of primaries and outer angle

of secondaries.

Expanse 41 millim.

One male specimen from Moupin and a female from Omei-

shan, both taken in June,

Hab. Western China.

Thalassodes thetydaria.

Lodis thetydaria, Guen. Phal. i. p. 858 (1857).

Thalassodes bifasciata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxvi. p. 1562 (1862).

Thalassodes thetydaria, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii. p. 509

(1895).

One male specimen from Che-tou and a female from

Moupin, June and July.

Distribution. Sikhim ; Sylhet (Hampson) ; Western China.

Thalassodes albistrigata.

Gelasma albistrigata, Warren, Noyit. Zool. ii. p. 89 (1895).

Warren describes this species from Japan. I have not

obtained any specimens of it.

Hab. Japan.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 243

Genus THALERA.

(Hiibn. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, iii. p. 514 (1895).)

Thalera fimbrialis.

Phalena fimbrialis, Scop. Ent. Carn. p. 216 (1763).

Geometra bupleuraria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 8.

Thalera bupleuraria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 285.

I took one male specimen at Gensan in July.

Distribution. Europe; Asia Minor; Amur; Corea.

Thalera rufolimbaria.

Thalera rufolimbaria, Helen. Hore Ross. xiv. p. 512, pl. ili. fig. 5

(1878).

Thalera crenulata, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 37, pl. L fig. 2

(1879).

There was a nice series in Pryer’s collection from Yoko-

hama and Yesso. I obtained the species in Satsuma in May,

at Nagasaki and Fusan in June, and at Shimonoseki and

Tsuruga in July. My native collector took it in the island

of Kiushiu in July. I have also received specimens from

Chang-yang, Ichang, Moupin, Pu-tsu-fong, and Huang-mu-

chang.

The Japanese examples range in expanse from 22 millim.

(g) to 30 millim. (?). A series taken at Chang-yang,

Central China, in June, average 25 millim. in expanse, whilst

the specimens taken at Ichang, Central China, in August,

measure 2 millim. less in expanse.

Distribution. Amur; Japan; Yesso; Kiushiu; Central

and Western China.

Thalera putata.

Phal. Geometra putata, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 523; Clerck, Icon. pl. iii.

fig. 9.

Geometra putataria, Hiibn. Geom. fig. 10.

Lodis putataria, Hiibn. Verz. Schmett. p. 286; Guen. Phal. i. p. 557.

Luchloris putata, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 95.

This species seems to be generally distributed throughout

Japan from May to August. I have also taken specimens at

Gensan and in the island of Kiushiu. All are rather darker

in colour than European examples.

Distribution. Europe ; Japan; Corea; Kiushiu.

Thalera prerupta.

Thalassodes prerupta, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 49, pl. xxxvi

fig. 5 (1878).

244 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

The type of this species was taken at Yokohama by

Mr. Jonas.

Hab. Japan.

Thalera lactearia.

Phal. Geometra lactearia, Linn. Syst. Nat. x. p. 519; Clerek, Icon.

pl. iii. fig. 12.

Todis lactearia, Guen. Phal. i. p. 355.

Euchloris lactearia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 95.

There was one example from Yesso in Pryer’s collection

mixed up with Hemithea marina, Butl., and I took a

specimen at Gensan in June and at Ningpo in April. My

native collector obtained the species at Ningpo in June.

Distribution. Kurope; Amur; Corea; Yesso; Hastern

China.

Thalera ambigua.

Thalassodes ambigua, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. 1. p. 49, pl. xxxvi. fig. 6

(1878).

Specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I obtained

specimens at Nagahama in July, and my native collector at

Gensan also in July.

Distribution. Corea; Japan; Kiushiu; Ningpo.

Thalera sinuosaria, sp. n.

Green, each wing with two sinuous darker lines, the first

edged inwardly with whitish, the second edged outwardly,

expanding about the middle and above inner margin on _pri-

maries and before abdominal margin on secondaries ; all the

wings have a dark discal ring centred with white. Fringes

slightly paler than the ground-colour and preceded on the

secondaries by a darker line. Under surface silky white, the

primaries tinged with greenish.

Expanse 28-34 milim.

Four examples of each sex.

Ta-chien-lu, Moupin, Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-shan, Omei-shan,

and Ni-tou: June.

Hab. Western China.

Thalera flagellaria.

Hemithea flagellaria, Pouj. Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1895, p. 310, pl. vi. fig. 8.

Two male specimens from Moupin (Powade). I have

received specimens from T’a-chien-lu, Ni-tou, Moupin, and

Chang-yang: June, July, and August.

Hab. Central and Western China.

From China, Japan, and Corea. 24!

Thalera protrusa.

Thalera protrusa, Butl. Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. ii. p. 50, pl. xxxvi. fig. 10

(1878).

Four examples from Yokohama? in Pryer’s collection. I

captured a specimen at Fusan in June.

Hab. Japan and Corea.

Thalera colataria, sp. n.

Pale olive-green. Primaries have two wavy, whitish,

transverse lines, the outer continued on the secondaries ; there

is an elongate discal mark on each wing. Under surface

whitish, tinged with green. Fringes whitish, chequered with

fuscous and preceded by a fuscous line. Outer margin of the

wings crenulate, especially of secondaries, which are also

angled at the extremity of the third median nervule.

Expanse 30-52 millim.

Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took

the species in Satsuma in May and at Fusan in June, and

I have received it from Gensan, Ningpo, the island of Kiushiu,

Ichang, Chang-yang, and Moupin: taken in June in the

three last-named localities.

Distribution. Japan; Kiushiu; Corea; Central, Western,

and North-eastern China.

Similar to 7. protusa, Butl., but easily separated by the

chequered fringes, which are preceded by a dark line. In the

Japanese specimen the outer margin of primaries is straighter

than in the Chinese examples.

ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA.

Synegia purpurascens.

Parasynegia purpurascens, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 410 (1894).

Synegia rosearia, Leech, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 204 (1897).

Stegania hyriaria.

Heterostegane hyriaria, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 406 (1894).

Stegania irroraria, Leech, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 203

(1897).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 17

246 Mr. J. H. Leech on Lepidoptera Heterocera

Genus PSEUDOTHALERA.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 153 (1895).)

Pseudothalera stigmatica.

Pseudothalera stigmatica, Warren, Noyit. Zool. ii. p. 154 (1895).

Warren describes this species from Western China, and

records two male specimens.

Opisthograptis diseriminaria.

A spilatis discriminaria, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1073 (1862); Butl.

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. li. fig. 9 (1879).

Also described by Walker from Shanghai. It appears to

be a form of Opisthograptis semilutata, Led.

Tephrina trradiata.

Aspilatis irradiata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. xxiv. p. 1072 (1862); Buti.

Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. pl. lii. fig. 8 (1879).

Described by Walker from Shanghai. It is probably

specifically identical with Tephrina arenacearia, Hubn.

Percnia albinigrata.

Perenia albinigrata, Warren, Novyit. Zool. iti. p. 395 (1896).

Warren describes a female specimen from Niphon, Japan.

I think it is not specifically distinct from P. foraria, Guen.

Genus SEBASTOSEMA.

(Warren, Novit. Zool. iii. p. 100 (1896).)

Sebastosema bubonaria.

Sebastosema bubonaria, Warren, Noyit. Zool. iii. p. 100 (1896).

Warren describes one male specimen from Japan.

Tosaura (?) pallida, Warren, Noyit. Zool. i. p. 380 (1894).

Warren describes this species from Japan, and places it in

Orthostixine. I have not been able to see the type.

Anaitis perelegans.

Carsia perelegans, Warren, Novit. Zool. 1. p. 898 (1894).

Closely allied to A. plagiata, Linn., and possibly only a

Japanese form of that species.

from China, Japan, and Corea. 247

Anaitis affinis.

Docirava affinis, Warren, Novit. Zool. i. p. 898 (1894).

I think this is not specifically distinct from A. pudicata,

Guen.

Distribution. China and Japan (Warren).

Genus ATOMOPHORA.

(Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 66 (1892).).

Atomophora falsaria.

Atomophora falsaria, Alph. Rom. sur Lép. vi. p. 66 (1892).

Alphéraky records one male specimen and three females

from the province of Kan-sou, June and July.

Hab. Western China.

Rhodostrophia bisinuata.

Rhodostrophia bisinuata, Warren, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 98 (1895).

Warren describes one female specimen from Japan.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

[The descriptions of figs. 1, 6, 12, and 18 in Plate VIII. appear in the

servi volume (xx.); the remaining descriptions to Plates VII. and

‘III. were published in vol. xix. |

PuaTE VIL.

Cryptoloba rivularia, sp. n., 3, p. 550.

Eubolia similaria, sp. 0., Sop 564,

. Anaitis brunnearia, sp. n., s p. 55

. Scotosia bipunctularia, sp. u., 3, p-

. Eustroma fractifasciaria, sp. 0 i eP

. Plemyria parvularia, sp. n., 3, p. 571.

. Scotosia multilinearia, sp.u., 3, p. 55

. Nava margaritaria, sp. u., 3, p. 545.

. Scotosia latifasciaria, Leech, dy p. 260.

interruptaria, sp. D., 3, p- 560.

Fig. 11. Plemyria hastata, var. chinensis, nov., ¢, p. 70.

Fig. 12. Eustroma pulchraria, sp. 0., 3, p. 566.

Fig. 13. Lobogonia conspicuaria, sp. n., 3, p. 551.

Fig. 14. Carige cruciplaga, var. extremaria, nov., d, p. 902.

Fig. 15. Lygranoa grisearia, sp. n., 9, p. 549.

Fig. 16, Emmesomia parallelaria, sp. n., 9, p. 546.

Fig. 17. Eustroma propriaria, sp. n., 3; ta 564,

Fig. 18. Plemyria bellaria, sp. n., 3, p- 5

s§

—

SLO CONS Or Co LO

PuaTe VIII.

Fig. 1. Rhodostrophia (?) sinuosaria, sp. n., 5, p. 108.

Fig. 2. Larentia fractifasciaria, sp. n., 3, p. 658.

Fig. 3. Plemyria castaria, sp. n., gd, p. 572.

248 Geological Society.

“ig. 4. Cidaria albipunctaria, sp. n., 3, p. 64>

Fig. 5. Larentia nitidaria, sp. u., 3g, p. 657.

tg. 6. Hydrelia distinctaria, sp. n., ¢, p. 80.

Fig. 7. Larentia grataria, Leech, 3, p. 656.

Fig. 8. Larentia (?) intersectaria, sp. n., 3, p. 667.

Fig. 9. Photoscotosia fasciaria, sp. n., dg, p. 6

Fig. 10. Cidaria fervidaria, sp.n., 3, p. 646.

Fig. 11. Larentia tripunctaria, sp. 0., 3, p. 666.

Fig. 12. Hydreha electaria, sp. n., g, p. 81.

Fig. 13, Cidaria postalbaria, sp. n., g, p. 645.

Fig. 14. Larentia costinotaria, sp. n., 5, p. 670.

Fig. 15. Cidaria ochracearia, sp. n., 5, p. 648.

fulgidaria, sp.n., 3, p. 641.

subochraria, sp. n., 5, p. 647.

Fig. 18. Hydretia angularia, sp. un., 3, p. 82.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

May 12, 1897.—Dr. Henry Hicks, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Mollusca of the Chalk Rock: Part Il’ By Henry

Woods, Esq., M.A., F.G.S.

The first part of this paper, dealing with the Cephalopoda,

Gasteropoda, and Scaphopoda, appeared in the last volume: of

the Quarterly Journal (vol. li. p. 68). In the present commu-

nication the Author gives an account of the characters, synonymy,

and distribution of the Lamellibranchia: 29 species are recognized,

6 being new; the genera represented are:—Leda, Nucula, Arca,

Limopsis, Modiola, Inoceramus, Ostrea, Chlamys, Lima, Spondylus,

Plicatula, Cardium, Cardita, Arctica, Trapezium, Corbis’, Martesia?,

and Cuspidaria.

In the concluding part the Author compares the fauna of the

Reussianum-zone (Chalk Rock) in England with that of other

European areas, particularly N.W. Germany and Saxony. In the

latter country the number of species in some groups—particularly

Gasteropoda and Lamellibranchia—is much greater than in Eng-

land; this difference is probably due to the sea having been of less

depth than in the English area. It is noticed that the species of

Cephalopoda have a much wider geographical distribution than the

other groups of the Mollusca.

Finally, by a study of the present distribution of the genera—

particularly of those which form the predominating element in the

fauna,—taken in conjunction with the other characters of the

zone, the Author arrives at the conclusion that in England the

Reussianum-zone was probably formed between the depths of 100

and 500 fathoms.

Ann.& . Vaq.. Vat. Hist. 8.6. Vel XX.PLII

5. .

Perey Highley del. et lith. MmternBros.imp.

STRUCTURE OF MONTIPORINZE.

. : ; |

3 SAO Ea NERS wo,

Hist

Not.

& May

Ana. & Mag.Nat. Hest.S.6 Vol. XX PUY.

_ W-E.C.del.ad nat. Mintern Bros.lth .

oF i a

’

iP ;

F ‘

tiers :

rt vat

Anas

’

we r on

4 =

a ak ‘

ia t

Ann .& Mag. Nat. Hest 9 .6.Vol.XX.PUVI.

Mintern Bros. del.et lith.

1, VII.

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, S, 6. Vol.XX

W. Purkiss, del.

AX. PL.VIII

S.6. Vel.

& Mag. Nat. Hist.

Ann.

W.Purkiss, del.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 117. SEPTEMBER 1897.

XXV.—On the Genera and Species of Tropical African

Arachnida of the Order Solifuge, with Notes upon the

Taxonomy and Habits of the Group. By R. I. Pocock,

of the British Museum of Natural History.

TueE Ethiopian Region, or that part of Africa which lies to

the south of the Sahara, is singularly poor in genera of

Solifugee. Two at most, namely Heaisopus and Ceroma, are

peculiar. The others are common to the Mediterranean district

of the Palearctic, but of these only Solpuga can claim to

be regarded as typically Ethiopian, since the rest are to be

looked upon as emigrants southwards from the desert tracts of

Egypt and Nubia to physically similar areas in the countries

of the Somali and Masai. This dearth of genera, however, is

largely counterbalanced by richness in the number of species

of the genus Solpuga, which spreads from Somaliland and the

Congo over the whole of South Africa, including Cape Colony.

It is with some of the species of this genus that have recently

come to hand that this paper largely deals. The notes con-

cerning habits have been principally collected from the material

on this subject kindly supplied by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall.

The African genera may be classified according to the

following table. Most of the genera not represented in the

Ethiopian Region will, I suspect, fall into the Solpugine of

the family Solpugide, though, perhaps, a few subfamilies in

addition to the two here recognized will have to be ultimately

established.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 18

250 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

a. Legs short, posterior three pairs very ro-

bust, with their distal segments strongly

spined ; fourth leg subequal to third in

length, without claws, its coxa and tro-

chanter (three basal segments) as long

as the rest of the limb and furnished

with only three malleoli * (according to

SINION) siecle hak eee ee SE tee Fam. HEXISsoOPpoDID&, nov.

6. Legs long or short, fourth pair at most

weakly spined and considerably longer

and stronger than the others, armed with

two clawst, its coxa and trochanter

much shorter than the rest of the ap-

pendaye and bearing five malleoli on each

side in the adult tf.

a’, Abdominal tracheal stigmata lying be-

hind and under the posterior margin of

the second and third sternal plates and

protected by comb-like plates; basal

segment of claws hairy; tarsus of palp

dreely mMovableriy. cook, <S scien ose aes Fam. GALEODID (s. s.).

6. Abdominal tracheal stigmata visible

upon the posterior margin of the second

and third sterna, lying in a triangular

excision of the plates; claws free from

hairs ; tarsus of palp immovably fused

tothe protarsus: sche oa hes Okie es Fam. So_puGip (Bs. s.).

a’, Anal segment small, subcircular, the

aual aperture extending from its in-

ferior almost up to its superior edge. Subfam. Solpugine, nov.

b?. Anal segment of large size, trans-

versely elliptical, the anal aperture

not extending more than halfway

from its lower border towards the

dons “borderses.2..6 005-5 sae huaiees Subfam. Rhagodine, nov.

* I have applied the term ma/dleolus to the racquet-shaped organs

situated upon the basal segments of the fourth leg.

+ The genus Gnosippus, Karsch, represented by one species from

Egypt, and probably belonging to the Solpugidee, is described as having

no claws on the legs of the fourth pair. It is also said to be peculiar in

that the coxa of this limb is nearly as long as the femur. But a glance

at the figure of this appendage shows that Karsch has mistaken the coxa

{or the trochanter. As a matter of fact, the trochanter is scarcely longer

than usual; but, if the figure is to be trusted, it presents the unique

character of being undivided instead of bisegmented as in the rest of the

order. The segment which Karsch refers to as the trochanter is the

segmented basal end of the femur.

{ ? Zombis of Simon, based upon a specimen from Jaffa, and said to be

characterized by the possession of only three pairs of malleoli, three

tarsal segments on the third and fourth legs, and only a pair of sete on

the ocular tubercle. But, as is explained below (p. 258), the number of

malleoli, of tarsal segments, and of ocular sete is often but an indication

of immaturity, and that it is probably so in the case of Zombis may be

inferred from the fact that the type, puszola, is only 9 millim, long.

§ First pointed out by Hansen, Ent. Meddel. iy. p. 191.

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 251

Family Hexisopodida.

This family contains the single genus Heavsopus, repre-

sented by two species confined, so far as is at present known,

to South Africa. The generic synonymy is as follows :—

Aellopus, O. Koch, Arch. Naturg. 1842, pt. i. p. 354; id. Uebersicht des

Arach.-syst. pl. v. p. 97 (1850) (nom. preeoce.).

Hevisopus, Karsch, Berl. eut. Zeitschr. xl. p. LO9 (1879).

The two described species are :—

(1) LHewisopus lanatus, C. Koch, Arch. Naturg. 1842, pt. i.

p. 394; id. Die Aracliniden, xv. p. 102, fig. 1439 (sub

Aellopus).

Loc. Cape of Good Hope.

(2) Heaxisopus fodiens, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1887,

p. 374, pl. vi. figs. 6 & 7.

Loc. Kalahari Desert.

The British Museum has no representative of this inter-

esting Arachnid.

Family Galeodide (sensu stricto),

Genus GALEODES, Olivier.

Galeodes, Oliv. Encycl. Méthod. vi. p. 579 (1791).

Rhax, Hermann, Mém. Ins, Aptérol. pp. 13 & 15 (1804),

Type araneoides, Pallas.

Olivier established the genus Galeodes for the reception of

two species, namely Phalangium aranoides of Pallas and the

South-African species which he himself described as setigera.

C. Koch (Arch. Nat. 1842, pt. i. p. 350 &c.) first dismembered

the genus and applied the term Galeodes to the aranevides

section, thus selecting the latter as its type.

fthax of Hermann is stated by its founder to be synonymous

with Galeodes of Olivier. Consequently ©. Koch had not

the power to apply the name to species not included by

Olivier under Ga/eodes.

The genus Galeodes nearly resembles Rhagodes (cf. infra)

in distribution, being essentially a Palearctic form, but

extending into Somaliland, where it is represented by the

Arabian and Egyptian species @. arabs, C. Koch.

18*

252 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

Family Solpugide.

Subfamily Rascoprvag, nov.

This group is established for the reception of the single

genus hitherto known as Rhaw, for which I propose the new

name Lhagodes, the term hax having been up till now used

by myself and others in a sense inadmissible according to the

rules of nomenclature I adopt (vide supra under Graleodes).

Like Biton and Galeodes, Rhagodes is also an alien from

the Palearctic Region, being found in abundance all over

Persia, Afghanistan, parts of India, and Africa north of the

Sahara. On the west of Africa it extends as far south as

Gambia and on the east as far as Somaliland, Mombasa, and

Masailand.

Subfamily Sozpverya, nov.

The Ethiopian genera may be recognized by the following

table:—

a. Tarsi of second and third legs composed of four seg-

ments, of fourth of seven segments.

a‘. Ocular tubercle with many bristles; rostrum not

deflexed apically ; protarsus of palp in ¢ scopulate

beneath, 2 ehete tae ak oats ea tn Rea Solpuga.

6. Ocular tubercle with a few symmetrically arranged

bristles, the anterior two very long; rostrum api-

cally deflexed ; protarsus and tarsus of palp in g

not scopulate but armed below with many short

StTONE SPINES <j. b/s .Mra/vsrateiahute Moat opelo veal hy ocean Zervassa, Nov.

b. Tarsi of second and third legs composed of not more

than two segments, of fourth leg of not more than

four segments.

a’, Fourth tarsus four-jointed, second and third tarsi

twO-Jointed’y? acchie Ptah. .t-ctelox Shiear eee eee Biton.

b*. Fourth tarsus composed of but one or two segments.

a®, Tarsi of posterior three pairs of legs two-jointed.. Ceroma.

b°. Tarsi of posterior three pairs of legs one-jointed.. Paracleobis.

Genus PARACLEOBIS, Poc.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p, 95 (1895).

Type P. dorsalis, Latreille.

This genus is equivalent to Gluvia, C. Koch, as restricted

by Simon, who, in 1879, selected strdolata as its type.

Simon, however, believed that sériolata was synonymous with

dorsalis of Latreille; but according to Karsch (Arch. Nat.

1880, p. 237) this is an error. Consequently since Gluvia

has been affixed definitely to strdolata, the genus typified by

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 253

dorsalis was without a name until I applied Paracleodis to it

in 1895.

Like most of the other genera of Solpugine, Paracleobis is

not typically an African form, its species being found in

the countries bordering the Mediterranean basin. A few

species, however, have been described from Somaliland and

Socotra,

Genus Biron, Karsch.

Arch. Naturg. 1880, p. 234.

The two genera, Desia (type pracor, C. Koch, from

Mexico) and Biton (type Lhrenberg?, Karsch, from Arabia),

established by Karsch, are, according to their diagnoses, in-

distinguishable, as Simon has pointed out (Ann. Mus. Genov.

Xvill. p. 253, 1883). If this be the case in reality, the name

Desia has the priority ; but until the type of Desta has been

thoroughly re-examined it appears to me to be wiser, for

geographical reasons, to look upon the two genera as distinct.

Though included in the above table of genera, the genus

Biton does not, properly speaking, belong to the African—

that is to say, the Hthiopian—fauna, being merely an alien

from the Mediterranean district of the Palearctic. The

known species have been recorded from ‘Tunis, Egypt,

Arabia, Somaliland, &e.

Genus CreromMa, Karsch.

JB. Hamburg. Anst. ii. p. 137, figs. 8, 9 (1835).

Ceroma Johnstonii, sp. n. (Figg. 1-1a.)

6 .— Colour a tolerably uniform fusco-testaceous or greyish-

brown tint, not distinctly banded as in C. ornatum; mandibles,

head-plate, and palpi, with the exception of the base of the

femur, palely infuscate; femur, tibia, and distal end of pro-

tarsus of legs also more or less infuscate; the terga showing

an indistinct fuscous patch on each side.

Head-plate moderately convex, dilated at the angles, with

very faint divisional line, furnished with short iridescent

hairs and longer fine sete ; tubercle large, bearing fine sete,

especially in front.

Mandible rather strongly convex above and armed with

many long bristles, spiniform and slender; upper jaw with a

slight sigmoid flexure, the upper edge concave at the base,

convex distally, armed below with two large subequal teeth,

affixed some distance behind the tip, and followed by an outer

and an inner series of four teeth, the first of the inner series

254 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

being of considerable size; lower jaw slightly exceeding the

upper, armed with three more or less fused teeth ; a radiating

tutt of spiniform sete at the base of the flagellum; flagellum

long, slender, but with its edges tightly folded over, lying

close to the upper surface of the mandible, and extending

back almost to its base; its basal portion much enlarged,

somewhat as in So/puga, but lying backwards, not forwards ;

stridulating-ridges very small.

la,

Fig. 1. Inner surface of mandible of Ceroma Johnstonii, sp. n.

Fig. 1 a. Side view of rostrum of Ceroma Johnstonii, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Flagellum and upper fang of mandible of Zeriassa bicolor, Poe.

Fig. 2a, Side view of rostrum of Zeriassa bicolor, Poe.

Fig. 3. Flagellum and upper fang of mandible of Blossia rufescens, sp. n.

Fig. 3a. Side view of rostrum of Llossza rufescens, sp. n.

Rostrum as in figure, the upper process surpassing the

lower and longer than it, deflexed apically; the lower also

somewhat strongly deflexed.

Palpi and legs mostly not spiny, covered with short hairs

and long sete; tarsus and protarsus of palp truncate and

incrassate, the two almost indistinguishably fused; legs of

first pair rather robust, armed with two very distinct claws ;

tibia of second and third pair with one distal superior spine,

protarsus with three superior spines; distal tarsal segment

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 255

less than half the length of the proximal. Aroliwm beneath

the tarsal claws very large.

Abdomen without accessory spinules on its lower surface.

Measurements in miilimetres.—Total length 16; width of

head-plate 3°5; length of mandible 3°5; length of palp 11,

its tibia 3°5, tarsus and protarsus 4; of third leg 9; of fourth

leg 17, its tibia 3°5, protarsus 3 *.

Loc. Nyika plateau (6000-7000 feet), in Nyasaland. A

single example collected by Mr. Whyte, and dedicated to

Sir H. H. Johnston.

This specimen seems to be referable to the genus Ceroma

of Karsch, there being nothing in the diagnosis of the latter

to prohibit such a belief, and much that is in its favour. It

is possible also that it may prove to be the male of the typical

and only known species, namely ornatumT, which was obtained

in Masailand. But there is no evidence to support this, and

some, apart from geographical reasons, to show its improba-

bility. For example, in ornatum the abdomen is ornamented

above with three longitudinal black bands: these are not

observable in the type of Johnstoni?’, nor are the legs and

head-plate marbled with black.

Genus ZERIASSA, nov. (Figg. 2-2 a.)

Differing from Solpuga in that the ocular tubercle is pro-

vided with a pair of long setze in front and a few symmetrically

disposed shorter setze behind, and the extremity of the rostrum

is bent downwards instead of being horizontal. ‘The pro-

tarsus and tarsus of the palp of the male are armed with short

stout spines beneath and not scopulate.

Type Z. bicolor, Poc.t

So far only one species of this genus has been discovered.

Genus Sorpuca, Licht.

Solpuga, Lichtenstein, Cat. rerum nat. iii. p. 216 (1796); Licht. &

Herbst, Nat. ungefliigelt. Insekten, i. p. 22 (1797); C. Koch, Arch.

Naturg. 1842, pt. i. p. 51, and of recent authors.

Getulia, Simvn, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1879, p. 107 (nom. preocc.).

Cerellia, id. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1879, p. clx.

Zeria, Simon, Ann. Svc. Ent. France, 1879, p. 118.

Type S. chelicornis, Licht.

This genus was primarily equivalent to G‘aleodes of Olivier,

* The measurements of the limbs in this and all cases in this paper are

taken along the outer side of the limb, and include the trochanter but

not the coxa. The total length includes the mandible.

+ JB. Hamburg. Anst. ii. 1885, p. 137, figs. 8, 9.

t Zeria bicolor, Pocock, from Somaliland, is described in Dr. Donaldson

Smith’s ‘Through unknown African Vountries,’ p. 892 (London: Arnold,

1897),

256 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

since the species it contained were araneoides of Pallas, futalis,

Licht., congeneric with it, and chelicornis congeneric with

setigera. C. Koch was the first to assign to the genus the

significance it now bears, his action being tantamount to

selecting chelicornis as the type.

I have added the genus Zeria to the list of synonyms

of Solpuga under the belief that it was based upon a

young specimen of Solpuga. The type persephone from

Algeria measures only 9 millim. long, and is said to differ

from Solpuga in having a pair of ocular sete instead of a

cluster of them and no spines on the fourth protarsus. But

in an example in the British Museum from the same country

and closely resembling the description of the type there are

spines on the fourth protarsus. Moreover, in an immature

specimen ot what I believe to be Solpuga, sent with many

other examples of the genus from the Umfuli River in

Mashunaland by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, the ocular tubercle

has but two sete, a further resemblance between this specimen

and the Algerian being noticeable in the presence of a distinet

long third claw on the second, third, and fourth legs and the

presence of only three malleoli on each side. Both these

characters are, 1 am persuaded, signs of immaturity. Lastly,

it may be added that the example from the Umfuli (measuring

7 millim. in length) has the tarsus of the fourth leg with

only five, instead of seven, differentiated segments, while

those of the second and third have only two, or at most three,

instead of four segments. In the British Museum example

ot persephone the tarsal segments are as in Solpuga.

‘The following species of the genus are represented in the

British Museum.

Solpuga dentatidens (Simon).

Getulia dentatidens (Simon), Aun. Soc. Ent. France, 1879, p. 116.

Described from the White Nile. The Museum possesses

two male examples from inland of Berbera in Somaliland

(EL. Lort Phillips).

Solpuga brunnipes (L. Dufour).

Galeodes brunnipes, Dufour, Hist. Nat. Galeodes, p. 52, pl. ii. fig. 6

(1861) ; Simon, op. et. p. 113.

Of this species, which seems to range from Aigeria to

Abyssinia, the Museum possesses a single female example

obtained on the north-eastern shore of Lake Stephanie by

Dr. Donaldson Smith.

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 257

Solpuga Keyserlingit, Poe.

Solpuga Keyserlingii, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 86.

Based upon a specimen from an unknown locality, but

probably an inhabitant of Somaliland or Masailand, seeing

the nearness of its relationship to S. Parkinsoni (see p. 263).

Solpuga nigrescens, Poc.

Solpuga nigrescens, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 88 (1895).

Loc. Lower Zambesi (/. Grant: type).

The Museum also possesses specimens of apparently the

same form from the north-eastern region of Victoria Nyanza

(Dr. Ansorge).

Solpuga paludicola, Poe.

Solpuga paludicola, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 84, pl. iv.

fig. 4 (1895).

Loc. Nyasaland.

The British Museum has several specimens of this species

obtained on the shores of Lake Nyasa by the members of the

Universities Mission and from Zomba by Sir Harry Johnston.

Solpuga Monteiri, Poc. (Fig. 6.)

Solpuga Monteiri, Poc. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 87 (not

pl. iv. fig. 6) (1895).

Loc. Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro).

Owing to an unaccountable error, fig. 6 on pl. iv. of the

above paper, though assigned to this species, does not repre-

sent the mandible of the male. I take the opportunity of

publishing an accurate figure of the organ in question (see

fig. 6).

Solpuga Marshall, Poc.

Solpuga Marshallii, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 91.

Loc. Salisbury, Mashonaland, 5000 ft. alt. (G. A. K.

Marshall).

Solpuga hostilis, White.

Solpuga hostilis, White, Appendix to Methuen’s ‘ Life in the Wilder-

ness,’ p. 317, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1846) ; Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) xvi. p. 89, pl. iv. fig. 7 (1895).

The only locality ascribed to this species by White was

“ S. Africa, near the tropic of Capricorn.” Mr. Guy Marshall

has, however, recently sent me a series of nicely preserved

specimens from Estcourt in Natal (4000 feet).

258 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

The head and mandibles are a uniform reddish yellow, the

two eyes alone being black; the legs also are yellowish red,

though slightly infuscate distally, the posterior pair being

strongly tinted with a blood-red colour; the posterior terga

are uniformly black all over, but the anterior are paler in the

middle; and on each side of the sterna there is a blackish

spot.

In both sexes the palpus is longer than the third leg and

its tibia is longer than the protarsus of the fourth, which is

distinctly shorter than the tibia of the same limb.

A young specimen of this species, measuring 10 millim, in

total length, has only three malleoli on each side—two on the

coxa and one on the basal segment of the trochanter of the

fourth leg—as described in the so-called genus Zombis,.

Simon. But in an example 15 millim. in length the two

additional malleoli have appeared.

Solpuga ferox, Poe.

Solpuga ferox, Poc. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 83, pl. iv. fig. 3

(1895).

Loc. Port Elizabeth (Z. ZL. Drége).

Solpuga Derbiana, Poe.

Solpuga Derbiana, Poe. loc. cit. p. 90, pl. iv. fig. 8.

Loc. * Interior of 8. Africa”? (Earl of Derby).

The Museum has only a single male example of this

species.

Solpuga lethalis, C. Koch.

Solpuga lethalis, C. Koch, Arch. Naturg. 1842, pt. i. p. 852; id. Die

Arachniden, xv. p. 70, fig. 1468.

The British Museum has several specimens referred to this

species ticketed “ 8. Africa” (Dr. Smith).

Solpuga Butlert, Poe.

Solpuga Butlert, Poe. loc. cit. p. 88.

Loc. Congo.

Solpuga venator, sp.n. (Fig. 7.)

Colour of head, jaws, palpi, and legs a uniform yellow,

without any black pigment; abdomen furnished with long

silky greenish-yellow hairs.

Head furnished on each side in front with spiniform sete,

its width about 2 the length of the tibia of the palp and a

little more than 2 the length of the tibia of the fourth leg.

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 259

Mandible armed above, throughout its length, with setiform

spines protecting the flagellum. Basal lamina of flagellum

moderately high, rounded, the terminal portion curving back-

wards on a level with the first tooth of the upper fang, lying

close to the basal lamina and extending almost back to the

ocular tubercle, its apex simple, undivided, its distal third

strongly sinuate. Only one small tooth between the second

and third largest teeth on the upper fang.

Palp with its tibia a little longer than the tarsus and pro-

tarsus (15°5: 15) and excelling the length of the tibia of the

fourth leg (15°5: 14), which also exceeds the length of the

fourth protarsus (14:13); third leg shorter than the palp,

its protarsus equal to the width of the head; fourth leg

longer than the palp by half its protarsus and the tarsus.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 53; length of

mandible 12°8; width of head 9; length of palpus 48, of

first leg 40, of second 35, of third 43, of fourth 66.

Loc. Kleinpoort, in the Eastern Karroo; taken in a house

(Miss Anna Howarth: type). Also damaged specimens of

apparently the same species from South Africa (Dr. Quazn)

and Port Elizabeth (J. M. Leslie).

This species seems to differ from S. lethalis, Koch, in

having no tooth near the apex of the flagellum, such as is

found in the male of lethalis according to Karsch and accord-

ing to a specimen identified as lethalis in the collection of the

British Museum.

Solpuga Darlingti, sp. n. (Fig. 5.)

2 .—Colour. Prevailing tint an ochre-yellow, the head-

plate infuscate ; femora and tibiz of the posterior legs, espe-

cially the fourth pair, as well as the tibia and distal end of

the femur of the palpus, also infuscate; legs of first pair pale ;

tergal plates of abdomen not noticeably darker than the lateral

portions.

Cephalic plate about equalling in width the length of the

protarsus of the palp, distinctly less than that of the tibia,

also a little less than the length of the tibia or of the protarsus

of the fourth leg; width of ocular tubercle less than length

of tarsus of palp ; the sete on the tubercle spiniform.

Mandibles armed as in S. ferox, Poc. (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xvi. p. 83), from Port Elizabeth ; legs also clothed

and armed as in ferox; malleoli small, with the inner angle

nearly rectangular. Genital operculum with its posterior

border transverse, the inner angles of each half not produced,

but rectangular.

260 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

¢ .—Resembling female in colour, but with smaller head,

much longer legs, &c.; the head-plate only a little more than

half the length of the tibia of the palp and one third less

than the length of the tibia or protarsus of the fourth leg.

Protarsus of palp scopulate beneath ; palp longer than third

leg, its tibia considerably longer than the tibia or protarsus

of fourth leg.

Mandible with dentition much resembling that of the

female, though the teeth are smaller and the upper fang less

strongly curved distally ; the flagellum with its basal part

rising into a high crest with upright posterior border, rounded

extremity, and convex anterior border; the distal portion

short, curving upwards and backwards at a point on a level

with the second tooth of the upper fang, and passing a little

beyond the posterior border of the upstanding basal lamella,

becoming gradually attenuated at the tip.

Measurements in millimetres— 9. Total length (including

mandibles) 56, length of mandible 15; width of head 11 ;

length of palp 39, of first leg 32, of second leg 30, of third

leg 38, of fourth leg 58; tibia of palp 12, protarsus and tarsus

13; tibia and protarsus of fourth leg 11:5.

6. Total length 54, length of mandible 11; width of head

9°53 length of palp 50, of first leg 39, of second leg 36, of

third leg 46, of fourth leg 67; tibia of palp 17, protarsus and

tarsus 15:5; tibia and protarsus of fourth leg 13:5.

Loc. Gadzima, on the Umfuli River (4200 feet alt.), in

Mashonaland. An adult male and female sent by Mr. G. A. K.

Marshall.

I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to Mr. James

ffolliott Darling, whose labours as a collector have added

considerably to our knowledge of the natural history of

Mashonaland.

Solpuga sericea, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Colour, when dry, of a greyish tint, owing to the clothing

of white, yellow, or greyish-white hairs on the limbs and

body, the limbs, especially the posterior pair, being furnished

in addition with long silky white sete; in alcohol the head

and mandibles are of an ochre-yellow, the mandible adorned

with three black stripes, whilst on the head the tubercle is

black and there is a black patch on each side, from whence a

black curved line passes back to the middle point on the

posterior margin of the head, this point being joined to the

tubercle by a fainter median longitudinal line; the terga of

the abdomen are black, but its sides are broadly white ;

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 261

limbs mostly black above, but the femora and basal joints

largely yellow, the femur of the palp having merely a median

longitudinal dorsal stripe ; lower surface of abdomen and of

basal segments of legs pale.

Head flattish, furnished in front with a few symmetrically

arranged stout spiniform bristles; bristles on the tubercle

ra be at 5

‘Cia ta

aS) pen

Fa es cat

s “4

Fig. 4. Flagellum and upper fang of mandible of Solpuga sericea, sp. n.

Fig. 5. Ditto of S. Darlingii, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Ditto of S. Monterri, Poe.

Fig. 7. Ditto of S. venator, sp. n.

Fig. 8. Ditto of S. Keyserlingit, Poe.

Fig. 9. Ditto of 8. Parkinsoni, sp. un.

also spiniform and symmetrically placed; head-plate more

than half but less than two thirds the length of the tibia of

the palp.

Mandible with relatively a small number of spiniform sete

above ; the upper fang long, carinate above, curved down-

wards at the apex ; teeth of the upper jaw strong, sharp, and

normal; two small teeth intervening between the second

large tooth and the next largest; flagellum with moderately

elevated basal lamina, the terminal portion smooth, taking

its backward curve at a point just behind the line of attach-

ment of the second tooth of the fang, running backwards and

262 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

upwards at an angle of 45°, straight throughout the greater

part of its length, but with the slender apex curved down-

wards,

Palp with its tibia a little longer than the tarsus and pro-

tarsus, the latter only lightly curved, scopulate beneath ;

tibia of palp just about equal to that of fourth leg, shorter

than protarsus of latter; palp shorter than third leg and not

two thirds the length of the fourth leg.

Legs \ong and slender.

Measurements in millimetres of type (3 ).—Total length 30,

length of mandible 7, of palp 24°5, of first leg 22, of second

leg 20, of third leg 26, of fourth leg 43, of tibia of palp 8, of

its protarsus and tarsus 7°5, of tibia of fourth leg 8, of its

protarsus 8°8.

Loc. Gadzima on the Umfuli (4200 feet), in Mashonaland

(G. A. K. Marshall).

Solpuga caffra, sp. n.

Colour. Cephalic plate, mandibles, and limbs a uniform

deep olive-green, paler towards the extremities of the legs;

tergal plates of the abdomen coal-black, the rest of this region,

as well as the cephalothorax, olive-green; the pubescence

covering the integument silky white and red; edges of

malleoli infuscate.

Width of cephalic plate much exceeding the length of the

tibia or of the protarsus and tarsus of palp and equal to the

tibia and nearly half the protarsus of the fourth leg; ocular

tubercle clothed with slender, not spiniform, sete. ‘Tibia of

fourth leg exceeding protarsus by about half the length of the

first segment of the tarsus.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 52, length of

mandible 16; width of head-plate 12°3; length of palp 30,

of fourth leg 47, of tibia of palp 9:3, of its tarsus and pro-

tarsus 10; tibia of fourth leg 9°2, protarsus 7°8.

Loc. Estcourt, in Natal (4000 feet alt.).

Two adult females obtained by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall,

who informs me that he saw but failed to capture a third

specimen at the junction of the Blue Krantz and Tugela

Rivers.

In the uniformly dark infuscate tint of its head, jaws,

limbs, and abdomen this species resembles the two species

Butleri and nigrescens, which were described in Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 88 (1895).

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 263

Solpuga Parkinsoni, sp.n. (Fig. 9.)

Colour. Carapace, limbs, mandibles, &c. a uniform ochre-

yellow, only the ocular tubercle black.

Closely related to S. Keyserlingit, Poe. (/oc. cit. p. 86),

from which it differs hardly in anything apart from the form

of the flagellum. In Keyserlingii the flagellum is abruptly

curved backwards from the base, then passes as a nearly

straight rod upwards and backwards, becoming slenderer at

the tip, which is delicate, sinuate, and curved downwards ;

in the middle of its length it is finely serrate below, the serra-

tion showing as a row of fine teeth on the outer edge of the

upper surface * (fig. 8). In S. Parkinsonz, on the contrary,

the flagellum is less abruptly curved backwards, rising nearly

vertically from the basal portion and passing backwards with

a bold curve, the apex being downcurved and lamellar, while

the serration takes the form of a denticulate crest passing

from the anterior convex side of the flagellum to its inner

edge, the flagellum being somewhat strongly geniculate in the

posterior fifth of its length.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 43, length of

mandible 10°3; width of head 8, of ocular tubercle 2°5;

length of palp 43, of fourth leg 60, of tibia of palp 14, of its

tarsus and protarsus 13:5, of fourth leg 12°5.

Loe. * Gol Addeh (30U0 feet alt.), 112 miles to the S.W.

of Arregir, which lies at the foot of the Burdab range of hills,

lat. 9° 10/ 16” N., long. 46° 10’ 85" E., in Somaliland.”

Mr. Parkinson has kindly furnished the following notes

respecting the habits of this So/puga and of a specimen of

Galeodes arabs which he obtained at Arregir :—“ About 8 P.M.,

as | was adjusting the theodolite to take the observations

which determined the above position [7. e. of Arregir], I heard

a slight noise as of a mouse scuttling about, and upon turning

the lantern in the direction of the sound saw the spider

[G@. arabs], which, upon my attempting to approach, darted

some three yards away with a velocity difficult to follow with

the eye. After repeating this manceuvre several times, it

stopped in a hollow between three stones, and was secured.

I have only seen these animals on stony ground at the base of

these hills, and they may be. heard at night as I have

* N.B.—In the figure of the mandible and flagellum of this species

published on pl. iv. fig. 5 of Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. (1895),

the flagellum lies too close to the upperside of the mandible and the

teeth of the fang are too large, the terminal fang being not sufficiently

prolonged. Moreover, in the description no mention is made of the

serration of the flagellum.

264 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

described. In such places many remains of beetles may be

seen in the morning; and although I have not actually ob-

served the spiders devouring the insects, I suspect that they

feed largely upon them, for the sound of the spider’s dash is

generally followed by a crumpling noise, such as would be

produced by the crushing of a beetle between the spider’s

jaws. ‘Their speed and energy is tremendous; but the natives

do not consider them noxious, and, Somali-like, tell me there

is no name for things so unimportant.”

The following tables will show some of the differential

features of the species known to me: —

Males *.

a, Upper mandibular fang furnished on the inner side

or above at the base of the flagellum with a tooth

against which the lower fang closes.

a, Flagellum long, slender, simple, extending past

the ocular tubercle ; protarsus of palp fuscous.. dentatidens, Sim.

b'. Flagellum short, stout, toothed internally near

the slender apex, which scarcely surpasses the

basal lamina; palp wholly ochraceous........ Ferox, Poc.

b. Upper mandibular fang without supernumerary

tooth.

a?, Upper mandibular fang with a long untoothed

interval between the tip and the basal tooth-

armature (flagellum reaching to the eye).

a. Flagellum taking its backward curvature some

distance behind the tip of the upper fang ., Derbiana, Poc.

6°, Flagellum taking its backward curvature close

to the tip of the fang.

a‘, Upper fang stout, nearly parallel-sided,

distinctly toothed apically ; the flageJum

lying close to its upper edge ............ Marshall, Poe.

6‘. Upper fang slender, concave above, scarcely

toothed apically; flagellum rising high

above itsupperied pe) 2.5 ie eee en hostilis, White.

&?. Upper fang continuously toothed from base to

apex, strong.

a’, Flagellum short, stout, apically truncate,

scarcely surpassing lamina................ paludicola, Poe.

6°. Flagellum long or short, but slender and api-

cally pointed.

a’. Flagellum distinctly serrated, of medium

length.

a’. Flagellum curving abruptly backwards

close to the basal lamina, sinuous only at

CHO Bad Sa OnEIOES HOGUn Rodis Po toot Keyserlingii, Poe.

* The males may be always distinguished from the females by the

presence on the upperside of the mandible of that curious horny organ of

unknown function called the flagellum. They also have longer legs,

smaller mandibles, &c.

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 265

4". Flagellum rising more vertically with an

open curvature, sinuous in the distal

Pe OF IB SME ocx 50555 cu vien ves fe Parkinsoni, sp. n-

2°. Flagellum not serrated, long or short.

a’, Flagellum short, only just surpassing the

basal lamina.

a’. Of large size: prevailing colour ochre-

yellow, though partially infuscate ;

palpus much longer than third leg .. Darlingit, sp. n.

b*. Of small size: head, mandibles, and

limbs striped with black; palpus not

longer than third leg .............. sericed, sp. 0.

6°. Flagellum long, reaching back to the

ocular tubercle.

a”, Apex of flagellum not distinctly

sinuate, its basal portion lying high

above the lamina................-- Monteiri, Poe.

6”. Apex of flagellum strongly sinuate, its

basal portion lying close to the lamina.

a'', Apex of flagellum simple ........ venator, sp. 0.

6. Apex of flagellum bifid .......... lethalis, Koch.

Females.

a. Head, mandibles, and limbs black or deep olive-

green above and below.

a‘, Width of cephalic plate less than the length of

the tibia of the palp or of the fourth leg, equal

EE as ee ee a Butleri, Poe.

b'. Width of cephalic plate greater than tibie or

protarsi of palp and of fourth leg.

a’, Colour almost black, edges of malleoli pale ;

width of cephalic plate only slightly ex-

ceeding length of tarsus and protarsus of palp

and about equal to the tibia and one fourth

of the protarsus of the fourth leg; tibia of

fourth leg equal to protarsus in length...... nigrescens, Poe.

b?. Colour olive-green; edges of malleoli infus-

cate; width of cephalic plate exceeding

length of protarsus and tarsus of Jer by at

least the length of the tarsus, and equalling

the length of the tibia and almost one half

the protarsus of the fourth leg; tibia of

fourth leg exceeding protarsus by half the first

segment of the tarsus............+ececees caffra, sp. n.

6, Head-plate, mandible, and limbs mostly pale,

though sometimes partially infuscate.

a®, Inner angle of each half of the genital operculum

produced.

a‘, Angles of operculum with strong lobate promi-

nence; colour redder, distal segments of

Pomme leas Ped Ltd ioe ee ets. hostilis, White.

bt. Angles of operculum not strongly produced ;

distal segments of posterior leg fuscous .... Marshall, Poe.

b°. Inner angles of operculum not produced, rounded.

a’. Legs longer; width of head-plate less than

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 19

266 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

length of tarsus and protarsus or tibia of palp,

and about equal to length of protarsus of

fourth leg.

a°, Head, palpi, and limbs mostly of a uniform

yellow sinti teat aelelc ocd amie ee. paludicola, Poe.

b°. Head partly infuscate ; palpi and limbs

with femora and tibie infuscate ........ Darlingii, sp. n.

b°. Legs shorter ; width of head-plate about equal

to that of tarsus, and protarsus of palp greater

than protarsus of fourth leg.

a’, With two teeth on upper mandibular fang,

between second and third largest teeth ;

width of head barely exceeding length of

ible OLSpal pata weer cs . eRe Ree Monteiri and

ferox, Poe.

6’. With only one tooth on upper mandibular

fang between the second and third largest

, tooth.

Abdomen with a broad black dorsal band. brunnipes, L. Duf.

5 Abdomen without a broad black dorsal

Pan Gases ie bh Cb ee aes Sle ree Se lethalis, Koch.

The following South-African species of this genus that

have been established are unknown to me, and I am unable

to locate them by the figures and descriptions :—

S. chelicornis, Lichtenstein, Cat. rerum nat. iil. p. 218 (1796) ;

Licht. & Herbst (Nat. ungefliigelt. Insekten, 1. p. 40,

pl. i. fig. 1), from South Africa (cf. infra, under jubata).

S. setigera, Oliv. (Encycl. Méthod. vi. p. 580, 1791), from the

Cape of Good Hope.

S. rufescens, C. Koch (Arch. Naturg. 1842, pt. 1. p. 382, and

Die Arachniden, xv. p. 72), from the Cape of Good Hope,

is based upon a female showing some resemblance to that

of S. hostilis, White.

S. jubata, C. Koch (ibid. p. 73), is, according to Karsch (op.

cit.), identical with chelicornis, Licht., the type of the

genus. Whether this be the case or not, the two will

apparently fall under a’ of the above table (males), though

they differ from Derbiana apparently in the much greater

elevation of the flagellum.—Zoc. Cape of Good Hope.

S. vincta, C. Koch (ibid. p. 74), will probably fall under @’,

but it has the flagellum short and angulate above. Both

this species and the preceding are brown in colour, with

a median black abdominal band and a silvery- “white

stripe on each side of it—Loc. Cape of Good Hope.

S. badia, C. Koch (ibid. p. 75), based on a female from the

Cape of Good Hope.

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 267

S. fusca and hirtuosa, C. Koch (loc. cit. pp. 76 and 78), from

the Cape, are two small black-legged species about half

an inch in length. The former probably will fall under

a’ and the latter perhaps under 0’.

_ S. lineata, C. Koch (ibid. p. 80), is perhaps related to

sericea; it is a small yellow species, with the mandibles,

trunk, and posterior three pairs of legs striped with

black, the palpi and first legs being a uniform yellow.—

From the Cape of Good Hope.

S. lateralis, Koch (loc. cit. p. 82), also from the Cape, will

fall under a‘, but certainly differs from dentatidens in

being only just over half an inch long and in having all

the limbs fuscous.

S. producta, Karsch (Arch. Naturg. 1880, p. 236) (=vincta,

Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1879, p. 110, not vincta

of Koch), from Lessouto to the north of the Cape,

appears to be most nearly related to S. hostilis, White,

but the flagellum does not reach to the base of the

mandible.

S. merope, Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1879, p. 112),

from Zanzibar, is based upon a female.

S. niassa, Karsch (loc. cit. p. 237), from N’yassi (? Nyassa),

has the flagellum short, as in ferox, but strongly toothed

at the base, and there appears to be no supernumerary

tooth on the upper fang.

S. nasuta, Karsch (loc. cit. p. 238), from Zanzibar, has the

flagellum of medium length, but not reaching the ocular

tubercle ; its tip is both expanded and bifid.

S. Schweinfurthi, Karsch (loc. ett. p. 239), from Djur, has

the flagellum of much the same length and shape as in

Keyserlingit ; it is not said, however, to be serrate.

S. scopulata, Karsch (loc. cit. p. 239), is based upon a female

from Hantam. Differs from all the species known to me

in having the front tooth of the lower jaw double.

Notes on Habits.

Mr. G. A. K. Marshali, who within the last few years has

discovered in South Africa no fewer than four new species of

Solpuga—namely, 8. Marshalli from Salisbury, 8. Darlingti

and sericea from Gadzima, on the Umfuli, and S. caffra from

Estcourt, Natal—has from time to time sent to me various

19*

268 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

notes upon the habits of the species of Solpuga he has ob-

served. Many of these I take the liberty of quoting verbatim.

Mentioning in a letter that his attention had been attracted

to a specimen of a Natal species [probably S. hosti/is] by the

sound it produced when burrowing, he replied as follows to

a question of mine touching the stridulation of these

animals :—‘ Until the arrival of your letter I had never

thought of attributing the sound to stridulation, but merely

to the trituration of the creature’s powerful jaws against the

hard ground in which they seem to prefer to dig their holes,

the operation being performed with the jaws, and the sound

ceasing when the spider stops digging..... When walking

into Hartley the other day I captured an example of a small

species [ probably S. sericea] which was running on the path

in the hot sunshine, apparently searching for insects. The

same evening I secured a specimen of yet another species

[probably S. Darlingii], which came into my hut attracted

by the hight. I kept them alive for a day or two, but failed

to detect any stridulating sounds whatever, though they both

made a considerable noise by energetically biting at the sides

of the boxes, one of them in a cardboard box nearly succeeding

in gnawing its way through at one spot. The evidence, so

far as it goes, only tends to increase my belief that the sounds

made by the Natal species were caused by trituration, not

stridulation.... But, unfortunately, owing to their lightning-

like activity it is impossible to keep these creatures in an open

vessel, and as the above specimens were both new to me, I

was afraid to experiment with them while free, for fear of

losing them.” In a subsequent letter he adds:—“‘I was

interested to learn from you that the noise made by Solpuga

is really stridulation. I noticed the grooving on the mandible

in a very large nocturnal species which I came across on the

Umfuli River [S. Darling], but it never stridulated at all

while I was examining it before putting it into the cyanide

bottle. By the way, it is curious how much more rapidly

these creatures succumb to the effects of this poison than

either spiders or scorpions” *. And, lastly, writing in January

* On the tenacity of life of scorpions Mrs. Monteiro (‘ Delagoa Bay:

its Natives and Natural History,’ p. 192) makes the following remark :—

“ A Jarge black scorpion was eight hours in my strongest poison-bottle

before it succumbed to the deadly fumes. When I touched him with a

stick after seven hours he elevated his wicked tail and opened his claws

wide in a most savage manner.” The greater susceptibility of the Sol-

puga to the fumes as compared with the scorpion is doubtless connected

with the much richer development of its respiratory system, which

consists of an elaborate system of tracheal tubes, branching throughout

the body, that of the scorpion being composed of four pairs of small sacs.

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 269

of this year from Natal, he says:—‘* With regard to the

stridulation of Solpuya, I must admit that [ am almost

becoming sceptical about it, at least in the species with which

I am acquainted, for, though I have examined them carefully,

on no occasion have I been able to detect any signs of stridu-

lation, even when they have been persistently annoyed. And,

moreover, I find it is impossible to produce it artificially by

rubbing the chele together. Is it not possible that the striz

[ fine upstanding ridges] might be useful in compressing food

for the extraction of the juices?”

Touching the function of the palpi, and commenting upon

Hutton’s observation showing that they are used as suckers

in climbing slippery places, he remarks :—‘ As far as I can

see they seem to be used merely as tactile or, perhaps, auditory

organs. ‘They are usually carried well forward just off the

ground, and appear to be highly sensitive.’ But in a sub-

sequent letter he adds:—“ I have been further investigating

the use of the terminal organ on the palpus, and am fully

satisfied that Hutton was right in supposing it to be a sucker.

I first noticed this when teasing a specimen with a straw and

trying to make it stridulate. The creature struck sharply at

the straw with its palpi, pulling it slightly towards itself.

Wondering how it was able to grasp the object, I tried again,

and distinctly saw a gelatinous fan-shaped sucker protruding

from the palpal knob and sticking firmly to the straw.....

I feel tolerably sure that the chief use of the sucker, which is

evidently a very delicate organ, is for the purpose of grasping

prey and conveying it to the mandibles. Owing to the

extreme rapidity of their movements, it is almost impossible

to observe exactly how they catch insects, but my general

impression has always been that the prey is first caught by

the palpi, and not by the mandibles direct.” Specimens

kept in captivity ‘‘ devoured all sorts of small insects most

voraciously, and, while eating, in addition to moving their

nipper-like mandibles vertically, they also moved them alter-

nately backwards and forwards in a horizontal direction.”

With regard to general habits it is interesting to note that

species of the same genus, Solpuga, are either diurnal or

nocturnal. For example, Mr. Marshall was informed by a

man “that when he was recently encamped at Hartley Hills

he was forced to move his tent on account of its being over-

run by a number of enormous spiders, evidently, from his

description, a large Solpuga [probably S. Darlingit|, which

came in at night one at a time, attracted apparently by the

light, and simply flew about it at lightning speed.” On the

other hand, Mr. Marshall writes: ‘‘ When walking into Hartley

270 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the Genera and

one day I captured an example of a small species as it was

running on the path in the hot sunshine, investigating the

external tunnelling of some termites. It seems probable that

these insects will prove to be their chief food.” And, again,

‘““[ frequently watched the diurnal species of Solpuga

[S. sericea] on the Umfuli, while they were out hunting.

They run along at a ereat, pace, but if undisturbed rarely

keep up the speed for more than 30 to 60 seconds, when they

will rest for a few seconds, usually in the shade of a tree-

trunk or under a projecting stone or dead leaf. If there

happens to be a small hollow where they stop, they always

depress their bodies into it so as to keep the abdomen flat on

the ground. After a short rest they suddenly rush off again

without the least warning. Often they will stop in mid-

course and suddenly begin hunting and feeling round a small

spot. This behaviour always reminds me of a dog checked

in its course by the scent of some bird or other animal, and

Ihave often wondered if these Solpugas hunt by scent, for their

eyes, though well adapted for seeing an enemy from above,

would hard] ly seem to be of much use in detecting smal] insects

on the ground. When running this species [| S. sericea], with

its grey colour and the very long white hairs on the hind legs,

looks like a bit of thistle-down blown along the ground. I

have several times seen them ascend the trunks of trees to a

height of ten to fifteen feet, and have often noticed them

catching those small thick-set jumping spiders [ Attidee], and

less frequently small moths and beetles. But, in accordance

with my anticipation, I find that they are very fond of

termites. ‘The only ones I have seen them eat belong to a

small species which makes no mound, but builds mud tunnels

along the surface of the ground among dead leaves, sticks, Ke.

When the Solpuga comes across such tunnelling it examines

along it carefully, then suddenly breaks through the mud

and extracts a termite, the presence of which it detects, I

suppose, by either hearing or touch.”

Concerning the venom of these creatures the evidence is

conflicting. ‘A Kafir boy declared them to be very poi-

sonous, and said he had known of Kafirs dying from the

bite. One of my Kafirs recently showed me his hand, which

he declared had been bitten by the large brown nocturnal

species [S. Darlingii] ; it was very much swollen and painful

and did not subside cael the fourth day. On the other hand,

Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, of Estcourt, Natal, has kindly made

experiments on the bite of the common Solpuga there

[S. hostilis, White] and finds it to be quite harmless, the

forceps being unable to pierce the tenderest skin.”

Species of Tropical African Solifuge. 271

I take this opportunity of publishing the description of a

new species, apparently belonging to the genus Blossia, one

of the Solpuginze :—

Blossia rufescens, sp.n. (Figg. 3-3 a.)

6 - Colour of mandibles, head-plate, and abdominal terga a

rich purplish brown; palpi, with the exception of the basal

half of the femur, of the same colour; first and second legs

almost entirely pale yellow, slightly infuscate at the ex-

tremity of the femora; femur, tibia, and proximal end of

protarsus of third and fourth legs also purplish brown; the

entire lower surface of the body, as well as the coxe and tro-

chanters of all the appendages and the tarsi of the legs, clear

pale yellow.

The entire upperside of the body and limbs covered with

a coating of very short, close-set, usually erect stiff hairs ;

the lower side of the abdomen clothed with longer silky

white hairs. The ocular tubercle furnished with thick pale-

coloured bristles ; similar bristles present on the sides of the

head-plate and on its upper surface in small numbers, on

the upperside of the mandible, and on the sides of the thoracic

and anterior abdominal terga.

Mandibles elongate, somewhat as in Cleobis, the stridu-

lating-ridges long and strong; the lower fang armed with

three teeth, the median of which is small; the upper armed

with eleven sharp teeth, the third from the apex being small,

the outer series at the base of the mandible composed of

three teeth ; flagellum membranous, its margins curled over,

pointed posteriorly (fig. 3).

Palpi long and stout, much longer than the third leg, its

trochanter armed above with a few spines; femur spinous

internally at the apex ; tibia and protarsus armed below with

two rows of short spines. Legs with their trochanters

spinous above; the femora with a few short scattered spinules;

tibie and protarsi, except of the first leg, also spiny; claws

of the first leg long; all the tarsi one-jointed, curved.

Second abdominal segment with two clusters of four or

five bacilliform hairs, one cluster on each side of the stigmatic

apertures. :

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 19; length of

mandible 4, of palp 19, of first leg 11°5, of second 10, of

third 13, of fourth 24.

Loc. Shaik Othman near Aden (type), also Aden. ‘Two

examples obtained by Colonel Yerbury in the winter of

1894-95.

272 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

This new species certainly differs from B. sp¢nosa, Simon,

the type, and hitherto the only known representative of the

genus, at least in having the legs strongly rufescent. B. spz-

nosa (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1880, p. 400) was obtained

near Alexandria. It must be added that Simon gives as a

character for his genus the fact that the tarsi of the fourth leg

are bisegmented. I cannot, however, distinguish two joints

on these tarsi in my specimen.

XXVI.— Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Sta-

tion.— No. II. (continued). On a Collection of Diptera

from the Lowlands of the Rio Nautla, in the State of Vera

Cruz. Il. By C. H. TyLer Townsenp, F.H.S.

{Continued from p. 33. |

TRICHOPODA.

At least eight species of T'richopoda were secured by me,

one of which has already been described in Section [.

(7. tegulata, Towns., No. 15). In separating these forms,

it was discovered that the males, especially in the smaller

species, frequently have the tips of the foot-claws broken off,

some specimens not having a single claw-tip remaining.

But they are always broken evenly and at a uniform length,

so that the specimens present the appearance of being a

distinct form with peculiar claws. Such is, of course, not

the case. An examination shows that the male claws become

abruptly more slender just before the black hook-like tips,

and it is at this point that they break, leaving a straight

yellow claw perfectly blunt at the tip. ‘These injuries are

erhaps received in pairing.

It should be mentioned that in most Tvrichopodas the

female claws are quite evenly curved and not greatly elongate,

with a hook-like curve at extreme tip, and yellow with tips

rather widely black. In the male the claws are elongated,

almost straight, less conspicuously black at tips, which are

abruptly bent hook-lke at extreme ends. The leverage of

the claws on the bent tips causes the fracture of the latter.

T. phasiana, sp. n., is a notable exception in colour of claws,

which are black, while the form of the claws is the same as

above described. In 7’. histrio, on the other hand, the claws

are not so elongate, yet nearly straight, while their coloration

agrees with that of the other species of the genus.

The yellow colouring of the wings, which I had previously

considered to be a distinctive sexual character in the male, [

Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 273

find to vary greatly, being nearly or quite obsolete in some

males. ‘The supposed characteristic black on tip of the

female abdomen is often subobsolete or wholly wanting.

Size is another character that cannot be relied upon in

this group, which seems to approach the nearly allied family

Conopide in this respect. In some species of Zodion, for

example, the disparity in size is sometimes very great. I

have two specimens of the same sex (male) of Z. splendens,

one of which is at least five times as large, bulk for bulk, as

the other, and yet does not differ appreciably otherwise (see

forthcoming papers on Diptera of the Organ Mountains and

Diptera of the Mesilla Valley, N.M.).

The scutellum is often subtranslucent, more or less pol-

linose, so as to appear nearly concolorous with the yellow or

reddish abdomen in species with such colours prevailing,

rather than with the thorax. This character cannot be

trusted, as it is changeable in the same specimen, according

to age, degree of preservation, &c. Moreover, there are all

gradations in specimens in this respect, so that no separation

can be made.

The form of the abdomen is not always constant as a

sexual character. Females of the smaller forms often ap-

proach the male in the wider subflattened abdomen, while

some males even boast the subcylindric abdomen of the

female. In all cases of doubt as to sex, the only criterion to

be depended upon lies in the sexual organs themselves.

The forms of Trichopoda exhibit such a range in size,

coloration of wings, abdomen, &c., that it is likely that many

of the older names will have to be classed as synonyms, or

continued only to mark varieties. The above remarks on

colour variation apply more particularly to the smaller forms,

pennipes and var, pilipes.

The following table of species and varieties of Trichopoda

includes only the forms, and sexes of those forms, known to

me from examination :—

Table of Species of Trichopoda.

Males.

1. Wings with only a narrow internal border,

MINS INE e 2s dy <i", shale ates SilgaW 1be« 5.

Wings with at most the costal half coloured,

the inner half or more clear............ 2.

2, Abdomen black, with a large pale yellow |

spot on each side at base .............. phasiana, sp.n. .

Abdomen brown or black, without such

spots, golden pollinose on apical segments. 3,

274 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on

3. Costal half of wings fuscous, without yellow;

pollen of abdomen divided by a median

BURIPO 4, soe oe we bape ete see ine ein eee

Nearly all of costal half taken up with

yellow, leaving but little fuscous; no

median abdominal stripe dividing the

POUR cx: 5 hs gach eee eer Epp r

4. Segments four and five each with an inter-

rupted golden-yellow pollinose fascia,

third segment without ..............--

Segments three, four, and five, and some-

times also the anal, with such fascia ....

5. Wings with yellow or milky-white; if

with no white, at least with a distinct

trace of yellow near costa ............

Wings wholly black except inner border,

without yellow ; abdomen mostly reddish

yellow, sometimes dark at tip; meso-

scutum with postsutural golden markings.

6. Wings milky-radiate on a yellow or fuscous

background (formosa and vars.)........

Wangsmotiso™ Tio. 2 i). igre ee ie eerie

7. Wings with a more or less distinct yellow

patch on costal portion, never approaching

tip of wing; abdomen reddish yellow,

with no blackish unless at tip..........

Wings yellow on costal portion, nearly

approaching tip, the yellow bordered

behind by fuscous, which takes up the

middle of the wing lengthwise; abdomen

yellow with black on base, continued

posteriorly in a median stripe..........

8. Mesoscutum with postsutural golden -pol-

dimOse aNaT Ings: rye stele Cite rereuels ole ae

Mesoscutum without such markings ......

9, Milky radiations of wings very conspicuous

with the yellow less apparent, abdomen

rather strongly purplish; hind femora

strongly ciliate on apical half: robust

{OTT ER SU See eee shoei Cea eee

Wings conspicuously and broadly yellow,

with the milky radiations less apparent;

abdomen orange-yellow, more or less

dark on median line and tip............

10. Wings with the milky radiations on a

fuscous ground, with little if any yellow;

hind femora ciliate apically, abdomen

reddish shading to purplish............

Wings with a yellow patch, hind femora

Diptera

histrio,

var. indivisa, var. n.

histrio, Walk.

Typical form.

histrio,

var. trifasciata, Lw.

pennipes,

var. pilipes, Fabr.

pennipes, Fabr.

Typical form.

subalipes, Towns.

10.

formosa, :

var. radiata, Lw.

Sormosa,

var. inconstans, Wd.

Formosa, Wa.

Typical form.

ll.

Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 275

not ciliate; abdomen orange-yellow or

orange, never inclining to purplish MS eae a

Bases of femora broadly reddish yellow;

wings only lightly milky-radiate with a

yellow patch near costa ..........64-.

Femora wholly black; wings tawny and

milky-radiate, the tawny blotch-like .

Females.

. Wings black only on costal third, the rest

abruptly clear; abdomen black, with two

large basal spots yellow ..............

Wings abruptly limpid only on narrow

PRION ok dhs o's. siaintelé on ksi Said e «

. Wings wholly black except inner border,

without yellow colouring..............

Wings with more or less yellow, at least

distinctly yellowish near costa ........

. Body wholly black in ground-colour......

IMAG BDGCIOS 55-5405 Jp oo ws a siuein wea 3) e

. Tegule rich yellow, alulets half white and

IES ld Shain wale d oitia W's ase haa a He aes

Tegule and alulets not so coloured ......

. Hind femora not ciliate, legs and palpi

RISC o/ SINGI IOP LOLI \ cyoceicrel es og educa e

Hind femora subciliate apically, palpi and

bases of femora more or less yellowish:

I es ots tan ce os sas ud maces

. Hind femora strongly ciliate on posterior

VLE US ce ERE Ds aaah a pe een Pa

. Mesoscutum with postsutural golden-pol-

linose markings ; abdomen red, with black

ees TAS cae Gini g's here pain 0, 016.4 90s aim

Mesoscutum without postsutural golden;

abdomen red, with darker median line ..

. Palpi and bases of femora black or brown;

abdomen usually distinctly black on apical

NIE Pt fede, OS oF ec csi axe, 210-4 95-0801 21a) ¢

Palpi and bases of femora reddish yellow ;

abdomen more or less dilute blackish or

ROSE GED 5G sain S9) «60h nn Pe eee

. Wings yellow on whole costal border, the

ellow bordered internally with faint or

dilute fuscous gradually giving way to

limpid ; hind femora ciliate apically ....

Wings with a yellow patch near costa,

sometimes subobsolete, but distinctly trace-

able; hind femora not ciliate ...... Snes

ll.

formosa,

var, aurantiaca, Towns.

formosa,

var. hirtipes, Fabr.

phastana, sp. n.

tegulata, Towns.

lanipes, Fabr.

Typical form.

lanipes,

var, tropicalis, var. n.

formosa,

var. radiata, Lw.

formosa, Wd.

Typical form.

Jormosa,

var. hirtipes, Fabr.

pennipes,

var. pilipes, Fabr.

subalipes, Towns.

pennipes, Fabr.

Typical form,

276 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

36. Trichopoda formosa, var. radiata, Lw.

Two males, San Rafael, July 2 and 4. On flowers of

the Cordia sp.

Length 15 to 17 millim.

This is the largest known form of Trichopoda, the var.

radiata being even more robust than the typical formosa.

The larger one of these specimens is especially robust, with

the wing coloration pronounced and the tibial cilia strongly

developed. Not only are the hind tibiz ciliate in these

forms, but the cilia encroach very largely on the hind femora,

the upper and lower edges of the distal third to half being

ciliate, as Wiedemann has described. ‘These apical cilia of

the hind femora are more or less developed in other of the

larger species of T’richopoda, but in none so strongly as in

the present form radiata. 'The wings are rather conspicu-

ously yellow in these specimens, in a broad elongate subcostal

patch extending from near base to a point halfway between

tips of first and second veins. But the milky colour is still

more conspicuous, radiating from the base of the wing over

the yellow and fuscous alike. The abdomen is obscure

brownish red with a purplish tinge, the apical segment

reddish yellow, which represents more nearly the colour of

the abdomen in life. The palpi and bases of femora are

reddish yellow.

T. radiata is doubtless to be considered conspecific with

formosa. It must be preserved as a good variety on its

general greater robustness, and the presence of the golden-

pollinose markings of mesoscutum bebind transverse suture,

which are apparently lacking in the typical formosa, a

character which Loew failed to point out as differential. The

somewhat lighter palpi and bases of femora, and more purplish

abdomen of male, can hardly be used to distinguish it.

Specimens of Zrichopoda vary to a considerable degree.

Wiedemann’s specimens of formosa are described as having

the thoracic lines white, the outer ones a little golden. In

the species with conspicuous tibial cilia, these lines are

normally deep golden yellow. But I have seen them wholly

white, and even faint. I do not consider the colour of these

lines of any importance. It is not a sexual, and it cannot be

considered even a varietal character. In the smaller one of

the present specimens, the deep golden pollen of mesoscutum

behind the suture is highly developed, consisting of a pre-

scutellar transversely-elongate subquadrangular area, with

lateral edges continued forward in a narrow line on each side

to suture, while posteriorly it spreads over the basal half of

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 277

disk of scutellum, though separted from latter by the silvery

hind margin of thorax. In the other specimen this post-

sutural golden pollen is so faint as to’be apparent only in a

golden shade next the silvery hind margin of thorax, with

none on the scutellum. Loew mentioned the postsutural

golden in his description of radiata, but failed to notice that,

from Wiedemann’s description, it is evidently lacking in

formosa and therefore of use as a differential character.

Neither Loew nor Wiedemann mentioned the yellow of the

wings, which doubtless varies much and may even be obsolete

in some specimens. Wiedemann evidently means the first

basal cell, when he says, “ Mittel oder Speichenzelle” milky.

This is the case, at least. The present specimens agree with

Loew’s description in the milky radiations. Wiedemann

says that these radiations follow the ¢nner border of the

longitudinal veins, which is true with the exception that it is

the outer border in the case of the last section of fourth vein.

The second costal cell is wholly milky. The specimens of

radiata mentioned by me in Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington

(ii. pp. 1388-139) were taken at Dixie Landing, Va., early

in July, on flowers of sumach (Rhus sp.). ‘The previous

specimen from same locality, mentioned in same Proceedings

(i. p. 255), taken August 19, was from flowers of tansy

(Tanacetum vulgare, L.).

37. Trichopoda formosa, var. inconstans, Wd.

Three males, San Rafael, July 2, 3, and 6. On flowers of

the Cordia sp.

Length 13 to 15 millim.

I would refer these specimens to aurantiaca, Towns. (Proc.

Ent. Soc. Wash. ii. p. 140), which should be ranked as a

variety of formosa, were it not for the conspicuous golden-

yellow markings back of the suture, which are absent in

aurantiaca. It would fit the description of dutecpennis, were

it not for the distinct broad area of black extending from

base to tip of wing broadly bordering the yellow posteriorly,

and the black colour of the legs. It may best be referred to

inconstans, which also should be considered a variety of

Sormosa.

The present specimens agree with the description of ¢ncon-

stans in all except the triangular blackish areas of second to

fourth abdominal segments. These are hardly perceptible,

but still there seems to be a trace of them. Such markings

can be of little use in separating dried specimens, being

variable and doubtless due to the coagulation of the juices of

278 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

the abdomen beneath the tergum. Therefore I feel quite

safe in referring these specimens to dnconstans, since the

peculiar characters of the wings and thorax agree so well

with the description. As a variety it differs from the typical

formosa not only in the characters of aurantiaca, but further

by the postsutural golden markings of the mesoscutum.

38. Trichopoda lanipes, var. tropicalis, var. n.

One female, San Rafael, June 28. On flowers of the

Cordia sp.

Length 134 millim.

This is a large form of lanipes. Fabricius’s and Wiede-

mann’s specimens measured about 9 millim. I have seen

specimens of the smaller form, here considered to be the

typical lanipes, which were only a little larger than normal

specimens of pennipes. The present specimen has the deep

golden pollen of sides of front clear and pronounced, being

pointed-triangular in shape, filling out the space between

frontal vitta and eye-margins anteriorly, and continued indis-

tinctly backward along orbits nearly as far as vertex. The

lines of thorax are distinctly golden, though inclining to

whitish. Abdomen has a uniform bluish cast, apparently

from a very thin covering of silvery pollen over the black

ground-colour, but is nevertheless shining. emora are

yellowish red at base. Palpi brownish yellow. Otherwise the

specimen agrees perfectly with the descriptions of Fabricius

and Wiedemann. It shows some short cilia on upper and

lower edge of hind femora apically.

The characters belonging to this variety are, in the main,

its greater size, combined with the lighter palpi and bases of

femora, and the femoral cilia. It is doubtless a_ tropical

variety of the smaller typical form, which was from Carolina.

I have seen other large specimens, from Mexico and South

America, apparently belonging to this variety.

T. plumipes, Fabr., is doubtless to be considered another

variety of danipes, differing principally in the rust-colouring

of scutellum and femora. It is small like the typical danzpes.

T. lanipes, presumably the typical form, has been recorded

by Giglio-Tos (Ditt. Mess. ii. p. 6) from Cuautla (wrongly

spelled with an 7), which is in the State of Morelos. The

specimen was collected by Saussure. In the same place,

Giglio-Tos gives New Mexico as a locality for lanipes,

referring to my paper, in which I gave no locality whatever,

but merely remarked on the affinities of the species. He

has similarly recorded pennipes trom New Mexico, referring

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 279

to me as authority, while in my paper I stated that it was

found “over the eastern half or more of the United States

and in Mexico.” He has still further, in the same manner,

given New Mexico as a locality for Ocyptera dosiades. The

paper of mine referred to (‘‘ Notes on North-American Tachi-

nide, I.,”’ Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. ii. pp. 134-146) was published

while | was in Washington, and all of my specimens therein

mentioned, unless otherwise stated, were taken in the District

of Columbia. These errors of locality should not be per-

petuated, as they are very misleading with regard to the

geographical range of species. No specimen of T'richopoda

has ever been known, by any chance wind or shift of fortune,

to occur in New Mexico! Neither does the genus Ocyptera

occur there to my knowlege.

N.B.—It should be pointed out that in Bellardi, Sagg.

Ditt. Mess., and Osten Sacken, Biol. C.-A., Dipt., the locality

Cuautla is wrongly spelled, the mistake being doubtless due

to the printers and proof-readers. The mistake has even

become incorporated into dipterological nomenclature, in the

name Dasypogon cuantlensis, Bell. (Ditt. Mess. il. p. 67).

The specific name should be amended to cwautlensis. Cuautla

is pronounced Kwah-oot'-lah.

39-40. Trichopoda pennipes.

Typical form and var. pilipes, Fabr.

I refer here twenty-four specimens, sixteen males and eight

females, all San Rafael, March 9 to July 18. All except

the March 9 specimen (male), and one June 18 (male), were

taken on flowers of the Corda, sp., from June 30 to July 18.

Length of males 63 to 11 millim., of females 7 to

10 millim. '

Notwithstanding the great variation in size, as well as

considerable in wing-coloration, I must locate all of these

specimens in this species. ‘The form without yellow on the

wings may be continued for the present as a variety under

the name pilipes, Fabr., the description of which applies well.

This is apparently the form which recent writers (Roeder,

Wulp, and Giglio-Tos) have referred to under the name

pyrrhogaster, Wd., which I consider a synonym of pilipes,

Fabr. The proper separation of pennipes and pilipes can be

known only by the capture zm cottéd of numerous specimens

of both forms.

Nearly all of the present specimens have at least a tinge

of brown on the tip of the abdomen, but this cannot be said

to be general in either sex. The colour of the scutellum

280 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

varies from reddish yellow to black. It is black in nearly

all of the females, while in most of the maies it is lighter.

The females are all quite constant in being without the

postsutural golden markings of mesoscutum, or with only a

trace of them. These markings consist in these forms of

three golden lines joined posteriorly by a transverse line.

They are constant and well defined in all of the males. The

males vary in wing-colouring from specimens having a large

yellow patch extending along costal margin from base of

wing two-thirds way to tip, to others in which the yellow is

subobsolete or entirely wanting; while the females, though

usually without any yellow, in several cases show a trace of

it on the wings. ‘The femora in all the specimens are more

or less broadly yellowish at base. Palpi reddish yellow.

The orbital margins in all the females are silvery pollinose,

in the males golden pollinose. The claws of both sexes,

especially the female, vary in length, but they are usually

comparatively longer in the male. The female abdomen is

usually narrowed at tip. The abdomen of all the males is

distinctly truncate apically, usually more or less flattened,

and rarely subcylindrical. But in this connexion the male

taken June 18 deserves special mention. It has the elongate

tapering subcylindric abdomen of the female, is entirely

without yellow on the wings, and has the postsutural golden

markings less distinct; but it has the claws characteristic of

the male, and possesses the male hypopygium. This differ-

ence in shape of the abdomen may be abnormal in this

specimen. Another male, with well-marked yellow on the

wings, approaches it somewhat in this respect.

Typical var. pennipes, Fabr.—The specimens of the above

which | refer here are as follows: Thirteen males, one each,

March 9, June 30, July 1, 2, 3, and 17; two each, July 4

and 5; and three, July 6. Two females, July 4 and 18.

Length 64 to 10 millim.

Characterized by having a more or less distinct patch of

yellow on wings in both sexes, less distinct in the female.

Scutellum generally lighter in coloration. Wings appearing

less pronouncedly black. Abdomen rust-yellowish.

Var. pilipes, Fabr.—The specimens which I would refer

here are: Three males, June 18 (the ones specially mentioned

above), July 4 and 10; six females, all July 3, except one

July 2.

Length 7 to 11 millim.

Characterized by having no yellow on wings in either sex,

or hardly a trace in the male. Scutellum generally shining

Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 281

black. Wings pronouncedly black, except narrow limpid

hind margin. The abdomen is generally, especially in the

female, more distinctly orange-coloured.

This somewhat arbitrary separation of these two forms

must be borne with till actual field observations prove their

true relationships.

Both pennipes and pilipes were described by Fabricius and

Wiedemann from the male, and the descriptions both apply

well in regard to the postsutural golden markings of meso-

notum. As before stated, these markings are quite con-

stantly characteristic of the male in both varieties. Phasia

jugatoria, Say, Ocyptera ciliata, Fabr., T. pyrrhogaster,Wied.,

and 7. haitensis, Desv., therefore all become synonyms of

T. pilipes, Fabr., since all are dark-winged forms. Although

Wiedemann designated the female in his description of

T. pilipes, it is quite certain, from his diagnosis, that he was

describing the male. The others seem all to have been

described from the female (not including pennipes).

1’. flavicornis, Desv., is another variety of pennipes, chiefly

distinguished by its yellowish antenne.

41. Trichopoda histrio, var. indivisa, var. n.

One male. San Rafael, June 30. On flowers of the

Cordia sp.

Length 9 millim.

Fifth and sixth segments of abdomen thickly and densely

deep golden-yellow pollinose. Fourth segment thinly so,

showing a continuous golden surface only when viewed from

in front parallel with the plane of the tergum. Second and

third segments showing some silvery pollen when viewed in

same way. No fascie, therefore, are shown on the abdomen,

but a continuous pollinose surface, without interruption to the

pollen on the median line. The fuscous of costal half of

wing is very largely yellow, except at its base, tip, and on

its posterior border, where it is more deeply smoky. Other-

wise agrees well with Loew’s description of trifasciata, It

is thus seen that this form varies widely from the typical

histrio in the pollen of abdomen, doubtless representing a

Mexican or neotropical variety.

T. trifasciata, Loew, may be continued as a variety of

histrio. _Walker’s specimen, which must be taken as typical,

possessed only two abdominal fasciz. It will be well to

designate the form with three and four fascize by Loew’s

name.

The forms of histrio are entirely destitute of cilia on the

hind femora.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. » 20

282 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

I suspect that 7. wmbra, Walker, from Venezuela (List,

p- 698), is another variety of histrio. It seems very pro-

bable from the description of the brown bloom on abdomen,

becoming tawny on last segment, with a median vitta

separating it. ‘lhe specimen described was a female.

PENNAPODA, subgen, n.

Differs from normal forms of Trichopoda in the abdomen

being nearly the same shape in both sexes, subcylindrical,

rounded at tip, narrowed a little at base, not flattened-sub-

quadrate in male. Hind tibiz much less strongly ciliate,

with weak cilia on apical half; claws of female very short,

those of male elongate but black. Wings hyaline on more

than inner half. Apical cell closed in margin. Characters

of the vibrissee and frontal bristles same as in Trichopoda,

but the bristles somewhat stouter. It has a distinct facies.

Type 7’. phasiana, sp. n.

The forms of Trich. histrio connect this subgenus with

Trichopoda proper. ‘They are intermediate between the two,

very much approaching Pennapoda in certain characters, but

yet more nearly related to Z’richopoda in general facies.

42. Trichopoda phasiana, sp. n.'

Ten males and six females. San Rafael, both sexes taken

from June 30 to July 18. All on flowers of the Cordia sp.

Length of male 7 to 8 millim., of female 6 to 7 millim.

Male.—F ace silvery, with a golden shade; orbits narrow,

distinctly golden, extending nearly to vertex. Rest of front

taken up with the very wide soft black frontal vitta. An-

tenn blackish or brown, second joint below and base of third

more or less yellowish, third joint not twice as long as

second. Palpi yellowish. Mesonotum golden-pollinose, with

three wide black vitte, interrupted at suture, and more or less

joined behind suture, sometimes in one transverse piece of

black irregularly and widely bordered behind by golden.

Sometimes the middle black vitta in front of suture is split

from behind by a line of golden. Scutellum black, silvery

pollinose except at base. Pleurz silvery pollinose. Abdo-

men black, with a large oval pale yellow spot on second and ~

third segments on each side, extending from near anterior

margin of second to within about same distance (one fourth

to one sixth length of segment) from posterior margin of

third, notched on inner side, more or less obliquely extended

posteriorly, the median black between the two spots being

much wider on third segment than on second. Fourth and

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 283

fifth segments showing more or less distinctly a slight silvery

pollen, rest of abdomen less distinctly so. Black of abdomen

more or less shining through the pollen. Legs black,

proximal third or fourth of hind femora yellow ; cox and

trochanters reddish yellow, with the dense silvery pollen of

pleure extending over them. Hind tibie short ciliate on

apical half. Pulvilli and claws elongate, latter wholly blackish,

often with tips fractured and missing, as mentioned in Vri-

chopoda, pulvilli whitish or yellowish fuscous. Wings evenly

black along whole costa to tip for about one half of their

width, the black filling out all three basal cells, but with

apical ‘cell clear or a’ little clouded across tip. Rest of wings

nearly clear, subhyaline, sometimes faintly tinged with dilute

smoky. Tegule very large, white, sometimes watery whitish;

alulets small, about one sixth to one eighth size of tegulz,

white, sharply contrasted in colour with rest of wing.

Female.—Differs in face and orbits being entirely silvery

white, not golden. Abdomen slightly less broad ; abdominal

spots more narrowed oblique, not so extensive on dorsum of

third segment, not notched on inside, thus leaving the median

black evenly and rapidly widened posteriorly from its least

width at or behind middle of second segment; fourth and

fifth segments more distinctly silvery pollinose, rather con-

spicuously so in comparison with the males. One male,

however, has the abdominal markings and pollen almost as

in the female. Claws and pulvilli very short. Sixth

abdominal segment much less apparent.

Phania simillima, Fabr., Wied., apparently belongs to the

subgenus Pennapoda, and is thus nearly allied to the present

species. Its greater size (about 10 millim.), the reddish-

brown instead of pale yellow abdominal spots, and the reddish-

brown bases of femora and hind tibiz preclude the identifica-

tion with it of the present form.

43. Cistogaster occidua, Walk. (syn. C. divisa, Lw.).

One female. San Rafael, March 9.

Length 5 millim.

This specimen is perfectly normal, except that the pollen

of mesonotum and front has a brassy tinge, and the silvery

fascia is present on second segment of abdomen. Apical cell

extremely short, petiolate.

In the first section of this paper I recorded a male specimen

of C. immaculata, Macq. (No. 16). I must again, for the

last time, correct my statement on the synonymy of these

species. The remarks there should read as follows :—The

20*

284 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

species possessing the normal female will be known as

C. occidua, Walker. Loew’s name divisa will remain a

synonym of the latter. It is to be borne in mind that the

form with the aberrant (dimorphic or male-like) female was

described in the male by Macquart. ‘The form with the

normal female was described in the female by Walker, and

later in the male by Loew. ‘Therefore it is clear enough that

Walker’s name must stand.

As this subject has become somewhat complicated, I intro-

duce the following table of males and females of Cistogaster

known to me, which will remove all doubt and possible mis-

understanding with regard to the separation of these species.

Table of Cistogaster.

Females.

1. Mesonotum and scutellum shining black, with-

out pollinose vittee, only the humeri pollinose ;

sides of front shining black, hardly at all sil-

very ; abdomen without distinct pollinose vitta

or cross-bands, apical cell longer petiolate .... 2

Mesonotum with three pollinose vitte, scutellum

pollinose; sides of front conspicuously silvery,

well defined; abdomen black, with a median

vitta and two or three fasciz pollinose ; apical

cell shorter petiolate or closed in margin .... occidua, Walk.

Y. Abdomen distinctly red on sides, especially an-

teriorly ; third and fourth segments with polli-

nose reflections on each side ..............-- emmaculaéa, Macq.

Abdomen wholly deep shining black, with or

without pollinose reflections on apical segment. Pallas, Towns.

Males.

A longitudinal fuscous stripe on abdomen in con-

nexion with the median pollinose vitta ; abdo-

men bright ferruginous, third and fourth

segments more or less pollinose ............ oceidua, Walk.

Fuscous stripe of abdomen wanting, the median

pollinose vitta more or less distinct; abdomen

more yellowish, the third and fourth segments

with pollinose reflections on each side........ mmmaculata, Macq.

Williston’s C. insularis, female, from St. Vincent, is ap-

parently a specimen of C. occidua, Walk. (as restricted in the

table), with the median vitta obsolete on second segment.

His insularis, male, is probably zmmaculata, Macq.

C. melanosoma, Wulp, is, so far as can be said from a two-

line description, the same as Pallas77, the apical segment being

distinctly pollinose instead of obsoletely so.

C. subpetiolata, Wulp, is a typical but small female of

occidua, excepting only that the pollinose vitta and fascia of

Jrom the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 285

second segment are obsolete, as in Williston’s specimen from

St. Vincent. No reliance can be placed on the character of

the apical cell being petiolate, nor can the extent of the pollen

on the abdomen be relied upon. ‘These forms might be con-

sidered varieties, though it would be hard in that case to

decide where to stop defining varieties and recognize mere

individual variations.

C. propinqua, Wulp, if a female as designated, is at least

a good variety, bearing the same relation to occtdua that

exists between tmmaculata and Pallasii. But the colour of

the antenne and palpi is of comparatively no importance.

C. griseontgra, Wulp, is probably a variety of Pallasit.

But it is useless to speculate on descriptions not exceeding

two to four lines, except in so much as they indicate what is

still to be found and described. I will not attempt an ex-

amination of Wulp’s male Cistogasters, which all seem easily

referable to either occidua or immaculata, though, of course,

nothing can be said of them in their present incompletely

characterized state. It is greatly to be regretted that such a

long delay, though doubtless unavoidable, in the appearance

of the parts of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana ’ should have

caused the publication separately of such short diagnoses of

species. ‘The diagnoses, if presented separately in advance,

should be full and complete.

It may be noted here that Cistogaster is another of those

tachinid genera which are not at present known to occur in

New Mexico.

Phaniide.

44, Xanthomelanodes arcuata, Say.

Four males and four females. Paso de Telaya, one female,

March 28, and two females, April 7. San Rafael, one female,

June 20, in sweepings. ‘The males, all San Rafael, on flowers

of the Cordia sp., June 29 and July 5, 12, and 16.

Length of males 5 to 7 millim., of females 5 to 63 millim.

The allied X. atripennis was described by me in Notes

N. Amer. Tachin. i. pp. 145-146, as a Wahlbergia. The

latter genus should be knownas Besseria. ‘The present forms

are very distinct from Besseria, lacking entirely the peculiar

female abdominal characters of that genus, besides differing

widely in other respects.

The present specimens of arcuata vary considerably in

size, two of the males (July 5 and 16) and two of the females

(March 28 and June 20) measuring only 5 millim.; but they

hardly differ in coloration, and are without doubt all the same

286 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

species. They differ from my description of atripennis as

follows :—

Whole face and sides of front of female silvery-white

pollinose. ‘The frontal stripe is sometimes but little widened

anteriorly at base of antennae. Mesonotum of male in front

of suture deeply golden-yellow pollinose, with two median

vitte and a more or less elongate spot near suture velvet-

black, the vitte more or less united, except at posterior ends.

In one of the smaller males the markings of mesonotum

appear silvery with a golden shade. The elongate lateral

spots are about half as long as the vitte, or little more, and

represent another pair of vitte anteriorly obsolete. These

black markings may be so approximated as to give the ap-

pearance of a golden fascia along the suture, with its anterior

border irregular or jagged, as given in my description of

atripennis ; though this is not the case in the present speci-

mens, and probably not in this species. The golden of hind

border of mesoscutum is more or less extensive, and may be

rather silvery. In the female the vitte and golden pollen of

mesonotum are very faint, except that the humert are dis-

tinctly and rather broadly golden, following inward along

front border of suture a short distance. ‘The rest of thoracic

dorsum appears more or less shining black, thinly shaded

with silvery, the vittee sometimes being faintly outlined.

Scutellum is more or less faintly silvery. The males agree

fairly well in colour of abdomen with description of atri-

pennis. In the female the black of abdomen is much more

extensive, leaving only a large more or less irregularly de-

fined oblong lateral yellow spot on second and third segments.

The black covers third segment in a large triangle, “and on

second segment appears as a narrow but sometimes much

widened median vitta. In the female only the basal half or

third, or even less, of hind femora is yellow; in male some-

times only basal half; other femora often only narrowly

yellow on bases. (See my paper, above referred to, p. 143,

for the colorational and abdominal differences in the sexes of

arcuata, drawn from Illinois specimens.) ‘The variation in

colour of bases of femora just mentioned cannot be depended

on as a specific character. Claws and pulvilli of female

short. The antenne vary a little in length, from slightly more

to considerably more than one-half length of face. The sides

of abdominal segments in female are conspicuously silvery

pollinose in oblique lights. The frontal bristles are moderately

strong, stronger than in Giglio-Tos’s tigure of X. articulata.

Wings quite ‘abruptly hyaline on somewhat more than inner

half. Abdomen of male yellow, with basal segment more or

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 287

less completely black, second and third segments with a

median black line always interrupted at sutures and often

very indistinct, fourth segment with a black triangle, fifth

wholly blackish. The specimens agree very well with Say’s

description, which, however, is very brief.

X, atripennis is closely allied to this species, differing only

in the wings being almost wholly black, and the abdomen of

male (female unknown) almost wholly yellow, the rust-

brownish markings often subobsolete. Say’s specimen of

Phasia atripennis must have been a male, in which the pre-

sutural golden of mesonotum was not so much developed as

in the present specimens, and with the median row of blackish

spots obsolete. ‘This species is known from Indiana, District

of Columbia (Towns.), and Florida. My specimens from the

District of Columbia were taken on the flowers of Aster sp.

X. arcuata is now for the first time recorded from Mexico.

It is known elsewhere only from Indiana and [llinois.

Both of these species are quite different from X. articulata,

Wulp and Giglio-Tos, to judge from the latter’s figure and

description, the antenne being much elongate in articulata,

and the abdominal segments bearing a lateral marginal macro-

cheeta, which characters are not possessed by arcuata and

atripennis.

Wulp’s short descriptions (Tijdschr. voor Ent. xxxv. 1892,

p. 188), supplemented by Giglio-Tos’s description and figure

(Ditt. Mess. pt. ili. pp. 4-5, pl. fig. 12), place the genus

Xanthomelana with sufficient certainty. The name should,

however, as I have pointed out (Can. Ent., July 1898, p. 167)

be changed to Xanthomelanodes, the other name being rightly

precluded by its close similarity to Xanthomelon in Mollusca,

even though the derivation be not identical. The petiole of

apical cell, as [| have mentioned in the description of atri-

pennis, is rather long, and not short as described by Wulp in

his generic diagnosis. I believe that the genus should be

restricted to the forms similar to arcuata and atripennis, with

their venation ; with antenne short, having second and third

joints nearly equal in length; and with the front wide in

both sexes. The two species anceps and articulata, included

in the genus by Wulp, are disturbing elements in its proper

characterization and should be excluded. Wulp says nothing

of the genital characters, by which it is very easy to dis-

tinguish the sexes. ‘The male abdomen is blunt and laterally

compressed apically, and the hypopygium is easily seen on

the underside near tip. The female abdomen is more pointed

at tip, and the segments are narrowed and drawn in. This

genus belongs in the Phaniide.

288 Mr. C. H. T. Townsend on Diptera

It seems probable that Wulp’s X. dorsalis, and perhaps

some of his other species, are either identical with or con-

stitute but varieties of atripennis and arcuata.

Note.— On the underside, at extreme base of abdomen, in

both sexes, apparently on first sezment, there is to be distin-

guished, sometimes plainly, sometimes with much difficulty,

a transverse swelling or prominence of the yellow integument

clothed with some rather conspicuous black hairs, This has

nothing whatever to do with the ventral peculiarities of the

second segment of female in Besseria, which are very different.

And while on this subject I may here confirm Mr. Coquillett’s

maintenance of his genus Celatoréa as distinct from Besseria.

The ventral process of the second segment of male in Cela-

torta is wholly different, as are all the other characters.

This can at once be seen by comparing the figure of Celatorva

in ‘Insect Life,’ ii. p. 234, with that of Besseria given by

Brauer and Bergenstamm in the ‘ Muscaria Schizometopa,’

i. figs. 288 (head and abdomen of female), and by Coquillett’s

notes on the characters in ‘ Psyche,’ June 1895, p. 252.

Celatoria does not belong in the Phaniide at all, but in

some as yet undetermined and undescribed group of the

Tachinide.

It may be pointed out that Wahlbergia brevipennis, Lw.,

from Nebraska, is not a Xanthomelanodes. Neither is it a

Besseria. I have had figures drawn of the head and wing

of this species, as well as of several other of Loew’s un-

recognized North-American Tachinide, made from the type

specimens in the Cambridge Museum, which will be pub-

lished later in a separate paper. But it may be mentioned

here that Hyalomyia triangulifera, Lw., which 1s one of these

species, is not a Hyalomyza, but is identical with Hyalomyodes

Weedii, Towns., which thus becomes a synonym. ‘The species

will be known as Hyalomyodes triangulifera, Lw. (see

‘ Psyche,’ April 1898, pp. 429-430). Loew’s Huthera tenta-

triz I have taken in New Mexico, on the Jornada del Muerto,

in July; it belongs somewhere in the body of the Tachi-

nide, s. str. Xysta didyma, Lw., and Himantostoma sugens,

Lw., also belong in the body of the Tachinide.

N.B.—I may be accused by some persons of taking up

valuable space with useless data in giving the dates of speci-

mens, male and female, separately and in such detail as

appears in this paper; but I believe that such data, when

exact, taken in connexion with the prevailing meteorological

conditions, may indicate much with regard to the life-

histories of such insects, concerning which so little is at

from the Rio Nautla, State of Vera Cruz. 289

present known. This is particularly the case when collect-

ing is done every day for a considerable length of time, and

done closely. From June 18 to July 20 I collected daily all

the Diptera possible, especial attention being given to the

Cordia flowers. It has been thought that, in the tropics

especially, dates are of little or no consequence; but I ob-

served at San Rafael, during my close collecting daily from

early spring to midsummer, that as the season advanced very

many species of insects appeared suddenly, where before

there had been none at all to be found. ‘This shows that

species have their seasons in the tropics as well as in colder

latitudes, a fact which is evident enough to anyone who has

collected carefully for any length of time in tropical regions.

Hippoboscide.

LIPOPTENA.

Since the time when, in 1823, more than seventy years

ago, Say described Lipoptena depressa taken from Carvacus

virginianus in Pennsylvania, no mention has, to my know-

ledge, been made of further specimens of this genus from

America. It will therefore be interesting to know that I

secured between one and two hundred specimens from a

Mexican white-tailed deer near Paso de Telaya.

45. Lipoptena depressa, var. mexicana, var. n.

Numerous specimens of both sexes, 153 in all, together

with puparia, taken from ventral region, hind quarters, and

sides of a white-tailed deer, Cariacus virginianus, var.

mexicanus, March 27. Paso de Telaya.

The specimens agree fairly well with Say’s description of

depressa. ‘The antenne are yellowish. I can distinguish no

brown lines on hypostoma, unless Say and Wiedemann refer

to the two halves of the labrum which might have been ap-

pressed to the under surface in their specimens, or to the

two linear spots above on each side of base of labrum. There

are often, doubtless normally, three soft brownish longitudi-

nally-elongate spots on posterior portion of tergum, the middle

one the largest and heaviest, and situated a little farther

posteriorly than the lateral ones. The middle one is often

heightened, and the lateral ones obscured, by the developing

larval case or puparium within the abdomen of the female,

thus giving the appearance of a single heavy dark spot. All

the specimens are wingless, but the wings are represented by

well-developed rudiments. The lateral pointed elytra-like

290 On Diptera from Vera Cruz.

raised portions of the tergum are shaded with soft brown,

only the bases and tips being yellowish. My specimens re-

mained in alcohol for nearly a year, so that I cannot give a

more detailed colour description. From memory, however,

I can say that the soft brown and yellow colours blended so

as to give a very pretty effect, and I could hardly describe

the insect as generally pale testaceous or yellow. Both Say

and Wiedemann, in their descriptions, convey the idea that

the tergum of abdomen is unicolorous, whereas in the present

form the colour is well contrasted between soft brown and

yellow in life, changing to brown and pale yellowish in

alcoholic specimens. There is also, as I remember, a creamy

bloom on the yellow portions in life, which heightens the

colour effect. The legs are yellowish. The thorax has the

darker lateral and posterior margins. Thes Specimens vary in

length from 2 to 4 millim., the usual size being 3 to 33 millim.

Allowing for brevity in Say’s description, and also for the

possibly poor condition of his material, it is nevertheless my

opinion that these Mexican specimens form at least a good

variety of depressa.

Twenty-six of the females contain each a black puparium

within the abdomen, well formed and nearly ready to escape.

Others show it less advanced. ‘Twenty-one of the specimens

have a much narrowed form, the abdomen being the same

width as thorax, and about the same size as latter. This

form represents individuals that have recently emerged from

the puparium. It may be noted that in these the lateral

elytra-like pieces of tergum are not wrinkled or compressed

to any extent; but the rest of tergum, which in the fully

developed adult is spatulate and widened behind, is much

wrinkled and compressed, indicating its recent escape from

the puparium.

The puparium is 2 millim. long; 13 millim. wide at widest,

which is across middle; and 1 “mnillim. thick at thickest, in

centre as seen from a lateral view. It is polished chestnut-

brown, with a well-defined yellowish stripe around whole

edge except at the cephalic end. ‘The cap is shining blackish.

Whole puparium is shining, rather short oval in dorsal out-

line, the cephalic end more tapering; slightly flattened or

less convex on ventral surface, so as not to give a symmetrical

profile view.

The abdomen of the male is rounded behind, rather entire

in outline on posterior edge, hypopygium concealed, genital

orifice removed a little from posterior edge of ventral surface.

The abdomen of female is truncate behind, the posterior

margin rather deeply emarginate on each side of genital

Two new Species of the Genus Xanthospilopteryx. 291

orifice, which is situated on or close to the posterior edge of

ventral surface. Anyone desiring to intelligently compre-

hend the external anatomy of Melophagus and Lipoptena will

do well to study carefully the excellent plate of Melophagus

ovinus given by Dr. Cooper Curtice, in his work on the

* Animal Parasites of Sheep’ (Bureau Animal Industry, U.S.

Department of Agriculture, 1890, plate 4).

The male hypopygium in the present species can be clearly

made out in a dry mount of the abdomen by the use of a

high-power objective. ‘lhe male organ itself is moderately

stout and blunt at tip, rather than pointed as in Dr. Curtice’s

figures of J/. ovinus.

Note.—Professor J. H. Comstock, in his new ‘ Manual for

the Study of Insects,’ p. 458, states that “the species of the

genus Lipoptera (sic) are winged at first and live on birds ;

later they migrate to quadrupeds, where they remain, and

having no further use for their wings, they lose them.” I

know not what authority Professor Comstock has for this

statement, but I should feel that it was open to question. At

all events it cannot be made as a general statement for the

genus, for it is clear, from the preceding notes, that the pre-

sent species breeds, certainly at times and presumably always,

on deer; and, judging from the above specimens, which seem

to show unmistakably their recent escape from the puparium,

it is always wingless.

N.B.—In his recent revised ‘ Synopsis of North-American

Diptera,’ Dr. Williston has included 7ricobius, in the table of

Hippoboscide, in the section with claws simple. It should

be pointed out that Zrichobius possesses bifid claws (see my

description in Ent. News, 1891, pp. 105-106).

XXVII.— Two new Species of the Genus Xanthospilopteryx,

Wallengren. By W. J. Houuanp, LL.D., F.E.S., &e.

I HAVE recently received several examples of a fine species of

Xanthospilopteryx from Cameroons which does not appear to

be represented in European collections, and thus far has

certainly not been described. I. take pleasure in naming it

after Mr. W. F. Kirby, the veteran student of entomological

literature, whose recent monographic revision of the genus is

of great value. While visiting the K.-k. Museum fiir

Naturkunde at Berlin the other day Professor Karsch kindly

pointed out to me a specimen of an allied species taken by

Dr. Pogge in Equatorial Africa. Availing myself of the

292 Dr. W. J. Holland on Two new Species of

kind permission to describe the species given me by Professor

Karsch, I find satisfaction in applying to it his name, in

grateful appreciation of the kindness shown me during my

visits to the museum in Berlin.

Xanthospilopterye Kirbyi, sp.n. (Fig. 1.)

g. The front, collar, and thorax are deep black, with the

usual spots on the top of the head, the collar, and the patagia.

These light-coloured spots are white on the head and greenish

yellow on the collar and the patagia. The abdomen is

ochreous, shading into brown at the tip, and obscurely marked

with brown bands on the lower side of each annulus. The

legs are black, marked with fulvous. The wings are deep

black, with the larger spots yellow (distinctly pale Naples

yellow), and the smaller spots at the base iridescent greenish

yellow. The fringes of the primaries are white at the apex

and of the secondaries white throughout. ‘The secondaries

are heavily clothed with long hairs on the inner margin, and

the basal tract is marked by a couple of streaks of deep black

running outwardly parallel to the veins. The underside is

much as the upperside so far as the markings are concerned,

but the light-coloured portions of the secondaries are distinctly

of a reddish-ochreous cast.

Expanse 94 millim.

Type in coll. Holland.

Xanthospilopterya Karschii, sp. n. (Fig. 2.)

2. Front black; eyes brown. The thorax and abdomen

are black, with the usual spots on the head, collar, and patagia.

the Genus Xanthospilopteryx, Wallengren. 293

These spots are bluish white. There are a few pale fulvous

hairs at the end of the abdomen. ‘The legs are black, marked

with white. The fore wings are deep black, with the fringe

at the extreme apex white. There are a few pale blue spots

at the base of the wing and one of the same colour at the end

of the cell. ‘There are nine dark lemon-yellow spots on the

fore wing, as follows:—a broad subapical spot, partly sub-

divided internally by the nervules, which are marked by

black scales on the side of the spot toward the base of the

wing; a large subquadrate spot near the end of the cell;

another larger irregularly shaped spot between veins 1 and 2

immediately below the subquadrate spot last mentioned, and

separated from it only by the black line of the median vein ;

beyond this spot, toward the anal angle, is a small sub-

quadrate spot; toward the base on the lower margin of the

cell a small triangular spot; just below it another equally

small or smaller spot; on the upperside of vein 1, not halfway

from the base, a moderately large subtriangular spot; two

smaller spots nearer the base on the upperside of vein 1; on

the inner margin about the middle a large spot. The hind

wings are dark lemon-yellow, broadly bordered with black.

On the inner margin, which is densely clothed with long

brownish hair, the black border. is diffuse, while on the outer

margin it is boldly and sharply defined on the inner edge.

Between veins 2 and 4 the outer margin is somewhat strongly

produced inwardly. The fringes of the secondaries on the

upperside are black, except at the outer angle, where they

are conspicuously white.

On the underside the markings are, in the main, as on the

294 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

upperside of the wings, but the yellow of the underside is

deep orange-yellow and the fringes of the secondaries on the

underside are white throughout.

Expanse 96 millim.

Type in the Royal Natural History Museum in Berlin.

These two species of Xanthospilopteryx are the largest of

the genus thus far discovered in Africa, and belong to the

same group with the splendid insect named X. Hornimannt,

Druce.

Hotel Victoria, London,

July 14, 1897.

XXVIII.—On a Collection of Fishes from the Island of

Marajo, Brazil. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.

A LARGE and important collection of Fishes formed on the

island of Marajo has been sent to me for identification by

Dr. E. A. Goeldi, the Director of the Paré Museum, with

permission to retain types and duplicates for the British

Museum. It seems to me desirable to publish a list of all the

Fishes identified, together with the descriptions of two which

require the establishment of new species. One of the most

valuable examples in the collection is the Lepidostren pre-

viously recorded by Dr. Goeldi, and which, I am glad to add,

I have been allowed to incorporate in the British Museum

collection.

TELEOSTEI.

Serranide.

1. Epinephelus ttaiara, Licht. M.*

2. Centropomus undecimalis, Lacép. M.

Pristipomatida.

3. Diagramma Goeldit, sp.n. M.

Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 3}.

Snout as long as diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length

of head; interorbital region nearly flat, its width nearly

1 length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior

* These initials refer to the localities, and read thus :—

M. Magoarisinho, Cape Magoary.

P. Pocoval, Cape Magoary.

S. Soure.

from the Island of Marajo, Brazil. 295

border of eye; preopercular border distinctly serrated ;

snout naked, rest of head scaly. Gill-rakers moderate, the

longest measuring about 4 diameter of eye, 12 on lower part

of anterior arch. Dorsal XIII 12, originating above poste-

rior border of opercle, the spinous portion 24 times as long

as the soft and twice as deep; spines strong, increasing in

length to the fifth, which measures a little over half length

of head, and decreasing again to the last two, which measure

+ length of head. Pectoral ? length of head, as long as

ventral. Anal IIL Els second spine very strong, longest,

2 length of head. Candal with crescentic emargination.

Scales finely ciliated, 65 4; lat. 1.57. Uniform silvery.

Total length 260 Gallict!

Scienide.

4. Sctiena amazonica, Cast. M., S.

5. Plagioscion squamosissimus, Heck. M.

6. Plagioscion auratus, Cast. M.

7. Otolithus liuarchus, C.& V. M.

Carangida.

8. Argyriosus vomer, L. S.

Batrachida.

9. Batrachus surinamensis, Bl. Schn. M.

Mugilida.

10. Mugil incilis, Hancock. M.

Cichlida.

11. Acara tetramerus, Heck.

12. Heros coryphenoides, Heck.

13. Hygrogonus ocellatus, Ag. S.

14. Cichla temensis, Humb.

15. Crenicichla johanna, Heck.

16. Crenicichla saxatilis, L. S..

17. Chetobranchus robustus, Gthr. §.

18. Satanoperca jurupart, Heck.

Pleuronectide,

19. Solea maculipinnis, Ag. M.

296 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

Silurida.

20. Pimelodus maculatus, Lacé p.

21. Pimelodus ornatus, Kner.

22. Pimelodus Mueller’, Gthr. P.

23. Pimelodus altipinnis, Stdr. M.

24. Platystoma Vaillanti,C. & V. M.

25. Piratinga Rousseauett, Cast. P.

26. Arius Herzberg, Bl. M., P., S.

27. Arius proops,C.& V. M.

28. Arzus luniscutis,C.& V. M.

29. Arius rugispinis,C.& V. M., P., 8.

30. Arius nuchalis, Gthr. M.

31. Arius pleurops, sp.n. M.

Palatine teeth villiform, in two widely separated transverse

patches which are narrower than the premaxillary band.

Depth of body 42 times in total length, length of head 34.

Width of head 3 its length; upper surface granular poste-

riorly ; fontanelle extending from the internarial region to

the base of the occipital process, which is keeled, nearly as

long as broad, and in contact with a very small crescentic

bone at the base of the dorsal; naked parts of head with

reticulating or arborescent canals ; eye perfectly lateral, just

behind and on a level with the angle of the mouth, its

diameter 5 times in length of head, 14 in length of snout, 24

in interorbital width ; barbels short, not reaching gill-clett.

Dorsal I 6; spine nearly 3 length of head, granular in front,

with antrorse serration behind. Adipose fin small, its base $

that of dorsal. Pectoral spine slightly shorter than dorsal,

likewise granular in front and serrated behind. Anal 20, its

longest rays 2 length of head. Caudal deeply forked.

Brown above, silvery beneath.

Total length 170 millim.

The single specimen sheltered in its mouth eighteen eggs,

8 millim. in diameter, with embryos in an advanced state of

development.

32. Alurichthys Gronovit, C.& V. M.

33. Auchenipterus striatulus, Stdr.

34. Auchenipterus nodosus, Bl. M.

Differs from the typical form in having the dorsal and

From the Island of Marajo, Brazil. 297

pectoral spines shorter than the head, the body less elongate,

the length of the head barely four times in the total, and the

supraoccipital bone broader than long. Dr. and Mrs. Higen-

mann have already drawn attention to the great variation in

the length of the spines in this species, and observed them to

be shorter in specimens from Pard.

35. Cetopsis cecutiens, Licht.

36. Doras costatus, L. S.

The single specimen, 220 millim. long, has a very

puzzling appearance, owing to the absence of the caudal

peduncle. ‘The posterior end of the tail must have been

accidentally amputated, and the shape of the well-developed

caudal fin points to neogenesis. ‘The posterior scutes being

missing, with the caudal peduncle, the lateral line numbers

only 23.

37. Doras Weddelli, Cast.

38. Doras dorsalis, C. & V.

39. Callichthys littoralis, Hancock. P.

40. Plecostomus bicirrhosus, Gron. M., P.

41. Liposarcus pardalis, Cast. 8.

42. Cheetostomus spinosus, Cast.

43. Cheetostomus cirrhosus, Val.

44, Aspredo cotylophorus, Bl. M., P.

Characinide.

45. Macrodon trahira, Bl. Schn. P.

46. Macrodon intermedius, Gthr. P.

47. Erythrinus uniteniatus, Spix. P., 8.

48. Hemiodus microcephalus, Gthr.

49, Anostomus fasciatus, Ag. 8S.

50. Leporinus affinis, Gthr.

51. Tetragonopterus maculatus, L.

52. Brycon brevicauda, Gthr.

53. Piabuca argentina, L.

54. Anacyrtus Myersit, Gill.

55. Serrasalmo serrulatus,C. & V. 8S.

56. Serrasalmo piraya, Cuv. P.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 21

298 On Fishes from the Island of Marajo, Brazil.

57. Myletes rubripinnis, M. & T.

58. Myletes maculatus, Kner. S.

Scombresocide.

59. Belone teniata, Gthr. S.

Cyprinodontide.

60. Anableps microlepis, M.& T. P.

Clupeide.

61. Pellona flavipinnis, Val. M.

62. Megalops thrissoides, Bl. Schn. M.

Gymnotide.

63. Carapus fasciatus, Pall. 8.

Tetrodontide.

64. Tetrodon psittacus, Bl. Schn. M.

DIPNOI.

65. Lepidostren paradowa, Fitz. M.

The discovery of this fish at Cape Magoary has been re-

ported upon by Dr. Goeldi (Bol. Mus. Para. 1. 1896, p. 438),

who has also given a map showing the distribution of the

species.

CHONDROPTERYGII.

66. Carcharias porosus, Poey. M.

67. Trygon tuberculata, Lacép. M.

68. Trygon hystrix, M. & H.

The description is appended of a new Chromid obtained by

Dr. Goeldi in the Upper Cunani River, French Guiana,

south of the Oyapok River.

Heros Goeldit, sp. n.

Depth cf body 2 in total length, length of head 3 times.

Upper profile of head regularly curved; eye nearer gill-

opening than end of snout, its diameter 34 to 33 times in

length of head and 3 interorbital width; cleft of mouth not

On some new Heterocera from Tropical America. 299

extending to below anterior border of eye ; scales on cheek in

4 series. Dorsal XVI 12, originating above opercular cleft ;

spines gradually increasing in length to the last, which

measures 4 length of head; soft dorsal pointed, middle rays

longest, produced, nearly as long as head. Pectoral a little |

shorter than head. Ventral with produced inner ray, reaching

middle of anal. Anal VI 9; spines and soft rays as in the

dorsal. Caudal rounded. Scales 31 4; lat. 1.4. Reddish

brown, with a large black blotch on each side between the

two lateral lines, below the middle of the dorsal fin.

Total length 160 millim.

‘lwo specimens.

XXIX.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical America. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &c.

Fam. Agaristide.

Orthia volupia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries black, crossed beyond the middle by a

narrow cream-coloured band, which does not reach either

margin: secondaries chrome-yellow, bordered with black,

widest near the anal angle, the inner margin clothed with

black hairs. Underside very similar to the upperside, but

the band crossing the primaries wider and with a yellow

streak extending from the base to the end of the cell. The

head, antenna, legs, and thorax black ; the abdomen yellow,

with a central black line extending from the base to the anus ;

the anus and anal segments on the underside black.

Expanse 2} inches.

Hab. Ecuador, St. Lusia (Mus. Druce). .

This species is allied to O. prefectus, Druce, which has

the primaries entirely black.

Orthia elaphebolia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries deep black, crossed beyond the middle by

a narrow chrome-yellow band that does not reach either

margin, the fringe black: secondaries deep black, with a

large central lobe-shaped yellow spot extending from the

base. The head, antenne, thorax, upper and underside of

the abdomen, and the legs black; the collar and sides of the

abdomen chrome-yellow, the anus black.

Expanse 24 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

21*

300 Mr. H. Druce on some new Heterocera

This species is allied to O. ecuadorina, Westwood, from

which it is at once distinguished by the entirely different

shape of the yellow marking on the secondaries, the yellow

collar, and yellow sides to the abdomen.

Phasis mardava, sp. 0.

Primaries deep black, crossed about the middle by acurved

cream-coloured band, which extends from the costal margin

to the apex: secondaries dark brown. The head, antenne,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. East Peru (Mus. Druce).

Leiosoma buprasium, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries deep reddish brown, palest near the

apex, where the wing is thickly irrorated with greyish-white

scales ; a narrow brown line crosses the wing from the costal

margin to the anal angle; a marginal row of very minute

white dots extends from the apex to the anal angle: second-

aries pale chrome-yellow, very broadly bordered with deep

black. The head, antenne, abdomen, and legs black; the

thorax reddish brown; anus yellow.

Expanse 12 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Euthisanotia lycaon, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dark reddish brown, with three white

marks along the costal margin—the first V-shaped, close to

the base, the second a wide U-shaped mark, and the third a

large almost square-shaped mark nearest the apex: second-

aries pale chrome-yellow, broadly bordered from the apex to

the anal angle with dark reddish brown. Underside very

similar to the upperside, but with more white on the pri-

maries. The head, collar, and tegule white ; thorax reddish

brown ; abdomen yellow, banded with black on the upper-

side; antennee black; legs yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hub. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

This species is very distinct.

Fam. Zygenide.

Calanotos (?) nana, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries dull black, with a small white spot on

from Tropical America. 301

the costal margin close to the base, below which is a metallic

green spot; a rather large oval-shaped hyaline spot about

the middle of the wing, beyond which nearer the apex are

three hyaline white spots almost in a straight line extending

from the costal margin to the anal angle: secondaries dull

black. Underside similar to the upperside. The head, an-

tenn, thorax, and legs black ; two spots in front of the head

and the collar white ; abdomen black, streaked down the

middle and on the sides with metallic green; the underside

of the abdomen with a central white band, which extends

from the base to the anus.—F/emale very similar to the male,

but with only two white spots on the primaries near the apex

and a white spot on the costal margin of the secondaries

nearest the apex.

Expanse, g¢ 2, 2 1} inches.

Hab. Colombia, 8. Martin, Lanos of Rio Meta (Child,

Mus. Druce).

Calanotos (?) argante, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries deep black, the costal margin and a

streak at the base of the wing bright metallic green; an

elongated semilyaline white spot beyond the green streak,

and nearer the apex a square-shaped semihyaline white spot:

secondaries deep black, with the inner margin broadly

bordered with pale fawn-colour. Underside very similar to

the upperside, but the costal margin of the secondaries

broadly bordered with metallic green. ‘The head, antenna,

and legs black; collar spotted with white; tegule black ;

thorax and abdomen pale metallic green; abdomen striped

with black from the middle to the anus.—Female very similar

to the male, but has three white semihyaline spots on the

primaries and one on the secondaries, the latter being entirely

black.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 9 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Saurita vitristriga, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries dull smoky black, with

a semihyaline dusky streak at the base of both wings. The

head, antennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs black ; abdomen

with one central and two other greenish-grey streaks ex-

tending from the base to the anus.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. British Guiana, Essequibo River (Whitely, Mus.

Druce).

302 Mr. H. Druce on some new Feterocera

Homeocera pelor, sp. u.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; pri-

maries, a small blue spot at the base, the apex and outer

margin narrowly edged with black; the veins of both wings

yellow. The head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen black ;

the four basal segments of the abdomen edged with yellow ;

legs black, banded with yellow.

ixpanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

Homeocera tarapotensis, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline, with the veins

black ; the base of the primaries and the inner margin

yellow, the apex and outer margin black: secondaries with

the outer margin black. The head and collar yellow, the

collar spotted with black; the antenne and tegule black, the

tegule edged with yellow; thorax black, the base yellow ;

abdomen yellow, banded with black, and with two blue spots

on each segment; the legs yellow.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Peru, Tarapoto (Mus. Druce).

Gymnelia dexamene, sp. n.

Female.—Primaries hyaline, the veins all black, the outer

wargin from the apex to the anal angle broadly bordered

with black : secondaries hyaline, bordered with black. The

head, antenne, collar, thorax, and abdomen black, the collar

with two blue spots in front; tegule black ; a large yellowish-

white spot on both sides of the abdomen close to the base; a

row of bluish-green spots on each side of the abdomen and a

central bluish-green spot on the last three segments of the

abdomen. On the underside there are three white spots on

the first three segments.

Expanse 1;/5 inch.

Hab, Brazil (Mus. Druce).

Gymnelia cuma, sp. n.

Male.— Primaries and secondaries hyaline, with the veins,

outer and inner margins black ; the base of the primaries and

a narrow line partly crossing the wing black. The head,

antennx, thorax, and upperside of the abdomen deep black ;

four white spots at the base of the abdomen, the underside

of the abdomen bright carmine ; legs black.

Expanse 13 inch.

from Tropical America, 303

Hab. Colombia, S. Martin, Lanos of Rio Meta (Child,

Mus. Druce).

Lemocharis clusia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries brown, crossed beyond the middle by a

wide creamy-white band ; the veins all black, the fringe dark

brown: secondaries dusky hyaline black. The head, an-

tennz, thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the tegula and a

spot at the base of the abdomen bright carmine.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Amazons, Maranham (Leech, Mus. Druce).

Cosmosoma voltumna, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries hyaline, the base, costal margin, and

inner margin bright orange, the apex and outer margin

black : secondaries hyaline, the apex, outer and inner margin

black. Antenne black; the head, thorax, and abdomen

bright orange, the last two segments dark blue; the legs

yellow.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Amazons, Paré (Mus. Druce).

Dycladia (?) pelopia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; pri-

maries, the costal margin, the apex, and a small spot at the

apex all black. The head and antenne black ; the front of

the thorax black, the thorax and abdomen pale yellow; the anal

segments of the abdomen black; the legs black and yellow.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Druce).

Eunomia nicippe, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries hyaline, the veins all

black ; primaries crossed by two black bands, the first curved

quite close to the base, the second at the end of the cell ex-

tending to the anal angle, where it is the widest, the apex

black: secondaries with the outer margin from the apex to

the anal angle black. ‘The head, antennz, and collar black,

the collar spotted with blue; the thorax black ; tegule cream-

colour; the basal portion of the abdomen bright red, the

other part black, spotted with white down the middle and

along each side; legs black and white.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. Peru (dus. Druce).

This species is allied to LH, eone, Hiibn., but quite distinct.

304 On some new Feterocera from Tropical America.

Hematerion melanobasis, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries hyaline, the base, costal, outer, and inner

margin black, the veins all black: secondaries whitish

hyaline, broadly bordered with black ; two small hyaline

spots on the black border close to the apex. Underside the

same as above. The head, antenne, thorax, abdomen, and

legs black ; the first three segments of the abdomen with a

central cream-coloured spot, the anal segments bright red.

Expanse 1# inch.

Hab. South Brazil (Mus. Druce).

Argyroetdes placida, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline; the

fringe and veins of both wings black. The head, antenne,

thorax, abdomen, and legs black; the basal segment of the

abdomen cream-colour ; the abdomen banded with blue.

Eixpanse 14 inch.

Hab. Ecuador (Mus. Druce).

Fam. Pericopide.

Eucyane albimacula, sp. n.

Eucyane Arcei 2, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Amer. ii. t. Ixxvi. fig. 12,

p. 383.

I had seen four females with the band crossing the pri-

maries white, and concluded that they belonged to EL. Arcet,

as they differed in no other respect. Since then I have seen

a white-banded male, which proves that they are referable to

a distinct species and require to be named.

Eucyane cerealia, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries deep black : secondaries rich glossy deep

blue, brightest near the base, the fringe carmine-red. The

head, antenne, legs, and thorax deep black ; abdomen bright

glossy blue.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Keuador (Mus. Druce).

This beautiful species is very distinct from all others

known to me.

Eucyane lysimachides, sp. n.

Ma/e.—Primaries deep black, crossed near the apex from

the costal to the inner margin by a narrow carmine band,

crossed by black veins: secondaries bright glossy deep blue,

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Gymnotine Fish. 305

with the outer margin from the apex to the anal angle

broadly bordered with red-carmine. The underside very

similar to the upperside. ‘The head, palpi, and collar bright

carmine; the tips of the palpi, antennw, thorax, and legs

black.

Expanse 17 inch.

Hab. Ecuador (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to E pheenictdes, Druce, from Mexico,

but is quite distinct.

Pericopis eugenia, sp. n.

Female.— Primaries very similar to those of P. histrio, but

without the yellow band crossing the wing near the apex and

with the black apical margin very much narrower; the

marginal spots smaller and duller in colour: the secondaries

very much the same as those of P. histrio, but darker in

colour.

Expanse 33 inches.

Hab. Kast Peru (Mus. Druce).

XXX.— Description of a new Gymnotine Fish of the

Genus Sternopygus. By G. A. BouLenGcer, F.R.S.

Sternopygus macrops.

Eye without free lid, a little longer than the snout or the

interocular space. Mouth very narrow; maxillary shorter

than the diameter of the eye; upper jaw overlapping the

lower ; upper profile of head descending in a curve. Vent a

little behind vertical of posterior border of eye. Pectoral fin

as long as head minussnout. Anal with 175 rays, originating

below middle of pectoral. Depth of body greater than length

of head, 75 times in length to end of anal. Tail produced

beyond the anal in a very long appendage terminating fili-

form and measuring half total length without head. Scales

very small. Unitorm pale brownish ; anal fin white.

Total length 230 millim.

This new species is easily distinguished from all others by

its much larger eye. A single specimen, collected by Rose

Lloyd in the higher Polaro River district, British Guiana,

has been presented to the British Museum by Mr. J. J.

Quelch.

306 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

XXXI.— On the Reptiles of Rotuma Island, Polynesia.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Mr. J. STANLEY GARDINER has kindly entrusted to me the

collection of Reptiles made by him on Rotuma, north of

the Fiji Islands. Small as it is, the collection is of interest

as affording information on an island the herpetological

fauna of which had not been previously investigated, and

in bringing to light a new species of (Geckos, which I

have much pleasure in naming in honour of its discoverer.

Mr. Gardiner was assured by the natives that no other kinds

of Lizards and Snakes exist on the island but those of which

he secured specimens. Batrachians are absent.

The species are only eight in number, viz. seven Lizards

and one Snake, and, with the exception of the new Gecko, are

known to have a wide geographical distribution.

1. Gehyra oceanica, Less.

Known from the Moluccas, New Guinea, Admiralty Islands,

Solomon Islands, Lord Howe Island, Fiji Islands, Tonga

Islands, Samoa Islands, and Hervey Islands.

2. Lepidodactylus lugubris, D. & B.

Distributed from the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago to

the Pelew Islands, New Guinea, Solomon Islands, New

Hebrides, New Caledonia, Fiji Islands, and Tonga Islands.

3. Lepidodactylus Gardineri, sp. n.

Head small, oviform ; snout once and one third the dia-

meter of the orbit, which equals its distance from the

ear-opening ; forehead concave ; ear-opening very small,

oval, oblique. Body and limbs moderate. Digits moderate,

inner well-developed ; a very slight rudiment of web; 12 to

14 lamelle under the median digits, 2 or 3 of the terminal

ores divided. Scales uniformly granular, the granules

larger on the snout, largest and flat on the belly. Rostral

quadrangular, nearly twice as broad as deep, notched above

mesially to receive an enlarged scale separating the nasals ;

nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and three

nasals; 11 upper and as many lower labials; each upper

labial with a granular asperity or feebly raised vertical keel ;

three rows of very small chin-shields graduating into the

granules on the throat. ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered

with uniform small flat scales, which are larger on the lower

Reptiles of Rotuma Island, Polynesia. 507

surface. Brown above, with indistinct darker bars across

the body and tail; lower parts white, speckled with brown

on the sides ; throat greyish.

millim.

MPML MOU ide ass « Paivh. cvs oh cM b nigh 80

CRC Shee Miah sree 1 cu ers be re 12

DAMIER OU NGA eS oS vita <a nnd ete 7

SEG SEG Wie 6 Hae. cd hac ian Beatie 33

LCL, Ls ah lela a a eR 13

MRIEICEMEITIL ERM xy occ co cedcn ane oa ee ee 16

MOU RTGDNOUUCER) oo ccs ecicecssacseese 35

A single female specimen.

Nearest allied to LZ. Guppy?, Blgr., and L. Woodfordit,

Blgr., from the Solomon Islands.

4, Lygosoma noctua, Less.

Known from New Guinea, Solomon Islands, Samoa Islands,

Society Islands, Fiji Islands, Tonga Islands, and Sandwich

Islands.

5. Lygosoma cyanurum, Less.

Found in Celebes, the Moluccas, New Guinea, and nearly

all the small islands of the South Pacific, with the exception

ot New Caledonia.

6. Lygosoma samoense, A. Dum.

Inhabits the New Hebrides, Samoa Islands, Fiji Islands,

and ‘Tonga Islands.

7. Lygosoma nigrum, Hombr. & Jacq.

Inhabits the Caroline Islands, New Ireland, Solomon

Islands, Banks’s Island, Samoa Islands, Fiyi Islands, and

Tonga Islands.

8. Enygrus australis, Montrouzier.

This snake, which has long been confounded with E. Bi-

bronti, Hombr. & Jacq., is known from New Britain, the

Solomon Islands, the New Hebrides, Loyalty Islands, and

Samoa Islands; whilst H. Bibroniz is on record from San

Christoval, and the Fiji and Tonga Islands.

The specimens, four in number, brought home by Mr. Gar-

diner, have 37 to 39 scales across the body, 235 to 240

ventrals, and 57 to 63 subcaudals.

308 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new

XXXIT.—On two new Rodents from Van, Kurdistan.

By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

THE British Museum owes to Major W. H. Williams,

recently H.M. Consul at Van, Kurdistan, Eastern Asia

Minor, a collection of small mammals made in the neigh-

bourhood of that place. Besides many other specimens of

interest to mammalogists, there are examples of the two

following new species :—

Ellobius lutescens, sp. n.

Size medium. Fur long and loose, not so close or sleek

as in the other species. General colour dull slaty buff, quite

different from the bright yellowish of the Eastern species,

with which it agrees in tooth-structure, and more similar to

dark examples of £. ta/pinus from the Volga. Head but

little darker than body. Belly scarcely lighter than back,

the line of demarcation quite gradual. Everywhere, above

and below, the hairs are dark slaty grey with buffy tips.

Skull with a long slender muzzle. Nasals long and very

narrow, much compressed for their posterior two thirds.

Zygomata boldly expanded, starting out anteriorly at a right

angle to the general line of the skull. Lambdoid crest

curving forwards mesially, not forming an angle in the

middle line. Posterior palate much as in H. fuscocapillus,

but inner part of bulle rising much higher above the level

of the basioccipital and basisphenoid than in that species.

Teeth apparently as in EH. fuscocapillus, the complicated

shape of the last upper molar quite as in that species*, and

ertectly similar in all the six specimens obtained by

Tajor Williams.

Dimensions of the type, an adult female, measured in flesh

by collector :—

Head and body 125 millim.; tail 14; hind foot 22.

Skull: basal length 31; basilar length 28; greatest

breadth 24 ; nasals 10x 3°4 ; palate, length from henselion

18:7; diastema 12; length of upper molar series 7:2.

Hab. Van, alt. 5000 feet.

Type. B.M. no. 97.6.4.17. Collected April 12, 1897.

This Ellobius is very distinct from any previously de-

scribed. From the group containing #. talpinus, Tancret,

and rufescens (stated by Biichner to be all identical), it

differs by the structure of its last upper molars, which are

as in L. fuscocapillus. From the latter again, as from the

* Figured by Blanford, J. A.S. B, 1. pt. 2, pl. ii, (1881).

Rodents from Van, Kurdistan. 309

closely allied FE. intermedius, it may be distinguished by its

smaller size, loose fur, and dull coloration.

Allactaga Williamsi, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between the large A. alactaga, Oliv.*,

and the much smaller A. euphratica, acontion, and indica.

General colour coarsely mixed yellowish buff and_ black.

Face more finely grizzled buff; a spot above the eye poste-

riorly and a large patch on the cheek below the eye white.

The latter patch is succeeded behind by the clear yellowish

buff of the sides of the neck and upper part of the shoulder.

Flanks bordering the white belly also more or less buffy,

interrupted behind by the usual white hip-stripe. Below

the latter the outer sides of the thighs and legs to the ankles

are bright rich salmon-buff (almost orange-buff of Ridgway);

upper surface of hands and feet white. Kars of medium

length, their hairs rich buff, but as these are only present in

any number along the anterior third of the outer surface and

along the extreme edge of the inner surface, the rest of the

ear appears dull brown (which may or may not be flesh-

coloured in life). Tail for the greater part of its length bright

buffy, whiter below. Distally, as the hairs lengthen they

become blackish, at least above, and form a black subter-

minal band from one to two inches in length, succeeded by

a pure white tip supported on the terminal half-inch of the

tail-vertebree.

Skull strong and stoutly built, forming a large edition of

that of A. acontion, quite different from the long-muzzled

skull of A. mongolica, Radde (incl. A. annulata, M.-Edw.).

Upper premolar only about a quarter the size of m*, which

in its turn is about one-third the size of m’.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, taken by the col-

lector in the flesh :—

Head and body 141 millim.; tail 203; hind foot 65;

ear 46.

Skull: basilar length 27-2; greatest breadth 23°8 ; nasals

* Dipus alactaga, Oliv, Bull. Soc. Philom. ii. p. 121 (1800). The

proper name of this species is somewhat doubtful. Biichner calls it

A. saliens ; but this is based on Gmeliti’s Cuniculus pumilio saliens, which

was not given binomially at all, and has therefore no status in nomen-

clature. By Blanford and myself it has been called A. decwmana, Licht.,

but the name used above has a priority of 25 years over that given by

Lichtenstein. The words major, media, minor, pygmea, and minuta,

occurring passim in Pallas’s account of his Mus jaculus (Glires, p. 275 et

seqq.), are, in a book written throughout in Latin, apparently used as

descriptive words, and are clearly not given as names, for which they

cannot tlierefore be used.

310 Mr. M. Burr on new Species of Forficularia.

13 x 4°8; interorbital breadth 9; breadth of brain-case 18;

palate, length from henselion 18°33; diastema 10°5 ; palatal

foramina 6°5%33,; combined length of upper molars, ex-

cluding premolar, 5:7.

flab. Van, alt. 5000 feet.

Type. B.M. no. 97.6.4.18. Collected May 28, 1896.

This beautifully-marked Jerboa. which I have named in

honour of its collector and donor, Major Williams, is readily

distinguished from all previously described species merely

by its general proportions, as its hind feet, while far shorter

than those of A. alactaga, considerably surpass those of the

other species above mentioned. Probably it is really most

nearly allied to A. euphratica, but its longer hind feet will

readily distinguish it. In colour it is one of the most

beautiful of the family, owing to the brightness and intensity

of the buff stripe which runs down the hind legs.

In Satunin’s admirable paper on Caucasian mammals *

there are mentioned under Alactaga acontion, besides the

normal N.-Caucasian form, examples from Transcaucasia

which are stated to show “ bedeutende Abweichungen ” from

the typical form. In all probability these examples belong

to A. Williamst.

XXXIII.—On new Species of Forticularia.

By Matcoim Burr, F.Z.S.

THE following new species and varieties are, with one

exception, described from specimens taken by Herr Friih-

storfer in the Celebes, Java, and Lombok, and I have great

pleasure in dedicating one species to this ardent collector.

The collection also included two other species of Spongophora

and one new Chetospania, which I have refrained from

describing, as I possess only females, and those not in good

condition.

The collection made by Herr Friihstorfer is of great interest

as including species from several localities, which I hope to

work out more fully at a later date.

I take this opportunity of thanking my learned colleague

M. de Bormans, to whom I am indebted for his invaluable

assistance in determining many of the species and fixing the

novelties.

* Zool. Jahrb. ix. p. 308 (1896).

Mr. M. Burr on new Species of Forficularia. 311

Anisolahis (?) Kirbyt, sp. n.

Fusea, nitida, glabra; capite pronoto paulo latiori; elytrorum

alarumque rudimentis nullis; abdomine postice dilatato, tuber-

culis lateralibus nullis instructo, segmento ultimo magno, rotun-

dato ; pedibus fusco-testaceis; pygidio haud conspicuo ; forcipis

brachiis teretibus, basi distantibus, validis, triquetris, a latere

visis leviter sinuatis, inermibus, brachio dextro magis incurvo

quam altero. <¢.

Le) 11:5 mm

NE lc a cere 3 PTS ..

Head rounded, frons fuscous, posterior part reddish ; mouth-

parts testaceous; antenne wanting. Pronotum slightly

narrower than the head; square, slightly longer than broad,

reddish fuscous. Jesonotum darker, about twice as broad as

long. Metanotum short, considerably broader than long,

posterior margin sinuate, with the angles produced sharply

posteriorly. Pro-, meso-, and metasternum testaceous. Leet

dark testaceous; tarsi clothed with a few short stiff hairs.

Abdomen dilated posteriorly, each segment being broader

than the segment anterior to it. Ultimate segment large,

round, posterior margin straight ; there is a slight semicircular

depression within the lateral margins, the margins slightly

raised and crenulate. Forceps with the branches stout and

distant at the base, the left branch gradually incurved, the

right branch straight, then suddenly curved in at a right angle,

shorter than the left, the apex being incurved within the apex

of the left branch; as seen from the side the branches are

slightly curved upwards. @.

Patria. Pengalengan, Western Java, 4000’ (ZH. Friih-

storfer). Type in coll. m.

Allied to A. javana, Borm., from which it may be distin-

guished by the abdomen being more dilated posteriorly, and by

the shape of the forceps: in yavana both branches are equally

incurved, the apices meeting ; in Kirbyi the right branch is

curved within the left, as in Anisolabis maritima, Bon.

For those Anisolabes with the appearance of Chelidura,

i. e., javana, Borm., lativentris, Phil., and this species, with

the abdomen dilated, a new genus is required, but I refrain

from creating it now, as M. de Bormans informs me that they

will form his new genus (inedit.).

I have great pleasure in dedicating this curious species to

my friend Mr. W. F. Kirby, F.L.S., of the British Museum.

Labia dolicha, sp. n.

Inter maximas generis: nitida, fusca, pallido variegata, glabra ;

eapite nigro, nitido, postice rubro; pronoto elytrisque nigris,

312 Mr. M. Burr on new Species of Forficularia.

nitidis, testaceo-marginatis ; alis nullis; abdomine minutissime

punctulato, fusco, rubro variegato; pedibus testaceis, fusco

marmoreis; pygidium ¢ rotundatum, obtusum ; forcipis crura

$ depressa, elongata, sinuata, intus medio denticulata. <¢.

Long sicorp..2-. eee 6°25-8 mm

as LOLCH, eg Ste eae 4-6°25 ,,

Head rounded, black, shining, reddish posteriorly ; mouth-

parts paler; antenne 13-segmentate, segments 1, 2, and 12

pale, the rest fuscous. Pronotum shining, black; lateral

margins testaceous, as broad as the head; posterior margin

rounded. lytra shining fuscous, exterior margins testaceous,

about half as long again as the pronotum, truncated poste-

riorly. Wings absent. eet testaceous, marbled with

fuscous; tarsi testaceous, thickly clothed with fine pale hairs.

Abdomen shining fuscous; last 4 segments, excepting the

apical, reddish, all very finely punctulated above ; no lateral

tubercles ; last dorsal segment fuscous, posterior margin

sinuate. Pygidium is a short blunt tubercle, not reaching

beyond the last ventral plate. Forceps, g, with the branches

distant at the base, long and slender, slightly approximating

in the first half, then diverging, incurved at the apex, where

they meet, sometimes decussating ; at the centre of the inner

margin there are two sharp, small teeth, pointing posteriorly,

the second one sometimes nearly obsolete. @.

Patria. Bua-Kraeng in the Southern Celebes, 5000’

(H. Friihstorfer). ‘Type in coll. m.

This peculiar species has the appearance of an Op/stho-

cosmia, but the cylindrical second joint of the tarsi at once

separates it; the forceps somewhat resemble that of Labia

cheliduroides, Borm., trom Mexico. It can be at once recog-

nized by the long and slender forceps. Perhaps a new genus

might be created for those species of Labia with these long

and peculiar forceps (chelidurotdes, Borm., and dolicha,

supra).

Labia Friihstorferi, sp. n.

Minor, nigra, pubescens; capite, pronoto, elytris, alis, femoribus,

abdomineque (segmento ultimo excepto) nigris; antennis fusco-

rubris, 12-segmentatis; tibiis tarsisque testaceis; segmento

ultimo ¢ 2 rubro, simplici, angusto; pygidio obtecto; forcipe

rubro, cruribus d basi distantibus, inermibus, rectis, apice

attingentibus ; 2 contiguis per totam longitudinem, apice attin-

gentibus, necnon decussatis. Variat. pronoto rubro. od 2.

ae Q.

TON ge sCOEDs po> cucu es 5 4-5-5 mm.

ge “MOTOS Ee Rane By 2 1 PS

Mr. M. Burr on new Species of Forficularia. 313

Head flat, black ; antenne 12-segmentate, dark reddish, the

joints conical. Pronotum narrower than the head, rounded

corgi black, anterior margin oblique on each side of the

ead. lytra finely punctulated, black, nearly twice as long

as the pronotum. Wings about } the length of the elytra,

black, punctulated. Feet: femora fuscous; tibiz and tarsi

testaceous. Abdomen punctulated above, slightly narrower pos-

teriorly, black, except the last segment ; no lateral tubercles ;

last segment reddish, twice as broad as long, posterior

margin straight. Forceps reddish, g¢ the branches distant

at the base, stout, straight, incurved towards the apex, where

they meet; ? branches contiguous for their whole length,

parallel, sometimes decussating at the apex. 4 9.

Patria. Sapit in Lombok, in April, 2000’ (ZZ. Frithstorfer).

Type in coll. m.

This little species is allied to Labia minor, L., and

also, M. de Bormans tells me, to Labia pilicornis, Motsch.,

which I have never seen. It may be distinguished from

L. minor by its darker colour and the absence of the spine

on the pygidium of the male, which is a characteristic of

the latter species.

Spongophora Bormansi, sp. n.

Magna, nitida, glabra ; capite, pronoto, elytris, abdomineque fusco-

nigris, alis sulphureis ; antennis pedibusque testaceis, dense fusco-

marmoreis; pygidium ¢ breve, latum, angulis acutis; forcipis

erura ¢ basi distantia, gracilia, leviter sinuata, apice attingentia,

margine interno minute serrulato per totam longitudinem. d 9°.

g. Q.

Cr ys] ee 21 14 mm.

pel PROTO: “ged otras 3 10°5 Dy

Head black, shining, rounded; mouth-parts black;

antenne (?). Pronotum black, shining, as broad as the

head, slightly broader than long, square, with rounded angles.

Elytra black, shining, more than twice as long as the pro-

notum, considerably broader anteriorly than posteriorly, the

anterior margin being rounded at the angles; obliquely trun-

cated at the apex. Wings projecting far beyond the elytra,

bright shining yellow. Feet testaceous, thickly marbled with

fuscous. Abdomen black, shining, the sides parallel, rugu-

lose on the dorsal surface; segments 3 and 4 with very

faint lateral tubercles, the hinder margins of the segments

serrulate. Ultimate dorsal segment large, square, shining

black, smooth, serrulated on the posterior margin above;

posterior margin straight, with a slight impression in the

centre above the serrulations. Pygidium § short, broad,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 22

314 Mr. M. Burr on new Species of Forficularia.

straight at the apex, produced to a point at each corner.

Pygidium 3% not visible. Branches of forceps 3 dark

reddish, distant at the base, as seen from above diverging

very slightly, then gradually approximating, more suddenly

about 2 the length from the base, then approaching regularly

until they meet and cross at the apex; seen from the side

the branches are almost horizontal, very slightly sinuate: on

the inner margin the branches are very finely serrulated for

their whole length ; in the 2 very slightly sinuate, crenulated

on the inner margin, except at the base itself. ¢ 2.

Patria, Santa Catharina (¢ in coll. m.), Bahia (2 in coll.

de Bormans). Type ¢ in coll. m.

It is with very great pleasure that I dedicate this fine

species to my learned colleague M. de Bormans, who has done

so much to increase our knowledge of these neglected insects.

It is to him that I owe the description of the female, which

he has very kindly sent me, taken from a specimen in his

rich collection. It is allied to Sp. croceipennis, Serv., but

differs in its bright, almost metallic appearance, the colour of

the feet and the form of the pygidium and forceps.

Spongophora guttulata, sp. n.

Parva, nigra, glabra; capite, pronoto, abdomine, femoribus, et tibiarum

parte basali fusco-nigris ; antennis fusco-rufis, segmentis duobus

primis exceptis pallidioribus ; elytra fusca, flavo-maculata ; ale

flavee, apice margineque externo fuscee. Pygidium inconspicuum,

obtectum. Forcipis brachia gracilia, inermia: ¢ basi distantia,

fere recta, apice approximata; Q basi fere contigua, recta, apice

necnon decussata. <Q.

Gi C

ongwcorpay senses 8 8-9°25 mm.

Meh eROLOrue . musiep ia m 2°5

”

Head rounded, black, shining; mouth-parts black, palpi

dark reddish ; antenne, of which 13 segments remain in one

specimen, dark reddish, except the two basal segments, which

are paler. Pronotum black, shining, as broad as long, as

broad as the head, with the angles rounded. /ytra about

twice as long as the pronotum, fuscous, with a large yellow

spot at the shoulder. Wangs projecting well beyond the

elytra, yellow, narrowly bordered with fuscous exteriorly,

the fuscous broadening at the apex. Feet: femora fuscous ;

tibiz fuscous towards the base, testaceous towards the apex ;

tarsi testaceous. Abdomen fuscous, shining, smooth, lateral

tubercle on fourth segment; last dorsal segment (¢) small,

simple, posterior border straight, with a faint tubercle above

the base of each branch of the forceps. Forceps dark reddish,

shaded with fuseous: ¢ branches widely distant at the base,

slender, nearly straight, incurved towards the apex, where

Mr. M. Burr on new Species of Forficularia. 315

they nearly meet ; on the inner margin close to the base is a

very small tooth; 2 branches nearly contiguous at the base,

straight, meeting at the apex, sometimes decussating. 4 2.

Patria, Lombok, Sapit, 2000’; Sambalun, 4000’ ; in April,

May, aud June:1¢,5 9 (H. Frithstorfer). Type in coll. m.

Chelisoches punctulatus, sp. 0.

Niger, glaber; antennis segmentis 1° et 2° nigris, ceteris testaceis ;

capite, pronoto, elytris, abdomine, femoribus, tibiisque fuscis,

tarsis testaceis; alis nullis; abdomine punctulatissimo ; forcipis

crura Q valida, basi contigua, apice decussata, Q.

BONE. COND. isi ¢ ox: 13 mm.

bs. OOS: Wale anes =e

Head rounded, black; antenne, of which 11 segments

remain, testaceous, except segments 1 and 2, which are black.

Pronotum as broad as the head, slightly longer than broad ;

posterior angles rounded, colour dull black. /ytra dull black,

scarcely longer than pronotum, truncated posteriorly. Wings

absent. Abdomen very dark fuscous brown, very densely and

finely punctulated ; faint lateral tubercles on fourth segment ;

last dorsal segment (Q) small, smooth, with a faint median

longitudinal suture. Pygidium, 2, small, round, almost

hidden. eet: femora and tibie very dark brown; tarsi

testaceous, clothed with fine pale hairs. Forceps, 2, with

branches stout, contiguous at the base, very minutely crenu-

lated on the inner margin, crossing at the apex. 9.

Patria. Lompa-Battau in Southern Celebes (3000’), in

March (H. Friihstorfer). Type in coll. m.

It is usual to refrain from describing a single female, but

this appears to be such a distinct species that I have ventured

to do so here. It may be distinguished by the absence of

wings, colour of the antenne and of the feet, and the densely

punctulated abdomen. ‘The lobe on the second tarsal joint

(characteristic of the genus) is not large and somewhat

difficult to distinguish. I have examined the insect under

the microscope, and there is no doubt that it is a veritable

Chelisoches.

Chelisoches melanocephalus, Dohrn, var. nov.

A typo differt, elytris alisque brunneis, antennis segmentis 1°-4™

testaceis.

Patria. Pengalengan, in Western Java, 4000’ (H. Friih-

storfer). Type in coll. m.

‘This variety may prove to be a distinct species, but there

seems to be no other points upon which to separate it other

than the colour of the elytra and wings and certain segments of

the antenne, which is very variable in this group ot insects.

22*

316 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

Opisthocosmia forcipata, de Haan, var.

I have six females of a curious variety of this species, in

which the head and pronotum, instead of being dark fuscous,

are of a clear red. I can find no other points of distinction,

and do not consider it of specific rank. These specimens all

came from Sapit and Sambalun in Lombok ; I have specimens

of the type form from Southern Celebes and not from Lombok,

but have no specimens of this variety from other localities.

O. forcipata is taken in Sumatra.

Bellagio, East Grinstead.

July 25, 1897.

XXXIV.—On a Collection of small Mammals from Uganda.

By W. E. pe WInTon.

Mr. OLDFIELD THOMAS has entrusted me with the working

out of some small mammals collected at Ntebe or Entebbi

in Uganda, on the north-western shore of the Victoria Nyanza,

by Mr. F. J. Jackson, to whom we are already so much

indebted for our knowledge of the several faunas of Hast

Airica. This collection was made about two years ago, but

seems to have been mislaid and overlooked by the collector ;

some of the specimens consequently have been badly damaged

by beetles, but the majority are in excellent preservation, and

among them are found two species of mice hitherto un-

described.

While working out this collection a specimen of Arvi-

eanthis which has long been in the British Museum is found

to require a name, and this opportunity is taken of publishing

the description, as the locality from which it was obtained is

not very far distant.

The bats, with one exception, belong to species to be

expected from this district, but, so far, very little collecting

has been done on the western side of the lake, so that every

specimen is of great interest, no account of the small mammals

found there having yet been published.

1. Rhinolophus Hildebrandti, Peters.

Four specimens.

2. L[Hipposiderus caffer (Sundev.).

Five specimens in various colours as usual, with which

age, sex, or season seem to have no connexion.

3. Vesperugo tenuipinnis (Peters).

Two specimens.

small Mammals from Uganda. 317

4. Chalinolobus variegatus (Tomes).

One. Without having seen the type of this species, which

is in the Berlin Museum, the identification of this specimen

must be somewhat uncertain; but, if correctly determined, it

is of great interest, as this pretty butterfly-bat has hitherto

only been obtained in S.W. Africa (Otjoro, Damaraland).

At the same time there is no reason why the two should not

be identical. No. 2 in this list is a good example of an even

more extended range and preservation of all its peculiar

colour-varieties throughout.

5. Scotophilus nigrita (Schreb.).

One.

6. Crocidura, sp.

Ad. male and juv. Appears to be closely allied to

C. Martensii, Dobs., from the Cape.

7. Scturus Boehm, Reichen.

Male and female. The loss of one or more vertebra of

the tail seems to be very common among the small squirrels

of E. Africa, but the total length does not seem to suffer, as

the hairs grow in proportion; in one of these specimens the

hairs at the end of the tail (there appear to be three or four

vertebre missing) is 65 millim. in length.

8. Mus ugande, sp. n.

Size rather larger than M. sylvaticus. The whole of the

upper parts finely grizzled slate-black, there being very little

fawn tinge intermixed ; this latter colour is more distinct on

the sides of the neck. ‘The sides, and especially the thighs,

are rather more grey. ‘The whole of the underparts are clear

pale fawn, including the lower cheeks and upper lips. The

hands and feet pale fawn. Underfur of all parts dark’slate.

Ears and tail naked, dark blackish brown. The colouring of

the upper parts of this mouse is not very unlike the darkest

plumbeous pelage of the immature Mus sylvaticus, but still

darker. The tail is not very attenuated, being of about the

same proportion as that of J. musculus. The feet are large

and broad.

Measurements of type, g, Ntebe, 4.6.95 (Ff. J. J.) :—

Head and body 102 millim.; tail 90; hind foot 25:5; ear 18.

There are five specimens of this mouse in the collection.

Skull: greatest length 27°5 millim.; greatest breadth 13 ;

breadth of brain-case 12-1; interorb. constr. 4; nasals 10°2 x

3°5; interparietal 3°3x 85; basal length 24:2; henselion to

back of palate 12; palatal foramina 6°5 x 2; molar series 5;

outside ™*:! 6, inside 3; diastema 7°3; mandible-bone only,

greatest length 15, height 7°5.

318 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

Colour of incisors orange above, honey-coloured below.

The type is a somewhat young specimen, the skulls of

older individuals reaching about 2 millim. more in total

length.

The nearest ally of this mouse is Mus erythroleucus, from

West Africa; though outwardly differing in colour, the skull

shows close affinities.

There is one female in the collection, but unfortunately the

mamme are not traceable; but, judging from the strong

likeness in the skulls, there is little doubt that, like its ally,

this new mouse is of the multimammate group. It will bear

the name of the country in which it is found.

9. Mus Jacksont, sp. n.

Pelage composed solely of soft fur; the whole of the

upper parts smoky brown, showing a little more golden on

the cheeks and sides; underparts grey. All the hairs of

the body are slate-coloured for the greater part of their

length, only the extreme tips being coloured, those above with

brown and those beneath with white. Ears dark, naked, and

very long. ‘Tail much longer than the head and body, thin,

naked, and unicoloured brown. Feet and hands very long,

greyish.

Measurements, taken from dried skin: type, ¢, Entebbi

(Ntebe), 10. 2. 95:—Head and body 78 millim.; tail 118;

hind foot 22; ear 14.

Skull (base broken): point of nasals to lambda 22 millim. ;

greatest breadth 11°5, of brain-case 11; nasals 9; basal

length 22; henselion to hack of palate 11°5; palatal fora-

mina 6x2; outside ™1 6, inside ==! 3; molar series 4°65

diastema 7.

Molars large, all well developed, last two together fully as

long: as first.

The length of the ears, tail, and hind feet at once distin-

guishes this species from all its congeners; it is, indeed, both

in colour and shape, strikingly like a diminutive Malacomys

longipes, and I know no true Mus to which it is at all nearly

alhed. I name it in honour of the collector.

It is highly probable that this mouse may prove to be iden-

tical with Dr. Noack’s Mystromys longicaudatus (Zool. Jahrb.

ii. p. 246, 1887), which belongs undoubtedly to the genus

Mus, as is shown by the figures given of its skull and teeth.

This being the case, the specific name need not be considered,

as it is already occupied.

10. Arvicanthis Speke, sp. n.

In coloration and general pattern of the markings re-

small Mammals from Uganda. 319

sembling A. barbarus, L., but blacker in tone and the stripes

narrower. Central dorsal stripe black-brown ; the region on

either side, extending over two dark and two light stripes,

strongly washed with brown ; outside of this space the dark

stripes are black, with a few light-coloured hairs intermixed,

the light stripes buff-white, every second one being rather

more conspicuous ; the stripes get rather more broken nearing

the belly. All the underparts buff-white. The ears are well

clothed with brown hairs, but do not show nearly so much

rufous as those of A. barbarus; the tail, which is also well

covered with hair, is black along the middle line, inclining to

rufous on the sides and buff-white beneath. Feet buff-white,

claws brown.

Type 63. 7. 7. 23 in the British Museum; collected by

Capt. Speke in Unyamuezi.

Measurements taken from skin:—Head and body 120

millim. ; tail (end broken) ; hind foot 23°5; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 29; breadth across zygomata 14,

across brain-case 12°5; nasals 11 x 3:5; interparietal 3x8 ;

basal length 25; henselion to back of palate 12°7; palatal

foramina 5°1x2; upper molar series 53; outside ™1 6°5,

inside ™! 3. |

Incisors broad, orange above, rather paler below. Man-

dible (bone only), length 15°5, height at coronoid 9.

Compared with a mouse from Wadelai, which I take to be

A. zebra, Heugl., the present species is larger, the stripes

narrower and not so clearly defined; the size is intermediate

between the Wadelai animal and A. darbarus, and therefore

about equal to A. pulchella. The skull, compared with that

of the last-named species, differs as follows :—narrower more

pointed nasals, narrower interorbitally, profile more arched,

smaller palatal foramina, molars rather more drawn out,

incisors broader, the mandible has a deeper notch behind

between the angle and the longer and more horizontal

condyle.

The type and only specimen known is the animal men-

tioned by Gray (P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 57) and by Sclater (id.

p- 100) as being obtained by Capt. Speke, after whom [

name the species.

The type of Golunda pulchella, which is still in the British

Museum, is the common West-African species with spots,

and not stripes; the plate (¢.¢. xiil.), stated to be taken

from a West-African animal, is not in the least like that

species, but is much more like the animal here described.

11. Arvicanthis pulchellus, Gray.

One. Thisspecimen may be referred to Dr. Pagenstecher’s

320 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

A. barbarus, var. massaicus; it has nothing to do with

A. barbarus, but is very closely related to A. pulchellus.

12. Arvicanthis abyssinicus, Riipp.

Six specimens of various ages.

13. Leggada minutoides, Sm.

One. This name is used for the smaller chestnut-brown

form.

14. Leggada musculoides, Temm.

One. This name is used for the larger grey-brown form.

The two forms seem to be found side by side in various

parts of Africa; but we must wait for more evidence before

positively stating their relationship or otherwise.

XXXV.—On a Collection of Rodents from Angola.

By W. E. DE WINTON.

TurouGcH the kindness of Prof. Barboza du Bocage, of the

Lisbon Museum, I have been entrusted with the working out

of a number of rodents from Angola to be ultimately presented

to the British Museum. My primary object was to endeavour

to explain the various forms of Georychus found in this

region, our Museum being very well supplied with forms

from other parts of Africa. The results of my work are

given below, and it will be seen that the Georychi were not

the only animals of interest in the collection, a dormouse and

a mouse being described as new.

Graphiurus angolensis, sp. n.

General colour drab-brown mixed with whitish, most of

the underfur appearing to be tipped with the latter colour.

All the underparts creamy white. Bases of all the body-fur

above and below slate-black. Upper lips, cheeks, throat,

hands, and feet entirely cream-white. ars sparingly clothed

with short brown hairs. ‘Tail drab-brown, flecked with

white, most of the hairs being tipped with white; these pale

tips increase in length towards the distal portion, till at the

extreme end the hairs may be entirely of the pale colour,

forming a cream-white tag. The tail is bushy and flattened

beneath ; the hairs increase in length, graduating from the

body to the tip.

Mamme 2—2=8, 1 axillary, 1 behind the elbow, 1 on the

extreme front of groin, 1 on groin,

Type 2 inal. 92. 1. 9. 9 British Museum.

Loc. Caconda, Angola.

Rodents from Angola. 321

Measurements :—Head and body 96 millim. ; tail 74; hind

foot 18°4; ear 14; end hairs of tail 20.

In a male specimen the head and body measure 103,

tail 84.

Skull: greatest length 30 millim.; greatest breadth 16°5 ;

breadth of brain-case 14; constriction 4°6; nasals 11:7 x4;

interparietal bone 4x 9:9; height above auditory bulle 12 ;

height at front of palate 5:1; basal length 26; henselion to

back of palate 9°3; back of palate to foramen mag. 14;

palatal foramina 3°5 x 2°6; diastema 6°6; molar series 3°6 ;

outside ™*-! 6:2, inside 4. Mandible (bone only), length 152,

height at coronoid 8:3.

The most noticeable character in the skull which distin-

guishes this animal from its ally G. murinus is its greater

height and more rounded shape; the skull is deeper in pro-

portion, through the brain-case and auditory bulle, than any

Graphiurus yet described ; the teeth also differ in pattern.

I have selected a specimen received from the Lisbon

Museum on a former occasion as the type of this species. The

present collection contains two specimens from Galanga; one

of these is very interesting, its tail being in the peculiar

state which led Dr. Jentink into proposing the genus

Claviglis. ‘This disease seems to be rather common in the

African dormice. ‘The bones of the tail coalesce distally and

waste away, the tail gradually getting shorter ; about six or

more vertebre are affected at the same time, forming a single

bone tapering to a point, the muscles also wasting away.

One specimen in the Museum has only a length of 5 millim.

of healthy tail left at the base; in another the tail is normal

for about 20 millim. ‘The skin thickens in converse propor-

tion to the wasting of the bone, so that the tail becomes

club-shaped ; and the shorter the tail becomes the broader is

the end of the club. The disease does not affect the growth

of the hair, for in one specimen the hairs are 27 millim. in

length. ‘The animals seem well nourished and otherwise

healthy.

Otomys Anchiete, Bocage.

One adult female, Caconda.

Very long clitoris. Four very small inguinal mamme.

Shows very slight iridescent purple and green colours when

wet.

Mus, sp.

Two mice in the collection from Caconda belong to the

multimammate group.

Mus Thomasi, sp. n.

All the upper parts uniform grizzled rufous brown; all the

322 Mr. W. E. de Winton on

underside greyish white, the bases of the hairs above and

below slate-black. Ears almost round, sparsely covered with

short reddish-brown hairs. Tail unicoloured brown, prac-

tically naked, though evenly covered with short stiff hairs.

Scales in rings 10 to 9 millim. Feet very short and stout.

Hind feet with only 5 pads, 1 and 2 well developed, 3, 4, and

5 small, hardly more than 1 millim. in length.

Loc. Galanga.

Measurements of type, ¢ in al., B.M. no. 97. 8. 6. 14:—

Head and body 155 millim.; tail 120; hind foot 26; ear

19°5 x 17.

Skull: greatest length 36 millim.; greatest breadth 18;

brain-case 15; constriction 5°5; nasals 14°5x4:5; inter-

parietal bone 4°6x 9; basal length 32; henselion to back of

palate 17; back of palate to foramen magnum 12°5; palatal

foramina 9-6 x 2°5; diastema 10°3; molar series 6°5; outside

mst 75, inside 3°6. Mandible length (bone only) 20, height

at coronoid 10:7.

This is a peculiarly Dasymys-like rat in shape and texture

of fur; in colour it closely resembles Dasymys Bentley.

The skull is also somewhat Dasymys-like, having rather

strong zygomata, broad teeth, and long narrow palatal

foramina ; the latter are peculiar, reaching to fully the middle

of the first molar, so that their length very nearly equals that

of the diastema. When damp the fur shows iridescent colours

of dark green, but not nearly so bright as in the next species.

The specific name is given in honour of the head of the

Mammal Department of the British Museum, to perpetuate

his connexion with this genus.

Dasymys nudipes, Peters.

One male, Caconda; one male, Hanha.

This animal shows very beautiful dark iridescent green

colours when wet.

Golunda fallax, Peters.

Male and female, Hanha.

Shows no iridescent colours when wet.

Saccostomus mashone, de Winton.

Saccostomus mashone, de Winton, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 804.

Male and female, Caconda.

Although these specimens differ in colour (being uniform

drab) from those from the typical locality, I can find no

differences in the skulls, and we do not know suftliciently

about seasonal changes to separate these mammals on colour

alone.

Rodents from Angola. 323

Georychus Mechow?, Peters.

Georychus Mechowi, Peters, Jorn. Sci. Lisb. 1890, p. 271.

One female, Galanga.

It is much to be regretted that the skull of this fine speci-

men is badly broken, as it is the largest Georychus skull yet

received in the British Museum, exceeding that of the one

figured by Prof. Bocage.

Georychus Bocaget, sp. n.

Colour pale grey-drab, almost silver-grey ; a deep purple

stain at the corners of the mouth (no doubt due to the nature

of its food). Head very large, measuring about one third of

the total length. No white occipital spot (?).

Type g (aged) in al., B.M. no. 97. 8. 6. 22.

Hanha, Angola.

Head and body 150 millim.; tail 15; hind foot 25.

Skull: greatest length 39 millim.; greatest breadth 30 ;

temporal constriction 9; brain-case 15°5; nasals 15 x 3°5;

basal length 35; henselion to back of palate 23; diastema

13:2; molar series 6; outside ™! 7, Mandible, greatest

length of bone 30°5, height at coronoid 17.

The skull is broader and stronger than that of G. hotten-

tottus, but the zygomata are not bowed out in the anterior

portion so much as in that species or G. damarensis, but, like

the latter, the inner face of the arch is turned upwards. The

infraorbital foramina are long and narrow, broadest in the

lower portion, the outer wall thin or moderate. Intermax-

illary processes extending on the forehead rather beyond the

nasals, the latter narrowing posteriorly and ending in a point

in the middle line. The tooth-row appears to be somewhat

shorter than in G. hottentottus ; the palate ends posteriorly in

a projecting point in the middle line.

I name this species in honour of the distinguished natu-

ralist who has done so much in advancing our knowledge of

the fauna of Angola. ‘There are in the present collection ten

specimens from various localities.

In working out the Angolan Georychi I fully appreciate

the difficulties mentioned by Prof. Bocage (Jorn. Sci. Lisb.

1890, 2 ser. iv. p. 269), and have come to very much the same

conclusions. Without definitely separating the forms, that

from Hanha is described as a new species, a fully adult speci-

men being taken as the type. When more complete series are

obtained the various forms may be found to be separable into

local subspecies; but as fully adult specimens are still

wanting from several of the localities, I do not see my way

at present to divide them.

324 Dr. L. Béhmig on the Excretory Organs &c.

G. damarensis, a white-spotted form, certainly occurs in

Angola, for the British Museum contains a specimen collected

there by Dr. Welwitsch, and some of the forms may be referred

to this species; but most of the specimens are rather youne

for determination. G. hottentottus, G. damarensis, and

G. Bocagei, having the naso-frontal suture of somewhat the

same pattern, the skulls are difficult to distinguish when

young. ‘The occipital spot is undoubtedly a variable cha-

racter, as I find in normally unspotted forms, such as G. Nim-

rodt, an occasional specimen with a small white spot, and in

the normally large-spotted form, G. Darling’, an occasional

specimen turns up with only a very small white spot; thus it

may be possible outwardly to almost perfectly match speci-

mens of these two otherwise very widely distinct species ;

this only shows how necessary it is to have far larger series

of these animals before we can say whether age, sex, or

season has anything to do with their varying exteriors.

XXXVI.—On the Excretory Organs and Blood-vascular

System of Tetrastemma graecense, bohmig. (A Provi-

sional Communication.) By Dr. L. Boumic, of Graz *.

THE freshwater Nemertine which I observed in the year

1892 in a reservoir in the Botanical Gardens here I have

again discovered in greater numbers in the same place, and

have been enabled to submit it to closer investigation, I

devoted my attention especially to the excretory and sexual

organs, and now give a short statement of some of the results

of my researches.

Although the plates for my memoir on Tetrastemma

graecense were finished a considerable time ago, the publica-

tion of the paper itself has been greatly delayed, partly in

consequence of my professional duties and partly owing to

the examination of a land Nemertine found in the hothouse

of the local Botanical Gardens.

In specimens to which a moderately strong pressure has

been applied there is readily recognizable on each side of the

body a system of clear ramifying canals, from 4°26 to 11°36 w

in diameter, which communicate one with another and per-

meate the animal throughout its entire length. In the anterior

extremity of the body, in the region of the brain and in

front of it, | observed only a single canal of larger size, which

was disposed in manifold sinuosities and loops, and ultimately

became broken up into a fine close-meshed network of very

small canalicules; at the posterior end of the body I failed

to discover a terminal plexus of this kind. Into the coarser

* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’

Bd. xx. No. 528 (February 1, 1897), pp. 33-36.

of Tetrastemma graecense, Béhmig. 325

network of canals, as well as into the finer one in the cephalic

region, there open numerous fine straight canalicules, upon

which lie the terminal organs, which are easily recognizable

owing to the active movements of their cilia-flames. Infor-

mation as to the finer structure of the excretory organs is

afforded by microscopical sections. In these may be observed

on each side, chiefly towards the dorsal surface and laterally

to the intestine, a ramifying cord of cells of varying size,

from which, however, isolated branches also pass over to the

ventral side. There is no communication at any point

between the two lateral cords of cells, although they some-

times approach so closely as almost to come into contact.

For the sake of clearness it appears to me to be advan-

tageous from a descriptive point of view to distinguish three

sections in the excretory organs—namely, the end-canalicules,

upon which lie the terminal organs, the connecting canals,

and the main canals.

The first-mentioned lie for the most part close beneath the

dermo-muscular tube, and further on in immediate proximity

to the wall of the intestine ; their transverse diameter amounts

to about 3to5y. Their wall consists of flat cells, which

take but a slight stain, and the respective limits of which can

only be made out with difficulty. The cell-plasma is homo-

geneous in character or else finely granular, not infrequently

of greater density on the outer and inner surfaces, a fact to

which the somewhat greater stainability of these cells is

probably also to be ascribed. I never observed cilia or more

strongly developed single flagella in the case of these cells.

The connecting canals which join the end-canalicules are

distinguished from the latter not only by greater thickness,

but also by the fact that the cells forming their boundaries

possess a cylindrical shape and a more strongly granular, not

infrequently finely vacuolate, protoplasm, which is capable of

taking a more intense stain. These cells appear always to

bear cilia, though I have succeeded in recognizing the delicate

fringe of cilia only in certain preparations.

Lastly, if we examine sections through the main portion of

the organ, we observe, in the first place, a complex of cells

which is traversed by canals in all directions. Closer study,

however, shows us that even here each canal has its own

cellular wall, but that the cells of the different canals often

lie extracrdinarily close together, and that there are tracts

where the limits of the cells are not recognizable. These

cells vary considerably in size, but they are always larger

than those of the connecting portions. Their plasma is

granular and very frequently interspersed with a large number

of vacuoles; they, too, in life probably possess a clothing of

326 LExcretory Organs &c. of Tetrastemma graecense,

cilia, although it was only now and then that I could perceive

this distinctly in prepared sections.

The knobbed terminal organs, the outer surface of which

is smooth, either rest with a relatively broad base upon the

end-canalicules, which not infrequently ramify, or else the

portion turned towards the canalicule is drawn out like a

stalk; in the former case they are more bulky in shape, in

the latter more elongate. Hach terminal organ is closed at

its free end by two flame-cells (more rarely one), from which

delicate strands of plasma radiate into the mesenchyma; in

the formation of its wall several—as it seems to me from three

to five—cells take part, which in structure resemble those of

the end-canalicule. In general it may be said that the end-

canals open into the main canals not directly, but by means

of the connecting portions; yet I have also seen a direct

communication between the two.

The number of the excretory pores could not be determined

with certainty in the living animal, but on examining the

series of transverse sections from two individuals it was found

that in the first case there were five pores on each side and

in the second six on the one side and three on the other.

The pores are always situated dorsally and at irregular

distances one from another; in the case of thespecimen, too,

which possessed five pores on each side, those of the right

side did not correspond with those of the left.

At the points at which excretory pores occur the excretory

organ is applied closely to the dermo-muscular tube and the

short efferent duct bores its way straight through dermo-

muscular tube, basement membrane, and epithelium.

A more intimate relation between the nephridia and the

blood-vessels, such as has been demonstrated by Biirger in

the case of marine Metanemertines, especially Drepanophorus,

does not exist in Tetrastemma graecense.

The blood-vascular system consists of three trunks, two

lateral vessels and a dorsal vessel. The latter opens in front

into the right Jateral vessel close behind the brain, behind into

the anal commissure between the two lateral vessels.

The wall of all these vessels is formed by an internal endo-

thelium, a muscular sheath, and an outer layer of mesenchyma

cells arranged in epithelial fashion. Now between the endo-

thelium and muscular sheath large cells of hemispherical

form and peculiar structure thrust their way ; in the condition

of diastole these cells stand out like knobs from the wali of

the vessel, but in that of systole they project into its lumen.

Since two cells of this kind always lie directly opposite to

one another, or nearly so, they are able in systole to close the

Jumen almost completely and prevent a backward flow of the

blood.

Miscellaneous. 327

MISCELLANEOUS.

A new case of Care of the Brood in Holothurians. (Provisional

Communication.) By Prof. Huserr Lupwie, of Bonn.

Tae number of sea-cucumbers which care for their brood known

up to the present time amounts to seven, all of which belong either

to the Dendrochirote or to the Synaptide. One species among

them—Phyllophorus urna, Grube—utilizes the body-cavity as a

brood-chamber, while in the case of Cucumaria crocea (Lesson) and

Psolus ephippifer, W. Thomson, the eggs undergo their development

upon the dorsum of the mother; in Cucumaria levigata (Verrill)

and Cucumaria glacialis, Ljangman, on the other hand, development

takes place in special ventral brood-pouches (invaginations of the

integument). With the exception of the Mediterranean Phyllo-

phorus urna, all these Dendrochirote are arctic (Cucumaria glacialis)

or antarctic forms (Cucumaria crocea, C. levigata, Psolus ephippifer).

In the case of the two Synaptide which care for the brood —Synapta

vivipara (CErstedt) and Chiridota rotifera (Pourtalés)—both of

which belong to the West-Atlantic marine region, the body-cavity

serves as brood-chamber; herein these species resemble Phyllo-

phorus urna, With reference to Synapta vivipara, Clark * has

recently furnished us with details of the development and care of

the brood, aftes I had previously given a brief notice fT of the

gastrula-stage found by me in the body-cavity of this species. As

regards Chiridota rotifera, we possess only the fragmentary obser-

vations I published by myself in 1881 ¢.

That, however, there also exists an antarctic Chiridota in which

care of the brood is well-marked, I am now in a position to show.

The species in question is Chiridota contorta, which was described

by myself in the year 1874, and of which I have now before me a

more extensive series of specimens from the Hamburg Museum

(obtained by the Hamburg-Magellan Collecting Expedition). In

this species I discovered a form of care of the brood hitherto

unknown either among Holothurians or in the case of any other

Echinoderm. For in the female animals (the sexes in this species

are separate, just as I can also show to be the case in Chiridota

* Clark, ‘“‘ The Viviparous Synapta of the West Indies” (Zool. Anz.

1896, p. 398), and “Notes on the Life-History of Synapta vivipara,

Cirstedt ” (‘Journal of the Institute of Jamaica,’ vol. ii, part 3, Kings-

ton (Jamaica), 1896, pp. 278-282). .

t+ Ludwig, “ Die von Chierchia auf der Fahrt der kgl. ital. Corvette

‘Vettor Pisani’ gesammelten Holothurien,” Zoologische Jahrbiicher, ii,

1886, pp. 28-29. Clark does not refer to this publication, but, on the

contrary, erroneously asserts that I described a specimen of Synapta vivi-

para as far back as 1881. My paper of the year 1881 (‘ Archives de

Biologie,’ ii. p. 41) refers not to Synapta vivipara, but to Chiridota

rotifera.

} See previous note.

328 Miscellaneous.

rufescens and Chiridota Pisanii*) the genital canals themselves

become receptacles for the brood, and the entire development is

passed through within them. The oldest stages of the young,

which throng the genital canals in large numbers, are 3 millim. in

length and are born through the genital aperture. They possess

seven tentacles, exhibiting the same symmetrical arrangement as

in the case of the young of Chiridota rotifera previously described

by me. In their body-wall the wheel-papille f and the hook-shaped

caleareous bodies, which are especially characteristic of the species

and to the function of which Ostergren + has recently directed

attention, are already well-developed; similarly the tentacles also

are already provided with the same calcareous bodies as in the case

of the adults. Among internal organs may be observed the calea-

reous ring, a ventral Polian vesicle, and a dorsal uncalcified stone-

canal, as well as a typically coiled intestinal canal. The young

lie sometimes with the anterior, sometimes with the posterior end

towards the genital aperture.

In a younger stage the young are scarcely 1 millim. in length

and possess but five tentacles; in the integument it is only in the

three dorsal interradii that groups of wheels occur, one group in

each close behind the tentacles and a second a short distance in

front of the anus; the rudiments of the hook-shaped calcareous

bodies of the integument, as well as of the calcareous rods in the

tentacles, have only just begun to appear.

I shall endeavour to give a precise description of the young

stages here alluded to of Chiridota contorta, which is now found to

be viviparous, in my memoir upon the antarctic Holothurians

collected by Dr. Michaelsen. I shall there also have an opportunity

of clearing up the synonymy of the antarctic Synaptide (especially

of Chiridota purpurea, Lesson, which has been misinterpreted by

Studer as well as by Théel and Lampert), and, with reference to the

antarctic (hermaphrodite!) Cucumaria crocea, which takes care of

its brood, of giving a detailed account of the young forms, a large

series of which I have at my disposal.—Zooloyischer Anzeiger,

Bd. xx. No. 534 (June 28, 1897), pp. 217-219.

* As to this, J have already published a note in my treatise on sea-

cucumbers in Bronn’s ‘ Classen und Ordnungen,’ p. 182, so that Dendy is

in error in asserting, as he has just done, that he is the first to discover a

separation of the sexes in a Chiridota (Ch. dunedinensis, Parker).— Cf.

Dendy, “Observations on the Holothurians of New Zealand, with

Descriptions of four new Species, and an Appendix on the Development

of the Wheels in Chirodota,’ Journ. Linn. Soc., Zcol. vol. xxvi. 1897,

» 20:

+ The development of the wheels agrees perfectly with the account

which I gave in 1892 of the origin and structure of Chirzdota-wheels in

general (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. liv. pp. 650-364, t. xvi.). Dendy

needs only to look at this paper, which he has left entirely unnoticed, in

order to convince himself that it contains everything that he recently

communicated as new concerning the mode of formation of Chiridota-

wheels (cf. Dendy, Joc. cit. pp. 49-50).

t Zool. Anz. 1897, p. 164.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 118. OCTOBER 1897.

XXXVII.—On the Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah,

and the Indian Archipelago, West and North of Wallace's

Line ; with Bibliography and List of those from Australasia,

South and East of Wallace’s Line. By F. O. Pickarp

CAamBripGe, B.A.

[Plate 1V.]

CONTENTS.

Page

ERR RNIN Pe hes 6 sii nc ie sia Giiohmieiat a. audi 330

(ii.) a. List of Species noted in the Text, and New Species

PE ANG ISNT. oeaheee Sav eos Seas eRe eee ds 330

b. Bibliography relating to the Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon,

UIRPRRIRM MESES Se Gets akan ids, din, 5 anor Aa tas gah cae» he

(iii.) Genera and Species of 2-clawed Forms, with Notes on Types

and Descriptions of New Species ...............02: 332

(iv.) Genera and Species of 3-clawed Forms, with Notes on Types

and Descriptions of New Species ............00005. 350

(v.) Bibliography relating to Cteniform Spiders from New Guinea

Bere SEES OR I DORLOS cad a Maas aiaiabie"s gm 'eie'p vie sho tp «3 354

Note.—On page 68 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1897, I have, in the

short diagnosis there given of the genus Cupeennius, Sim., based on this

author’s identification of a specimen as C. oculatus, Sim. (= Crenus Salez,

Keys.), stated that the tarsal claws are two. This is not correct; there

are three distinct tarsal claws, but the large claw-tuft on each side renders

it very difficult to detect the inferior claw. Cupiennius Salei apparently

comes very close to my genus Lycoctenus, from which it is distinct, how-

ever, amongst other characters by the absence of spines beneath the tarsi

and by the presence of the large claw-tufts.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 23

390 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

(i.) Introduction.

Tue following paper includes spiders of the group Ctenine, as

well as others belonging to the 3-clawed forms of those which

have the characteristic Ctenoid eye-formula. Of the new

species, one was taken by Mr. S. 8. Flower in Pinang, two were

taken by Mr. C. W. Hose in Borneo, while a fourth was taken

in Ceylon by Mr. W. Barnes. One new species occurred in the

Keyserling collection and two more were found in the Museum

collection. So far as the material at my disposal permits one

to judge, there is no generic distinction between the 2-clawed

forms found in these regions and those in Central, Equatorial,

and Southern America.

Of the 3-clawed forms, however, those included in my last

paper on the genus Lycoctenus are quite distinct generically

from those which Simon included under (Titurtus) Thalasstus

and 'Thorell under Dolopwus. One cannot refrain from

remarking on the infinite trouble which authors are laying up

for those that come after by publishing meagre descriptions

of new species without any figures. Even in cases where

descriptions are elaborately minute, there has in many instances

been no attempt at selecting the salient differential characters.

Unless the descriptions of authors are consciously comparative,

numbers of characters common to a whole genus will be

constantly repeated, while, as likely as not, the one vital differ-

ential character will be overlooked, thus rendering the whole

work useless and vexatious.

Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the Natural History Museum, has

kindly allowed me to examine all the Eastern Cteniform

spiders in the collection and describe the new forms.

(il.) a. Ldst of Species noted in the Text.

1887. Ctenus trabifer, Thor.—Burmah. P., 332, Pl. IV. tig. 14.

1887. C. ramosus, Thor.—Burmah. P. 333.

1887. C. obscurus, Thor.—Burmah. P. 334.

1890. C. funyifer, Thor.—Pinang. P. 334,

1890. C. bieustatus, Thor.— Borneo. P. 334,

1891. C. trabifer, Thor., Karsch_—Ceylon. P. 335, Pl. IV. fig. 13.

1892. C. pulvinatus, Thor.—Sarawak. P. 535,

1893. C. Pollit, van Hass.—Sumatra. P. 336.

1893. C. argentipes, van Hass.—Sumatra. P. 33

1895. C. barbatus, Thor.—Burmah. P. 337,

1895. C. denticulatus (Sim.), Thor—Burmah. P. 537, Pl. IV. figs. 4-9.

1882. Leptoctenus valvularis, van Hass.—Sumatra. P. 338, Pl. LV.

fie. 16.

1884, Z. denticulatus, Sim.—Burmah. P. 338.

1888. Z. tumidulus, Sim.—Tayoy. P. 339,

1893. L. agalenoides, L. K,, van Hass—Sumatra. P. 340.

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, ke. ddl

1879. Anahita fauna, Karsch.—Japan. P. 340,

1890. Acanthoctenus variatus, Thor.—Isl. of Nias. P. 340,

1891-2. A. dimidiatus, Thor.—Sumatra, P. 341.

L891-2. A. letus, Thor.—Borneo, P. 341,

1891-2. Nydia punctata, Thor.—Sumatra. P. 342.

1885. Thalassius marginellus, Sim.—India. P, 352.

1893. 7. spathdaris (yan Hass). P. 353.

1895. 7’. albocinctus (Dol.), Thor—Burmah, P. 353.

1884. Titurius marginellus, Sim.—Bankok, &e. P. 353,

1891. Dolopeus cincius, Thor.—Nicobar Isles, P. 353.

1858-59. Dolomedes albocinctus, Doles.—Java. P. 354.

1882. D. spathularis, van Hass, P. 354.

New Species described and figured.

Ctenus Thorellit, sp. n., ¢ 2.—Ceylon. P. 342, Pl. IV. figs. 2, 15, 27.

C. Hoset, sp. n., 6 2.—Borneo, P. 345, Pl. LV. tigs. 11, 17, 20, 28-30.

C. sarawakensis, sp. n., Q.—Borneo. P. 346, Pl. LV. fig. 3.

C. ceylonensis, sp. n., d 2.—Ceylon. P. 346, Pl. LV. figs. 12, 26.

C. Flowert, sp. n., ¢ 9.—Pinang. P. 348, Pl. IV. tigs. 22-25.

C. philippinensis, sp. n., Q.—Philippines. P. 349, Pl. LV. fig. 1.

Thalassius Simoni, sp. n., 2.—Borneo. P. 351, Pl. IV. figs. 18, 21.

T. Doleschallii, sp. n., 2.—Borneo, P. 352, Pl. IV. fig. 19,

(ii.) b. Bibliography relating to the Ctentform Spiders of

Ceylon, Burmah, Indo-Malaysia, China, and Japan,

also of New Guinea and Australasia.

1805.—C. A. WatcxenarR. ‘Tableau d’Araignées, p. 16. (Type

of genus Ctenus.—French Guiana, 8. America.)

1833.—M. Perry. ‘Del. Anim. Bras.’ iii. (Spix and Martius), p. 133.

(Type of genus Phoneutria.—Rio Negro, Brazil.)

1875.—L. Kocu. ‘Arachniden <Australiens,’ ii. p. 994. (Type of

genus Leptoctenus.—-Gayndah, Australia.)

1879.—Karscu. Verhandlungen Rheinprovinz, iv. p. 103. Japan.

1882.—A. R. van Hassett. Naturlijke Historie, Midden Sumatra,

pt. lla, p. 45. (Leptoctenus velvularis.—Sumatra. )

1884.—EvGéne Suon. Ann, Mus. Genov. xx. pp. 328 & 355. (Titurius

and Leptoctenus dimidiatus and denticulatus.—Buriuah.)

1885.—EvGkne Simon. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 13. (Thalassius tor

Titurius, nom. preocc.)

1887.—T. TuoreLt. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2@) vol. v. (xxv.) p. 288.

“ Ragni Birmani.” (Ctenus trabifer, ramosus, and obscurus.—-

Burmah.)

1888.—Evaine Simon. Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Ivi. ii. p. 108.

(Leptoctenus tumidulus—Tavoy, Burmah.)

1890.—T. THorELL. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2a) vol. x. (xxx.) p. 34.

“ Arachnidi di Nias e di Sumatra.” (Type of Acantheis

[for Acanthoctenus, Keys., Thor.] variatus.)

1890.—T. THorett, Ann. Mus. Genoy. vol. x. (xxx.) p. 153. (Ctenus

bicostatus.—Borneo.)

1890.—T. TuoreLt. Ann. Mus. Gen, (2 a) vol. x. (xxx.) p. 45, Noy. 17-

Dee. 27. “ Arachnidi di Pinang.” (Ctenus fungifer.)

_ 1891-92. T. THorELL. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiv. 2,

p. 60. (Type of Dolopeus cinetus.—Nicobar Islands, Bay of

Bengal. Also p. 61, Acantheis for Acanthoctenus, Keys.,

Thor.) :

23%

332 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

1891. Karscu. Berlin. ent. Zeitschrift, xxxvi. 2, p. 295. (Ctenus

trabifer, Thor., Karsch.—Tabrobane, Ceylon.)

1891-92.—T. THorety. Ann. Mus. Genoy. (2 a) vol. xi. (xxxi.) p. 189.

“ Ragni Malesi e Papuani.” (Type of Nydia punctata,

Sumatra.— Ctenus valvularis (Van Hass.), Sumatra.—Ctenus

pulvinatus, Borneo.—Acanthoctenus dimidiatus, Sumatra.—

A. letus, Borneo.)

1893.—A. W. M. van Hasset. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, xxxvi.

p- 146. (Ctenus [an Phoneutria?] Pollii, Sumatra.—Ctenus

argentipes, Sumatra.)

1895.—T. THoreLy. ‘Descriptive Catalogue of the Spiders of Burma.’

Published by Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

(ili.) Genera and Species of 2-clawed Forms, with Notes on

Types and Descriptions of New Species.

1805. Ctenus, Wik. Tabl. Aran. p. 16. (Type C. dubius, Wlk., 2 .—

Cayenne, French Guiana.)

1833. Phoneutria, Perty, Del. Anim. Bras. ili. p. 196. (Type P. ferus,

Perty, 2.—Rio Negro, Brazil.)

1875. Leptoctenus, L. Koch, Arach. Austr. ii. p. 994. (Type Z. agalen-

oides, Li. K., ¢.—-Gayndah, Australia.)

1879. Anahita, Karsch, Verh. Rheinprovinz, iv. p. 105. (Type A. fauna,

Karsch, 9 .—Japan.)

1891-92. Acantheis, Thor. Sven. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xxiv. 2, p. 61. (Note:

Nom. for Acanthoctenus, Keys., Thor. Type A. variatus, Thor. 2.—

Sumatra, )

Species described under Ctenus.

1887. Ctenus trabifer, Thor. ? juv., 134 mm. Ann. Mus.

Genov. ser. 2a, vol. v. May 31—Oct. 7, p. 288. Bhamd,

Burmah (Fea). (PI. IV. fig. 14.)

1895. Ctenus trabifer, Thor. 9s ad., 17$ and 104 mm.

Spid. Burma. Tenasserim, Burmah (Oates).

‘wo examples in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Of this species Thorell remarks, Ann. Mus. Genov. p. 291:

— Feminam unicam, que nondum adulta videtur, ad Bhamd

cepit Fea.—C. (Leptocteno) valvularis, Van Hass. (Midden

Sumatra cet. p. 45, pl. v. fig. 12), valde affinis est heee species,

colore ventris tamen plane alio facile dignoscenda.”—It seems

a pity to base a new species on a young female, confessedly

so closely allied to another already described form, in a group

in which the species run so closely together; for Thorell says

of pulvinatus and fungifer that they also are both closely

allied to valvularis. Although I have not been able to see

the type, there are before me specimens identified by ‘Thorell

as CU. trabifer, Thor., from Mr. E. W. Oates’s collection

from Burmah. ‘These are distinctly different from C. valvu-

laris, van Hass., judging by the figure of the vulva of the

latter. They are also quite distinct from any of the other

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, Le. 333

forms now before me. The second example, the smaller,

appears to be a dwarf form, in which the vulva is not so well

developed. Should this form occur in any number and the

males accompanying them offer any decided difference from

males accompanying the larger form, it will probably have

to be described as a new species.

The example of whose vulva I give a figure is not really

closely allied to valvularis, fungifer, javanus, &c. The form

of the vulva renders it very distinct from either, though of

course in general characters all the forms described, except

denticulatus, are very similar.

1887. Ctenus ramosus, Thor. ¢@ ad., 13} mm. Ann. Mus.

Genoy. ser. 2a, vol. v. May 31-Oct. 7, p.291. Bhamod,

Burmah.

1895. Ctenus ramosus, Thor. Spid. Burma, p. xxvii.

6. Tib. i. 5 pair spines beneath; antice 1, postice 1—1,

supra 1—1—1. Tib. ili. and iv. supra 1—1—1. _ Protarsi

i, and ii. beneath with 3 pair spines.

Measurements.—Tot. len. 13°5 mm., carap. 7:5, ant. marge.

2°5; legsi. 26°25, ii. 24°25, iii. 20, iv. 28°5; pat.+tib. iv. 9°5.

Tibia of pedipalp, “ Kx apice hujus procursus, e basi

communi latiore, exeunt alii procursus gracillimi cornei fusci

duo, quorum alter spinam levissime incurvam, ipso apice in

triangulum minutum dilatam, anteriora versus directam

format, alter paullo fortior, deorsum et paullo intus directa

est, fere in medio subito intus fractus et hoc loco extus

dente foras directo armatus.””—“ Bulbus a latere visus partem

longam crassam nitidam cylindratam a basi bulbi anteriora

versus protensam ostendit, cujus apex subacuminatus deorsum

curvatus est.”—“ Venter niger.”’— Hxemplum singulum

adultum ad Bhamd invenit Fea. Marem precedentis hane

araneam credere non possum, preesertim quum pedes plane

alio modo aculeatos habeat.”

The fact that the legs in this male present a different

spinulation to that of “ trabifer, ¢ ,” need not, of itself, afford

evidence of a specific distinction as Thorell suggests. In

C. ceylonensis, sp. n., the difference in spinulation between

the sexes is precisely as Thorell describes in ramosus, ¢, as

contrasted with trabifer, 9 ; while the males of all the

Ctenine of the New World, so far as I have had experience

of them, present the same difference. A male in Mr. Hose’s

collection from Borneo also presents similar differences from

the females. From Thorell’s description the tibia of the

pedipalp in ramosus would seem to bear a general resemblance

to that of ceylonensts, but certainly is not identical with it.

334 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

1887. Otenus obscurus, Thor. @ ad., 9 mm. Ann. Mus.

Genov. ser. 2a, vol. v. May 31-Oct. 7, 1887, p. 295.

Rangoon, Burmah (Fea).

1895. Ctenus obscurus, Thor, Spid. Burma, p. xxvi.

@. Tib. i. and ii. 5 pair spines beneath, ii. with 2 spines

besides on inner side. Protarsii. and 11. 3 pair spines beneath,

Tib. ii. and iv. above 1—1—1.

Measurements.—Tot. len. 9 mm., carap. 44, ant. marg. 1° ;

legs 1. 13°5, 11. 12, i. 10-75, iv. 16; pat.+tib. iv. 53.

“¢ Vulva ex area sat parva subpentagona, nitida, pallide

fusca, ad utrinque angulum lateralem macula nigra notata

constat, que postice truncata est, lateribus rectis sensim

angustato-acuminata: hee area excavata est et septa cruci-

formi munita, cujus ramus posterior, reliquis longior, foveas

duas oblongas separat. Pone hance aream callum fortem

transversum convexum nitidum pallide fuscum video.”

Thorell says of this species, the form of whose vulva is

sufficiently difficult to grasp from the description, “ nedibus

longis et forma vulve notabili satis distincta est.’

1890. Ctenus fungifer, Thor. 92 ad., 95mm. Ann. Mus.

Genov. ser. 2 a, vol. x. (xxx.) Nov. 17—Dec. 27, p. 45.

Pinang (Loria & Lea).

@. Tib. i, and 11. 5 pair spines. Protarsi i. and il, 3 pair

spines beneath; no lateral spines. ib. ili. and iv. 2-3

spines above.

Measurements.—Tot. len. 9°5 mm., ant. marg. 2; legsi. 13,

te d1:9,. 1s db, iv.216"55 pats tib. iy- Aero

“ Vulva figure fungi (Agarici) humilis sat similis est: ex

callo maximo, alto, deplanato, transverso et triplo-quadruplo

Jatiore quam longiore constat, qui postice ample rotundatus est,

antice in medio quasi in petiolum basi angustum, tum dila-

tatum productus et utrinque, apud eum, paullo emarginatus :

apices rotundati hujus calli (pallide fusei) nigri sunt.”

The general form of the vulva is clear from the description,

and proves the species to be quite distinct from the females

taken in Pinang by Mr. Flower, described below, though it

must be closely allied to another ne before me fram Java,

as well as to valvularis.

1890. Ctenus bicostatus, Thor. 9 ad., 8°3mm. Ann. Mus.

Genov. Oct. 8, (2 a) vol. x. (xxx.) p. 184 (3). Borneo

(Doria & Beccari).

Q@. Tib. i, and ii. 5 pair spines. Protarsi i. and ii. 3 pair

spines beneath.

Creniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &e. 335

“ Vulva ex area subtrapezoidi pallide fusca constanti, que

costas duas longitudinales parallelas nigras ostendit.”

If this diagnosis fully describes the vulva, its form is quite

simple, and certainly agrees with none of the species before

me from Borneo.

1891. Ctenustrabifer, Thor., Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxvi.

2, p. 295, Tat. xi. figs. 18 & 184. Tabrobane, Ceylon,

aw ly. fig. 13.)

Without actually seeing the types, one cannot pronounce

on the identity of this species with certainty. That it is not

identical with ¢rabifer, Thor., as Dr. Thorell himself pointed

out, admits of no doubt, since Thorell’s own identifications of

the latter are before me. At the same time, I have before me

examples of two distinct species from Ceylon in the neigh-

bourhood of Tabrobane (g and ?). One of these presents

a form of vulva similar in general outline to that of Karsch’s

figure ; but either the drawing is not executed with sufficient

minuteness of detail, or it depicts the vulva of a different

species. In either case it would require a new name, and I

am rather inclined to expect that it will prove identical with

C. ceylonensis, sp. n., described below.

Karsch’s figure and the vulva of ceylonensis belong to

quite a different type from that to which trabdfer, Thorellii,

Flower, valvularis, pulvinatus, &c. belong. The vulva

reminds one rather of that of some species of European Lycosa.

1891-92. Ctenus pulvinatus, Thor. @ ad., 17 mm. Ann.

Mus. Genov. ser. 2 a, vol. xi. (xxxi.) p.139. Sarawak,

Borneo (Doria & Beccar?).

Q. Tib. i. and ii. 5 pair. Protarsi i. and 1. 3 pair spines

beneath. Tib. iii. and iv. 1—1—1 above.

Measurements.—Tot. len. 17 mm., carap. 94, ant. marg.

4-25; legs i. 23, i1. 21°5, iii. 19, iv. 27°5; pat.+tib. iv. 8°75.

Vulva. ‘Non multum a vulva C. valvularis differt. E lamina

magna subtransversa, fortiter elevata, pene plana, nitida,

secundum medium late et leviter impressa, etc.”

I have little doubt that the forms described below as

C. sarawakensis and Hoset are quite distinct from either

valvularis (cf. Pl. 1V. fig. 16) or pulvinatus, Thor.; though

the indistinctly annulated femora and tibiz of ili. and iv. are

common to the four species, Hoset, sarawakensis, pulvinatus

(sec. Thor.), and valvularis (sec. Thor.), and indeed to all the

eastern forms which have come before me to a greater or less

extent, except denticulatus.

336 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

1893. Ctenus (an Phoneutria?) Pollii, van Hass. g, 22 mm.

Type in coll. J. R. van de Poll, Bysenburg, Utrecht.

Tijdschr. voor Ent. xxxvi. p. 146. Hab. Sumatra

(J. L. Kannezieter).

&. Tot. len. 22, carap. 12, abd. 10 mm. Pedes 4, 1, 2,3.

Ocular quadrangle nearly square. Posterior centrals a little

larger than anterior centrals; 2nd row a little procurved.

“ Clypeo minimo ”—“ ventre in medio nigro, cum duabus

seriebus longitudinalibus punctorum parvorum luteorum.”—

“'Tarsi longe biunguiculati.”—* Pars tibialis extus cum forti

processu transverso, parumper sursum curvato, obtuso, sed ut

videtur apice bifido; bulbi lamina oblongato-ovata, tam supra,

ad basin, processui tibiali vicinam, quam subtus ipso bulbo,

in medio, dente conico provisa, hoc illo multo validiore.”

No mention is made of the spinulation, but doubtless it is

the same as that of other species closely allied, which possess

the characteristic rows of white spots beneath the abdomen.

Without seeing the type, one is of course unable to say any-

thing worthy of confidence, but I have not yet met with any

forms from the east in which the ocular quadrangle is square

and the anterior eyes only a little smaller than the posterior ;

though these forms occur in the Neotropics and others

characterized also by rows of white spots beneath the abdomen.

Dr. van Hasselt has most kindly informed me of the

whereabouts of the type of this species.

6 ad. Hab. Sumatra.

1893. Ctenus argentipes, van Hass. ¢,16mm. Tijdschr,

voor Ent. xxxvi. p. 148. Type in coll. J. R. van de

Poll, Bysenburg, Utrecht. Hab. Sumatra (J. LZ. Kan-

nezieter).

3. Tot. len. 16, carap. 8, abd. 8 mm. Pedes 4, 1, 2, 3.

In general appearance resembling Pollit; ocular quad-

rangle, however, broader than long; venter similarly decorated

with rows of white spots, but four instead of two. Fem. iii.

and iv. “ late semiannulati vel maculati.””—“ Tibiis, praesertim

supra, pulchre et dense sed non longe argenteo-albo pilosis (iii.

excepto). Processus tibialis similaris, sed magis dentiformis,

et ut videtur, non bifidus.”— Processus ad bulbi laminam

basalis multo longior et magis incurvatus, quasi calcaratus,

calcare hoc postrorsum versus dentem tibialem inclinato.”

This species is evidently very similar in general appearance

to C. Flowerz, sp. n., though I am entirely unable to reconcile

the above description of the palpal organs with those of

Flowert (cf. Pl. IV. fig. 25), and I have not the smallest

doubt about the distinctness of the two species, short of actual

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &c. 337

comparison of the types. Ihave to thank Dr. van Hasselt

for information concerning the type and other important notes.

dg ad. Hab. Sumatra.

1895. Ctenus barbatus, Thor. @? juv., 8$ mm. §pid.

Burma, p. 214. Kyeikpadem (Pegu), Burmah (Oates).

Of this immature form ‘Thorell remarks, “ Femina nondum

adulta et plane detrita, quam singulam vidi.”—* C. trabifero

ad formam simillima, preter penicillo oris colore multo palli-

diore preesertim agnoscenda.”

Under the circumstances one could have wished this form

had not been described as a new species, seeing that identi-

fication, from descriptions alone, is sufficiently difficult even

in the case of adults. ‘The type, which is before m>, might

well be the young of any of the forms of which the ventral

area of the abdomen js marked with rows of spots.

1895. Ctenus denticulatus (Sim.), Thor. ¢ 2? al., ? 7:d5-

10mm. Spid. Burma, p. 216. Rangoon and Thara-

waddy, Kyeikpadem (Oates). (PI. IV. tigs. 4-9.)

Specimen identified by Thorell in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat.

Hist., originally described in 1884—Leptoctenus denticulatus,

Sim. Ann. Mus. Genov. xx. p. 355.

Genus LEprocTeNvs, L. K.

Whether Z. agalenotdes is or is not congeneric with the

two-clawed ctenoid forms which are found in Sumatra and

Borneo I cannot pretend to say. L. Koch himself says :—

“Tibia i. and 11. 4 pair of spines”? (whether he includes the

apical pair or not, I cannot say) ; also “no scopula.” The

ctenoids from Borneo now before me have very distinct scopule

on the anterior tarsi and protarsi, as well as the posterior tarsi ;

and 5 pairs of subtibial spines on i, and ii., one pair being

apical. Otherwise, except that the anterior centrals are

smaller in proportion in Koch’s figure, one would conclude

them to be congeneric. ‘That the forms placed under Ctenus

by Thorell (C. pulvinatus, valvularis, trabifer, &c.) are very

closely allied to those of the New World, taking albofasciatus,

Q, as an example, there is no doubt—the only difference I

can detect being in the constant presence of a minute fifth

tooth on the lower margin of the fang-groove, which is missing

in all examples of Bornean ctenoids which have come before

me, though it may possibly appear in some species. Whether,

as Thorell suggests, Leptoctenus, L. K., differs from Ctenus,

Walck. (C. dubius), or from Isoctenus, Bertk., is not easy to

say in the absence of types.

338 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

T have no doubt that Z. valvu/aris, van Hass., is congeneric

with pulvinatus and trabifer ; an example of the latter, identi-

fied (not the type) by Dr. Thorell e coll. E. W. Oates, being

now before me. So similar is a/bofasciatus to pulvinatus and

valvularis (according to the descriptions) that even the four

rows of ventral white spots are common to these forms.

Species described under Leptoctenus, L. K.

1882. Leptoctenus valvularis, van Hass. 9°, 13 mm. IY.

dde Aflev. Naturlijke Historie, pt. 11a, p. 45, pl. v.

fig. 12 (Leiden). Sumatra (Pick van Korintzi & Str A.

van Hasselt). Type in coll. Bijks Nat. Hist. Mus.

Leiden. 9, Pl. IV. fig. 16 (after van Hasselt).

2. Tot. len. 13, earap. 6, abd. 7mm. Tibie, 2220208

spines and 2 apical spines. “ Abdominus nigro-fuscus, in

ventris medio paullo letiorabsque picturé evidente, quamquam

vestigia obscura serierum lateralium punctorum et striarum

oblique transversarum (Lycostformium) sub lente apparent.”

The general character is evidently similar to that of Thorellit

and to another form before me from Japan, but is quite distinct

from the former, judging by van Hasselt’s figure (see Pl. IV.

fig. 16 for reproduction), and also, so far as one can judge

without comparing the types, from the latter.

1884. Leptoctenus denticulatus, Sim. @, 8°5 mm. Ann.

Mus. Genov. xx. p. 855. Burmah.

Leptoctenus denticulatus (Sim.), Thor. ¢ 2. Hab. Burmah

(coll. W. Oates). Examples in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat.

Hist.

g .—Structure. Carapace horizontal, not gibbous behind,

but still slightly raised and convex ; abruptly inclined to base.

Eyes closely grouped ; 2nd row straight by centres. Posterior

centrals one third larger than anterior centrals, half a diameter

apart, distant from anterior laterals one half a diameter of

latter. Ocular quadrangle broader than long, much narrower

in front. Posterior centrals one third larger (by diameters)

than anterior centrals; the latter one quarter of a diameter

apart, one half from anterior margin of clypeus. Tibia 1. and il.

with 2—2—2—2—2 long spines beneath; no apical pair ;

1 basal spine on inner side, 1—1 dorsal, 1—1 on outer side.

Protarsi i. and ii. with 2.2.2 long spines beneath, 1—1

spines on inner side, and 1—l1 on outer side; uo dorsal

spines. Patellee i., il., i1., iv. with 1 spine on each side.

Pedipalp, see Pl. 1V. figs. 4, 5, 6.

? .— Structure. Similar to that of male, but carapace hori-

zontal. ‘libie i. and ii. with no lateral or dorsal spines,

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &c. 339

except 1 towards base on outer side of tib. ii. Patella with

spines as in male. [yes not quite so closely grouped.

Sternum scarcely longer than broad, circular. Maxille

broad at base (PI. IV. fig. 9). Labium scarcely longer than

broad, less than half the length of maxilla.

Tarsal claws two. Claw-tuft present ; scopula present,

but very slight.

The male and female described by Thorell, now before me,

are most probably (sec. Simon’s description) identical with

L. denticulatus, Sim. As no figures of the species have been

published, I take this opportunity of figuring it. I am, how-

ever, if those forms identified by Thorell as denticulatus are

really so, not able to reconcile Simon’s reference to the

spinulation of patella iv. In comparing denticulatus with

Leptoctenus agalenoides, L. K., Simon regards the former

-as differing in the number of tibial spines (5 instead of 4) ;

also in the number of spines on patella iv., two instead of

one on each side; also in the presence of the scopula.

The forms which Thorell has referred to denticulatus, Sim.,

certainly both male and female, have but one spine on each

side of patellee i., i1., ili., and iv.

1888. Leptoctenus tumidulus, Sim. ¢ “ pullus,” 15 mm.

Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, lvi. pt. ii. p. 108. Tenas-

serim, ‘avoy, Burmah.

g- 15 mm., young. ‘ Cephalothorax posticus valde con-

vexus.”’— Oculi fere ut in L. denticulato sed area mediorum

latius transversa et oculis lateralibus seriei 2® a mediis latius

remotis. Clypeus oculis anticis haud latior, retro obliquus.

Chel margine inferiore sulci quadridentato, dentibus 1 et

2 reliquis paulo majoribus. ‘ib. antice infra 5—5 aculeate

(iii. reliquis longioribus). Metatarsis aculeis similibus 3—3.”’

—Tib.+ pat. iv. almost equal to carapace.— L. denticulato,

K. Sim., affinis, differt imprimis cephalothorace postice con-

vexiore, pedibus brevioribus, ete.”

I extract the above from M. Simon’s description of this

species for the sake of forming some idea of its generic

affinities, though one cannot consider a description drawn

from an immature specimen to be of much value for purposes

of identification. One is at a loss to understand how so able

and experienced an arachnologist should allow himself to

base new species on immature examples. ‘There is quite

sufficient labour already handed down to posterity in iden-

tifying adult forms, briefly described, unaccompanied by a

single figure, without thus increasing the confusion by mere

descriptions of immature forms.

340 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

1893. Leptoctenus agalenoides, LL. K. 2 (var. ?). Van Hass.

Tijdschr. voor Ent. xxxvi. p. 145. Hab. Sumatra.

Van Hasselt gives this as doubtfully the female of

L. Koch’s species.

1893. Ctenus trabifer, Thor. @ (juv.). Van Hass. Tijds.

voor Ent. xxxvi. p. 146. Hab. Ceylon?? Doubtfully

referred to C. trabifer, 'Thorell.

1893. Ctenus - @. Van Hass. Tids. voor Ent. xxxvi.

p- 146. Hab. Ceylon?? ‘ C. valvularis (mihi) sub-

similis, genitalis valvula quantoque variante.”’

Dr. van Hasselt has considerately refrained from describing

the immature female from Ceylon as a new species.

Species described under Anahita, Karsch,

1879. Anahita fauna, Karsch. ¢. Verh. Rheinprovinz,

Bd. iv. p. 103. Japan.

In the description of this form, the type of Anahita, which

Karsch considers near Zora and Apostenus, though Keyser-

ling refers it to Ctenus, there is no mention of the spinulation

of the legs. The eyes are in three parallel lines and the

tarsal claws two. One cannot, without seeing the type, risk

a guess as to its systematic position.

ACANTHEIS, Thor.

Diagnosis.— 8. Tarsal claws 2. Sternum circular. Hyes

ctenoid, 2nd row procurved. Lower margin of fang-groove

with 5 teeth. Carapace gibbous behind. ‘Tibiz i. and ii.

with 9 pairs of long spines beneath; protarsi 1. and 11. with

5 pairs of long spines beneath.

This diagnosis is drawn from an example, evidently con-

generic with Thorell’s forms, from Borneo.

Species described under Acanthoctenus, Thor,

1890. Acanthoctenus vartatus, Thor. 2 juv., 92 mm. Type

of genus. Ann. Mus. Genov. ser. 2a, vol. x. (xxx.)

Sept. 4, 1890, p. 384. Bawo Lowalani, Nias (Modig-

liani).

“‘Tibiis anterioribus modo subter aculeatis, 9 paribus

aculeorum ibi armatis, metatarsis anterioribus subter 5 paribus

aculeorum munitis.”’

Measurements (sec. Thor.).—Tot. len. 9°75 mm., carap. 43,

ant. marg. 1:5; legs i. 21°5, ii. 19°5, i. 16°75, 1v. 2675;

pat. + tib. iv. 8; prot. + tars. iv. 10°5.— (“Cribello et

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &e. 341

calamistro carent heec alieque species Indo-Malajane generis

Acanthocteni, mihi, note.’’)

One would scarcely hope to determine the identity of this

species from a description taken from an immature female.

1891-92. Acanthoctenus dimidiatus, Thor. 2 ad., 93 mm.

Ann. Mus. Genov. ser. 2a, xi, (xxxi.) p. 142. Mt.

Singalang, Sumatra (Beccar/).

Measurements (sec. 'Thor.).—Tot. len. 9°75 mm., carap. 54,

ant. marg. 1°75; legs 1. 27°75, ii. 25, iii. 22°5, iv. 302;

pat. +tib. iv. 9°75.

‘€Palpi longi, graciles, clava patellas anticas latitudine

circiter equanti. Pars patellaris 24-3-plo longior est quam

latior, pars tibialis e& non parum longior et saltem basi

paullo angustior, pene cylindrata, a basi ad apicem sensim

modo levissime incrassata ; latus ejus exterius prope apicem

in dentem conicum acuminatum anteriora versus et foras

directum excurrit, cujus longitudo 4 diametri partis tibialis

Vix superat.

“Pars tarsalis — circa triplo longior est quam _ latior.

Bulbus parum plus dimidium basale partis tarsalis occupat.

Breviter subellipticus est, modice altus et complicatus, in

medio lateris exterioris, subter, elevationem nitidam sub-

ovatam sat magnam ostendit, et prope eam, in medio subter,

partem quandam ferrugineam, que, quam a latere exteriore

inspicitur bulbus, postice dentem deorsum directum pro-

curvum ibidem formare videtur, preeterea vero in procursum

gracilem porrectum apice profundo bifidum sive furcatum

excurrit.

“Ceph, et abd. subfuscis, fascia media angusta alba ab

oculis ad anum ducta ornatis, abdominis dorso prexterea

saltem posterius ordinibus duobus longitudinalibus macu-

larum magnarum nigrarum notato.”

An adult male, obviously belonging to this genus, but

specifically distinct from Thorell’s species, is now before me

from Borneo. One can well understand Thorell’s supposition

as to its being congeneric with Acanthoctenus, Keys., of

which the type is before me.

1891-92. <Acanthoctenus letus, Thor. gf ad., 102 mm.

Ann. Mus. Genov. ser, 2 a, xi. (xxxi.) p. 146. Sarawak,

Borneo (Doria e Beccar?).

Measurements.—Tot. len. 103 mm., carap. 5°5, ant.

marg. 1°75; legs i. 32, il. 28°25, ili. 24°5, iv. 36; pat.+

tib. iv. 10°5.

“ Palporum clava—pars eorum patellaris duplo et dimidio

longior est quam latior ; pars tibialis ea saltem } longior est,

542 Mr. I. O. P. Cambridge on the

a basi ad apicem sensim pallulo incrassata, pene 4- plo

longior quam latior; prope apicem lateris exterioris, supra,

dente sat parvo sed forti, paullo deorsum curvato, auteriora

versus et paullo foras directo armata est, cujus apex in duos

dentes acuminatos est fissus.

‘Pars tarsalis—pene triplo longior quam latior, ad formam

ut in A. dimidiato, modo apice paullo breviore. Bulbus a

latere exteriore visus paullo ante medium subter rotundato

excisus videtur, ita ut dentem deorsum et anteriora versus

directum hic formet pars excisa, que supra, antice, in pro-

cursum sat brevem et latum, apice dilatum, porrectum (non

ut in priore specie profunde bifurcatum) producta est.

“Ceph. in fundo luteo-ferrugineo, pube densa flava et

rubro is itaque flavo, pictura rubra.

“ Abdomine in fundo subtestaceo, secundum medium

dorsi late flavo, pube flava, intermixta rubra, que maculas

saltem ad partem in ordines duos longitudinales dispositos

format, vestito.” *

Spectes described under Nydia, Thor.

1891-92. Nydia punctata, Thor. @ juv., 64 mm. Ann.

Wen, (eg ene a, xi, (xxxi.) p. 135. (Somat

(forbes) : e coll. O. P.C.

Dr. Thorell says of this, the type of a new genus, “ unicam

feminan nondum adultam, detritam et valde mutilatam (pedi-

bus plerisque carentem) hujus aranez vidi.”

It is much to be deplored that an experienced arachnologist

like Dr. 'Thorell should take a much mutilated specimen, an

immature female, and one which has lost several legs, as the

type of a new genus.

New Species of Ctenus.

I hesitate to attempt to draw up a synoptic table of species

without more material to substantiate my conclusions as to

specific differences. The form of the vulva is, however, the

only really reliable character, and of this portion of structure

a figure has been given.

Ctenus Thorellu, sp.n, 8 9. (PI. IV. figs. 27 15;,27,)

Hab. Ceylon.

Type in cae Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. e coll. Keyserling.

9.22 mm:

3 .—Colour. Carapace mahogany - brown, with broad

* Acantheis tridens, ¥. Cb., Abhaudl. d. Senckenb. naturf. Gesellsch.

Bd, xxii. 1897. Baram River, Borneo (JV, Kiikenthal).

Ctenijorm Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &e. 343

central and marginal band of grey pubescence, the former

constricted behind caput, attenuate behind central stria, ex-

tending from ocular area to posterior margin. Shoulders of

posterior portion of carapace with triangular dark blotch on

each side. Sternum, legs, and m: indibles dark mahogany-

brown. Legs clothed with grey pubescence. Abdomen grey,

with shoulders, two fine dorsal basal lines, and double series

of 3-4 spots ‘sooty brown. Ventral surface sooty black,

with two short central pale dines immediately behind the

genital foramen, and two long pale lines, closer to the margins

of the black area, extending from the genital foramen to the

spinners.

Femora and tibie of iii. and iv. with scarcely any indi-

cation of dusky annulations. Tibiew i. and ii., iii. and iv.

uniformly grey, with conspicuous white bande.

2 .— Colour. The same as that of the male, except that the

central band on carapace consists of rufous-grey pubescence.

¢.—Structure. Carapace distinctly gibbous behind and

abruptly inclined to posterior margin. Sternum longer than

broad. Labial plate more than half the let igth of maxilla,

longer than broad. Maxille attenuate at base, outer marguy

nearly straight or concave ; apex broad, rounded on outside,

obliquely truncate on inner side. Fang-groove with 4 and 3

denticles on inferior and superior margin respectively. Legs

iv. longer than legs i. Carapace longer than patella + tibia

iii, Pat.+tib.i.=iv. yes. Second row straight; straight

line touching posterior margins of laterals passes through

centre of centrals. Ocular os broader than long,

narrower in front; anteriors much (4) smaller; posteriors

less than 1 diameter apart; anteriors less than 1 diameter

apart. Anterior laterals oval, nearly one diameter from

posterior centrals (in female quite one diameter). Posterior

laterals scarcely larger than anterior centrals, Clypeus less

than one diameter of anterior centrals.

Legs. Femora i., ii, ili. iv. with 10-11 spines above,

Patelle i., il., iii., iv. with one spine on each side. Tibia i.

and ii. with 5 pairs of spines beneath (including apical

pair) ; 1—1 lateral, basal, spines on each side ; 1—1—1 dorsal

spines. Protarsi 1. and ii, with 3 pairs of. spines beueath,

1—1 lateral basal spines on each side, ‘Tibue iii. and iv,

with 3 pairs of spines beneath, 1—1 lateral, on each side,

and 1—1—1 dorsal spines. Protarsus iii. with 3 pair spines

beneath, 1—1—1 lateral, 1—1 dorsal spines; iv. with nume-

rous spines irregularly arranged. ‘Tarsi and protarsi i. and ii.

slightly scopulate, iil. and iv. not scopulate. ‘Tarsal

claws 2.

O44 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

Pedipalp. Tibia three times as long as broad (excluding

width of process). On outer side at apex isa stout bitid

spur, its outer limb shorter and sharply conical, the inner

branch a little longer, dilate, and squarely truncate at apex.

Tarsus two and a half times as long as broad, produced on

outer side at base into a short, straight, compressed conical

spur, its apex directed outwards. Area of palpal organs small,

oval. Central lobe simple, curved, twice as long as broad,

not produced at base. Uncea stout, curving over the apex of

central lobe, its apex grooved on outer surface. Beneath

apex of unca lies a small pale membranous sheath, which is

present in some form or other in numerous species.

9? .—Structure. Similar to that of the male, except that

the carapace is less gibbous at base, the lateral anterior

eyes are rather more removed from the central posteriors,

and the spinulation of the legs is different. ‘Tibie i. and 11.

5 pairs beneath; no laterals and none above. Protarsi i. and

ii. with 3 pairs beneath; no laterals and none above.

Patella i. and i. without spines, 11. and iv. with one lateral

spine on each side. Tarsi of all four pairs distinctly and

thickly scopulate ; protarsi i. and ii. only scopulate.

Tarsal claws 2.

Vulva a little longer than broad, globular ovate, convex

and plane above (without central depression or furrow), with

black coriaceous margins; on each side of lateral margins,

just behind the centre, lies a small, stout, conical spur, curving

upwards and backwards, its apex well separated trom margin

of vulva.

The species [ose?, sarawakensis, borneensis, and ceylonensis

are all approximately similar to this form in general chia-

racters, so that there is no need for a tedious repetition of

them. Llowert and trabifer, however, present characters in

common which are somewhat different; while those of den-

ticulatus are different in some respects from either of these

two forms.

I strongly suspect that it was on a male of either lower

or trabifer that L. Koch based his genus Leptoctenus, but

am not yet in a position to give a reliable opinion. Th

presence of the scopula might easily be overlooked, and it

seems by the figure that in Koch’s Leptoctenus there are

five pairs of subtibial spines. The form of the labium and

maxilla, of which Koch gives figures, precludes the idea that

Simon’s £. denticulatus is congeneric with it.

A male and female of this species, recorded from Ceylon,

were found in the Keyserling collection in the Natural

History Museum, South Kensington.

Cleniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &e. B45

Ctenus HHosei, sp. n.

(Pl. IV. figs. 11, 17, 20, 28-30.)

Measurements.— 3. Tot. len. 17 mm., carap. 9°5; legs 1.

34, ii. 30, ili. 25, iv. absent; ant. marg. of carap. 3°75;

pat. + tib. i. 12, ii. 8.

?. Tot. len, 22 mm., carap. 10; legs i. 29, ii. 27, iii. 23°5, iv.

33°5; ant. marg. of carap. 5; pat.+tib. i. 10, iii. 8, iv. 9°75.

$.— Colour. Carapace mahogany-brown, with broad

central band of silvery-grey pubescence, with a pair of obscure

dark spots behind eyes and attenuate at base of carapace.

Marginal grey band broad. Abdomen with double dorsal

series of obscure dark spots, or with broad pale dentated band,

the marginal interstices picked out with black. Dark brown

beneath, with two more or less distinct white lines and two

shorter ones immediately behindvulva. Legspaler mahogany-

brown, very indistinctly annulated beneath femora. Apical

half of tibie of all four pairs of legs (iv. absent?) clothed

with silvery pubescence. Coxe of legs clothed with silvery-

grey pubescence above.

?.—Colour similar to that of the male, but no silvery-

white pubescence on tibie or carapace. Pubescence rufous

grey.

3 .—Structure. Carapace gibbous behind, abruptly inclined

to base. In other respects similar to that of C. Thorellit.

2? .—Structure. Carapace horizontal above, abruptly in-

clined to base. Otherwise similar to that of C. Thorellit.

Pedipalp. Tibia one third longer than broad, with a

short, broad, curved, dark apophysis on outer side, squarely

but irregularly truncate at apex. Tarsus short and very

broad, produced at base above into a stout pointed cone,

terminating in a thin aculeate spur, strongly curved, directed

outwards.

Palpal organs broad, simple. Central lobe small, produced

on inner side at base ; beyond its apex are two short spurs,

lying close together, their points directed outwards.

Vulva as broad as long, convex; a black corneous margin

encloses a transverse oval paler space, including a low convex

tubercle on each side, and converges behind, forming a narrow

transverse plate curving downwards. On each side of this

plate is a corneous dentiform process, its point directed

inwards.

Two females and a male of this large and handsome

Ctenus were taken at Sarawak by Mr. C. H. Hose, while a

male was also taken in Borneo by Dr. Kiikenthal. This

species, though larger, closely resembles in general appear-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 24

346 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

ance several other species from the same regions. ‘The figure

of the vulva and pedipalp should, however, render the identi-

fication of either sex comparatively easy.

Ctenus sarawakensis, sp. n., ? «

(PI. LV. fig. 3.)

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo.

Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (e coll. Hose).

9. Tot. len. 15°5. mm, carap. 7; legs 1. 21, 1. LOpamem ine

iv. 24; ant. marg. of carap. 3; pat.+tib. 1. 7-5, il. 5, iv. 7.

Colour similar to that of /Zose?. Pubescence of abdomen

copper-coloured, with traces of dorsal and ventral blotches

as in the other species.

Structure. Spines and general characters similar to those

of Thorelli’. Carapace slightly gibbous behind and abruptly

inclined to base.

Vulva longer than broad, disk broadly transverse and

uniformly convex, narrowed before and behind, with a wedge-

shaped raised carina anteriorly. Margins of disk black and

coriaceous. On each side of the posterior margin lies a long

sinuous dentate process, their apex extending distinctly be-

yond the posterior margin of disk and slightly converging.

Though scarcely distinguishable in general characters,

except for their smaller size, from Hose?, Thorelli’, and others,

the form of the vulva furnishes evidence that they are

distinct from these other forms.

Three females, taken by Mr. Hose at Sarawak, Borneo.

Ctenus ceylonensis, sp.n., o ¢.

(PLALY ties? 12,526.)

Hab. Ceylon,

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (e coll. Barnes).

g. Tot. len. 13 mm., carap.'6°5; legsi. 26, 11. 24, ii. 20,

iv. 28; ant. marg. of carap. 3; pat.+tib. 1. 9, 111. 6:25, iv. 8°5,

?. Tot. len. 18 mm,, carap. 7:25; ant. marg. of carap.

3°5; legsi. 21°5, ii. 20, 111. 18, iv. 24; pat.+tib. 1, 7, ill. 5°5,

IV. ¢.

g.—Structure. Spines and general characters as in

Thorellit. Carapace gibbous behind, abruptly inclined to

base. Hyes: second row straight by centres; ocular quad.

rangle broader than long, narrower in front; post. centrals

one half larger than ant. centrals, two thirds a diameter apart,

distant from Jat. ant. half a diameter of the latter; ant.

centrals half a diameter apart, one diameter from anterior

margin of clypeus.

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &e. dAT

Pedipalp. Tibia four times longer than wide, furnished on

outside at apex with a pair of excentrically curving spines or

slender spurs ; the lower compressed, sinuous, bordered, spirali-

form, its apex aculeate, directed upwards ; the upper spur very

slender, but broadly dilate at base, its inner basal margin

irregularly denticulate or serrate, curving upwards, semi-

circular, attenuate towards apex, slightly sinuous imme-

diately before apex, which is dilate beneath and curved

strongly downwards. Tarsus one half longer than broad,

bulb small, central lobe four times longer than broad, re-

curved beneath at anterior margin; a short curved spur

represents the unca.

Colour similar to that of female.

? .—Structure. Spines and general characters similar to

those of Thorellii. yes similar to those in the male.

Colour. Carapace dark olive-brown, with broad paler

central band, irregularly dilate on caput and before central

stria, narrowed to basal margin. Legs i., ii., and iii. olive-

brown, freckled with spots of grey ‘pubescence ; iv. piel

brown, with pale narrow dorsal line on tib. and prot. 1

(In the male all four pairs of legs are clothed with pale sae

pubescence.)

Abdomen pale olive-brown, with central series of four (or

five) paler chevron-like marks, each interstice picked out

with black. Sides marked with oblique lines of pale spots.

Ventral surface covered with four conspicuous rows of white

spots and a pair of short central lines, becoming obsolete

before spinners.

Vulva consisting of an elongate convex process, emarginate

on each side and clothed with hairs, presenting posteriorly a

cross piece whose ends curve slightly forwards. In front of

each arm, in the angle formed by the junction of the two

limbs of this J-shaped structure, lies a stout curved denticle,

its point directed upwards. ‘The right side in the female before

me is malformed, so that the vulva is not bilaterally symme-

trical.

This species differs from the Bornean forms and from

Thorellii by the closer proximity of the lateral anterior eyes

to the posterior centrals and the fact that the second row of

eyes is straight by their centres, . Otherwise there is little to

choose between them in general character.

That this form is closely allied to C. trabifer of Karsch

(which has nothing to do with ¢tradifer, Thorell, judging by

examples of the latter identified by Thorell) is beyond doubt.

I fully expect them to be identical; but without seeing

Karsch’s type, and in the face of Karsch’s figure Ore the vulva,

348 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

I dare not pronounce them to be so. Both forms occur in

the island of Tabrobane. The vulva differs in form from

those of all other Ctenide which | have yet met with.

A male and a female of this interesting species were taken

by Mr. Barnes in Ceylon *.

Ctenus Floweri, sp.n., o ?.

(Pl. LV. figs. 22-25.)

Hab, Pinang.

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (coll. S. S. Flower).

g. Tot. len. 15°5 mm., carap. 8, ant. marg. of carap. 3; legs

i, 24°5, i. 22°5, i. 20, iv. 28; pat.+tib. 1. 8) 11. GPived

@. Tot. len. 17 mm., carap. 8°5, ant. marg. of carap. 4°);

legs i. 21, 11. 20, in. 19, 1v. 26; pat.+ tb. 1. 7-5; mio ta,

LVn ddcas

3g .—Colour. Mahogany-brown. Carapace with broad

central band of silver-white pubescence, slightly dilate behind

caput and at central stria. Marginal line of white pubes-

eence very fine. Abdomen with broad central dorsal band

of white pubescence, deeply dentate on each side behind the

middle, narrowing to spinners. Ventral surface unicolorous

dark brown. Lateral area with a few scattered minute white

spots.

Legs paler brown, indistinctly annulate with grey, Coxe

clothed with white pubescence above. Tibi i. and ii. clothed

above on apical two thirds with very conspicuous white

pubescence, less conspicuous on 111. and iv.

$ .—Structure. General characters similar to those of

Thorellii and the female (see below). Carapace convex-

horizontal above, not gibbous behind.

Pedipalp. Tibia short, twice as long as broad (excluding

process), bearing on outer side a broad process whose base

extends the whole length of the segment, concave beneath,

narrowed and curving forwards at apex, terminating in a

broad point having a minute notch on the outer side. Seen

from the outside the apex appears rounded and convex.

Tarsus scarcely twice as long as broad. Palpal organs large,

occupying total width and three fourths the length of tarsus.

Central lobe very long, nearly four times as long as broad,

straight, compressed-cylindrical, attenuate in middle, broader

and broadly rounded at apex, slightly inclining outwards.

Unca small, crossing beneath apex of central lobe.

* Half a dozen males and the same number of females of this species

have just come before me from Ceylon. They were kindly submitted to

me by the Rev. O. P. Cambridge, and were taken many years ago by

Mr. Thwaites.

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, ce. 349

?.—Colour. Similar to that of male, but pubescence

rufous grey, not silvery white. Legs annulated and freckled

with grey spots; tibize without conspicuous silver-grey bands.

Ventral area unicolorous.

Structure. General characters similar to those of Thorellit 2 .

Eyes: second row straight by anterior margins, Central

osteriors $ of a diameter apart, the same distance from

ateral anteriors. Ocular quadrangle broader behind, broader

than long ; anterior centrals $ smaller than posterior centrals,

4 diameter apart, } diameter from anterior margin of clypeus.

Carapace uniformly convex-horizontal in profile.

Vulva longer than broad, with narrow longitudinal central

area, broadly dilate posteriorly, again narrowed and broadly

truncate, curving below, clothed with short hairs. Margins

coriaceous, black, dilate just before middle, emarginate and

slightly dilate again, attenuate and disappearing beneath

posterior portion of central area. On each side of posterior

margin lies a stout denticle, its apex extending slightly

beyond posterior margin of central area.

A male and female of this fine species were taken by

S. 8. Flower, Esq., in the island of Pinang. It resembles

Hosei in the male sex by the conspicuous white bands on

tibie i. and ii., but the anterior legs are shorter and protarsus

i, is scarcely shorter than tibia 1. ; in /Zosed it is much shorter.

Ctenus philippinensis, sp.n., ¢. (Pl. IV. fig. 1.)

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., London.

Hab. Manila, Luzon, Philippine Islands (coll. Cuming),

@. Tot. len. 20 mm., carap. 9, ant. marg. 4; pat.+tib.

i. 9, ili. 6°75, iv. 8°5.

Structure. Ocular quadrangle broader than long, broader

behind ; posterior eyes slightly larger than anterior, 3 of a

diameter apart ; second row procurved ; straight line touching

anterior margin of posterior centrals cuts centres of lateral

anteriors, the latter one transverse diameter from posterior

centrals. Carapace convex-horizontal, not gibbous behind,

obliquely inclined to base. Spinulation similar to that of

others of the genus. Pat. i. and il, without lateral spines.

Colour. Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed uniformly

with golden-red pubescence ; no distinct central or marginal

bands. Abdomen unicolorous ferruginous.

Vulva consists of a long, transversely rugulose, narrow

central prominence at base, having on each side extendin

posteriorly a long, oval, convex tubercle, united behind by a

broad triangular plane piece. On each side of this posterior

350 . MF. O. P. Cambridge on the

marginal portion lies a short, rather slender tooth, its apex

directed inwards (Pl. 1V. fig. 1).

A single female from the Museum collection, taken by

Dr. Cuming at Manila, Philippines.

(iv.) Genera and Species of 3-clawed Forms, with Notes on

Types and Descriptions of New Species.

1858-59. Dolomedes, Walck., Dolesch. Verhand. nat. Ver. Ned. Ind. v.

p. 9

1884. Titurius, Sim. Ann. Mus. Genoy. xx. p. 828. (Type T. jimbriatus

(Walck.), 2.—Cape of Good Hope, 8. Africa.)

1885. Thalassius, Sim. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 18. (For Ziturius, nom.

preeoce.)

1891. Dolopeus, Thor. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiv. (2) p. 60.

(Type D. ecnetus, Thor., 2 .—Isl. Kamorta, Nicobar, Bay of Bengal.)

Of the type of Zhalasstus, Sim., I know nothing, but I

have been able to examine a specimen from South Africa

(Umfali River) which undoubtedly belongs to this genus.

The type of a species named Yhalasstus unicolor by Simon

himself, from Sheik Husein, is also before me, so that one

can speak without hesitation on the characters of Thalasstus,

Sim.

The species described below as Doleschallii and Simoni

from Borneo are undoubtedly congeneric with Thalassius

wnicolor, Sim. ‘Three immature forms from Tenasserim and

Tharrawaddy, Burmah (e coll. Oates), referred by Thorell to

Thaluassius albocinctus (Doles.), are identical with the form

to which I have given the name Doleschallit.. I cannot

regard it at present as possible to tell what form Doleschall’s

albocinctus may have been. It is not at all likely that there

is only one form with broad yellow-white bands found

in Java, Borneo, and Burmah. I should fully expect four

or five closely allied forms to be found on a more extended

search. ‘Then it might be possible to identify albocinctus as

that form which is found in Java exclusively, though even

then there might be in this island itself two or three forms

similar in general characters, differing only in the form of

the vulva; and in this case the identity of albocinctus would

be next to impossible to settle. JI am confident that the

absence of figures of these important structural points will in

future render a great deal of descriptive work almost useless.

In the form described as J. Simoni the anterior central

eyes are distinctly larger than the posterior centrals, and the

clypeus is lower in proportion; but none the less I am

Cleniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, ce. 351

satisfied that one cannot restore Thorell’s genus Dolopaus for

the Eastern Asiatic forms, as I had at first hoped. Thorell

himself regards Dolopwus as a synonym of T’halassius.

Genus THALasstus, E, Sim., 1885.

Diagnosis.—Legs 4, 2, 1, 38, or4 (2,1) 38. Tarsal claws 3.

Superiors long, armed beneath with 9 long denticles, inferior

claw with one or two minute teeth. Sternum as broad as

long, circular, emarginate opposite coxe and pointed behind.

Labium longer than broad, more than half the length of

maxilla. Maxille attenuate at base, enlarged at apex.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 stout teeth, superior

margin with 2. A single small tooth lies on the floor of the

fang-groove near lower margin nearly opposite the third

tooth. Eyes in three rows (or four if one separates those of

the posterior row)—2, 2,4. Ocular quadrangle as broad as

long or slightly longer than broad, broader in front, narrower

behind. Anterior centrals larger (one fourth) than posterior

centrals or subequal, half a diameter apart; posterior centrals

# diameter apart. Lateral anteriors smaller (half) than ante-

rior centrals, 3 a diameter from the latter, rather more from

posterior centrals, 1 diameter from posterior laterals. Eyes

of posterior row subequal; centrals nearer together, forming a

slightly recurving line. Lateral posteriors 1 diameter from

central posteriors. Clypeus equal to length of ocular quad-

rangle, sometimes more. Femora with numerous spines.

Patelle i., ii., iii., iv. with two lateral basal and one central

apical spine. ‘Tibiz i. and il. with 2—2—2—2 spines be-

neath, last pair apical; 1—1 lateral spines on each side in

apical half, 1—1 dorsal spines basal and apical. Protarsi i.

and ii. 2—2—2—2 ventral and 1 central apical spine, 2—2

lateral spines in basal half. ‘Tibize and protarsi 11. and iv.

somewhat similarly but more irregularly spinulate.

No true scopula beneath protarsi or tarsi, but a band of

sete and fine short hairs mingled.

A single palpal claw with 3-4 short blunt denticles.

Thalassius Simoni, sp. n., ad.

(Pl. IV. figs. 18, 21.)

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

flab. Borneo.

? ad.—Tot. len. 23 mm., carap. 10°5x 8:75; legs i. 56,

i. 58°5, ii. 53, iv. 60; pat.+ tib. 1. and ii, equal 19°5, iii. 17,

iv. 19°5; prot. i. and i. 12°5, ii. 12°5, iv. 15°5.

352 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

?.—Colour, Carapace dull mahogany-brown, with broad

lateral marginal pale band, their inner margins subparallel,

extending from exterior angles of clypeus to the base. Abdo-

men dark olive-brown above, with broad marginal pale yellow

band extending from anterior shoulders to spinners. Uni-

colorous beneath. Mandibles unicolorous brown. Legs and

palpi pale ochreous. ‘Tibise, protarsi, and tarsi clothed with

fine lateral barbules (curving hairs, such as are found on the

feathers of young birds). Protarsi and tarsi clothed with

dull yellow-white pubescence above, more conspicuous than

on other segments.

Structure as in generic diagnosis.

Vulva broader than long (PI. IV. fig. 18).

A single female in the Natural History Museum from

Borneo.

Thalassius Doleschallit, sp. n., 9 ad.

(Pl. IV. fig. 19.)

Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Hab. Borneo.

¢ ad.— Tot. len. 20°5 mm., carap. 7°5x6°5; legs i. 40,

ii. 40, i. 36°5, iv. 41°55 pat.+tib. i. and ii. 18, ni. 11°5,

iv. 15D ;-prot..t. and 1. 8°o, 11. 9, 1v. Ovo.

? .—Colour precisely the same as in the last species, but

the colour of the dorsal area between the white lateral bands

is rich chocolate-brown and the legs are shorter in proportion

to the trunk.

Structure as in generic diagnosis.

Vulva longer than broad (Pl. IV. fig. 19).

A single female in the Natural History Museum from

Borneo.

The two species may be determined by the following

table :—

A. Size larger, 28 mm., carapace 10°5, leg iv. 60.

Central anterior eyes distinctly larger than

central posteriors. Vulva broader than long.

Basal disk oval-oblong, with transverse fold

Near POsucMOr MALOU. 7.4 c.cc sfc cise men T. Simoni, sp. n.

B, Size smaller, 20°5 mm., carapace 7°5, leg iy. 41:5.

Central anterior eyes equal to central poste-

riors. Vulva longer than broad. Basal disk

triangular, without any transverse fold...... 7. Doleschalli, sp. n.

Species assigned to Thalassins, Sim.

1885. Thalassius marginellus, Sim. Spec. juv. Bull. Soe.

Zool, Fr. x. p. 13.

M. Simon notes an immature example of the genus Thalas-

Cleniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &c. 353

sius, probably different from 7. marginellus, Sim., found at

Wagra-Karoor, Bellary, India.

1898. Thalassius spathularis (van Hass.), Sim. Ann. Mus.

Gen. 1893, p. 827.

Of this genus Simon says (loc. cit.) :— Il est remplacé

dans Amérique du sud par le genre Ancylometes, Bertk.”

(Type vulpes, Bertk.)

1895. Thalassius albocinctus (Dol.), Thor. ¢s juv. Tenas-

serim (‘Spiders of Burma,’ p. 227) and ‘lharrawaddy

(Vates).

Legs 1. 42 mm., ii. 44, iii. 38, iv. 48; pat.+tib. iv. 15.

“Gen. Dolopwus, Thor., non a Thalassio differt”? (Spid.

Burm. p. 228).

Thorell regards Titurtus marginellus, Sim., as a synonym

of this species.

Species described under Titurius, Sim.

1884, Titurius marginellus, Sim. ¢ juv., 2 juv., 16 mm.

Ann. Mus. Genoy. xx. p. 328. Bankok, Indo-China, 9 ;

Burmah, ¢.

“ Cephalothorax —vittis duabus albo argenteis angustis

rectis a margine sat longe remotis ornatus. Abdomen—vittis

albis duabus longitudinaliter marginatum.”’

There can be no real certainty as to the identity of this

form, seeing that the species is based on an immature female.

Species described under Dolopcoeus, Thor.

1891. Dolopeus cinctus, Thor. 9 ad., 164mm. Kongl. Sy.

Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxiv. (2) p. 60. Kamorta, Nicobar

Islands, Bay of Bengal.

* Ceph. ferrugineo-fusco, fascia lata alba in lateribus cincto ;

pedibus pallide testaceo-fuscis ; abdomine secundum medium

dorsi latissime cinereo-fusco vel ferrugineo, lateribus etiam

dorsi albis.”

Tot. len. 16°5 mm., carap. 7°75 X6°75, ant. marg. 3°25;

abd. 9X5; legs i. 36, 11. 36°25, 111. 32, iv. 37°25; pat.+

tib. iv. 12°5.

“Area vulve sat magna, ex callis duobus nitidis fuscis,

postice crassis et hic parallelis et inter se contingentibus, dein

sensim angustioribus et humilioribus constat, qui paullo ante

basin cito foras fracti et divaricantes sunt, preterea vero

incuivi et foveam magnam sat profundam, rotundatam et

transversam includentes.

“Tib. i. 2.2.2 aculei longi et preeterea apice 2, breves absunt

dot Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge on the

antice et postice 1.1 aculei, supra aculeus 1. Met. ant. 2.2.2.2

(apicales duos breves) et utrinque 1.1 aculeos ostendunt.

Unguiculi superiores.... dentibus.... (7-8) sat longis

pectinati, &e.

‘ Oculi medii pene in quadratum vel in rectangulum parum

longiorem quam latiorem dispositi sunt; spatia inter medios

anticos, ut inter medios posticos, eorum diametrum paullo

superant. Spatia inter medios anticos et posticos horum dia-

metrum peene equant, ete.

“ Mandibularum sulcus unguicularis in margine inferiore

serie dentium fortium 3 armatus.”

Legs iv., 11.,4., 111.

“ Area oculorum pene lunata [both series recurved].

Oculi laterales antici reliquis oculis magnis multo iminores

sed, ut 11, rotundi, non multo longius ab oculis mediis posticis

quam a mediis anticis distant. Oculi medii fere in quadratum

dispositi sunt.

‘Sternum non longius quam latius.

‘Spatium inter marginem clypei et oculos medios anticos

horum oculorum diametro plus duplo, pene triplo majus est.

“ Oculi laterales postici magni, mediis posticis (qui mediis

anticis paullulo minores sunt) non parum majores.”

This form is undoubtedly congeneric with Thalasstus unt-

color, Sim., and, so far as one can gather from the description

of the vulva, it is distinct from 7. oleschallit, sp. n.

Species described under Dolomedes, Latr., 1804.

1858-59. Dolomedes albocinctus, Doles. 92, 11’. Ver-

handlungen der nat. Ver. Ned. Indie, v. p. 9, pl. xv.

fig. 4. Java.

“Fuscus, thorace abdomineque late albo marginatis, hoe

ovato-clongato ; pedibus pallide testaceis, nigro setosis. Long.

11”. 7

1882. Dolomedes spathularis, van Hass. Midden Sumatra,

Arach. p. 44.

Having no species of these groups from any countries south

and east of Wallace’s Line, I regret that | am unable to give

more than a list of forms already described from those regions.

(v.) Bibliography relating to Cteniform Spiders from New

Guinea, Australia, New Zealand, &c., South and East of

Wallace's Line.

1847.—WaLcKENaER. Insectes: Aptéres, t. iv. p. 402, Suppl.

1875.—L. Kocu, Arach. Austr. ii. p. 990, &e.

1878.—Karscu. Gieb. Zeitschrift Natur. iii. p. 825,

Cteniform Spiders of Ceylon, Burmah, &c. 355

1880.—EvGkne Smron. Bull. Soc, Ent. Belg. p. elxxiv.

1881.—EvGéENE Srwon. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 13, &e.

1881.—-T. Tuore.t. Ann, Mus. Genoy. xviii. p. 386, Xe.

1889.—A. R. Unquuarr. Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxii. p. 287, &e.

1889.—Zozen. Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxii. p. 267.

1890.—T. ToorELyt. Ann. Mus. Genoy. p 133, &e.

1890,—A. R. Urquuarr. Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxiii. p. 183.

1891-92.—T. Tuoreti. Ann. Mus. Genoy. xxxi.

List of Ctentform Spiders from Australia, South and East

of Wallace’s Line.

i. Two-clawed Forms:

1847. Ctenus marginatus, Wik. 9,9 lines. Ins, Apt. iv. p. 402, Suppl.

—Solomon Islands.

1875. Leptoctenus ayalenoides, L.K. g. Arach. Austr. ii. p. 994, t. Ixxxvi.

], 1 a.—Gayndah, Australia.

1881. Leptoctenus agrecoides, Thor. 9 ad.,7 mm. Ann. Mus. Genov,

xviii. p. 886.—Cape York, Australia.

1875. Aryoctenus igneus, L. K. 92. Arach. Austr, ii. p. 990, t. Ixxxvi.

4, 4a.— King George’s Sound, Australia.

1875. Argoctenus pictus, L. K. Arach. Austr. ii. p. 992, t. Ixxxyi. 5, 5a,

5 b, 5 e,—Sydney, Australia.

1878. inygma australiana, Karsch, Zeit. ges. Natur. iii. (3) p. 825.—

N.S. Wales.

1880, Ctenophthalmus lineatus, Sim. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Bull. p. elxxiv.

—Noumea, New Caledonia.

1891. Ctenomma, Thor. Ann. Mus. Genoy. vol. xi. p. 131.

ii. Three-clawed Forms:

1878? Cycloctenus flaviceps,L. K. 9. Avach, Austr. ii. p. 998, t. Ixxxyi.

3.—New Holland.

1889. Cycloctenus abyssinus, Urq. Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxii. p. 237,

1. xvi. 1.—Janola Caves, N.S. Wales.

1889. Cycloetenus lepidus, Urq. Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxii, p. 261,

l. xvi—Wellington, New Zealand.

1889. Cycloctenus fujax, Zozen, Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxii. p. 267.---

New Zealand.

1890. Cycloctenus pulcher, Urq. Trans. New Zealand Inst. xxiii. p. 183, —

New Zealand.

1875. Pycnoctenus robustus,L.K. 9. Arach. Austr. ii. p. 996, t. Ixxxvii.

2.—Sydney.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

. Ctenus philippinensis, sp.n. 92. Vulva.

— Thorellii, sp.n. G.: Left palpus from beneath

sarawakensis, sp.n. @Q. Vulva.

— denticulatus, Sim. <¢. Palpal bulb from below.

— do. Tibia of right pedipalp from outside.

————. <6. Apex of tibia enlarged.

———. 46. Eyes from in front.

— —.. Q. Vulva.

@. Maxille and labium.

—— sarawakensis, var. 2. Vulva.

SODAS op obo

356 Mr. G. Lewis on

Fig. 11. Ctenus Hosei, sp.n. Vulva.

Fig. 12. ceylonensis, sp.n. Q. Vulva.

Fig. 13. —— trabifer, Thor. (Karsch). 2. Vulva, after Karsch.

Fig. 14. —— , Thor. 2. Vulva, from type.

Fig. 15. —— Thorellii, sp.n. 9. Vulva.

Fig. 16. —— valvularis, van Hass. 9. Vulva, after van Hasselt.

Fug. 17. Hose, sp.n. 9. Vulva, var.

Fig. 18. Thalassius Simoni, sp.n. Q. Vulva.

Big: 19: Doleschaltit, sp.n. Q. Vulva.

Fig. 20. Ctenus Hoset, sp.n. Q. Vulva, var.

Fig. 21. Thalassius Simoni, sp.n. @Q. Tarsal claws,

Fig. 22. Ctenus Floweri, sp.n. . Tibia of left palpus from outside.

Fig. 23. ©. Vulva.

Fig, 24. ————. 6. Tibia of left palpus from beneath.

Fig. 25. ————. <. Palpal bulb and organs from beneath.

Fig. 26. ceylonensis, sp.u. . Palpal bulb and apex of tibia of

left palpus from beneath.

Fig. 27 Thorellii, sp.n. ¢. Left palpal bulb from beneath.

Fig. 28. -—— Hosei, sp.n. . Left palpal bulb from below. 6, Apex

of basal dorsal spur.

Fig. 29. ——. Left palpus from outside, showing base of tarsus

and dorsal basal spur.

Fig. 30. Tibia of pedipalp from beneath and base of tarsus,

with dorsal basal spur.

XXXVIII.— On new Species of Histeride, and Notices

of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

List of Species.

Apobletes servulus. Anaglymma impar, Mars,

Platysoma extrarium. Trypeticus planisternus.

Pachycrerus morulus. incilis.

Hister Colensoi. mustelinus.

planiformis. Pygoceelis africanus, Lew.

Stictostix mormoni. Trypobius, spp.

Phelister hilarulus.

Apobletes servulus, sp. n.

Oblongus, leviter conyexus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus; fronte dense

punctata, stria integra, antice impressa; elytris striis 1-4

integris, 5 basi abbreviata, suturali apicali dimidiata, humerali

interna integris, interstitiis punctulatis; pygidio punctato,

margine extus elevato.

L. 3 mill.

Oblong, slightly convex, reddish brown, shining; the

head anteriorly impressed and angularly projecting before the

eyes, densely punctured, punctures irregular, some (specially

on the vertex) large and ocellate, but mixed with small

new Species of Histeride. 357

points, other large punctures behind the transverse strive are

confluent, transverse stria straight and well marked; the

thorax, marginal stria complete and raised laterally, punctu-

late on the disk, but outside the central area the points are

larger and clearer, somewhat dense, with a few fine points

interspersed, along the base is an irregular line of the larger

points; the elytra—striw, outer humeral dimidiate, internal

complete and very similar to the first stria, 1-4 complete, 5

abbreviated before the base, sutural apical and dinmidiate,

interstices finely punctulate, with a band of larger points

along the posterior margin; the propygidium closely, not

densely punctured, with the posterior margin feebly raised ;

the pygidium, punctures larger and deeper than those of the

propygidium, and the external rim is manifestly elevated ;

the prosternum without striz, keel feebly punctulate, anterior

lobe distinctly punctate; the mesosternum sparsely punctu-

late, widely, not deeply emarginate, stria complete but ends

at the metasternal suture; the anterior tibiw 4-dentate.

The dense surface-sculpture of the foreliead gives a similar

appearance of opacity to that seen in A, Schaumi, Mars., but

there the similarity ends.

Hab. Cameroon.

Platysoma extrarium, sp. n.

Oblongum, subcylindricum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte punctulata,

stria integra tenuiter impressa; thorace stria integra necnon

basi conspicue continuata; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 apicali

dimidiata ; pygidio basi punctata, apice levi.

L. 7 mill.

Oblong, somewhat cylindrical, black, shining; the head

anteriorly impressed, surface finely punctulate, stria complete

but very fine anteriorly, where it crosses the impressed area ;

the thorax, anterior angles somewhat produced, surface

microscopically punctulate, lateral rim carinate and joins the

lateral stria behind the eyes, lateral stria complete anteriorly

and posteriorly, before the scutellum there is a distinct oval

fovea in front of the basal line ; the elytra at their bases have

a corresponding stria to the Lasal thoracic one, but it is not

quite so deep and it is carried along the lateral border of the

elytra as an inner epipleural stria, there is a fine oblique

basal humeral line, striz 1-4 are complete with crenulate

edges, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural wanting; the propy-

gidium is irregularly punctured, punctures for the most part

not circular in outline, the basal margin and a small triangular

median basal space smooth; the pygidium is punctured at

358 Mr. G, Lewis on

its base like the propygidium and the apex is smooth; the

prosternum, anterior lobe very large, keel narrow between

the coxe, with a loop-shaped stria, which joins behind; the

mesosternum is widely emarginate, stria complete and is close

to the anterior edge; the metasternum is longitudinally

canaliculate in the middle; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate

and somewhat dilated.

The size and form of this remarkable species is similar to

Pachycrerus viridis, Mars. Platysoma canalicolle, Mavrs.,

has a stria which entirely surrounds the thoracic margin, but

it is not so deep and conspicuous as in P. extrarium.

Hab. Queensland, Australia.

Pachycrerus morulus, sp. 0.

Oblongus, parum ellipticus, subcylindricus, piceo-niger, nitidus ;

antennis pedibusque rufo-brunneis; capite punctulato, stria

antice integra ; elytris, striis subhumerali externa, 1-4 suturalique

integris, 5 basi abbreviata vel evanescenti; prosterno bistriato ;

mesosterno antice haud striato.

L, 33 mill.

Oblong, somewhat elliptical and cylindrical, nearly black,

with the antenne and legs reddish brown; the head impressed

anteriorly, stria complete and anteriorly straight, surface

evenly punctulate; the thorax wider than broad, surface

clearly punctured, punctures varying in size, with a very fine

punctuation between the larger points, lateral margins are

narrowly free of punctures, the lateral marginal stria continues

as a very fine stria behind the eye, but it is interrupted

behind the middle of the neck; the elytra—strie, external

subhumeral fine and complete and at the apex turns inwards

and terminates at a point behind the second stria, internal

fine, basal, and oblique, 1-4 complete, 5 abbreviated at the

base or just visible in certain lights, sutural almost complete,

arrested at a point level with the scutellum ; the propygidium

and pygidium clearly punctured, punctures are somewhat

irregular and leave the pygidium smooth at its apex; the

prosternum is narrow, bistriate, strie not meeting anteriorly,

are nearly parallel at the sides, and widen out slightly between

the cox; the metasternum is very feebly bisinuous on either

side of the acumination, which is small and obtuse; the

meso- and metasterna have each a distinct lateral stria and

the first segment of the abdomen has two fine lateral strie on

either side ; the anterior tibize have three large teeth in the

middle and smaller ones outside of them.

The elliptical subcylindrical form of this species is unlike

new Species of Histeridx. 359

any other described, but the prosternal (except that they do

not meet in front) and mesosternal strie resemble those of

P. cyanipennis, Fahy.

Hab, Zanzibar (Raffray).

Note.—Pachycrerus Bocandet, Mars., P. cyanetpennis,

Fihr., P. morulus, Lew., and P. frater, Lew., form a small

group in the genus in which the mesosternum has no marginal

stria on the anterior border: P. Bocande’, Mars., is known

from the others by having the thoracic stria complete; in

P. cyaneipennis, morulus, and frater the stria is interrupted

behind the neck; in P. frater the fifth dorsal stria is some-

times evanescent before the base.

Hister Colensot, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minute punctu-

lata, stria antice recta; pronoto bistriato, striis parallelis, margine

ciliato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4—5 apicali-punctiformibus,

suturali antice late abbreviata; prosterno in medio angustato

haud striato.

L. 84 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, black, shining; the head very

minutely punctulate, stria complete, straight anteriorly,

vertex smooth ; the thorax, outer margins ciliate, lateral rim

very finely carinate and continued as a stria behind the head,

but is widely interrupted behind the neck, outer lateral stria

runs parallel to the margin, has a narrow interstice, and

ceases after passing the anterior angle, inner stria complete

and parallel to the outer one, interstice wide save in front ;

the elytra, outer humeral stria absent, inner deep and shortened

before the base, 1-8 complete, 4—5 represented hy a few very

fine apical points, sutural dorsal turning from the suture

apically ; the propygidium and pygidium punctate, but the

points are not closely set, apical edge of the latter smooth ;

the prosternum, keel before the coxe narrow, without striae ;

the mesosternum is feebly sinuous, stria complete, also

sinuous and close to the anterior edge; the anterior tibiz

strongly tridentate, the others spinose.

The species should be placed next to LH. robusticollis, Lew.

It belongs to Marseul’s first division.

Hab. Ulundi, Natal (Marshall). A stercoraceous species

(no. 428).

Hister planiformis, sp. n.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria

integra; pronoto stria laterali interna haud interrupta, externa

360 Mr. G. Lewis on

ante medium abbreviata; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 late inter-

rupta, 4-5 apicalibus brevissimis, suturali basi late, apice

minime abbreviata ; pygidio utrinque subfoveolato.

L. 5? mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black, shining ; the head, forehead

impressed, stria complete and semicircular, surface sparsely

and microscopically punctured; the thorax—striz, internal

complete and laterally sinuous in the middle, fine and

obscurely crenulate behind the head, external short, not

reaching the middle; the elytra, subhumeral stria somewhat

similar to that in H. cavifrons, Mars., but fine and only obso-

letely bifurcate, 1-2 fine and complete, 3 fine and broadly

interrupted behind the middle, course indicated only by faint

points, 4-5 each represented by a very short apical line,

sutural anteriorly reaches the middle of the dorsum and

terminates just before the apex, from its commencement it

inclines a little from the suture; the propygidium is sparingly

punctulate at the base and the points gradually become fine

and few posteriorly, posterior edge feebly impressed; the

pygidium, apex almost smooth, base and sides clearly, not

closely, punctured, before the apex on either side is a distinct

but shallow fovea; the prosternum is without stria; the

mesosternum is sinuous anteriorly, marginal stria complete,

somewhat fine and close to the edge, transverse stria also fine

and apparently interrupted in the middle, both striz are

feebly crenulate; the tibie, anterior 6—7 dentate, intermediate

and posterior spinous.

This species belongs to the cavifrons group; its trivial

name is suggested by its dorsal striew resembling those of a

species of Homalodes (planiformis).

Hab. Grenada, Mount Gay KHstate, leeward side (1. H.

Smith, no. 228).

Stictostiv mormont, sp. 0.

Ovalis, parum convexus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte concava, supra

oculos elevata utrinque oblique carinata; pronoto, stria marginali

anguste elevata, ante scutellum impresso ; elytris striis omnibus

integris, interstitiis punctulatis; antennis pedibusque concolo-

ribus.

L. 22 mill.

Oval, convex above, brown, shining; the head, face

slightly concave, conical over the eyes, the bases of the cones

continue obliquely as ridges towards the epistoma, surface

uneven and irregularly punctured; the thorax, lateral edges

narrowly elevated, surface punctured irregularly, punctures

new Species of Histeride. 361

large and shallow, with very fine points intermixed, the

lateral carine continue behind the head as an indistinct

marginal stria, vague and faintly crenulate, there is a shallow

antescutellar depression; the elytra, humeral and sub-

humeral stria complete and cariniform, six dorsal complete,

the sutural joining the fifth at the base, along the suturs is a

row of punctures set very regularly, which at first sight look

like an inner sutural stria, the first, second, and third strie

are more or less cariniform, especially at their bases, the

interstices have a lineal punctuation; the propygidium and

ygidium are punctured somewhat similarly to the thorax,

ut are without the intermediate fine points; the prosternum

irregularly punctate, strive cariniform between the coxe and

anteriorly greatly widen out, aud continue to join in front as a

rim to the lobe; the mesosternum, truncate anteriorly, trans-

verse and narrow, strongly margined at the sides, anterior

marginal stria scarcely visible, sparsely punctate, transverse

stria almost straight and crenulate; the metasternum and

first abdominal segment also sparsely punctate; the legs and

antennz concolorous, club of the latter paler.

This species is more oval (not broadly oval) than S. cal-

fornicus, Horn. The long basal joint of the antenna, the

broad prosternum, the narrow transverse mesosternum, form

of the legs, and general dorsal sculpture leave no doubt in

my wind that the species iscongeneric with S. parra, Mars.,

from Australia.

Hab. Utah.

Phelister hilarulus, sp. n.

Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte plana, stria semi-

circulari integra; pronoto lateribus distincte punctato, stria

integra antice crenulata ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 interrupta,

5 brevi, suturali dimidiata obliqua; propygidio pygidioquo

aliquanto dense punctulatis; prosterno mesosternoque punctatis ;

tibiis anticis spinosis.

L, 22 mill.

Nearly orbicular in outline, convex, black, and shining;

the legs and antenn pitchy brown; the head with an ex-

tremely fine punctuation, stria well marked and semicircular

in outline (a character possessed by other species of this

section) ; the thorax, marginal stria entire, raised at t he

angles, feebly crenulate behind the neck ; surface very finely

punctulate on the disk, with larger points broadly scattered

on either side, and before the scutellum is a rugose biarcuate

impression ; the elytra, striz 1-3 well-marked and complete,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 25

362 Mr. G. Lewis on

4 broken into points before the base, 5 short and apical,

with a single point as a basal appendage, sutural stria apical

and dimidiate, close to the suture at the apex, but markedly

divergent in its course (like that of P. 4-punctulus, Mars.

Mon. pl. xiv. fig. 4), internal humeral short and apical, inter-

stices very finely punctulate on the disk, but the points

increase in size towards the apex; the propygidium and

pygidium are somewhat densely and finely punctured, before

the apex of the latter is a transverse impression (perhaps not

a permanent character); the prosternum evenly punctate,

bistriate, strie joining anteriorly and widening out behind ;

the mesosternum also punctate and robustly produced ante-

riorly, marginal stria complete, transverse stria straight,

wide, and shallow, with crenulate edges; the anterior tibiae

spinous.

This species belongs to the same section of the genus as

P. cireulifrons, Mars., breviusculus, Mars., and nitidus, Lew.,

but it may be known at once by its oblique sutural striz and

punctured sternal plates. 2. nitidus, Lew., is the least

convex species of the three mentioned.

Hab. Cameroon.

Anaglymma tmpar.

Phelister impar, Mars. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) ix. p. exxvii (1889).

This species belongs to the genus Anaglymma, and it

resembles A. congonis, Lew., in having the fifth and sutural

dorsal strizs formed of single, not double lines.

Hab. Ganzibar.

t 4 y 2 / ‘% « Q

Trypeticus planisiernus, sp. n.

Cylindricus, brunneo-piceus, nitidus ; capite vertice minute foveo-

lato, rostro basi in medio elevato, utrinque depresso ; prosterno

plano haud striato; mesosterno utrinque sulcato; pygidio con-

vexo, punctato.

L. 4 mill.

Cylindrical, pitchy brown, shining; the head with a

small but distinct fovea on its vertex, a frontal ridge separates

the feebly convex vertex from the face, a robust median

ridge forms the base of the rostrum, with a corresponding

excavation on either side of it, the apex of the rostrum is

short and obtuse, with a median sulcus before the tip, region

of the sulcus depressed; the thorax not closely punctured,

punctures largest and closest at and near the anterior angles,

with a faint longitudinal ridge behind the middle of the neck ;

the elytra, punctuation distinctly finer than that of the thorax ;

new Species of Histeride. 363

the propygidium and pygidium are more closely and clearly

punctured, the later convex above; the prosternum is about

one third longer than wide, truncate at both ends, with a

microscopic strigose surface-sculpture and a few very small

punctures, without striae, and the lateral edges are rounded

off, not angulate; the mesosternum sulcate on either side

behind the anterior cox, anteriorly immarginate, surface

with scattered oblong punctures ; the anterior tibiew 5-dentate.

This is the only species I have seen without prosternal

striz or sulci; the female is not known to me.

Hab. Sumatra.

Trypeticus tncilis, sp. 0.

Cylindricus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus ; capite vertice obscure punc-

tato in medio minute foveolato, antice plano immarginato, rostro

minute bituberculato; prosterno striis lateralibus antice con-

junctis.

L. 334 mill.

Cylindrical, pitchy brown, shining; the head, vertex

obscurely punctured, with a shallow median fovea, face nearly

flat, ¢ feebly impressed in the middle, 9 impression more

distinct, more obtuse, with two very small tubercle-like

projections on its anterior edge, and equally large in both

sexes ; the thorax with a lateral stria only, somewhat densely

punctured, with a narrow smooth space in the middle, more

or less defined, g with a short depression behind the neck

and a feeble carina along its centre, 2 without the depres-

sion, but with dense punctures behind the neck; the elytra

are more conspicuously punctured in the ¢? than ¢ and are

fairly close together; the propygidium and pygidium are

clearly and rather closely punctured, the latter is slightly

convex and immarginate ; the prosternum is about one third

longer than broad, punctate, truncate before and behind, with

a distinct marginal stria at the sides and which continues

anteriorly ; the mesosternum has a lateral sulcus only; the

anterior tibie 5-dentate.

This species is a little smaller than the last; it has no

facial marginal stria like that of the next species.

Hab. Sumatra.

Trypeticus mustelinus, sp. n.

¢@. Cylindricus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus; capite antice plano,

margine triangulariter carinato, rostro reflexo, subacuto ; pronoto

lateribus profunde sinuato; pygidio dense punctato; prosterno

mesosternoque utrinque sulcatis; metasterno in medio canalicu-

lato.

L. 33 mill.

20"

364 On new Species of Histeride.

Cylindrical, rather elongate, pitchy brown, shining; the

head, vertex minutely strigose, with a few irregular shallow

punctures and a small median fovea, face somewhat narrow,

flat, and irregularly punctulate, with a marginal three-sided

carina, carina straight at the base, cradually converging

anteriorly, and terminating in a somewhat acute raised tip ;

the thorax striate laterally, margin anteriorly a little wide,

but before the middle the thoracic edge is cut out somewhat

abruptly at the expense of the margin; this incision or

sinuosity admits of the intermediate tibia being moved ina

narrow cylindrical gallery, and the stria now running close

to the edge continues to the basal angle, surface distinctly

and somewhat closely punctured, behind the neck is a short

median carina, but the thorax is not impressed, anterior

angles reddish; the elytra more finely and more sparsely

punctured than the thorax; the propygidium and pygidium

densely punctured, the latter a little convex; the prosternum

laterally suleate, sulci shortened a little anteriorly; the

mesosternum rather widely sulcate on either side ; the meta-

sternum is longitudinally canaliculate, all the sternal plates

are punctured ; the anterior tibiz 5-dentate.

I do not know the female.

The form of the thoracic margin noticed above is seen

more or less distinctly in Trypeticus indica, bombacis, and

planisternus, Lew., but it is not such a marked character as

in 7. mustelinus.

Hab. Sumatra.

PyGoca is, Lewis.

In this genus I find what I believe is a sexual character ;

in some additional specimens I have acquired of P. africanus,

Lew., the middle of the pygidium is concave, not the whole

of the surface. It appears as though the external margins

were greatly thickened.

TRYPOBIUS, Schmidt.

In the three species of the above genus noticed in the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug. 1897, p. 195, the sinuosities

in the thoracic margin are in the reverse position to those

seen in Trypeticus mustelinus &c. It is the anterior part of

the margin which is lost in Trypobius, and in Trypeticus it is

the basal portion.

This difference is doubtless of great generic importance.

On some Reptiles and a Frog from Argentina. 365

XXXI1X.—Note on some Reptiles and a Frog from Argentina.

By Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S.

I HAVE received from Falkland Ricketts, Esq., a small

collection of Reptiles which he made in Santa Fé. It con-

tained three lizards (Ametva surinamensis, Anisolepis undu-

latus, and Lepidosternum affine), eight snakes (Pseudablabes

Agassizii, Liophis pecilogyrus, Xenodon rhabdocephalus [or

X. Merremii, Wagl.?, Boul., Peracca], Thamnodynastes

Natterert, Philodryas Schotti, Philodryas psammophideus,

Oxyrhopus rhombifer, and Lachesis alternatus), and one frog,

which | consider to be a distinct and undescribed species.

The specimen of Anisolepis undulatus, which species is

still a desideratum to the majority of collections, is unfortu-

nately not in a good state of preservation. The Amphis-

beenian is, without doubt,

Lepidosternum affine, Bottger.

I do not consider Z. Boetigert, Boul. Lizards, i. p. 466,

from Corrientes, to be distinct from Béttger’s species, and

probably both are identical with Strauch’s L. Giinthert.

The specimen in Mr. Ricketts’s collection is of nearly the

same size as the type of L. Boettgert. It has 254 annuli of

the body and 14 of the tail; an annulus contains 80 dorsal

and 26 ventral segments. ‘There are 6 well-formed preanal

segments, with a minute rudimentary one on each side. In

L. Boettgeri I count 7, 3 on one and 4 on the other side.

Also the shape and arrangement of the parietal and occipital

shields seem subject to abnormal asymmetry and individual

variation. In our specimen they are more symmetrical than

in the type of L. Boettgert, the parietal being broader than

long (one more so than the other) and the occipital not quite

twice as broad as long.

I dedicate the new tree-frog to the collector, naming it

Phyllomedusa Rickettsit, sp. n.

Parotoids large, rather longer. than the head, commencing

from above the middle of the eye and forming an elongate

prominent pad on each side of the head and neck. Upper

and lateral parts, also the upperside of the thighs, covered

with rather large tubercles, the remainder of the lind leg, the

fore limb, and head being smooth. Lower parts coarsely

granular, the largest granules are enclosed within the yellow

patches about to be described.

366 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Pierine Butterflies.

Snout slightly longer than the eye, with distinct canthus

rostralis and sloping high sides; tympanum half the size of

the eye; interorbital space much broader than the upper

eyelid. Tongue with ashallow emargination behind. Vome-

rine teeth in two short transverse series between the choane.

Fingers free, the first shorter than the second, the fourth

nearly as long as the third; toes free, the first longer than

the second, the fifth much longer than the third. Fingers

and toes but slightly swollen at the tip. The length of the

body equals the distance of the vent from the metatarsal

joint. No metatarsal tubercle.

Upper parts green (bluish in spirit); throat and chest

bluish, with a yellow Y-like marking in the middle and other

yellow symmetrical markings on the sides; the largest of the

granules are within these markings. Lower eyelid with a

small yellow spot in front and behind. Lower jaw with a

yellow margin, continued as a narrow glandular band to the

middle of the length of the body. A yellow spot in each

groin and several others round the vent and on the lower

side of the thighs. No sharply defined white line along the

outer side of the forearm and tarsus.

Length of body 68 millim.

Distance of vent from extremity of longest toe 95 millim.

This species seems to have been seen already by Dr. C.

Berg, who refers two tuberculated specimens from the Prov.

Missiones to Ph, Burmerstert (An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires,

v. 1896, p. 212) ; indeed, the two species are closely allied.

But after a comparison of our specimen with the types of

Ph. Burmeister’, 1 cannot hesitate to regard the differences

in the structure of the skin, in the coloration, and in the form

of the head as characters of specific value.

XL.—Descriptions of six Pierine Butterflies of the Genus

Catasticta in the Collection of the British Museum. By

ArtuHuR G. Butier, Ph.D. &c.

THE following undescribed species were mostly collected by

the late Mr. Buckley in Ecuador, and were confounded by

Hewitson (who unfortunately destroyed the labels recording

their exact habitats) with well-known species.

1. Catasticta vapina, sp. n.

Nearest to C. pinava, which it nearly resembles on the

Dr. A. G. Butler on new Pierine Butterflies. 367

upper surface ; all the pale markings are, however, clearer,

more sandy yellowish, excepting those on the outer margin,

which are white; those towards the base are extended in a

diffused manner towards the base; the spots crossing the

disk of secondaries are acutely hastate, diffused externally.

On the under surface the colouring and pattern more nearly

approach those of C. philothea, but all the light areas are

wider and more sharply defined; the general colouring of

the primaries is clear buff, that of the secondaries pearl-white,

washed with sulphur-yellow on the inner half of the discal

and marginal white markings, and here and there over the

basal area much as in the secondaries of C. manco; the apical

area and marginal spots of the primaries are also similarly

tinted.

Expanse of wings 46-52 millim.

Ecuador (Buckley). Two males, coll. Hewitson.

From all its near allies this species may be distinguished

by ifs clearer brighter colouring both above and below, by

the sharp definition of the under-surface markings, by the

much wider and less crescent-shaped disco-submarginal spots

across the under surface of the primaries and the wider corre-

sponding belt of markings across the secondaries. Hewitson

confounded this species with C. modesta,

2. Catasticta cinerea, sp. n.

Primaries above ash-grey, with the veins and costal margin

broadly black ; outer fourth of the wings occupied by a broad

black border, crossed by a series of whitish-grey spots; a

marginal series of minute white dots: secondaries with the

basal half ash-grey irrorated with black; outer half black,

crossed by a series of whitish-grey spots; a marginal series

of small sulphur-yellow spots. Body blackish; palpi with

two lateral white lines ; collar with a small yellow spot on

each side. Under surface nearly resembling that of C. ur7-

cechee, but the grey areas more slate-coloured, the yellow

markings deeper in tint, all the pale markings more sharply

defined and those crossing the primaries broader.

Expanse of wings 65 millim.

Locality unfortunately not preserved. One male, coll.

Hewitson.

This very fine species and the two following were con-

founded by Hewitson with C. uricachee ; the present species

is, however, in some respects nearer to C. semtramis and

amastris.

368 Dr. A. G. Butler on new Pierine Butterflies.

3. Catasticta vulnerata, sp. n.

Allied to C. uricachee, but easily distinguished by the fact

that on the upper surface the basal area of the primaries as

well as of the secondaries is suffused with crimson, the discal

white spots narrower, the crimson on the secondaries more

restricted and greyer, the spots of the discal series small,

paler red, and diffused, the marginal internervular spots

whitish. On the under surface the markings are more sharply

defined, the yellow markings brighter, the grey discal belt

across the secondaries with nearly straight inner edge, and

therefore broader, the white and yellow belt bounding it

internally consequently narrower ; the marginal spots broader,

shghtly less angular.

Expanse of wings 58-61 millim.

Keuador (Buckley). Three males.

4, Catasticta tricolor, sp. n.

Also allied to C. uricechee, but with all the spots on the

upper surface of the primaries bright lemon-yellow; the

scarlet markings on the secondaries less brilliant in colour,

the patch towards the base more restricted, the spot within

the end of the cell diffused inwardly and those across the

disk much elongated ; a marginal series of yellow spots. On

the under surface the white and yellow markings are so much

reduced in size as to give this species a decidedly greyer

aspect, in which respect it somewhat approaches C. cinerea;

it, however, appears to differ from all its allies in having the

base of the abdominal fold of the secondaries bordered with

scarlet.

Expanse of wings 63 millim.

Ecuador. One fine male example.

In the Hewitson collection under the name of C. sisamnus

are two males of what I believe to be a very distinct species

allied to both C. hegemon and C. fliza. Unfortunately the

habitat of the species has not been preserved, and as this

group is somewhat more variable than others in the genus

and the species more difficult to describe so as to be easily

recognizable, I prefer to leave it unnamed until specimens

come to hand with information as to habitat.

The tollowing species was confounded with his C. anaztis

by Hewitson :—

5. Catasticta sordida, sp. n.

3d. Above with the general colouring of C. anaitis, but

On Cicadide from the Malay Archipelago. 369

slightly more yellow ; the spot in the cell and those of the

discal series of the primaries nearest to the costa decidedly

smaller: secondaries with the external blackish border occu-

pying nearly half the wing and crossed by large well-defined

spots of the ground-colour ; a marginal series of small white

spots. Below, all the pale markings are reduced and the

brown areas consequently much broader; the pale bands also

are cream-coloured, not pure white, and the yellow streaks

and spots deeper in tint.

Expanse of wings 62-68 millim.

Bolivia. Three males.

6. Catasticta Staudingeri, sp. n.

Allied to C. coreyra, with which it has been confounded ;

it differs above in the restriction of the black apical patch of

the primaries, which becomes linear from the second median

nervule; on the under surface the apical border is broadly

bright yellow and traversed by two grey lunular markings ;

the secondaries are bright yellow, the veins black, with white

borders; in the markings of these wings it differs from

C. corcyra in having the irregular postmedian stripe placed a

little nearer the outer margin and in having a well-defined

boldly zigzagged submarginal brown line, the outer angles

of which terminate on the margin at the extremities of the

nervures.

EXxpanse of wings 54 millim.

E. Peru. One male (type), B. M.

Also five examples from Ecuador in the Hewitson collec-

tion labelled as C. corcyra. Of the latter we have three

examples from the Ucayali River, Peru, which correspond

exactly with Felder’s figure.

As Ihave just heard that Dr. Staudinger, of Dresden, is

interesting himself in the study of this genus, I have named

the preceding very distinct species in honour of him.

XLI.—Cicadide from the Malay Archipelago.

By W. &. Disrant.

Cicada operculissima, sp. n.

Head ochraceous; two spots on front and a broad fascia

between the eyes black. Pronotum castaneous, its posterior

and lateral margins pale ochraceous; a central fascia and

370 On Cicadide from the Malay Archipelago.

subbasal transverse streak and spot and a spot on each

lateral margin black. Mesonotum very dark castaneous;

lateral and posterior margins and basal cruciform elevation

pale greenish ochraceous; disk with two large obconical

central dark ochraceous fascia. Abdomen very dark casta-

neous, posterior segmental margins pale greenish ochraceous,

two small central white spots at base, and a large white spot

on each lateral margin of the second segment. Body beneath

pale ochraceous and greyishly pilose; legs pale castaneous,

bases of the tibiz greenish ochraceous ; face centrally pale

greenish ochraceous, the transverse ridges black; opercula

greyish white, with their disks ochraceous; two large black

spots on apical segment and two smaller ones on anal ap-

pendage.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation greenish on

basal and pitchy on apical areas.

Opercula very long, about reaching base of apical segment,

subtriangular, their apices obtusely rounded. Rostrum

reaching the posterior coxe.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 28 millim.; exp. tegm. 90 millim.

flab. Lombok, Sambalun, 4000 feet (7. Fruhstorfer).

This species is allied to the one figured by Stoll (fig. 132),

of which there is a female Javan specimen in the British

Museum, and from which the elongated opercula and the

size and markings render it very distinct.

Huechys incarnata, Germ.

Huechys mearnata, Dist. Mon, Orient. Cicad. p. 112, tab. iii. figs. 4a, b.

Var. b differs from var. a (ibid. p. 113) as follows :—The

front is red as in typical specimens; the centre of the abdomen

both above and beneath (excluding the segmental margins)

black. Tegmina greyish white, with the venation, basal cell,

&e. black as in ordinary examples, but with the whole apical

half infuscated.

S. Celebes, Bua-Kraeng, 5000 feet (H. Fruhstorfer).

Genus LEMBEJA.

In my ‘ Monograph of Oriental Cicadide,’ under the specific

name Lembeja maculosa, Dist., I included the type, a female

specimen in the Dresden Museum, and a male specimen in

the Genoa Museum, both from Celebes. These were the

only two specimens I had then seen, and I thought it best to

include them under one specific name. I have recently

acquired two other female specimens, collected by Herr H.

On Fishes from Rotuma, South Pacific Ocean. 371

Fruhstorfer in 8. Celebes, and can now differentiate two

distinct species :—

A. Tegmina pale hyaline, minutely spotted

along the veins and more or less across

their apical halves.

a, Tegmina with second apical area much

shorter than first, third a little longer

than first.

5. Exp. tegm., 9 56 millim........,.. I. maculosa. (Proe. Zool.

Soc. 1888, t. xxv.

figs. 8a, b.)

B. Tegmina pale ochraceous, subhyaline,

spotted along the veins, and minutely

mottled over the whole area.

aa. Tegmina with second apical area a little

shorter than first, third much longer

than first.

bb. Exp. tegm., 2 80 millim. ........ L. Fruhstorferi,sp.n. (3,

Mon. Orient. Cicad.

t. vil. figs. 13a, b.)

The new species is to be differentiated by its larger size,

darker-coloured tegmina, and by the above detailed differ-

ences in the relative lengths of their three upper apical areas.

Both species were taken by Fruhstorfer in 8. Celebes—

L. maculosa at Patunuang and L. Fruhstorferi at Bua-Kraeng,

5000 feet.

XLII.—A List of the Fishes obtained by Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner at Rotuma, South Pacific Ocean. By G. A.

BouLenGer, F.R.S.

I HAVE lately been engaged in naming a collection of small

fishes made by Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner at Rotuma. — Al-

though all the specimens belong to known species, it may not

be without interest to publish a list of them, by which our

knowledge of their distribution will be increased. I have

the pleasure to add that a complete set of these fishes, in

an excellent state of preservation, has been presented to the

British Museum by Mr. Gardiner, who has kindly furnished

me with the following note on the manner in which they were

obtained :—

“ After the ‘Coral-boring Expedition to Funafuti’ re-

turned to Fiji, J went in H.M.S. ‘Penguin’ to Rotuma, a

small island about 260 miles N. by. W. of Fiji; here I

remained three and a half months. The island is about

8 miles long by 2 broad, and round it is a boat-channel with

372 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes from

about 3 feet of water at low tide. Here the natives regu-

larly farm the reef by baiting heaps of stones and coral with

coconut scraped up and mixed with the ink of the cuttle-fish ;

the fish always go to these heaps or some shelter at low tide,

and are caught by nets and baskets. All the fish in the

collection may be said to be typically reef-fish, and not fish

merely visiting the reef with the tide. I think that the

collection of these fish is a fairly complete one, as the natives,

who have names for nearly all the fish, could only recall

three by name which were unrepresented, and many were

quite unknown to them. Some of the smaller kinds were

obtained by breaking up masses of Madreporaria, between

the branches of which they live, and to which they invariably

swim for shelter.”

. Kuhlia teniura, C. & V.

. Epinephelus merra, Bl.

. Plesiops nigricans, Ripp.

. Grammistes sexlineatus, Thunb.

. Apogon hypselonotus, Blkr.

Jrenatus, Val.

fasciatus, White.

savayensis, Gthr.

. Gerres gigas, Gthr.

10. Cirrhites arcatus, C. & V.

11. Cirrhitichthys oxyrhynchus, Blky.

12. Upeneus trifasciatus, Lacép.

13. Chetodon strigangulus, Soland.

14, setifer, Bl.

15 qguadrimaculatus, Gray.

16 vittatus, Schn.

17 lunula, Lacép.

18 pelevensis, Kner.

19 cttrinellus, Gthr.

20. Holacanthus cyanotis, Gthr.

nicobariensis, Bl. Schn.

22. Myripristis murdjan, Forsk.

23. Helocentrum diploxiphus, Gthr.

24. microstoma, Gthr.

25. erythreum, Gthr.

26. sammara, Ripp.

27. Lthynchichthys lagech pa tgalios Blkr.

28. Acanthurus triostegus, L.

nigros, Gthr.

30. — lineatus, L.

olivaceus, Bl. Schn.

Rotuma, South Pacific Ocean.

. Acanthurus flavescens, Benn.

. Naseus unicornis, Forsk.

lituratus, Forst.

. Zanclus cornutus, L.

. Percis tetracanthus, Lacép.

. Scorpena guamensis, Q. & G.

dentata, Gthr.

nuchalis, Gthr.

tristis, Klunz.

diabolus, C. & V.

. Pterois volitans, L.

zebra, C. & V.

. Synancia verrucosa, Bl. Schn.

. Antennarius nummifer, Cuv.

. Gobius albopunctatus, Cuv.

neophytus, Gthr.

. Gobiodon rivulatus, Riipp.

citrinus, Riipp.

ceramensis, Blkr.

. Salarias tridactylus, Bl. Schn.

marmoratus, enn,

edentulus, Bl. Schn.

pertophthalmus, C. & V.

quadricornis, C. & V.

caudolineatus, Gthr.

. Atherina lacunosa, Forst.

. Amphiprion ephippium, Bl.

. Pomacentrus scolopsis, Q. & G.

pavo, Bl.

. — trilineatus, Ehrenb.

. Glyphidodon Dickii, Liénard.

Brownriggti, Benn.

antjerius, C, & V.

uniocellatus, Q. & G.

. Dascyllus aruanus, L.

xanthosoma, Blkr.

. Heliastes lepidurus, C. & V.

. Labroides dimidiatus, Riipp.

. Chilinus chlorurus, Bl.

punctatus, Benn.

. Pseudochilinus hexatenia, Blkr.

. Epibulus insidiator, Pall.

. Hemigymnus fasciatus, ‘Vhunb.

. Stethojulis axillaris, Q. & G.

. —— phecadopleura, Blkr.

Casturi, Renard,

373

ot4 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Snakes from Natal.

78. Platyglossus hortulanus, Lacép.

ao: opercularis, Gthr.

80. —— trimaculatus, Q. & G.

Sl. notopsis, K. & v. H.

82. nigromaculatus, Gthr.

83. Julis amblycephalus, Blkr.

84. —— umbrostigma, Riipp.

85. dorsalis, Q. & G.

86. Gomphosus varius, Lacép.

87. Coris Greenoughii, Gthr.

88. Perasfer Home, Richards.

89. —— gracilis, Blkr.

90. parvipinnis, Kaup.

91. Lelone depressa, Gthr.

92. Ophichthys colubrinus, Bodd.

93. Murena Petelli, Blkr.

94. jimbriata, Benn.

95. undulata, Lacép.

96. flavomarginata, Riipp.

97. Gymnomurena marmorata, Lacép.

98. Doryichthys sculptus, Gthr.

99. excisus, Kaup.

100. Balistes aculeatus, L.

101. rectangulus, Bl. Schn.

102. undulatus, Mungo Park,

103. Monacanthus scopas, Cuv.

104. - longirostris, Bl. Schn.

105. melanocephalus, Blkr.

106. Tetrodon papua, Blkr.

107. Valentini, Bllky.

108. Ostracion cubicus, L.

XLUI.—On some little-known Snakes from Natal.

By G. A. BouLencEr, F.R.S.

I aM indebted to Mr. Queckett, Curator of the Durban

Museum, for an opportunity of examining a large collection

of Snakes from the neighbourhood of Durban, comprising

examples of several little-known species upon which it is

deemed advisable to offer some remarks.

Simocephalus capensis, Smith.

A fine male specimen, measuring 1210 millim.; tail 165.

Frontal slightly longer than broad, four fifths the length of

Mr, G. A. Boulenger on Snakes from Natal. 375

the parietals; the prafrontals have a tendency to divide, a

cleft extending along half of their length from the posterior

angle of the internasal; loreal square; two preoculars,

upper smaller; two postoculars; temporals 1+2; seven

upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye. Scales in

15 rows (19 on the neck). Ventrals 208; subcaudals 47.

Dark olive-brown, with a yellow vertebral stripe.

Philothamnus semivartegatus, Smith.

A female specimen, measuring 940 millim. ; tail 310.

This is of interest as the first specimen received from Natal,

the original locality whence the species was described by

Andrew Smith. It agrees with the types in the black

markings, but differs in the ground-colour being entirely of a

bright grass-green above. ‘l'emporals 2+2; nine upper

labials, fourth, fifth, and sixth entering the eye. Ventrals 178;

subcaudals 125.

Macrelups microlepidotus, Gthr.

Two fine female specimens, the larger measuring 1 metre

(tail 110 millim.). ‘his is remarkable in having the rostral

nearly twice as broad as deep, its upper portion measuring

one third its distance from the frontal. Both have the post-

ocular in contact with the anterior temporal and 25 rows of

scales. Ventrals 168, 162; subcaudals 27, 33.

Elapechis Sundevallit, Smith.

I have now several specimens before me, which differ much

in coloration. ‘The adult (up to 880 millim.; tail 55) are

dark brown above, with narrow white cross-bars nearly equi-

distant or approximate in pairs, their number varying from

48 to 69; one specimen has the belly marbled with brown.

A young specimen (250 millim.) is alternately barred black

and white, the two bars of equal extent, the edges of

the white ones of a purer white, which no doubt persist to

form the narrow bars of the adult. In some of the speci-

mens the upper part of the rostral measures only two thirds

its distance from the trontal. Ventrals 165-184; sub-

caudals 22-25.

This snake has recently been recorded from the Upper

Zambesi by Peracca (Boll. Mus. Torin. xi. 1896, no. 255).

Naia nigricollis, Reinh.

I have recently recorded this species from the De Kaap

376 Hon. W. Rothschild on a new A ntelope.

Goldfields, Transvaal, where a young specimen was collected

by Dr. Percy Rendall. Its discovery in Natal extends its

habitat further to the south.

Two specimens are in the collection, belonging to the var.

mossambica, Peters:—An adult female, uniform brown, with

a broad black cross-bar under the neck, preceded and followed

by a narrow, imperfect one; 27 scales round the neck, 23

round the body; ventrals 187; subcaudals 61. A young,

grey above, yellowish beneath, with several irregular black

bars under the neck; 29 scales round the neck, 25 round the

body; ventrals 195; subcaudals 58.

Dendraspis angusticeps, Smith.

Four specimens :—

S (2360 millim.). Scales in 21 rows; ventrals 253;

subeaudals 117; 3 pre- and 3 postoculars; fourth

labial entering the eye. Blackish brown above.

2. g (1890 millim.). Scales in 19 rows; ventrals 209;

subcaudals 107; 3 pre- and 4 postoculars; fourth

labial entering the eye. Green above.

3 (1750 millim.). Scales in 20 rows; ventrals 205;

subcaudals 100; 3 pre- and 4 postoculars; fourth

labial entering the eye. Pale olive above.

4. 9 (1600 millim.). Scales in 19 rows; ventrals 209;

subcaudals 99; 2 pree- and 4 postoculars ; third and

fourth labials entering the eye. Green above.

oe)

XLIV.—WNote on a new Antelope.

By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD.

Bubatis Neumanni, sp. n.

Mr. A. H. Neumann, during his recent travels in some of

the most interesting parts of Africa, on the east shore of and

to the north-east of Lake Rudolph, met with a Hartebeest

which I cannot refer to any of the already known forms, and

which I wish to name after its discoverer. I have before me

two skulls with horns, of a male and of a female, and parts of

the skin of the body.

The horns differ widely from those of Bubalis major

(Blyth), of West Africa, and B. buselaphus (Pall.), of Northern

Africa and Arabia, in being slenderer and in their tips being

inverted, instead of pointing outwards or straight behind.

The nearest ally seems to be B. tora (Gray) of Upper Nubia,

Mr. O. Thomas on the Dwarf Mungoose. 377

Abyssinia, and Kordofan, which, however, has more slender

horns, with more distinct rings, reaching almost round, a

broader forehead, and a generally paler coloration. The

horns also diverge much more in B, tora, as shown at a glance

by the distances between the tips of the horns, as recorded in

R. Ward’s ‘Horn Measurements.’ B. Newmanni has evidently

nothing to do with Acronotus lelwel, Heugl. (Reise N.O.-Afr.

ii. p. 124), in which the tips of the horns point straight out-

wards. Matschie has referred A. lelwel to the West-African

Bubal, but Sclater and Thomas have more correctly placed it

among the synonyms of B. buselaphus. However, a query

should be added to the name, the description not being exact

enough to make out what the name means. The type is not

in the museum at Stuttgart, according to kind information

of Prof. Lampert, nor can it be found elsewhere at present.

The horns of B. Neumanni measure as follows :—

Circumference at base, g 273 millim., ? 183; total length

along the curves, g 420, 2? 345; tip to tip, g 206, 2 249.

The rings of the horns are not very prominent and do not

reach all round.

Breadth of skull at forehead, g 100 millim.,, ? 80; length

of skull from base of horn to upper lip, along the side in a

straight line: g 430, 2 403 millim.

Colour of hair fulvous tawn, much richer on the hack,

where there are also some darker spots, which may be stains

or natural; below very much paler. Chin blackish, tip of

tail black. The male is brighter and darker in colour than

the female. There are also on the back some patches with

longer, thicker, almost whitish-buff hair, perhaps remains of

the winter fur.

——

XLV.—On the Dwarf Mungoose (Helogale) of Somaliland.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS,

THE recent presentation to the British Museum of a Helogale

obtained by Dr. A. E. Atkinson when with Lord Delamere’s

shooting-party in Somaliland has enabled me to examine

more carefully the characters of this mungoose, which has

been assigned by Rhoads* and Elliott to HA. undulata,

Peters. ‘The specimens referred to by both these authors had

passed through London and been provisionally reterred to

* Proc. Ac, Philad. 1896, p. 543, ;

+ Field Columbian Museum Publ., Zool. i. p. 147 (1897).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xx. 26

378: Mr. O. Thomas on the Dwarf Munyoose.

H. undulata; but no opportunity had occurred of making a

detailed examination of the skulls and ie characters. 0: a

now making such a comparison with Dr. Atkinson’s speci-

men, | find that, although Sad nee allied, it isi

sufficiently distinct to demand specific separation. I would

propose to call it, in honour of its collector, to whom the

Museum is indebted for an interesting ponies of Somali

mammals,

Helogale Atkinsont, sp. n.

~ Very similar in external appearance to //. incaleeel and

especially to the darker-coloured individuals of that species.

It is, however, rather darker than the darkest, with less’

rufous or fulvous in the general tone, the chest and belly are

browner, and the muzzle is blackish brown, as compared to

the rufous which occupies this part in all the Museum speci-

mens of HH. wndulata, and is also mentioned by Peters as

being present in the types.

Skull with the nasals peculiarly short and broad, extending

backwards barely 2 millim. beyond the level of the pre-

maxillary bones, instead of, as in //. undulata, running back

as a long narrow wedge past the level of the anterior edge of:

the orbit. Middle upper premolar (p*) with scarcely a trace

of an internal secondary cusp, such as is prominent in all the

available skulls of //. undulata, five in number,

tioned by Peters in his description.

In size LH, Atkinsoni appears to be just about- equal to:

I. undulata, tor the type (a rather immature male) has a skull

of just the same size as an equally immature male of //. undu-

lata, and also just equal to the old female of that species and

the old male of //. parvula. There appears theretore to be

just the same differences between the sexes of H. undulata-

as between the species undulata and parvula, an old male of

the latter just equalling an old female of the formers. This

question of sexual difference in size was not discussed by

Dr. Jentink when he suggested* that AH. undulata and.

Al. parvula were really indistinguishable by size and should

not be specifically separated.

Dimensions of the type (a slightly immature male),

measured in flesh by the collector :—

Head and body 192 millim.; tail 153; hind foot 41;

Carats .

» Skull: basal length 41°7; greatest breadth 25°6; nasals,

length in middle line 5:1; interorbital breadth 10:2; breadth

and is men-

+N, L, M. x1. p, 31 (1888).

On the Nomenclature of some European Bats. 379

of brain-case 22; palate length 22:5, breadth between outer

corners of p* 16; greatest horizontal diameter of p‘ 5:1, of

m* 34,

Hab. Hargaisa, Somaliland, alt. 1500 m.

Type collected by Dr. A. E. Atkinson, Oct, 26, 1896.

Native name “ Shog Shog.”

XLVI.—The Nomenclature of some European Bats.

By Gerrit 8. MILter, Jr.

WHILE working out the synonymy of the North-American

Vespertilionide I have found that some glaring errors now

pass current in the nomenclature of several Huropean bats.

These may be most conveniently discussed under three

headings: (I.) the genera Vespertilio and Myotis, (IL.) the

genera Pipistrellus and Pterygistes, and (III.) the genus

Barbastella.

I. The Genera Vespertilio and Myotis.

The generic name Vespertilio has long been applied to the

38-toothed members of the family Vespertilionide, but in

accordance with one of the fundamental laws of nomen:

clature—that when a composite genus is subdivided its name

can never be transferred to a group not included in the

original assemblage—this use of the name is inadmissible.

The genus Vespertilio, Linnzeus (‘Systema Nature,’ i. ed. x.

pp. 31-82, 1758), included seven species—vampyrus, spectrum,

persptcillatus, spasma, leporinus, auritus, and murinus. Only

two of these, auritus and murinus, are European. Since it

is clear that a non-exotic species should in such a case be

made the type of the genus, on the ground that in this way

the original meaning of the author will be most closely

retained, one of these two must be selected. ‘The species

auritus was removed to the genus Plecotus by Geoffroy in

1818 (Descr. de Egypte, Mammif. p. 112). Thus murznus

is left as the type of the genus Vespertilio. True Vespertilio

murinus, however, is a totally different animal from the one

commonly known by that name. ‘To understand the matter

fully it is necessary to refer to the two editions of the ‘ Fauna

Suecica,’ where Linneus describes the animal in more detail

than in the ‘Systema Nature.’ In the first edition he men-

tions only one bat, the “ Liderlapp,” “ F'ladermus,” or ‘“ Natt-

blacka.” This he calls “Vespertilio caudatus, naso oreque

simplict” (No. 18, p. 7, 1746). In the second edition two

380 Mr. G. 8. Miller, Jv., on the

species are mentioned, No. 18 of the first edition (here num-

bered 2) and the long-eared bat, “V. caudatus, naso oreque

simplict, auriculis duplicatis, capite majoribus” (pp. 1-2,

1761). These had already received binomial names, Vesper-

tilio murinus and V. auritus respectively, in the tenth edition

of the ‘Systema Nature,’ where the following diagnosis of

V. murinus is given: “V. caudatus, naso oreque simplic’,

auriculis capite minoribus” (p. 32, 1758). In the second

edition of the ‘ Fauna Suecica’ the teeth of V. mur/nus are

thus described *:—‘‘ Dentes primores superiores 6, acuti

distantes ; inferiores 4, acuti contigui. Laniarii superiores 2,

anteriore majore ; inferiores 3, antico maximo. Molares

utrinque 3, tricuspidati.”

It thus appears that the Vespertilio murinus of Linneus,

the type of the genus Vespertilio, is a common Scandinavian

bat with ears shorter than the head, and with the dental

“=o —l1 1—1 3—3 C

formula 7 = 7, ¢ =p) P™ ss) ™ 55 — 02.

The only known Scandinavian bats which combine these

characters are the members of the group commonly known

as Vesperus in Europe and Adelonycterts in America, but to

G > my c

which Mr. Oldfield Thomas has recently applied the name

Eptesicus, Rafinesque }. ‘Therefore the genus Vespertilio

with its principal synonymy stands as follows :—

VESPERTILIO, Linneus, 1758.

1758. Vespertilio, Linnzeus, Systema Nature, i. ed. x. pp. 31-32. Type

by elimination Vespertilio murinus, Linneeus (not V. meurinus,

Schreber, 1775).

1820. Eptesicus, Rafinesque, Annals of Nature, p. 2. Type Zpteszeus

melanops, Rafinesque,= Vespertilio fuscus, Beauyois.

1829. Cnepheus, Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. natiirl. Syst. der

europ. Thierw. Ister Theil, p. 108. Type Vespertilio serotinus,

Schreber.

1889. Vesperugo, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiy fiir Natur-

geschichte, v. Bd. 1. p. 312 (part.).

1839. Vesperus, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv fir Natur-

geschichte, v. Bd, i. p. 318. Based on the 32-toothed species of

“ Vesperugo.”

1841, Noctula, Bonaparte, Iconografia Fauna Italica, i. fase. xxi.

(under Vespertilio alcythoe). Type Vespertilio serotinus.

1856. Cateorus, Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeitg. Dresden,

neue Folge, ii. pp. 151, 162-163, Type “ Vesperugo” serotinus.

1856. Meteorus, Kolenati, Allzem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeitg. Dresden,

* In the first edition the dental formula is the same, except that the

lower incisors are said to be five in number, an error corrected in the

second edition.

+ In Linnzeus’s statement the figures 4 and 6 are evidently transposed.

{ Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1896, pt. iv. p. 791, April 1, 1897.

Nomenclature of some European Bats. 381

neue Folge, ii. pp. 131, 167-169 (included Nilssoni, discolor, Savit,

leucippe, and aristippe).

1878. Vesperugo, Dobson, Catal. Chiroptera Brit. Mus. p. 183 (part.).

1892. Adelonycteris, H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phitaa. (1891)

p- 466, January 19, 1892. Proposed as a substitute for Vesperus,

preoccupied in entomology.

The exact identification of the species murinus among the

Scandinavian members of the genus Vespertilio, although a

matter of considerable difficulty, does not affect the use of

the generic name. Nilsson *, after a careful review of the

facts, decided that the animal must have been the bat to

which Natterer afterward applied the name discolor. He

therefore very properly placed the latter in the synonymy of

V. murinus, Linneus, and reinstated Bechstein’s name myotis

for the Vespertilio murinus of Schreber. Nilsson did not

recognize ‘* Vesperugo” as distinct from ‘‘ Vespertilio.” Hence

he said nothing in regard to the tenability of the generic

names. ‘len years later, Blasius T, though admitting that

the Vespertilio murtinus of Linnezus could not be the bat

commonly known by that name, considered the species un-

determinable, and therefore reasoned that the name first

applied to it might afterward be properly used by Schreber

in a different sense. It is not surprising, then, that Blasius

continued to apply the name Vesperti/io, Linneus, to the

genus to which he had restricted it eighteen years before,

notwithstanding the fact that, according to his own statement,

it could not be made to include any of the Linnzan species.

In these rulings Blasius was followed by Lilljeborg ¢, who

gave detailed reasons for his belief that it is impossible to

determine whether Linnzus’s bat is the species afterwards

called Vespertilio discolor by Natterer, or that called Vesper-

tilio Nilssont by Keyserling and Blasius. In his opinion,

contrary to that of Nilsson, the odds are in favour of the

latter. Lilljeborg calls attention to Blasius’s mistake in

applying the generic name Vespertilio to a group containing

no species known to Linnzus, but concludes that since this

error has become time honoured, it were better uncorrected.

Notwithstanding the inconvenience to which such a course

leads, there can scarcely be any valid reason for rejecting

the identification of Linneeus’s. Vespertilio murinus made by

Nilsson. The doubt admittedly lies between two species,

one of which he deliberately chose with all the facts before

him. As nothing in the original description is in any way

* Skand. Fauna, Diigedjuren, pp. 17-20 (andra upplagen) (1847),

+ Fauna der Wirbelthiere Deutschlands, Saiugethiere, p. 74 (1857),

{ Sveriges och Norges Ryggradsdjur, i. pp. 124-126, 144 (1874),

382 Mr. G.S. Miller, Jr., on the

discrepant with this determination it should be adopted. The

synonymy of the species is as follows :—

Vespertilio murinus, Linneus.

1758. Vespertilio murinus, Linnzeus, Systema Nature, i. ed. x. p. 32.

1819. Vespertilio discolor, Natterer, in Kuhl, Deutsch. Flederm. p. 48.

1839. Vesperugo discolor, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv

fiir Naturgeschichte, v. Bd. i. p. 312.

1847. Vespertilio murinus, Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, Diiggdjuren, p. 17 -

(andra upplagen).

1878. Vesperugo discolor, Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. p. 204.

The Serotine becomes

Vespertilio serotinus, Schreber.

The bat usually called Vesperugo borealis by recent writers

must be known as’

Vespertilio Nilsson? (Keyserling & Blasius).

1836. Vespertilio Kuhlit, Nilsson, Illum. Fig. Seandin. Fauna, Haft 17,

pl. 84 (not V. Kuhl, Natterer, in Kuhl, Deutsch. Flederm. p. 58,

1817).

18388. Vespertilio borealis, Nilsson, Illum. Fig. Scandin. Fauna, Haft 19,

pl. 86 (not Vespertilio borealis, Miller, Natursyst. Suppl. p. 21,

1776).

1889. Vesperugo Nilsscni, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv:

fiir Naturgeschichte, v. Bd. i. p. 515.

1878. Vesperugo borealis, Dobson, Catal. Chiroptera Brit. Mus. p. 205.

1894. Vesperugo Nilssont, Rhoads, Reprint of Ord’s North-American

Zoology, Appendix, p. 3.

The genus Vespertilio of Linneus contained, as already

shown, none of the 38-toothed bats to which the name is

generally applied. For these bats therefore the name must

be replaced by Myotis, Kaup, the first based on a member of

this group. Hence the genus Vespertilio of authors becomes

Myoris, Kaup, 1829.

1829. Myotis, Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. natiirl. Syst. der

europ. Thierw. Ister Theil, p. 106. Type Vespertilio murinus,

Schreber (not V. marinus, Linngeus).

1829, Nystactes, Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. natiirl. Syst. der

europ. Thierw. Ister Theil, p. 108. Type Vespertilio Bechsteinit,

Leisler.

1839. Vespertilio, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir

ee ee v. Bd. i. p. 806. (Not Vespertilio, Linnzus,

1758.

1841. Selystus, Bonaparte, Iconografia Fauna Italica, i. Introduzione

_ 3). Type Vespertilo mystacmmus, Leisler.

1856. Brachyotus, Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeite,

‘Dresden, neue Folge, ii. pp. 131, 174-177. Based on the species

mystacinus, Daubentonii, and dasycnemus.

Nomenclature of some European Bats. 383

1256, Isofus, Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeitg, Dresden,

neue Folge, ii. pp. 181, 177-179. Included the species Natterert

and emarginatus.

1870. Aeorestes, Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. math,-nat. Cl. k. Akad.

Wissensch, Wien, lxii. Abth. i. pp. 427-436, Included the species

villosissimus, albescens, nigricans, and levis.

1870. Comastes, Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. math.-nat. Cl. k, ‘Akad.

Wissensch. Wien, Ixii. Abth. iv. p. 89. Included. Capuceinti, mega-

podius, dasycnemus, and limnophilus.

1878. Vespertilio, Dobson, Catal. Chiroptera Brit. Mus. p. 284 (not

Vespertilio, Linnzus, 1758),

The specific name Vespertilio murinus, Schreber, 1775, is

preoccupied by V. murinus, Linneus, 1758. As already

pointed out by Nilsson, it must therefore give way to

Vespertilio myotis, Bechstein, 1791. ‘The common, large,

38-toothed bat of Central and Southern Europe is then

Myotis myotis (Bechstein).

1775. Vespertilio mwinus, Schreber, Saugthiere, i, p. 165, pl. li. (not

Vespertilio murinus, Linnzeus, 1758).

1791. Vespertilio myotis, Bechstein, Naturgesch. Deutschl. i. p. 1154.

1839. Vespertilio murinus, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiy

fiir Naturgeschichte, y. Bd. i. p. 306 (not V. merinus, Linnus,

1758).

1847. Vespertilio myotis, Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, Diiggdjuren, p. 20

(andra upplagen).

1878. Vespertilio murinus, Dobson, Catal, Chiroptera Brit. Mus. p. 309

(not FV. murinus, Linneus, 1758).

Il. The Genera Pipistrellus and Pterygistes.

It has already been shown that one of the several genera

commonly associated as subgenera under the name Vesperugo

must take the name Vespertilio. It remains to show that the

‘name Vesperugo cannot be used in any sense. |

As originally defined by Keyserling and Blasius, the genus

Vesperugo included twelve species: serotinus, discolor,

Nilssoni, Savit, leucippe, aristippe, noctula, Leislert, Kuhlit,

albolimbatus, Nathusti, and pipistrellus. 'These were arranged

in two subgenera—Vesperugo, including the 384-toothed

species, and Vesperus, those with 82 teeth. ‘The subgenus

Vesperus is exactly equivalent to the restricted genus Vesper-

tilio, Linneus, to the genus Lptesicus, Rafinesque, and to the

genus Cnephaus, Kaup, each of which antedates it. Aside

from this, however, it would be necessary to find the type of

the genus among the species referred by the authors to the

typical subgenus. ‘These represent two modern groups—

the first consisting of noctula and Leislerz, the second of the

384 On the Nomenclature of some European Bats.

remaining 34-toothed species. Each of these groups had been

named by Kaup ten years previously. Therefore each of

the constituent parts of the genus Vesperugo was provided

with a tenable name at the time when the composite genus

was formed. The first of the two genera into which the

original subgenus Vesperugo is now divided is

PIPISTRELLUS, Kaup, 1829.

1829. Pipistrellus, Kaup, Skizzirte Entw -Gesch. u. nattirl. Syst. der

europ. Thierw. Ister Theil, p. 98. Type Vespertilio pipistrellus,

Schreber.

1839. Vesperugo, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiy fiir

Naturgeschichte, v. Bd. i. p. 312 (part.).

1856. Nannugo, Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeitg. Dresden,

neue Folge, ii. pp. 151, 169-172. Based on Nathusit, pipistrellus,

and Kuhl.

1856. Hypsugo, Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeitg. Dresden,

neue Folge, ii. pp. 181, 167-169. Included “ Vesperugo ” maurus,

Blasius, and “V.” Krascheninikovii, Eversmann.

1878. Vesperugo, Dobson, Catal. Chiroptera Brit. Mus. p. 185 (part.).

1893. Vesperugo, H. Allen, Monogr. Bats N. Am. p. 121.

The type species, the Pipistrelle, is therefore

Pipistrellus pipistrellus (Schreber).

The second of the included genera is

PTERYGISTES, Kaup, 1829.

1829. Pterygistes, Kaup, Skizzirte Entw.-Gesch. u. nattirl. Syst. der

europ. Thierw. Ister Theil, pp. 99, 100. Type Vespertilio noctula,

Schreber.

1839. Vesperugo, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Natur-

geschichte, v. Bd. i. p. 312 (part.).

1842, Noctulinia, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 258. Included

proterus and fulvus.

1856. Panugo, Kolenati, Allgem. deutsch. naturhist. Zeitg. Dresden,

neue Folge, ii. pp. 181, 172-174. Included noctula and Leisleri.

1878. Vesperugo, Dobson, Catal. Chiropt. Brit. Mus. p. 183 (part.).

1893. Noctulinia, H. Allen, Proc. U.S. National Museum, p. 30.

The type will stand as

Pterygistes noctula (Schreber).

III. The Genus Barbastella.

In Dobson’s Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the British

Museum the generic name Barbastellus is discarded in favour

of Synotus, Keyserling and Blasius, 1839, on the ground that

it was first applied to a spec es of Nyctophilus *.

* P, 175, footnote.

Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 385

While the name was so used by Gray in 1831, it had been

applied by him to the Barbastelle under the slightly different

form Barbastella ten years previously. ‘Therefore it must be

retained for the genus represented by that species. The

synonymy is as follows :—

BARBASTELLA, Gray, 1821.

1821. Barbastella, Gray, London Medical Repository, xv. p. 300.

Type Vespertilio barbastellus, Schreber.

1839. Synotus, Keyserling & Blasius, Wiegmann’s Archiy fiir Natur-

geschichte, v. Bd. i. p. 305. Type Vespertilio —barbastellus,

Schreber.

The type species is therefore

Barbastella barbastellus (Schreber).

The specific name barbastellus is a masculine substantive,

and does not change its termination when combined with a

feminine generic name.

XLVII.—A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging

to the Genus Teracolus, Swains. By Artuur G. BUTLER,

fr 61. 8., F.Z.5., &e.

Ir is now upwards of twenty years since I first essayed a

Monograph of this most attractive group of Pieridine Rhopa-

locera, and horrified my old friend Hewitson by adding nearly

fifty species to those already described. Since that date

many beautiful new forms have been received from various

parts of Africa and from Arabia.

Until quite recently the variation of the species of Tera-

colus has been but little studied, very few facts bearing upon

the seasonal modifications of the different forms having been

published. It is true that so far back as 1877 Mr. Mansel

Weale (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, pp. 273-5) proved by experi-

ment that 7. keiskamma and 1’. auxo were produced trom

exactly similar larvee and pup found upon a Cadaba bush

in autumn and spring, and he suggested that they were

variations influenced by the amount of moisture at the season

of their emergence. ‘lhis suggestion, however, was received

with a good deal of scepticism.

In vol. viii. of the ‘ Journal of the Bombay Natural History

Society’ Capt. E. Y. Watson, of the Indian Staff Corps,

published an article on the synonymy of some species of

Indian Pieride, in which he reduced the Oriental Teracoli to

386 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

twelve, expressing his firm conviction that all the other

described forms were seasonal. So revolutionary a measure

naturally met with considerable opposition at first, and is

even now laughed to scorn by some lepidopterists ; but each

collection received from the tropical. parts of the Old World.

tends to prove that certain laws regulate the seasonal modifi-

cation of Pierine butterflies and are never departed from.

In the wet season Pierine are heavily marked with black

s} ots, borders, and sometimes veins, often on both surfaces

(though especially above) ; the under surface has a white or

yellow ground-tint. In the dry season the under (and some-

times the upper) surface shows much less black marking, and

is frequently suffused with clay-colour, ochreous, or rose-red ;

frequently, but. especially when the ground-tint remains

white, the apical area of the primaries and the whole surface

of the secondaries are irrorated or finely striated with brown.

The seasonal character of the above differences has been

amply proved as regards the species of Yeracolus, so that it

is now possible to recognize a dry- or a wet-season form at

sight ; nor is the fact that dated examples have been critically

examined by any means the only evidence upon which con-

clusions have been based, or even the unhesitating declarations

of collectors in India and Africa, for in some cases the one

form has been bred from eggs laid by the other, 7. auzo

having been proved recently by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall to

be the wet-season form of 7. keiskamma, as supposed by

Mr. Mansel Weale.

Col. Charles Swinhoe objected to Capt. Watson’s decisions

respecting the seasonal forms of certain Eastern Teracolz on

the ground that he took them all flying simultaneously at

Karachi—a fact which can be proved by an examination of

the dates on the labels even of the Museum examples. It

must, however, be borne in mind that in countries where

practically no wet season exists great variation is often to be

found, as pointed out by me in the case of Limnas chrysippus,

Catopsilia florelia, &e. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, pp. 478-508),

which there retain all the forms as simple sports of one variable

species which in other parts of the Old World become fixed

as local types. In like manner I find that phases answerable

to dry-, intermediate, and wet-season forms exist In many

species of Karachi and Arabia, and are simultaneously pro-

duced. As an instance, Capt. Nurse bred 7. Yerburiw and

T. evagore from a series of exactly similar larve, the perfect

insects emerging at the same season.

Again, lest it should be supposed that the yellow or ochra-

ceous under-surface coloration was of specific importance, it

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 387

is noteworthy that the Arabian 7. phisadia has a male of the

wet-season phase and a female of the dry type; also that the

nearly allied 7. puel/aris occurs at Karachi with males both

of the wet and dry phases, but females of the dry phase only.

Another point which proves the seasonal character of these

different variations, wherever seasons can be said to exist, is

that an unusually wet country invariably increases the wet

characteristics, and an unusualiy dry country has the same

effect upon the dry type of the species; thus the dry form of

7. subfasciatus from the Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau, where

the country is almost a desert in the dry season (though

extremely moist during the rains), is much more emphasized

than it is in southern South Africa, so much so that it was

described as a different species.

In the spring of 1896 Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, one of the

most painstaking and indefatigable collectors who has visited

the so-called Dark Continent,” came to the Museum with

the view of applying the experience gained by him in

Mashunaland to the magnificent collection under my charge.

Finding how rich we were in both examples and _ species of

the genus 7eracolus, and observing that the wet and dry forms

were at that time kept separate as distinct species, Mr. Marshall

made up his mind to thoroughly revise the synonymy of the

genus. Had he waited until | had rearranged our material,

which was cumbered by masses of only half-determined

specimens (so crowded together that the labels could with

difficulty be distinguished), he might have produced a really

satisfactory memoir. As, however, he elected to go to work

uj on the genus in its crowded condition, it is not surprising

that his synonymic work is not only more or less overdone,

but in some cases confounds species appertaining to widely

distinct groups. At the same time much that Mr. Marshall

has suggested in his paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897) is undoubt-

edly correct, and perhaps the fact that the work of this reviser

calls loudly for revision in certain points may have been

beneficial as inciting me to especial care in studying the sexes

and seasonal forms, with due regard to the geographical

range of each species, in order that 1 might not only straighten

out the inequalities which certainly exist, but avoid the error

of making confusion worse confounded. How far I have’

succeeded future students of the genus will have to decide.

It is probable that some forms which I have not seen an

justification for suppressing’ may yet prove not to be good

species, and it may be that in one or two cases I may, like

my friend Mr. Marshall, have gone a little too far.

388 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

1. TYeracolus amatus.

Papilio amatus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775).

Papilio calais, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. hii. C, D (1779).

Papilio cyprea, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 22 (1787).

Papilio dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 17, 18 (1829).

Teracolus modestus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 137.

Teracolus carnifer, Butler, t. ce. p. 138, pl. vil. figs. 8, 9.

Teracolus Kennedii, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 440.

Wet-season form 7’. calais (=dynamene).

Occurs over a great part of tropical Africa, from the Congo

westwards to the Zambesi eastwards, whence it ranges north-

wards towards the eastern coast to Abyssinia, passing through

the Sabaki valley, Somaliland, whence it probably crosses

over to Arabia, and thence through Syria and Persia to North-

western India. The most vividly coloured specimens are

those received from the Congo and Angola, but they grade

imperceptibly into the lightest examples of 7. dynamene,

whilst the latter also grade into the following, from which

many attempts have been made to keep them distinct, even

by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall in his recent review of the

synonymy of Teracolus :—

T. amatus (=cyprea=modestus= Kennedii).

This is merely a more southern development of 7. calais

in India and Ceylon, most examples differing in the smaller

black discocellular spot on the primaries, the Ceylonese

examples (7. modestus) also generally with a heavier black

border ; but intermediate specimens exist which, to my mind,

render it impossible to keep them apart. Roughly speaking,

T. amatus may be said to range throughout the plains of

Central and Southern India, occurring as TZ. modestus in

Ceylon. 7. cyprea is the white form of the female.

Dry-season form 7’. carnifer.

From Arabia through Persia to Karachi. In Central and

Southern India and Ceylon it is represented by a much larger

and more heavily bordered form, a white female to which

sometimes occurs.

Altogether the Museum series is represented by ninety-

seven specimens.

2. Teracolus protractus.

Teracolus protractus, Butler, P. Z, 8. 1876, p. 187.

Described from a dry-season example obtained in the

Punjab; it occurs commonly at Campbellpore, Beluchistan,

and Kutch.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 389

The wet-season variety has the apex of the primaries and

the secondaries greenish yellow instead of pinky buff on the

under surface ; intermediate specimens also occur, and it may

be doubted whether the three forms do not all fly simul-

taneously, as is frequently the case in very dry regions.

There are altogether seventeen specimens in the Museum

series.

3. Teracolus ocellatus.

Teracolus ocellatus, Butler, P. Z. 5. 1885, p. 767.

A single wet-season male of this still rare species was

obtained by Mr. J. G. Thrupp in Somaliland in 1884; I

have since seen a second example in Miss E. M. Sharpe’s

collection. I had long expected to see this butterfly before

it actually came to hand, as I felt certain that some inter-

mediate form must exist between the salmon-colourel 7. pro-

tractus and the half-salmon, half-white 7. phisadia. As

might be expected, 7’. ocellatus is somewhat nearer to 7. phi-

sadia than to the Indian species, both in outline and in the

general pattern of the primaries. ‘The dry-season form is at

present unknown, but it is quite possible that, as in 7. phi-

sadia, it may only represent the female phase of the species.

4. Teracolus phisadia.

Teracolus phisadia, Godart, Enc, Méth. ix. p. 132 (1819).

Pontia arne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vii. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Idmais philamene, Mabille, C. Kk. Ent. Belg. xxxiii. p. evi (1880) ;

Grand. Madag. p. 284, pl. xli. tigs. 10, 10 @ /1887).

The male of this species is a wet-season form and the

female (in all its varieties) invariably dry-season ; of course

they all fly together at the same time. ‘The species occurs

abundantly in Arabia and ranges to Syria. According to

Mr. Marshall it also occurs through Abyssinia to Senegal,

but I have never seen an African specimen; its reputed

occurrence in Madagascar is doubtless due to an error in the

labelling of a collection from Aden containing single examples

of many species which have been thus included in M. Gran-

didier’s splendid work by M. Mabille. It would, indeed, be

remarkable if Adenese species could leap over Somaliland

and the intermediate sea to Madagascar without appearing

upon the African continent.

5. Teracolus puellaris.

Teracolus puellaris, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 136.

Teracolus ochreipennis, Butler, t. c. p. 156.

Teracokus rorus, Swinhoe, P, Z, 8, 1884, p. 437, pl. xxxix. fig. 8.

Occurs from Kutch, through Karachi, through Sind north-

390 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

wards as far as Beluchistan, both dry- and wet-season forms

flying together; the form with yellow under surface, which

is the wet-season representative, 1s 7. puel/aris, and that with

the apex of primaries and the whole of the secondaries sandy

buff on the under surface, which is the dry-season type, 1s

T. ochreipennis (=T. rorus). We have both forms captured

on the 29th of June and in November. It is therefore

evident that, as in some other dry localities, the seasonal

forms in this species represent mere varieties which appear

simultaneously. Among Hewitson’s examples of 7. phisadia

is a male of the wet-season form labelled “ Aden’”’; but this

must surely be an error, unless the white females referred to

T. phisadia, and obtained at my request by Col. Yerbury,

flying with the latter species, actually belong to the dry-season

variety of 7. puellaris. This, however, is extremely im-

probable *.

6. Teracolus vestalis.

Teracolus vestalis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 135, pl. vii. fig. 10,

Teracolus intermissus, Butler, P. Z. 5. 1883, p. 152, pl. xxiv. fig. 4.

Teracolus peelus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 5S. 1884, p. 438, pl. xxxix. fig. 9.

Teracolus dubius, Swinhoe, t. ec. p. 439.

Occurs from Kutch through Karachi and Beluchistan to

the coast of Persia. ‘The varieties representative of seasonal

forms in this species fly together in April, May, and June ;

but we have only received the dry-season types as obtained

in November and December. The wet-season type 1s typical

T. vestalis (= 1’. dubius); the dry and intermediate types are

represented by J’. cntermissus, of which YT. peelus is only a

yellow female form, Swinhoe’s supposed male being merely a

small example.

7. Teracolus castalis.

Idmais castalis, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 43, pl. xxiii. (1884).

Originally described from an imperfect example obtained

at Taita, KX. Africa; it has subsequently been received from

Mombasa and from Somaliland. In the Museum there is

one male from Mombasa of the typical wet-season form.

T. castalis is the African representative of J. vestalis, from

which the longer costa of the primaries, the broader black

apical and costal borders of these wings, and the distinctly

spotted border of the secondaries readily distinguish it.

* Hewitson’s utter disregard of the importance of correct habitats is

evidenced by the fact that fully half his specimens bear no indication of

locality.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 391

8. Teracolus Johnstont.

Teracolus Johnstoni, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 29 (1886).

Teracolus eris (part.), Trimen, South Afr, Butt, iii. p. 93 (1889).

Ranges in South Africa from Graham’s Town to Natal,

beyond which point it is probably replaced by 7’, opalescens.

It is one of the smallest of the TZ. er’s group, being (in its

Jargest examples) only slightly superior in size to the typical

form, from which it differs in its more elongated primaries,

the more elongate form of the white area on these wings and

of the apical ochraceous streaks or internervular spots, the less

heavily bordered inner marginal black border on the primaries

of the female, and the more abruptly terminated black costal

band on the secondaries, which emits an acute streak to the

apex along the costa, instead of being extended transversely

a most to the radial vein.

9. Teracolus eris.

Pontia erts, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829).

Q. Idmais fatma, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. p. 180, pl. xxv. fig. 3

(1865). |

Q. Teracolus abyssinicus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xviii. p. 486 (1876).

Ranges northwards from the Sabaki valley and Kilima-

njaro to Abyssinia and Nubia, and westwards to Kordofan.

The Idmais fatma of Felder is the dry-season form of the

female.

10. Teracolus opalescens.

Q. Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30 (1886) ;

g. P.Z.S. 1896, p. 125.

Ranges from Delagoa Bay inland and northwards through

Nyasaland to the Victoria Nyanza.

This species attains to a greater size than any of the other

forms of the 7. erts group; it is also the most heavily black-

bordered of them all, and has well-defined black marginal

spots to the secondaries in both sexes; the white irregular

edging to the external angle and lower portion of outer

margin of primaries, which is usually well marked in 7’. John-

stont, is absent, as in TZ. eris. The primaries below have

much larger discal black spots than in either of the latter

species and three or four marginal black dots, whilst the

secondaries have a much broader orange-yellow costal streak

and traces of a discal transverse yellow streak from its extre-

mity, also a bright saffron-yellow internal streak ; the female

lias the usual discal internervular series of dots on the under

A Revision

392 Dr.

surface of the secondaries, but the male dry-season form never

shows the conspicuous discocellular black spot which charac-

terizes the male of typical 7. Johnstont.

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, who calls the species 7. opalinus

and sinks it as a synonym of 1’. ers, says that the type is an

unusually large female from Delagoa Bay. Of our eight

females three ought to be called unusually large, four fairly

large, and one rather small; but the name opalescens was

given to the type because it is faintly opalescent on the upper

surface and on the under surface of the primaries, a character

which I have since discovered to be inconstant, as also is the

width of the internal black bordering of the primaries, which

is frequently as wide again as in the type. The dry-season

form is smaller than that of the wet-season, the primaries

comparatively shorter and broader than in 1’. Johnstoni, with

the conspicuous black discal spots below which characterize

the wet-season form, and with a series of scaly brown spots

across the under surface of the secondaries between the

nervures. ‘These characters and the lack of the black disco-

cellular spot readily distinguish it from the dry form of the

southern species.

11. Teracolus maimuna.

Idmais maimuna, Kirby, Proc. R. Dubl. Soc. (2) ii. p. 338 (1880) ;

Waterhouse, Aid Ident. Ins, ii. pl. exliii. figs. 1, 2 (1882-90).

The figures of this species are very poor and convey a false

impression of it. The range of Z. maimuna appears to

extend on the West Coast from Senegal to Angola; it isa

large form, although small examples occasionally are to be

found. Of our seven females, one from Angola is larger than

the type of T. opalescens, whilst the dry-season females are

quite small.

This West Coast representative of 7’, erts is at once recog-

nizable in the male sex by the dull smoky character of the

apical patch, the spots on which are small and less solid in

colouring than in any of the other types; the white area on

the primaries is also much broader and ter minated less i irregu-

larly, the margin of the secondaries 1s more or less spotted at

the extremities of the veins. ‘The wet-season form may

always be distinguished trom males of Z. opalescens (in

addition to the dullness of the apical patch) by the almost

total absence of orange colouring from the under surface of

the secondaries, whilst some examples show a discal series of

dusky spots across the secondaries ; the intermediate season

form, which we have chiefly from Senegal, has a well-defined

orange costal streak below and a faint trace of a saffron-yellow

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 393

internal streak, the under surface varying from pale buff to

lemon-yellow. The females much resemble those of 7’. opal-

escens, but the ground-colouring of the under surface is

yellower and the discal spots on the secondaries much more

prominent, whilst the orange costal streak is paler. In the

dry-season form of the female, apart from the slightly more

sandy reddish colouring of the apex and of the secondaries,

the absence of subapical spots and of the internal stripe on

the upper surface, and the presence of a transverse tapering

brown streak from the costa of secondaries on the under

surface, serve to distinguish it from females of 7’. opalescens.

12. Teracolus subfasciatus.

Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, Zool. IL. Ins. ii. pl. exv. (1823).

Ptychopteryx Bohemani, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 18 (1857).

Ptychopteryx? ducissa, Dognin, Le Naturaliste, p. 132 (1891).

The range of this species is much greater than was formerly

supposed. It occurs in Damaraland and Ovampoland, Kastern

Griqualand, Northern Transvaal, Matabeleland, Zanguebar,

Nyasa, and Uganda.

From the rarity of the dry-season form, it seems probable

that it is confined to the drier parts of Eastern and Kast

Central Africa. The female is the sex described by M. Dog-

nin; the male is brimstone-yellow like the wet-season form,

but with a clear orange apical patch. Hewitson has two

examples of the female from the Transvaal, but the orange

area on the upper surface of the primaries is somewhat more

restricted in these than in our Nyasa female.

13. Teracolus elgonensis.

Teracolus elgonensis, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 191, pl. xvi. fig. 6

(1891).

Mount Elgon, north of Victoria Nyanza.

I have only seen the type of this beautiful little species.

14. Teracolus eunoma,

Pieris eunoma, Hoptfer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berl. 1855, p. 640; Peters’s

Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. y. p. 353, pl. xxiii. figs. 1, 2 (1862).

Querimba, Mozambique.

This is a wet-season form, and is not at all likely to bea

mere variety of 7’. chromiferus, which also is a wet-season

form occurring about 200 miles further northward. The

species is only known to me at present through the admirable

figure in Dr. Peters’s work ; but I am satisfied that it is just

as distinct as J’, elgonensis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6, Vol. xx. 27

394 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

15. Teracolus chromiferus.

Teracolus chromiferus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. vol. i. p. 533 (1894).

Most frequently received from Zanzibar, from which

locality we have a pair from the Godman and Salvin collec-

tion; the example in Hewitson’s collection is also from this

locality. It, however, occurs southwards certainly as far as

the Zambesi River, and, according to Marshall, even as far

as Beira, whilst Dr. Ansorge obtained it in German Kast

Africa.

16. Teracolus puniceus.

Teracolus puniceus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 72, 1894, p. 573, pl. xxxvi.

figs. 5, 6.

The wet-season form of this species has recently been

received from Mni, near Mombasa; it is slightly larger than

the typical dry-season form, and the magenta-red extends a

little further along the costa, but not upon the outer margin ;

the veins above are more heavily blackened and terminate in

black marginal dots; on the under surface the apex of pri-

maries and the whole of secondaries are creamy buff, the

costa of secondaries narrowly saffron-yellow towards the base,

and the transverse ray is either absent or represented by

black-brown dashes. ‘The female is either white or bright

yellow above, and greyish lavender or yellow, sparsely irro-

rated with greyish, below; the markings are somewhat

similar to those of 7’. hetwra, but the borders perhaps rather

less heavy, more nearly resembling the dry-season females of

that species. 7’. puniceus ranges from Wadelai through the

Victoria Nyanza south-eastward to Mombasa.

17. Teracolus hetera.

do. Callosune hetera, Gerstaecker, Arch. fiir Naturgesch. 1871, i.

p- 357 ; Van der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Africa, iv. 2, p, 365, pl. xv.

fig. 2 (1873).

Q. Teracolus foliaceus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 573, pl. xxxvi. fig. 7.

The range of 7’. hetwra appears to be from the Sabaki

valley southwards to Zanzibar, meeting with 7. puniceus at

Mombasa only.

T. foliaceus is a dark form of the wet-season female; the

dry-season male chiefly differs from that of the wet-season in

the less-defined black veining and marginal dots and in the

rosy under surface; the secondaries show faint traces of a

transverse bar. A pair of this form was in the Godman and

Salvin collection.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 395

Mr. Marshall’s supposition that 7’. puniceus would prove

to be the dry-season form of 7. hetera is thus shown to

be incorrect ; personally I never accepted it as even a pro-

bability, for it is rare to find so great a difference in the

character of the apical patch in this group of Teracolus.

18. Teracolus Lortt.

Teracolus Lorti, E, M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 527,

This very distinct little species, of which the Museum at

present possesses two males only, appears to be confined to

Somaliland and Gallaland, the dry-season form only being

known.

In 7. Lorté the magenta apical patch reaches the greatest

development, extending along the costal nervure to a point

opposite to the upper extremity of the discoidal cell. This

patch is not of the same colour as in the other species of the

group, being duller and more lilacine in tint. The idea of

this pretty little species being a variety of either 7. hetera or

T. puniceus is quite out of the question.

19. Teracolus regina.

Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 520

i. regina, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. iii. pl. xi. fig. 3 (1889).

Callosune anax, Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol iii.

p- 125 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i., Call. pl. 1. figs. 5-8 (1889).

Teracolus eliza, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v.

p- 441 ; Waterhouse, Aid Ident. Ins. pl. clxxxix. (1890).

The most northerly examples of this species were those

obtained in the neighbourhood of the Albert Nyanza by the

late Emin Pasha; thence it extends southwards along the

eastern side of Africa through Nyasaland and the Zambesi

district to the Transvaal *, and to the west it passes through

the Bechuana country to Namaqualand and Damaraland.

T. anax (=eliza) is the wet-season form.

20. Teracolus imperator.

Teracolus imperator, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 132.

Anthocharis tone, Reiche (not Godart), Ferret and Galinier, Voy.

Abyss. pl. xxx. figs. 1, 2, 5-7 (1849).

The range of this species appears to be from Wasin Island

through Zanzibar south-westwards, just touching Nyasaland,

* One of Hewitson’s examples is even labelled as from Kaffirland, but

this may be an error.

27*

396 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

to the Transvaal; but the evidence of its occurrence in

Nyasaland is based solely upon two female examples in the

Hewitson cabinet, and it is well known that Hewitson attached

so little value to the habitat of a species, that not much relt-

ance can be placed upon his labelling. However, there is no

reason why the distribution of this species should not run

parallel to that of 7. phlegyas through part of its range.

hat it is the same species, as urged by Mr. Marshall, I do

not believe, for it differs both in its wet- and dry-season

forms. The dry form of 7. ¢mperator has the purple apical

belt narrower, with less black inner edging, and the under-

surface colouring is mostly rosy, without transverse bar.

21. Teracolus phlegyas.

Anthocharis phlegyas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 451, pl. xxv. figs. 3, 3a.

Euchloe coliagenes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx.

p. 216, pl. iv. figs. 4, 5 (1867).

Euchloe jalone, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14 (1869).

The types are all from the White Nile, and I am not at

all sure that the larger and more heavily marked types which

occur considerably further to the south ought not to be kept

distinct from them; but until they have been bred it will,

perhaps, be safer to regard them as mere local races of one

widely distributed species. At the same time it is doubtful

whether the species occurs all along the line from the White

Nile to Nyasaland or thence southward to Delagoa Bay; and

if a name had already been given to the more southern type,

I should certainly have regarded it worthy of respect. As it

is, there is so much general resemblance between the wet-

season male from Nyasa and the dry-season male from the

White Nile in the pattern and colouring of the upper surface,

that 1 hesitate to insist upon keeping them separate.

Teracolus coliagenes, which Mr. Marshall regarded as

linking the J’. eras and fausta groups, is certainly nothing

more nor less than the wet-season female of typical male

T. phlegyas; the female which I described is the dry-season

type, and therefore is that sex of 7’. alone.

T. phlegyas, in all its forms, can be distinguished from

T’. imperator by its somewhat inferior size, the whitish scaling

in spots upon the apical border of the males, and the trans-

verse bar on the under surface of the secondaries usually

more broken up. ‘The females are much less heavily marked

on the upper surface.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swatns. 397

22. Teracolus Buaton?.

Teracolus Buxtoni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 130.

Callosune jalone, var. natalensis, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 44

(1888),

Natal.

The wet-season form of this local representative of 7. phle-

gyas comes nearer to TY’, tone, only the male has a very

strongly defined blackish stripe across the under surface of

the secondaries ; the female has the subapical white spots

small and greyish in colouring and the basal area very dark,

whilst the bar on the secondaries is more strongly marked

and the spots of the marginal border extend further up the

nervures. ‘This is the 7. natalensis of Staudinger *,

The dry-season form is representel by 7. Buztoni, of

which we only possess a pair in the general series, but of

which there are four others in the Hewitson collection. In

this form the upper surface of the male resembles that of the

wet-season type of 7’. phlegyas, but the female nearly ap-

proaches the dry-season form of the same.

23. Teracolus tone.

Pieris ione, Gedart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 140 (1819).

I quite agree with Mr. Marshall that the argument used

by my friend Mr, Trimen, that no Europeans lived in Natal

when this species was described, is insufficient evidence to

authorize the application of the name 7’ zone to a species

which does not at all answer to M. Godart’s description.

This is the only species which can be correctly described as

“anticis supra apice (medio violaceo) nigris,” which M. Godart

further explains thus :—‘‘ Les premiéres ont 4 l’extrémité une

bordure noire arquée, étroite vers l’angle interne, large vis-a-

vis du sommet, ot elle est divisée transversalement et oblique-

ment par une bande violette, trés-brillante, arrondie en

dehors.” The description of the under surface of the hind

wings with “some blackish marginal dots” is not applicable

to 7. jalone or any of the forms of 7’. phlegyas, but only to

* This author, judging me by himself, makes some quite uncalled for

remarks about 7’. jalone and 7. jobina. Considering that I had three or

four collections at my disposal when I described them, it would be odd if

his statements were true,

398 Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains.

this species and, in a Jess degree (sometimes), to 7. imperator,

and the single costal spot, which Godart does not specially

mention, may easily have been reckoned by him as one of

these marginal spots. Lastly, the white colouring of the

under surface, upon which stress has been laid, is really of

very little importance, for worn examples, or such as had

been long on the wing, would show little if any yellow

tinting. There is no accounting for the presence of many of

the rare species which found their way into the collections of

the older authors, often not to reappear for a hundred years

or longer. As regards the argument as to Boisduval having

seen M. Godart’s type, it is evident, from what Mr. ‘Trimen

says, that the late Doctor confounded all the purple-tipped

Teracoli together *. 1. jobina is the dry-season form of the

species, and the description was based upon four examples in

the collection of Mr. Druce from Natal. These subsequently

came into the possession of Messrs. Godman and Salvin,

whose series of eleven specimens (inclusive of the above) is

now in the Museum collection. An intermediate season form

Jong represented 7’, yobina in the Museum, but three specimens

in the Hewitson collection are typical.

24. Teracolus bacchus.

Teracolus bacchus, Butler, P. Z. S, 1888, p. 738; Grose Smith and

Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i., Cadi. pl. i. figs. 1-4 (1889).

Callosune mrogoana, Vieillot, Bull. Soc, Ent. France, 1891, pp. ci and

CXY.

Ranges from Lado, north of the Albert Nyanza, south-

wards to Mamboia and the Nguru hills, and eastwards to

Kilima-njaro.

The wet-season form is characterized as distinet from

T. imperator by its inferior size, the heavy black veining on

both surfaces, the well-defined grey internervular spots on

the apical border of the primaries in the male, and the rudi-

mentary character of the transverse band on the under surface

of the secondaries in that sex ; it possesses also two forms of

female, as is the case with 7’. cone. The dry-season male is

somewhat larger, with the black veins much less defined

above and almost or altogether wanting below, the black

marginal spots also wanting on the upper surface of the

* This has been further proved by Mons. Dognin, who has kindly

examined the original examples for me, but has been unable to decide

which is the type of M. Godart’s description, or even if it still exists in

the series,

Bibliographical Notices. 399

secondaries, Our two male examples of this form are not

quite fresh, and therefore the colouring below is not very

defined, but it does not seem ever to have been rosy. It is

possible, therefore, that a still drier type may remain to be

discovered,

[To be continued. }

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The Life-Histories of the British Marine Food-Fishes. By Witt1aM

Carmicaart M‘Invosu, F.R.S., Professor, and Arruur Tomas

Masterman, Assistant Professor of Natural History in the

University of St. Andrews. 8vo. London, 1897. Pp. xvi, 516.

Frontispiece, 20 coloured plates, and 45 woodcuts.

Sr. Anprews (now “The Gatty”’*) Marre Lazorartory has distinctly

forged ahead in the issue of this volume, which is alike creditable

for its clear graphic style and excellence of illustration. It is just

such a handbook as those interested in practical ichthyology—and

particularly the new band of students at work in marine laboratories

—should have at hand for easy reference and instruction. It will

save much groping for literature scattered through many scientific

journals &c., home and foreign—a kind of ready reckoner in its

way. In the preface the authors specify their respective shares in

the labour, the major part of which comprises records of work

accomplished at ‘‘The Gatty ” itselfi—and a goodly show it makes of

‘north of Tweed ” fish science ( perfervidum ingenium Scotorum).

Stress is justly laid on Sars’s discovery of floating eggs—truly

the starting-point of much of the subsequent ichthyological research.

They remark how difficult it is ‘* to predicate from the habits of a

fish the nature of its eggs.”

Three propositions are laid down with respect to the pelagic eggs.

Their pelagic character :—(1) “ leads to the dispersion of the species

throughout the ocean”; (2) ‘ tends to minimize the destruction of

the eggs by any special agency ”; (3) ‘appears to have played au

important part in the preservation of the various food-fishes.” The

first result is due to the effects of oceanic currents and tides; the

second to the relative invisibility of the eggs ; and the third to the

lengthening of spawning discharge and very numerous diminutive

eggs. Howsoever these may be active agents, it nevertheless seems

to us to follow that the essential differences, together with the

greater fecundity of the pelagic, as contradistinguished from the

* In courtesy to Dr. Charles H. Gatty, whose handsome gift of a new

building has infused fresh life to the institution.

400 Bibliographical Notices.

demersal, type, are but safeguards against the enormous disad-

vantages of the buoyant habit. Not that there is a superiority in

pelagic spawning, as one would infer from the authors’ remarks.

Masterman reasons * that pelagic spawning is the more primitive

form. ‘To such argument there can be no positive answer, inasmuch

as all depends whether marine or freshwater forms were first

evolved—and this in our present state of knowledge is pure guess-

work, Quite a number of ichthyologists are of opinion—and solid

proofs are not wanting—that many freshwater forms readily adapt

themselves to a salt-water habitat, and equally so the opposite. Nay

more, examples are numerous and marked where, in the same fish,

seasonal or part of every-day life, so to say, is spent in both waters,

If Amphioxus be taken as the lowest piscine form (older view), or

only as the progenitor through the hagfish and lamprey to the

vertebrate true fish (later view), then, from what we know of their

spawning-habits and littoral sojourning, there may be as great a

chance that ground-spawning is the primitive mode.

Reference is made to Dannevig’s observation that the pelagic eggs

of certain forms are chiefly shed at night. ‘lo this we may add

that even in the parturition of higher vertebrates the same holds

good. It is averred that the number of floating eggs bears a ratio

to the breeding fishes, with which axiom most would agree. As

to their ruthless destruction and the intense after-struggle for

existence, it would be hard to deny. To this is necessarily related,

wherefore in the pelagic forms do females preponderate, the con-

trary obtaining in demersal forms? It certainly is remarkable that,

say, the sprat and herring, so closely allied, should one be pelagic,

the other demersal in habit; so that the adult structure evidently

has no influence as a determining factor. Nor does oil-globule in

the egg or size of the latter characterize a particular group of

fishes, the closest allies again differing.

In the short chapter ‘Fish from a Pelagic Ege” it is shown

that in most cases prior to and immediately after hatching the kind

of fish can be recognized by its pigmentation. Some are of canary

tint, others ruby-red, or stone-coloured, or black and yellow, or

alone black-banded, these hues being only youthful stages in colora-

tion. Some, again, have great post-larval fins or spines and such-

like ornamentation, which are modified or lost as age advances.

Woodeuts dispersed in the text represent several of these changes

as cod, ling, &e., so that the eye is there and then impressed on the

reading of the text. Bnt this part of the subject is so replete with

interest and suggestion, that this chapter could well have been

expanded with figures accordingly. The authors deftly call atten-

tion to similar stages in the development of the higher vertebrates

as indicating genetic relations with ancestral forms.

The topic of pelagic fauna is one on which M‘Intosh himself has

* Here introduced, but ¢f. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1896, reprinted in Nat.

Science, 1897.

Bibliographica! Notices. 401

made some instructive observations in St. Andrews Bay. He care-

fully noted the faunal monthly changes for a year, eliciting that,

winter or summer, swarms of plant and animal surface organisms

abounded. May was the maximum, January the minimum, and

June, July, and August high in pelagic life. His researches, com-

prising surface, mid-water, and ground fauna prevalent in the bay

at stated periods, to a limited extent only corroborate those of the

praiseworthy ‘ Plankton’ Atlantic Expedition. ‘lhe method em-

ployed by him, less minute and systematic, but nevertheless fairly

satisfactory for practical purposes, differed from that of Hensen, and

gave no warrant to this savant’s mathematical apportionment and

supposed uniformity of the ‘ Plankton’: the essence of the former’s

research, derived from superficial, mid, and ground netting, tending

rather to prove that trawling of inshore waters cannot deprive

food-fishes of nourishment by rendering the sea-bottom barren, as

some authors haveasserted. Withal it truly corresponded to Heeckel’s

expression of a ‘* Wonderland” in his ‘ Plankton Studien,’ and

rather sustains Heeckel’s views of the continuous variation of the

surface organisms monthly, daily, and even hourly; hence he

arrives at a conclusion opposed to that of Hensen, viz. that rigid accu-

racy is out of the question in sucha biological problem. Garstang at

Plymouth and Peck in the United States have each essayed on the

same lines as M‘Intosh, and there is every promise, when our bays,

inlets, and estuaries are better worked out, that some at least of

the inshore fish migrations will be more thoroughly understood,

and theoretical as well as practical results follow.

In the “General Sketch of Marine Teleostean Development ”

what Balfour did for Elasmobranchs has been done in the Teleosts,

and is here given in ‘*a brief and somewhat popular résumé,”

quoting the authors’ own words. ‘The same is chiefly based on

M‘Intosh and Prince’s monograph (Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1890).

The present authors have, as a rule, eliminated controversial dis-

cussion or reference to the special labours of others’ investigations,

limiting their treatment of the subject as much as possible to the

presumed facts of the case as tolerably well agreed on. In this

way they have given a succinct but unusually clear scientific

“account of the processes involved from fertilization to ultimate

hatching and issue of the embryo onwards, through larval and post-

larval conditions to adolescence. Therefrom the student can easily

follow the changes step by step, and finish with definite ideas of

the cell-division, origin of membranes and organs, whether derived

from epiblast, mesoblast, or hypoblast. The whiting and cod are

the types taken, with woodcuts, to illustrate the gradation of

changes in their embryology.

The authors tell us “ very little is definitely known in connexion

with the rate of growth of food-fishes.” This statement rather

takes us aback, for we were of opinion that, as Cunningham pnts it,

‘a considerable amount of evidence has been collected bearing upon

the question of the growth of fishes.” Are the researches of Fulton,

402 Bibliographical Notices.

Holt, Meyer, Petersen, Cunningham, Tosh, Dannevig, Williamson,

and of Masterman and M‘Intosh themselves mere moonshine? We

should be very sorry to think so, though willing to allow that all

the piscine laws of growth are not irrevocably settled. The authors

admit and enunciate that “a study of the average sizes of fishes

shows that the annual increase is practically distinctly appreciable ” ;

that the artificially reared grow at a slower rate; that cold retards

growth; that the larger species of fishes have a greater rate of

vrowth from the outset; and, lastly, that growth continues

throughout life—which makes their statement as above appear

somewhat contradictory.

Section II. of the volume, which occupies its larger bulk, is

entirely devoted to ‘* Life-Histories of the Species” of Teleosteans.

It embodies, in fact, in a very readable form all that is known

with certainty of this group up to date. Altogether 86 species are

recorded. ‘The life-histories of some of these are described very

fully, and to others shorter notice is bestowed, namely, where there

is paucity of data. There is still, therefore, plenty of material

left, awaiting aspiring young naturalists and those in favoured

positions, to deal with. A great share of the work has been per-

formed at St. Andrews, though the Plymouth station renders an

admirable quota. The results of foreign savants’ labours, many of

whom have had opportunities of studying rarer fish and their ova

under favourable circumstances not always accorded to our home-

bred investigators, are freely used; but all authorities at home and

abroad are frankly acknowledged. Still a condensed Bibliography

(such as that of Bashford Dean in ‘ Fishes Living and Fossil’)

would have been a boon to students. The writers evidently rely on

the extensive list of authors and works previously given in the

memoir Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb.; but, then, the student may not

possess this.

To one of the writers it is a highly satisfactory budget to comment

onin the fact that since the late Lord Dalhousie’s Royal Commission

of 1883, when almost next to nothing was known of the lhfe-

history of British food-fish, to-day there is a bright galaxy of forms

pretty well known, and that St. Andrews helped to that measure

with a will.

It is premised that though the Gobiide, Gasterosteide, and

certain other families are not food-fish in the ordinary sense, yet

they are included as evidence of what is known in Teleost life-

histories. Occasionally such humble members throw a ray of light

on obscure points in other fish of much more importance econo-

mically. The material and treatment of the subject is somewhat

after the under-mentioned fashion, varied of course according to

what is known of the species &c.:—Whether the fish is a pelagic

or demersal spawner; the number of ova; comparative sizes and

number of females to males; times and places of spawning ; aspect,

diameter, and other particulars concerning the egg ; period of incu-

bation and the daily progress &c. in development; the larva and

Bibliographical! Notices. 403

postlarva, their inherent stages and changes, their wanderings, and

so on; the further growth of the young fish, their habits, migra-

tion, food, &c.; sexual maturity and conditions respecting the

adults ; differences in development, habits, &c. of families and species

of a genus, and other significant facts connected with their life-

histories ; besides matter of a kind affecting the fisheries—altogether

a vast store of information.

What is denoted as “ Ontogenic migration,” that movement

towards and from the shallow shores and estuaries again to deep

water, of the larval and postlarval forms, and which is shared by

several families, Pleuronectide included, is rather ingeniously

indicated graphically in diagrams in the case of the lesser sand-eel

and the herring. These both have a spring and autumn spawning-

period, which overlap each other, and the young and older stages

get mixed shorewise, so that it has been puzzling to ascertain their

age and rate of growth. To these diagrams the Italian phrase

se non é vero é ben trovato appears applicable.

In discussing Delage’s discovery of the transformation of that

curious form Leptocephalus Morrisii into a young conger, and the

further observations of Grassi and Calandruccio on ZL. brevirostris in

relation to the eel, our authors seem to throw cold water on the

question. They boldly ask:—(a) What is the normal habitat of

the Leptocephali, at least L. brevirostris and L. Morrisii? (6) Why

are they not found in abundance on our coasts? (¢) Do abnormal

Leptocephali occur, or, indeed, is a Leptocephaline stage a normal

part of the Mureenoid life-history at all? It is worth while

remarking that Giinther (‘Study of Fishes’) regards LZ. Morrisii as

an abnormal larval condition of the conger, and he suggests that

shore-spawning fish-ova through untoward circumstances hatched in

mid-ovean may not develop or attain their normal growth.

But we have said enough to justify our preliminary remarks, that

the St. Andrews volume is both interesting and likely to prove

useful.

In only one sentence is a solitary plaint heard, for otherwise

throughout the tone is cheerful and encouraging. It runs thus :—

“The authorities entrusted with the patronage of posts in which

marine zoology could be studied as a rule and with a singular

impartiality [sic] filled them with those accustomed to other depart-

ments of the subject, while men imbued with enthusiasm for marine

zoology are stationed far inland.” The old story of the angular

man stuck in the round hole. By-the-bye, was not that high-souled,

most eminently gifted naturalist Louis Agassiz spurned the Edin-

burgh chair, when the authorities should have felt proud of his

application? We believe even Darwin would have been refused on

the same grounds given by the objectors. Sic transit gloria mundi!

4(0)4 Bibliographical Notices.

Eqgs of British Birds, with an Account of their Breeding-habits.—

Limicole. With 54 Coloured Plates. By Frank Poynrerne.

(R. H. Porter.)

Mr. Poyrnttne is to be congratulated on the production of a work

in which the illustrations are equal to those of Hewitson. We can

hardly go further in the way of praise, for we haye compared these

plates with those of the Limicole in Hewitson’s 1846 edition of

the ‘Eggs of British Birds,’ undoubtedly the best in that respect,

though the third edition (1856) contained additional figures of the

eggs of about half a dozen Waders, mainly due to discoveries in

Lapland by the late John Wolley. In the forty years which have

elapsed increased facilities for travel and other circumstances have

vastly increased our acquaintance with the nesting-haunts of many

species, and where only a few specimens of eggs were available

large series are now to be had. The opportunity has not been

neglected, as shown by the figures of 6 eggs of the Cream-coloured

Courser, LO of the Grey Plover, 14 of the Little Stint, and 6 of the

Bar-tailed Godwit; not to mention eggs more easily obtainable.

Even the eggs of most of the wanderers from America are given,

while, of the species which habitually visit our shores, only the Knot

and the Curlew-Sandpiper remain without plates. The former of

these species breeds in Arctic America, and the nestlings were

obtained by the naturalists of the ‘ Alert’ and the ‘ Discovery’ on

Grinnell Land in 1876, while General Greely, of the United States

expedition, subsequently took from a female bird an egg apparently

ready, or nearly ready, for extrusion ; but this it would be premature

to consider typical. The breeding-places of the Curlew-Sandpiper

are probably on the extensive tun/ras of Arctic Siberia ; and the

natural difficulties in the way of reaching these are almost insu-

perable, except, perhaps, for an expedition subsidized by the

Russian Government. Eyen while we write it is possible that

Mr. H. J. Pearson and Col. H. W. Feilden may have been successful

on their trip to Habarova this summer, though we hardly venture

to anticipate such a result. The late Dr. von Middendorff obtained

a female with a partially shelled egg in her oviduct on the Taimyr,

in 74° N. lat., and that is the best up to the present.

A very strong feature of this admirable work is its text, which

is largely compiled—with full acknowledgment—from authorities

who have written from personal acquaintance with the various

species or who have worked out their distribution. It is therefore,

as the author says, ‘‘to a large extent a record of birds’-nesting

adventures,” and as such it cannot fail to be of interest to that very

large class of ornithologists who, whatever be their age, are or have

been birds’-nesters. For these the work is a compendium ; it is,

in fact, a history of the British Limicole at the most interesting

period of their lives, without the descriptions of their plumage or

of their behaviour during the cold season. The bibliography is well

Bibl fographical Notices. 405

chosen. One or two small oversights we notice; for instance,

reference might have been made to Hewitson’s figure of the egg of

the Creain-coloured Courser—the first ever given—in ‘The Lbis’

for 1859, pl. ii. fig. 3; and with regard to Dann’s communication

to Yarrell respecting the nesting of the Broad-billed Sandpiper,

the Ist edition of ‘ British Birds,’ vol. ii. p. 639, and p. 642 (fig. of

egg), should have been quoted rather than the 4th, in order to

mark the early date of the discovery. On the whole, however, the

work is as nearly perfect as any book can be, and, although neces-

sarily costly, no ornithologist would willingly dispense with it. We

are glad to hear that Mr. Poynting is preparing a similar work

on the eggs of the British Raptores, and we trust that he may be

further encouraged to give illustrations, with equally good letter-

press, of the eggs of all the birds in the British List.

Trouessart’s Catalogue of Mammals.

Catalogus Mammalium, tam Viventium quam Fossilium. By Dr. E.8.

Trovessart. New Edition. Fasciculi I. and I1., containing the

Orders Primates, Prosimiz, Chiroptera, Insectivora, Carnivora,

Pinnipedia, and Rodentia (part). Berlin, 1897. 8vo. Fried-

linder and Son.

SrocK-TAKING is an important operation in all trades, and in no case

is it more urgently wanted than in Zoolegy, especially in Mammals.

Few qualified zoologists would, however, care to undertake the

enormous labour involved in the preparation of a systematic cata-

logue of all the known genera of Mammals, both recent and fossil;

and the thanks of all interested in this particular branch of natural

history are therefore due to the author of this magnum opus, who,

it may be hoped, will enjoy the health and possess the patience

and perseverance necessary to complete his seli-imposed task.

With the changes that are daily taking place in our conceptions

of zoological classification, and the perpetual emendations of nomen-

clature and descriptions of new forms that within the lust few years

have almost revolutionized the study of Mammals, and have

rendered out of date almost every work on the subject before it has

left the press, it cannot be expected that any sort of finality will be

attached to the work before us. Indeed, although it is thoroughly

well up to date, it may be observed that several important moditica-

tions have already been suggested in the classification of more than

one group since the work went to press.

With the general scheme of classification adopted by Dr. Troues-

sart—that is, the division of the class into orders and families—we

have no special concern, particularly as it is in the main that followed

by most English writers on the subject. Of far more general

interest are the author’s modes of dealing with the burning questions

of nomenclature, orthography, and the limitations of species and

subspecies.

406 Bibliographical Notices.

As regards the question of nomenclature, the author’s views are

not in all cases quite easy to understand, and his mode of procedure

does not seem always uniform. Apparently he follows priority of

date to the bitter end, as we find the little-known Alouata replacing

the familiar Mycetes, and Cynocephalus giving way to Papio. But if

priority is to cause the replacement of familiar names by others

which have for years reposed in more or less deep obscurity, surely

the preoccupation of titles is a much more serious bar to their

employment. And yet in the Pteropide, or Pteropodide as we

prefer to call them, we find the names Megaloglossus and Maero-

glossus retained, although they have been shown to be preoccupied

and other names have been proposed in their place. On the other

hand, Anthropopithecus replaces Troglodytes, on account of the

preoccupation of the latter.

We presume the reason why Megaloglossus and Macroglossus are

retained is because the preoccupying names have not precisely

the same terminations—that is to say, because they end in -glossa

or -glossum instead of -glossus. And this leads to the question

whether a slight difference in the spelling of what is really

the same word—either purposely or through ignorance—admits

of its being used for two different genera: that is to say,

whether we may have Wastodon and Mastudus, or Megatherium and

Megalotherium. Until quite recently it was answered in the

negative ; but a school has been started which maintains that a

name is always to be spelt precisely as written by the proposer,

whether correct or not; and that if an author spells a name properly

and assigns it to one genus, a second may spell it incorrectly and

thus keep it for another. This is virtually a confirmation of the

views of a certain West-Indian gentleman in one of Marryat’s novels,

who said that as individuals have peculiar styles of handwriting,

there is no reason why they should not display idiosyneracies of

spelling. In other words, it is the glorification of ignorance against

education and culture. And we have heard it urged that as classical

knowledge is likely to decrease, we cannot any more insist on classical

accuracy in our scientific nomenclature. Our own opinion is very

decided on the question; but it is quite time that naturalists in

general should make up their minds once for all how the question

is to be settled. And it is not the slightest use two or three saying

that they will adopt such and such a plan without full consultation

with all their fellow-workers.

What may be Dr. Trouessart’s views on the question of amending

orthography, it is quite impossible to determine. For instance, on

page 137 we find the amended Machewrodus standing for Kaup’s

original Machairodus, while on page 248 the incorrect <Arlurus

remains in place of the amended d*lurus. Possibly the question is

one of not much moment one way or the other; but when it is a

question of adopting the amended form or maintaining the original,

it may be supposed that all will agree in advocating a uniformity

of practice. Classically there is no doubt that if we use Latin

Bibliographical Notices. 407

terminations to our scientific names we should follow Grimm’s law

in the substitution of Latin letters or diphthongs for their Greek

equivalents, as, indeed, is universally done in our English version

of the New Testament.

The mention of Ailurus, or AZ/lurus, brings to notice the cireum-

stance that Dr. Trouessart places this genus—as represented by the

Himalayan Panda—among the Bears, instead of with the Raccoons.

And although its molar teeth do present a certain very curious

similarity to those of the Parti-coloured Bear (42/wropus), yet the

proposed innovation is, to say the least, open to a considerable

amount of doubt. While on the subject of Bears, it may be noticed

that the author (following Gray) places the Grizzly Bear in a sub-

genus apart from the Brown Bear ; and yet there are naturalists who

consider that both are but different local modifications of one and

the same species! Another innovation which may be open to

criticism is the placing of a number of extinct Lemuroids in the

family Tarsiide, although recent observations as to the generalized

characters of the living Tarsius may perhaps render it well-

founded.

One more criticism and we have done. This relates to the

so-called Scomber scomber principle, which, to our great personal

regret—for it is too ridiculous and absurd—scems slowly but surely

making its way among naturalists. Here, again, the author is not

uniform in his treatment, for whereas we have Gorilla gorilla and

Lutra lutra, we find Meles taxus in place of Meles meles.

It is in no carping or disparaging spirit that the above remarks

are penned: the object of the reviewer being to urge how important

it is for naturalists to come to some general agreement on the points

mentioned. Before this can be done, every one must agree to submit

his own individual views to the opinion of the majority and to adopt

a spirit of give and take.

Dr. Trouessart’s work will be of the highest value to all students

of Mammals, and indeed absolutely indispensable to every worker

in the subject. The care and precision with which it has been

compiled, the fullness of the references, the extreme freedom from

typographical errors, and the excellent style in which it is printed,

render it alike creditable to the industry of the author and to the

establishment of his publishers. Rak,

The Geology of the English Lake District, with Notes on the Minerals.

By J. Postternwarrr, F.G.S, Small 8vo. 78 pages, with Illus-

trations. Bakewell, Keswick, 1897.

Tue Author, having lived in the Lake District and carefully

studied the geology of Cumberland and Westmoreland for many

years, has from time to time published several descriptive papers on

the local rocks, their structure, minerals, and fossils. He now

applies his geological and mineralogical experience to the production

of this little book, in which he systematizes what has been observed

408 Bibliographical Notices.

and published on the geology of this district. He indicates the

various sources of his information and acknowledges the kind help

of several friends.

The following rocks and strata are taken in succession :—lL. The

Skiddaw Slates and their Fossils, especially the Graptolites; to-

ecther with some proposed new species of Lingula, viz. L. Donaldi,

Harknessi, Bonney’, Derwentii (if named after the Derwent Water it

should have been derwentensis), Marrii, Nicholsont, and Howardi.

These and others are illustrated by more or less obscure figures after

photographs. The Graptolites also are roughly lithographed, with

some ‘lrilobites. 2. The Volcanic Series of Borrowdale. 3. The

Cross Fell Inlier. 4. The Drygill Shales. 5. Coniston Limestone

Series. 6. The Granites of Eskdale, Shap, Skiddaw, and Enderdale.

7. Other special Igneous Rocks of St. John, Armboth, Little Knot,

White House, Great Cockup, Sale Fell, Carrock Fell, Seatoller Fell,

and Castlehead. 8. The Stockdale Shales. 9. Coniston Flags and

Grits. 10. Bannisdale Shales and Kirkby Moor Flags. 11. Notes

on the Carboniferous, Permian, and Triassic strata, including the

Hilton Plant-beds. 12. Surface deposits, Old Lakes, Moraines, and

Boulders. 13. Faults and Mineral Veins. 14. A Summary,

sketching a geological history of the district from the time when

the Skiddaw Slates were laid down as muddy shales and micaceous

grits. Volcanic action and a general depression followed; and in

time the Coniston Limestone and Shales were formed in a mode-

rately deep sea. An upward movement then shallowed the sea and

made an island of the district, which sank again to receive some

Upper Silurian deposits, but was again raised and exposed to denu-

dation for a long period, whilst the Old Red Sandstone was being

formed elsewhere. Depression followed, and was accompanied by

the production of the Carboniferous series. The Permian and

Triassic marls and sandstones were subsequently accumulated in

large salt-lakes, and, together with the rest of the region, after

attaining a greater elevation, became subjected to long-continued

subaérial denudation, partly effected by ice during the Glacial

Period. Such great thicknesses of rocks and strata that have been

here removed, and such enormous periods of time that must have

been required in the operation, render it impossible to correctly

calculate the interval of time between the origin of the Skiddaw

Slates and the present condition of the Lake District in Cumberland

and Westmoreland. The Author indicates about 23,000 feet of rocks

as remaining now. 15. Of the local Minerals a hundred are enu-

merated, with their places of occurrence ; and there are full

descriptive notes for about twenty of them.

This little book will be useful to the intelligent tourist, with its

succinct account of the rocks, minerals, and fossils of the district

under notice, and with its many references to sources of further

formation. Its illustrations, including a map, various fossils, and

two geological sections, are well-intentioned, but too roughly drawn ;

and better editing would have much benefitted the book throughout.

WS Ann .& Mag.Nat. Ihet.5.6.\¢ U. XX.PU.IV.

“Eke

Z WB -}

fli Js

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 119. NOVEMBER 1897.

XLVIII.— Ona Collection of Land-Shells from New Guinea.

By Epaar A. SMITH.

[Plate IX.]

THE specimens about to be enumerated and described were

collected by Mr. W. Doherty chiefly at Kapaur, a moun-

tainous region on the south-west coast of New Guinea, and

at Takar, in the north-west of the island. The two forms of

the new genus Litropopsis and the new species of Perrierta,

Pupinella, and Adelomorpha are especially interesting. All

the specimens are in the National Collection.

Rhytida kapaurensis, (Pl. 1X. figs. 1-3.)

Testa depressa, orbicularis, aperte umbilicata, tenuis, translucens,

cornea, epidermide nitida, flavo-olivacea induta ; spira depressa ;

anfractus 4, celeriter accrescentes, sutura profunda sejuncti, con-

vexiusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis, arcuatis, prope suturam

yvalidis, sculpti, ultimus supra depresse declivis, antice sub-

descendens; apertura obliqua, late lunata; peristoma tenue,

marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis, columellari vix reflexo.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 18; alt. 7.

Hab. Kapaur.

Very closely related to R. trobriandensis, Smith, but

rather more openly umbilicated, more strongly striated, with

a deeper suture and a more oblique and differently shaped

aperture.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 28

410 Mr. E. A. Smith on

Ariophanta (Rhysota) Foullioyi (Le Guillou).

Helix Foullioyi, Le Guillou, Rey. Zool. 1845, p. 187; Pfeiffer, Mon.

Hel. vol. i. p. 44; Canefri, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, p. 149,

pl. ii. figs. 1-8, as Nanina.

Hab. Kapaur (Doherty) ; Triton Bay (Le Guillow) ; Secaar,

S.W. of New Guinea ( Canefri).

The granulation of the upper surface of this shell terminates

abruptly at the periphery, the lower half of the whorl being

covered with a very glossy periostracum, marked with fine

lines of growth and very fine concentric strie. The aperture

is livid purple-brown within, excepting the whitish base. The

pale central zone is not very conspicuous in the specimen

from Kapaur, and is situated just above the periphery.

Ariophanta (Hemiplecta) divergens (Brancsik).

Nanina (Hemiplecta) divergens, Brancsik, Jahresheft natur. Verein.

Trencsén. Comit. 1894-5, p. 222, pl. v. figs. 4 a—c (1895). 4

Hemiplecta granigera, Aucey, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. vol. x. p. 878

(June 1895).

Hab. German New Guinea (Brit. Mus.); Astrolable Bay

(Brancsik).

The specimen examined is apparently of a lighter colour

than those previously described, the upper part of the spire

being light brownish and the rest of the surface paler and

clothed with a yellowish-olive epidermis. I am not quite

sure which of the above names has priority.

Ariophanta (Hemiplecta) andatensis, Smith, var.

(Pl. IX. fig. 4.)

Ariophanta (Hemiplecta) andaiensis, Smith, Proc. Mal. Soe. vol. ii.

no. 6.

Hab. Kapaur.

The specimens from this locality differ from the typical

form from Andai in having the spire slightly less elevated

and the keel more pronounced and compressed. Nanina

tritoniensis of Le Guillou, as determined by Canefri, appears

to be the same as this variety. The identification seems,

however, somewhat doubtful, for the height (23 millim.)

given by Le Guillou far exceeds that of the present form,

taking into consideration the difference in diameter.

Trochonanina albolabiata. (Pl. 1X. figs. 5-7.)

Testa conoideo-depressa, angustissime perforata, grisea, vel pallide

cornea, subpellucida, acutecarinata (carina compressa, prominente),

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 411

supra vix nitens, infra polita, lineis incrementi tenuibus obliquis

striata ; spira brevis, conoidea, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus 53,

leviter convexiusculi, inferne ad carinam plane marginati, lente

accrescentes, ultimus haud descendens, subtus convexus ; apertura

obliqua, lunata; peristoma intus incrassatum, album, margine

superiore haud simplici, inferiore subexpanso, ad insertionem

leviter reflexo.

Diam. maj. 11 millim., min. 93; alt. 6.

Hab. Kapaur.

T. Sturanyt of Brancsik is larger than this species, some-

what different in general form, and appears to have slightly

flatter whorls.

Chloritis pervicina. (Pl. LX. figs. 8-10.)

Testa orbicularis, umbilicata, flavescens, rufo polyzonata, epidermide

breviter hirsuta induta ; spira valde concave depressa ; anfractus

5, convexi, apicalis levigatus, sequentes fortiter punctati, ultimus

maximus, convexus, fere inflatus, antice oblique descendens ;

apertura lunata, sordide lilacea, obscure zonata; peristoma

pallide lilaceum, margine columellari fere albo, conspicue sinuato,

leviter incrassato et reflexo, superiore eque expanso.

Diam. maj. 28 millim., min. 23; alt. 15.

Hab, Kapaur.

Like C. circumdata, Férussac, in colour, but not so flat,

the body-whorl being higher and more inflated. The spire

is more deeply sunken and the punctation of the entire

surface is quite different. In C. ctreumdata the apical

whorls are coarsely punctate or granular, as in this species,

but the rest of the shell exhibits only lines of growth and

microscopic striz across them. The red colour predominates

above, the yellow on the under surface.

Albersia zonulata (Férussac).

Albersia zonulata, Férussac, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. vil. p. 91,

pl. xix. figs. 7, 8, var. fig. 6.

Hab. Kapaur.

The specimens from this locality belong to the variety

Recluziana.

Planispira (Cristigibba) moluccensis, Pfr.

Planispira (Cristigibba) semirasa, Martens, Pilsbry, Man, Conch. ser. 2,

vol. vi. p. 295, pl. xlvi. figs. 71-73.

Hab. Takar.

The banding of this species is subject to variation. The

28*

412 Mr. E. A. Smith on

typical form has two bands, one above and one below the

middle. In a specimen in the Museum the lower band is

wanting, and in the example from Takar there are three

zones—a dark one around the periphery and two lighter

brown ones above. In Herr Strubell’s collection there is a

form of this species from Batchian in the Moluccas. It

consequently becomes a question whether the name moluc-

censis given by Pfeiffer should not be revived *.

Planispira (Cristigibba) corniculum (Hom. & Jacq.).

Planispira (Cristigibba) corniculum, Hom. & Jacq., Pilsbry, Man.

Conch. ser. 2, vol. vi. p. 291, pl. xlvi. figs. 65-67.

Hab. Kapaur.

The specimens examined belong to the var. 8 of T'apparone

Canefri, characterized by the rose-coloured peristome and a

single blackish band upon the upper surface.

Papuina kapaurensis. (Pl. IX. figs. 11, 12.)

Testa depresse turbinata, umbilicata, pallide fulva, supra peripheriam

zona saturate castanea cincta, infra suturam albo lineata; spira

breviter conica, ad apicem mammillata; anfractus 53, superiores

24 convexi, cxteri planiusculi, oblique striati, ultimus ad peri-

pheriam vel rotunde vel acute carinatus, vix descendens ; apertura

pallide purpureo-albida in medio unizonata; peristoma album,

superne late expansum, marginibus columellari et inferiore latis-

sime expansis et reflexis.

Diam. maj. 44 millim., min. 35; alt. 25.

Hab. Kapaur.

Perhaps only a variety of P. ituus, Lesson, or of P. labium,

Férussac, differing in the sharper angulation and flatter whorls,

P. Bevani, Hedley, belongs to the same group.

Papuina Tayloriana (Ad. & Reeve).

Papuina Tayloriana, Ad, & Reeve, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. vii.

p- 58, pl. xvii. figs. 40, 41, pl. ii. figs. 20, 21, 27.

Hab. Vakar.

The beautiful specimens from this locality closely approach

the type as regards form, but differ in colour. The zones

(four or five both above and below) are much darker and

more defined, and the upper whorls are blackish purple, but

more or less pale beneath the suture.

* Vide Smith, Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. ii. p. 120.

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 413

Papuina aurora (Pfeiffer).

Papuina aurora, Pfeiffer, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 41.

Hab. Kapaur (Doherty); Islands of Sorong and Ramoi

(Canefri) ; Waigiou (Wallace).

The specimen from Kapaur agrees precisely with the type

of the species in size, colour, form, and sculpture.

Papuina lacteolota, Smith, var.

Papuina lacteolota, Smith, var., Pilsbry, op. cit. vol. vii. p. 25.

Hab. Kurudu, East of Jobi, New Guinea (Doherty).

This variety is smaller than the type, has a narrower body-

whorl, fewer dark bands, and very little of the milky cloudiness

upon them. ‘There are five zones on the body-whorl, and of

these two revolve up the spire.

Papuina plurizonata (Ad. & Reeve).

Helix plurizonata, Ad. & Rve., Voy. ‘Samarang,’ p. 62, pl. xvi. fig. 9.

Hab. 'Takar, north-west of New Guinea (Doherty).

The original locality assigned to this species—namely,

Mindanao, Philippines—is evidently an error, and has never

been confirmed. ‘The specimen collected at Takar is almost

identical in form and colour with the type in the Museum

collection. The latter has a hole in the last whorl behind

the lip, as if it had been threaded and attached to something.

If it really was brought from Mindanao, it is quite certain

that it must have been taken there by human agency.

Papuina Hedleyi (Smith).

ioe ev) Hedleyi, Smith, Journ. of Conch. vol. vii. p. 72

Hblie aka Canefriana (Dohrn, MSS.), Kobelt, Conch,-Cab

ed. 2, p. 708, pl. ecit. figs. 1, 2 (1894).

Hab. Kapaur, 8.W. New Guinea (Doherty).

This species appears to be rather variable in colour. The

type has the base uniformly dark chestnut-brown, the rest of

the shell being yellowish buff, excepting a fine opaque luteous

line upon the keel which revolves up the spire and a narrow

dark brown zone beneath the suture. The aperture is

whitish within and the peristome tinged with dark brown at

the edge.

A specimen collected by Mr. Doherty has a similar style

of coloration, but the colours are all intensified, the base being

darker, the kee] orange, the peristome broadly margined with

414 Mr. E. A. Smith on

black, and the spire of a darker tint, becoming purplish

towards the apex, with a black infrasutural line and traces of

a whitish periostracum forming oblique streaks in the direc-

tion of the lines of growth, more or less interrupted by fine

spiral lines. This epidermal ornamentation is referred to by

Kobelt.

Other specimens (var. concolor, nov.) are of a uniform

whitish colour beneath the pale greenish-yellow or ochraceous

periostracum, and the peristome is margined with pinkish

purple-brown or purple-black. All specimens appear to have

a white tooth-like prominence or thickening on the columella.

Papuina Blanfordiana (H. Adams).

Papuina Blanfordiana, H. Adams, Pilsbry, op. cit. vol. vii. p. 26,

pl. xvii. fig. 38.

Hab. Kapaur.

Calycia crystallina (Reeve).

Bulimus crystallinus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. pl. xxxil. fig. 194.

Calycia erystallina, Canefri, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, vol. xix.

p. 1C0.

Hab. Kapaur.

Opeas oparanus (Pfeiffer).

Bulimus oparanus, Pfr., Proc. Zool, Soc. 1846, p. 84; Monog. Hel.

vol. ii. p. 158; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. v. fig. 646.

Hab. Kapaur (Doherty); Island of Opara (Pfeffer) ;

Louisiade Archipelago and Madagascar (brit. Mus.).

Perrieria minor. (Pl. IX. fig. 13.)

Testa sinistrorsa, elongata, cylindracea, epidermide tenui virescenti-

flavescente induta; spira longissima, truncata ; anfractus super-

stantes 7, lente accrescentes, leviter convexi, oblique striati, infra

suturam subplicati, sutura valde declivi subcrenulata impressa

sejuncti, ultimus antice subascendens; apertura subauriformis,

intus pallide lilacea; peristoma pallidum, continuum, leviter

incrassatum, antice paulo expansum ; columella subcontorta, vix

truncata.

Longit. 36 millim., diam. 8; apertura 9 longa, 5 lata.

Hab. Kapaur.

Much smaller than P. clausilieformis of Canefri, of a

thinner texture, having finer sculpture, a differently coloured

periostracum, and a less truncate columella.

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 415

Cyclotus (Pseudocyclophorus) canaliculatus, Millendorff.

Cyclotus (Pseudocyclophorus) canaliculatus, Méllendorff, Proc. Malac.

Soe. vol. i. p. 238, pl. xv. figs, 8, 8a.

Hab, Kapaur and Takar.

The type figured appears to have been either somewhat

young or else a small example of the species, for those in the

present collection are considerably larger, having a diameter

of 22 millim. In some specimens an infra-peripheral colour-

zone is more or less observable, and those from T'akar have

the spire rather more depressed than the typical form. The

species (?) is probably a form of C. distomellus, Sow., in

which the outer margin of the peristome is less developed

than in normal examples.

Leptopoma callichloros, Canefri.

Leptopoma callichloros, Tapparone Canefri, Ann. Mus. Stor, Nat. Genova,

vol. xxiv. p. 178, pl. ii. figs. 16, 17.

Hab. Kapaur.

The slightly more elevated and conical spire and the

broadly and flatly expanded peristome are the features which

separate this form from ZL. vitreum. Perhaps it is hardly

sufficiently distinct to deserve specific rank. The type is

described as “ ochraceo-fulvida,” but some specimens are

ornamented with numerous fine spiral lines. One example

is purplish red, spirally lineated, and has the peristome of

an intensely black tint.

Lagochilus papuanus. (Pl. IX. figs. 14-16.)

Testa aperte umbilicata, depresse turbinata, lutescens, maculis rufis

supra radiantibus infra subundulatis ornata, periostraco plus

minus setoso induta; spira brevis, subconcaye conica, ad apicem

mammillata; anfractus 5, convexi, apicales duo nigro-purpurei,

leves, czeteri lineis incrementi obliquis arcuatis aliisque spiralibus

decussatis sculpti, ultimus ad peripheriam carinatus et breviter

ciliatus, antice paulisper descendens ; apertura fere circularis ;

peristoma pallidum vel lilaceum, vix expansum, intus incrassatum,

sed ad marginem tenue, superne ad suturam distincte incisum.

Diam. maj. 94 millim., min. 8 ; alt. 63.

Hab. Kapaur.

This and ZL. Poirterti of Canefri are the only species

belonging to this genus as yet known from New Guinea.

The spiral lines above the periphery are coarser than those

beneath, and the lines of growth are well marked by

epidermal threads.

416 Mr. E. A. Smith on

Adelomorpha Canefriana. (PI. [X. figs. 17, 18.)

Testa turbinata, anguste umbilicata, pallide rufescens, tenuissime

spiraliter striata; anfractus 5, perconvexi, ultimus rotundatus,

antice vix descendens; apertura subcircularis, intus dilute ru-

fescens ; peristoma simplex, tenue, haud expansum, pallidum,

margine columellari obliquo, fere rectilineare, leviter incrassato,

superiore prope suturam prominente. Operculum calcareum, extus

valde concavum, album, anfractibus 5, utrinque carinatis, trans-

versim fortiter striatis, sutura canaliculata sejunctis, infra luteum,

lineis numerosis tenuibus, curvatis, radiantibus, griseis ornatum,

margine externo trisulcato et carinato.

Diam. maj. 74 millim., min. 6; alt. 8.

Hah, Kapaur.

Larger and more globose than A. tuntcata, Canefri, and

also readily distinguishable by its remarkable operculum.

Adelomorpha globosa. (PI. IX. fig. 19.)

Testa turbinato-globosa, anguste umbilicata, sordide lutescens,

spiraliter tenuissime striata; anfractus 5, perconvexi, sutura

profunda sejuncti, ultimus globulosus, antice vix descendens ;

apertura subcircularis ; peristoma tenue, simplex, acutum, palli-

dum, margine columellari subincrassato, vix reflexo. Operculum

caleareum, album, extus concavum, anfractibus quinque lineis

incrementi tenuissimis striatis.

Diam. maj. 5 millim., min, 43 ; alt. 43.

flab, Kapaur.

It differs from A. Canefriana in its smaller size, less

elevated spire, deeper suture and operculum. A. tunicata

appears to have a similar operculum, but the shell is very

different in form.

Ditropopsis papuana, gen. et sp. n.

(Pl. 1X. figs. 20-23.)

Testa depressa, orbicularis, carinata, late et perspective umbilicata,

olivaceo-cornea, nitens, semipellucida ; spira convexa, depressa ;

anfractus normales 34, convexiusculi, ad suturam carino-marginati,

ultimus haud descendens, ad medium et circum umbilicum carina

acuta, definita, valde prominente, pallida) instructus; umbilicus

infundibuliformis, spiraliter liratus et carinatus, epidermide

tenul, striata, indutus ; apertura irregulariter pentagona, parva ;

peristoma leviter incrassatum et expansum, intus ad carinas

canaliculatum, haud continuum, marginibus callo tenuissimo

junctis. Operculum corneum, cireculare, extus rufo-fuscum,

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 417

concayum, parte prominente conica, cava, in medio instructum,

subtus convexum, flavescens, gyros 4-5 exhibens,.

Diam. maj. 4} millim., min. 37; alt. 24.

8°?

Hab, Kapaur.

The shells of this genus closely resemble certain forms of

Ditropis (e. g. D. planorbis, Blantord), which comprises about

twenty-two species from Africa, India, Borneo, Java, Sulu

Islands, Amboina, Haruku, Fitzroy Island, N.E. Australia,

and the Philippine Islands. Those from the last locality

have been associated with it on conchological characters

only, the opercula being either unknown or undescribed. The

peculiarity in the operculum distinguishes the present genus

from Ditropis. Perhaps Ditropts spiralis of Boettger, from

Haruku Island, also belongs to Ditropopsis. Probably very

few of the so-called species of Dztropis found outside India

have the precisely typical operculum of that genus. It really

becomes a question whether these differences of structure in

the operculum are of more than specific importance.

The upper part of the spire of this interesting species has

the appearance of being segmented within the whorls. What

the cause of this remarkable partitioning may be could only

be ascertained by more or less destroying one of the few speci-

mens at present known.

Ditropopsis (?) Fultoni. (Pl. IX. figs. 24-26.)

Testa conica, perspective umbilicata, pellucida, albida, cornea,

nitens; anfractus 43, apicales 1-2 (nucleus) vitrei, convexi,

haud carinati, excentrici, soluti, apicem spire haud claudentes,

cxteri convexi, in medio angulati et plus minus carinati, inferne

ad suturam carino-marginati, striis incrementi tenuissimis sculpti,

ultimus ad peripheriam carina acuta, lata, compressa, ct altera

circa umbilicum instructus, haud descendens ; spira conica, tabu-

lata, ad apicem perforata; apertura rotundata, ad carinas angu-

lata ; peristoma intus incrassatum, plus minus duplex, marginibus

callo tenui junctis, supero et inferiore leviter expansis, ad carinas

subeanaliculatis. Operculum ignotum.

Diam. maj. 3 millim., min. 24; alt. 23.

Hab. Kapaur.

Ditropis ingenua, Beettger, from North Amboina, has the

apex of the spire very similar to that of this species, but the

operculum is not that of Ditropopsis. I have much pleasure

in naming this species after Mr. Hugh Fulton, who has kindly

submitted it to me for examination.

418 Mr. E. A. Smith on

Diplommatina symmetrica, Hedley. (PI. IX. fig. 27.)

Diplommatina symmetrica, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. 1891,

vol. vi. p. 107, pl. xii. fig. 39.

Hab. Kapaur (Doherty) ; Basilaki Island ([edley).

The spiral strize between the fine oblique lamelle are

excessively fine and only discernible under a compound micro-

scope. The double lip is badly depicted in Mr. Hedley’s

figure. The inner margin is thickened and not continuous,

and of a reddish colour, the outer being thin, expanded, paler,

and united above by a thin callus. “Outside this lip is a

second strong lamella.

Diplommatina papuana. (PI. IX. figs. 28, 29.)

Testa sinistrorsa, imperforata, ovato-acuminata, flavescens, ad

apicem rufescens, vel purpureo-fusca; anfractus 6, perconvexi,

apicales duo leves, ceteri costellis obliquis arcuatis tenuibus

numerosis instructi, et microscopice spiraliter striati, penultimus

inflatus, ultimum latitudine equans, ultimus supra aperturam

constrictus, antice ascendens; apertura obliqua, irregulariter

ovata; peristoma aurantiacum, duplex, margine interno in-

crassato, haud continuo, dente columellari minuto instructo,

externo tenui, expanso, callo tenuissimo continuo, pone lamella

altera valida munito.

Longit. 3 millim., lat. 2; apertura cum perist. 13 lata.

Hab. Kapaur.

Seen from behind the penultimate whorl is large and con-

spicuously tumid.

Palaina Dohertyt. (Pl. IX. figs. 30, 31.)

Testa sinistrorsa, imperforata, elongata, turrita, sordide albida, ad

apicem fusco-cornea; spira elongata, ad apicem obtusa; an-

fractus 7, convexi, apicales duo leves, cxeteri lamellis obliquis

tenuibus instructi, penultimus ultimo conspicue latior, ultimus

antice ascendens ; apertura circularis, alba; peristoma pallidum,

latissime plane expansum, margine interno continuo, externo

interrupto.

Longit. 3 millim., diam. 13; apertura cum perist. iZ lata.

Hab. Kapaur.

Under a compound microscope spiral strize between the

lamellae are discernible. The flat expanded peristome is

finely concentrically striated.

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 419

Palaina novoguineensis. (Pl. 1X. figs. 32, 33.)

Testa dextrorsa, ovata, imperforata, flavescens ; anfractus 6, per-

conyexi, superiores 1-2 leves, ceeteri costulis obliquis tenuissimis

instructi, ultimus supra aperturam constrictus et gibbosus,

penultimo minor, antice valde ascendens, penultimus inflatus,

magnus; apertura circularis, flavescens; peristomasubduplex, intus

incrassatum, margine interiore continuo, externo expanso, tenui,

supra aperturam interrupto.

Longit. 4 millim., diam, 24 ; apertura cum perist. 2 lata.

Hab. Kapaur.

The fine riblets on the third and fourth whorls are rather

further apart than those on the two last.

Callianella Wallacei (Pfeiffer) .

Callia Wallacet, Pfr., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 117, p. xii. fig. 1;

Monog. Pneumon. vol. iii. p. 98; Sowerby, Thesaurus, vol. iii.

pl. celxv. figs. 7, 8.

Pupina (Calla) Wallacei, Martens, Preuss. Exped. Ost-Asien, p. 158,

pl. iv. fig. 12.

Hab. Kapaur, New Guinea (Doherty) ; Ceram, Amboina,

and Buru.

The two specimens from Kapaur agree in every particular

with the types from Ceram, excepting that they look the

least trifle shorter.

Pupinella Hedleyi. (Pl. IX. fig. 34.)

Testa subovata, superne acuminata, rufa; spira convexe conica ;

anfractus 63, convexiusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis tenuibus

striati, penultimus ultimum latitudine sequans, ultimus oblique

descendens, supra aperturam vix planatus; apertura circularis,

intus rufa; peristoma pallide carneum, incrassatum, margine

dextro valde reflexo, supra producto et sinuato, columellari infra

oblique fissurato, supra calloso, callo labrum versus dente con-

spicuo terminato.

Longit. 11 millim., diam. 6; apertura intus 23 lata.

Hab. Kapaur.

This species differs from P. Strubelli, Smith, and P. Ful-

tont, Smith, in form, colour, and in having a distinct upper

labral sinus. In the last respect and general appearance it

more resembles P. mindorensis, Adams and Reeve. Named

after Mr. Charles Hedley, of the Australian Museum, Sydney.

420 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

Flelicina leucostoma, Canefri.

Helicina leucostoma, Canefri, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1883,

vol. xix. p. 277, fig. h.

Hab. WKapaur.

Two specimens, agreeing in all respects with the figure

and description excepting the colour of the lip. In one

reddish example it is pale yellow and in the other it is yellow

like the rest of the shell. The species approximates very

closely to H. modesta, Pfr., from the New Hebrides and

Solomon Islands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Figs. 1-3. Rhytida kapaurensis.

Fig. 4. Ariophanta (Hemiplecta) andavensis.

Figs. 5-7. Trochonanina albolahiata.

Figs. 8-10. Chloritis pervicina.

Figs. 11, 12. Papuina kapaurensis.

Fig. 13. Perrierta minor.

Figs. 14-16. Lagochilus papuanus.

Figs. 17, 18. Adelomorpha Canefriana.

Fig. 19, Adelomorpha globosa.

Figs. 20-23. Ditropopsis papuana.

Figs. 24-26, Ditropupsts (?) Fultoni.

Fig. 27. Diplommatina symmetrica.

Figs. 28, 29. Diplommatina papuana.

Figs. 30, 31. Palaina Dohertyt.

Figs. 32, 33. Palaina novoguineensis.

Fig. 34. Pupinella Hedleyt.

XLIX.—Descriptions of new Fishes from the Mekran Coast,

Persia. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

THE new Fishes described in this note have been presented

to the British Museum by Mr. F. W. Townsend, who obtained

them on the Mekran coast of Persia during recent cable-

repairing operations.

Anthias Townsendi.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} times in total

length. Snout convex, scaly, $ diameter of eye, which is 3

times in length of head and slightly exceeds interorbital

width; lower jaw projecting, naked; maxillary scaly, ex-

tending to below centre of eye, the width of its distal extre-

mity 3 diameter of eye; serra at angle of praopercle enlarged ;

two opercular spines. Gill-rakers long and closely set, about

30 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal X 16; originating

new Fishes from Persia. 421

above opercular cleft: first and second spines shortest, third

longest, nearly 4 length of head, and produced in a short

filament ; no notch between spinous and soft portions ; poste-

rior soft rays longest, } length of head. Pectoral # length of

head, as long as ventral; latter reaching vent. Anal III 7;

second spine longest, nearly } length of head. Caudal with

crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Seales 434; lateral line 41, gently curved. Uniform

reddish.

Total length 85 millim.

A single specimen.

Pseudochromis nigrovittatus.

Depth of body 5 times in total length, length of head 4

times. Snout as long as diameter of eye, which is 4 times in

length of head and slightly exceeds interorbital width; max-

illary extending to below anterior third of eye; 6 series of

small scales on the cheek; large scales on the opercle.

Dorsal II 28; soft rays # length of head. Pectoral 3 length

of head, as long as ventral. Anal II 15. Caudal trifurcate,

outer lobes longest. Caudal peduncle as long as deep.

Scales 53 =; lat. 1. ==”. Olive-brown above, yellowish

white beneath ; a black stripe on each side, from the tip of

the snout, through the eye, to the middle caudal rays; fins

yellowish.

Total length 80 millim.

T'wo specimens.

Gobius Townsendi.

Both jaws with strong canines. Depth of body equal to

length of head, 32 to 4 times in total length. Head naked,

longer than deep and deeper than broad ; lower jaw projecting

beyond upper; maxillary extending to below anterior fourth

of eye; snout extremely short, hardly 4 diameter of eye,

which is 2? length of head; interorbital region very narrow ;

a deep groove between and behind the eyes. Dorsal VI 11;

first dorsal nearer the end of the snout than the base of the

caudal ; longest rays of second dorsal about 4 length of head.

Anal 11, opposite to soft dorsal. Ventral nearly reaching

vent. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little longer than

deep. Scales 40-45; 15 or 16 in a transverse series.

Pinkish above, with faint brown dorsal cross-bars, which are

more distinct on the nape; a small blackish spot above the

upper border of the gill-cover ; fins colourless.

Total length 30 millim.

Several specimens.

422 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

Salarias curtus.

A strong canine on each side of the lower jaw. Depth of

body equal to length of head, 3} to 32 times in total length.

Head nearly as deep as long; profile of snout descending

nearly vertically ; diameter of eye + length of head and double

interorbital width; a short nasal tentacle; a very long

fringed supraocular tentacle, measuring } to 2 length of head ;

maxillary extending to below centre of eye; no cephalic

crest. Dorsal XII 19, not notched, longest rays 4 length of

head, originating on occiput, well in advance of opercular

cleft. Anal 20. Dorsal and anal narrowly separated from

caudal, which is rounded and measures ? length of head.

Flesh-colour, minutely speckled with dark brown, with more

or less distinct dark spots confluent into 7 or 8 paired dorsal

cross-streaks ; a dark blotch behind and an oblique streak

below the eye; vertical fins greyish, dorsal sometimes with

dark spots, prolongations of the bars on the body.

Total length 60 millim.

Several specimens.

Salarias phantasticus.

Nocanines. Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 times

in total length. Head a little longer than deep ; profile of

snout descending vertically ; diameter of eye + length of head

and 14 interorbital width ; a long nasal tentacle, equalling

the diameter of the eye ; no supraocular tentacle ; no cephalic

crest; maxillary extending to below centre of eye. Dorsal

XII 19, with a shallow notch; longest rays in anterior

portion, equal to length of head; dorsal originating above

opercular cleft. Anal 23. Dorsal and anal nearly reaching

caudal, the outer rays of which are produced and exceed

length of head. Head and anterior half of body dark brown ;

posterior half of body orange, with eight vertical black bars ;

fins yellowish.

Total length 75 millim.

T'wo specimens.

L.— Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Congo.—II1.*

By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

THE Fishes here described were obtained at Stanley Falls

by Mr. Bentley. They are preserved in the British Museum,

Pelmatochromis congicus.

Three series of teeth in both jaws. Depth of body 2} times

* Of. ‘ Annals,’ vol. xvii. 1896, p. 309.

new Fishes from the Upper Congo. 123

in total length, length of head 2} times. Snout as long as

diameter of eye, which is 83% in length of head and equals

interorbital width; maxillary extending to below anterior

third of eye; 4 series of scales on the cheek ; opercle naked (?).

Gill-rakers long and slender, about 20 on lower part of ante-

rior arch. Dorsal XIII 11; spines subequal from the sixth,

nearly 4 length of head and ? longest soft rays, which are

produced and filiform. Pectoral as long as head. Ventral

with produced outer rays, reaching anal spines. Anal III 8;

third spine as long as and stronger than longest dorsal spine,

Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long.

Scales cycloid, 30 4; lat.1.=. Olive, with yellowish spots

occupying the centres of the scales ; a rather indistinct dark

lateral streak ; vertical fins blackish, with round yellow spots.

Total length 175 millim.

A single specimen.

Synodontis pleurops.

Premaxillary teeth in 6 transverse series; mandibular teeth

17, uncinate, simple, measuring 4 diameter of eye, forming

a small fascicle; no posterior villiform mandibular teeth.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total

length. Head little longer than broad, flat on the crown;

snout triangular, broader than long; eye perfectly lateral, just

visible from below as well as from above, its diameter 13 in

length of snout, 34 in length of head, 24 in interorbital

width. Gill-cleft very narrow, not extending below base

of pectoral. Maxillary barbels small, simple, hardly reaching

base of pectoral; mandibular barbels fringed, outer twice as

long as median and half as long as maxillaries. Dorsal IL 7;

spine not serrated. Adipose fin small, 4 length of head,

shorter than its distance from the dorsal. Humeral process

simply granulate, obtusely pointed, not extending quite as

far as the occipito-nuchal shield, which is 14 as long as

broad and does not extend beyond the first soft ray of the

dorsal, Anal IV 8. Caudal deeply bifurcate. Skin smooth.

Brown above, whitish beneath; fins greyish white, with a

blackish stripe along each lobe of the caudal.

Total length 170 millim.

A single specimen.

Prof. L. Vaillant has recently published a monograph of

this genus (Nouv. Arch. du Mus. (3) vii. & viii. 1895-96).

Eight species are recorded by him from the Congo basin,

and may be distinguished, together with the one now added,

by means of the following synopsis :—

424 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

I, Slender mandibular teeth 85 or more; pos-

terior villiform mandibular teeth present.

A. About 60 slender mandibular teeth;

maxillary barbel reaching extremity of

pectoral te ter ietan ide winter mene ee S. Afro-Fischert, Hilg.

B. 35-45 slender mandibular teeth.

1. Maxillary barbel reaching beyond ex-

tremity of pectoral spine .......... S. Greshoffi, Schilth.

2. Maxillary barbel not extending beyond

middle of pectoral spine.

Humeral process not extending beyond occipito-

nuchal ishicldsc ies cms hs Aone Be eee oe S. angelica, Schilth.

Humeral process extending beyond occipito-

nuchal shields. c..ch ees ote Sree i ee ees S. omias, Gthr.

II. Slender mandibular teeth not more than 25.

A. Posterior villiform mandibular teeth

present ; 16-25 slender mandibular

teeth ; maxillary barbel reaching middle

B. No posterior villiform mandibular teeth.

1. 15-25 slender mandibular teeth.

a. Eyes sublateral, well visible from

above.

Maxillary barbel reaching caudal fin.......... S. Alberti, Schilth.

Maxillary barbel reaching middle of pectoral

BPINOM San paw feicee aha Ae Rae S. notatus, Vaill.

b. Eyes perfectly lateral, just visible

from above as well as from below;

maxillary barbel not reaching be-

yond base of pectoral .......... S. pleurops, Bley.

2. Not more than 10 slender mandibular

teeth ; maxillary barbel not reaching

base of pectoral tyes. serrceele tonne S. Vaillanti, Blgr.*

Citharinus congicus.

Depth of body twice in total length, length of head 34

times. Snout very short and broad, a little shorter than

diameter of eye, which is 33 times in length of head and 14

in interorbital width ; free border of opercle forming nearly a

right angle ; a much-developed membranaceous border to the

opercle. Dorsal 18, originating a little nearer base of caudal

than end of snout; fourth ray 14 length of head. Base of

adipose fin 2 base of dorsal. Pectoral 2 length of head,

reaching base of ventral. Ventral equally long, reaching

* S. labeo, Vaill., nec Gthr.—Giinther’s §. /abeo differs in the longer

maxillary barbel, reaching anterior third of pectoral spine; the shorter

humeral process, which extends only to below the middle of the occipito-

nuchal shield; and the longer adipose fin, which equals nearly twice its

distance from the dorsal. Another difference, in the distance between

ventral and anal, has been pointed out by Vaillant himself.

new Fishes from the Upper Congo. 425

vent. Anal 30. Caudal deeply forked. Scales 60 33 13

scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Uniform

silvery.

Total length 205 millim.

A single specimen.

Closely allied to C. Geoffroy’, Cuv. Distinguished by

larger scales.

Distichodus sexfasciatus.

Two series of teeth in the jaws; 14 teeth in the outer

series in both jaws. Depth of body 22 times in total length,

length of head 4 times. Snout as long as deep, 13 as long as

diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length of head and 14 in

interorbital width; snout slightly projecting beyond the

mouth, which extends to below nostrils ; interorbital region

convex. Dorsal 24, originating a little nearer the base of

the caudal than the end of the snout ; longest rays as long as

head. Pectoral as long as head to preopercular border.

Ventrals equally long, reaching vent. Anal 13. Caudal

forked, with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 14 as deep as

long. Scales strongly ciliated, 65 2; lat. 1. 63. Reddish,

with 6 black vertical bands, a little narrower than their inter-

spaces, the first on the nape, the third below the origin of the

dorsal, the sixth on the caudal peduncle; dorsal fin with

small round blackish spots ; adipose fin blackish.

Total length 70 millim.

A single specimen.

Distichodus leptorhynchus.

Two series of teeth in the jaws; 14 teeth in the outer series

of the upper jaw, 12 in the lower. Depth of body equal to

length of head, 3} times in total length. Snout longer than

deep, 1} as long as diameter of eye, which is 4 times in length

of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth terminal, not

extending to below nostrils ; interorbital space flat. Dorsal 25,

originating a little nearer the base of the caudal than the end

of the snout. Pectoral 3 length of head. Ventral equally

long, reaching vent. Anal 13. Caudal forked, with rounded

lobes. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales strongly

ciliated, 70 2; lat. 1. 66. Yellowish, with 7 blackish vertical

bands, much narrower than their interspaces, the first on the

nape, the third below the origin of the dorsal, the sixth below

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 29

426 On new Fishes from the Upper Congo.

the adipose fin, the seventh on the caudal peduncle ; dorsal

and adipose fins blackish.

Total length 115 millim.

A single specimen.

Mormyrus Bentley?.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 5 times in total

length. Snout short, moderately curved, twice diameter of

eye, length of head; mouth terminal, on a line with lower

border of eye, its width 1 length of head; teeth moderately

large, notched, 7 in the upper jaw, 10 in the lower; chin

strongly swollen; diameter of eye 8 times in length of head.

Dorsal 23, originating halfway between the gill-opening and

the caudal and above the sixth ray of the anal; longest rays

4 length of head. Pectoral nearly as long as head, extending

beyond base of ventral; latter not quite $ length of head.

Anal 34; longest rays 2 length of head. Depth of caudal

peduncle 4 its length. Scales 58 5; 12 scales round caudal

peduncle. Dark olive.

Total length 270 millim.

A single specimen.

Mormyrus Stanleyanus.

Depth of body 32 times in total length, length of head 5

times. Snout short, moderately curved, 14 diameter of eye,

4 length of head, 2 interorbital width ; mouth terminal, on a

line with centre of eye, its width + length of head; teeth

moderately large, not notched, 7 in the upper jaw, 6 in the

lower; chin strongly swollen; diameter of eye 5 times in

length of head. Dorsal 28, originating halfway between the

gill-opening and the caudal and above the ninth ray of the

anal; longest rays a little more than 4 length of head.

Pectoral a little shorter than head, reaching base of ventral ;

latter 2 length of head. Anal 37; longest rays a little more

than 4 length of head. Depth of caudal peduncle 4 its length.

Scales 80 2; 12 scales round caudal peduncle. Silvery,

dark grey on the back.

Total length 210 millim.

A single specimen.

Allied to MW. cyprinoides, L., which differs in the more

convex snout, the smaller eye, and in the number (16) of

scales round the caudal peduncle.

On new Genera and Species of Millipedes. 427

Mormyrus psittacus.

Depth of body 3} times in total length, length of head 43

times. Snout very short, strongly curved, hardly as long as

diameter of eye, which is 4} times in length of head; mouth

terminal, below the level of the eye, its width } length of

head ; teeth moderately large, notched, 3 in the upper jaw, 4

in the lower; chin slightly swollen. Dorsal 33, originating

halfway between end of snout and caudal and considerably in

advance of anal; longest rays 3 length of head. Pectoral a

little shorter than head, reaching base of ventral; latter 4

length of head. Anal 23, originating below thirteenth dorsal

ray; longest rays 3% length of head. Depth of caudal

peduncle 4 its length. Scales 60 2; 12 scales round caudal

peduncle. Silvery, dark grey on the back.

Total length 125 millim.

A single specimen.

This species is probably the same as JM. discorhynchus,

Schilthuis (nec Peters). JZ. discorhynchus differs in the snout

projecting beyond the mouth, the smaller scales (65-70 2), and

the deeper caudal peduncle (2-24 as long as deep).

LI.—New Genera and Species of Millipedes of the Family

Platyrrhachide from the Indo- and Austro-Malayan Sub-

regions, contained in the Collection of the British Museum.

By R. I. Pocock.

Most of the material upon which this paper is based has

been acquired by the Trustees of the British Museum, during

the past ten years, from various collectors, like Messrs. C. Hose,

A. Everett, and H. N. Ridley, who are resident in the East

and have kindly forwarded the specimens to the Museum in

response to an appeal for examples of Millipedes.

A few of the species here described as new may eventually

prove to be identical with species established by Peters in

1864. But without examination of the types the identification

of Peters’s species is almost impossible, owing to the absence

of figures and to the fact, recently established by Mr. Cook,

that in many cases the diagnoses were based upon two or more

recognizable forms *.

* On behalf of collectors unfamiliar with the taxonomy of the

Diplopoda, it may be explained that the Platyrrhachidz are for the most

part Millipedes of large or medium size, in which the body is composed

of twenty segments, each segment, except the first and the last, being

furnished on each side with a large more or less square and horizontal

plate which bears the pore.

29*

428 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Genus PHyopesmus, Cook.

Phyodesmus, Cook, Brandtia, i. p. 1 (1896).

Phyodesmus ornatus, sp.n. (Fig. 1, p. 431.)

$ .—Colour (in alcohol) of dorsal surface bluish grey, the

middle of the back yellowish green; the cylindrical part of

the segments with a broad blackish blotch on each side,

separated by a triangular paler portion; keel-bearing portion

of segments furnished with two or three black spots on each

side in front and a few more behind; at the end of the body

these spots show a tendency to fuse and form continuous dark

bands ; pores black; antenne and legs blackish.

Length of antenne excelling width of first tergite by about

half its own width, less than width of second.

First tergite with its angles produced, the anterior border

straight between them. Second segment about as wide as

the twelfth. The anterior seven segments with merely lobulate

side margins, the rest with two or three distinct though short

triangular teeth; anterior border of keels convex, with

rounded basal shoulders, posterior border lightly sinuous, both

smooth. ore on fifth and seventh segments about three

diameters from the edge, on the toothed keels not more than

two diameters from the notch. Caudal process posteriorly

narrowed, posterior border straight but laterally notched.

Copulatory foot (as in fig. 1) straight, ending in a shorter

blade-like ramus and a longer curved prong, from which

projects a smaller lamina.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 100; width of

second segment 14:5, of fifth 16, of twelfth 14:8.

Loc. Borneo (Rev. G. Brown).

Phyodesmus Hosei, sp.n. (Fig. 2.)

¢ .—Resembling the preceding, but bluer in colour, without

yellowish-green dorsum, and the black patches on _ the

cylindrical part of the segments separated by a narrower pale

band.

Keels also considerably larger, with the teeth much stronger,

appearing as far forwards as the fifth segment; on the

posterior segments long and sharp, the pore being often quite

close to the adjacent notch.

Copulatory foot much longer, the long prong broader at

the base, the short ensiform process much shorter and not

projecting as straight forwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length (at least) 96 ;

width of second segment 15, of fifth 17°7, of twelfth 16.

Loc. Baram, Borneo (C. Hose).

Genera and Species of Millipedes. 429

Phyodesmus vittatus, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

d.—Colour (dry and faded) a tolerably uniform pale

brown, but with a distinct continuous narrow pale band

passing along the middle of the dorsum from the first to the

nineteenth segments.

First tergite with its angles scarcely produced.

Body not so wide anteriorly as in the preceding two species,

the fifth segment being only a little narrower than those

situated more posteriorly ; the keels more elevated from the

base and the whole of the dorsal surface more coarsely

granular; lateral margins of keels dentate from the fifth

backwards ; the teeth from two to four in number, not including

the anterior and posterior angles. Pore about two diameters

from the edge on the fifth and seventh segments ; about one

or less from the adjacent notch on the posterior segments.

Sternal spines much longer than in the preceding two species.

Copulatory foot (as in tig. 3) long, straightish, ending in two

unequal prongs, the longer strongly curved and slender, the

shorter more laminate and abruptly hooked.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 93 (at least) ;

width of second segment 13°8, of fifth 15, of twelfth 14°3.

Loc. Borneo (H.M.S. ‘ Samarang’).

This species belongs doubtfully to the genus Phyodesmus,

being apparently more coarsely granular than the type

(P. pictus, Peters), with the anterior angles of the first tergite

not produced to anything like the same extent. Hither of

the other species here referred to Phyodesmus may prove to

be identical with pictus, Pet., Petersii, Cook, or montrado,

Cook, which have not yet been satisfactorily diagnosed.

Phyodesmus areatus, sp. n.

?.—Colour (dry and faded specimen) greyish brown;

cylindrical half of segments blackish above, with a median

pale band; keel-bearing portion paler in the middle, with

three blotches in front on each side, also some brown spots

posteriorly, the spots separated by whitish lines, which form

a kind of pale network pattern, Anterior angles of first

tergite produced. Dorsal surface of all the segments

distinctly granular, the rows of tubercles distinct.

Side margins of the keels from about the eighth distinctly

dentate, but the teeth all small, about four in number not

including the anterior and posterior angles, so that the pores

never come close to the nearest notch, being usually separated

by about two diameters from it; on the fifth segment the

430 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

pores are about three diameters from the edge ; posterior margin

of posterior keels finely serrulate.

Sternal spines longish. Coxe of second leg produced into a

long spiniform process.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 96; width of

second segment 13:5, of fifth 17, of twelfth 16:3.

Loc. Borneo (447106).

This form may prove to be the female of P. ornatus, but

the teeth on the margins of the keels are smaller and more

numerous, the dorsal surface is far more coarsely granular

&c., the anterior borders of the keels less convex &e.

The development of the coxal processes on the second leg

may be a generic character.

STENONIODES, gen. nov.

Anterior end of the ody normally attenuate, the second

segment much narrower than the fifth.

First tergite carinate, broad in front, the anterior border of

the keel on a level with that of the rest of the tergite.

Antenne short in both sexes, the length less than the

width of the second tergite.

Tergites granular or coriaceous, with three rows of tubercles

distinct but not strong; keels large, horizontal; anterior and

posterior margins entire, lateral border at most sinuate, base

of the keel elevated into a rounded prominence nearly on a level

with the summit of the back. Pores far removed from the

side margin of the keel; anterior and posterior angles of keels

rounded, not in any sense spiniform: only in the segments

posterior to the sixteenth do the posterior borders of the keels

project distinctly backwards.

Caudal process with convex posterior border and rounded

angles.

Sterna with two pairs of longish spines; the anterior pair

divided downwards and forwards, the posterior pair vertically

downwards.

Copulatory feet of male short, terminating in two subequal

prongs.

Type S. Catorit.

This genus resembles Phyodesmus in the form of its first

tergite, which either has the anterior angles produced or is

broadest along the anterior margin; but the lateral margins

of the keels are only lightly sinuate, not deeply toothed as in

Phyodesmus. In the position of the anterior sternal spines it

approaches Phractodesmus, but the latter has the posterior

sternal spines directed backwards, not vertically downwards,

Genera and Spectes of Millipedes. 431

the pores close to (about one diameter from) the edge, the

first tergite without produced or widely rounded front

keels, Ke.

Fig. 1.—Phyodesmus ornatus. Left copulatory foot ; outer view.

Fig. 2.—Phyodesmus Hosei. Ditto.

Fig. 3.— Phyodesmus vittatus. Right copulatory foot; outer view.

Fig. 4.—Stenoniodes Catorti. Left copulatory foot; outer view.

Fig. 4a.—Ditto. Apex of copulatory foot from below.

Fig. 5.—Stenoniodes Creaghii. Left copulatory foot; outer view.

Fig. 5a.—Ditto. Ditto from below.

Fig, 6.—Acanthodesmus pinangensis. Left copulatory foot; outer view.

Fig. 6a¢.—Ditto. Right copulatory foot from below.

Fig. 7.—Acanthodesmus perakensis. Ditto.

Fig. 8.—Acanthodesmus Petersit. Ditto.

Fig. 9.—Acanthodesmus lineatus. Ditto.

Fig. 10.—Eurydirorhachis dulitensis. Right copulatory foot; outer view.

Fig. 11.—£urydirorhachis discrepans. Left ditto.

Stenoniodes Catorii. (Figg. 4, 4a.)

3 .— Colour of segments a uniform purplish black, only

the three borders of the keels yellowish white ; head, antenna,

and legs blackish ; sterna and bases of legs ochre-brown.

First tergite granular, with an anterior marginal row of

beads, its anterior border straight, keels not or hardly

elevated ; the following three segments granular above, the

following segments merely coriaceous, granular on the keels;

the prominence at the base of the keels conspicuous and

sculptured like the dorsum, being coriaceous; keels wider

432 Mr. R. J. Pocock on new

than dorsum of segments, their anterior borders convex, but

not sharply shouldered at base; posterior border also lightly

convex, at all events at the base, where in the posterior half of

the body it is distinctly shouldered. Pores about six diameters

from the lateral margin of the keels.

Copulatory foot (as in fig. 4, 4a), when viewed from below,

ending in two prongs, one above the other at the base,

whence they diverge, the inferior prong curving upwards,

outwards, and backwards, the superior upwards, inwards,

and backwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 78, width 15°5;

width of second segment 11°3, of fifth 15°d.

Loc. Sandakan (LD. Cator).

Stenoniodes angulicollis, sp. n.

3 .—Closely allied to S. Catord/, but not so black in colour,

being browner.

Keels of the first segment more elevated, projecting forwards,

so that the anterior border between them is distinctly concave.

Prominence at the base of the keels on the other segments

low and relatively but little noticeable as compared to Catorit.

Copulatory feet practically as in Catorw.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 73; width of

second tergite 10°5, of fifth 15°2.

9 .—Larger than male and more convex, with smaller keels,

those of the first tergite not being produced.

Measurements in millimetres.—Yotal length 80; width of

fifth segment 17, of caudal process 4.

Loc. Sandakan (D. Cator).

Stenoniodes Creaghti, sp.n. (Figg. 5, 5a, p. 431.)

Smaller than Catort/, but very closely resembling it in

colour (except that the white border on the keels is broader,

being distinctly traceable on the first tergite) and structure,

the tergites presenting the same smooth prominence at the

base of the keels; the keels, however, of the first tergite are

distinctly more produced, though not so much as in anguli-

collis; and the copulatory organ is shorter, with the prongs a

little differently disposed, as shown in figg. 5, 5a.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 67; width of

second tergite 11, of fifth 13.

?.—Like the male in colour ; rather more granular than

the female of angulicollis, the anterior rows of tubercles being

distinct on all the tergites.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 69; width of

fifth segment 13°5, of caudal process 3°65.

Genera and Species of Millipedes. 433

Loc. North Borneo, Sandakan coast (Governor Creagh).

This species is smaller than the preceding two, is rather

more coarsely granular, and has the edges of the keels more

broadly whitened.

Stenoniodes baluensis, sp. n.

Colour black, with the white margins to the keels con-

spicuous as in Creaghi?, with the same form of first tergite but

with coarser granulation, the two anterior rows of tubercles

being distinct on all the segments and the tergites even at

the end of the body distinctly, though finely granular; lastly,

the tail is narrower than in the other species, with side

margins that are straight and parallel, with angles more

squared.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 92; width of

fifth segment 17°5, of caudal process 3:6.

Loc. Mount Kina Balu (J. Whitehead).

Stenoniodes sibutensis, sp. n.

3 .—Colour a very deep chocolate-brown or black ; margins

of keels with a strong red tinge, the coloured rim also broader

than in the other species,

First tergite with its anterior angles not produced in front

of the anterior border; the rest of the tergites and upperside

of keels more coarsely granular; elevation at the base of the

keel not very conspicuous, and not smoother than the rest of

the keel ; lateral borders of keels more strongly lobulate than

in the other species. Copulatory feet short as in Creaghii,

but with the prongs shorter and curled almost as they are in

Catorit.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 64; width of

second segment 9°5, of fifth 12°5, of caudal process 3°2.

Loe. Sibutu Island, Sulu Archipelago (A. Everett).

Genus ACANTHODESMUS, Peters.

Acanthodesmus, Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, pp. 546-547,

Acanthodesmus pinangensis, sp.n. (Figg. 6, 6 a.)

Smaller than Andersonii and differently coloured.

$ .—Colour. Dorsal surface a blackish or reddish brown,

the base of the keels the same tint as the dorsum of the

segment, the rest of the keels a dull brownish yellow; lateral

portions of first and second segments not yellow, of third only

slightly so; legs and antenne distally infuscate.

Sterna and coxve pale yellow.

434 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Dorsum of posterior segments coriaceous, not granular,

upperside of keels granular; margins of keels lobulate,

straight; pore about a diameter and a half from the edge.

Caudal process with its margin less convex than in Andersonit.

Copulatory organ with the prongs differently curved, the

inner being bent more abruptly backwards and the outer less

abruptly backwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 64; width of

second segment 8°2, of fifth 10.

Loc. Pinang (H. N. Ridley).

Acanthodesmus perakensis, sp.n. (Fig. 7, p. 431.)

As large as Andersonit, but differently coloured and more

coarsely sculptured.

Legs and antenne flavous as in that species; dorsum of

keel-bearing portion of segments brown, lateral portions on

base of keel noticeably darker, the rest of the keel flavous ;

cylindrical area of segments dorsally pale brownish yellow

with a median black band.

Dorsal surface of all the segments, even at the end of the

body, very distinctly granular, more so than in Andersonit.

Copulatory organ with practically the same curvature of

prongs as in Andersonit.

Measurements in millimetres.— 3 (small). Total length 68 ;

width of fifth segment 10. 9. Total length 82; width of fifth

segment 13.

Loc. Perak. Specimens presented by J. H. Leech, Esq.

Acanthodesmus Petersi?, sp.n. (Fig. 8.)

g .—Colour faded, apparently as in perakensis, but the

keels without indication of a black basal patch, as much

yellow on them as in Andersoni/, the cylindrical part with

traces of a median dark line. But apart from its colouring,

which is of doubtful value, seeing that the specimen is faded,

the species certainly differs from both Andersonw and perak-

ensts in the form of the copulatory foot, the inner prong of

which is not bent backwards but inwards, then slightly

forwards at the tip.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 72; width of

fifth segment 10.

Loc. Malay Peninsula (dnd. Mus.).

Acanthodesmus lineatus, sp.n. (Fig. 9.)

¢.—Colour black, the edges of the keels very narrowly

bordered with pale yellow and a narrow (1 mm. wide)

longitudinal dorsal band extending from the upper surface of

Genera and Species of Millipedes. 435

the head to the base of the last segment; sterna and bases

of legs pale ; antenne and legs ochraceo-fuscous.

Antenne long, as wide as the third segment, less than the

ninth by half the width of the keel.

Dorsal surface finely granular or coriaceous, the tubercles

not very distinct; keels large and nearly horizontal, with

anterior and posterior borders finely serrulate and lateral

margin almost entire; only finely sinuous on the posterior

keels ; anterior angles strongly convex, anterior border also

convex, with rounded basal shoulder; posterior border

angulate basally, lightly concave; posterior angle acute,

shortly spiniform ; pores about three diameters from the

edge. ;

Caudal process very wide, rather strongly notched just

before its posterior angles ; the middle of its posterior surface

widely produced.

Copulatory feet with the external prong directed downwards

and outwards, the lower or inner prong curved almost vertically

upwards and backwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 54; width of

second segment 7°8, of fifth 9°5.

Loc. Singapore (H. N. Ridley).

This species differs from the preceding in the presence of

a median dorsal yellow band, the small amount of yellow on

the keels, the greater distance of the pore from the margin,

its larger keels and longer antenne.

EURYDIRORHACHIS, gen. nov.

Antenne short, a trifle exceeding the width of the first

tergite.

Body very wide in front, owing to the large size of the

anterior keels, which resemble in shape and approximately

in size those of the rest of the body, the second segment being

as wide across as the seventeenth or sixteenth ; first tergite

with its angles not produced forwards, but widest just behind

the anterior border.

Tergites coarsely granular, tubercles distinct ; keels with

anterior and posterior borders finely serrulate; lateral margin

lobulate, fluted, the pore remote from it; anterior border

basally shouldered, angle rounded, posterior angle square or

acute, but not spiniform ; from the fifteenth segment the keels

project posteriorly beyond the level of the posterior border

of the tergite.

Caudal process very wide, widest at its posterior angles.

Sterna with four short spines directed posteriorly.

436 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Copulatory organ long, curved, ending in two short

subequal prongs.

Differing from Acanthodesmus and allied genera by the

large size of the keels of the second and third segments,

especially of the second.

Eurydirorhachis dulitensis, sp.n. (Fig. 10, p. 441.)

Colour black, the lateral margin and anterior and posterior

angles of the keels ochre-yellow, but only at the hinder end

of the body does the yellow extend inwards and involve the

pore; first tergite and caudal process scarcely noticeably

yellow; antenne blackish; legs fulvo-fuscous, with paler

basal segments.

Dorsal surface of segments coarsely granular on anterior

half of body, less coarsely posteriorly, but the rows of tubercles

distinct on all of them ; margins of the keels indistinctly four

or five lobate; the posterior border basally indistinetly

angulate. Pores situated about two or three diameters from

the lateral border, but farther away from it in the posterior

than in the anterior half of the body.

Copulatory feet as in fig. 10; distal segment thick and hairy

at base, then suddenly narrowed and running out into a long

strongly arched smooth ramus, curved upwards and backwards

and ending in two short subequal prongs.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 83; width

of fifth segment 15, of second 13°6.

Loc. Mount Dulit, N. Borneo (C. Hose).

Eurydirorhachis baramensis, sp. n.

9 .—Resembling the preceding, but with the keels more

flavous, the yellow even in the anterior half of the body

extending as far as the pore, while the first tergite has its

side margins very distinctly flavous and nearly the whole of

the caudal process is pale; the legs and antenne also are

paler. Keels a little larger.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 82; width of

fifth segment 15:5, of second 18°5.

Loc. Baram, N. Borneo (C. Hose).

Eurydirorhachis discrepans, sp.n. (Fig. 11.)

g.—Oolour (dry) a uniform chocolate-brown, the yellow

on the keels (if any) being not distinctly indicated except on

the first segment, where it is very visible. Closely related

to the preceding species, but with the side margins of the

keels much more distinctly lobulate, the lobules on the poste-

Genera and Species of Millipedes. 437

rior half of the body taking the form of smooth rounded teeth

or tubercles.

Copulatory feet (as in fig. 11) much shorter and less curved

than in dultensis, with the inner terminal flagellum angled

at the base and strongly curled.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 65; width of

fifth segment 11°5, of second 11.

Loc. Borneo,

HOoPLURORHACHIS, gen. nov.

First tergite broadest in front of the middle, but the ante-

rior angles not produced.

Dorsal surface of segments finely granular or coarsely

coriaceous ; the three rows of tubercles visible, the posterior

the largest ; margins of keels entire; pores remote from the

margin.

Caudal process broad, posteriorly strongly tridentate, the

lateral angles and the nijadle being strongly produced.

Sterna from seventh segment armed with four long poste-

riorly or downwardly directed spines.

Distal end of copulatory organ shorter than hairy basal

ramus, bent at right angles to it and trifid.

Type H. Everettit.

Differing from allied genera (Acanthodesmus &c.) in

having the lateral angles of the caudal process produced

and spiniform.

Hoplurorhachis Everettti, sp.n. (Figg. 12, 12a, p. 441.)

Colour black or deep brown, the dark colour spreading

on to the keels at least as far as the pore; the rest of the

keels and legs and antenne and the processes of the tail

flavous.

Length of antenne a little less than width of second

segment.

Anterior end of body rapidly increasing in width poste-

riorly from the first to the fifth segments.

Anterior border of keels (e. g. of twelfth segment) thick-

ened, shouldered basally, anterior angle rectangularly rounded ;

posterior border finely crenulate, the angle subacute, a trian-

gular prominence at the base ; pore separated from the lateral

margin by at least four diameters; posterior border of this

keel on a line with the posterior border of the segment; tail

narrow, with prominent processes.

Copulatory foot with straight basal ramus ; terminal portion

broad, giving off internally a wide short lamina, externally a

longer posteriorly projecting lamina, and bearing in addition

438 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

a long curved prong, which surpasses the external lamina in

length, and a much shorter prong, the apex of which over-

hangs the base of the long prong.

Loc. N.W. Borneo (A. Everett). Three male examples.

Hoplurorhachis Hosei, sp.n. (Fig. 13, p. 441.)

Resembling the preceding in colour, but easily recognizable

by being more coarsely granular, having the pore closer to

the side margin (barely three diameters from it on the twelfth

segment), the anterior and posterior edges of the keels more

coarsely serrulate, the process at the base of the posterior side

more dentiform and less triangular, being narrower at the

base; the tail broader, with the processes shorter, and the

infero-lateral tubercle on the anal segment much longer; and,

lastly, by the form of the copulatory feet, the ramus of this

organ being distinctly curved when viewed from the side and

terminating in two processes—an outer long curved prong,

the apex of which is bent at right angles, and an inner branch,

which is subdivided into a laminate portion and a two-pronged

branch.

Length 69 millim., width 13.

Loc. Baram (Borneo). One example obtained by C. Hose.

Genus PHRACTODESMUS, Cook.

Phractodesmus, Cook, Brandtia, i. p. 1 (1896).

Phractodesmus Ridley?, sp. n.

9 .—Oolour a uniform blackish brown, with a longitudinal

white dorsal band (2-2°5 millim. broad) passing from behind

the border of the first tergite to the posterior border of the

nineteenth ; legs and antennze fuscous; sterna and bases of

legs pale.

Antenne longer than the width of the first segment, shorter

than that of the second.

First tergite broadest along the anterior border, which is

straight and transverse; the anterior angles not produced

forwards, but continuous with the anterior border.

Dorsal surface of all the segments thickly granular, the

rows of tubercles distinct even on the first tergite; keels

depressed, their edges smooth, the anterior and lateral being

slightly thickened, the latter lobulate, the former basally

shouldered ; the anterior angles bluntly rounded, forming an

obtuse angle in the posterior half of the body, an acute one in

the anterior half; the posterior angle not rounded, square or

pointed, but not spiniform ; porous area large, a diameter or

Genera and Species of Millipedes. 439

less from the edge. Caudal process with two pairs of promi-

nent tubercles at the sides of the posterior border, which is

rather strongly though not angularly produced mesially.

Sternal spines strong, the posterior pair directed poste-

riorly, the anterior pair downwards and forwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 76; width of

second tergite 10, of fifth 12°5.

Loc. Singapore (/7. N. Ridley).

In colouring this species seems to resemble P. subvittatus,

Peters (Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 545), the type of

the genus, which came from the island of Linga, 100 miles

to the south-east of Singapore. ‘There is nothing, in fact, in

Peters’s diagnosis to separate the two; but Mr. O. IF. Cook,

who has examined the type, says in his diagnosis of the

genus Phractodesmus, “ first segment broadest at or behind

the middle,” which is certainly not the case in Lvdleyi; and

again, ‘ carine laterally margined outside the pore.” But in

Ridleyi the margination is scarcely, if at all, more noticeable

than what is presented, for example, by Acanthodesmus

Andersonii, Poc. So that, apart from geographical reasons,

there is little doubt that the two are specifically different,

though I strongly suspect they are referable to the same

genus.

Genus [LODESMUS, Cook.

Tlodesmus, Cook, Brandtia, i. p. 1 (1896),

Ilodesmus Whiteheadi, sp.n. (Fig. 15.)

?.—Colour black, with a longitudinal yellow band 3-4

millim. wide, extending from the summit of the head on to

the caudal process; legs and antenne fulvo-fuscous ; sterna

brown.

Antenne a little longer than the width of the first tergite,

much less than that of the second.

First tergite widest across the middle, its anterior border

convex. Dorsum convex, rather coarsely but not very closely

granular, nineteenth segment nearly if not quite smooth ; the

rows of tubercles traceable on all the segments except on the

first, which seems to be uniformly granular. Anterior and

posterior borders of the keels finely serrulate, lateral border

not emarginate, but furnished with small rounded or sharp

teeth, irregular both in shape and number; anterior border

with basal shoulder ; anterior angle squared even on the fifth

segment, often a little produced laterally, the anterior border

straight or slightly convex ; posterior border slightly concave

440 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

even on the fifth segment; posterior angle acute, but hardly

spiniform even at the end of the body. Pores separated by

about their own diameter from the lateral border.

Caudal process broad, its border widely convex.

Sterna with very short tuberculiform processes at the bases

of the legs.

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 73; width of

second segment 10, of fifth 12.

$ .—Smaller than female (length 55 millim., width of fifth

segment 9°8), with larger keels. Copulatory legs with hairy

portion of distal segment short, much shorter than distal

portion, which is long, simple, and stout, with a strong curva-

ture, its distal portion being directed upwards and outwards,

ending in a slender filiform tip.

Loc. Albay, 8.E. Luzon (J. Whitehead).

Perhaps identical with dorsalis of Peters from Luzon,

which, according to Peters, is nearly allied to margaritiferus,

Gerv. (= Meyeni?, Brandt). This new form differs from

margaritiferus, according to specimens in the British Museum,

in being much more coarsely granular, with the posterior

angles of the keels less acute. In spite of the fact that in

this species the copulatory feet do not cross and are not

branched, I believe it belongs to [lodesmus.

Genus TAPHODESMUS, Cook.

Taphodesmus, Cook, Brandtia, i. p. 1 (1896).

Taphodesmus sanguineus, sp.n. (Figg. 14, 14 a.)

?.—Colour black, the marginal thickening of the keels

blood-red.

Antenne a little exceeding width of first tergite in length,

much less than width of second.

Dorsum of segments strongly convex; keels small, the

three rows of tubercles conspicuous, subequal in size, the

spaces between them and the upperside of the keels coarsely

granular, the marginal thickenings of the keels irregularly

tubercular ; anterior angles of all the keels from the fourth

backwards widely rounded, posterior angle squared or acute,

not spiniform ; anterior edge of keels basally shouldered.

Caudal process semicircularly rounded.

Sterna not spined.

g.—Smaller than female and less convex. Copulatory

feet closely applied along the inner edges of the distal segment,

the terminal portion ending in three prongs, the proximal

shorter, lightly curved, projecting outwards, the distal two

Genera and Species of Millipedes, 441

arising from a common stout branch, which curves strongly

upwards and outwards.

Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length 65; width

of second segment 7, of fifth 8.

Loe. Minahassa, N. Celebes (C. Hose).

The generic position of this species is, I think, doubtful.

The genitalia of the type are not known; but 7. sanguineus

at least differs from it in not having the pores borne in lateral

excavations of the keels.

Fig. 12.— Aoplurorhachis Everettii. Right copulatory foot ; outer view.

Fig. 12a.—Ditto, Apex of ditto from below.

Fig. 13.—Hoplurorhachis Hosei. Left copulatory foot ; outer view.

Fig. 14.—Taphodesmus sanguineus, Right copulatory foot from below.

Fig. 14a.—Ditto. Apex of right copulatory foot.

Fig. 15.—Ilodesmus Whiteheadi. Left copulatory foot; outer view.

Fig. 16.—Eutrachyrhachismargaritatus. Right copulatory foot from below.

Fig. 16 a.—Ditto. Apex of organ.

Fig. 17.—Diodontodesmus Woodfordi. Left copulatory foot from below.

Fig. 18.—Diodontodesmus verrucosus. Right ditto.

Fig. 19.--Paradesmorhachis solomonis. Ditto.

FE UTRACHYRHACHIS, gen. nov.

First tergite widest at or a little in front of the middle, its

sides produced into angular processes.

Dorsal surface of body granular, the rows of tubercles very

conspicuous, but not extending on to the keels, the posterior

row coarser than the others. Keels not margined, laterally

dentate. Pores close to the edge, scarcely dorsal; suture

lightly sculptured.

Caudal process rounded, its tubercles prominent.

Anal sternite bitubercular.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 30

442 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Sterna granular, furnished with blunt tuberculiform

processes at the bases of the legs.

Copulatory Jeet of male strongly curved inwards at the

apex and ending i in three processes.

Type L. victorie.

Eutrachyrhachis margaritatus, sp.n. (Figg. 16, 16 a.)

55°

Colour black, the teeth on the keels and the tubercle on

the dorsum clear and shining.

Antenne not exceeding in length the width of the first

tergite.

First tergite convex, depressed in the middle, swollen on

each side, covered with granules, and bearing in addition

four rows of large tubercles.

Keels of anterior segments depressed, these of the second

larger than of the succeeding segments ; upperside of all the

keels coarsely granular, with two or three tubercles inter-

mixed; anterior and posterior borders serrate or bluntly

denticulate ; lateral borders strongly and bluntly, but very

variably toothed, bearing two, three, or sometimes four

rounded tecth in addition to those at the ‘angle ; but sometimes

there are but two, one close to each of the angular teeth, with

a rather deeply emarginate space between ; anterior angle of

keels strongly shouldered.

Caudal process with border convex, the superior and

marginal tubercles prominent.

Copulatory organ with its inferior (anterior) process

forming a quadrate lamina; adjacent to this is a median,

strongly recurved prong, while above and situated more

proximally is another prong which curves beneath or above

the last-named towards the lamina.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 43; width of

second segment 6, of fifth 7.

Loc. Victoria Mountain, New Guinea.

Eutrachyrhachis victoria, Sp. n.

@.—Colour black, apices of keels yellowish red; the

tubercles clearer yellowish.

Dorsal tubercles clearer than in margaritatus ; margins of

keels strongly bidentate, with usually one or more small

tubercles between them ; the anterior tooth much the largest

on the second, third, and fourth segments, the posterior much

the largest on the sixteenth, seventeeth, eighteenth, and

nineteenth. Caudal process more ovate than in margaritatus,

Genera and Species of Millipedes. 443

the posterior border produced some distance behind the

posterior lateral tubercles.

Measurements in millimetres.—'Votal length 55; width of

second segment 7°5, of fifth 9.

Loc. Victoria Mountain, New Guinea.

In the form of its keels, as in other features, this species

would seem to resemble Platyrrhachis pergranulosus of

Silvestri (Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxiy. p. 639, 1895), from

Maroka, in New Guinea; but the statement ‘ segmentum

primum angulis anticis rectis, valde productis” does not

apply to the first tergite of vdetori@, in which the lateral

angles have the form of a conical triangular tooth.

The structure of the copulatory feet of Loria, Silvestri (doc.

ceit.), and pergranulosus does not seem to be the same as that

presented by £. margaritatus; EL. Lorie further differs in

colour and pergranulosus in the form of its keels from

margaritatus.

DIODONTODESMUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Eutrachyrhachis, but with the keels larger and

higher, body less convex, the anterior cylindrical portion of

the segments smooth ; the area between the tubercles on the

dersum also smooth, and the suture not sculptured.

Copulatory foot of male ending in two simple branches

directed inwards.

Type D. Woodfordi, sp. n.

Diodontodesmus Woodjordi, sp. n. (Fig. 17.)

9.—Colour (of dry and probably faded specimen) a

tolerably uniform greyish black; the cylindrical half of the

segments white above, with a median dark stripe.

Length of antenne less than width of first tergite.

First tergite granular, with only the posterior row of

tubercles distinct, its anterior border evenly convex from the

rounded angular lateral prominence; second and _ third

segments also granular throughout, with large depressed

keels. The rest of the segments very sparsely granular

above, almost entirely smooth-on the posterior end of the

body, much more coarsely granular on the keels, the anterior

lines of tubercles weak, the posterior conspicuous. Keels

with anterior and posterior borders denticulate, anterior angle

rounded, posterior angle acute but not spiniform ; lateral

margin lightly sinuate; keels of segments 2 to 13 directed

obliquely forwards, keels not shouldered basally.

30*

444 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

Pores dorsal, close to the border, rather less than a diameter

from the edge.

Caudal process semicircular, with sinuate border.

Sterna nearly smooth, sparsely granular in front and behind.

Ilatrs on legs normal, setiform.

Measurements in millimetres——Total length 62; width of

second segment 8°3, of fifth 9:8.

do .—F latter and smoother than female, with keels larger

and rather strongly bidentate, the lateral border from the

fifth to the eighteenth being angularly emarginate, with

sometimes minor denticulations.

Copulatory feet as in fig. 17, the anterior lower branch

curving inwards, then abruptly downwards and backwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 55; width of

second segment 8, of fifth 9.

Loc. Solomon Islands (C. WM. Woodford).

Diodontodesmus verrucosus, sp.n. (Fig. 18, p. 441.)

6 .—Differing from the preceding species in being a

uniform blackish tint throughout, in having the keels perfectly

horizontal, the rows of tubercles much coarser, the two ante-

rior rows extending right on to the keels and almost to the

emargination, the three rows being very strong even on the

first three segments ; pores smaller and a little more lateral ;

caudal process with conspicuous lateral tubercles and a more

transverse posterior border. Legs thinner, longer, and studded

with clavate hairs.

Copulatory feet with a stout angular prominence at the

base of the lower (posterior) prong; the prongs themselves

longer than in Woodfordt.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 55; width of

second segment 9, of fifth 9°6.

Loe. Solomon Islands (C. M. Woodford).

The species may be recognized as follows :—

a. Lateral margins of segments almost entire, at most

sinuous-(the rest as under @’) .......2.cs00--8s Woodfordi, 2.

b. Lateral margins of segments strongly and angularly

emarginate, so as to be bidentate (¢).

a’, Anterior rows of tubercles on dorsum of segment

very weak, obliterated on the anterior segments ;

cylindrical half of segments white above, with

median blackdine! 120 act ces eaten ee eee Woodfordi, 3.

6°, Two anterior rows of tubercles coarse and strong

on all the segments, extending on to the keels;

segments of a uniform tint...........:0eseees verrucosus, 3.

Genera and Species of Millipedes, 445

PARADESMORHACHIS, gen. nov.

First tergite broadest behind the middle; keels of second

and third tergites with simple toothed side-edges ; fourth and

following segments to the eighteenth with margins strongly

thickened, smooth, as in many Oriental (e.g. Burmese) species

of Orthomorpha, the pore situated on the thickening in its

posterior half, about its own diameter from the edge, looking

upwards and outwards ; nineteenth tergite with simple normal

keels ; caudal process semielliptical ; dorsal surface of segments

granular, with three rows of tubercles or granules, the poste-

rior being most conspicuous.

Sterna not spined.

Anal sternite bitubercular.

Copulatory foot of male with two long prongs, curved

inwards apically.

Paradesmorhachis solomonis, sp.n. (Fig. 19.)

Colour a uniform greyish brown; margin of keels greenish

grey, shining.

Length of antenne nearly equal to width of second segment.

First, second, and third tergites somewhat coarsely

granular all over, strongly convex, with the keels of second

and third nearly horizontal, with toothed side margins, the

anterior and posterior edges being much more finely toothed.

The rest of the segments much smoother, the keels and back

nearly horizontal, only weakly granular, the posterior row of

tubercles conspicuous, the rest faint, the tubercles spreading

on to the keels; anterior and posterior borders of keels irregu-

larly tubercular, except on the thickened margin, which is

smooth; posterior angles acutely rounded, in no sense

spiniform ; anterior angles obtusely rounded, anterior border

strongly shouldered at base.

Copulatory feet strongly curved, the convexity outwards,

ending in two long prongs, the lower angled at the base and

running forwards, the upper continuing the curvature of the

basal piece and projecting inwards and backwards.

Measurements in millimetres.—Votal length 43; width of

second tergite 5:8, of fifth 6°2.

Loe. Solomon Islands (C. M. Woodford).

POLYDESMORHACHIS, gen. nov.

First tergite broadest across the middle, where on each

side it is furnished with a conspicuous tuberculiform keel.

Second segment as wide as the fifth. Keels horizontal or

elevated, keels of only the posterior three directed backwards.

446 Mr. G. M. Thomson on two new

Dorsum with three rows of tubercles, the posterior two rows

very faint. eels with lateral margins entire, though

granular, those that bear the pore notched or emarginate

posteriorly. Pores completely marginal, though just visible

when the segment is viewed from above.

Caudal process semicircularly rounded.

Anal sternite bitubercular.

Sterna not spined.

Polydesmorhachis atratus, sp. n.

? .—Colour of upper surface a uniform blackish brown,

the edges of the keels only indistinctly yellow; legs and

antenne infuscate ; sterna pale.

Antenne short, their length a little less than width of

second segment.

First tergite mesially depressed, elevated laterally and

posteriorly, beset with tubercles and granules. Keels of

segments 2 to 7 elevated, the rest horizontal; anterior and

posterior fides of keels as far back as the seventeenth

segment directed obliquely forwards, almost smooth, anterior

border basally shouldered, anterior angle rounded and nearly

rectangular, strongly convex on the sixteenth, seventeenth,

and eighteenth segments; anterior border straight on the

anterior part of the body, convex on the posterior seven keel-

bearing segments; posterior angle never spiniform, obtusely

rounded, square on the sixteenth, produced on the seventeenth

to nineteenth. The dorsal surface of keels and of the rest of

the segment granular, in addition to the tubercles ; the suture

of the segments costulate.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 61; width of

second segment 8°5, of fifth 8°5.

Loc. Palawan Island, between Borneo and the Philippines

(A. Everett).

LI.—On two new Gammarids from New Zealand.

By GrEorcE M. Tomson, F.L.S.

[Plate X.]

Tue Amphipods described in the present paper were

obtained in the Bay of Islands in January 1884. hey were

taken by me in the dredge in about 8 fathoms of water on a

nearly clean sandy bottom. Only males were met with, and

as, in the case of both species, they were very distinct and

conspicuous on account of the abnormal development of the

Gammaritds from New Zealand. 447

second pair of gnathopods, I deferred publishing a descrip-

tion of them in the hope that I should find and recognize the

female forms among the abundant material since obtained

from many parts of the colony. This I have not yet suc-

ceeded in doing. It is, of course, perfectly possible that I

have passed them over without recognizing them, having

referred them to other species. The males are unmistakable.

Of Mera Chiltoni six specimens were taken, and of M. Has-

welli four; but all are extremely fragile in structure and all

are so much mutilated that in regard to certain limbs the

structure has been but imperfectly made out.

Mera Chiltoni*, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 1-5.)

Body slender, rather compressed ; pleon well developed.

Cephalon produced forward below the articulation of the

superior antenne into an obtusely pointed lobe on each side.

‘The eyes, which are subreniform in shape, but broader in the

lower than in the upper part, and are formed of numerous

ocelli, occupy the greater portion of this lobe, and are placed

close up to its anterior margin.

First antenne.—First joint of peduncle stout, half as long

as the cephalon, with a few sete on the sides and at the

extremity ; second joint about twice as long, much more

slender, and with six or seven tufts of sete on the lower

margin ; third about two thirds as long as second, with a few

tufts of sete.

Flagellum \ost; secondary flagellum (also lost) nearly as

long as last joint of peduncle.

Second antenne somewhat longer than cephalon and the

three first thoracic segments; peduncle subequal in length

with that of the first antenne ; first joint short, second and

third subequal, nearly twice as long as the first, and with a

few tufts of sete on the lower margin; flagellum slightly

longer than last joint of peduncle f.

Mundibles subquadrate ; left with the cutting-plate pro-

duced almost at right angles to the basal portion into a stout

two-lobed tooth, secondary plate shorter and two-toothed, spine-

row reaching back almost to the molar tubercle, with about

six curved spines ; right (not satisfactorily made out) with

secondary plate well developed, broadening upwards and

ending in about four deep indentations; palp with the second.

* Named in honour of Dr. Charles Chilton, F.L.S.

+ Owing to an accident many of the smaller parts of the animal were

lost after dissection ; hence the imperfection of the description in several

places.

448 Mr. G. M. Thomson on two new

joint elongated and flattened, broadening upwards, with scat-

tered sete along the margins, third joint shorter than second

and broadened upwards, with a transverse crest of sete on the

dorsal surface and a fringe of sete round the extremity and

distal half of the lower margin, those at the apex of the joint

very long.

First maaille with the inner plate in the form of an ex-

tremely short pointed lobe without any sete; outer plate

broad, nearly square at the extremity, ending in ten short

spines and a few minute sete; palp broad and flat, appa-

rently three-jointed, the middle joint short, the extremity with

a few short spines and sete.

Second mazille with the outer plate slightly broader than

the inner, setose at the extremity; the inner fringed with

short sete, chiefly round the inner margin.

Mazxillipeds.—Inner plate reaching to the first joint of the

palp, widening above and bearing on the extremities a few

short broad spines, interspersed with short plumose sete,

which are continued a little way down the inner margins;

outer plates about subequal with second joint of the palp,

half as long again as the inner, broad and curved, furnished

with numerous leaf-like spines and long simple sete ; palp

four-jointed, the three last joints furnished with numerous

sete; last joint short and rounded, with one or two rather

stout sete at the extremity, but without a claw.

First gnathopods small; side-plates elongated, widening

and rounded below, produced forwards at their infero-anterior

angle; basos long and slender, front margin nearly straight,

without sete; ischium short ; meros produced into an acute

tip, sparingly setose ; carpos well developed, subtriangular,

broadest at the distal extremity, with several sete along its

sides and numerous tufts on its lower margin; propodos

shorter than carpos, narrow-ovate, the oblique and dentate

palm occupying about one third of the length, with numerous

setee on both margins; dactylos about two thirds as long as

propodos, curved, very acute, and furnished with a few minute

denticulations along its inner edge.

Second gnathopods very large, side-plates resembling those

of the preceding pair; ischium and meros short, the latter

produced forward like a tile, so that the carpos, which is

attached almost at right angles to it, works in it as in a

groove; carpos dilated distally, so as to have the form of an

equilateral triangle ; propodos large and subquadrate, its

lower side straight and fringed with bunches of short sete,

its anterior side dilated into a large rounded protuberance,

furnished with a bunch of sete wear the extremity and a few

Gammarids from New Zealand, 449

scattered minute spines on its outer surface; the distal end

of the joint is transverse; behind the articulation of the

dactylos is an acute tooth, followed by a large rounded pro-

tuberance at the joint; palm furnished with one very large

powerful conical tooth, followed by a deep indentation, while

the postero-inferior extremity of the palm is occupied by a

square tooth, the top of which occupies more than a third of

the length of the whole palm; dactylos strong, slightly

curved, reaching a little beyond the end of the palin.

First and second periopods slender ; third stout; fourth and

fifth increasing in length posteriorly, rather slender and

spinously setose.

Pleopoda well developed.

First uropods the longest; basal portion carrying five

spines, which increase in length outwards, on the inner margin,

and five er six very short ones on the outer; between the

branches is a large acute spine; branches subequal, shorter

than the basal portion, furnished with a few spines.

Second uropods with only two or three spines on each side

of the base; inner branch about subequal with the base,

somewhat longer than the outer, both spinose.

Third uropods shortest ; branches subequal, slightly shorter

than the base, spinose.

Telson subquadrate, the sides converging posteriorly, deeply

cleft, each extremity bearing one spine-like seta.

Length 4-4°5 millim.; depth of body about one fifth of

the length.

Hab. Taken with the dredge in about 8 fathoms in the

Bay of Islands.

Mera Haswelli*, sp. n. (Pl. X. tigs. 6-10.)

Body slender and compressed.

Cephalon produced at the sides into an acute angle between

the bases of the first and second pairs of antenna, not rostrate

above.

Eyes with about eighty to ninety ocelli, produced well

forward on the sides of the cephalon.

First antenne with the first and second joints very short

and almost merged into the front of the cephalon; third joint

more than twice as long as broad, almost destitute of sete.

The three joints together are not more than two thirds as

long as the cephalon ; fourth joint slender, nearly twice as

long as the third, with a few long sete on the lower margin;

fifth joint only about half as long as the fourth, also sparingly

* Named in honour of Prof. Haswell, F,R.S., of Sydney University.

450 On two new Gammarids from New Zealand.

setose. Flagellum broken off. Secondary flagellum four-

jointed, about as long as the fifth joint of the peduncle.

Second antenne with only one joint of the peduncle left, as

long as and somewhat stouter than the third joint of the first

pair, and bearing a few slender sete, especially at the lower

extremity.

Mandibles stout, with the basal portion subtriangular in

form. ight with its molar tubercle in the form of a hollow

crown, toothed all round the edge and with a few small sete ;

cutting-edge, which with the tubercle is directed forwards,

furnished with a row of five spines, very closely set, but not

clearly made out; secondary plate strongly developed and

ending in two large teeth. Left with two strong protu-

berances on the secondary plate. Palp slender, three-jointed ;

first joint very short, second and third subequal, the former

with a row of about six or seven short setee on the lower

edge, the latter ending in a number of long sete and with a

tuft of two or three on its upper edge a little distance from

the extremity. (I'he other organs were very small and

fragile, and were unfortunately mutilated in dissection.)

First gnathopods small; carpos narrow-oblong, dilating

outwards to the distal end, fringed on its lower margin with

three or four bunches of sete ; propodos with three groups of

dorsal sete placed transversely and a tuft of sete at the

articulation of the dactylos, lower margin with sete sparingly

scattered along its edge; palm oblique and not well-defined ;

dactylos slightly more than half as long as the propodos,

slender, slightly curved.

Second gnathopods abnormally developed, nearly half as

long as the whole body; basos long and somewhat curved,

especially on the posterior margin ; ischium quadrilateral, as

broad as and about one third as long as basos; meros small,

triangular, with its lower side greatly produced into an acute

lobe, bearing a few sete near its extremity ; carpos very

much broader than long, also produced into a narrow trian-

gular prolongation, which extends as far as that of the meros

and bears one or two sete ; propodos about equalling in length

all the rest of the limb, widening to the distal end, which is

about half as broad as the length of the joint; dorsal surface

smooth and curved, ventral straighter, ending in a strong

tooth and with a few sete near the extremity, distal end

transverse, with a deep hollow inside the inner tooth, then

having a small irregular tooth near the middle which bears a

few sete, and a slight protuberance at the hinge of the

dactylos ; the latter joint very long and falcate, with its inner

edge nearly straight for the first half of its length, then

sickle-shaped, its extremity reaching to the prolongations of

Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 451

the meros and carpos, against which apparently it impinges

and between which it is received.

Pereiopoda all wanting, except one of the fourth pair

(which, on account of its brittleness, went to pieces during

dissection), which was about one third as long as the body,

and the joints of which were rather slender and were sparingly

furnished with short almost spinose sete.

Pleopoda slender.

First and second uropods reaching nearly to the extremity

of the third pair. (Unfortunately, owing to the fragile state

of the specimen, these appendages were broken up during

dissection, so that details could not be satisfactorily settled.)

Telson apparently very short, cleft at the apex, and each

side tipped with a very short spine (not well made out).

Length 4 millim.

Hab. ‘Vaken with the dredge in about 8 fathoms in the

Bay of Islands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

vigs. 1-5, Mera Chiltoni.

], Animal, x 20.

2. Mandible, x 125.

3. Gnathopod of first pair, x 56.

4. Gnathopod of second pair, x 56.

5. ‘Telson and last pair of uropods, x 56.

“ys. 6-10. Mera Haswelli.

6. Animal, x 20.

7. Base of mandible, x 125.

8. Mandibular palp, x 125.

9. Gnathopod of second pair, x 41.

0. Telson, x 56.

LIII.—A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to

the Genus Teracolus, Swains. By ARrruuR G. BUTLER,

Pith, FL,S.,. F.Z.5 ,d&e.

(Continued from p. 399. ]

25. Teracolus Mananhari.

Pieris Mananhari, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 224 (1870); Afr.

Lep. p. 2, pl. ii. figs. 1-4 (1873).

Anthocharis flavida, P. Mabille, Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (5) vii. p. xxxvii

(1877).

Teracolus flavidus, P. Mubille, Grand. Madag. pl. xl. figs. 1, 1 a, 2, 2.4

(1885).

Teracolus nothus, Mabille, J. ¢. p. 290 (1886) *.

Madagascar.

* M. Mabille quotes pl. xxxvi. a. fig. 2, but no such plate appears. to

have been published hitherto ; at any rate, it is not in the Museum Atlas

to the work.

452 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

Ward described the wet-season form (which is largest)

with almost plain yellow under surface in the male, about

two black spots in the primaries and an orange costal streak

to the secondaries being the only markings on that surface ;

in the female the apical area of the primaries and the second-

aries are buff on the under surface, the former with a sub-

apical black bar representing the inner boundary of the black

border of the upper surface and a discocellular black spot, the

latter often with a slender interrupted angular discal stripe.

T. nothus is represented by two intermediate forms, which

occur in both sexes. ‘The first has the under-surface pattern

of T. Mananhari (typical), but the apex of the primaries and

the secondaries are washed with rosy sienna; the second is

slightly less reddish below, but has the addition of a longitu-

dinal brown stripe through the centre of the secondaries; the

female also has indications of striations on these wings.

T. flavida is a smaller form in which the striation of the under

surface appears in the male, but the angular band in that sex

and the subapical band in the female are obsolete. Finally,

there is a true dry-season form of which we possess the male

only ; it is small, the apex of primaries and the secondaries

below fleshy buff, indistinctly striated, but without longitudinal

streak or angular discal stripe.

26. Teracolus incretus.

3. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 46, pl. xxiii.

(1884).

Ranges from the Victoria Nyanza southwards to Nyasa

and eastwards to Mombasa and Bagomoyo.

Both types of the species are undoubtedly sexes of the

wet-season form; the bad colouring of Staudinger’s figure

led Mr. Marshall to suppose that 7. vulnerata was “ clearly

the dry-season form,” but he is mistaken, for we have the

latter. It is very rosy beneath, the male having the apical

half and the secondaries, excepting towards apex, fleshy

sienna, transversely striated with brown and more or less

spotted; there is also frequently a longitudinal dusky streak

from the base through the lower half of the discoidal cell in

the secondaries.

27. Teracolus auxo.

Anthocharis auxo, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 422.

Anthopsyche topha, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15 (1857).

Anthocharis keiskamma, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 56, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4

(1862-6).

of the Genus Teracolus, Swatns. 453

The yellow form of this species appears to be strictly con-

fined to Kaffraria and Natal, but a somewhat paler race occurs

in Matabeleland. The extreme types 7. auvo and keiskamma

were proved by Mansel Weale and recently by Mr. Marshall

to be wet- and dry-season forms of one species; J’, topha,

which is usually regarded as identical with 7. ketskamma,

appears to me to be an intergrade of which we possess six

examples in the Museum.

Of the Matabele type, which only differs in its somewhat

whiter coloration, we only possess males of the wet and

intermediate forms.

28. Teracolus dissociatus, sp. n.

Allied to 7. auvo, but with whitish or white ground-colour,

tinted along edge of apical area with sulphur-yellow. The

wet-season form differs also from that of 7’. auvo in that the

male has a black oblique bar bounding the inner edge of the

orange apical patch; the intermediate form * chiefly differs

from 1’. topha in its white colouring and the much more

limited apical orange patch ; the dry-season form differs from

T. keiskamma in its white colouring and much darker borders,

but more especially in the females. In size this species

agrees in all its forms with the more southern butterfly.

Ranges from Nyasaland northward by Kilima-njaro to the

Victoria Nyanza.

29. Teracolus evarne.

Pontia evarne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Pontia liagore, Klug, /. ¢. figs. 5-8 (1829).

Teracolus citreus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 152.

Teracolus vanthevorne, Butler, t. ec. p. 163.

Terucolus syrtinus, Butler, ¢. ¢. p. 165.

One of the most widely distributed and variable species of

its group, ranging from Upper Egypt and the White Nile to

Abyssinia, southwards to the Albert Nyanza, the Victoria

Nyanza, and Kilima-njaro, andeastwards to Mombasa. On the

western side it appears to be rare, but we bave one example (the

type of 7’. syrtinus) said to be from ‘‘ Senegal” and a second

recorded as simply from ‘‘ West Africa.” In ground-colour

T. evarne varies trom primiose-yellow to white, the typical

form being almost white with yellow diffused bordering to

the orange apical area; this is the wet-season form of the

species and the most heavily marked with black. 7. xanth-

evarne appears to be the prevalent form of the species in

* One of the supposed types of 7. syrtinus referred to by Messrs. Trimen

and Marshall.

454 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

Upper Egypt, the White Nile, and Abyssinia, and chiefly

differs in its inferior size, yellower colouring, and frequently

in the larger orange patch on the primaries. 1’. syrtinus 1s

an intermediate-season form which apparently ranges west-

wards from Mombasa through the Sabaki valley, past Kilima-

njaro and the Victoria Nyanza to Wadelai, and thence across

the continent to Senegal, where it varies slightly from the

normal form, the lower extremity of the orange apical patch

being indistinctly bordered with blackish, so as vaguely to

resemble the wet-season form of 7’. auxo (nobody, however,

with au eye for species could calmly compare the two and

for a moment regard them as identical). The males of this

form never have the margin of the secondaries dotted, and on

the under surtace they show a slight tendency to rosy tinting.

The females are altogether more lightly marked than those of

typical 7. evarne. TT. liagore is probably little more than a rare

starved albinism occurring in Egypt and on the borders of

the Red Sea; in its weak markings it would seem to be

a dry-season form, but the colouring of the under surface

is that of the wet-season. I should look upon it as an inter-

mediate form probably occurring just before the rains.

T. citreus is the dry-season form occurring with typical

T. evarne, but smaller, much more lightly marked above, and

very rosy below.

30. Teracolus Phillipst.

Teracolus Phillips?, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 772, pl. xlvu. fig. 11.

Somaliland.

This is a well-defined local representative of 7. evarne most

nearly approaching the varietal form 7. diagore in character.

In all its seasonal. phases it is much more lightly marked and

_ paler in colouring than 7. evarne, as well as slightly smaller

than in the corresponding phases of 7. evarne. The ground-

colouring is always white, with the pale orange apical patch

very faintly tinted with yellow along the inner edge; the

marginal bordering even of the wet-season male is compara-

tively weak, while the secondaries are always unspotted.

The female in the wet-season has the upper surface marked

almost as in the dry-season female of 1’. evarne, while the

intermediate type, which is much smaller, has the female

still less marked above and striated below with greyish olive ;

the dry-season form is very small, the male without marginal

markings, the female very faintly marked, but both sexes

rosy and more or less striated below.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 45

31. Teracolus eucharis.

Papilio eucharis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 472 (1775), but not Donovan.

Papilio aurora, Cramer, Pap, Exot. iv. pl. ecxcix. figs. A, B (1782).

Euchloe ceneos, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 94 (1816).

Pieris titea, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 124 (1819).

Teracolus pseudevanthe, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 164, pl. vii. fig. 16.

Teracolus pallens, Moore, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 49

(1877).

Ranges from Bombay southwards to Madras and Ceylon.

‘The seasonal forms of this species follow the usual rules,

the wet-season forms being heavily marked above, yellowish

and white with the usual markings below ; the intermediate

forms are similar above, but the females show more orange in

the apical black patch ; the dry-season forms are more lightly

marked above and much more rosy and more strongly striated

below. Of each form there are two phases, one showing a

double bar on the under surface of the male secondaries, the

other only showing a costal dash or dot. Of the double-

barred type are, first, the wet-season form, which has received

no distinctive name ; then the intermediate form, representing

T. pseudevanthe ; lastly, the dry-season form, which is typical

of 7. eucharis, Of the costal marked type the wet-season

form is again unnamed ; the intermediate form is 7’. aurora ;

and the dry-season form 7’. pallens, which differs from all the

other phases in showing no trace of the dusky spot on the

inner edge of the orange apical patch in the male.

32. Teracolus evanthe.

Anthocharis evanthe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 567 (1836) ; Mabille

in Grand. Mad. pl. xli. figs. 1, 2 (1887).

Anthocharis ena, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. p. 134 (1879);

Grand. Mad. pl. xl. figs. 6, 6 @ (1887).

Madagascar.

This species appears to have no wet-season form. The

variety 7’. ena is perhaps a little drier in character than the

type, but both belong to dry-season phases.

33. Teracolus evanthides.

Callosune evanthides, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 268,

pl. vill. fig. 9 (1895). ,

Aldabra, Comoro Islands.

Allied to C. evanthe, but evidently distinct. It has the

brown irroration and striation of the under surface charac-

teristic of the dry-season 7’. evanthe of Madagascar, but upon

a pale yellow ground-tint, whereas in 7. evanthe the ground-

colouring of the under surface is dead white.

456 Dr. A. G. Butler—4 Revision

34. Teracolus etrida.

Anthocharis etrida, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 576 (1836).

Teracolus pernotatus, Butler, Peres. 1876, p. 59, pl. vil. fig. 1.

Teracolus farrinus, Butler, t.c. fig. 2.

Teracolus purus, Butler, t.. ce. p. 160, pl. vii. figs. 14, 15.

Teracolus casimirus, Butler, t. ec. p. 161, pl. vil. fig. 5.

Teracolus bimbura, Butler, t. c. p. 161, vl vii. figs. 3, 4.

Ranges from Persia to N.W. India, and thence through

Bombay southwards to the foot of the Nilghiri Hills. I have

seen no examples from the eastern side of India. I think

that Mr. Marshall is incorrect in his assertion that it appears

to range practically throughout India: our selected series of

seventy-four specimens does not include one example from

Eastern India. This makes it all the more probable that

Mr. Marshall’s inconsistent action in regarding the Ceylonese

T. limbatus as a variety of T. etrida, whilst he regarded

T. danae as quite distinct from the company to hen he

gave the name of 7’. eupompe, wasan error. Just as 7’. danae

differs from J. dulcis, so does T. limbatus difter from 7’, etrida,

whilst the latter has the additional advantage of being a

purely insular form.

Of the varieties of 7. etrida to which I gave distinctive

names, 7’. farrinus is the most heavily marked on the upper

surface, though 7. pernotatus runs it very close; 7. purus is

a dwarf form of the species with rather more orange at apex

than in typical 7. etr7da. These are all wet-season or inter-

mediate forms. The dry-season phase is represented by

T. casimirus and the starved form of it which I described

under the name of 7. biémbura.

35. Teracolus limbatus.

Teracolus limbatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 161.

Ceylon.

Ae ie males of this species are always heavily bordered, and

sometimes so much so that the marginal spots are perfectly

confluent throughout; the species seems never to attain to

the size of the largest examples of 7. etrida. The female on

the upper surface (like its male) resembles most nearly that

sex of 7. etrida, var. farrinus, but is more heavily bordered,

shows scarcely a trace of the spot on the interno-median

area of primaries, has brown instead of black markings on the

under surface of these wings, and the discal markings on the

secondaries very ill-defined. An example of this sex is in

the Hewitson collection.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 457

36. Teracolus ephyia.

Pontia ephyia, Mug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 9, 10 (1829).

Occurs from Ambukol in Nubia northward to Upper Egypt.

The wet-season form of the male nearly resembles the

male of typical 7. etrida on the upper surface, but the female

shows no trace of the interno-median spot of that species,

whilst on the under surface all the discal spots are wanting.

The dry-season form is smaller, shows scarcely a trace of the

black inner edging to the orange subapical patch ; the second-

aries also have no marginal spots and the under surface is

suffused with buff.

Mr. Marshall was quite correct as to the females formerly

associated by me with this insect having nothing to do with

it, but he should also have discovered how closely allied it is

both to 7. etrida and T. lais,

37. Teracolus lais.

Teracolus lais, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 145.

Teracolus halyattes, Butler, ¢. c. pl. vi. fig. 8, ¢.

Teracolus lycoris 2, Butler, ¢. c. p. 140, pl. vi. fig. 6, Q.

Ranges from Kimberley across the Orange Free State to

Swaziland.

The female of 7. /azs, the wet- (not dry-) season form,

bears a vague resemblance to that of 7. etrida, var. bimbura,

but the orange subapical bar has no inner blackish edging and

there is no spot on the second median areole of primaries, the

two marginal spots nearest to apex of secondaries are also

confluent ; on the under surface the basal area and apical

border of primaries and the secondaries, with the exception of

a discal patch towards apex, are washed with pale buff; the

orange subapical curved bar of the primaries is paler than

above, but the interno-median black spot is distinct. The

males vary greatly in expanse, the type measuring about

34 millim., and a second example from the Godman and

Salvin collection no less than 46. It approaches 7. ephyia,

but has more nearly the upper-surface pattern of 7. bimbura,

with pure white under surface (indistinctly irrorated with

black scales when examined through a lens), the discocellular

dots black, that of the secondaries attached to an orange spot;

the costa of these wings is also narrowly orange towards the

base.

My incorrect identification of the sexes of the dry-season

form (JZ. halyattes) led Mr. Marshall into error. The male

of the latter is much like the wet-season form above, but both

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. aL

458 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

sexes below are alike, with grey-speckled rosy apical area to

primaries and rosy secondaries, showing traces of an angular

discal series of dusky spots, one or two of which are more or

less prominent on the upper surface of the female; the apical

patch in this sex is dark brown, with a curved subapical

series of indistinct orange spots.

38. Teracolus pallene.

Anthocharis pallene, Hopffer, Peters’s Reise, p. 358, pl. xxiii. figs. 7, 8

(1862).

Callosune pseudetrida, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabeleland, p-340 (1881).

Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 105

(1883)

I believe that these are synonymous, although the descrip-

tion of the under surface of Westwood’s type does not corre-

spond in every detail with that of 7. cinctus, and the

female is described as having a subapical yellow fascia, whilst

the female of 7. cinctus has the apical area black, crossed by

ill-defined narrow ochreous dashes. Still I believe that

variation may account for these discrepancies. One thing is

certain, Westwood’s insect must belong to the YT. daira

group, "and not to the singular mixed community in which.

Mr. Marshall has placed it, ‘for it undoubtedly has the orange

apical patch of the male black-bordered internally, Assuming

that the above synonymy is correct, the species must be inter-

mediate between 7. fats and T. infumatus, and must range

from the Victoria Nyanza southward to Nyasaland, and

thence to Tete on the Zambesi. ‘The intermediate form has

the under surface washed with warm buff, and the dry-season

form is small, with narrower black borders, the black internal

streak ill-defined, and the secondaries rosy on the underside.

39. Teracolus infumatus.

Teracolus infumatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 128, pl. vi. figs. 5, 6.

Ranges from the Victoria Nyanza due south to Nyasa.

This species in its wet-season form is like a large and very

heavily marked form of 7. pallene, to which it is undoubtedly

allied; but the intermediate-season form (of which we have a

male from Lake Tanganyika) has the apical patch of orange

more extended on the costa and not bordered internally by a

black bar. This fact brings the species somewhat nearer to

the 7. daira group, in which the dry-season form has a

siinilar character.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swatns. 459

40. Teracolus daira,

Pontia daira, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. viii. figs. 1-4 (1829).

Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. ili, p. 350, pl. i. fig. 2

(1849).

Anthopsyche demagore, Felder, Reise der Novy., Lep. p. 186 (1865).

Anthopsyche dalila, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. p. 188 (1865).

Teracolus vanthus 2, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 440, pl. xxxix. fig. 11.

Teracolus odysseus & , Swinhoe, t. c. p. 441, pl. xl. fig. 3.

Appears to range from Algeria to Egypt and thence south-

wards to Abyssinia and Somaliland,

The type of Felder’s 7. dalila is identical with the typical

wet-season form, 7. odysseus is an intermediate form, and

T. nouna (of which 7. demagore is a synonym) is the dry-

season form. ‘The latter, owing to its resemblance in the

male sex to the dry-season forms of two other allied species,

has been united to them and placed in the next group of

species by Mr. Marshall, the whole being united under one

heading as what he elegantly calls a ‘‘ job lot.”

41. Teracolus stygia.

6. Anthopsyche stygia, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. p. 188 (1865).

Bogos, N.E. Africa.

This is an intermediate-season form, perhaps not distinct

from J. odysseus, which it nearly resembles; it is, however,

larger and differs slightly in some details of its pattern. The

type, which I have examined, is in the collection of the

Hon. Walter Rothschild.

42. Teracolus Heuglint,

Anthopsyche Heuglini, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatechr. iii. p. 272 (1859).

Teracolus Thruppi, Butler, P. Z. S, 1885, p. 770, pl. xlvii. fig. 10.

Teracolus Jamest, Butler, ¢. ¢. p. 771.

Teracolus Jacksoni, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v.

p- 836 (1890).

From Somaliland southwards to the Sabaki valley.

T. Jacksoni is the wet-season form, 7. Thrupp? the inter-

mediate form, and 7. Heuglint (=D. Jamesi 8) the dry-

season form.

43. Teracolus evagore.

Pontia evagore, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 5, 6 (1829).

Teracolus Yerburii, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 441, pl. xxxix. fig. 12.

Teracolus saxeus, Swinhoe, t. c. pl. xl. figs. 1, 2.

Teracolus Swinhoet, Butler, t. c. p. 491.

Arabia.

T. Yerburii is the wet-season form, 7. Swinhoei may be

31*

460 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

taken as either a yellow variety or an intermediate type, and

T. evagore (=saxeus) is the dry-season form. Practically

the whole of the forms are dry-season, but they represent the

seasonal phases which occur in more variable climates. That

T. evagore is the dry-season phase of T. Yerburii (and conse-

quently 7. Heuglini of T. Thruppi, and 7’. nouna of T. daira)

is evident from the fact recorded (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 247) that

one pupa produced from a batch of larvee bred by Capt. Nurse

produced 7. evagore* and all the others 7. Yerburit.

44, Teracolus mint.

3. Teracolus Emini, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. vi.

p. 47 (1891).

Ranges from Abyssinia to the Albert Nyanza, thence

southwards through Nyasaland to Delagoa Bay, whilst we

have one male of the dry-season form from the Godman and

Salvin collection which is said to have been obtained as far

south as Graham’s Town.

But for the fact that the dry-season form of this species

exactly resembles that of the wet-season on the upper surface,

I should not have hesitated to regard it as an exaggerated

development of the closely allied 7. evone. The latter, how-

ever, appears to be strictly confined to Southern Africa.

45. Teracolus etone.

Anthocharis eione, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 578 (1856).

Teracolus galathinus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 142.

Ranges from the Cape to Delagoa Bay.

The wet and intermediate forms of this species are much

alike on the upper surface, the latter, however, with ochra-

ceous apex to primaries and entire surface of secondaries

below, whilst the dry-season form is much more lightly

marked above, more rosy and irrorated with brown below;

next to 7. Hmini it is the most heavily marked dry-season

form of its group, and notwithstanding its general resemblance

on the upper surface to the wet-season forms of J. phlege-

tonia, I do not consider that we have enough evidence to sink

it with its widely differing wet phase as a mere variation of

T. phlegetonia. When it can be proved (instead of asserted

without proof) that 7. Emini, 7’. econe, T. antigone, T. xanthus,

T. interruptus, and T. glycera are only variations (unin-

fluenced by locality or climate) of one and the same species,

I shall be one of the first to accept the position. At present

I regard it as extremely improbable.

* He calls it nowna, but that is a mere trifling misidentification.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 461

46. Teracolus antigone.

Anthocharis antigone, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 572 (1836).

Anthocharis phlegetonia, Boisduval, 2. c. p. 576 (1836),

Anthocharis delphine, Boisduval, 1. c. p. 577 (1836).

Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 139, pl. vi. fig. 3.

Teracolus flaminia, Butler, t. c. p. 140, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Teracolus lycoris, Butler, ibid. (but not pl. vi. fig. 6).

Teracolus lyeus, Butler, t. c. p. 141, pl. vi. fig. 2.

Teracolus friga, Butler, t. c. p. 142, pl. vi. fig. 5.

Teracolus minans, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 229 (1882).

Teracolus coniger, Butler, tid.

Ranges from Accra eastwards to the Albert Nyanza and

thence southwards to Cape Colony.

When I described the above forms as distinct we had no

examples of the very distinct wet-season phases from the

south, nor was I aware of the variability or the seasonal

distinctions which occur in Teracolus; therefore when L

found half a dozen or more examples which seemed to corre-

spond in the possession of certain characters in both sexes, I

naturally supposed that I had different species before me.

The Godman and Salvin collection, which was tolerably rich

in examples of this species, has enriched our series, adding

eight typical examples of 7. phlegetonia (wet-season) from

the Cape of Good Hope, also five examples of the variety

T. minans=coniger from the Cape, as well as seven examples

of the dry-season variety JZ. delphine. With our present

series I am satisfied that the above synonyms represent one

tolerably variable species. I cannot, however, believe that

T. antigone, the wet-season form of which always has both

the base and apex of the primaries bright lemon-yellow on

the under surface, and which has a much narrower internal

black stripe in all its forms, is identical with 7. evone or

T. Emini. Typical T. anétigone has no internal stripe. Of

the named forms, 7. phlegetonia and T. minans are wet-

season phases, 7. friga is intermediate, and the remainder

are variations of the dry-season form.

47. Teracolus glycera.

3. Teracolus glycera, Butler, P. Z. 8, 1876, p. 144.

Exact locality unknown. ‘Type B. M.

It is possible that this may prove to be an aberrant inter-

mediate-season form of 7. antigone, for, although the inner

margin of the orange apical patch is unbroken by the usual

black marking, the primaries have the same yellow basal

suffusion, and the other characters nearly correspond with

those of that species.

462 Dr. A G. Butler—A Revision

48. Teracolus xanthus.

3. Teracolus xanthus, Swinhoe, P. ZS. 1884, p. 440, pl xxxix. fig. 10.

Teracolus comptus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 94.

vol. v. p. 836; 9, Waterhouse, Aid, pl. clxxxix. (1899).

Ranges from Upper Egypt southwards to the Victoria

Nyanza and Kilima-njaro, and thence to Nyasaland.

This is a northern and eastern development of 7. antigone,

usually smaller and more weakly marked on both surfaces,

especially in the wet-season form. Only the more heavily

marked examples of this form show any trace of the yellow

basal suffusion on the under surface. At the same time it is

possible that where the two forms meet they may interbreed,

as is the case with some of the local races of birds.

49. Teracolus metagone.

Teracolus metayone, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 760

(1896).

Kast Africa.

This is a wet-season or intermediate form apparently nearly

approaching 1. wanthus, var. bifasciatus (=comptus) ; but

without examining either a good figure or a typical example

it would be rash to assert its identity with that species. It

must, however, be borne in mind that the internal fascia on

the primaries which occurs in the type specimens both of

T’. bifasciatus and comptus and the small transverse spot near

the posterior extremity of the orange apical patch are not

constant characters, but grade away to nothing even in our

series.

50. Teracolus interruptus.

Teracolus interruptus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 724; Lep. Exot. p. 115,

pl. xliii. figs. 1, 2 (1872).

Teracolus lucullus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 143, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Teracolus gelasinus, Butler, ¢. ec. p. 143.

Appears to be confined to Angola and the neighbourhood

of the Congo near its mouth. It is readily distinguished

from the more northerly West-African type TT. antigone by

the absence of lemon-yellow at the base of the primaries

below in any of its phases; the black internal bar is very

faintly indicated in the wet-season form and wanting in the

intermediate and dry forms. |

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 463

51. Feracolus agoye.

Anthopsyche agoye, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 15 (1857).

Anthocharis eosphorus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 523

(1863).

Teracolus Bowkeri, Trimen, op. cit. 1883, p. 358.

Teracolus zephyrus, Marshall, P, Z. 8S. 1897, p. 8.

South Africa.

I have carefully compared the various descriptions of this

species with our examples, and have utterly failed to discover

any reason for keeping them separate. ‘l'hree examples from

the Godman and Salvin collection of the wet-season phase

obtained at Kimberley (two males and one female) agree

remarkably well with Mr. Marshall’s description: one worn

and damaged male example in our series and one in the

Hewitson collection of the intermediate phase, having the

apex of primaries and the secondaries beneath creamy

yellowish, are somewhat larger, with the black inner bordering

of the apical patch continued almost to the first median

branch; these are from Damaraland, and therefore should

represent 7’. agoye=eosphorus ; whilst a male in the Hewitson

collection of the dry-season phase from the Transvaal has all

the veins finely blackened above, the apical patch intermediate

in size, with only its upper half black-bordered, its outer

portion irrorated with greyish lavender, the apex of primaries

and the secondaries below rose-pink. But for the compara-

tive rarity of 7. agoye, I am certain that Mr. Marshall would

not have been so inconsistent as to regard the very slight

characters upon which he has separated it into three species

as either likely to be constant or of the least importance.

There are hardly any of the forms which he has associated

under his 7’. evagore, T. evippe, and T. achine which do not

differ more markedly from one another. He himself says of

specimens which he calls 7. achine: ‘The undersides are

equally variable, ranging from the type with black neuration

to a specimen in which there is no trace of black”; and,

under his 7’. phlegyas: ‘the development of the black on

neuration is such an eminently unreliable character in this

genus.” It is perfectly well known also that the width of

the black inner edging of the apical patch and the black

costal streak on the secondaries are far less reliable, that the

white or creamy under surface is dependent upon season,

and that the discocellular dots are most inconstant. What

characters then remain ?

464 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

52. Teracolus niveus.

Teracolus niveus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 177, pl. xviii. fig. 1.

Teracolus candidus, Butler, t. c. p. 178, pl. xviil. fig. 2.

Socotra.

T. niveus represents the wet-season phase and T. candidus

that of the dry-season ; the latter is less heavily marked than

the type, and the orange patch, instead of filling the apex of

the primaries, is represented by an oblique pale orange sub-

apical band of five spots, widest in the middle and narrowest

at its lowest extremity.

53. Teracolus aldabrensis.

Teracolus aldabrensis, Holland, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xviii. p. 269,

pl. vii. figs. 7, 8 (1895).

Aldabra.

This is a very distinct and singularly coloured species.

Without seeing the type, I should judge that its nearest

relation was probably my 7. ndtveus, from Socotra. It

appears to be a wet-season form.

54. Teracolus evenina.

Anthopsyche evenina, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 12 (1857).

Anthopsyche deidamia, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iy. p. 35

(1860).

Callosune deidamioides, Aurivillius, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Forh.

1879, p. 45.

Callosune tnornata, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 838 (1881).

Southern Africa as far west as Damaraland, eastwards as

far as the Zambesi.

The seasonal forms of this species differ but little on the

upper surface; the dry-season male, however, has slightly

less black on the inner margin and on the inner edge of the

orange apical patch. C. de¢damiotdes is the dry-season form.

55. Teracolus casta.

3. Callosune casta, Gerstaecker, Arch. fir Nat. 1871, i. p. 857; Van

der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Africa, iv. 2, p. 365, pl. xv. figs. 1, 1 a

(1873).

¢. Teracolus sipylus, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 444, pl. xl. figs. 10, 11.

Teracolus callidia, Grose Smith, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 82 (1886).

Ranges from Zanzibar south-westwards to Nyasaland and

north-westwards to the Victoria Nyanza.

The seasonal variation of this species is considerably more

marked than in the southern 7’, evenina; T. scpylus, the

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 465

: ?

extreme wet-season form, is usually distinctly larger than the

wet-season form of 7’. evenina, and always has all the dark

markings much heavier, the black marginal spots of the

secondaries being connected by grey scaling into a continuous

or partly confluent border and frequently preceded by a lunu-

lated greyish submarginal stripe. Even Mr. Trimen, who

states that the two species are inseparable, is constrained to

admit that 7’. s’py/us is “somewhat more heavily marked.”

1’. callidia chiefly differs from the latter in having the second-

aries below ‘ brownish-white,” and is probably an inter-

mediate phase between the wet- and dry-season forms; the

dry-season form is 7’. casta, which is far more lightly marked

than any South-African example of 7. evenina. It is true

that in Gerstaecker’s figure and in our single example the

male has a white under surface; but this is often the case

with individuals of the dry-season phase in other species of

the genus, as, for instance, in those examples of 7’. dedecora

(the dry-season form of 7’. eupompe) to which Felder gave the

name of 7’. theopompe.

Did intergrades between 7. evenina and T’, casta exist, one

would be bound to regard them as one species; but the sup-

posed intergrades prove to be nothing of the kind when

examined with a view to seasonal variation, and the two

species remain as representative localized forms.

56. Teracolus Cartert.

Teracolus Carteri, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 227 (1882).

Teracolus laura, E, M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v.

p. 441 (1890).

Ranges along the West Coast of Africa from Senegambia to

Accra, and thence across the continent eastwards to the

Albert Nyanza.

Of this species I have only seen wet and intermediate

phases. Ifa dry-season form occurs it should be looked for

in Central Africa. Both types of the species belong to the

wet-season form.

This may be regarded as a heavily marked development of

the more widely distributed 7. ¢sawra, like which species it

has the basal suffusion softly diffused, instead of almost

uniform in tone with the blackish internal spot on the

primaries. The wet-season form, however, is much larger

than J. ¢saura, much more heavily bordered with black in

both sexes, and with a black inner edging to the apical orange

atch in the male. The intermediate form is as heavily

bordered as the wet phase of 7. ¢saura, whilst both wet and

intermediate forms have the wings on the under surface

466 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

heavily black-veined below, a character extremely rare in

T. isaura.

57. Teracolus vsaura.

Anthocharis tsaura, Lueas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p, 424 (1852).

Teracolus helle, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 149.

North Africa, from Upper Egypt to the White Nile and

Abyssinia,

This species, regarded as a whole, is smaller and less

heavily black-bordered than 7. Cartert ; the wet-season form

has the veins below tipped with black, but it is most unusual

even for the female to have them wholly blackened; the

orange apical patch on the under surface of the primaries is

much smaller and more diffused, and the orange markings on

the secondaries are usually weaker. Both types belong to

the wet-season phase, from which the intermediate form only

differs in its more feeble black bordering, and on the under-

side in the less pronounced black tips to the veins; the dr

form is still more weakly marked, without any black tips to

the veins in the male, the female below being suffused with

buffish salmon; it is possible that the male may sometimes

have a rosy tinge below, but our examples do not show this

dry-season character (which is not invariable).

58. Teracolus antevippe.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. 1. p. 572 | (1836).

Anthocharis zera, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. p. 425 ce)

Teracolus subvenosus, 3utler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p. 105 (1883).

Ranges from Senegal (where it appears to be rare) across

the continent (to Abyssinia *, according to Lucas), south-

eastwards to the Albert Nyanza, the Victoria Nyanza, Kilima-

njaro, and thence still eastwards to Zanzibar.

Although related to 7. dsaura, this species appears to me

to hold its own; it is much more variable than 1’. ¢saura,

frequently showing a black internal stripe on the upper

surface of the primaries and an imperfect black inner edging

to the orange apical patch: the female in all its phases i is

much more heavily marked with blackish basal clouding and

still blacker internal stripe on the primaries; the borders and

subapical bar are also blacker than is usual in 7’. dsaura, and

the angular band on the secondaries more strongly defined ;

the veins on the under surface of the wings are either black

* IT believe, however, that Lucas confounded with it the males of

T. helle (the dry-season form of 7. isaura).

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 467

externally (7. sudvenosus), but never connected with a black

marginal line as in 7’. ¢saura, or are merely dusky towards

the tips (7. antevippe): the dry-season form (7’. zera) has

the under surface suffused with creamy pink, and is the least

heavily marked type on the upper surface.

Strictly speaking, the males of this species, without any

trace of the blackish internal stripe on the upper surface

(typical 7. antevippe), should perhaps be regarded as an

intermediate phase between the wet- and dry-season forms,

the wet form being represented by 7. subvenosus.

59. Teracolus tthonus.

Teracolus halyattes 2, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 145, pl. vi. fig. 8 (part.).

Teracolus ithonus, Butler, t. c. p. 146, pl. vi. fig. 7.

Teracolus harmonides, Butler, t. e. p. 146.

Teracolus hippocrene, Butler, t. ¢. p. 147.

Teracolus ignifer, Butler, ibid.

Teracolus hyperides, Butler, t. c. p. 149.

Teracolus hero 3, Butler, t. c. p. 150, pl. vi. fig. 12 (part.).

Callosune damarensis, Aurivillius, ify. Ak. Forh. xxxvi. 7, p. 46 (1879).

Callosune Haevernickii, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 45, pl. xxiii.

(1884).

Ranges from Kaffraria to Swaziland.

This may be regarded as the Southern representative of

T. antevippe. It is much less heavily marked with black

above, and, excepting in the male of the wet-season form

(7. hero 8), is more or less densely irrorated with brown

seales on the under surface; even in this form the internal

streak of the primaries and costal streak of the secondaries

are incomplete. ‘I'wo forms of all the phases occur, those of

the wet and intermediate phases chiefly differing in size,

having the under surface of the secondaries white, densely

irrorated with brown; those of the dry-season form, how-

ever, are less alike; the larger form (7. cgnifer =damarensis)

has the under surface of the secondaries and apex of primaries

rose-pink, finely irrorated with greyish brown in the males,

somewhat more sandy in colouring, with the usual transverse

banding in the females, the smaller form (7. dthonus=har-

monides= Haevernickit) differing from the latter in the deeper

more sandy colouring of the under surface, with coarse trans-

verse striation rather than irroration. ‘lhe forms may be

summarized as follows :—

Wet-season. Intermediate. Dry.

T. hero (large). Unnamed (large). T. ignifer (large).

T. hippocrene. T. hyperides 2 (small). | 7. zthonus (small).

Syn. Ayperides 3 (small). T. harmonides (starved).

468 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

The female wrongly referred to 7’. halyattes is referable to

typical 7’. cthonus (the smaller dry-season form).

60. Teracolus achine.

Papilio achine, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxxviii. E, F (1782).

Teracolus simplex, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 148.

Ranges from the Cape to Natal, the Transvaal, and appa-

rently northward as far as Nyasaland.

The wet and intermediate forms of this species have a well-

defined internal stripe on the upper surface of the primaries ;

the apical patch in all the phases is bright vermilion, with a

crimson tinge, but on the under surface the subapical orange

bar is weak and diffused ; in the intermediate and dry-season

forms the under surface of the secondaries is irrorated and

striated with grey upon a pale pink ground; the dry-season

form (Z’. simplex) differs in having no internal blackish stripe

on the primaries and no costal stripe on the secondaries of

the male, and in the feebleness of all the other blackish

markings on the upper surface.

Subspecies Teracolus Triment.

Teracolus Triment, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 150.

Callosune ramaquebana, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 341,

pl. E. figs. 5,6 (1881).

Teracolus fumidus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 442, pl. xl. figs. 4, 5.

A representative form of 7’. achine apparently confined to

the Eastern side of Africa from the Transvaal northward as

‘ar as Manboia. The typical (wet-season) form is generally

more heavily marked above with black than in 17’. achine, the

male even sometimes showing traces of the angular black

band on the secondaries characteristic of the female; on the

under surface also, which is more creamy in tint than in

T. achine, this angular band is sometimes indicated in safftron-

yellow. TT. fumidus (of which 7. ramaquebana is the female)

is merely a starved form of the subspecies. The dry-season

form is less strongly marked than in that phase of 7’. achine,

and is characterized by the usual rosy coloration on the under

surface. Of our eighteen examples of this subspecies no less

than sixteen were obtained in the Transvaal, nine of which

were received in the Godman and Salvin collection.

T’. ramaquebana, curiously enough, is referred by Mr. Guy

A. K. Marshall to the synonymy of his heterogeneous

“ T. evagore,” one of the most singular combinations of dry-

and wet-season forms, of species belonging to widely different

sections of the genus, which have been associated together

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 469

since the days of Hewitson! It only shows how utterly

impossible it is to write a correct synonymic paper upon any

genus without first arranging the species, having due regard

at the same time not only to seasonal variation, but to geogra-

phical distribution. Never since I first arranged the genus

was it in such a perplexing state of chaos as during Mr. Mar-

shall’s few visits to it with a view to “clearing up” the

synonymy. ‘The natural result is that the ‘ clearing up”’ has

resulted in partial failure.

61. Teracolus gavisa.

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13 (1857).

Teracolus hero 9, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 150, pl. vi. tig. 12 (part.).

Teracolus subvenosus 9, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p- 105 (1883).

Ranges from Natal to the Victoria Nyanza along the

eastern littoral.

This species differs from TY. achine in its much bolder

marking in all its seasonal phases, the reduction of the

crimson apical patch on the primaries of the males, and the

well-defined black veining on the under surface of the wet-

season form. ‘7’, subvenosus ?” is a typical female of

T. gavisa, but “ 7. hero 9” a singularly heavily marked and

buff-tinted female of the intermediate phase.

I should regard 7. gavisa as at least subspecifically distinct

from YZ. achine, at any rate until it has been proved by

breeding to be a mere varietal development of that species.

It can always be easily distinguished in all its phases.

62. Teracolus omphale.

Pieris omphale, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 122 (1819).

Anthocharis theogone, Boisduyal, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 575 (1836).

Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 823 (1857).

Teracolus omphaloides, Butler, P. Z, 8. 1876, p. 151.

res) corda, Moschler, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiii. p. 278

Teracolus complexivus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 770.

Ranges along the eastern side of Africa from Somaliland

to the Cape.

T. omphale is a very variable species, the most heavily

marked of the wet-season forms occurring in Nyasaland,

where the marginal spots on the upper surface of the second-

aries frequently unite into a broad continuous border; the

discal black belt on these wings in the male varies enormously,

sometimes broad from abdominal margin to outer border,

sometimes slender, sometimes barely indicated. In the inter-

470 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

mediate phase (7. ompha/oides=complexivus), which has a

dry-season under surface, the discal black belt is either barely

indicated or wholly absent. TZ. corda is merely a starved

variety of the male of this phase. 7’ theogone=procne is

the extreme dry-season form, in which the black discal belt

ot the male has wholly disappeared and the internal stripe

on the primaries nearly so, whilst the female is much less

heavily marked than in the wet-season, and is sometimes

yellow, flushed with orange above; the under surface of the

dry-season form is very rosy and irrorated with clay-brown.

63. Teracolus exole.

Anthocharis exole 3, Reiche, Ferry, & Gal. Voy. Abyss. pl. xxxi. fig. 4

849).

Pete eurygone (?), Lueas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 341.

Anthopsyche acte, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lép. p. 187 (1865).

Anthopsyche rovane, Felder, 1. ¢.

Teracolus hybridus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 152.

Ranges down the east coast from the Sabaki valley to the

Cape.

It is perhaps only an emphasized form of 7. omphale, from

which it chiefly differs in the greater development of black on

the upper surface, even the dry-season phase having a

distinctly wet-season pattern above. ‘he female figured by

Reiche as that sex of 7’. exole is T. antevippe. TT. acte of

Felder is the true female (wet-season form), 7. rowane is a

female of the intermediate phase, and TZ. hybridus, which

Mr. Marshall places as an intermediate phase of 7’. eveppe, is

the dry-season form. A. ewrygone answers best to the wet-

season form of 7’. exole, but the locality “‘ Coast of Guinea”

is rather against this identification.

64. Teracolus pyrrhopterus.

Teracolus pyrrhopterus, Butler, P.Z.S. 1894, p. 575, pl. xxxvi. figs, 8, 9.

Apparently confined to the vicinity of Mount Kenya: two

specimens (the types) not being ticketed with exact locality,

I supposed them to be from the Sabaki valley ; the same was

the case with three examples of the wet-season form, but

others are labelled Thegu and Thagana. Guaso Thegu is a

gorge to the west of Mount Kenya, and Thagana appears not

to be far off.

The wet-season form of this butterfly resembles small and

lightly marked examples of 7’. omphale on the upper surface,

but below it inclines to pink rather than cream-colour in tint,

and this is especially the case with the discal stripe on the

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 471

secondaries, whilst the subapical patch on the primaries is

bright brick-red, as in the brightest examples of 1’. theogone

(the dry-season form of 1. omphale). The intermediate

phase has the black banding of the upper surface still weaker,

and below the subapical patch on the primaries and the discal

stripe across the secondaries are sharply defined and very

vivid upon a creamy ground-tint; the fringes rosy: the

(typical) dry-season form retains the black internal stripe on

the primaries, which is absent in males of 1. theogone, and

still shows a trace of the discal stripe on the secondaries; the

apex of primaries and the secondaries below are bright rosy,

the former with diffused bright brick-red subapical patch, the

latter with the discal stripe varying from brick-red to gravel-

brown.

I cannot agree at all to Mr, Marshall’s arbitrary decision

that this localized form is inseparable from 7. omphale, no

examples of which that I have ever seen in the slightest

degree resemble its dry-season phase. That 7. pyrrhopterus

and 7’. omphale had a common origin will not be disputed,

but that they are now distinct I firmly believe.

65. Teracolus evippe.

Papilio evippe, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 239 (1764).

Papilio arethusa, Drury, lll. Exot. Ent, ii. pl. xix. figs. 5, 6 (1773).

Papilio eborea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iy. pl. ecclxii. figs. C, D (1782).

Papilio hanna, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. pl. evii. figs. 5, 6 (1792).

Pieris amytis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 128 (1819).

Anthocharis cebrene, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 583 (1836).

Teracolus pseudocale, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 154, pl. vi. fig. 9.

On the west of Africa this species ranges from Sierra Leone

to Old Calabar and the Cameroon Mountains; it reappears

at the Cape, and extends up the east side of Africa as far as

Natal. We have one almost typical example from the West

Coast as far south as Loanda ; therefore, although the species

is represented in S.W. Africa by T. ocale, the latter can

hardly be regarded as more than a climatic race. On the

other hand, the northern 7’. epigone appears to be geographi-

cally separated from T. evippe, and, though nearly allied,

must be regarded as a distinct species. T'. pseudocale is a

starved southern variety of the wet-season phase.

The females of the typical wet-season 7’. evippe vary con-

siderably in ground-tint and in the character of the apical

patch; the rarest form of the female is that which most

nearly approaches the south-western race, with white ground-

tint and the black apical patch of the primaries enclosing a

clear orange arched band ; a second less rare form has this band

472 Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains.

much reduced and less clear; then comes the arethusa of

Drury (which has received the names of eborea (part.), hanna,

amytis, and cebrene), in which the orange has almost disap-

peared from the apical patch; the remaining varieties agree

with the latter in character, but are sulphur-yellow or bright

ochre-yellow in ground-colour.

Race Teracolus ocale.

Anthocharis ocale, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 584 (1856).

Teracolus loandicus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 724; Lep. Exot. p. 91,

pl. xxxiv. fig. 10 (1872).

Teracolus suffusus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 152, pl. vi. fig. 10.

Teracolus angolensis, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 154.

Occurs along the S.W. coast in the neighbourhood of

Angola, and possibly further south.

The wet-season form of this race most nearly resembles

T. evippe, var. pseudocale, but the female seems always to

have the apical patch divided by a clear and often broad

orange belt. 7. suffusus was based upon an unusually dark

and dwarfed example of the female. Wet, intermediate, and

dry phases are all much alike on the upper surface, the dry

form alone having much less black on the inner edge of the

orange apical patch, giving it a totally different aspect from

the southern dry phase of typical 7. evippe, which has a

fairly well-marked continuous black inner edging to the apical

patch of the male; it is, however, possible that intergrades

may occur between the two extremes. There appears to be

no dry phase to 7’. evippe at or near Sierra Leone. ~

66. Teracolus epigone.

Anthopsyche epigone, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 186 (1865).

Teracolus microcale, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 487 (1876).

Ranges from Upper Egypt to the White Nile and Abys-

sinia, and occurs also near Aden.

This species nearly resembles the Angolan 1’ ocale in all

its phases, but the male always has a well-detined black inner

border to the orange apical patch on the primaries, whereas

the female is less prominently marked above with black than

in any form of 1. evippe, the spot which terminates the

internal blackish streak on the primaries being wholly absent,

and even the basal blackish irroration being either much

restricted or wanting. At the same time, if it could be shown

that 7. evippe extended across Africa northwards from the

West Coast, I should be inclined to regard 7. epigone as a

mere climatic race; but there seems to be no evidence what-

Phenomena of Autotomy. 473

ever upon which to base such a decision, and therefore, in

spite of its affinity to the Angolan race of 7’, evippe, I am

constrained to consider it a distinct species.

The argument on which Mr. Marshall bases his synonymy

of T. evippe and T’. omphale, which he regards as one variable

species, is based upon the confusion which existed previous

to its rearrangement in the drawers of those species in the

Museum collection—a confusion largely due to the incorpora-

tion of accessions since the date of the first arrangement of

the genus about the year 1876 or 1877. He says that in

Eastern Africa 7’, evippe is ‘an intermediate seasonal form

of theogone-omphale” ; but this is certainly not the case, for

T. evippe is essentially, in all its characters, a wet-season

phase; nor does it appear to extend in the East further north

than Natal.

[To be continued. }

LIV.—Phenomena of Autotomy observed in the Nymphs of

Monandroptera inuncans, Serv., and Rhaphiderus scabrosus,

Serv. By Epmonp BorpaGe*.

In the month of September last year I succeeded in obtaining

larve and nymphs of Monandroptera tnuncans and Rhaphi-

derus scabrosus, in which I studied the phenomena of autotomy,

in order to compare them with those that I had observed in

the case of the adult insects.

These phenomena were exhibited very clearly by the very

young larve. On pinching hard the distal extremity of the

femur, I generally produced the separation of the limb. The

interval that elapses between the stimulation of the nerve and

the rupture of the limb varies from a few tenths of a second

to three or four seconds. ‘The same operation could be

attempted successfully upon all six limbs.

In the case of the older larvee and nymphs autotomy is

sometimes produced still more easily ; but it may happen

that it becomes irregular and capricious—a feature that we

have already pointed out in the adult Phasmids. We must

also make mention of the increase in the time between the

stimulus and the rupture. Although this increase is not

manifested in an absolutely universal manner, it is of very

* From the ‘Comptes Rendus, t. exxiv. no. 4 (Jan. 25, 1897), pp. 210-

212: froma separate impression communicated by the Author.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 32

474 M. Edmond Bordage on Autotomy in

frequent occurrence and may be expressed by a certain

number of minutes.

It has happened that I have pinched, till I crushed them

between the finger-nails, several limbs of a nymph, without

succeeding in producing autotomy.

Quite tired out, I placed the insect upon a table: it moved

along with difficulty, dragging its legs, which had been

rendered useless; then, after four or five minutes (a quarter

of an hour sometimes), the injured appendages broke off

cleanly, not at the points where they were crushed, but always

at the spot at which rupture by autotomy normally takes

place. Only in a few cases have I seen the crushed limb not

separate itself from the thorax. Judging by their lack of

vigour and by a certain flaccidity of body, I am led to beheve

that I was then dealing with nymphs on the point of per-

forming an ecdysis. Moreover, the experiments attempted

upon them were followed shortly by the death of these insects.

The influence of thermic agents seldom gave me good

results. A limb which I placed in contact with a lighted

match sometimes detached itself after a few seconds; in other

cases it allowed itself to be charred until reduced to a mere

stump without becoming detached from the thorax.

The rapid section of the femur, at whatever point it be

performed, does not always produce autotomy (nevertheless

this process infallibly occasions the rupture of the great limbs

of the grasshopper). Sometimes, after having thus ampu-

tated part of the limb in vain, I placed a lighted match in

contact with the wound, and it was only in certain cases that

this produced the spontaneous severance of the stump.

Since the effect of the bites of ants is identical with what

we observed in the case of the adult insects, we will not

revert to this point. We may mention, however, that we

have never seen the ants succeed in producing the autotomy

of all six limbs.

As we have already stated, the phenomena of autotomy

are not exhibited in a regular manner in the Phasmide, at

least in the species that we have studied. In spite of this

our experiments, performed upon a large number of specimens

of Monandroptera and Lhaphiderus, have enabled us to

establish the fact that in the nymphs autotomy becomes in-

creasingly difficult in proportion as these nymphs draw nearer

to the final metamorphosis.

Since the month of September 1896 I have kept in cap-

tivity nymphs of Rhaphiderus and Monandroptera, a thing

somewhat difficult to do, since these insects normally live at

an altitude of upwards of 700 or 800 metres. They browse

Monandroptera inuncans and Rhaphiderus scabrosus. 475

on the leaves of the guava (Psid/um) and the cassowary-tree

(Casuarina), as well as on the foliage of Agauria pyrifolia*.

Aiter having produced in the case of a few specimens

amputation by autotomy, I have succeeded in observing the

regeneration of the amputated limbs. A regenerated ap-

pendage is always distinguished from the corresponding limb

of the same pair by its smaller dimensions and a slightly

different coloration.

The difference in dimensions cleariy attains its maximum

when the victims of amputation are nymphs having to undergo

but few moults before reaching the fully developed state. A

very interesting point is that in a regenerated limb the tarsus

always ¢ has only four joints instead of five.

This fact undoubtedly affords the explanation of the

following mistake on the part of Westwood :—

The entomologist in question, having been placed in

possession of a specimen of Monandroptera (Diapherodes)

undulata, wrote in the description that he gave of it :— This

fine insect is remarkable for having only four joints in the

anterior tarsi, differing in this respect from all the known

species of the family to which it belongs” (‘ Arcana Ento-

mologica,’ vol. i. p. 26). It is evident that Westwood was

dealing with a specimen which, when a nymph, had lost by

autotomy its two front limbs.

This is further proved by the following words:—“ The

anterior limbs are also relatively much shorter than the

rest.”

Neither did Ch. Coquerel, who had nevertheless studied

the Phasmide of Bourbon, in this very island even, recognize

the true cause of this curious fact. Criticizing the opinion of

Westwood, he wrote :—‘‘ It was probably a case of structural

imperfection peculiar to this individual, or perhaps Westwood

had to deal with an insect which had been damaged and

mended by an incompetent hand” (Ann. Soc. Kntom. de

France, 1861, p. 495).

In a subsequent paper I propose to study the process of

regeneration of the limbs in the nymphs of Phasmide, as well

as a number of anatcmical peculiarities in these Orthoptera.

* Agauria pyrifolia is a shrub belonging to the family Ericacee. Its

highly poisonous leaves have often been the cause of cases of poisoning

among cattle. They do not pruduce any effect, however, upon the

Phasmids under discussion, which eat them with avidity.

+ [The word in the original is “souvent ” (frequently) ; in the separate

impression before me, however, the author hes altered this into “ toujours ”

(always).— TRANSL. |

32*

476 M. Edmond Bordage on

LV.— Phenomena of Autotomy in Phasmide belonging to the

Genera Monandroptera and Rhaphiderus. By EDMOND

BoRDAGE *.

Tue islands of Réunion and Mauritius possess two splendid

Phasmidz belonging to the genera Monandroptera and

Rhaphiderus—M. inuncans, Serville, and R. scabrosus, Serv.

(Monandroptera spinigera, Lucas).

In the case of the former species the female is apterous and

attains a length of 20 centim. by 25 millim. in breadth ; its

colour is brown or grass-green, ‘The male, which is greenish

grey or green and less clumsy in shape, does not exceed

17 centim. in length by 18 millim. in breadth; it possesses

very rudimentary elytra, of the colour of the body, and fairly

long wings tinged with pale rose and brown, and having an

opaque green margin.

‘The dimensions of the specimens of Fhaphiderus scabrosus

are considerably less ; the female, which is brown or a magni-

ficent grass-green, attains a maximum size of 8:5 centim. in

length by 11 millim. in breadth and is devoid of wings.

The male, which is likewise apterous, assumes a brown hue

and resembles a little twig. It is but 6°5 centim. in length

and does not exceed 5 millim. in breadth.

A few months ago, having succeeded in obtaining a few

of these curious Orthoptera, | inadvertently left a Monandro-

ptera upon a laboratory table. A moment or two later the

insect, which was lying upon its back, had lost its two front

legs, and I found to my astonishment that I was contronted

with phenomena of autotomy, brought about by two specimens

of Plagiolepis longipes, Forel. (This is an ant which belongs

to India, and was introduced a few years ago by means of

ships into Mauritius and Bourbon, where it has invaded the

dwellings on the coast.) The severance was produced between

the femur and the trochanter +; the cut was as clean as

* From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exxiv. no. 7 (Feb. 15, 1897), pp. 378-

381: from a separate impression communicated by the Author.

* The trochanter and femur, instead of being united by an articulation

allowing of their movement one on the other, are, on the contrary, fused

together. It was only after I had discovered the phenomena of auto-

tomy that I noticed this fusion, which is, however, indicated by a little

groove. After autotomy the portion that still remains attached to the

body comprises the coxa, united by the arthrodial membrane to a little

ring or cushion, which is nothing but the trochanter separated from the

femur by the neatest of circular fractures. This fusion, therefore, of the

trochanter and thigh, or femur, strongly reminds us of that which we

observe in the crabs between the basipodite and ischiopodite.

Autotomy in Phasmide. 477

possible, and the loss of blood had been insignificant. The

ants succeeded once more in separating a third limb under

my very eyes, and there the process stopped. I repeated the

experiment, and always with success; but in one solitary

case, in which the victim was a female Monandroptera, I was

able to remark the rupture of the whole of the limbs. The

anterior legs, where the base of the femur is greatly attenu-

ated, are usually those in which the ants most easily succeed

in producing autotomy.

The ants do not work by pulling, but, in truth, by bites

inflicted upon the interarticular membrane, between the coxa

and the trochanter, or between the femur and the tibia. The

action of a single ant is sometimes sufficient. In certain

cases autotomy takes place immediately, in others a certain

time elapses between the infliction of the bite and the moment

when amputation ensues. Thus, after having observed the

presence of ants upon the limbs of a Phasmid, it has happened

that I have picked up the insect, carefully avoiding seizing

it by the legs, in order to remove it from the action of its

aggressors. Under these conditions | have sometimes seen

autotomy take place four or five minutes after the bite. It

also occurred sometimes when I lifted the insect gently,

without shaking or squeezing it, by one of the legs upon

which I had observed the ants inflicting their bites a few

moments before. Without the least muscular contraction

the insect abandoned its leg and fell.

Formic acid therefore has a very powerful action, readily

provoking autotoiny.

With few exceptions it was only with real difficulty that

I was able to bring about autotomy in adult specimens of

Rhaphiderus and Monandroptera—a result produced by the

ants with ease, in the case of two or three limbs at any rate,

The exceptions were provided chiefly by Rhaphiderus. In

certain cases, on holding the insect suspended by a limb and

exerting, by means of the finger-nails, strong pressure upon

the median region of the femur, I have succeeded in pro-

ducing autotomy; the phenomenon was reproduced in the

same manner in the case of the five other legs. I have

succeeded in arriving at the same result by inflicting burns

or cuts towards the distal region of the femur,

I met with more difficulty in the case of the Monandro-

ptera. \t was the utmost | could do if, in a few specimens,

{ succeeded in causing the detachment of two or three limbs,

Very often I found it impossible to produce a single case

of autotomy in either of the two species. It is to be noted

that I am speaking here of specimens observed in full vigour ;

478 Phenomena of Autotomy in Phasmide,

in spite of this my attempts remained fruitless, albeit I

employed the most energetic methods—rapid cuts, inflicted

in succession upon the same femur; then the effect of burning,

until the limb was reduced to a simple stump. Sometimes T

lifted the insect by this stump and shook it violently. The

result of this was a tearing of the membrane situated between

the thorax and the coxa, or, more often, of that which unites

the coxa to the trochanter. ‘his tear presented very irregular

contours, with a bunch of muscular fibres detached by the

tension.

I must further make mention of the longer or shorter

interval that elapses between the production of the stimulus

and the detachment of the limb. This interval, which is

sometimes less than one second, may also extend to as much

as ten minutes.

To recapitulate: autotomy is clearly exhibited in the case

of Monandroptera inuncans, and especially in Rhaphiderus

scabrosus, but in an irregular, or even, one might say, in a

capricious fashion. The limbs belonging to the anterior pair

are usually those which most readily become detached. In

these insects, however, autotomy is never produced so easily

as in the saltatory Orthoptera, such as the grasshoppers,

whose great posterior legs always detach themselves so quickly

when the femur is pinched, even very slightly, or when it is

suddenly cut through. Lastly, while in the case of the grass-

hopper it is the contraction of a single muscle or of a small

numberof muscles that causes the rupture, in the Phasmide the

latter takes place only after very vigorous muscular contrac-

tions affecting the entire body. ‘These contractions are more

violent in the females than in the males. In the enormous

heavy females of Monandroptera inuncans especially they are

very remarkable, and in such cases there sometimes takes

place, after the rupture, a loss of blood more considerable than

usual, represented by a large greenish drop. This hemorrhage,

although arrested pretty quickly by coagulation, is never-

theless sufficient, if it again ensues owing to the loss of three

or four other limbs, to cause flaccidity of the body and the

death of the insect after an interval of from twelve to twenty

hours.

When autotomy is produced by the bite of the ants it may

be followed by hemorrhage if the insect be abandoned to its

ageressors for a few minutes, since, by their repeated bites

inflicted upon the raw wound, they prevent the coagulation

of the blood.

B ihliographical Notices. 479

LVI.—Diagnosis of a new Subspecies of Gazelle from British

East Africa. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Gazella Grantiti notata, subsp. n.

Closely allied in essential characters to the typical G. Grantt?,

but distinguished by the greater length, breadth and in-

tensity of both the dark and light lateral bands—the former

black, the latter light buff and edged above posteriorly with

a second dark band, less dark than the main lateral band,

but much darker than the centre of the back. Pygal band

broad, deep black.

Hab, West slope of Lorogi Mountains, British East Africa.

Type Brit. Mus. no. 97, 1. 30. 2. Killed Oct. 9, 1895.

Collected and presented by Arthur H. Neumann, Esq.

This handsome gazelle has also been obtained in the same

region by Mr. H. 8. H. Cavendish.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Dictionary of Birds. By Atrrep Newron, assisted by Hans

Gapow ; with Contributions from R. LyprexKer, C. 8. Roy, and

R. W. Suvuretvr. London: A. & C. Black.

Wuew the publication of the ninth edition of the ‘ Encyclopedia

Britannica’ was commenced many of its readers saw with dismay

the treatment accorded to the Birds; but by the time the word

‘“‘ Bullfinch ” was reached a change of author had evidently taken

place, and an admirable series of articles followed over the initials

A. N. The most important of these was, perhaps, the treatise

entitled “ Ornithology,” and suggestions were made in several

quarters that on the conclusion of the Encyclopedia a revised issue

of these articles in octavo form would be desirable. By degrees

the publishers adopted this view, and in 1893 appeared Part I. of

the present work, while the end of 1896 witnessed the conclusion

of Part IV. It is hardly necessary to say that, owing to the self-

exacting character of Prof. Newton, the original articles formed

little more than a foundation, many of those in the present series

having practically been rewritten, while others have been added ;

the result being a work of which it would be difficult to speak too

highly. It is, moreover, a fascinating book, for a search under a

definite heading is sure to lead to the perusal of some other article,

perhaps far apart from the original objective—in which respect it

resembles Yule and Burnell’s ‘ Glossary of Anglo-Indian Words,’ or

the more severe ‘ Etymological Dictionary’ of Prof. Skeat.

We do not think it too much to say that beyond all living ornitho-

logists Prof. Newton is familiar with the works of the earlier

480 Bibliographical Notices.

travellers, seafarers, and explorers, such as Oviedo, Leguat,

Dampier and Carteret, as well as with later writers; while he has

scarcely a rival in respect of the birds of the Shakesperean epoch.

Under the heading “ Extermination” he gives a sadly picturesque

summary of the ‘ passing” of many species which formerly

inhabited the Mascarene Islands; among these being not only the

comparatively notorious Dodo and the Solitaire, but also an allied

Didine bird, as well as at least two species of Parrot, a Dove, a large

Coot, and another Ralline bird (the flightless Aphanapteryx), an

Owl, a Heron, &e. The abnormal Starling (Fregilupus) of Réunion

survived until about forty years ago, and a remnant of the Parra-

keet (Paleormis exsul) of Rodriguez is still awaiting the doom of its

predecessors. In the West Indies, owing to the intervention of

civilized man, quite as many species have died and made no sign.

In our own days the Great Auk or Gare-Fowl has attained a

melancholy celebrity, owing to’its being classed as a “ British”

bird and the producer of eggs sold at sensational prices; but the

Labrador Duck, the Phillip-Island Parrot, the Mamo of the Sand-

wich Islands, and others are quite as worthy of note, though their

end has been more obscure. The important article on “ Geographical

Distribution ” covers upwards of fifty pages, and is illustrated by a

map showing approximately the six zoogeographical regions; the

number being the same as proposed by Mr. P. L. Sclater in his well-

known scheme, but the Palearctic and Nearctic of the latter are

united by Prof. Newton under the heading Holarctic, while a New

Zealand Region is added. For this modification strong—and, to

our mind, convincing—reasons are adduced. The subject of

“Migration” is treated with characteristic caution as regards the

broad lines, and even on a matter of detail it is, perhaps, rash on

our part to “rush in” with a suggestion that the absence of any

evidence as to the halting of the Red-spotted Bluethroat (Cyanecula

suecica) on its transit between Egypt and the shores of the Baltic

may be due to the absence of observers along the route adopted by

that little bird. Prof. Collett has pointed out that this species

reaches its breeding-grounds in Norway from the east, and never

follows the western coast-line; while a glance at the map will

show that between the meridians of 28° and 35° E. (a fair ‘* mean ”’)

there is very little chance of any resting-place on passage being

noticed. Where are the recorders of Kishineff and Kieff, of Minsk

or Vitebsk? The western race of Bluethroat with the white spot

can be traced resting on its gradual passage northward in spring, and

it seems improbable that a form merely differing in respect of its

chestnut-coloured spot (in the male) should adopt the violent

measure of rushing across Europe, precisely where that continent is

broadest and where the congenial natural conditions seem to invite

a stay for repose and food.

The Introduction, which, of course, appeared in Part LV., consists

(with its separate Index) of 124 pages, and is a masterly review of

the progress of Ornithology from the dawn of science to the present

time. Amusement as well as instruction is afforded by the descrip-

Bibliographical Notices. 481

tion of the Quinary System—the Swedenborgianism of ornithology

—adopted in the days of Vigors, Swainson, W. 8S. Macleay, and

Oken; while an attempt is made to claim tardy justice for the

honest work of L’Herminier, neglected by his contemporaries, who

were busied with futile systems. Matter worthy of serious con-

sideration, however, begins with the enunciation by Huxley of the

theory now generally accepted, namely that Birds are descended

from Reptilian forms; and the treatise of that distinguished natu-

ralist, as well as the schemes of classification proposed by his

successors, are here analysed with remarkable lucidity. An

important feature consists in the prominence given to Prof. Fiir-

bringer’s contribution to Systematic Ornithology, published in 1888 :

a work which does not seem to have obtained from British natu-

ralists the attention it deserves. His researches (to quote Prof.

Newton) ‘“ put the Reptilian pedigree of Birds and the position of

the Ratits in a wholly new light, incidentally proving the latter to

be derived from ancestors fully endowed with wings.” It should

be mentioned that Prof. Marsh’s Odontornithes had already been

discussed, and that Prof. Firbringer’s position does not upset

Prof. Marsh’s contention that the first Birds had not the faculty of

flight. ‘It only makes evident that between the volant forefathers

of the modern Ratitze and the very first Birds there intervened an

indefinite but great number of forms, of which few, if any, traces

are known to us, and that the origin of Birds is far more remote

than we had been inclined to suppose. Birds, considers Prof. Fiir-

bringer, since they spring from Reptiles, must have begun with

toothed forms of small or moderate size, with long tails and four

Lizard-like feet, having distinct metacarpals and metatarsals, besides

well-formed claws, while their bodies were clothed with a very

primitive kind of down.” He traces the development of these

forms to their gradual attainment of the faculty of flight, and their

improvement in that direction, until we find the type of the higher

or better Birds of Flight established in the Cretaceous Ichthyornis

and including the vast majority of existing Birds commonly grouped

as Carinate. But during the period that the higher and lower

types were being differentiated came a retrograde movement and a

dwindling of the volant power—the drift of the evidence being that

the Ratite are not entitled to be considered a distinct subclass,

but that they diverged from their flying ancestors at different epochs.

Such seem to be some of the principal points in Prof. Newton’s

excellent epitome ; and if in the space at our disposal we have done

him an injustice, the reader must apply the antidote by reference to

the original (pp. 100-105). For the Author’s able review of the

present position of the taxonomy of Birds, pp. 108-120 must be

carefully studied.

To the present work Dr. Hans Gadow has contributed many

valuable articles on Anatomy: such as Colour, Embryology, Feathers,

Digestive, Muscular, and Vascular Systems, Pterylosis, Skeleton, &c.,

these being distinguished by Italic type. Mr. R. Lydekker has ably

undertaken the Fossil Birds; an article on Flight by the late

482 Bibliographical Notices.

Prof. C. 8. Roy contains the clearest explanation of aerial motion

with which we are acquainted; and Dr. Shufeldt, formerly of the

United States Army, has assisted. It only remains to say, as an

indication of the care bestowed upon the work, that the Notanda et

Corrigenda occupy nearly 4 pp. of small print.

Trouessart’s ‘ Catalogus Mammalium. Fasciculus III., completing

the Rodentia, pp. 453-664. Berlin, 1897.

Tue issue of the third fasciculus of this important work so closely

following the second shows that the author is well advanced with

his material. Needless to say, the present part maintains the high

level of its predecessors, and Dr. Trouessart is to be congratulated

on having got through such a difficult group as the Rodentia,

especially when fossil forms have to be wedged in among their

recent relatives.

In this section the author has had the advantage of consulting

Mr. Thomas’s recent revision of the Rodentia, which appeared too

late for incorporation in the preceding part. While adopting the

revision to a great extent, Dr. Trouessart has seen reason to depart

from it in some particulars: notably, he refuses to admit the super-

session of the familiar Myovus by the forgotten Glis, and conse-

quently retains Myoxide in place of Gliride. Whether the reasons

he gives for the retention will be accepted by the “innovation

school” remains to be seen: it is to be hoped they will. Most

zoologists will be glad to see that Cricetus retains its place against

Hamster ; and it appears that this settlement rests on a firmly

established basis of fact. The adoption of the barbarous Couendu

for the South-American Tree-Porcupines is, however, distinctly to

be regretted, and still more so the substitution of the new Coendidz

for the Erithizontide of Mr. Thomas. It appears that the reason

for this substitution is the mistaken notion that the earliest generic

name in a family must necessarily be the one from which the

family name is taken.

In regard to extinct forms, it is a pity that the author regards

the Tertiary beds of Patagonia as of Eocene age, and still more so

that he admits the endless host of nominal species which have been

named by the Argentine paleontologists.

It is also a subject for regret that the references to the various

genera throughout the work have not been given, instead of merely

the date of publication, Errors and misprints are exceedingly few ;

but since the author adheres to the original spelling of names, there

is no doubt that ZLimacomys (p. 470) should stand as Leimacomys,

although the former is really the proper way of transliterating.

We look forward to have ere long the pleasure of congratulating

Dr. Trouessart on the completion of his arduous task. R. LL.

483

Miscella neous,

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on the Dates of “« The Zoology of the ‘ Beagle.’ “

GrntLemen,—By the courtesy of Messrs. Smith, Elder, and Co., I

was enabled, in August 1895, to ascertain the contents and dates

of the separate parts of ‘‘ The Zoology of the ‘ Beagle.” I append

the data for the convenience of other workers; and as the items in

column 4 of Messrs. Smith, Elder, & Co.’s report include titlepages,

fly-sheets, &c., I have added in square brackets the actual text

pagination for greater clearness.

Parts. Contents. Plates. Pages. Date.

1 Foss. Mamm. if 46 [ 1-40] Feb, 1838.

2 Mamm. 10 16[ 1-16] May ,,

3 Aves. 10 16 { 1-16] July ,,

+ Mamm. 8 24 [17-32 | Sept. ,,

5 Mamm. 8 16 [33-48 } Nov. i

6 Aves. 10 16 [17-32] Jan. 1839.

7 Foss. Mamm. 10 32 [41-68 } Mar. ,,

8 Foss. Mamm. 10 16 [69-80] May _,,

9 Aves. 10 24 [33-56 | July

10 Mamm. 9 60 [49-100] Sept. ,,

i} Aves. 10 40 [57-96 } Nay...

12 Pisces. 8 32[ 1-32] Jan. 1840.

13 Foss. Mamm. 5 36 [81-112] Apr. ,,

14 Pisces. 7 32 [33-64 | June ,,

15 Aves. 10 76 [97-164] Mar. 1841.

16 Pisces. 5 32 | 65-96] 3 ar

17 Pisces. ) 92 [97-172] Apr. 1842.

18 Rept. 10 16 [ 1-16] fs nes

19 Rept. 10 44 [17-52] Oct. 1843.

C. Davies SHERBORN

(‘ Index animalium ’),

White Ants ; with some Account of their Habits and Depredations.

By Watrer W. Frocearr, New South Wales Government Ento-

mologist.

Specimens of potatoes were received from Mr. Broughton Corrie,

Colo Vale, about the middle of February, with the information that

when harvesting his crop he had found those in one corner of the

field covered with white ants, which were burrowing into and

gnawing the centres out of otherwise perfectly sound tubers; but

as none of the insects were sent with this consignment, further

information was asked for.

In response to my request, further samples of potatoes were sent

down swarming with live soldiers and workers of these destructive

little creatures, and so honeycombed with their attacks that only

484 Miscellaneous.

the outer surfaces were solid. Shortly afterwards I paid a visit to

Mr. Corrie’s farm, and made the following observations :—

The bulk of the potatoes had been harvested, but a few remained

undisturbed in the corner infested, and every one we turned over

was more or less riddled with ant-holes. The field in which the

crop had been planted was new land, only cleared the previous

season, and still containing a number of the larger stumps, while

about 30 yards from the corner of the paddock there was a large

white ants’ nest (termitarium), which, partly covering a large

stump, reached to about 5 feet in height, and when cut down was

found to be swarming with termites in all stages of development.

There is not the least doubt that it was foraging parties from this

nest that had invaded the paddock.

This termite upon examination proved to be our commonest

Sydney species, which is responsible for nearly all the damage done to

houses in the city and suburbs. It belongs to the typical genus

Termes, and in a concluding paper in my “ Monograph of the Austra-

lian Termitide,” being published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of New South Wales, I propose to call if the ‘ Milk

Termite” (Termes lactis, sp. n.), on account of the soldiers ejecting

a globule of milk-like fluid when disturbed. It was this species

that destroyed the roof of the Australian Museum last year, and

two years before eat out the floor of the records office in the

buildings of the Department of Education in Bridge Street. The

same termites are to be found destroying the woodwork of the hot-

houses in the Botanic Gardens; and in nearly every instance where

the white ants have been sent in from buildings about Sydney they

have proved to belong to this species.

In the immediate vicinity of Sydney these termites do not build

mound-nests, but are found under logs or stones, gnawing the bark

off dead trees, or in small communities about the trunks of trees ;

but upon the Blue Mountains and all over the Shoalhaven district

they build large regular mound-nests.

These termitariums measure from 2 to sometimes 64 feet in

height, broadest at the base, and tapering slightly to a rounded

summit. The outer surface consists of a solid earthern wall, often

from a foot to 18 inches in thickness, formed of particles of earth

gathered upon the surrounding surface and cemented together with

the excreta of the workers voided while placing the earth in

position. This wall encloses a compact woody mass, slightly sepa-

rated from it on the sides, but almost touching at the apex. This

central portion varies in different parts of the nest in its structure,

but chiefly consists of titurated wood that has been eaten and passed

through the bodies of the termites, and has a regular foliated struc-

ture. these lumps forming a coarse irregular honeycomb. The cap

is composed of rounded irregular lumps, but towards the centre,

about 6 inches from the ground-level, there is a soft papery-like

mass about the size of a man’s head, composed of fine sheets folding

round each other and full of holes and irregular galleries: this is

the nursery, where all the very small lary live after they have

Miscellaneous. 485

hatched out. ‘lhe eggs, which look like grains of sugar, will be

found piled up on the edge of a terraced formation where it joins

the nursery. Here the queen’s cell is situated, somewhat about the

shape and size of an inverted saucer, and surrounded by other

terraced cells. Where the base of the nest comes in contact with

the ground it forms a coarse network of cells with galleries leading

downward into the earth, from which they gain access to the

outside world.

All these mounds are in the first instance formed over a dead

stump or fallen log, which in the course of time is by the action of

the termites transformed into this triturated woody material. The

social life and transformations of the different forms found in these

nests is very remarkable, and has puzzled naturalists from earliest

ages. Pliny, in his ‘ Natural History of the World, where all the

curious and remarkable “‘ facts ” known to the ancients are recorded,

gives the following account of the “Indian Pismires,’ which is

probably intended for white ants :—

** In the country of the Northern Indians, named Dardae, the

ants do cast up gold above the ground from out of holes and mines

within the earth ; these are in colour like to cats, and as big as the

wolves of Egypt. This gold beforesaid, which they work up in the

winter time, the Indians do steal from them in the extream heat

of summer, waiting their opportunity when the pismires lie close

within their caves under the ground from the parching sun, yet not

without great danger. For if they happen to wind them, and catch

their scent, out they go, and follow after them in great baste, and

with such fury they fly upon them, that oftentimes they tear them

in pieces, let them make way as fast as they can upon their most

swift camels, yet they are not able to save them, so fleet of pace, so

fierce of courage are they, to recover the gold they love so well.”

Each nest contains three very distinct classes or castes. First, the

winged males and females, which hardly differ in general appear-

ance from each other, and are popularly known as ‘“ flying ants.”

They are developed from the eggs by a gradual series of moults,

and when about half-grown show well-formed wing-cases. The

nests during the winter months are full of these termites in all

stages of growth, and early in November they undergo their final

moult and emerge with two pairs of full-grown wings. The

workers now cut regular galleries through the earthen walls, which

are guarded by the soldiers until the time comes for them to all fly

from the nest. The bulk of them are destroyed by birds and

hundreds of other insects that prey upon these helpless creatures,

while thousands of them perish around lamps and fires. A few

pairs, however, manage, after shaking off their wings (which havea

curious cross suture close to the shoulders by which they are very

easily pulled off ), to crawl under a Jog, where, if they manage to exist

until they are found by a foraging party of workers and soldiers,

they found a fresh colony.

What becomes of the male termite after the female becomes

pregnant I do not know, as I have never been able to find him in a

486 Miscellaneous,

well-developed nest; but the female, which is popularly known as

the “ queen white ant,” as soon as she is settled in her cell, often

called the ‘royal chamber,” begins to lay eggs, and while the head

and thorax remain at the normal size, her abdomen swells out into

a cylindrical rounded white mass as thick as a small pea-pod, which

renders her quite helpless and incapable of crawling about. ‘The

body now consists of a great number of egg-tubes or ovaries, leading

into the egg-laying duct, and from this single insect flows the whole

life and reproductive power of the colony. The queen is carefully

fed and looked after by the workers, who remove the eggs into

adjoining galleries between her cell and the true nursery previously

described. The queen may lay eggs for some years, but I do not

think either at the rapid rate or for so long as many of our popular

writers have asserted, for the workers have the power (probably in

the method of feeding the young larve) of producing supplementary

queens, which never pass through the winged form, but are produced

direct from the egg, and probably supersede the queen in cases of

emergency, when she has outlived her usefulness or been accident-

ally destroyed.

The workers, which constitute the bulk of the members of every

nest, are aborted females and males (and not only females, as

among the bees), whose duties are to do all the building and

repairing of the nests, look after the queen, eggs, and larvee, and all

other work in the community; and it is to the powerful jaws of this

form that we are indebted for their destructive habits. They

measure about 2 lines in length, of a uniform dull white colour,

with large rounded heads sometimes tinted with pale yellow; the

antenme formed of a number of rounded bead-shaped segments and

a rounded upper lip which covers the short powerful jaws; the

thorax is comparatively small; the legs short and stout, armed

with fine spines at the base of the shanks; and the abdomen large

and rounded.

The soldiers are also aborted males and females, and are never as

numerous as the workers. Their duties are to protect the nest and

drive off any enemies that appear when it is damaged or broken

into, and direct the labours of the workers when adding to or

mending gaps in the outer surface of the nest.

They are more slender in form than the workers, with the head

pear-shaped and the jaws produced into two stout scissor-like jaws,

while above them in the centre of the head is a small cylindrical

opening connected with a chamber at the base of the head, through

which they can eject the white fluid previously mentioned, which is

also a weapon of defence against their enemies.

In these remarkable households it is the blind leading the blind,

for neither the soldiers or workers are furnished with eyes, and all

their movements must be directed by their delicate sense of touch,

for when mending a gap in the nest the soldiers always form them-

selves into a regular row, standing just far enough apart for them

to touch the tip of each other's antenne, which are constantly

Miscellaneous. AST

moving, while each worker comes between the soldiers and deposits

its load, returning until the breach is closed.

Besides the above-described forms, there are always a great

number of immature termites all over the nest, from the tiny Jarve

just hatched from the eggs to the pupe with their wing-cases

reaching down to the middle of the back.— Agricultural Gazette of

New South Wales, May 1897, pp. 297-300.

Care of the Brood in Psolus antarcticus.

By Prof. Huserr Lupwie, of Bonn.

I am already once more able to report a hitherto unknown case

of care of the brood in Holothurians, and again it is a question of

an antarctic species and of a form of care of the brood which is new

for Holothurians, Although since its first description by Philippi

(1857) Psolus antarcticus has been on several occasions the subject

of observation and study, for it has been investigated by Studer

(1876), Théel (1886), Lampert (1889), and myself (1886), nothing

whatever had been learnt of the existence of care of the brood in

this species. It is true that we have been told by Wyville Thomson

(1876) that another antarctic Psolus, Thomson’s P. ephippifer, brings

up its young beneath the dorsal plates modified for this purpose ;

but that the longest-known antarctic species of Psolus—P. ant-

arcticus (Phil.)—the range of which extends from Payta (Peru)

southwards as far as Cape Horn, also belongs to the forms which

care for their brood is an unexpected discovery. The score of large

and small specimens that Dr. Michaelsen has brought home from

the Hamburg-Magellan Collecting Expedition * include ten small

and medium-sized examples which were collected on July 9, 1893,

in Smyth Channel (north-east of the Straits of Magellan); among

these 1 met with two which to my surprise carried their young on

the ventral side, which is flattened to form the creeping sole.

In the specimen which is the better preserved of the two and

measures 12°5millim. in length by 8:5 millim. in breadth I find almost

one half of the creeping sole occupied by young animals (twenty-two

in number), which are all in the same stage of development and are

attached by their pedicels to the area of the sole which is bare or

devoid of pedicels. The pedicels of the adult animal are not

touched by the young; moreover, no young are to be found on the

outside of the maternal pedicel-zone. While care of the brood is in

progress the mother can move about as freely as ever or can attach

itself and adhere firmly to its support. Contrary, therefore, to what

* It was in the material obtained by this expedition that I also dis-

covered care of the brood in the case of Chiridota contorta, as recent]

reported by me (‘ Zool. Anzeiger,’ Bd. xx. 1897, no. 524, pp. 217-219

[Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xx. 1897, pp. 327-328)).

488 Miscellaneous.

we find in Cucumaria crocea, Less., where, moreover, the young are

borne not on the ventral but on the dorsal surface, ambulacra do not

have to assist in the care of the brood. The young are attached

close together in a single layer to the median area of the creeping

sole, which is hedged round by the pedicels; if they be detached,

the spots they previously occupied are indicated only by slight

impressions.

The young average but 1:5 millim. in length and barely 1 millim.

in breadth, but are nevertheless already well developed, so that they

represent a tiny copy of the adult animal. The arched dorsal

surface already possesses a closed armature of imbricated calcareous

plates, among which the five oral plates can clearly be distinguished.

In their development these dorsal plates pass through a stage which

is retained permanently by the calcareous bodies in the ventral

integument of the adults. The flat ventral side is encompassed by

a single (not yet double) series of twenty pedicels, which are already

equipped with a relatively large terminal disk and some supporting

plates. These pedicels develop later on into the inner series of

larger pedicels which we find at the margin of the ventral surface

of the adults, while as yet there have appeared no rudiments of the

series of much smaller external pedicels. In the ventral imtegu-

ment the formation of the calcareous bodies has only just begun.

In the calcareous ring there can already be recognized five radial

and five interradial pieces, similar in form to those in the adults ;

towards the radialia there already extend distinct retractor muscles.

Moreover the full complement of tentacles (ten) is already present,

and they contain in their walls a few small cribriform plates. A

calcified madreporic plate belonging to the stone-canal is developed.

The intestine is coiled in the same way as it is subsequently. Of

respiratory trees, however, no rudiments appear yet to have come

into existence, nor can I yet observe any trace of the genital organs,

The number of Holothurians which care for their brood conse-

quently now amounts to nine, including five antarctic and one

arctic species. Not only is the relatively large number of the

antarctic forms exceedingly striking, but almost even more remark-

able is the circumstance that in cach of the five antarctic species

the care of the brood is effected in a different way. In Psolus

ephippifer the young develop beneath the dorsal plates, in Cucu-

maria crocea upon the modified dorsal ambulacra, in Psolus ant-

arcttcus upon the ventral creeping sole, in Cucumaria levigata in

ventral brood-pouches, and, lastly, in the case of Chiridota contorta

in the genital canals.—Zoologischer Anzeiger, Bd. xx. no. 535

(July 5, 1897), pp. 237-239.

Ann .& Maag..Nat. Hist. 8 6 Vol. XX. PUN.

ie we

’

Lay

Ann.& Mag. Not.Hist.5.6.Vol.XX.PU.X.

Mintern Bros. lith.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 120. DECEMBER, 1897,

LVII.—Notes on Sunaristes paguri, //esse, and some other rare

Crustacea. By Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the

Fishery Board for Scotland, and ANDREW Scort, Fisheries

Assistant, University College, Liverpool.

[Plates XI, & XII.]

In 1893 we described * under the name of Canuella perplexa

an apparently new Copepod that had been observed in the

Firth of Forth. In our description of this Copepod we

referred toa certainsimilarity between it and Sunaristes pagurt,

Hesse—a species that M. Hesse had discovered living as a

parasite on a Pagurus sp. (now Lupagurus). We atthe same

time pointed out some differences which we considered

warranted us in describing the Copepod from the Firth of

Forth under a new generic name.

We had not at that time seen specimens of Sunaristes, but

had been guided in our decision by the description and figures

of the parasite published by M. Hesse, supplemented by those

of Herr W. Miiller, who, subsequent to, but evidently unaware

of, M. Hesse’s discovery, had, under the name of Longi-

pedina paguri, also figured and described this crustacean,

Having been successful during the past year or two in

obtaining several British specimens of Sunaristes, both male

and female, we have by an examination of these been enabled

to prepare the following notes and drawings, showing the

_ * Ann. Scot, Nat. Hist. vol. ii. p. 92, pl. ii. figs, 1-3 (Oct. 1893),

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 33

490 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on

more important points of difference between this parasitic

Copepod and Canuella, and also the close relationship between

these two and the genus Longipedia, Claus.

Sunaristes paguri, Hesse.

(Pl. XI. figs. 1-10; Pl. XIT. figs. 2-7.)

1867, Sunaristes paguri, Hesse, Ann. des Sci. Nat. sér. 5 (Zool.), vol. vii.

1884, Taipei pagurt, W. Muller, Archiv fiir Nature. Jahrgang 50,

Band 1, p. 19, pl. xiii.

Description of the Female.—Figure 1 (Pl. XI.) represents

an adult female of Sunaristes paguri from the Cromarty

Firth ; it is an elongate and comparatively slender Copepod,

and measures fully 3 millim. ( of an inch) in length, exclusive

of tail-sete ; the first body-segment is somewhat more robust

than the others, the rostrum is large and conspicuous; the

first abdominal segment, which is about equal in length to

the second and third together, is composed of two completely

coalesced somites, and is provided with hook-like appendages

on the underside and near the proximal end (fig. 4, Pl. XIL.,

exhibits these appendages seen ventrally) ; the caudal stylets

are fully twice the length of the last abdominal segment.

The antennules (Pl. XI. fig. 2) are short, moderately stout

and setose, and consist of five more or less subequal joints,

but the penultimate joint is rather shorter than the others.

The antenne (PI. XI. fig. 3) are similar to those of Canuella

and Longipedia. The mandibles (Pl. XI. fig. 4) and other

mouth-organs (PI. XI. figs. 5-7) also closely resemble those

of the same two genera. The swimming-feet resemble those

of Canuella, except that the inner branches of the fourth pair

are proportionally somewhat shorter (see Pl. XII. figs. 2 and 3,

which represent the first and fourth pairs). The fifth pair

(Pl. XI. fig. 8), which are somewhat rudimentary, are each

furnished with a long and moderately stout seta on the outer

angle and with three elongate spines interiorly.

Description of the Male— The antennules of the male

Sunaristes (Pl. XI. fig. 10), which, like those of the female,

are short and stout, terminate each in a strongly developed

hand with a stout brownish-coloured movable claw; they

form powerful grasping organs and by their robust structure

give the Copepod a somewhat remarkable appearance. The

antenne, mouth-organs, and swimming-feet are all more or

less similar to those of the female, with this important excep-

tion, that the first two joints of the inner branches of the

second pair of feet are produced distally into strong and some-

what spiniform processes that extend almost to the extremity

Sunaristes paguri, Hesse. 491

of the third joint (PI. XII. fig. 5) ; these prolongations, espe-

cially those of the first joints, are, like the terminal claws of

the antennules, of a brownish colour. The first two somites

of the male abdomen are not coalesced as in the female, and

therefore the male has five abdominal segments; the first

segment being of somewhat greater depth than the next one,

extends beyond it on the underside. The first body-segment

in the male is proportionally rather more robust than the same

segment in the female, but in other respects male and female

are much alike in general appearance (Pl. XI. fig. 9); the

male specimen represented by fig. 9* measured fully 2 millim.

(74; of an inch) in length, exclusive of tail-setw, being about

one third shorter than the female.

Remarks.—It is evident from the foregoing description

that there is a considerable resemblance between the two

genera Sunaristes and Canuella and, in some respects,

between these and Longipedia; the antennules, antenne, and

the whole of the mouth-organs of the females in the three

genera are all nearly alike; the same may to some extent be

also said of the males; moreover, the swimming-feet of the

females belonging to the three genera (with the exception of

the second and fifth pair in Longipedia) are all very similar ;

but though the three genera Sunaristes, Canuella, and Longi-

pedia, and especially the first two, resemble each other so

closely in many of their structural details, there are also the

following important differences to be observed :—The femalo

Sunaristes differs from the females of Canuella and Longi-

pedia in having the first two somites of the abdomen com-

pletely coalesced. The female Longipedia differs from the

female of Sunaristes and Canuella in having the inner

branches of the second pair of swimming-feet greatly elon-

gated, being from two to nearly three times the length of the

outer branches (in the male of Longipedia the inner branches

of the second pair are also elongate). ‘The male Suwnaristes

differs from the male of Canuella and Longipedia not only in

possessing more powerfully armed antennules, but also in the

peculiar prolongations of the first and second joints of the

inner branches of the second pair of swimming-feet. The

male of Canuella differs from the male of Sunaristes and

Longipedia in having both branches of the second pair of

swimming-feet short and similar in structure to those of the

female. On the other hand, Longipedia differs from the other

two in the form of the fifth pair of thoracic feet in both sexes.

* This specimen was obtained near the mouth of the River Mersey.

It would thus seem that Swnaristes is partial to brackish water con-

iti . P

ditions 33%

492 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on

After a careful study of the structure of all these three

forms, it seems to us that, though the affinity between

Canuella and Sunaristes is very close, yet the differences that

separate them are too important to be regarded as of merely

specific value, and that we are therefore justified in still

retaining Canuella as a distinct genus.

The following is a tabular arrangement of the more

important differences that distinguish the three genera :—

Male Inner branches of second . . Abdomen of

Genus: antennules.) pair of swimming-feet. SEMI jn female.

Longipedia..| Feebly | From two to nearly three Small, | Composed of fi

clawed. times the length of the} foliaceous. segments, as

outer branches and nearly the male.

alike in both sexes (end-

joints greatly elongated).

Canuella,...| Feebly | Of about the same length | Rudimentary.) Composed of f

clawed. as the outer branches segments, as

and alike in both sexes. the male.

Sunaristes ..| Strongly | Of about the same length | Rudimentary.| Composed of f

clawed, as the outer branches; segments (

in the male the first and first consist:

second joints are pro- of two cc

duced into strong spine- pletely cc

like processes. esced somite

in the m

composed

five segment

Note on Remigulus tridens, 7. and A. Scott.

In October 1893 we published * a description, with figures,

oi a somewhat curious Copepod from Loch Linnhe, Argyl-

it was described under the name of Remiyulus tridens,

shire.

gen. et sp. n., as no previous record of its occurrence was at

the time known to us; and from certain peculiarities of

structure observed we stated in our remarks of the Copepod

that, “‘ though obtained amongst dredged material, its struc-

ture clearly indicates semiparasitic habits similar to the

Lichomolgide and other allied forms.” A considerable time

after our description was published we ascertained that

MM. Canu and Cuenot, in a memoir entitled ‘* Commensaux

~ # Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. p. 242, pl. xi. figs, 15-20,

pl. xii. figs. 1-8 (Oct. 1893).

some rare Crustacea. 493

parasites des Echinodermes ”’ *, had described under the name

of 5 ec pla luteus a Copepod parasite which appears to

be identical with the form we have recorded from Lath Linnhe;

and as MM. Canu and Cuenot’s memoir was published in

1892, Remigulus tridens necessarily becomes a synonym of

Synatiphilus luteus, Canu and Cuenot.

Diaptomus laciniatus, Lilljeborg. (Pl. XII. fig. 1.)

A freshwater Copepod from Loch Doon, Ayrshire, new to

Britain.

This species of Diaptomus is readily distinguished from

any other member of the genus in the British fauna by the

peculiar form of the last two thoracic segments in the female,

as well as by the difference in the structure of the fifth pair

of thoracic feet in both sexes.

Figure 1 (Pl. XII.) represents a female specimen seen from

above, and shows the peculiar form of the last two thoracic

segments referred to; this specimen measured 1°8 millim.

74, of an inch) in length. MM. Jules de Guerne and Jules

Richard, in their revision of the freshwater Calanide, when

referring to the characteristic form of the last two thoracic

segments in Diaptomus laciniatus, say :—“‘ Ce Diaptomus se

distingue au premier coup d’ceil de tous les autres par la

forme des deux derniers segments thoraciques.”

This Copepod occurred very sparingly in the gathering

from Loch Doon, while another species of the same genus—

D. gracilis, G. O. Sars—was of frequent occurrence. There

does not appear to be any previous British record of D. lacini-

atus, but on the continent it has been found at Kola in

Russian Lapland and in the vicinity of Bergen in Norway.

Prof. Cleve (of Upsala, Sweden) has also collected it in

abundance in the Lake of Genevaf. ‘The altitude of Loch

Doon is between 600 and 700 feet above the sea.

Lathonura rectirostris, Lilljeborg.

From Loch Doon, Ayrshire; new to Scotland.

In the gathering of Entomostraca from Loch Doon there

were, besides Diaptomus laciniatus, already referred to,

several other species of more or less interest, most of which

have, however, been recorded from other parts of Scotland ;

* Revue Biol. du Nord de la France (Oct. 1892), p. 19, pl. i. figs. 6

and 7.

+ “Réyision des Calanides d’eau douce,” by Jules de Guerne and Jules

Richard, p. 47, separate copy (1887).

494 On some rare Crustacea.

but, so far as we know, this is the first time Lathonura reeti-

rostris has been observed in a Scottish loch. This Cladoceran

appears to be very fragile, for though a number of specimens

have been obtained, all are more or less damaged. “The

peculiar plates attached to the ventral margin of Lathonura

rectirostris, instead of the usual sete or spines, at once serve

to distinguish this species from all other Entomostraca with

which we are acquainted” (Rev. A. M. Norman and Dr. G. 5S.

Brady in ‘Mon. of Brit. Entom. belonging to the families

Bosminide, Macrothricide, and Lynceide,’ p. 16). The

same authors give for this Cladoceran only one locality in

the British Islands, viz. Lough Bollard, Connemara.

Note.—Our friend D. J. Scourfield, Esq., Leytonstone,

Essex, has just informed us that he has obtained Lathonura

on two occasions, and has seen specimens of it that were

collected at one of the excursions of the Quekett Club to

Staines; and adds, “it appears to be a very rare species.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTE XI.

Sunaristes pagurt, Hesse.

Fig. 1. Female, lateral view, X 263. 2. Female antennule, X 127.

3. Antenna, x 124. 4. Mandible, x 127. 5. Maxilla, x 127.

6. Anterior foot-jaw, x 127. 7. Posterior foot-jaw, x 190.

8. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 253. 9. Male, lateral view,

x 40. 10. Male antennule, x 127.

PLATE XII.

Diaptomus laciniatus, Lilljeborg.

Fig. 1. Female, seen from above, X 27.

Sunaristes.

Fig. 2. Foot of first pair, x 127. 3. Foot of fourth pair, x 84. 4, Ap-

pendages of first abdominal segment, female, X 190. 5. Foot

of second pair, male, x 127. 6. Foot of fifth pair and_ap-

pendages of first abdominal segment, male, x 127. 7. Last

three abdominal segments and caudal stylets, male, X 40.

Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 495

LVILI.—A Revision of the Species of Butterflies belonging to

the Genus Teracolus, Sains, By Artruur G. BUTLER,

Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Concluded from p. 473.}

67. Teracolus Hildebrandti.

Callosune Hildebrandti, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 45, pl. xxiii.

(1886).

From Nyasaland northward to Uganda and eastward to

Mombasa.

This species is certainly dimorphic in its wet and dry

phases, having the apical patch on the primaries either dull

ochreous or bright crimson; it is very closely related to the

southern 7’. Anne, but is, generally speaking, a slightly larger

insect with a little less black about it, the female of the wet-

season form clearer and more cream-tinted on the under

surface of the secondaries. At the same time its dimorphic

character is its best one, the crimson-tipped forms (especially

the males) of the two butterflies being remarkably similar in

every respect. It is curious that just when Mr. Marshall was

stating that this species had “ only been received from the

basin of the Sabaki River,” we were receiving a male of the

dry-season form from Nyasa, completely proving the specific

identity of this species with the crimson-tipped representative

of J’. Anna, four examples of which from Nyasa stand in the

Hewitson series, whilst the Godman and Salvin collection.

contained seven now transferred to the Museum series. An

example of the dry-season form of this variety is recorded by

Mr. Marshall in a footnote as 7. Anne; yet he professes to

distinguish the two species partly by the black inner edging

to the apical patch—a very unreliable character, which varies

considerably in 7’. Anne itself.

68. Teracolus Anne.

Thestias Anne, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad, Handl.

1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Cattr. p. 66. .

Anthocharis Danae, Hewitson (nec Fabr.), Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. vii.

fig. 3 (1847).

Teracolus cinerascens, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 172 (1873).

Teracolus Wallengreni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 157.

Callosune Wallengrent, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 341,

pl. E. figs. 3, 4 (1881).

Callosune confusa, Westwood, J, c. p. 348 (1889).

Ranges from Natal to the Zambesi.

496 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

In its wet-season form this is the most heavily marked of

all the crimson-tipped Teracoli. This form is the typical

one, and was named by me as 1’. cinerascens in consequence

of Pastor Wallengren’s error in describing it as a Thestvas ;

1’. Wallengreni=confusa is the dry-season form; an inter-

mediate form also occurs.

69. Teracolus Walker.

Teracolus Walkert, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv.

p. 403 (1884).

Elephant Bay, 8. W. Africa.

This very distinct butterfly was obtained by Mr. J. J.

Walker, R.N., about the year 1883. This ardent collector

and enthusiastic entomologist appears only to have been

able to secure dry and intermediate phases of the species.

T. Walkeri is, in some respects, intermediate in character

between 7. Anne and T'. pseudacaste, the primaries of the

male above somewhat resembling the wet-season form of

T. Anne, but the secondaries, from their less heavily spotted

border, perhaps approaching nearer to 7’. pseudacaste ; on the

whole, however, 7’. Walkerd is far nearer to T. Hildebrandti

and Anne than to UT’. pseudacaste and eupompe.

70. Teracolus pseudacaste.

Teracolus pseudacaste, Butler, P. Z, 8. 1876, p. 156, pl. vi. fig. 11.

‘eracolus phenius, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvili.

p. 488 (1876).

Teracolus miles, Butler, op. cit. ser. 5, vol, xii. p. 105 (1883).

Ranges from the White Nile and Abyssinia southwards to

Kilima-njaro.

My three supposed species were all based upon wet-season

examples, 7’. pseudacaste being based upon examples obtained

on the White Nile probably just after the rainy season, the

male lightly but the female heavily marked with black above.

T'. phentius and 1’. miles are both typical wet-season forms,

the former being more heavily marked with black on both

surfaces than the latter and showing less crimson in the apical

patch, the lowest spot of which is extremely small. The

black veining below is sometimes very heavy, especially in

females of the wet-season phase, but in the intermediate

phase it almost disappears, though in this species the tips of

the veins are always blackened in all the phases.

Although the wet-season form of this butterfly and of the

allied T. euwpompe appear to occur together to the north of

their range, they differ so markedly in all their phases that I

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 497

should no more regard them as synonymous (as Mr. Marshall

has done) than I should Ganorts brassicw and rape. TT’. pseud-

acaste ranges due southwards, whereas 7’. eupompe appears to

follow the north-eastern coast, crossing over from Somaliland

to Aden.

71. Teracolus eupompe.

Pontia eupompe, Klug, Svmb. Phys., Ins. pl. vi. figs. 11-14 (1829).

Anthopsyche theopompe, Felder, Reise der hee. Lep. ii. p. 183 (1865),

Anthopsyche anteupompe, Felder, t. c. p. 184 (1865),

Anthopsyche dedecora, Felder, ibid.

Ranges from the White Nile and Abyssinia south-eastwards

to Somaliland, and thence across the straits to Aden.

This species in all its phases can easily be distinguished

from 1’. pseudacaste by the great reduction of all the black

markings on the under surface of the wings, the subapical

spots on the primaries and the discal spots crossing the

secondaries being almost or wholly obliterated, whilst the red

subapical stripe and the red discal spots on the under surface

of the secondaries in the female are strongly emphasized.

The wet-season form is 7’. eupompe=anteupompe ; the inter-

mediate phase is T’. theopompe, having a dry-season upper

surface, but a white under surface; whilst 7’. dedecora, in

which the apex of primaries and the secondaries below are

rosy, is the dry-season phase. ‘The two latter undoubtedly

fly together, and in Aden it is tolerably certain that all the

phases emerge at the same time as mere variations, which

only become seasonally fixed in a more variable climate.

72. Teracolus dulcis.

Teracolus dulcis, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 157, pl. vii. fig. 13.

Teracolus dirus, Butler, ¢. c. pl. vii. fig. 11.

Teracolus eboreoides, Butler, t. c. p. 158, pl. vii. fig. 12.

Teracolus immaculatus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 443.

Teracolus subroseus, Swinhoe, t. ¢. pl. xl. figs. 6, 7.

Teracolus alberta, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. y. p. 356

(1890).

Appears to range from Karachi to Bushire; and one male

in the British Museum series is said to have been obtained

at Aden, but this I consider very doubtful.

As 1 do not admit the identity of 7. pseudacaste with

T’. eupompe, still less can I agree to this purely Asiatic

species being the same. As arule, it may be distinguished

at a glance by its narrower and internally arched apical

carmine patch, but occasionally a male with a fairly broad

patch does occur, though I believe never a female. Another

point is that 7’. dulezs has the base of the primaries below

498 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

more or less washed with sulphur-yellow, whereas 7. ewpompe

and 1. pseudacaste are uniformly pure white; the veins

below are sometimes black-tipped, but never black throughout,

and, as already hinted, the apical patch is carmine, with a

faint lilac shot rather than crimson. The females vary much

in the colouring of the apex in all three species.

The wet-season form is represented by TT. dirus (=ebore-

oides) ; I. immaculatus is a variety of the same approach-

ing T. eupompe in the partial obliteration of the spots on the

under surface, although differmg in the colouring of the

apical patch and sulphur tinting at base of primaries below ;

T. dulcis is a starved wet-season form, 7’. alberta the dry-

season form, and 7’. subroseus a starved dry-season form or

the dry form of the dwarfed 7. dulcis.

73. Teracolus Danae.

Papilio Danae, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775).

Papilio eborea 2 , Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclii. EK, F (1782).

Teracolus sanguinalis, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1876, p. 158.

Teracolus Taplin, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 444, pl. xl. figs. 8, 9.

Ranges throughout Wallace’s Ceylonese subregion—that is

to say, from Bombay to Madras and Ceylon.

This species is in some respects nearer to the African

T. pseudacaste than to J. dulcis, there being no sulphur-

yellow at the base of the primaries on the under surface of

the males and the carmine apical patch being distinctly

broader than in the latter species in both sexes; the heavy

continuous black bordering to the secondaries in the wet-

season form is characteristic of 7. Danae, whilst even in the

males of the dry-season form it is far more heavy than in

the allied species. 7’. Danae is the wet phase, T. sanguinalis

is intermediate, and 7’. Taplind dry, the last-mentioned havirg

the usual rosy under-surface coloration.

74. Teracolus fausta.

Papilio fausta, Olivier, Voy. ’Emp. Oth. Atl. pl. xxxiil. figs, 4a, 6

(1801).

Idmais faustina, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 190 (1865).

Teracolus rosaceus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 184, pl. vii. fig. 6.

Teracolus oriens, Butler, t. c. fig. 7.

Teracolus solaris, Swinhoe (nec Butler), P. Z.S. 1884, p. 437, pl. xxxix.

fig. 5.

The range of J’. fausta appears to be from Syria and the

Turko-Persian frontier, through Afghanistan, into North-

western India, where it becomes slightly modified and exhibits

fairly well-marked seasonal variation. The true T. fausta

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 499

has a dry-scason upperside and the male has a dry-season

underside; but the underside of the female exhibits wet-

season characters on the lower surface of the wings. The

nearest approach to a wet-season form of 1’. fausta is repre-

sented by a pair received from Fao, barely distinguishable

from the male of my T. ortens.

T. solaris of Swinhoe (and formerly of the Museum series),

=T’. ortens (part.), Butler, is the true wet-season form of

India, and 7’. rosaceus the dry-season form ; but so intimately

is this connected with 7. faustina and fausta through the

- Persian examples above referred to, that it cannot be regarded

as a distinct species, but can only be spoken of as the Indian

development of 7. fausta; even as a race it could only be

arbitrarily separated by restricting it to Indian examples.

On the other hand, Mr. Marshall’s action in placing the

Arabian 7. vi as a synonym of 7’. fausta shows want of care,

or, perhaps, of discernment, in noting its entirely different

wing-outline.

75. Teracolus vi.

Teracolus vi, Swinhoe, P. Z, 8. 1884, p. 437, pl. xxx. figs. 6, 7.

Aden, Arabia.

This species is allied to 7. fausta, to which it bears a

general resemblance; it, however, differs in its shorter,

broader wings, with more arched outer margin, in the much

yellower tint of the under surface, from which the discocellular

spots have almost wholly disappeared, whereas the discal

markings, though soft and blurred, are distinctly discernible

both in primaries and secondaries. J’. vt is undoubtedly a

dry-season form which has no other phases, and is as distinct

a species from 7’. fausta as are 7. fulvia and T’ tripunctatus.

76. Teracolus fulvia.

Idmais fulvia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 392, pl. ix. fig. 5.

Teracolus solaris, Butler, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 135.

Teracolus Pallisert, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 418

(1888).

Khandesh, S.W. India. The type, in the Museum

collection, is said to be from Scinde, but this is probably an

error. Mr. Marshall has confounded 7’. solaris with T. fausta

and 7. fulvia with T. tripunctata ; but all are easily separable.

T. solaris is simply 7. fulvia, being based upon Wallace’s

type of that species.

500 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

77. Teracolus tripunctatus.

3. Teracolus tripuncta, Butler, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 221, pl. xvii. fig. 9.

2. Teracolus tripunctatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 149, pl. xv. fig. 4.

Teracolus surya, Moore, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. lii. p. 45 (1885).

Probably occurs over the greater part of South India and

at Trincomali in Ceylon. It is readily separable, both in its

wet- and dry-season forms, from 7. fulvia by the much

blacker apical patch on the primaries enclosing three isolated

spots of the ground-colour, instead of being divided by a belt

of spots; the marginal spotting of the secondaries is also

much heavier than in J. fulvia and the under surface of the

dry-season form yellower and less rosy. We have fifteen

examples in the Museum from Bombay and the Nilgiris on

the west and from Ganjam and Ceylon on the east.

78. Teracolus celimene.

Anthocharis celimene, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 426 (1852).

Anthocharis amina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii, Anth. pl.i. figs. 1-38

(1866).

Appears to range from Abyssinia to Swaziland, whence

we have a dry-season male obtained by Mr. Buxton.

I cannot believe that Anthopsyche pholoe of Wallengren is

identical with 7’. celimene; the description reads like that of

a female, but does not agree with the female in the Hewitson

collection. We have the typical wet-season form of male

T. celimene from Lake Nyasa (G. & S. coll.) ; therefore

Mr. Marshall’s suggestion that the western 7’. pholoe is the

dry-season form of the eastern J’, celimene (of which we

already have both wet and dry forms) seems far-fetched.

79. Teracolus pholoe.

Anthopsyche pholoe, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p, 35 (1860).

Anthocharis phenon, Trimen, Traus. Ent, Soe. ii. 1, p. 522 (1863).

The range of this species, so far as at present known, is

from Damaraland eastward to Lake Ngami. It seems

probable that Wallengren described the female and Trimen

the male; the two series of red spots upon which my friend

relies as disproving the female character of 7’. pholoe are the

chief evidence in its favour, for, as Trimen himself shows,

the males of this group of Zeracolus have the apical patch

purplish lake, violet-glossed and intersected by a black streak,

not, as Wallengren says, black, with violet-glossed red spots in

two rows. The female of 17’. preclarus gives an indication of

such a character, but has the marginal spots also red instead

of yellow.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 501

80. Teracolus preclarus.

Teracolus preclarus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 769, pl. xlvii. fig. 7.

Somaliland.

This beautiful species is evidently a link between 7’. pholoe

and 1. zoe, although the latter is in many respects more

nearly related to the 7. halimede group. It is probable that

other species of the 7’. celimene type still remain to be dis-

covered, 1’. preclarus appears to be a dry-season form.

81. Teracolus zoe.

Anthocharis zoe, Grandidier, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. p. 272 (1867);

Mabille, in Grand. Madag. pl. xl. figs. 3-6.

Madagascar,

In the ash-grey base and black veins to the primaries and

orange costal stripe to the secondaries this species approaches

T. leo. In other respects it is nearer to 7. preclarus.

82. Teracolus leo.

Anthocharis leo, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, vol. xvi. p. 397

(1865),

Appears to be confined to North-eastern Africa, from the

White Nile to Somaliland, and southward as far as Kilima-

njaro.

It is readily distinguishable from 7. halimede by the orange

patch on the primaries being restricted to below the first

median branch and the outer dusky border only represented,

even in the wet-season examples, by spots. The type of the

species 1s, in my opinion, an intermediate form between the

wet and dry phases. I have not yet seen what I should

regard as an undoubted dry-season form, unless it be repre-

sented by a small example from Mr. Druce’s collection (G. &

8. coll.) in which the orange is carried a little above the first

median branch, the base somewhat glistening and white,

and the apical markings weak as in typical J. leo. This

specimen is without locality.

83. Teracolus halimede.

Pontia halimede, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. vii. figs. 12-15 (1829).

Pontia acaste, id. l. ¢c. figs. 16, 17 (1829).

Pieris polycaste, Boisduyal, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 525 (1836).

rey ceelestis, Swinhoe, P. Z, 8, 1884, p. 435, pl. xxxix. figs. 1, 2

Confined to Arabia.

502 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

T. acaste represents the wet-season phase, 7. halimede the

intermediate, and J. celestis the dry-season phase of the

species; but they are none of them confined to seasons, but

occur (as is the case with other species in very arid countries)

as mere coexistent variations. If the species could be trans-

ferred to a variable climate, doubtless the varieties would

become strictly seasonal forms, as is the case with other

species of Teracolus. Our series of this species is very fine.

84. Teracolus venosus.

&. Idmais venosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 45, pl. xxiii. (1885) ;

Mombasa.

This is a wet-season form somewhat resembling 7’. acaste,

but entirely without the orange flush on the upper surface of

the wings. It would not surprise me to find that in the dry

season the male had a tint of orange and that the female

resembled a washed-out 1’. celestis. However, this is mere

conjecture. Mr. Marshall says that 7’. venosus comes closest

to the halimede group. I would goa step further and say

that it belongs to that group, for it differs in nothing but the

absence of orange colouring.

85. Teracolus heliocaustus.

Teracolus heliocaustus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 768, pl. xlvii. figs. 8, 9.

Somaliland.

Intermediate between T. halimede and T. pleione, being a

little nearer to the latter, which it represents on the Somali

coast. It is a dry-season form, varying much in the black

markings of the upper surface.

86. Teracolus pleione.

Pontia pleione, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii. figs. 7, 8 (1829).

Idmais miriam, Felder, Reise der Novy., Lep. i. p. 190, pl. xxvii.

figs. 8, 4 (1865).

Teracolus chrysomelis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 244 (1874). ;

Idmais eucheria, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. p. elxxiy (1879);

Grand. Madag. pl. xi. fig. 5 (1887).

White Nile and Arabia.

T. miriam (=chrysomelis) is the dry-season phase of

T. pleione; but in Arabia both forms occur as mere varieties

simultaneously and emerge on the same day from the same

batch of pupee. It would be interesting to know whether the

forms are seasonally constant on the White Nile.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 503

87. Teracolus gaudens.

Teracolus gaudens, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii,

p. 486 (1876).

Abyssinia.

The type is a wet-season male, and for some time I held

Mr. Marshall's opinion, that 7. arenicolens from Arabia was

clearly its dry-season form. ‘This, however, I have now

proved to be an error, based upon a false identification of

T. chrysonome—an Arabian species and distinct from the

Somali insect.

88. Teracolus chrysonome.

Pontia chrysonome, Klug, Symb, Phys., [ns. pl. vii. figs. 9-11 (1829).

Teracolus arenicolens, Butler, Kut. Month. Mag. xxi. p. 81 (1884).

Arabia and Nubia.

In the Godman and Salvin collection were four examples

of typical 7’. chrysonome (received from Mr. Druce, who

purchased them from the Kaden collection) ; these correspond

closely with Klug’s figures, and are undoubtedly the wet-

season form of 7’. arenicolens. They differ from my supposed

T. chrysonome from Somaliland in the much less defined

markings upon an opaque pale sulphur ground on the under

surface, and on the upper surface in the slightly more slender

and sometimes imperfect blackish irregular stripe across the

primaries ; the males also with the basal white area chalky,

much less suffused with ash-grey, and extending to the end

of the discoidal cell.

89. Teracolus helvolus.

Teracolus chrysonome, Butler (not Klug), P. Z. 8, 1885, p. 768,

Teracolus helvolus, butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 94.

Somaliland southward to Mombasa and Kilima-njaro.

T. helvolus is the dry-season phase of the species ; but it is

doubtful whether it does not appear simultaneously with the

wet-season phase. Our Somali specimens, however, were

not taken together, the dry form having occurred in January

and the wet form in April.

90. Teracolus aurigineus.

Teracolus aurigineus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p- 103 (1883).

Teracolus venustus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 94.

From the Albert Nyanza eastwards to Mount Kenia, the

Victoria Nyanza, and Kilima-njaro, and southwards to Nyasa.

504 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision

We have a very fine series of wet-, intermediate, and dry-

season examples of this species. 7. aurigineus represents the

wet and 7’. venustus the dry phase.

Race? Teracolus Ansorget.

Teracolus Ansorgei, Marshall, P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 13.

Somaliland.

Chiefly differs from 7. aurigineus in the absence of the

ashy whitish base to the primaries of the male; but, if

examples from Gallaland are referable to the same species,

this character must be variable.

91. Teracolus Doubleday?.

Idmais Doubledayt, Hopfter, Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 363

(1862).

Tdmais Hewitsoni, Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 498 (1871).

Idmais chrysonome, Doubleday and Hewitson (not Klug), Gen. Diurn.

Lep. pl. vii. fig. 5 (1847).

Congo, Angola.

The dry-season form is small and suffused with vinous

over the darker markings of the under surface, the bands

across the secondaries being vinous brown instead of golden

orange or cadmium-yellow.

92. Teracolus rhodesinus.

Teracolus rhodesinus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 663.

Lake Mweru, Central Africa

I have only seen the type of this species (a wet-season

male), but it is so markedly distinct from the allied 7. mutans

that I cannot for a moment entertain the notion of its being a

form of that species. It differs not only in the slender discal

band across the upper surface (which is partly obliterated),

but in the creamy ochreous tint of the upper surface extending

inwards almost to the base of the secondaries, in the paler

sulphur tint of the apex of primaries and the secondaries on

the under surface, as also in the strongly defined and more

parallel inner angular band across the latter wings. In some

of these characters it more nearly:approaches 7’. aurigineus.

Mr. Marshall asserts that this butterfly combines the

characters of 7’. Hanningtont and mutans! I fail to see

where 7’. Hanningtont comes in.

of the Genus Teracolus, Swains. 505

93. Teracolus mutans.

a vesta, Trimen (not Reiche), South Afr, Butt. vol. iii, p. 160

889).

Abert mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

p. 459 (1877).

Teracolus argillaceus, Butler, ibid. (and T. vesta, Staudinger, Exot.

Schmett. i. pl. xxiii, 1884).

Ranges from Nyasa southwards to Natal, occurring on the

Zambesi, in the Transvaal, and at Delagoa Bay.

After examining twenty-nine examples of this species,

including some interesting varieties recently collected by

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, [am unable to follow that gentleman

in his decision as to the identity of the southern insect with

the Abyssinian 7’ vesta; the latter, judging from the descrip-

tions and the original illustration, is slightly larger and differs

in the salmon-buff of the upper surface extending in the cell

of primaries right up to the almost black basal suffusion, in

the even heavier black border of the secondaries and the

yellow suffusion on the interno-median area, in the less

irregular and uniformly redder bands on the under surface

of the secondaries, the inner and submarginal bands being

also broadly and sharply defined. Most examples of 7. mutans

show very little blackish suffusion at the base of the wings on

the upper surface; but Mr. Marshall, who seems to be one of

the most energetic and indefatigable of collectors, has sent us

several unusually heavily shaded examples, in which the basal

suffusion is deep bluish ash-coloured, but far from approaching

the grey-blackish tint of typical 7’. vesta, ‘The more southern

examples of 7. mutans are considerably smaller than the

Abyssinian species, but the Nyasa examples sometimes run

it very close in expanse of wings.

T. argillaceus is the dry-season form of the species, and

we have some very pretty intermediate examples from

Delagoa Bay and Nyasa.

94. Teracolus vesta.

Idmais vesta, Reiche, in Ferr, Gal. Voy. Abyss., Ent. p. 463, pl. xxxi.

figs. 7, 8 (1849).

Idmais velleda, Lucas, Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p. 428.

Abyssinia.

Both descriptions and the illustration of this species are

taken from the wet-season form. Meiche’s figures apparently

represent a female. Itis probable that the male will prove to

be less black at the base of the wings above.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 34

506 Revision of the Genus Teracolus, Swazns.

95. Teracolus catachrysops.

Teracolus catachrysops, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. il.

p. 178 (1878).

East Africa, from the Sabaki valley southwards to Masasi.

The wet form alone of this species has hitherto been re-

ceived. Itis readily separable from 7. mutans and vesta in

the small size of the submarginal spots on the black external

area, and in the white colour of these spots on the secondaries of

the female; from 7’. mutans also in the greater distinction of

tint between the orange ground-colour and yellow apical and

external spots on the under surface of the primaries and the

deep red bands on the under surface of the secondaries, and

from 7. vesta in the straighter character of these bands and

the slenderness of the innermost one.

A female from the Sabaki valley has the ground-colour

above entirely white, feebly tinted with sulphur-yellow, and

the colouring below paler than usual.

96. Teracolus Hanningtont.

39. Teracolus Hanningtoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 104 (1883).

9. Teracolus bipartitus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 537 (1894).

From the Victoria Nyanza eastward to Witu.

This species may be distinguished at a glance from its

nearest ally 7’. catachrysops by the minute discocellular spot

on the primaries, the more tapering series of spots on the black

external area of the secondaries, the minute subapical spots

on the primaries, the yellower discal colouring on the under

surface of these wings, and the dark veining of the same

surface of the secondaries. Mr. Marshall states that

Mr. Jackson’s series shows the impossibility of separating

these two species; but I have often been told similar things

about other butterflies, and am not inclined to accept any

such observation on trust, especially from a man who, though

a good observer, sees no difference between the illustration of

T. vesta and T'. mutans, but speaks of both as ‘typical

specimens ” *,

97. Teracolus amelia.

Idmais amelia, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1852, p, 428,

Abyssinia.

Although more nearly related to 7. Hanningtoni than to

* T have recently examined Mr. Jackson’s series, and had no difficulty

whatever in assigning them to their proper species.

Tetrameric Regeneration of the Tarsus in Phasmidex. 507

any other species of the group, this butterfly differs from all

in the much greater restriction of the ochreous colouring on

the primaries of the male (which commences beyond the end

of the cell), in the entirely different coloration of the under

surface, the primaries being saffron-yellow on basal two fifths,

very pale creamy yellow on‘the disk, and with the dark

bands golden olive or yellow-brown, the two outer bands on

the secondaries near together and arched rather than angu-

lated (as in 7. vesta as compared with 7. mutans). From all

the species excepting 7. Hanningtoni it differs in the minute

discocellular spot on the primaries. Only the wet-season

form is known at present either of 7. Hanningtoni or of this

species.

98. Teracolus protomedia.

Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys., Ins. pl. viii, figs. 13, 14 (1829).

Ranges from the Albert Nyanza northward to Abyssinia

and eastward through Somaliland to Arabia.

It is closely related to the preceding species and especially

to T. Hannington?, but its superior size, bright uniform yellow

colouring, black-veined primaries, less banded upper surface

of secondaries, and lack of a subbasal band on the under

surface of these wings, have saved its being regarded as a

variety of JT. vesta. These differences, though perhaps not

greater than exist between 7’. amelia and T’, mutans, are more

readily grasped without effort.

The seasonal differences are well defined, the wet-season

phase having the chief markings below smoky brown, partly

veined with saffron-yellow ; the intermediate form has these

markings redder and with well-defined veining; the dry

phase has them almost wholly bright reddish orange. At

Aden all three types occur together as mere variations.

LIX.—On the Tetrameric Regeneration of the Tarsus

in Phasmide. By EpmMonp BorDaGe*.

At the meeting held on January 25 last I had the honour to

communicate to the Académie des Sciences a few of the

principal results that I had obtained previously with refer-

ence to the phenomena of autotomy in Phasmidet. In

conclusion I spoke of the process of regeneration of the ampu-

* From the ‘Comptes Rendus, t. exxiy. no. 26 (June 28, 1897),

pp. 1536-1538 : from a separate impression communicated by the Author.

} Vide supra, pp. 473, 476.

34%

508 M. Edmond Bordage on the Tetrameric

tated limbs in the larvee and nymphs, and I stated that very

frequently the regenerated limbs exhibited only four joints in

their tarsi.

I should say that at that time I had been able to make

but a limited number of experiments, and that I did not

imagine that I had to deal with a general rule. Since then

I have multiplied my observations, and I have clearly proved

that the expression “ very frequently” ought to be replaced

by always. I must also make mention of the curious circum-

stance that, in the first place, was especially instrumental in

causing me to doubt the generality of this rule.

In the collections of the Natural History Museum of the

Island of Réunion (an establishment of which I am director)

I had noticed a female Wonandroptera of which the second

pair of legs appeared themselves to be of equal length,

although relatively shorter than the others. Moreover, the

tarsus of one of them possessed five joints, while that of the

other exhibited only four. My first idea was that in the

case of these two limbs regeneration had taken place after

autotomy. This seemed then to imply that this regeneration

produced sometimes five tarsal joints and sometimes four.

But measurements taken with the greatest care enabled me

to ascertain that the limb with the pentamerous tarsus was of

perfectly normal length, though it was owing to the length

that, at the outset, I had been led to doubt the position given

to the second pair of legs by the person by whom the insect

had been set. While the anterior legs were stretched straight

out in the direction of the axis of the body and the posterior

ones were extended at right angles thereto, those of the

second pair, quite doubled up, took the form of a V reversed ;

and it was just this shortening that had made me believe that

the dimensions were smaller. If the limb with the penta-

merous tarsus was of normal length, that with the tetramerous

tarsus, which seemed to be equal to it, was nevertheless

shorter by nearly 4 millim. I was therefore led to conclude

that the latter was the only one that formerly had undergone

autotomy.

To explain so trifling a difference in the length of the two

limbs and the absolutely similar coloration that they exhibited

one had necessarily to suppose that spontaneous amputation

had taken place when the insect was still but a larva scarcely

emerged from the egg.

In order to assure myself of the fact I collected a certain

number of eggs of Monandroptera tauncans and watched

them hatch. At birth the larve measure about 1 centim. in

length by 1 millim. in breadth. Their colour isa pale yellow,

Regeneration of the Tarsus in Phasmide. 509

with rust-coloured bands forming equidistant rings round the

body and legs. The latter have a mean length of 8 millim.

One would therefore at first be tempted to suppose that the

smallest difference in length between two limbs of the same

pair—the one normal, the other regenerated after autotomy—

could not be less than this number of millimetres. Under

these conditions how are we to suppose that a limb has been

regenerated after autotomy, because its length is less by

scarcely 3 or 4 millimetres than that of the corresponding

limb? I succeeded nevertheless in assuring myself by experi-

ment that the thing was possible. In order to do this [

provoked autotomy in a larva which had just hatched. The

amputated leg measured 8 millim. and was of precisely the

same length as the limb opposite to it. A prioré one might

therefore suppose that the regenerated limb would always be

shorter by at least 8 millim. than the one which had remained

intact. However, immediately after the first moult, when the

larva had just quitted its skin, I perceived the regenerated

limb forming a little spiral, which unrolled itself after a few

days and assumed the appearance of the other legs. The

length of this regenerated limb was between 7 and § millim.,

so that the limb opposite to it, having increased by only

3 millim, and then having a length of 11 millim., the difference

between the two legs was little more than 3 millim. There

is therefore a difference between the rate of growth of the

normal limb and the rate of growth of the limb in course of

regeneration, this latter growing more rapidly. This plieno-

menon certainly affords the interpretation of the doubtful

case that I mentioned at the beginning of this communication.

The question may arise whether the variation in the

number of the joints of the tarsus is always a consequence of

amputation by autotomy or whether it is sometimes con-

genital. Although hitherto I have never seen tetramerous

tarsi in larvee of Phasmide examined immediately after birth,

tetramery might nevertheless very well be observed in the

young on emerging from the egg, and consequently without

having been preceded by the slightest mutilation.

So far from regarding autotomy as a relatively recent

improvement, I should, on the contrary, be disposed to believe

that in primary ages certain groups of insects already benefited

by the advantages of this protective process. If, indeed, we

examine carefully certain of the drawings given by M. Ch.

Brongniart in his handsome memoir on primary insects

(‘ Recherches pour servir 4 Vhistoire des Insectes fossiles des

temps primaires,’ 1893), and especially the figures of pl. xlix.

and fig. 1 of pl. xxxvil., we notice in the limbs an arrange-

510 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Insects

ment of the coxa, trochanter, and femur strongly suggestive

of that pointed out by me in the case of the Phasmide in my

communication to the Académie des Sciences of February 10,

1897 *. I was particularly struck with this on examining

the last figure referred to, which, however, represents an

insect much more nearly allied to the Neuroptera than to the

Orthoptera, since M. Ch. Brongniart has assigned it to the

former.

Messrs. Bateson and Brindley, after mentioning numerous

instances of tetramery in Blattide, conclude that they are to be

regarded as cases of abrupt variation (“ variation brusque”),

explaining up to a certain point how a species with tetra-

merous tarsi might be derived, abruptly so to speak, from a

species with pentamerous tarsi (‘ Materials for the Study of

Variation,’ 1894, pp. 63 and 415-421). A_ philosophical

explanation appears to me much more logical: this consists

in regarding, on the contrary, these interesting facts as cases

of atavism, of reversion to an ancestral condition similar to

that still to be observed in the Locustide tT.

LX.—New Insects from Embudo, New Mexico. By T. D. A.

CocKERELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico Agricul-

tural Experiment Station.

As we ascend the Rio Grande the fauna and flora gradually

change, southern types giving place to others of a boreal or

sub-boreal character. ‘The detailed study of the distribution

of species up and down the banks of the river presents much

to attract the zoologist or botanist, and the briefest investi-

gations are repaid by new and interesting results. The

present writer had recently an opportunity of spending a

couple of days at Embudo, situated on the Rio Grande in

northern New Mexico, about 300 miles north of Mesilla.

This locality is in a district never explored by entomologists,

and it was to be expected that new forms would be found.

These expectations were not disappointed, and descriptions of

the novelties are herewith presented.

Apide.

At the flowers of Bigelovia four species of Perdita occurred,

three of them in considerable numbers. They were as

follows :—

* Vide supra, p. 476: “Phenomena of Autotomy in Phasmide

belongiag to the Genera Monandroptera and Rhaphiderus.”

‘+ Cf. A. Giard, ‘Comptes Rendus de la Société de Biologie,’ 1897,

no. 12, p. 315.

Jrom Embudo, New Mexico. 511

(1) Perdita Townsendi, Ckll.

Both sexes, Sept. 25 and 26. Known before only from

the White Sands.

(2) Perdita affinis, Cress.

Known before only from Colorado. Many taken, Sept. 26.

(3) Perdita rhodura, sp. n.

? .—Length hardly 6 millim.

Head and thorax dark olive-green, moderately hairy, face

not hairy ; abdomen banded. Head ordinary, front strongly

granular ; antenne dark brown, stripe on scape and flagellum

beneath dull yellowish or ochraceous; labrum, mandibles

(except tips), and face-marks white; sides of clypeus with

large shallow punctures; lower half of clypeus white, the

white extending upwards in three tooth-like projections,

the lateral ones having the clypeal dots at their base; the

upper outline of the white on the clypeus is that of a W;

lateral face-marks broad below, gradually tapering to a blunt

point opposite the upper edges of the antennal sockets.

‘Tubercles white at ends; mesothorax granular and sparsely

punctured; tegule hyaline, with a dull white spot; wings

hyaline, iridescent; nervures dark brown, stigma hyaline

except margin, poststigmatal portion of marginal cell a little

longer than substigmatal, second submarginal large, narrowed

more than half to marginal, third discoidal distinct. Legs

black ; trochanters, knees, anterior and middle tibiz in front,

and anterior tarsi light yellow or yellowish white. Abdomen

above with segments 1 to 38 white, 4 and 5 brownish orange ;

segments 1 to 3 with piceous bands at base and hind margin,

4 with similar but more suffused banding. Venter dull

yellowish, becoming orange at apex.

g.—Length 5 millim.

Antenne bright lemon-yellow, funicle and flagellum

(except last two segments) largely piceous above ; face all

bright lemon-yellow up to the level of the length of the scape

above insertion of antenne, the yellow including the ante-

orbital black spots; labrum and mandibles (except extreme

tips) lemon-yellow ; prothorax (except two spots anteriorly

and quadrate patch on pleura) yellow; legs yellow, hind

tibie behind and hind tarsi piceous ; abdomen with the first

segment piceous at base, but no well-defined bands, only

suffused ones along hind margins of 1 and 2.

Hab. Embudo, Sept. 25. Many specimens.

512 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new Insects

P. rhodura 2 runs in my table of Perdita (Proc. Phil.

Acad. 1896) to 71, and is separated from P. Snowii by the

pallid venter, marking of clypeus, &c. It most resembles

P. crotonts, especially in the colour of the abdomen, but

differs at once by the face-markings, granular mesothorax, &c.

P. rhodura & runs in the table to 12, but is quite distinct

from P. chamesarache, to which it comes nearest.

(4) Perdita subfasciata, sp. n.

? .—Length about 5 millim.

Thorax small; head and thorax very dark bluish green,

almost black; front microscopically tessellate and sparsely

punctured ; face wholly dark; clypeus black, with strong

sparse punctures, wanting in the middle; labrum and man-

dibles wholly dark; antenne piceous, flagellum light brown

beneath. Prothorax and tubercles wholly dark ; mesothorax

microscopically tessellate and sparsely punctured, median and

parapsidal grooves distinct; tegule hyaline, with a white

spot at anterior base. Wings hyaline; nervures colourless,

except the subcostal, margins of stigma, and of marginal cell,

which are brown; marginal ceJl with substigmatal portion

noticeably longer than poststigmatal; second submarginal

narrowed scarcely half to marginal; third discoidal present.

Legs black, first four tarsi, anterior tibie in front, aud ante-

rior knees dull yellow. Abdomen above brown-black,

segments 3 to 5 each with a broad, straight, subbasal band of

dull yellow, abruptly terminating some distance before the

lateral margin. Venter piceous.

Hab. Km)udo, Sept. 25. One.

P. subfasciata runs in my table of Perdita (1. ¢.) to 19, but

is quite different from P. mentzelia. It is not unlike P. eneé-

jrons, but differs at once by the bands on the abdomen &e.

The only other Perdit: taken at Hmbudo was P. zebrata,

Cress., one at flowers of Cleome serrulata, Sept. 26.

Andrenide.

Andrena vulpicolor, sp. n.

2 Length about 15 millim.

Black, with fox-red pubescence. Head of ordinary form ;

antenne black ; face rather thinly clothed with orange hair ;

cheeks densely clothed with orange and occiput with bright

rufous hair. Process of labrum truncate, very large and

broad ; clypeus granular and with large punctures; sides of

from Embudo, New Mexico. 513

face smoother and more shiny, but still granular, with rather

sparse punctures; front roughened. Pubescence of thorax

dense, orange beneath, fox-red above ; a large part of meso-

thorax and middle of scutellum practically nude, as also the

metathoracic enclosure, which is dull and not bounded by any

raised line. Mesothorax regularly and strongly granular ;

seutellum granular, with shallow punctures. ‘Tegule trans-

parent amber-colour. Anterior wings rather pale fuliginous,

broadly darker on outer margin, largely hyaline in median

and anal cells; nervures and stigma piceous, stigma rather

small ; hind wings hyaline, with the basal third fuliginous.

Legs black, with orange hairs. Abdomen black, micro-

scopically tessellate, with very sparse inconspicuous shallow

punctures ; sides of first segment, broad submarginal bands

on segments 2 to 4 (on 2 interrupted medially), the fifth

segment, and the apex all clothed with foxy-red hair; in

addition, the second and third segments have very narrow

apical hair-bands, contrasting with the rufous broad hair-

bands above them. ‘Tibial spurs rufous.

Hab. Embudo, at flowers of DBigelovia, Sept. 25 to 27.

Nine specimens.

This fine species seems to be allied to A. obscuripennis,

Smith, from Georgia, but it differs from that in the entirely

black clypeus, the colour of the legs, and the distinct fascie

of the abdomen.

Mutillide.

Ephuta californica (Rad.), var. euchroa, n. var.

¢.—Similar to the typical form, but the bright pubes-

cence (on dorsal surfaces of head, thorax, and abdomen) all

of a beautiful deep crimson or carmine, instead of ferruginous

or golden ochraceous.

Hab, Embudo, one on sand by the river, Sept. 25. Also

one collected by Prof. H. F. Wickham at Coolidge, N. M.,

some years ago.

I have seen exactly the same colour of pubescence in an

example of Ephuta pacifica (Cresson), collected by Mr. Wick-

ham in California. ‘This insect bears a great resemblance

to our variety, but is readily distinguished by its considerably

larger head.

Lhe generic name Ephuta has priority over Spherophthalma,

as has been indicated by Mr. Fox.

514 New Insects from Embudo, New Mexico.

Coccide.

Eriococcus arenosus, sp. n.

@ .—Scale oval, about 4 millim. long, white, covered all

over with particles of sand.

? .—Boiled in caustic soda stains the liquid reddish. Legs

and antenne pale brownish; antenne shorter than tibia+

tarsus, 7-segmented, 4 longest, 3 a little shorter than 1, then

2, then 5. Formula 43125 (67). 4 about as long as

5+6+4+7; 7 quite bristly. Legs large; coxa large; femur

hardly a third longer than tibia; tibia and tarsus almost

exactly the same length, each with a few stont bristles.

Claw large, not much curved ; all the digitules filiform, with

inconspicuous knobs, that of tarsus extending nearly as far

as those of claw. There appears to be only one tarsal

digitule. Skin with many round gland-spots and stout blunt

spines. Caudal tubercles elongate. @ flattened under cover-

glass 34 millim. long, oval.

Eggs pale lemon-yellow.

g.—Scale small and narrow, yellowish white or snow-

white, not covered with sand.

Hab. Embudo, Sept. 26, on a low herbaceous plant with

linear conspicuously gland-dotted leaves, not seen in fower*.

The sand-covered sac is a peculiarity of the Coccid.

Lecaniodiaspis artemisie, sp. n.

@.—Scale suboval, 3 millim. long, 12 wide, reddish

ochreous, peppered with black specks; surface dull, rough

and tuberculate, thoracic region with two prominent trans-

verse crests.

@ —Dermis with scattered figure-of-8 glands and small

spines. Caudal tubercles quite well developed. Mentum

rather obscurely trimerous. Antenne apparently absent in

adult; in younger examples they are small rounded promi-

nences, bristly at end, without visible joints. The insects

after boiling are pale pinkish.

$.—Scale about 13 millim. long, subcylindrical, cream-

colour with black specks. The black specks on the scales

consist of extraneous matter attached.

Hab. Embudo, Sept. 25, on sage-brush (Artemisia). A

bright red mite occurs among them.

L. artemisie is very distinct by the aborted antenne.

* I sent the plant on which riococcus arenosus was found te

Prof. E. O. Wooton, who says he thinks it is safe to call it Psoralea

micrantha, Gray.

On new Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 515

The other Coccids found at Embudo were Coceus confusus,

Ckll. (between Embudo and Rinconada), Dactylopius gutien-

eziw, Ckll. (also at Rinconada), D. lichtensioides, Ckll. (empty

sacs only), Orthezia artemisiw, Ckll. ined., and O. nigro-

eincta, Ckll.

LX1.—Descriptions of further new Species of Butterflies from

the Pacific Islands. By H. Grose-Smitu, B.A., F.E.S.,

F.Z.S.

Limenitis chilo.

Female.— Upperside. Anterior wings chocolate-brown ; the

disk is crossed beyond the cell by an oblique band of con-

tiguous white spots, divided by the brown veins, and extending

from near the costal margin, a little beyond its middle, to

near the lowest submedian nervule at one third from the outer

margin; a subapical tawny patch and a submarginal narrow

sinuate band. Posterior wings with the basal half chocolate-

brown and the outer half pale tawny brown, with a rather

broad brown outer margin and a submarginal sinuate brown

line from the apex to the anal angle.

Underside. Anterior wings with a reniform pale grey bar

crossing the cell about its middle and a white streak at the

end of the cell, both margined with red-brown, and two

reddish-brown spots below the cell towards the base, the

lower smaller than the upper spot; the oblique white discal

band extends nearer to the margin and outer angle than on

the upperside. Posterior wings with a subovate red-brown

ring towards the base below the costal nervure, and several

red-brown markings in the cell; two red-brown bars cross the

wings, one before, the other beyond the middle; the outer

tawny space of the upperside is represented by a pale pinkish-

brown area, the submarginal brown line, as on the upperside,

edged externally by whitish brown.

Exp. of wings 1 inch.

Hab. Sumba, below 2000 feet (Doherty).

In the collection of the Hon. Walter Rothschild. A single

specimen only, in a battered condition.

Hypocista calypso.

Male.— Upperside. Differs from H. osyris, Boisd., in the

more restricted area of the pale tawny patch on the posterior

wings, which is confined to the outer two thirds of the cell

516 Mr. H. Grose-Smith on new

and a space above the subcostal nervure not quite reaching

the costal margin. In H. osyris, H. isis, Stgr., and H. serapis,

Stgr., this pale space is white and extends beyond the cell to

the inner margin.

On the underside the pale transverse band below the cell

of the anterior wings to the middle of the inner margin is

narrower than in 7. osyris, and on the posterior wings the

discal ocelli are smaller and the fulvous rings surrounding

them are more dusky.

The female differs from the same sex of H. osyris in similar

respects.

Exp. of wings 14 inch.

Hab, Samarai (Woodford) and Tupulamu, British New

Guinea.

Described from a pair from the former place and two males

from the latter place.

In Mr. Grose-Smith’s collection.

Thysonotis lygia.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings dull blue: anterior wings

with the costal and outer margins narrowly greyish black; a

patch of white scales in the central area below the cell at the

junction of the submedian nervules with the median nervure.

Posterior wings with the outer two thirds of the costal

margin to the apex broadly white, and a broad greyish-black

outer margin, becoming wider towards the anal angle.

Underside. Anterior wings white, with a broad black band

on the costal and apical margins, which extends over the

upper third of the cell and becomes wider towards the apex,

thence narrowing along the outer margin to the outer angle.

Posterior wings closely resemble those of ZT. phroso, Grose-

Smith, but the subbasal black band is narrower and the

white band outside it extends further along the costal margin

to the apex; the black spots in the submarginal blue band

are less elongate ; cilia of both wings black.

Female.— Upperside scarcely differs from 7’. phroso, but on

the posterior wings the costal white area is wider.

Underside also closely resembles 7. phroso, but on the

posterior wings the subbasal black band is narrower and the

basal blue area is more extended.

Exp. of wings, ¢ 14, 2 13 inch.

Hab, Samarai, Dinner Island (Woodford).

In Mr. Grose-Smith’s collection.

Butterflies from the Pacific Islands. 517

Thysonotis hengis.

Male.— Upperside resembles T. Wallace’, Feld., but the

wings are brighter blue and the central irroration of white

scales on the anterior wings is less conspicuous ; on the poste-

rior wings the white band before the middle is narrower.

Underside differs little from 7. Wallacez, but on the ante-

rior wings the costal and apical black area is narrower, as

well as the white band on the posterior wings.

Female.— Upperside. Both wings darker brown than in

T. Wallace’, being nearly black: on the anterior wings the

dark costal band is bounded at the base by the median nervure,

while in 7’. Wallacec it extends at the base broadly to the

inner margin. On the posterior wings the white subbasal

area is considerably less extended.

On the underside of the posterior wings the subbasal white

band is narrower, the outer black area being broader; the

submarginal blue band is wider and the black spots in it are

more elongate ; the cilia on both wings are less conspicuously

white.

Exp. of wings 14 inch.

Hab, Kapaur, 8.W. Dutch New Guinea (Doherty).

In the collections of the Hon. Walter Rothschild and

Mr. Grose-Smith (types).

Described from a long series of both sexes.

It is a considerably larger insect than 7. Wallace?, and

the wings are broader and rounder. The female resembles

T. vidua, Grose-Smith, but the white spot at the outer angle,

and the subcostal blue streak on the upperside of the anterior

wings of that species are absent, and the white area on the

posterior wings 1s less extended and less sharply defined than

in 7, vidua.

FTolochila cequalis.

Male.— Upperside. Both wings resemble HZ. refusa, Grose-

Smith, but blacker brown. On the anterior wings the white

area is more extended over the cell and beyond it, and the

blue suffusion at the base of both wings of H. refusa is very

slightly represented by dull slate-coloured scales which are

less extended than in A. refusa.

Underside. The outer dark brown marginal bands of both

wings are twice as broad as in LZ, refusa.

Female.— Upperside resembles the male, but is browner

and without any bluish suffusion.

518 On new Butterflies from the Pacific Islands.

On the wnderside the outer dark brown marginal bands of

both wings are likewise twice as broad as in ZZ. refusa.

Exp. of wings, ¢ 1, 9 14 inch.

Hab. Kapaur (Doherty).

In the collections of the Hon. Walter Rothschild and

H. Grose-Smith,

A long series is in the collection.

Nacaduba narovona.

Male—Upperside dull slate-coloured blue, with the white

bands on the underside slightly visible.

Underside greyish brown. Anterior wings with a spot at

the end of the cell bordered on both sides with white, and a

broad somewhat curved transverse band of contiguous spots

across the disk, bordered on the inner edge with white,

followed externally by a broad white band, outside which to

the margin is a double row of dark lunules, intersected by a

row of white lunules. Posterior wings with a similar white

band and outer rows of Junules; between the two lowest sub-

median nervules is a large submarginal black spot, bordered

outwardly by metallic blue and crowned by an orange lunule ;

a smaller metallic blue spot at the anal angle also crowned

by orange and bordered narrowly by black ; a subbasal row

of spots crosses the cell, and a spot at the end of the cell, all

narrowly bordered by white.

Female.—Upperside. Both wings dull greyish brown,

suffused with dull biue over the lower part of the anterior and

the base of the posterior wings. On the anterior wings a

pale whitish band crossing the submedian nervules represents

the white band on the underside, and on the posterior wings

a similar indistinct band crosses the disk a little beyond the

middle ; there is a submarginal row of dark lunules crowned

with whitish lunules.

Exp. of wings 1 inch.

Hab, Narovo, Solomon Islands (Woodyord).

In the collection of Mr. Grose-Smith.

This species is readily distinguished by the conspicuous

white bands on the underside of both wings. It is nearest to

N. ligamenta, U. H. Druce.

Land and Freshwater Shells from Rotuma Island. 519

LXII.—On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells

Jrom Rotuma Island. By Epaar A, SMIra.

In April 1896 the British Museum received from Mr. R. B.

Leefe, H.M. Vice-Consul at the Tonga Islands, a series of

land and freshwater shells which he collected during a visit

to Rotuma. ‘The collection contained one species of Partula,

an Opeas, one [elicina, an Omphalotropis, and a Melania.

Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner has kindly placed in my hands

for examination the specimens which he obtained in this

island, and which he believes to be a “ tolerably complete

collection.” In addition to the species found by Mr. Leefe,

his series includes one L?hytida, two species of Charopa, a

Tornatellina, a Succinea, and a second species of Helveina.

Besides these land-shells, Mr. Gardiner also collected some

Auriculide and Littorinide, some of which were obtained

over a hundred feet above the sea. He paid ‘a good deal

of attention to collecting these, searching the tops of several

of the hills as well as the valleys,” and he thinks “the col-

lection, though small, is fairly representative. ‘There is no

indigenous forest left anywhere on the island.”

Rotuma, or Rotumah, is situated about 300 miles N.N.W.

of Fiji. As no Mollusca have hitherto been recorded from

this locality, the following list may have some interest.

The land Mollusca are similar in general characters to

those occurring in the nearest groups of islands; and out of

the ten species six appear to be peculiar to theisland. Some

of these being obscure forms and difficult of determination

may, however, eventually prove to be slight variations of

already known species.

None of the Auriculide and Littorinide, which usually have

a more extended range than terrestrial Pulmonates and

Operculates, are restricted to Rotuma.

List OF THE SPECIES.

Family Testacellide.

1. Rhytida Gardiner.

Testa orbicularis, late umbilicata, albida, rufo flammulata, peri-

ostraco tenui olivaceo induta, lineis incrementi subrugosis curvatis

obliquis striisque spiralibus paucis supra et infra sculpta; spira

depressa, in medio impressa; anfractus quatuor, convexiusculi,

celeriter accrescentes, sutura profunda sejuncti, ultimus supra

oblique depressus, ad peripheriam obtusissime subangulatus

520 Mr. E. A. Smith on Land and

antice haud descendens; apertura parva, leviter obliqua, late

lunata; peristoma tenue vel subincrassatum, marginibus callo

tenui junctis, columellari haud reflexo.

Diam. maj. 7 millim., min. 6; alt. 23.

Allied to R. rapida, Pfeiffer.

Family Helicide.

2. Charopa Perryt.

Testa orbicularis, latissime umbilicata, alba, epidermide olivacea

induta, lineis incrementi elevatis curyatis tenuibus instructa ;

spira depressa, supra anfr. ultimum paulo elata; anfractus

quatuor, convexi, primus levis, pellucidus, ultimus supra leviter

declivis, antice subdescendens; apertura obliqua, irregulariter

rotundata, intus alba; peristoma tenue, marginibus conniventi-

bus, callo tenui albo junctis, columellari ad insertionem vix

expanso.

Diam. maj. 33 millim., min, 3; alt. 2.

Hab. Mota Island, New Hebrides (Brit. Mus.) ; Rotuma

(Gardiner).

Remarkable for the very wide umbilicus, the absence of

colour-markings, and the white porcellanous aperture. The

riblets are fine and not so regular in appearance as in many

other species in this genus. Named after Mr. W. W. Perry,

who collected the species at Mota Island.

3. Charopa rotumana.

Testa parva, orbicularis, profunde mediocriter umbilicata, pallida,

radiis obliquis curvatis rufis conspicue picta, lineis incrementi

liriformibus tenuibus obliquis curvatis instructa, inter liras

microscopice spiraliter striata ; spira depressa, supra anfr. ultimum

minime elata; anfractus 44, lente accrescentes, convexi, sutura

profunda sejuncti, apicales 14 haud lirati, ultimus ad peripheriar

rotundatus, haud descendens ; apertura oblique lunata ; peristoma

tenue, simplex, margine columellari ad insertionem vix reflexo.

Diam. maj. 22 millim., min. 23; alt. 13.

In form very like Hndodonta consimilis, Pease, from

Tahiti, but smaller, more finely sculptured, and without a

parietal lamella.

Family Bulimulide.

4. Partula Leefet.

Testa dextrorsa, parva, ovata, umbilicata, flavo-olivacea, infra

suturam et versus apicem pallida; spira mediocriter producta,

Freshwater Shells from Rotuma Island. 521

ad apicem rotundata, obtusa; anfractus 5, convexiusculi, lineis

incrementi tenuibus, striisque spiralibus tenuissimis (in anfr. ult.

plus minus obsoletis) confertis sculpti, ultimus antice haud

descendens ; apertura ovata, intus fuscescens, longit. totius 4 sub-

sequans; peristoma album expansum et reflexum, vix incras-

satum.

Longit. 14 millim., diam. 9 ; apertura intus 6 longa, 34 lata.

A small species, distinguished by its style of coloration and

— form. Named after Mr. R. B. Leefe, who first

iscovered the species.

Family Stenogyride.

5. Opeas juncea (Gould).

Bulimus junceus, Gould, U.S. Explor, Exped. vol. xii. p. 76, Atlas,

figs, 87-874; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vol, ii. p. 220.

Hab. Sandwich Islands, Society Islands, Fiji, Upolu.

As is well known, certain forms of this group (Steno-

gyride) have an enormous geographical range ; hence it is

not surprising that this species should occur at such remote

localities as the above.

Family Achatinellide.

6. Tornatellina aperta, Pease.

Tornatellina aperta, Pease, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 673; Pfeiffer,

Mon. Hel. vol. vi. p. 264.

Hab. Tahiti (Pease); Rotuma (Gardiner); Tongatabu

(Leefe).

The type from Tahiti is a little larger and somewhat

browner than the shells from Rotuma, but is similar in other

respects. The bidentate columellar projection within the

aperture is very remarkable and readily distinguishes this

peculiar form.

Family Succineide.

7. Succinea rotumana.

Testa ovata, parva, cornea, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata ; spira

brevis, rufescens; anfractus 23, perconvexi, celeriter accres-

centes, ultimus maximus, oblique valde descendens; apertura

ovata, longit. totius ? fere eequans, intus plus minus iridescens ;

columella tenuis, arcuata, superne anguste reflexa, appressa.

Longit. 83 millim., diam. 33. ; apertura 6 longa, 33 lata.

A small species, with a mammiform spire and rather like

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 35

522 Land and Freshwater Shells from Rotuma Island.

S. venusta, Gould, from the Hawaiian Islands. Like many

other so-called species of this genus, the present one offers

very slight distinguishing features from several others.

Family Helicinide.

8. Helicina modesta, Pfeiffer.

Helicina modesta, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 52; Mon. Pneumon.

vol. ii. p. 186; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. ii. pl. celxxi. figs. 221,

222; id. Conch. Icon. vol. xix. pl. xxix. figs. 259 a, b.

Hab. Solomon Islands and New Hebrides.

9. LTelicina fulgora, Gould.

Helicina fulgora, Gould, U.S. Explor. Exped. vol. xii. p. 97, Atlas,

figs. 10%, c; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneumon. vol. i. p. 401.

Hab. Samoa, New Hebrides, Tonga Island, Namuka;

Rotuma (Gardiner).

Fl, articulata, Pfr., H. zebriolata, Ptr., and H. Brenchley?,

Baird, appear to be synonyms of this species.

Family Cyclostomatide.

10. Omphalotropis rotumana.

Testa ovata, superne acuminata, anguste umbilicata, rufescens vel

fuscescens, albo irregulariter picta et strigata, interdum ad peri-

pheriam albo vel rufo cincta; spira elongata, conoidea, ad apicem

mediocriter acuminata; anfractus sex, lente accrescentes, con-

vexiusculi, sutura subprofunda sejuncti, lineis incrementi striati,

ultimus ad peripheriam tenuissime carinatus et circa umbilicum

carina altera crassiuscula instructus; apertura piriformis, intus

rufescens vel fuscescens, longit. totius 3 haud equans; peristoma

intus leviter incrassatum, continuum, marginibus columellari et

basali leviter expansis.

Longit. 63 millim., diam. 4; apertura 3 longa, 23 lata.

Larger than O. solidula, Pfeiffer, from Lord Howe’s Island,

with more varied colour-markings, a wider umbilicus, and a

stronger keel; also larger than O. vitiensis, Liardet, from

Fiji, broader in form and narrower in the umbilicus.

Family Auriculide.

11. Pythia scarabeus, Linn.

Rather a small form.

12. Melampus luteus, Quoy and Gaimard.

On a new Snake from the Andes of Colombia. 523

13. Melampus fasciatus, Deshayes.

Both banded and plain varieties.

Family Melaniide.

14. Melania Mageni, Gassies.

Fide the late Dr. Brot.

Family Littorinide.

15. Littorina obesa, Sowerby.

16. Littorina undulata, Gray.

17. Littorina intermedia, Philippi.

LXIII.—Deseription of a new Snake from the Andes of

Colombia. By G. A, BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Leptognathus Pratti.

Body strongly compressed. Eye moderately large, its

diameter equalling its distance from the oral border. Rostral

as deep as broad, just visible from above; internasals about

half as long as the prefrontals; frontal as long as broad,

shorter than its distance from the end of the snout, which

equals the length of the parietals; nasal divided; loreal

longer than deep, bordering the eye; preocular partially

fused with the prefrontal; two postoculars ; temporals 2+ ;

eight or nine upper labials, fourth and fifth or fifth and sixth

entering the eye; first two pairs of lower labials forming a

suture behind the symphysial; two pairs of chin-shields,

broader than long. Scales in 15 rows, vertebrals strongly

enlarged. Ventrals 173; anal entire; subcaudals 71. Dark

brown above and below, with paler brown cross-bars, one

scale wide, disposed in pairs; belly with interrupted light

longitudinal streaks.

‘Total length 770 millim. ; tail 150.

A single specimen (a female) was obtained by Mr. A, EK.

Pratt at Medellin, Republic of Colombia.

35*

524 On two new Mammals from West Africa.

LXIV.— Descriptions of Two new Mammals from West

Africa. By W. E. DE WINTON.

Rhinolophus micaceus, sp. n.

Colour above and below dark soft rich purplish brown,

flecked with silver-grey. The fur is so fine that it is difficult

to see if the hairs are truly annulated; but as the silvery

speckling comes and goes as the animal is turned in the light,

it appears to arise wholly from the glint of the light on the

brown fur. It is not possible to give particulars of nose-

leaf, the specimen being dried. Length of fur on the back

11°5 millim.

Measurements taken in flesh by collector :—

Head and body 90 millim. ; tail 23; hind foot 17 ; ear 26;

forearm 69.

Skull: greatest length 28 millim.; greatest breadth 15:3;

breadth of brain-case 11°5; intertemporal constriction 3°9 ;

basal length 22°9; between tips of canines 6°5; length of

entire tooth-row 10°5.

Type (2): Como River, 75 miles from Gaboon, 6th July,

1897.

Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates.

Anomalurus Bates?, sp. n.

Colour above dark smoke-brown, washed with yellow,

producing a greenish tone; the fur of the back glinting in

the light gives the appearance of greyish speckling; on the

wings and lower back the yellow washing is very much more

marked ; all the underparts pale grey, strongly washed with

lemon-yellow. The hairs of the tail gradually increase in

length distally. The toes of the hind feet have tufts of bright

yellow hairs concealing the nails.

Measurements taken from dried skin :—

Head and body to anus 221 millim., to back of wing-

membrane 240; tail 140, with terminal hairs 179; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 44 millim.; greatest breadth 28;

interorbital constriction 11°5; height of infraorbital foramen

48; basal length 38; palatal length 17; palatal foramina 4°8 ;

upper molar series 8°6 ; diastema 10.

Type (¢): Como River, 75 miles from Gaboon, 6th July,

1897.

Collected by Mr. G, L. Bates, in whose honour the species

is named.

On the Teeth in the Centetide. 525

LXV.—On the Change and Form of the Teeth in the Cente-

tide, a Malagasy Family of Insectivora. By C. I.

ForsyTH Magor.

Among the fruits of my two years’ sojourn in Madagascar is

arich series of recent Insectivora (Centetide), and since a

considerable time must still elapse before this is completely

worked out in a monograph *, I now give in a condensed

shape in the following pages the most essential facts as to

the change and form of the teeth in the family in question,

so far as it has yet been possible to render the material avail-

able for examination.

Pes

THe CHANGE OF THE T'EETH.

Oryzoryctes tetradactylus.

Stage I. /.d.1 and J.d.3 have come through almost completely ;

of the remaining milk-teeth the tips alone protrude. The

C.d. are the most backward.

Stage II. All milk-teeth protrude from the jaws to their full

extent, with the exception of C.d., of which the posterior

basal cusp is not yet visible. J/.1 begins to protrude.

Stage III. Skull somewhat shorter than in IJ.—AII milk-

teeth are completely protruded, with the exception of

C.d. inf., of which the posterior basal cusp is not yet

visible. ‘lhe greater portion of M.1 is protruded

Stage 1V. All milk-teeth completely protruded, as also M1;

M. 2 partly so.

Stage V. Like IV.; but J. 2 is further advanced. J.d.3 sup.

dext. on the point of falling out.

Stage VI. Skull somewhat longer than in VII. and VIII.—

M.1 is in situ; M.3 sup, and inf. on the point of coming

through. J.d.1 and /.d.3 sup. and inf. have been shed.

I.3 sup. and inf. altogether tm situ; [.1 sup. not yet

completely so. J.1 inf. is more backward on the right

than on the left. .3 (Hens.) is commencing to raise

P.d.3.

Stage VII. Skull a shade longer than that of VIII.—M/.3

sup. is somewhat further advanced than in the latter,

M. 8 inf. somewhat more backward. In the change of

teeth VII. is somewhat less further advanced than VIII.

* The diagnoses of most of the new species have already been pub-

lished. Cf. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii. 1896, pp. 318-322,

461-462.

526 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

Upper jaw: J.d.3 has been shed and its successor is

in situ; I.d.1 has likewise disappeared, J. 1 not yet com-

pletely in sctu ; I.d.2 still present on both sides. P.d. 3

still rests like a cap upon its suecessor. Lower jaw:

I.d.1 has been shed, but its successor has not yet come

through completely. Z.d.3 has likewise been shed, and

its successor is 7m situ; J.d.2 is still present. P.d.3

has been shed, P. 3 is not yet completely protruded. C.d.,

P.d.2, and P.d.1 are still in place above and below.

M. 3 sup. and inf. are nearly tn situ and already partly

in use.

Stage VIII. Jf. 3 almost protruded above, entirely so below.

Upper jaw: The change of the anterior and posterior

pairs of Z. has been consummated, and the permanent

teeth are zm situ. J.d. 2 is still present on the left side ;

on the right it has been shed, and J. 2 is beginning to

appear. In the lower jaw the change of the anterior

and posterior pairs has likewise taken place, and J.1

and J. 3 are in situ; I.d. 2 is still present on both sides,

as are also all four O.d. P.d.3 has disappeared above

and below, and the P. 4 are almost completely in piace.

The posterior milk-premolars (P.d.1 and P.d.2) are

still present.

Stage IX. But little further advanced than VIII.—JL 3

sup. is in situ as well as M.3 inf. The only other

difference from VIII. consists in the fact that J.d.2 has

been shed on both sides; J.2 is not yet zm sttu. The

tip of C. sup. is visible, in front of C.d.; C. inf. is coming

into view on the inside of C.d.

Stage X. The change of the whole of the teeth is accom-

plished. C.is not yet completely 7m stu, and is con-

sequently the last tooth to be replaced, as also its

precursor is the last to appear in the milk-dentition.

Oryzoryctes hova.

Stage I. All milk-teeth im situ. M.1 is almost entirely

exposed ; J/. 2 is beginning to protrude.

Stage II. Milk-teeth as in I. M.1 and M.2 somewhat

further advanced, J. 1 inf. completely cn situ.

Stage III. Z.d.1 and L.d.3 have been replaced above and

below; /.d. 2 and likewise C.d. are still in situ. P.d.3

sup. has been shed cn the right, on the left it still rests

like a cap upon P.38, which is coming into position.

P.d.1 and P.d.2 sup. and inf. are still in situ. All

three molars are completely developed and in situ.

Teeth in the Centetide. 527

M icroga le Dobsoni.

Stage I. All molars functional. In the upper jaw the whole

of the milk-teeth are still present, with the exception of

I.d.3, which on each side is replaced by its successor.

The two Z.1 commence to protrude behind the Jd. 1.

In the lower jaw I.d.1, I.d.3, P.d.3 on each side, and

P.d.1 on the right are replaced.

Stage II. Like I.; in addition, however, P.d.1 is also re-

placed in the upper jaw, and the same tooth on the left

in the lower. Among the adult specimens, 7. e., those

in which the milk-dentition is replaced completely, there

are several in which the skulls are shorter than that of

this stage.

Stage III. Like II., with the trifling difference that P.d.1

inf. is replaced on each side.

Stage LV. In the upper jaw P.d.1, P.d.3, and /.d.3 on both

sides, and /.d.1 on the right are replaced; in the lower

jaw P.d.1, P.d.3, I.d.3, and I.d.1. Id. 2 is about to

be shed above and below.

Microgale Cowani.

Stage I. All milk-teeth are cm situ and functional. JM. 2 is

almost completely through the gum, and J. 3 is com-

mencing to protrude.

Stage II]. Milk-teeth as in I. All three molars functional.

In the upper jaw J. 3 on the left is beginning to protrude

behind and on the inside of J.d. 3.

Microgale Thomasi.

Stage I. All milk-teeth functional: no trace of their succes-

sors yet visible. M.3 not yet completely protruded.

According to what has been stated above, in Oryzoryctes

the milk-teeth are replaced in the following order:—ZJ.d. 3,

I.d.1, 1.4.2, P.d.3, P.d.1, P.d.2, C.d. In Microgale the

replacement of J.d. 1 sup. and J.d. 2 takes place later, in conse-

quence of the powerful development of its root. According to

what has been stated in the case of Oryzoryctes tetradactylus,

the milk-teeth appear in the same order as their successors.

In connexion with the foregoing a few remarks may here

be introduced on tooth-formule and tooth-change in the

Solenodontide and Potamogalide, which are closely allied

to the Centetide.

528 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

Solenodon cubanus.—Thomas* writes the tooth-formula

of Solenodon as follows :—

19a0us 1 iongae 14088

5 ie ec Oe: P. Pre see nie

1 ears 1 oe

os 1 1 Os a joes

P.d.3 (auct.) in the lower jaw is inadvertently omitted in

the original.

According to this author, therefore, in both upper and

lower jaws only the two posterior milk-premolars are pro-

duced. P.3, Hens. (P.2, auct.), is stated to be absent, and

P.4, Hens. (P.1, auct.), to be present ; this interpretation is

due to the fact that the foremost P. is stated not to be

changed. This view has been disputed by Leche +, who

writes the dental formula, based upon a single specimen that

he examined, as follows :-—

Lieto 1 23 4 l 25

Tou c Poe eas a

122) P70 1 o Misia

Lee2A GS 1 Di ok 12s

It is consequently assumed that in both upper and lower

jaws only the two posterior milk-premolars are present, and,

moreover, that in the lower jaw the posterior J.d. is absent.

In addition to this Leche points out as a fact especially

worthy of note that all milk-teeth are of simpler structure

than the corresponding teeth of the permanent set. In the

young specimen of S. cubanus before me, the molars are

indeed fully developed, but are not yet completely protruded

from the jaw; the main cusp of J/.3 sup. is beginning to

come through the gum. ‘The lower molars are somewhat

further advanced. Of the incisors three J.d. are present above

and below ; the lower J/.d. 3 is situated on the outside and in

front of the considerably larger J.3 (which is in the act of

coming through) and is about to be shed. The C.d. are

present above and below. Of milk-premolars the two poste-

rior are present in both upper and lower jaws; the P. 3, Hens.,

are showing. According to these facts I do not consider that

we are justified in denying that the latter have precursors ;

on the contrary, it is probable that in the two young specimens

at present known Pd. 3 has already been shed, like Jd. 3 in

Leche’s example. As we have seen, in the Centetidea P.d.3

is always the first among the milk-premolars to be shed ;

since tooth-change sets in earlier in Solenodon, I suspect that

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1892, pp. 504-506.

+ Anat. Anzeiger, xiii. 1897, p. 523.

Teeth in the Centetide. 529

in specimens with dentition less far advanced than those at

present known, P.d. 3 will probably still be found. It there-

fore seems to me to be permissible to write the dental formula

of Solenodon as follows :—

buse<€

Lor 3

I. Ps

bow w bo

bon eo bo

we wt

aor “ce

According to this the dentition would agree with that of

Oryzoryctes, Microgale, and Limnogale. In comparison with

those of the Centetide the milk-teeth of Solenodon convey

the impression of having undergone degeneration.

Potamogale.—Nothing as yet has been published on tooth-

change in this rare animal. Nevertheless I confidently

assume that the teeth figured and described by Allman * and

by Dobson + as permanent ones belong to the milk-dentition.

Allman’s specimen was not adult, and its J/.3 was still

hidden in the jaw, as shown by Mivart t and subsequently

also confirmed by Allman himself §. It may here be remarked

parenthetically that, in consequence of this, Jentink’s Pota-

mogale Allmani|| falls to the ground. Similarly, the den-

tition figured by Dobson is that of an immature specimen ;

according to the statement of the author referred to, M. 3 has

not yet protruded in this example. The solitary specimen

before me (Brit. Mus. no. 75, 10. 15. 4) is even somewhat

younger than the examples alluded to above, since not even

M.2 is completely protruded; it is therefore yet younger

than my specimen of Solenodon, in which the majority of the

milk-teeth are still present. ‘he molariform tooth standing

in front of J/.1 is more worn than the latter, and the teeth

in front of it are also worn—a further proof that we are

dealing with milk-teeth.

‘By

THE FORM OF THE TEETH.

The following investigation culminates in an attempt to

furnish an answer to the question, whether in the Centetide

* Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 1866, pp. 1-16, figs. 7 and 8 (pp. 10, 11).

+ ‘Monograph of the Insectiyora,’ 1882, p. 99, pl. viii. fig. 5.

¢ Journ. Anat. Physiol. ii. 1868, p. 128.

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 256.

|| ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. xvi. 1895, p. 284.

530 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

the tritubercular form of molar is to be regarded as primitive,

or rather as the result of a process of retrogression.

I. The Molars.

The homologies of the cusps of the molars in the Insectivora

have already been carefully studied by Mivart nearly thirty

years ago*. It was shown by this author that the upper

molars of Potamogale to a certain extent represent a tran-

sitional stage between the more complicated molars, e. g. of

the mole, with two triangular prisms each, and the simpler

ones, such as those of Centetes and Hriculus, with but a single

prism :— For each of these teeth [in Potamogale] have three

or four very small cusps developed from the external cingu-

lum, a very large cusp arising from the internal cingulum,

and two median cusps, from each of which two slightly-

marked diverging ridges proceed outwards to the external

cingulum, forming two very narrow triangular prisms, so

close together that a little more approximation would reduce

them to a single prism, such as exists in Centetes and Soleno-

don.” He also says:—‘ Potamogale shows ..... a very

interesting approximation of the triangular prisms, the two

external principal cusps still, however, remaining distinct,

though in close juxtaposition. In Centetes it appears as if

the concentration had been carried further, the two prisms

uniting into one, as also the two external principal cusps.

The single representative of these, however, has two small

prominences on its inner side. In Chrysochloris we have

the maximum of concentration, there being but a single

triangular prism, the internal angle of which represents the

two external principal cusps of Hrinaceus and others, while

internal to this there is but a single prominence to represent

the two internal principal cusps.”

I therefore have to state that Mivart long before myself,

at least so far as the Insectivora are concerned, represented

the complicated character of the molars as the primitive

condition, and maintained that the simple form had arisen

through concentration or fusion.

In opposition to this it was asserted by Huxley + that the

form of molar seen in Centetes is the primitive one, and, as

is well known, this view was subsequently supported also by

Cope, Osborn, and Schlosser. Huxley terms the form in

question ‘least-modified,” and, according to him, the form

of molar exhibited by all Carnivora is easily to be derived

* Journ. Anat. and Physiol. ii. 1868, p. 117 et seg.

+ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1880, pp. 283-284.

Teeth in the Centetide. 531

from it. ‘To his question, “ Why may not Hyenodon and

Pterodon be an extreme development of that type of the

Insectivora which is at present represented by Centetes ?”

Winge* returned the categorical answer, ‘ Because Hycnodon

and Pterodon have not in the slightest degree a special

resemblance to Insectivora, least of all to Centetes; there is

not one single point in which Centetes does not stand in sharp

contrast to Hycwnodon and the Carnivora.” Winge then

proceeds to develop this view by interpreting the upper

molars of Centetes in the following manner :—‘ ‘The hindmost

of the three outermost cusps has disappeared,” he writes, ‘ as

also the posterior of the two that immediately follow these on

the inner side; on the other hand, the anterior two of the

original three outer cusps and the anterior of the two that

immediately follow these are still present in a particularly

well-developed form; we also observe remnants of a single

talon, which in other Centetide is well developed.” Conse-

quently in the interpretation of the homologies Winge agrees

in the main with Mivart.

I have shown in an accurately-drawn figure of an upper

M.1 of Centetes t that in a perfect condition this tooth, like

that of Potamogale, possesses not less than five outer cusps ;

it is true that two of these are more strongly developed than

the rest. In the figure in question I distinguished the main

cusp of the tooth, situated on the inner side of those just

referred to, by the numbers 4+ 6, in order to indicate thereby

that in Centetes there seems to have taken place a fusion of

the inner talon—6 in Winge’s figures and diagrams—with

the main cusp, Winge’s 4. .

Cope has recently { reasserted his former theory, that in

the existing fauna the “ tritubercular” form of molar as

exhibited by Centetide, Soricide, a few Lemurs, and the

majority of the Carnivora is the primitive one. In Centetide

and Chrysochlorid the rudimentary “ low cingulum ” on the

posterior base of lower molars and a “ posterior cingulum”

on upper molars are regarded as the first step towards the

complication of the tritubercular molars.

M. F. Woodward § follows Mivart and Winge, since he

considers the supposed “ paracone’”’ and ‘ metacone” of

Centetes and Chrysochloris to be homologous with the “ ex-

* Vidensk. Meddel. fra d. naturh. Foren. i Kjébenhavn, 1882, p. 58.

+ “On Megaladapis madagascariensis &c.,” Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond.

vol. 185, 1894, B, p. 23, fig. 4.

t ‘The Primary Factors of Organic Evolution’ (Chicago, 1896),

p- 145, 335.

z § Proc. Zool, Soc. London, 1836, pp. 588, 589, and pl. xxvi.

532 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

ternal cingulum cusps” of Talpa &c., and the inner talon of

Chrysochloris—he is not acquainted with the Centetid genera

in which this is likewise distinctly preserved—with the

“ yrotocone”’ of Zalpa. He regards the main cusp of the

tooth of Centetes as homologous with the “ paracone”’ of

Talpa, wherein he agrees with Winge. He, however,

proceeds to say:—“I do not think that the ontogeny of

the trituberculate insectivore molar justifies Mivart’s fusion

theory, but rather suggests that this tooth corresponds only

with the paracone triangle of the Mole’s tooth.” In other

words, Woodward on the whole favours the tritubercular

theory; this merely because the “ paracone’””—5 in his

figures on pl. xxvi.—being ontogenetically the first molar-cusp

to appear, he infers from this circumstance that it is the

primitive cusp in a phylogenetic sense as well. He asserts,

but does not demonstrate, ‘‘ that as regards the primary cone,

its ontogeny recapitulates its phylogeny.”

That it is not merely the anterior “trigon” of more com-

plicated teeth (Zalpa &c.) with which the upper molar of the

Centetidee and Chrysochloride is homologous, is at once

evident from the fact that the sides of the unique trigon in

the latter families embrace not only the anterior but also the

posterior half of the outer “ cingulum-cusps.”

The above-mentioned text-figure in the paper on Megala-

dapis was given by me in conjunction with four others, as

representatives of four families of Malagasy mammals

(belonging to three different Orders) with so-called trituber-

cular molars. My object was to show (1) that, asa rule, on

close examination the tritubercular teeth are nevertheless

found to consist of more components than only three cusps;

(2) that the fact that “ trituberculy ” occurs in different orders

is in itself sufficient to point to convergence, and the more so

since the genera in question are highly specialized in other

respects also; (3) that the three main cusps of the teeth with

which we are dealing have different homologies in each of the

three orders (Lemuroidea, Carnivora, Insectivora) —a further

support for the assumption that convergence has taken place.

This circumstance has escaped Woodward’s attention, or he

would hardly consider that his interpretation of the molars

of Centetes and Chrysochloris brings them into complete

agreement with the molars of mammals in general.

So much for the more historical part of our subject.

That the complicated mammalian molars will ultimately

be traceable to a simple form I have never denied, and have

even expressly stated as much; but how far back we shall

have to go to find this simple condition the future will show.

Teeth in the Centetide. 533

For my part I have not ventured to trace the form of molar

seen in Tertiary mammals to that of the older Mesozoic fossils,

because, on the one hand, the hiatus between the faune of

the Lower Eocene and those of the Jura has hitherto been too

great, and because, on the other, all sorts of data are still

requisite before the mammalian nature of the majority of

fossil remains from the Purbeck, Stonesfield, &c. is demon-

strated beyond the possibility of doubt.

We are upon firmer ground with regard to a portion of the

Laramie mammals, which unhappily are for the moment still

very few in number and generally isolated. Here, in the

Upper Cretaceous, we meet, almost without exception, with

polybunous teeth, and this, indeed, equally among the Multi-

tuberculata as among the so-called ‘Trituberculata * ; in the

following comparison with the Insectivora we have to deal

with the latter alone. The best-preserved upper-jaw teeth

among these f are remarkable, in the first place owing to the

extraordinary development of the external series of cusps, to

only two of which Osborn gives names—parastyle and meta-

style—while, as in the case of Didelphyide, Dasyuride, and

Insectivora, from four to five cusps are present; in the second

place owing to the considerable vertical and horizontal extent

of the internal talon (‘ protocone”’), which is even bulkier

than in Didelphyidz, and to which, flanking the talon on the

outer side, are, moreover, superadded two smaller intermediate

tubercles—the protoconule and metaconule. In correspondence

with this, the talon (“ talonid”’) on the lower molars also is

remarkably strongly developed.

Among Insectivora we meet with a similar profusion of

tooth-cusps in Galeopithecus, Urotrichus, Myogale, &c.; these

genera, however, in addition to this show specialization in the

shape of a commencing solenodonty. The external cusps

have diminished in bulk; similarly the talon also of the upper

molars is of more moderate dimensions than in the teeth from

the Cretaceous, and the “ intermediate tubercles’’ are corre-

spondingly enlarged. In Myogale the hindmost of the latter

—the “ metaconule ”’—has shifted its position more towards

the inside, and, at least in the case of M. 1, it is almost equal

to the talon in bulk: the question suggests itself whether we

may not find herein an indication of the mode of origin of

many ‘ quadritubercular ” mammalian molars.

Potamogale.—In this genus, as has been mentioned above,

* H. F. Osborn, “ Fossil Mammals of the Upper Cretaceous Beds,”

Bull. Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist. vol. v. 1893, pl. viii.

+ Loe. cit. pl. viii.

534 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

the tubercles of the second series from without—the “ para-

cone’’ and ‘‘metacone’”’—are found to be in close juxtaposition;

the talon has diminished in size, but nevertheless attains to

about two thirds of the height of the “ paracone.” Inter-

mediate tubercles as such are not present ; on the other hand,

from both sides of the talon, in the neighbourhood of which

they broaden out to a certain extent, two basal ridges run

towards the exterior along the anterior and posterior margin

of the tooth, the anterior one reaching the external margin,

while the posterior ends at about the middle of the tooth.

Solenodon.—The “ paracone”’ and “ metacone” are fused

together, in consequence of which the molars have become

still narrower than in the foregoing genus. ‘The talon, too,

has diminished still further in height andextent. The poste-

rior basal margin ends on the inside, in line with the talon, in

a more feebly developed tubercle, the homologue of the

““ metaconule”’ of Myogale.

In Centetide the “ paracone” and “ metacone” likewise

appear to be fused together. That it actually is a case of

fusion, 7. e. that the main cusp of the molars is not to be

regarded as homologous with the “ paracone ”’ alone, is shown,

on the one hand, by the state ot things in Potamogale, in

which the molars in this and other respects occupy an inter-

mediate position between those of Insectivora with “ para-

cone” and “ metacone”’ widely separated one from another

and those with an unpaired main cusp (Solenodontide,

Chrysochloride, Centetide), and, on the other, by the con-

dition seen in Oryzoryctes. In the intact J/.1 of this genus,

as also in the intact P.d.1—in the case of O. hova more

distinctly than in that of O. tetradactylus aud O. niger—the

“‘paracone’’ appears bicuspid; the posterior cusp is much

Jess developed than the anterior, and, as in the case of Pota-

mogale, is shifted somewhat further than the latter, towards

the outside. In Oryzoryctes this metacone occurs besides

in P.d. 2 (Hens.) and £.d.3 (Hens.), and is seen with great

distinctness in their successors P.2 and #. 3. In the case of

Microgale | find that it is present neither in the molars nor

in the premolars, with the sole exception of P.d. 2 (Hens.).

The talon (“protocone”) in Centetide is reduced still

further than in Solenodon, until it entirely disappears

(Centetes) ; on the other hand, in the latter genus the anterior

and posterior basal ridges on both sides of the internal base

of the united para- and metacone swell up in the shape of

cusps, the posterior to a greater degree than the anterior ;

the former appears as an independent cusp ou P.1 and P. 2.

Teeth in the Centetide. 535

Since the united para- and metacone extends to the inner

margin of the tooth, and the “ protocone,”’ from Potamogale

onwards, appears more and more coalesced with the former, it

is probable that the continually diminishing “ protocone” has

gradually been absorbed by the para-+metacone, ‘The state

of the case in the molars of Lricu/us and Echinops is similar

to that which is seen in Centetes ; there is no occasion here

to go further into details—In Oryzoryctes the protocone is

still of relatively considerable size, bicuspid in the case of the

two anterior molars and in P.1, most distinctly so in the

latter; the posterior cusp, which appears unusually little

developed in M.1 and MM. 2, will have to be interpreted in the

same manner as in Solenodon.—In Microgale Dobsoni also

the feebly developed talon is bicuspid.—In Limnogale it is

even tricuspid in the case of perfect teeth. The maximum of

reduction seen in Centetide occurs in Flemicentetes. The

talon is still indicated only in the case of J/.1; the external

cusps, with the exception of two, on the anterior and posterior

margin, are to all intents and purposes suppressed ; the united

para- and metacone is of considerable height. Moreover the

teeth are compressed longitudinally, parallel to the longitu-

dinal axis of the body, the last two upper molars less so than

the rest.—Geogale is not known to me by personal examina-

tion.

After the above analysis of the molar components in the

Centetide it is not difficult to give an answer to the question

with which we started—namely, whether the form of molar

that occurs in this family (as also in the Solenodontide and

Chrysochloride) is to be regarded as primitive, as is pretty

generally assumed, or, rather, as the result of a reduction.

It is manifest that it is only the richly developed external

cusps which are a primitive feature, because, indeed, throughout

the mammalian class these cusps present themselves as an

archaic phenomenon. I do not venture to go so far as Winge,

who regards them as homologous with the three cusps of

the Triconodon-tooth. But we found them developed to the

fullest extent in Laramie teeth, next to which they are most

pronounced in the low groups Polyprotodontia and Insec-

tivora ; in other orders in the case of their oldest represen-

tatives.

Undoubtedly of a secondary character, and to be regarded

as a retrogression, is, according to what has already been

stated, the fusion of the “ paracone”’ and “ metacone ”—a

phenomenon met with elsewhere among mammals only in

premolars and rarely in the 1/.3*. The united para- and

* It is only in Notoryctes, which in other respects also is highly

536 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

metacone, which in Centetide continually advances further

inwards, gradually replaces in function the “ protocone’’

(talon), which in consequence becomes superfluous. In the

interpretation of the homologies the two have been pretty

generally confounded with each other, ¢. e. paracone + meta-

cone is regarded as the ‘ protocone.”’

As I would finally point out yet once again, the three

main cusps of the crown—upon which the theory of the tri-

tubercular form of the dentition of Centetidee is based—accord-

ingly consist externally of the two most strongly developed

of the outer cusps, the parastyle and metastyle of Osborn, and

internally (apex of the triangle) of the paracone+metacone,

united to form a single cusp. In cases where similar forms

occur among the Lemuride the two outer cusps are consti-

tuted by the paracone and metacone. Like Winge, I have

interpreted * the apex in Lemuride as being homologous with

the “ protocone”’ of other mammals—Winge’s 6.

With regard to the lower molars I can express all that I

need to say here in a very few words. A characteristic

feature in these teeth is the extensive reduction exhibited by

the “talon,” which usually appears only as a low posterior

basal cusp. The lower molars, therefore, essentially consist

of the anterior trigon (Osborn’s “ trigonid”’) alone. When

we consider that the talon (Osborn’s ‘ talonid’’) is developed

to the fullest extent among mammals belonging to the Lowest

Tertiary | and Upper Cretaceous { Beds, it appears, in con-

nexion with all that has been stated above in the case of the

upper molars, unjustifiable to wish to regard the form of the

lower molars in Centetide as of a primitive type.

II. The Antemolars.

Leche remarks § with reference to the upper incisors and

canines of Centetide (Microgale, Hriculus, Centetes), that

they are provided with accessory cusps more abundantly in

specialized and forms a parallel to Centetidee, and still more to Chryso-

ehloridee, that this fusion likewise occurs in all molars; the protocone in

Notoryctes is still developed to a considerably greater extent than in

Centetide.

* “On Megaladapis &c.” (vide supra), p. 28, text-figs. 1 and 2.

+ Cf. Lemoine, “ Etude d’ensemble sur les dents des Mammiféres

fossiles des environs de Reims,” Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 3° série,

t: xix, 180) splseccs ect.

t Cf. H. F. Osborn, “ Fossil Mammals of the Upper Cretaceous Beds,”

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. v. art. xvii. (New Vor 1893), pl. viii.

figs. Hl, Al.

§ Anat. Anz. xiii. p. 520.

Teeth in the Centetide. 537

the milk-dentition than in the permanent set. This applies

on the whole to the same teeth in the lower jaw also, as well

as to the milk-premolars. Moreover, before proceeding to

discuss the facts of the case somewhat more in detail, I would

premise, by way of a general observation, that in the Cente-

tide there is rather less difference between the accessory and

the main cusps (the former being more, the latter less

strongly developed) in the milk- than in the permanent

dentition.

1. Upper Jaw.—The least divergence in form between the

premolars and molars is found in ehinops, the premolars

of which differ to an extraordinary degree from those of

Oryzoryctes hova, which in this respect forms the opposite

extreme. ‘The closest approach to Hchinops is exhibited

by Hriculus,

In Echinops and Ericulus, P.1 (Hens.) is hardly dis-

tinguishable from .V.1; the difference from the molars—and

from P.d.1—to be discussed later on, in the position and

height of the antero-external cusp, is demonstrable only in

teeth which are intact. In both genera P.1 is somewhat

longer than J/.1, and in Zchinops it is also somewhat

broader (in the transverse direction) than the premolar of

Ericulus ; in the former there is found a low “ protocone ”

and “ hypocone.”’

In Ericulus P.2 already assumes the form of a carnassial ;

this is much less the case in Hehinops, in which the same

tooth is as yet more like a molar, since here the antero-

external cusp does not extend so far forwards, and the whole

tooth appears altogether less elongate than P.2 and P.d. 2

of Lriculus (I am not acquainted with Pd. 2 of Echinops).

P.2 of Echinops las in addition a distinct internal cusp

(“ protocone”’), and that of Mréculus has two such cusps like

P.1 of Echinops.

P.3 of Echinops resembles a carnassial ; but the autero-

external cusp is very slightly marked, ‘Three roots are

present, and the inner one bears a fairly large internal cusp.

‘The milk-tooth agrees with its successor in form.

In comparison with P.3 of Lchinops, the corresponding

tooth in Lriculus is somewhat reduced, and the secodont

form begins to be seen: the longitudinal diameter is the

greater, while in Echinops the transverse expansion is the

more pronounced. There are but two roots. <A_ feebly

developed basal margin, as the remains of an internal cusp,

is confined to the posterior half of the inner side. A rem-

nant of the external cusps, likewise limited to the posterior

half of the tooth, is present, as well as in many cases a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 36

538 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

feeble antero-external cusp besides. The milk-tooth is

similar in shape; only the external cusps and the internal

cusp are more strongly developed; it is also provided with

an anterior basal cusp.

The remains of the external cusps are even yet occasionally

found in the case of the C.d. of both genera; for Hriculus

see Leche’s paper *; they are still better developed on the

C.d. of Echinops, which likewise possesses in addition a

slight anterior basal cusp. On the C.d. of both genera are

also found remains of an interior basal cusp.

Centetes.—As in the case of Echinops and Ericulus, P.1

sup. differs very little from the milk-tooth and from J/.1;

it is true that here also the antero-external cusp is somewhat

more independent and is placed higher up, but the difference

is perceptible only in teeth which are intact. Apart from

this, the tooth is more quadrate in outline, and the triangle

formed by the external cusps and the united para--+ meta-

cone does not project so far towards the interior as in its

precursor in the milk-dentition and in the molars.—P. 2 is

the largest and tallest in the molar series; it possesses a

fairly large postero-internal cusp, as well as a minute anterior

basal cusp; of the remaining external cusps only a single

one, confined to the postero-external angle, is present. ‘The

transition in form between this tooth and the small secodont

P.3,in which the anterior basal cusp is wanting or only

just indicated, is quite abrupt. It is different in the milk-

dentition: P.d.2 is a tooth of a very elongated shape, with

external cusps better developed than in the case of its per-

manent tooth; the foremost of these particularly is more

strongly developed than in the latter, and especially than in

the permanent tooth of Hritculus and Lchinops.—P.d. 3,

although already strongly compressed longitudinally, and

without, or only with a slight indication of an anterior basal

cusp, still shows in fresh specimens traces of the postero-

external cusps; it exhibits, further, a remnant of an internal

cusp, and, lastly, an accessory cusp behind and below the

main cusp (as on P.d.2, P.d.3, P.2, and P.3 of Oryzo-

ryctes—see below); this, however, is wanting on certain

specimens, in which case the posterior basal cusp is more

strongly developed.—Of the muilk-incisors the foremost pair

alone possesses a distinct posterior basal cusp; in the case

of J.d.2 and J.d. 8, which in the fresh condition are uncinate

and recurved, this is scarcely indicated. On the other hand,

* Anat, Anz, xii. p. 52], fig. 4,

Teeth in the Centetide. 539

contrary to what is stated by Leche *, younger specimens

of J, 1 and J.2 always possess a well-developed posterior

basal cusp.

In the case of Oryzoryctes, Microgale, and Limnogale P.1

may at once be distinguished from P.d. 1 by the fact that it

resembles W.1 much less than the latter does, which is

especially evident in the condition of the external cusps; the

foremost of these lies, in the case of P.d.1 and the two

anterior molars, in the same longitudinal row as those

following it; in the premolar it is set higher up and is

separated by a greater gap from those behind. As already

mentioned, this difference is much less distinct in the case of

Centetes, Ericulus, and Echinops.

The number of the external cusps on fresh cheek-teeth of

the molar series is from four to five in Mcrogale, on P.d. 1

usually five ; in Oryzoryctes five on P.d.1, as on M1 and

M.2. These external cusps are divided by a median gap

into an anterior and a posterior series; where five cusps are

present, there are in some cases two cusps in the anterior and

three in the posterior division—in others the reverse. In

P.1 only three external cusps are found; in the case of

Microgale the median one, in comparison with that on either

side of it, has become disproportionately large and lofty.

With reference to the various species of Microgale the follow-

ing remarks must be made. JM. Dobsoni: P.1 corresponds

in its carnassial-like condition pretty closely with the P.2 of

Ericulus, and similarly P.2 of MM. Dobsont is almost iden-

tical with the P.3 of Hriculus; at the most, in the case of

the former, the internal cusp is somewhat more strongly

developed; nevertheless in the latter also the tooth, as

already meutioned, has but two roots. P.3 is a secodont

tooth with two roots ; this applies to all species of Mcrogale.

—In M. Cowani P.2 differs but little from P.1; in height

especially the two teeth are about equal, while in JZ. Dobsoni

P.2 is much lower than P.1. P.2 is only slightly more

compressed, and in consequence somewhat more elongate ;

the ‘‘protocone”’ is developed to precisely the same extent

as on P.1. A much greater amount of compression is

shown by P. 2 in the case of M. Thomas, in which also the:

protocone”’ is unusually reduced in comparison with that

of P.1. In the genus Microgale the maximum of com-

pression (parallel to the longitudinal axis) is found in the

case of M. gracilis; nevertheless a feebly developed “ proto.

cone” is still present on P.2, while in the case of the tooth

* Loe, cit, p- ol9,

36*

540 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

of M. pusilla, which in other respects has undergone less

compression, this has disappeared.

In the case of Oryzoryctes tetradactylus and O. niger the

compression of P.1 has proceeded still further, as is shown

inter alia by the considerable reduction of the median ex-

ternal cusps; asin Mzcrogale, three of these cusps are present

on P.1 of Oryzoryctes, but the middle one is not so pre-

dominantly developed as in the case of the former genus ;

the first 1s somewhat larger, the second smaller than in

Microgale. ‘The “ protocone”’ still has the same extent as

on M.1 and is bicuspid. Owing to its more compressed

form P.1 agrees much more closely with P. 2 of Microgale

than with P.1 in the latter genus. P.2 has undergone even

more compression: the median external cusps are distin-

guishable merely as vestiges on teeth which are intact;

the ‘‘protocone”’ is reduced toa minimum. The perfectly

secodont P.3 is of considerable height; it projects above

P.2. Both P.2 and P.3, as well as their precursors, show

on the blade, behind the main cusp and halfway up between

this and the alveolar margin, an accessory cusp, the inter-

pretation of which as the homologue of the metacone of the

molars has already been discussed.—In Oryzoryctes hova

even M/. 1 already exhibits the general outlines of a carnassial

tooth. In P.1 the compression in the longitudinal direction

has made to a certain extent still further progress than in

the case of the other species; the ‘‘ protocone”’ is likewise

bicuspid. £.2 is altogether secodont, without a trace of

median external cusps or “ protocone.”’

2. Lower Jaw.—In Echinops and Ericulus P.1 aud P. 2,

as well as their precursors in the milk-dentition, resemble

molars ; accordingly even £.2 is provided with a stout in-

ternal cusp, Osborn’s metaconid, of which a trace is still

present even on P.3 of Echinops. In the case of Hriculus

P.d.3, P.3, C.d., and C. have an internal basal margin,

which is still present on the incisors also; it is much less

pronounced in Lehinops. P.d of Echinops has sometimes

only one root. ‘The canine, which is always single-rooted,

exhibits now and then a slight median groove down the

root.

Centetes—Both P. 1 and P.d. 1 are molariform, but P. 1 is

larger than the molars. £.2 is a powerful tooth, almost

resembling a canine; like the corresponding tooth in the

upper jaw, it is higher than the posterior molars. An indica-

tion of an anterior basal cusp is found only in certain cases ;

a posterior basal cusp is present in the form of a talon, which

Teeth in the Centetide. 541

occupies the entire breadth of the tooth. Lastly, a slight

internal tubercle (“‘metaconid”’) also occurs. 2.2 differs

from P.d. 2 to a not inconsiderable extent ; the latter is elon-

gated, with a strongly developed anterior basal cusp, and

possesses an accessory cusp situated on the same level as the

*‘ metaconid”’ (but on the outer side of the main cusp), than

which it is sometimes rather more, sometimes rather less

strongly developed. The dimensions of P.3 are variable,

but this tooth is always smaller than P.2; an anterior basal

cusp is indicated now and then, and sometimes an accessory

cusp in addition, behind and below the main cusp. The

latter is on P.d. 5 sometimes of really considerable bulk, and

almost as strongly developed as on P.d. 2; on other specimens

no trace of it is to be seen. Occasionally, even on perfectly

fresh teeth, there is no vestige whatever of an anterior basal

cusp in the case of /.d. 3 (ef. Leche, loc. cit. p. 519).

These variations, as well as the similar ones in teeth

belonging to the upper jaw, suggest the idea that we have to

deal with more than one species. I may add that I assume

the existence of two species of Centetes tor reasons other than

those advanced by Bardeleben, but I cannot here enter further

into this question.—All three milk-incisors show, as do their

successors, a posterior basal cusp.

Microgale.—P.1 alone is molariform, and consequently

provided with an internal cusp (metaconid”’), which is

wanting in the case of the two anterior premolars, but, in

the majority of species at any rate, is still present on P.d. 2.

P,2 is somewhat larger than P.3, but in other respects the

two teeth are alike: they are secodont, with a median main

cusp, an anterior and posterior basal cusp, and two roots. It

is only in the case of JZ. pusilla that P.3 has a single root

and is similar in build to the C., ¢. e. not elongate, but

shortened and inclined obliquely forwards; the anterior cusp

is indicated only by a slight indentation in the margin, which

occurs high up near the main cusp. As regards the form of

P.3, M. longicaudata forms a transition between MZ. pusilla

and the remaining species (JZ. Dobsont, Thomast, Cowant,

gracilis, and longirostris) .

Oryzoryctes.—In the build of the lower premolars this

genus agrees essentially with Mzcrogale. In comparison with

P.2, P.3 is somewhat simplified, owing to the tact that the

basal cusp is absent or scarcely indicated. A characteristic

feature in the dentition of Oryzoryctes is the unusually large

and powerful C. in both upper and lower jaws ; in the case of

542 Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major on the

O. hova this tooth is even somewhat more strongly developed

than in that of the other two species. (The C. of Microgale

is generally much feebler—fairly stout only in MZ. pusilla.)

The tip of the C. of Oryzoryctes is recurved, more so in the

lower than in the upper one. All the canines have a poste-

rior basal cusp, which is more strongly developed in those of

the upper jaw.—The upper J. 1 converge towards each other

and are provided with a strongly developed posterior basal

cusp; J.2 has, as in the case of Microgale (cf. Leche, loc.

cit.), an anterior and a posterior basal cusp, of which the

former is still present even in the feebly developed J.2 of

M. gracilis. 1.3 is rudimentary, with indications of anterior

and posterior basal cusps. Of the lower J. the middle one is

the strongest, the hindmost the weakest and similar in form

to 1.3sup. J. 1 and J. 2 are provided with a posterior basal

cusp (J.d.2 appears to possess two).

Thus we see—to recapitulate the morphological relations

of the premolars, at least for the extremes of our series—that

P.1, P.2, and P.3 in the upper jaw (JZ.1, P.1, and P.2 in

the lower) of Echinops correspond to M.2, M.1, and P.1 of

Oryzoryctes hova in general form, and therefore without

doubt in function also. Analogues of the two secodont teeth

—P.2 and P.3sup.—ot O. hova are entirely wanting in

Echinops. As has been mentioned above, the C.d. of Lchi-

nops and Ericulus are still more premolariform than those of

all other Centetide which have here been discussed, while

their J., in the permanent set at least, are not more compli-

cated than those of Mcrogale and Oryzoryctes—rather the

contrary. Up to acertain point, therefore, in the case of

Echinops and Ericulus, C. and the posterior J. assume the

functions exercised by the anterior premolars in the case of

other genera.

This condition partly coincides with that to which Leche

has drawn attention and termed “release (ntlastung) and

reduction of the middle antemolars with simultaneous higher

development of the anterior incisors ” *, which we now have

briefly to discuss.

According to Leche’s detailed account of this process fT,

the part played therein by the lower £, 1 and C. is especially

characteristic. ‘¢ The former,” he writes, ‘‘ is reduced to the

same extent as [.2 is developed, and it finally disappears

altogether, so that in the lower jaw it is /.2 that attains to

the degree of development corresponding to that of the upper

* Anat. Anzeiger, xiii. 1897, pp. 521, 522.

+ “Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Zahnsystems der Siugethiere &c. :

I, Ontogenie,” Bibl. Zool. Heft 17, 1895, p. 89.

Teeth in the Centetide. 543

Z.1. In connexion with this process C, exhibits all grada-

tions from the typical development down to complete agree-

ment with the surrounding incisors or premolars.’”’ In his

subsequent paper the author in question states that Hehinops

is the only member of the Centetide that has taken this

direction.

A somewhat similar state of things is found among

Centetide also in the case of Microgale Dobsoni and

Limnogale. Besides, in the various genera that here come

under consideration we are confronted with slightly different

processes, which must be kept distinct. A commencement in

the direction of Lchinops is already perceptible in the case

of Hriculus, since the upper /.1 and the lower /.2 have

increased in strength, although they do not, as in Hehinops,

surpass the corresponding C. In both genera J.1¢nf- has

been but little affected, though the upper and lower J. 3 (and

I.d. 3 previously) have suffered all the more and have been

completely suppressed. ‘The case is much the same with

regard to W. Dobsont. It is true that here we still have three

incisors above and below, but the lower Z.3 is a very incon-

spicuous tooth, which in old individuals may be wanting on

one or both sides. The upper J. 1 and the lower J. 2 are very

powerful; the former is longer than C., as in Hvhinops, but

L.2 inf. also overtops considerably the lower C., while in

Echinops both teeth are of equal strength, and in Hriculus C.

is the larger.—In Limnogale the conditions are somewhat

different. Here also the lower J. 2, like the upper J. 1, have

been more powerfully developed than C.; but in the upper

jaw the two posterior Z., the canine, and the anterior premolar

have all become practically equivalent in size and form, have

assumed almost the shape of canines, with recurved tips. The

corresponding milk-teeth of Limnogale differ to no very great

extent from the permanent ones, but are somewhat more

dissimilar in themselves. ‘The same statement applies to the

lower J. 3, C., and P.3. The latter, which otherwise through-

out the Centetide, with the exception of MJ. pusilla and now

and then of Echinops, has two roots, in Limnogale (I have

only one adult specimen before me) has a single root. Its

precursor in the milk-dentition possesses in one instance two

closely approximated roots ; in a second example it, like P. 3,

is single-rooted. Even the middle lower premolar (P.2,

Hens.) of Limnogale shows an approach to the form of the

antemolars in front of it, and, like its precursor P.d. 2, it is

without the internal cusp (“ metaconid ”’).

The analogy between Limnogale and Potamogale in the

condition of the antemolars is obvious. In both genera we

544 Mr. O. Thomas on new

find in the upper jaw, behind the large canine-like 7.1, and in

the lower jaw, behind the similarly constituted J, 2, a series

of four teeth, which, especially in the upper jaw, are very

similar to each other, as an adaptation to the conditions under

which these two amphibious Insectivores obtain their food,

and to the change in their diet. We are contronted with a

degeneration, but in combination also with adaptation, whereby

(especially in the case of Potamogale, which appears to be

more exclusively piscivorous than Limnogale) an approxima-

tion is furnished to the dentition of the Pinnipedia*. There

is, however, this difference, that while in the case of the latter

the entire dentition is now exclusively subservient to the

functions of seizing and holding, in the Insectivores in

question these are confined to the antemolars, since, as proved

by the number and shape of their molars, they cannot, for the

present at any rate, dispense with the masticatory apparatus.

LX VI.—Descriptions of new Bats and Rodents from America.

Ey OLDFIELD THOMAS.

Dasypterus ega xanthinus, subsp. n.

Apparently similar in all essential characters to D. e. typicus,

in spite of the wide difference in locality, but distinguished

by the clearer yellow of the back, gradually brightening

backwards until on the hairy part of the interfemoral the fur

is quite fulvous. Under surface dull fulvous from chin to

anus, the belly-hairs blackish basally, then light fulvous

gradually deepening to their tips. In the typical South-

American forms the back is dirty whitish, with dark tips to

the hairs, and there is little or no fulvous on the under surface.

Dimensions of the type (male) :—

Forearm 47 millim.

Head and body fF 68 ; tail tT 48; hind foot with claws F 10;

ear T 16.

Skull: greatest length 16°2, greatest breadth 11°4; breadth

of rostrum at posterior edge of large premolar 7.

Hab. Sierra Laguna, Lower California. Six specimens

examined,

D. ega is not included at all in Mr. G. S. Miller’s admir-

able monograph of the Vespertilionidee found north of Panama,

so that its occurrence in Lower California is a most remark-

able and unexpected fact, considering the extent and com-

pleteness of the collections he worked from.

* As regards the Pinnipedia cf. W. Leche, ‘Zur Entwicklungs-

geschichte des Zahnsystems der Saugethiere, I.’ (Stuttgart, 1895), p. 66.

+ Measured in flesh by collector.

Bats and Rodents from America. 545

Artibeus (Dermanura?) Rosenbergi, sp. n.

Size small. Anterior end of nose-leaf free, its sides without

extra lobes, its upright portion unusually broad, nearly or

quite as broad as the horseshoe. Ears of medium length,

their inner margin evenly convex, tip rounded, outer margin

with two slight concavities separated by a convexity, an

indistinctly marked convex lobe below. ‘Tragus straight,

sharply pointed, its outer side with four or five sharp pro-

jecting points. Wings to the middle of the metatarsus.

Interfemoral emarginate to the level of the distal third of the

tibie, Distribution of fur much as in A. glaucus, but the

hairs on the base of the pollex and the hinder limbs are

much more sparse.

Colour (in a spirit-specimen) apparently dull greyish above,

slightly paler below. Four indistinct facial lines perceptible.

Skull of somewhat the same general shape as that of

A. quadrivittatus, but decidedly narrower throughout.

Upper inner incisors small, their cusps subequal; outer

incisors about half the height of the inner ones. Molars less

broad than usual, the posterior one (m.’) scarcely more than

one third the area in cross section of the first, which is itself

only about one fifth broader than the posterior premolar.

Lower incisors bicuspid, subequal, touching each other.

Lower molars corresponding in size to those above, the second

barely three fourths the length of the anterior one. An ms;

present on the left side only, so excessively minute that I

am induced to consider the other side as the normal one.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—

Forearm 37 millim.

Head and body 54; ear from notch 14:5; tragus 4°7;

nose-leaf, length 11, breadth of horizontal part 5°9, of upright

part 5°8; length of lower leg 14; calcar 5; depth of inter-

femoral in centre 9.

Skull: basal length 16°5; greatest length 21; zygomatic

breadth 11:1; intertemporal breadth 5:2 ; palate, length 9:7,

breadth outside m.’ 8:3, inside m.’ 4:2; tip to tip of upper

canines 4°5; front of canine to back of m.?6°6; ditto in lower

jaw 7; horizontal length of m, 2, of m, 1:6.

Hab. Cachavi, N. Ecuador. Coll. W. I. H. Rosenberg,

17th December, 1896.

This little species may be readily distinguished from all

others by its broad nose-leaf, narrow skull, and the unusual

proportions of its molars, The presence of a third lower

molar on one side and not on the other is interesting, as

showing the entire unreliability of the presence or absence

of such teeth as a character of generic rank, and strongly

546 Mr. O. Thomas on new

confirms Dobson’s views on the subject and also those I have

expressed in connexion with Vampyrops *.

Saccopteryx infusca, sp. Nn.

Similar in all essential respects to S. (Palantiopteryz)

plicata, Pet., but rather smaller and less thickly built, much

darker in colour, with decidedly narrower ears, less hairy

interfemoral, and no white line along the posterior edge of

the wing-membrane.

Ears narrow, inner margin faintly concave in its upper

half; tip narrowly rounded “off; outer margin straight above,

slightly convex below. Interfemoral very thinly hairy as

far as the exsertion of the tail.

Colour (from a skin) dark chestnut-brown above, scarcely

paler below. SS. plicata is slaty grey.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—

Forearm 41 millim.

Head and body 42; tail 13; tail free from membrane 2°7 ;

ear 11°3; tragus on inner edge 3:3; lower leg 16; calcar 14.

flab. Cachavi, N. Ecuador. Coll. W. F. H. Rosenberg,

Sth Jan., 1897.

S. plicata ranges northwards from Costa Rica to Sinaloa,

W. Mexico, while the new form apparently extends also to

Guatemala, as two bad specimens in the Museum from the

neighbourhood of Coban (coll. F. C. Sarg) seem to be refer-

able to it.

Nectomys saturatus, sp. n.

General size about as in the larger species of the genus,

such as N. grandis, but the head, judged by the skull, seems

to be larger and heavier. Colour above dark smoky grey-

brown, much darker than in any of the other species, espe-

cially along the centre of the back, where it approaches black,

owing to the very large number of shiny black-tipped hairs

mixed with the fur. Sides clearer grey, not unlike the dorsal

colour of Mus decumanus. Belly rather more sharply defined

than usual, pale buffy, the bases of the hairs slate. Centre

of face blackish, continuous with the dorsal dark colour.

Ears rather short, their hairs blackish. Hands and feet

brown above, a few whitish hairs intermixed, the digits

nearly naked ; claws whitish. ‘Tail long, uniformly blackish

and thinly hairy above; below, the longer swimming-hairs

along the middle line are white.

Skull very stout and heavily built. Nasals broad in

front, evenly tapering backwards to a point barely as far

back as the level of the lacrymals, and but little surpassing

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iy. p. 169 (1889).

Bats and Rodents from America. 547

the premaxillary processes behind. Interorbital region

broad, almost parallel-sided, the ridges strong, but becoming

almost obsolete as they pass the fronto-parietal suture, then

thickening again as they pass along the parietals. Inter-

parietal large. Anterior palatine foramina of about the usual

length, but, owing to the great size of the molars, their

hinder end is only just in front of the level of m.’ Incisors

broad and strong. Molars excessively large and heavy, more

so than in any other species.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in flesh

by collector) :—

Head and body 205 millim.; tail 238; hind foot* 54;

ear 23.

Skull: greatest length 47-5, basilar length 38:5; greatest

breadth 26; nasals 18°5x 6; interorbital breadth 9; inter-

parietal 5°5x11°8; palate length from henselion 22:2;

diastema 12°5 ; palatine foramina 8-2 x 3-4; length of upper

molar series 8°7.

Hab. \barra, N. Ecuador, alt. 2225 metres. Coll. W. F. H.

Rosenberg, 19th May, 1897.

This fine species may be readily distinguished from all

others by its broad heavy skull, large molars, and sombre

coloration.

Nectomys russulus, sp. n.

Size considerably smaller than in the known species of

Nectomys, the general appearance being more that of a large

clumsily-built Oryzomys. Fur straight, thick, and glossy ;

hairs of back about 13 or 14 millim. in length, the underfur

less woolly and less markedly different from the longer fur

than in the other species. General colour dark russet-brown,

very uniform in tone, without special markings anywhere, the

light-coloured rings of the hairs dark fulvous. On the sides,

as usual, the fulvous becomes rather clearer and the general

tone lighter. Belly not sharply defined, little paler than the

sides, its hairs slaty basally, dull buffy or clay-colour ter-

minally. ars rather small, thinly haired, practically naked.

Upper surface of hands and feet brownish. ‘ail long, ex-

cessively finely scaled, very thinly clothed, dull brownish

above and below.

Skull heavily built, very like that of an ordinary Nectomys

in miniature. Nasals evenly narrowing backwards, not con-

tracted at their centres. Interorbital region broad and flat,

its edges very strongly ridged, the ridges well developed

* Attention may be again drawn to the fact that all hind-foot measure-

ments taken by myself or by British collectors are without the claws, as

opposed to the American method of including them.

548 Mr. O. Thomas on new

right back across the parietals to the outer corners of the

interparietal, at which point they turn abruptly downwards

and outwards, Anterior palatine foramina rather small,

ending about 1°5 millim. in front of the level of m.1 Poste-

rior nares very broad, open and rounded,

Teeth very stout and heavy. Incisors thick and strong.

Molars broad and rounded, twice the bulk of those of an

average Oryzomys of the same size, and but little smaller

than those of Nectomys squamipes.

Dimensions of the type (an aged female, measured by

collector in the flesh) :—

Head and body 150 millim. ; tail 180; hind foot 35; ear 19.

Skull: greatest length 36, basilar length 29°1; greatest

breadth 15°7; nasals 14°6x4°5; interorbital breadth 6°6 ;

interparietal 3°8 x85; length of zygoma-root 4:7; palate

length trom henselion 17; diastema 10°4; anterior palatine

foramina 6 x 2°6; length of upper molar series 6; width of

posterior nares 3°2,

Hab. Valdivia, Colombia, alt. 1200 metres. Coll. A. EH.

Pratt, 7th July, 1897.

This species bears much the same proportion to the other

members of Nectomys that the little Ho/ochilus nanus does to

the large rats of that genus. It shows less obvious adapta-

tion to an aquatic life than its congeners, although its fur is

equally glossy, and there is a slight indication of webbing

to the hind feet.

Oryzomys peninsule, sp. n.

A large species allied to O. Couest and O. fulgens. Fur

thick, close and rather woolly, about 10 millim. in length on

the back. Colour of head and fore back pale greyish, gradu-

ally changing to dull fulvous on the rump, the latter colour

closely similar to the general colour of O. Coues¢. Darker

lining on back little conspicuous. Under surface dull white,

not sharply defined; the hairs slaty basally. Lars thinly

hairy, pale brown. Hands and feet uniformly silvery white

above. ‘Tail thinly haired, brown above, darkening terminally,

whitish below. Skull stout and heavy, with well-defined

supraorbital ridges.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in the

flesh) :-—

ae and body 148 millim.; tail 150; hind foot, with

claws, 34; ear 18.

Skull: basilar length 27°3; greatest breadth 18°7; nasals

13x3°9; palatine foramina 7X3; length of upper molar

series 5.

Hab. Santa Anita, Lower California. Six specimens ex-

amined,

Bats and Rodents from America, 549

So far as I am aware, no Oryzomys has hitherto been

described from Lower California, where the occurrence of one

of these reddish tropical forms is a matter of much interest.

Akodon pulcherrimus, sp. n.

A large Akodon of a very dark colour, with prominent

white ear-patches.

Size rather large. Fur long, soft and thick, 12 or 13 millim.

in length on the back. General colour deep fuscous brown,

perhaps nearest to Ridgway’s “ mummy-brown,” quite unlike

that of any other species known tome. The long hairs are

black, the shorter hairs dark slaty basally, dull orange

fulvous terminally; this colour extends over the upper

surface of the face and crown, down the nape, and over the

whole back and down the outer side of the forearms, but is

very sharply separated on the sides from the pure white of

the under surface, which not only extends from chin to annus,

but runs up on each side to form a large and prominent patch

below and behind the ears; the breadth between the patches,

across the dark colour of the nape, is only about 10 or

11 millim. On the rump the dark dorsal colour also ends

higher up than usual, and is abruptly replaced by white on

the hams. The hairs of the belly, although white terminally,

are slaty basally, but on the chin and ear-patches the hairs,

or, at least, most of them, are snowy white to their roots.

Ears of fair length, well-haired, their outer surface black

anteriorly, whitish posteriorly, their inner surface with their

posterior fourth black, margined in front with white. When

the ears are folded the visible surface is in consequence

black anteriorly and posteriorly, with whitish hairs between.

Hands and feet whitish, but the heels and ankles are more or

less suffused with fulvous; claws of medium length. Tail

about the length of the body without the head, well-haired,

prominently black above, whitish or pale fulvous below, a

narrow line of deep fulvyous margining the black.

Skull and teeth apparently of normal Akodont structure.

Brain-case and supraorbital ridges rounded; zygomata not

boldly expanded ; interparietal small and narrow. Anterior

palatine foramina ending opposite the first third of m.’.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in flesh

by collector) :—

Head and body 110 millim.; tail 80. Re-made, the skin

measures 115, tail 84, hind foot (moistened) 23, ear (moist-

ened) 15:5.

Skull: basal length 24, basilar length 22°5; greatest

breadth 136; nasals 11°] x3°4; interorbital breadth 4°7;

palate length from henselion 12; diastema 7°63 palatal

foramina 6°6 x 2:2; length of upper molar series 4:1.

550 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Hab. Puno, Peru, alt. 4000 metres.

Type: B.M. no. 97. 10. 8. 83. Coll. J. Kalinowski,

June 15, 1896.

Of this wonderful and uniquely coloured mouse Mr. Kali-

nowski fortunately obtained three specimens. Had there

been only one it might have been supposed to be partially

albinistic.

Mr. Kalinowski also obtained in the same district examples

of Phyllotis boliviensis, Waterh., Reithrodon pictus, Thos.,

and Ctenomys optimus, Wagn. Neither Phyllotis nor Ctenomys

had been previously recorded from Peru.

Echimys gymnurus, sp. n.

Size about as in L. semispinosus. Pelage much less

uniform in character than in the allied species, the spines,

owing to their unusual thickness and length, contrasting

markedly with the hairs, not only to the touch, but to the

sight; spines uniformly distributed over the whole of the

upper surface, though longer and stronger on the back.

General colour deep rich ferruginous, lined with black, and

much broken on the back by the black ends of the dorsal

spines; the hairs throughout are dull slaty basally, with

bright ferruginous tips. Spines of the central back about

29 or 30 millim. in length by 2 millim. in breadth at the

broadest part near the base, whence they taper evenly to the

strong sharp point; in colour they are white for their basal

and black for their terminal halves, but on the sides there is

a subterminal dusky band, succeeded by a pale reddish tip.

Head rather darker than body, the mixture of black and

rufous finer. Under surface sharply defined, white from chin

to anus, the dark colour approximating a little on each side

under the throat. Forearms and upper surface of hands

brown, digits almost naked. Legs brown; metatarsals and

digits very thinly covered with silvery hairs. Tail practi-

cally naked, the few finer hairs imperceptible without a lens,

the scales large and prominent; upper surface grey, lower

white.

Skull very rugged, with strongly marked ridges and crests ;

muzzle long and narrow. Nasals long, evenly tapering back-

wards, their hinder edges obliquely truncated, their line of

truncation continuous with the oblique hinder edge of the

premaxillary processes ; their tip just level with the ascending

zygcmatic root. Supraorbital ridges evenly and widely

curving outwards, then converging again across the parietals,

along which they run as single distinct ridges nearly to the

outer corners of the interparietal. Ascending root of zygoma

excessively slender when viewed laterally, though more than

Bats and Rodents from America. 551

14 millim. broad when viewed from in front. Palate exca-

vated to or in front of the junction between m.* and m.*.

Bulle unusually small and low, the basal bone between them

much broader than in other species.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, measured in flesh

by the collector) :—

Head and body 254 millim.; tail 182; hind foot 51;

ear 22.

Skull: basilar length 41, greatest length 60; greatest

breadth 28; nasals 22x6°8; interorbital breadth 12°5;

greatest breadth on supraorbital ledges above squamosals 23°6 ;

interparietal 7°5x11; palate length from henselion 19°;

diastema 12-9; palatal foramina 4°5 x2°9; length of upper

molar series 9; breadth between bulle on basilar suture 4°5.

Hab. Cachavi, N. Ecuador, altitude 170 metres. Coll.

W. I. H. Rosenberg, 27th Nov., 1896.

This handsome Lchimys differs from Tomes’s EH. semi-

spinosus *, also from Ecuador, but without exact locality, by

its richer rufous colour, the uniform distribution of the spines

over the back and flanks, the much greater length and strength

of the spines themselves, the nakedness of the tail, the struc-

ture of the posterior nasal region, and the flatter bulle. In

all these points the Bogota Echimys assigned last year f to

LE, semispinosus agrees much better with Tomes’s description

than does that brought home by Mr. Rosenberg, in spite of

the Heuadorean locality of the latter.

Lepus andinus, sp. n.

Size small, about as in L. sy/vaticus; much larger than in

L. brasiliensis. General tone of colour dusky, the markings

dull and inconspicuous. Forehead suffused with brownish ;

cheeks and sides of neck ashy grey. Nape dull rufous.

Back rather more heavily lined with black than in ZL. sylvati-

cus, the bases of the hairs very dark slaty. Rump with a

dull reddish suffusion, which passes down on the legs to the

heels. Chin and belly dull whitish, the hairs slaty for more

than half their length; chest dull slaty grey, relieved by a

few buffy hairs. ars rather short, though longer than in

L. brasiliensis, grey basally, blackish brown for their terminal

halves. Outside of forearm dull rufous, hands and feet

whitish. Tail a mere stump, hidden in the fur, coloured like

the rump.

Skull rather similar in general proportions to that of

L. sylvaticus. Interorbital region slightly concave. Post-

# P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 265.

t Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. p. 312 (1896).

552 On new Lats and Rodents from America.

orbital processes not coalescing with the frontals behind.

Anterior palatine foramina decidedly narrower than in

L. sylvaticus. Bulle small. Enamel of incisors simply

following the curve of the tooth-face, not specially infolded.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in

flesh by collector) :—

Head and body 340 millim.; tail 21; hind foot 68; ear 55.

Skull: greatest length 70°5, basilar length 55; greatest

breadth 34; nasals, greatest length 26, greatest breadth 14°83 ;

interorbital breadth, without ledges 14, with ledges 16°5;

intertemporal breadth 122; palate length from henselion 28°3 ;

diastema 19:2; palatine foramina 17°5x5:2. Molar series

(sockets) 13°3.

Hab, W. slope of Cayambé Mountain, Eastern Cordillera

of Ecuador, altitude 4000 metres. Coll. W. F. H. Rosen-

berg, 2nd July, 1897.

This is no doubt the hare referred by Tschudi and Tomes

to L, brasiliensis, but is clearly not that species, than which

it is very much larger. Probably it is most nearly allied to

L. Gabbi and L. sylvaticus, but may be distinguished by its

more dingy coloration.

Lepus Dejilippii, Cornalia *, is evidently, by its size and

locality, closely allied to, if not identical with, Z. brasiliensis.

Lepus cumanicus, sp. n.

Size about as in L. Gabb’. General coloration bright and

vivid, very different to that of ZL. andinus. Back very

coarsely marbled, the colours strongly contrasted, the light

rings on the hairs nearly white, and the long dark tips

shining black. Crown grizzled brownish. Sides of face

whitish, a sharply marked white ring passing around the

eyes and continued as a white line upwards towards the base

of the ears. Between the eye and ear, behind and below the

white ring, there is a distinct black patch, contrasting

markedly with the white eye-ring and white chin. Chin,

belly, inner sides of hind limbs, and top of feet pure white,

the hairs white to their roots. Throat grizzled pale slaty and

buff. Ears of medium length, greyish basally, darkening to

black terminally. Nape-patch bright rufous. Rump not

more rufous than back, but the back of the hind limbs and

the soles are slightly suffused with rufous. ‘Tail very short,

above slaty grey with a few buff-tipped hairs intermixed,

white below.

Skull larger and heavier than in LZ. andinus ; bulle equally

small; postorbital processes short, just touching but not

* In Osculati’s ‘ Esplorazione’; see Rey. et Mag. de Zool. (2) iii.

p. 615 (1851).

On a new Scarabeus from East Africa. 553

anchylosed with the frontals behind. Enamel of incisors

with a deep though simple infolding in the centre.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in

skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 390 millim. ; tail (c.) 20; hind foot 83;

ear 58.

Skull: greatest length 78, basilar length 61; greatest

breadth 36; nasals, greatest length 33, greatest breadth 16-5 5;

interorbital ‘breadth, without ledges 17°6, with ledges 19-4;

intertemporal breadth 16; palate length from henselion 32;

diastema 2274; palatine foramina 21°5x7°5. Molar series

(sockets) 14:5.

Hab. Cumana, coast of Venezuela.

Type: B.M. 94. 9. 25. 18. * Coll. A. Mocquerys, January

1894.

In Venezuela there also occur the widely different Lepus

nigronuchalis, Hart., and on the Sierra de Merida, as might

be expected, a dull-coloured species allied to or identical with

L. andinus.

LXVII.—Description of a new Scarabeus from East Africa.

By Cuarzes O. Waternouse, F.E.S.

THE British Museum has lately received some interesting

insects from Hast Africa inland from Mombasa. Among

them are four species of Scarabeus—S. platynotus, Bates,

S. catenatus, Gerst., S. eratus, Gerst., and a species which [

am unable to find a name for. I propose tocall it S. Bettoni,

after the collector Mr. C. Stewart Betton, to whom we are

indebted for the specimens.

Scarabeus Betton, sp. n.

Oblongus, sat convexus, nitidus, piceo-niger; thorace sat crebre

granulato, basi medio fere levi; elytris distincte striatis, inter-

stitiis vix convexis, nitidis, punctis parvis sparsis, lateribus

bicarinatis; tibiis anticis quadridentatis, dente basali parvo;

mesosterno antice dense fulvo-hirto.

Long. 44 millim. ;

This species belongs to the metallicus group, but is pitchy

black, shining. It is very close to S. venerabilis, Harold (of

which there are specimens in this Museum from Abyssinia

and Uganda), but it isa little longer in the elytra. The head

is densely asperate, without any frontal tubercle. ‘The thorax

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 37

aa Bibliographical Notice.

is granulate, but not quite so densely as in S. venerabilis,

and the smooth basal area is much more extended. The

elytra are striated in a similar manner, but the interstices are

rather more shining than is usual in S. venerabilis, and the

punctures scattered over the surface, although small, are very

distinct. The margin is bicarinate, the inner carina being

complete, and not broken up as in S. venerabilis. The hair

on the posterior tibia and elsewhere is fulvous. The tarsi

are very little longer than the tibial spur.

Hab, Maziwa Mitatu, Taru Desert, March 18th, 1897.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A Memoir of William Pengelly, of Torquay, F.RS., Geologist, with

a Selection from his Correspondence. Edited by his Daughter

Hester Penecetty; with a Summary of his Scientific Work, by

the Rev. Professor Bonney, F.R.S., F.G.S., Hon. Canon of

Manchester. 341 pages, with Portrait and ten other Plates.

8vo. John Murray, London.

Born January 12, 1812; died March 16, 1894, aged 82, it may well

have been said of him—* Thou shalt come in at thy full time to the

grave, as the corn is gathered to the shock at his season.” We

know the general history of any such grain as is here alluded to, its

origin, sowing, growth, and gathering in; but of the special history

of a good old man, who has passed through all the stages of a long

and useful life with credit to himself and benefit to others, we

require to know much from those who were his particular com-

panions and friends. Manifold materials for this view of W. Pen-

gelly’s life exist in letters and memoranda collected by his family.

These have been freely utilized in the Biography by Miss Hester

Pengelly. The narrative, divided into nineteen chapters, marked

off by groups of the successive years and personal occurrences, is

clear and consistent, often taking in contingent parts of the corre-

spondence and the anecdotes so characteristic of W. Pengelly’s

conversation. In fact, letters, anecdotes, narrative, and personal

remarks are skilfully pieced together. Here and there the reader

may find the transition from large to small print, and from abstract

to concrete statement of occurrences, doings, and thinkings, rather

inconvenient. Nevertheless the record can be taken up at any part

with satisfaction; and it is often difficult to lay it down, either on

account of its anecdotal clearness or from sympathetic feeling. It

is full of interest both for his contemporaries, who had a living

friendship with him, and for the later admirers of his powers, and

students who have benefitted by his writings.

Accustomed to a seafaring life in his early years, W. Pengelly’s

Bibliographical Notice. 555

habits and thoughts were influenced as well by its bright, cheerful,

and inspiriting aspects as by the darkness and dangers of storms

and the hardships of a sailor’s work. With trusty companions he

weathered the tempests ; and his natural gaiety, real good-nature,

and high moral principles enabled him to be cheerful and straight

amidst rough but well-intentioned comrades. So in after-life,

through years of hard work and narrow means, hopefully and per-

sistently he improved his knowledge as schoolmaster, and before

long as tutor and lecturer in mathematics and the natural sciences.

About 1840 geology attracted his attention, and ever afterwards he

assiduously worked at the rocks and fossils of Cornwall and Devon

in sympathy and correspondence with many geologists of note. The

geological structure of the country, the fossil fishes of Polperro and

elsewhere, the clay-beds and lignites of Bovey Tracey, and espe-

cially the varied contents of the Bone-Caves of Happaway Hill,

Brixham, and Kent’s Hole, excited his scientific energies, using up

his leisure and his holidays. The results of his work, complete in

itself and trustworthy in its exactitude, gave him a high standing

among the intellects of the day. His knowledge was widely sought

for and freely imparted. The extensive correspondence with the

Author of the ‘ Principles’ and ‘ Elements of Geology’ alone shows

what influence Pengelly’s experience and philosophic acumen had

on the establishment and progress of geological science.

Of Pengelly’s geological work and of his various published papers

(119 catalogued at pages 323-329), Dr. Bonney’s Appendix

(pages 291-322) is a complete, critical, and scientifically correct

account, written with a deep and affectionate sympathy for the

deceased friend and fellow-worker.

Mr, F. 8. Ellis, an old friend and neighbour at Torquay, has

written the Preface for the Memoir, with a full knowledge of his

deceased friend’s life and circumstances. He truly observes :—“ It

can scarcely fail to force itself on the reader of the ensuing pages

that the special note of William Pengelly’s character, apart from the

energy, perseverance, clear-sightedness, wit, and abundant good

humour which distinguished him, was his extraordinary unselfish-

ness.”

In many directions during his life Pengelly was in touch with

different classes of society, and left incidental notes of their ways

and thoughts. These collected records (1812-1894) constitute a

not unimportant part of the history of British science, and, indeed,

a good chapter of English history, as to the people of various degrees

and conditions, in their intellectual aspect.

His influence for good affected a large circle, both of those who

knew him and those who have known his writings. It wasa steady

light replacing the gloom around it. For the advancement of good

and useful knowledge he laboured hard for many years, as the

several Institutions and Museums of Devon, Cornwall, and elsewhere

can testify, and as the elaborate “‘ Memoir” before us fully shows.

Not-only of ‘ Men of Might,” battling against armed enemies, but

556 Miscellaneous.

of others, fighting against ignorance and superstition, may it be

said—

“« Some cherissaunce it is to gentle mind,

When they have chevyced their land from bane,

When they are dead, they leave their name behind,

And their good deeds do on the Earth remain.”

(Introduction to ‘ Ella’ : Chatterton.)

MISCELLANEOUS.

On a new Myxosporidian of the Fumily Glugeidee.

By Lovis Létcrr.

Tue larvee of Simulium (S. ornatum, Meig.) abound at the com-

mencement of spring in our swift-flowing French streams, and more

particularly in those of the mountainous districts of the south.

They are to be found in hundreds, placed side by side and attached

by the anal region to stones or blades of grass, more especially in

the places where the current is most disturbed.

If these clusters of larvee be examined with some little attention,

one is struck with the very peculiar appearance presented by certain

of them, in which the abdominal region is greatly swollen and of a

milky-white colour, which offers a sharp contrast to the dusky green

tint of the normal individuals. A careful dissection, performed

under a lens, shows that these larve contain in the body-cavity

free parasitic masses each of which forms a kind of sac of an opaque

white, with irregular contours. Certain larve contain but one of

these masses, whieh fills the greater portion of the body-cavity, and

thus attains a length of almost half a centimetre; others exhibit

two or three of them—rarely more—which together fill up the

vacant spaces of the body-cavity, upon which to some extent they are

moulded. Sometimes, in the caseof certain greatly diseased larve,

the parasitic sac, owing to excessive growth, has distended the super-

ficial integuments and ‘causes a hernia on the surface of the larval

abdomen in the shape of a large and nearly spherical cyst; but

most frequently the parasite in its growth simply compresses the

organs of the body-cavity without injuring them in any way. Even

the muscles are not injured, and the larvae, though severely attacked,

still exhibit very active movements. The fat-body alone appears

excessively reduced and is often wanting, which leads to the belief

that it is above all at its expense that the development of the para-

site is effected. As for the digestive tract, this appears to be always

immune in larve manifestly attacked by the parasites. On a single

occasion I met with a young Myxosporidian still non-sporulated

and forming a hernia on the external surface of the intestine, which

shows that the migration of the vegetative stages from the alimen-

tary canal into the ccelome takes place at a very early period and

rapidly.

On being examined under the microscope the parasitic masses

appear as sacs with a delicate transparent wall, the interior of

Miscellaneous. 557

which is almost completely filled with a prodigious quantity of spores.

The latter are ovoid and refringent, with a large vacuole at the

swollen extremity. On being treated with iodine water they

exhibit a filament fifteen or twenty times longer than themselves,

which issues from their pointed extremity or summit. Here we

have indeed the special characters of the spores of the Myxosporidia,

and the presence of a single filament—analogous to that of which

the lamented M. Thélohan was the first to succeed in demonstrating

the existence in the case of Glugea bombycis—causes us to assign

this parasite to the family Glugeide.

The spores are of two different dimensions—the small ones

measuring 4 4 to 5 yz, the large about 8p. Certain sacs contain

only microspores, and the latter are always united in little groups

of eight and enclosed in a frail wall; the others, on the contrary,

contain only macrospores, and in this case the latter are united

into spherical masses of different sizes, enclosing an indefinite

number of spores, and likewise clothed with a delicate envelope.

Together with these masses of spores we meet with the different

phases of development of the primitive spherules— that is to say, of

the spherical masses of granular protoplasm with one, two, four,

eight nuclei, and so on, showing the different stages in the forma-

tion of the spores.

The characters of this Myxosporidian place it in Hite genus Glugea

by the side of the other species studied by Thélohan and formerly

included in the group Microsporidia. It is distinguished from the

forms at present known—(1) by its habitat being exclusively con-

fined to the body-cavity, without relations with the alimentary

canal at maturity or with the other organs which always remain

intact; (2) by the faculty it possesses of appearing sometimes in

the form of cysts with an indeterminate number of macrospores,

and sometimes in the condition of cysts enclosing only eight micro-

spores, which shows that these two states are far from having

the specific importance attached to them at present.

I shall designate the species Glugea varians, in order to recall

this latter peculiarity.

When this Myxosporidian appears, as is most frequently the case,

in the form of cysts containing eight spores, one cannot help noticing

its striking analogy to Telohania Contejeani, Henneguy, which com-

pletely invades the muscles of the crayfish and causes the death of

this crustacean.

As I thought that there might be some relation between these

two parasites, especially considering the fact that the Simulium-

larvee are frequently met with in the streams inhabited by crayfish,

I attempted, in collaboration with Dr. Hagenmiiller, to infest cray-

fish artificially by causing them to consume infected larve. Hitherto

our experiments have not yielded positive results. Perhaps the

spores only recover their virulence provided they pass into the

intestine of a vertebrate, as Krassilschtchik maintains in the case

of the Glugea of the Bombyx. We shall attempt to verify this

subsequently.— Comptes Rendus, t. exxv. no. 4 (July 26, 1897),

pp. 260-262,

598

INDEX to VOL. XX.

ACANTHODESMUS, new species of,

435,

Acidalia, new species of, 91.

Adelomorpha, new species of, 416.

Akodon, new species of, 216, 549.

Alecto, new species of, 60.

Aliciidee, on the Actiniarian family,

Allactaga, new species of, 309.

Amphidromus, new species of, 211.

Anacropora, notes on the genus, 127.

Anaglymma, new species of, 180,

Andrena, new species of, 512.

Anisolabis, new species of, 311.

Annelidsfrom Norway, on a collection

of, 172.

Anomalurus, new species of, 524.

Anthias, new species of, 420.

Apera Burnupi, on the anatomy of,

221.

Apluda, new species of, 204.

Apobletes, new species of, 356,

Arachnida, new, 253, 342.

Arbela, new species of, 209.

Argyroeides, new species of, 504.

Arius, new species of, 296.

Ayroa, new species of, 201.

Artibeus, new species of, 545.

Arvicanthis, new species of, 318,

Asthena, new species of, 84.

Baptria, new species of, 89.

Barbastella, note on the genus, 384.

Batrachians, new, 565,

Bats, on the nomenclature of some

Kuropean, 379,

Beralade, new species of, 208.

Bernard, H. M., on the Madre-

porarian subfamily Montiporine,

June

Bizone, new species of, 198.

Blossia, new species of, 271.

Bohmig, Dr. L., on the excretory

organs and blood-vascular system

of Tetrastemma greecense, 324.

Bob con Ene new species of,

207.

Books, new:—Reuter’s Ueber die

Palpen der Rhopaloceren, 114;

M‘Intosh and Masterman’s Life-

Histories of the British Marine

Food-Fishes, 899; Poynting’s

Eges of British Birds—Limicole,

404; Trouessart’s Catalogus Mam-

malium, fasce. 1. & 11.,405, fase. iii.,

482; Postlethwaites Geology of

the English Lake District, 407 ;

Newton’s Dictionary of Birds,

479; A Memoir of William

Pengelly, of Torquay, 554.

Bordage, E., on phenomena of auto-

tomy in nymphs and adults of

Phasmide belonging to the genera

Monandroptera and Rhaphiderus,

473, 476; on the tetrameric re-

generation of the tarsus in

Phasmide, 507.

Boulenger, G. A., on a new Cera-

topterine eagle-ray from Jamaica,

227; on a collection of fishes from

Brazil, 294; on a new species of

Sternopygus, 305; on the reptiles

of Rotuma Island, 306; on fishes

from Rotuma, 371; on _little-

known snakes from Natal, 574;

on new fishes from Persia, 420;

on new fishes from the Upper

Congo, 422; on a new snake Moin

Colombia, 523.

Brabira, new species of, 72.

Bryozoa, new Cyclostomatous, 60.

Bubalis, new species of, 376.

Bulimulus, new species of, 213.

Bunodeopsis, new species of, 7.

Burr, M., on new species of Forfi-

cularia, 310,

Butler, Dr. A. G., on the Pierine

butterflies of the genus Delias,

143 ; on new species of Catasticta,

366; revision of the genus Tera-

colus, 385, 451, 495.

Calanotos, new species of, 300.

Calcagninus, new species of, 19.

INDEX. 559

Cambogia, new species of, 88.

Cambridge, F. O. P., on the Cteni-

form spiders of Ceylon, Burmah,

&e., 329.

Caphara, new species of, 209.

Catasticta, new species of, 366.

Centetide, on the change and form

of the teeth in the, 525.

Ceratobatis, characters of the new

genus, 227.

Ceroma, new species of, 253.

Charaxes, new species of, 112.

Charopa, new species of, 520.

Chelisoches, new species of, 315.

Chiridota contorta, on care of the

brood in, 327.

Chloritis, new species of, 411.

. new species of,

Chrysotypus, new species of, 210.

Cicada, new species of, 369.

Cistogaster, remarks on the genus,

284.

Citharinus, new species of, 424.

Cockerell, T. D. A., on bees from

New Mexico, 135; on new insects

from New Mexico, 510.

Coleoptera, new, 179, 356, 553,

Collinge, W. E., on the anatomy of

Apera Burnupi, 221.

Coproxenus, characters of the new

genus, 190,

Corixa, new species of, 54.

Cosmopsaltria, new species of, 18.

Cosmosoma, new species of, 303.

Crustacea, new, 446; notes on some

rare, 489,

Ctenus, new species of, 342,

Cynthia, new species of, 111.

Dalaca, new species of, 211.

Dasychira, new species of, 202.

Dasyprocta, new species of, 219.

Dasypterus ega, new subspecies of,

544.

Delias, revision of the genus, 143;

new species of, 147.

Dendrolimus, new species of, 207.

Desmeocréera, new species of, 204.

Diagramma, new species of, 294.

Diaprepocoris, characters of the new

genus, 52.

Diastopora, new species of, 61.

Diodontodesmus, characters of the

new genus, 443.

Diplommatina, new

418.

Diptera, new, 19, 272.

species of,

Distant, W. L., on Heterocera from

the Transvaal, 15, 197 ; on Cica-

did from Burma, 17; from the

Malay Archipelago, 369.

Distichodus, new species of, 425,

Ditropopsis, characters of the new

genus, 416,

Draper, D., on the occurrence of

Sigillaria and Glossopteris in South

Africa, 116.

Druce, H., onnew Tropical American

Lepidoptera, 299,

Duerden, J. E., on the Actiniarian

family Aliciide, 1.

Dycladia, new species of, 303.

Echimys, new species of, 550.

Ellobius, new species of, 308.

Ephuta californica, new variety of,

513.

Ephyra, new species of, 107.

Equus Burchell, new subspecies of,

44.

Eriococcus, new species of, 514.

Euchloris, new species of, 236.

Eucyane, new species of, 304.

Eunomia, new species of, 303.

Eupithecia, new species of, 66.

Euproctis, new species of, 202.

Eurydirorhachis, characters of the

new genus, 455.

Euthisanotia, new species of, 300.

Eutrachyrhachis, characters of the

new genus, 441.

Evarne, new species of, 168, 173.

Fawcett, Major J. M., on new Rho-

palocera from Burma, 111.

Fishes, new, 227, 294, 305, 420, 422 ;

from Rotuma, on, 371.

Forficularia, new species of, 310.

‘rogzatt, W. W., on the habits of

white ants, 483.

Frondipora, new species of, 64.

Fulton, H., on two new species of

Amphidromus, 211; on new spe-

cies of Oleacina, Trochomorpha,

and Bulimulus, 212.

Gattyana cirrosa, on the phos-

phorescence of, 167.

_ Gazella Grantii, new subspecies of,

479.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 116, 248.

Georychus, new species of, 325,

Glugea, new species of, 556.

Gnophria, new species of, 199.

Gobius, new species of, 421.

Gonometa, new species of, 209.

550

Graphiurus, new species of, 320.

Grose-Smith, H., on new butterflies

from the Pacific Islands, 515.

Giinther, Dr. A., on some reptiles

and a frog from Argentina, 365.

Gymunelia, new species of, 302.

Heematerion, new species of, 304.

Halictus, new species of, 142.

Helogale, new species of, 378.

Hemithea, new species of, 232.

Heriades, new species of, 135.

Heros, new species of, 298.

Hister, new species of, 187, 359.

Holland, Dr. W. J., on two new

species of Xanthospilopteryx, 291.

Holochila, new species of, 517.

Holothurians, on a new case of care

of the brood in, 327, 487.

Homeeocera, new species of, 302.

Hoplurorhachis, characters of the

new genus, 457,

Hyalomyia, new species of, 30.

Hydrelia, new species of, 77.

Hymenoptera, new, 155, 511.

Hypocista, new species of, 515.

Ichthyomys, new species of, 220.

Tlodesmus, new species of, 439.

Insectivora, on the change and form

of the teeth in a family of, 525.

Johnson, J. Y., on new Cyclosto-

matous Bryozoa from Madeira,

Kirkaldy, G. W., on aquatic Rhyn-

chota, 52.

Labia, new species of, 311.

Lacipa, new species of, 200.

Lelia, new species of, 200.

Lemocharis, new species of, 505.

Lagochilus, new species of, 415.

Lecaniodiaspis, new species of, 514.

Leech, J. H., on Lepidoptera Hetero-

cera from China, Japan, and Corea,

65, 228.

Léger, L., on a new Myxosporidian

of the family Glugeidee, 556.

Leiosoma, new species of, 300.

Lembeja, new species of, 371.

Lepidodactylus, new species of, 306.

Lepidoptera, new, 15, 66, 111, 147,

197, 225, 228, 291, 299, 366, 453,

515.

Lepidosternum affine, note on, 365.

Leptognathus, new species of, 523.

Lepus, new species of, 551.

Lewis, G., on new species of Histe-

ride, 179, 356.

Lichenopora, new species of, 62.

INDEX.

Limenitis, new species of, 515.

Lipoptena depressa, new variety of,

289.

Ludwig, Prof. H., on a new case of

care of the brood in Holothurians,

327; on care of the brood in

Psolus antarecticus, 487.

Lymantria, new species of, 201.

M‘Intosh, Prof., on the phosphor-

escence of Gattyana (Nychia)

cirrosa, 167; on a new Evarne,

168; on the British species of

Pholoe, 169; on a collection of

annelids from Norway, 172.

Macna, new species of, 17.

Madreporidz, on the interrelation-

ships of the, 130.

Meera, new species of, 447.

Major, Dr. C. I. Forsyth, on the

change and form of the teeth in

the Centetidie, 525.

Mammals, new, 44, 113, 214, 218,

308, 316, 320, 376, 377, 479, 524,

544.

Megalochlora, new species of, 235.

Microgale, on the change and form

of the teeth in species of, 525.

Miller, G. S., jr., on the nomen-

clature of some European bats,

379.

Millipedes, new genera and species

of, 427.

Mollusca, new, 211, 212, 409, 519.

Monandroptera imancans, on pheno-

mena of autotomy in, 473, 476;

on the tetrameric regeneration of

the tarsus in, 507.

Montipora, notes on the genus, 118.

Mormyrus, new species of, 426.

Mus, new species of, 113, 317,

321.

Myotis, note on the genus, 382.

Myxosporidian, on a new, 556.

Nacaduba, new species of, 518.

Nausigaster, new species of, 25,

Nectomys, new species of, 546.

Nemoria, new species of, 241.

Nicéville, . de, on a new Papilio

from Bali, 225.

Notonecta, new species of, 56.

Nychia cirrosa, on the phosphor-

escence of, 167.

Oleacina, new species of, 212.

Omphalotropis, new species of, 522.

Orthia, new species of, 299.

Orthoptera, new, 310.

Oryzomys, new species of, 548.

INDEX.

Oryzoryctes, on the change and form

of the teeth in species of, 525,

Oxymycterus, new species of, 218.

Pachycreerus, new species of, 181,

Palaina, new species of, 418.

Papilio, new species of, 226.

Papuina, new species of, 412.

Varadesmorhachis, characters of the

new genus, 445,

Parasyntomis, new species of, 16,

Paratropus, new species of, 192.

Partula, new species of, 520.

Pelmatochromis, new species of, 422.

Pennapoda, characters of the new

subgenus, 282.

Peramys, new species of, 219.

Perdita, new species of, 511.

Pericopis, new species of, 305,

Perrieria, new species of, 414.

Phasis, new species of, 300.

Phasmidz, on phenomena of auto-

tomy in, 473, 476; on the tetra-

meric regeneration of the tarsus

in, 507.

Phelister, new species of, 361.

Phiala, new species of, 205.

Pholoé, on the British species of,

169

Phractodesmus, new species of, 438.

Phylloma, new species of, 179.

Phyllomedusa, new species of, 365.

Phyodesmus, new species of, 428.

Pipistrellus, remarks on the genus,

Platyrrhachide, new genera and

species of, 427.

Platysoma, new species of, 357.

Pocock, R. L, on the species and

subspecies of Zebras, 33; on the

genera and species of Tropical

African Solifuge, 249; on new

genera and a of millipedes

of the family Platyrrhachide, 427.

Peecilopsaltria, new species of, 18.

Polydesmorhachis, characters of the

new genus, 445,

Pomponia, new species of, 19.

Poritia, new species of, 112.

Potamogale, on the change and form

of the teeth in, 525.

Pseudochromis, new species of, 421.

Psolus antarcticus, on care of the

brood in, 487.

Psychoda, new species of, 19.

Pterygistes, note on the genus, 383.

Pupinella, new species of, 419.

561

Pygoceelis, characters of the new

genus, 194, 364,

Radiopora, new species of, 63.

Ragadia, new species of, 111.

Reptiles, new, 306, 523.

Rhagodine, definition of the new

subfamily, 252.

Rhaphiderus scabrosus, on pheno-

mena of autotomy in, 473, 476.

Ithinolophus, new species of, 524.

Rhodostrophia, new species of, 108.

Rhynchota, new, 17, 52, 369, 514.

KRhytida, new species of, 409, 519.

Rothschild, Hon. W., on a new

Antelope, 376.

Saccopteryx, new species of, 546.

Salagena, new species of, 210,

Salarias, new species of, 422.

Sauris, new species of, 76.

Saurita, new species of, 301.

Scarabzeus, new species of, 553.

Scott, T. & A., on Sunaristes paguri

and other rare Crustacea, 489.

Seward, A. C., on the association of

Sigillaria and Glossopteris in South

Africa, 116.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of ‘ The

Zoology of the Beagle,’ 483.

Simulium ornatum, on a new Myxo-

sporidian parasitic on, 556.

Smith, E. A., on land-shells from

New Guinea, 409; on land and

freshwater shells from Rotuma,

519.

Snakes, on some little-known, from

Natal, 374.

Solenodon, on the change and form

of the teeth in, 525.

Solifugee, on the genera and species

of Tropical African, 249.

Solpuga, new species of, 258; on

the habits of, 267.

Solpugine, synopsis of genera of the

new subfamily, 252,

Spiders, on the Cteniform, of Ceylon,

Burmah, &c., 329.

Spilosoma, new species of, 198.

~Spengophora, new species of, 313.

Stenoglene, new species of, 206.

Stenoniodes, characters of the new

genus, 430.

Sternopygus, new species of, 305.

Sthenelais, new species of, 174.

Stictostix, new species of, 360.

Succinea, new species of, 521.

Sunaristes paguri, note on, 489.

Synodontis, new species of, 428,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xx. 38

562

Syntomis, new species of, 15.

Tabanus mexicanus, new variety of,

Dib

Taphodesmus, new species of, 440.

Taragama, new species of, 208.

Teracolus, revision of the species of,

385, 451, 495,

Termes, on the habits of a new

species of, 483,

Tetrastemma grecense, on the ex-

cretory organs and blood-vascular

system of, 324.

Thalassius, new species of, 351.

Thalassodes, new species of, 241.

Thalera, new species of, 244.

‘The Zoology of the Beagle,’ dates

of, 483.

Thomas, O., on a new rat from China,

1135 ; on new mammals from South

America, 214, 218; on two new

rodents from Van, 308; on the

dwarf mungoose of Somaliland,

377; on a new gazelle from East

Africa, 479; on new bats and

rodents from America, 544,

Thomson, G. M., on two new Gam-

marids from New Zealand, 446.

Thysonotis, new species of, 516.

Townsend, C. H. T.,on Diptera from

Vera Cruz, 19, 272.

a} AND Ee,

Trichopoda, synoptical table and new

species of, 272.

Trichopterigia, new species of, 73.

Trichopteryx, new species of, 75.

Trochomorpha, new species of, 212.

Trochonanina, new species of, 410.

Trypeticus, new species of, 562.

Trypobius, new species of, 195; note

on the genus, 364.

Venusia, new species of, 85,

Vespertilio, notes on the genus, 379.

Volucella, new species of, 27.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new Scara-

beeus from E. Africa, 553.

White ants, on the habits of, 483.

Winton, W. E. de, on small mam-

mals from Uganda, 316; on ro-

dents from Angola, 320; on two

new mammals from West Africa,

O24.

Woods, H., on the Mollusca of the

Chalk rock, 248. :

Xanthomelanodes, notes on species

of, 285.

Xanthospilopteryx, new species of,

Zebras, on the species and subspecies

of, 33.

Zeriassa, characters of the new genus,

255,

END OF THE TWENTIETH VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.